Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

PFENEX INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   27-1356759

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 352-4400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Bertrand C. Liang

Chief Executive Officer

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 352-4400

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey D. Saper

Daniel R. Koeppen

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

12235 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92130

(858) 350-2300

 

Paul A. Wagner Chief Financial Officer

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 352-4400

 

 

Christopher Lueking

Latham & Watkins LLP

330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800

Chicago, IL 60611

(312) 876-7700

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

    Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

 

    (do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)

  

Amount of

Registration

Fee

Common Stock $0.001 par value

               $74,750,000                $9,627.80

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(2) Includes shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to such section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                     , 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Pfenex Inc. is offering             shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We expect to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PFNX.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13.

 

 

PRICE $        PER SHARE

 

 

 

     Initial public
offering price
     Underwriting (1)
discount
     Proceeds to us
(before expenses)
 

Per Share

   $                    $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                    $                

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the Underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters a 30 day option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                     , 2014.

 

William Blair     JMP Securities

 

 

 

  Mizuho Securities  

 

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page

Prospectus Summary

    2   

Risk Factors

    13   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    53   

Market And Industry Data

    55   

Use Of Proceeds

    56   

Dividend Policy

    57   

Capitalization

    58   

Dilution

    60   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    62   

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

    64   

Business

    82   

Management

    123   

Executive Compensation

    130   

Principal Stockholders

    141   

Certain Relationships And Related Transactions

    143   

Description Of Capital Stock

    145   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

    150   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences To Non-U.S. Holders Of Our Common Stock

    153   

Underwriting

    157   

Legal Matters

    165   

Experts

    165   

Where You Can Find More Information

    165   

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Pf ēnex™ and Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® are our primary registered trademarks. The prospectus contains these trademarks and some of our other trademarks, trade names and service marks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its respective holder.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them. In this prospectus, “Pfenex,” “we,” “us” and the “company” refer to Pfenex Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, unless expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

1


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and notes to those financial statements, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. For more information, see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Pfenex Inc.

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of difficult to manufacture and high-value proteins, initially focused on biosimilar therapeutics, or biosimilars. Our lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis, marketed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases, achieved approximately $4.3 billion in global product sales in 2013. For PF582, we are currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with results expected in the fourth quarter of 2014. We expect to commence a Phase 3 trial in mid-2015, with results expected in 2017. We intend to commercialize PF582 with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe. Our next most advanced product candidate is PF530, a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b) that is marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis and achieved over $1.4 billion in global product sales in 2013. For PF530, we plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. We believe we are the most advanced company in global development of these biosimilar products. In addition to our two most advanced product candidates, our pipeline includes five other biosimilar candidates, as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates. To date, none of our product candidates have received marketing authorization from any regulatory agency, and therefore we have not received revenue from the sale of any of our product candidates.

Our product candidates are enabled by our patented protein production platform, Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® , which we believe confers several important competitive advantages compared to traditional techniques for protein production, including the ability to produce complex proteins with higher accuracy and greater degree of protein purity, as well as significant speed and cost advantages. The power of our platform has been demonstrated by our ability to move PF582 from concept to the clinic in just 24 months.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain information about our key product candidates and future potential products under development (except for the approximate sales data, which is for sales of each branded third party reference drug).

 

Product   Branded
Reference Drug
  Approximate 2013
Global
Branded Sales of
Third Party
Reference Drug
 

Collaboration
Partner

  Expected Status/Milestones
         

Biosimilars

               
PF582 –
Ranibizumab (1)
  Lucentis   $4.3B   Wholly-Owned   Phase 1b/2a in-process -
Phase 3 commencing in
mid-2015 with data
expected in 2017
PF530 –
Interferon beta-1b (2)
  Betaseron   $1.4B   Strides Arcolab   Phase 1 commencing in
the second half of
2014
PF694 – Peg-
interferon alpha-2a
  Pegasys   $1.5B   Strides Arcolab   Phase 1 commencing in
the second half of 2015
PF756 – Peg-
interferon beta (3)
  N/A   N/A   Strides Arcolab   Formulation development
PF529 – Peg-
filgrastim
  Neulasta   $4.4B   Strides Arcolab   Process development
PF444 – Human
growth hormone
  N/A   $3.0B   Strides Arcolab   Process development
PF688 –
Certolizumab-pegol
  Cimzia   $820MM   Wholly-Owned   Process development
PF690 – Peg-
aspargase
  Oncaspar   $175MM   Strides Arcolab   Entering process
development
   

Generic

         
PF708 –
Teriparatide
  Forteo   $1.25B   Wholly-Owned   ANDA enabling PK
study commencing in the
second half of 2015
   

Novel Vaccines

         
Px563L – rPA
based anthrax
vaccine
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Phase 1 commencement
in the second half of 2014
Px563L – SDI rPA
based anthrax
vaccine 2 nd
generation
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Formulation development
Px533 – Malaria
vaccine
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Phase 1 commencement
in the second half of 2014

 

(1) Lucentis is indicated for use in patients with neovascular age-related macular degeneration, macular edema following retinal vein occlusion, and diabetic macular edema in both the United States and European Union. Lucentis is also indicated for use in patients with choroidal neovascularization secondary to pathologic myopia in the European Union only.
(2) Betaseron is indicated for use in patients with relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis, including patients who have experienced a first clinical episode and have had an MRI consistent with multiple sclerosis in the United States only. Betaferon is indicated for use in patients with relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis, relapsing secondary progressive multiple sclerosis, and patients with a first clinical event suggestive of multiple sclerosis in the European Union only.
(3) Currently being developed as a next generation biologic.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Lead Product Candidate: PF582 – Ranibizumab

With the safety and efficacy of Lucentis already established by the innovator companies, a key hurdle in the development of PF582, or any biosimilar candidate, is establishing bioanalytical similarity of the product candidate to the reference product pursuant to applicable regulations. We have completed extensive bioanalytical similarity studies comparing PF582 to multiple lots of United States and European Union sourced Lucentis as well as comparability studies between multiple lots of PF582 at the pilot scale and commercial scale. We have also completed a preclinical study using an animal model that demonstrated, when injected into the animals’ eyes, PF582 and Lucentis yielded similar tolerability and pharmacological profiles. Based on our analytical and preclinical data package, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted us a Biosimilar Initial Advisory Meeting which was held in January 2014 to discuss the data we had generated to date, our Phase 3 trial design and our strategy for the comparison of European Union and the United States reference products. In the subsequent meeting minutes, the FDA indicated that our analytical data appear acceptable to support the development of PF582 as a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis. Similarly, we are in discussions with the European Union’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP.

We have initiated a randomized Phase1b/2a trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of PF582 for the treatment of wet AMD patients compared to Lucentis. We plan to enroll 25 patients at multiple sites in New Zealand and expect to complete the study in the fourth quarter of 2014. The sentinel patient treated with PF582 prior to randomization showed a five letter increase in visual acuity on an eye chart and a reduction in retinal thickness at one month. These initial results are consistent with the results expected from Lucentis. We expect to begin our global Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with data expected in 2017, and we believe positive results from this trial will provide sufficient data to secure marketing approval in our target markets.

Other Product Candidates

Our next most advanced product candidate, PF530, is a biosimilar candidate to the reference product Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), indicated to reduce the number of relapses in patients with relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis. We are jointly developing PF530 with Strides Arcolab Limited, or Strides Arcolab, who is responsible for development expenses up to Phase 3, at which time we will share in expenses and revenue going forward. We have conducted extensive bioanalytical studies that we believe have established analytical biosimilarity between PF530 and Betaseron. We plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014 in Australia, evaluating the safety and pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of PF530 versus Betaseron with data expected in the first half of 2015. If we have positive results in our Phase 1 trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial, which if successful, we believe will provide sufficient data to secure marketing approval in our target markets.

We are developing Px563L, a novel anthrax vaccine candidate, in response to the United States government’s unmet demand for increased quantity, stability and dose sparing regimens of anthrax vaccine. We expect to begin a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px563L has been funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, through the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, under a $23.9 million fully funded contract, $18.4 million of which we have already recorded as revenue through March 31, 2014. We are also developing Px533 as a prophylactic vaccine candidate against malaria infection, for which there is currently no available vaccine. We anticipate that Px533 will enter a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px533 has been funded by Leidos, formerly Science Applications International Corporation, or SAIC, through its Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services contract with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, or NIAID. Clinical trials for Px533 are managed by NIAID.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

We believe the emerging biosimilar market will be substantial due to the large number of blockbuster biologic products that will lose patent protection in the coming years, the abbreviated global biosimilar regulatory pathways and an increasing mandate for lower drug costs by governments and private payors. A biosimilar is a biologic product that has been demonstrated to be highly similar to a biologic product that is already approved, referred to as a reference product, notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, and where there are no clinically meaningful differences between the reference product and the biosimilar in terms of the safety, purity, and potency of the product. According to the IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics, or IMS, the 2012 global biologics market represented over $160 billion in sales with virtually the entire market comprised of branded innovator products. According to IMS data, the market for global biosimilars grew to $2.4 billion in 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate of 34% since 2007, compared to a rate of 9% over the same period for innovative biologics. We expect the biologics market to shift toward biosimilars over the coming years, much like generic small molecule drugs which now account for an estimated 80% of the dispensed prescription small molecule drug market in the United States. Currently, few biologics are off-patent, however, in 2015, approximately $24 billion of aggregate estimated product sales from 2013 will lose patent protection worldwide. This number will increase every year as several large market biologic products lose patent protection. By 2020, we estimate approximately $45 billion of aggregate 2010 product sales will have become available globally, representing 47 products where intellectual property rights will have expired.

The market opportunities for our two most advanced product candidates are substantial. Lucentis achieved approximately $4.3 billion in global product sales in 2013. By the second quarter of 2018, markets with 2013 Lucentis sales of approximately $530 million will lose patent protection, and become available to PF582. Additionally, by the second quarter of 2020, markets with an additional $2.0 billion in 2013 sales will lose patent protection and become available for biosimilars, and after January 2022 markets with an additional $1.7 billion in 2013 sales will also lose patent protection. Betaseron achieved over $1.4 billion in product sales in 2013. Interferon beta-1b product sales in markets where no intellectual property barriers exist total in excess of $52 million in 2013 with other territories representing the balance of product sales becoming available between 2017 and 2021.

P f ēnex Expression Technology ®

The development of proteins, such as biosimilars, requires several competencies which represent both challenges and barriers to companies interested in entering the market with biosimilar products. Due to their inherent complexity, proteins require the use of living organisms for efficient production at a large scale. Traditional techniques for protein production employ a trial and error approach to production organism, or strain, selection and process optimization, which is inherently inefficient and typically produces suboptimal results. This historically inefficient process adds significant time to market and results in the high cost of goods typical of biologic therapeutics. Our patented P f ēnex Expression Technology ® offers advantages over other methods for producing proteins. The platform is based on automated high-throughput screening of large libraries of novel, genetically engineered Pseudomonas fluorescens bacterial expression strains. The libraries contain thousands of expression strains which are constructed from a large inventory of expression vectors, or genetic elements, incorporated into engineered P. fluorescens host strains. We then employ automated, robotically enabled parallel high-throughput screening, incorporating extensive bioanalytical testing, in order to select strains from the library which express the protein of interest at optimal yields, purity and potency . Extensive fermentation scouting on the selected strains allows for the identification of a final production strain with further improvements in the yield of the active therapeutic protein.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our technology was originated at Mycogen Corporation and further developed at The Dow Chemical Company, or Dow, collectively over a period of 20 years, and was assigned to us as part of our 2009 spinout from Dow to form the basis of our company. Mycogen and Dow used this technology to commercially manufacture, at low cost, a broad range of proteins for industrial applications. We have continued to improve the technology for the specific use as protein therapeutics. Our patented P f ēnex Expression Technology ® is capable of identifying a final production strain in approximately nine weeks compared to approximately one year or more in the typical case, if even possible, compared to the traditional trial and error approach. We believe our platform delivers a significant competitive advantage for protein production, including higher accuracy, greater degree of protein purity, speed and lower costs.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to become a leading protein therapeutics company primarily focused on developing our own biosimilar product candidates utilizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® and our expertise in bioanalytical characterization and product development. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

  ·   Developing and obtaining regulatory approval of PF582, and maximizing its commercial potential.

 

  ·   Developing and obtaining regulatory approval of PF530, and maximizing its commercial potential.

 

  ·   Continuing to develop our pipeline of product candidates.

 

  ·   Developing vaccine programs primarily with non-dilutive government funding and other third-party grants.

 

  ·   Developing a pipeline of next generation biologic products.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of capabilities that allow us to successfully overcome the challenges that our competitors have faced in the development of biosimilars, including:

 

  ·   An organization and culture focused on biosimilars .  The development and commercialization of biosimilars requires a unique focus and skill set to be successful, which we believe we possess. This includes our knowledge and experience working with the biosimilar regulatory pathways and regulatory bodies in various markets and a focus on low-cost biologic manufacturing;

 

  ·   Our history of performing protein development and production services for large pharmaceutical clients.   We believe that our competitive advantages and expertise in protein characterization and production are rooted in our history. Prior to our internal product development efforts, we performed protein production and process development services for many pharmaceutical companies, including 11 of the top 15 pharmaceutical companies in the world based on 2013 market capitalization, which facilitated our ability to produce protein rapidly and efficiently. To date, our success rate to produce active, soluble protein matching a customer product profile has been 81% for over 100 different client programs that had failed in at least one other production system; and

 

  ·  

Rapid development and optimization of manufacturing process .  Our platform allows us to engineer an optimal protein production strain within nine weeks compared to approximately one year in the typical case through traditional techniques. This accelerated timeline allows us to enter

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

the clinic sooner and at reduced overall costs relative to our competitors. We believe our platform’s established track record of low-cost, high quality manufacturing will allow us to maintain long-term low cost of goods of our product candidates when manufactured at commercial scale.

Management Team

We are managed by a team with significant executive experience at a number of large pharmaceutical companies in the development, manufacturing and commercialization of biologic drugs, including Neupogen, Neulasta, Aranesp, Kepivance, Stemgen and Zevalin. We have developed company-wide knowledge in the key disciplines and areas required for success of our model, including: protein expression, product development and formulation, analytical biochemistry, clinical development, and experience interacting with the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and European Medicines Agency, or EMA.

Selected Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  ·   We have a limited operating history and expect to generate significant losses for the foreseeable future;

 

  ·   We will require substantial additional funds to obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates and any other product candidates;

 

  ·   If we fail to obtain approval for our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates or if our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates are not commercially successful, we may have to curtail our product development programs and our business would be materially harmed;

 

  ·   If we infringe or are alleged to infringe intellectual property rights of third parties, our business could be harmed;

 

  ·   Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition from the reference products and from other biosimilars of the reference products;

 

  ·   If an improved version of a reference product, such as Lucentis or Betaseron, is developed, or if the market for a reference product significantly declines, sales or potential sales of our biosimilar product candidates may suffer; and

 

  ·   We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities on our own or through third parties, we will be unable to successfully commercialize PF582, PF530, and our other product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

Corporate Information

We were founded in November 2009 as a Delaware corporation spun out of Dow. Our principal executive offices are located at 10790 Roselle St., San Diego, California 92121 and our telephone number is (858) 352-4400. Our website is www.pfenex.com . The information on, or that can be accessed through, our

 

 

7


Table of Contents

website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

Pfenex™, the Pfenex logo and other trademarks or service marks of Pfenex appearing in this prospectus are the property of Pfenex Inc. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  ·   only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” disclosure;

 

  ·   exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

  ·   reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

  ·   no requirements for non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

  ·   an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. For example, we have taken advantage of the reduced reporting requirements with respect to disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements, have presented only two years of audited financial statements, have presented reduced “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” disclosure, have taken the exemption from auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and have elected to take the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. To the extent that we take advantage of these reduced burdens, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might obtain from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

            shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a thirty-day option to purchase up to          additional shares of common stock as described in “ Underwriting .”

 

Use of proceeds

The net proceeds from the issuance of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $          million, or approximately $          million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use approximately $40 million to fund our ongoing and planned clinical development of PF582, including approximately $5 million for the ongoing Phase 1b/2a trial and approximately $35 million for the planned Phase 3 trial; approximately $5 million to fund our share of the planned Phase 3 clinical development of PF530; and the remainder to fund the research and development of other product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. See “ Use of Proceeds ” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange Symbol

“PFNX”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 27,228,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

  ·   (i) 2,048,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share, and (ii)              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted between March 31, 2014 and the date hereof with a weighted average exercise price of $             per share, and

 

  ·               shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 723,500 shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, and (b)             shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan were added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we ceased granting awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “ Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

  ·   the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, or our convertible preferred stock, into an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   the issuance of             shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock to common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   the repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share in connection with the completion of this offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP.

 

  ·   no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

  ·   no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of income data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 have been derived from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. This information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands except for share data)  

Revenue

   $ 11,294      $ 11,914      $ 3,385      $ 2,558   

Expenses:

        

Cost of revenue (1)

     7,253        6,423        2,029        1,908   

Selling, general and administrative

     6,876        6,698        1,783        1,495   

Research and development (1)

     1,792        5,490        780        678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     15,921        18,611        4,592        4,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,627     (6,697     (1,207     (1,523

Other expense, net

     (7     (36     (1     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,634     (6,733     (1,208     (1,541

Income tax benefit

     2,041        2,671        482        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (726   $ (1,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective preferred stock dividends (2)

   $ (1,589   $ (1,695   $ (408   $ (435

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,182   $ (5,757   $ (1,134   $ (1,977

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (3)

   $ (1.01   $ (1.34   $ (0.27   $ (0.45

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     4,145        4,306      $ 4,210      $ 4,353   

Pro forma net loss per share - basic and diluted (3)

   $        $        $                   $                

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted

        

 

(1) Please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to recognize cost of revenue and research and development expense.
(2) The holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to cumulative dividends prior and in preference to our common stock. Because the holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends, net loss attributable to common stockholders is equal to net loss adjusted for convertible preferred stock dividends for the period. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis and these holders will not be entitled to the cumulative dividends. See Note 16 to our financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and for a description of convertible preferred stock, respectively. Please refer to Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the cumulative preferred stock dividends.
(3) Please refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Other Financial Data

 

     At December 31,     At March 31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 9,966      $ 5,204      $ 5,135   

Accounts and unbilled receivables, net

     2,703        3,461        2,100   

Inventory

     754        26        21   

Restricted cash

     1,501        4,029        4,030   

Property and equipment, net

     2,681        2,329        2,215   

Goodwill and intangibles

     13,001        12,470        12,338   

Other

     2,326        4,294        4,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 32,932      $ 31,813      $ 30,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt-free current liabilities

   $ 3,199      $ 4,757      $ 4,730   

Deferred revenue

     2,342        1,253        1,263   

Debt

     1,140        3,590        3,590   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     3,611        3,484        3,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,292        13,084        13,067   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     42,500        113,180        108,180   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (19,860     (94,451     (90,976
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 32,932      $ 31,813      $ 30,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. These risks include, but are not limited to, those described below, each of which may be relevant to decisions regarding an investment in or ownership of our stock. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The realization of any of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, growth, and ability to accomplish our strategic objectives. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Financial Condition and Need for Additional Capital

We have a limited operating history and expect to generate significant losses for the foreseeable future. If we do not generate significant revenue, we will not be profitable.

With the exception of one year, we have incurred annual net operating losses since inception, and to date have generated only limited revenue from government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales. We have recorded net losses of $2.6 million, $4.1 million, $0.7 million and $1.5 million in 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $91.0 million and had net working capital of $5.7 million as of March 31, 2014. We have funded our operations primarily through the sale and issuance of convertible preferred stock, our credit facility, and revenue from government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements and reagent protein product sales. As of March 31, 2014, we had capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $5.1 million.

As we continue to develop and invest more resources into the development and commercialization of our biosimilar product candidates, we expect that our expenses will increase substantially, and that our net operating losses will increase over the next several years. To become profitable, we must successfully develop and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, and effectively manufacture and commercialize the product candidates we develop. We may never succeed in these activities and therefore may never generate revenue that is significant or large enough to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations.

We will require substantial additional funds to obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates and any future product candidates and, if additional capital is not available, we may need to limit, scale back or cease our operations.

Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates, PF582 and PF530. In the near term, upon commencement of our Phase 3 trial for PF582 and Phase 1 trial for PF530, we will incur substantial costs associated with these trials. We believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future for the preclinical and clinical development of our current product pipeline of product candidates, and the development of any other indications and product candidates we may choose to pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, and manufacturing and supply as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the outcome of any clinical trial is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of PF582, PF530, and our pipeline of other product candidates.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, availability under our existing credit facilities, and any revenue from our government contracts,

 

13


Table of Contents

service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales will allow us to fund our operating plan through at least the next 18 to 24 months. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Our future capital requirements may vary depending on the following:

 

  ·   the continued progress in our research and development programs, including completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  ·   the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals;

 

  ·   the cost of manufacturing and commercialization activities, if any;

 

  ·   the cost of litigation, including potential patent litigation with innovator companies or others who may hold patents; and

 

  ·   the potential acquisition and in-licensing of other technologies, products or assets.

If we seek additional funding in the future, additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail the advancement of one or more of our product candidates. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates which we would otherwise pursue on our own.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

  ·   variations in the level of expenses related to our PF582 and PF530 development programs;

 

  ·   addition or termination of clinical trials;

 

  ·   any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved;

 

  ·   regulatory developments affecting any of our products; and

 

  ·   our execution of any service, collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements.

If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the market price of our stock to fluctuate substantially.

Risks Relating to our Business and our Industry

If an improved version of a reference product, such as Lucentis or Betaseron, is developed, or if the market for a reference product significantly declines, sales or potential sales of our biosimilar product candidates may suffer.

Innovator companies may develop improved versions of a reference product as part of a life cycle extension strategy, and may obtain approval of the improved version under a supplemental biologics license

 

14


Table of Contents

application. Should the innovator company succeed in obtaining an approval of an improved product, it may capture a significant share of the collective reference product market and significantly reduce the market for the reference product and thereby the potential size of the market for our biosimilar product candidates. In addition, the improved product may be protected by additional patent rights.

Additionally, competition in the pharmaceutical market is intense. Reference products face competition on numerous fronts as technological advances are made that may offer patients a more convenient form of administration or increased efficacy, or as new products are introduced. As new products are approved that compete with the reference product to our biosimilar product candidates, such as Lucentis or Betaseron, sales of the reference products may be significantly and adversely impacted and may render the reference product obsolete. If the market for the reference product is impacted, we in turn may lose significant market share or market potential for our products and product candidates. As a result, the value of our product pipeline could be negatively impacted and our business, prospects and financial condition could suffer.

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition from the reference products and from other biosimilars of the reference products. Our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration and expansion.

We expect to enter highly competitive pharmaceutical markets. Successful competitors in the pharmaceutical market have the ability to effectively discover, obtain patents, develop, test and obtain regulatory approvals for products, as well as the ability to effectively commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to consumers and medical professionals. Numerous companies, universities, and other research institutions are engaged in developing, patenting, manufacturing and marketing of products competitive with those that we are developing. Many of these potential competitors, such as Bayer AG, Novartis AG and F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd., are large, experienced companies that enjoy significant competitive advantages, such as substantially greater financial, research and development, manufacturing, personnel and marketing resources. These companies also maintain greater brand recognition and more experience and expertise in undertaking preclinical testing and clinical trials of product candidates, and obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products.

In addition, our biosimilar products may face competition from companies that develop and commercialize biosimilars that compete directly with our products. See “ Risks Related to Government Regulation-If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582 or PF530, our business could suffer.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events.

As with most pharmaceutical products, use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events which can vary in severity (from minor reactions to death) and frequency (infrequent or prevalent). Side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates may be observed at any time, including in clinical trials or when a product is commercialized, and any such side effects or adverse events may negatively affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval or market our product candidates. Side effects such as toxicity or other safety issues associated with the use of our product candidates could require us or our collaboration partners to perform additional studies or halt development or sale of these product candidates or expose us to product liability lawsuits which will harm our business. We may be required by regulatory agencies to conduct additional animal or human studies regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates which we have not planned or anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or any regulatory agency in a timely manner or ever, which could harm our business, prospects and financial condition.

In addition, if we are successful in commercializing PF582 and PF530 or any other product candidates the, Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, European Economic Area

 

15


Table of Contents

Competent Authorities, or EEA Competent Authorities, and other foreign regulatory agency regulations require that we report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to appreciate that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA, the EMA, EEA Competent Authorities, or other foreign regulatory agencies could take action including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates we develop.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We believe that our future success is highly dependent upon the contributions of our senior management, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our senior management team. Upon completion of the offering, employment agreements with each of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Business Officer, and other senior executives, as well as our offer letters with our senior scientists, will all provide for “at-will” employment. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of PF582, PF530, or any future products we develop.

Although we have not historically experienced significant difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industry is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all, which may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

We currently rely on a limited number of collaboration partners for a substantial portion of our revenue. The loss of or a change in any significant collaboration partner, including its credit worthiness, could materially reduce our revenue and adversely impact our financial position.

Two collaboration partners accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in both 2012 and 2013. In 2013 the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, accounted for approximately 35% of our revenue, and Leidos accounted for approximately 18% of our revenue. During 2012, BARDA accounted for approximately 33% of our revenue, and Leidos accounted for approximately 19% of our revenue. Additionally, one entity accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2012 and another entity accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2013; and however, those entities have terminated their agreements with us or were the result of one-time transactions which are not expected to provide significant revenue going forward.

The loss of any key collaboration partner or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key collaboration partner could significantly reduce our revenue over the short term. Moreover, having our revenue concentrated among a limited number of entities creates a concentration of financial risk for us, and in the event that any significant collaboration partner is unable to fulfill its payment obligations to us, our operating results and cash position would suffer.

 

16


Table of Contents

We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities on our own or through third parties, we will be unable to successfully commercialize PF582, PF530, and our other product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

We currently have limited sales and marketing capabilities. To commercialize PF582, PF530, and any other future product candidates, if approved, in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions we seek to enter, we must build our marketing, sales, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If PF582 receives regulatory approval, we expect to market PF582 in North America and Europe with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities and expect to selectively consider collaboration arrangements in situations in which the collaborator has particular expertise or resources for the commercialization of PF582 products in particular markets. We have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales and marketing or third party distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of our products. We may choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force or in lieu of our own sales force. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.

We enter into various contracts in the normal course of our business that periodically incorporate provisions whereby we indemnify the other party to the contract. In the event we would have to perform under these indemnification provisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into academic, commercial and consulting agreements that contain indemnification provisions. With respect to our academic agreements, we may be required to indemnify the institution and related parties from losses arising from claims relating to the products, processes or services made, used, sold or performed pursuant to the agreements for which we have secured licenses, and from claims arising from our or our sublicensees’ exercise of rights under the agreement. With respect to commercial agreements entered into with our protein production customers, we typically provide indemnification for claims from third parties arising out of any potential intellectual property infringement associated with our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® in the course of performing our services. With respect to our commercial agreements, the bulk of which are with contract manufacturers, we indemnify our vendors from third-party product liability claims which result from the production, use or consumption of the product, as well as for certain alleged infringements of any patent or other intellectual property right by a third party. With respect to consultants, we indemnify them from claims arising from the good faith performance of their services. In all of the above cases, we do not indemnify the parties for claims resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party.

We maintain insurance coverage which we believe will limit our obligations under these indemnification provisions. However, should our obligation under an indemnification provision exceed applicable insurance coverage or if we were denied insurance coverage, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected and the market value of our common stock could decline.

We may have difficulty managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

As we advance our product candidates through the development process, we will need to expand our development, regulatory, manufacturing, quality, sales and marketing capabilities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various collaborative partners, suppliers and other organizations.

 

17


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2014, we had 25 full-time employees. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Therefore, we will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, finance and other resources to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize our product candidates, if approved. In order to effectively execute our growth strategy, we will be required to:

 

  ·   manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

  ·   identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

  ·   manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

  ·   continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

Due to our limited financial resources and our limited experience in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. In addition, this expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our development and strategic objectives, or disrupt our operations, which could materially impact our business, revenue, and operating results.

The U.S. government holds certain intellectual property rights related to our Anthrax vaccine, Px563L and Malaria vaccine, Px533.

Although we have intellectual property related to expression of recombinant Protective Antigen in P. fluorescens , the U.S. government holds certain patents related to recombinant Protective Antigen, as well as certain rights to intellectual property related to other Px563L components such as adjuvants used to produce the final vaccine. We have rights to utilize this intellectual property held by the U.S. government by virtue of the fact that the development of our anthrax vaccine, Px563L, is funded by the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. In addition, the U.S. government holds certain intellectual property rights related to products developed under contracts (including “march-in” rights) with the U.S. government, which if exercised could materially impact our business, revenue and operating results with respect to Px563L and/or Px533.

Our contracts with the U.S. government, and our subcontracts with U.S. government contractors, require ongoing funding decisions by the U.S. government; reduced or discontinued funding of these contracts could cause our financial condition and operating results to suffer materially. Additionally, the amount we are paid under our government contract is based on negotiated rates for the time, resources and expenses required for us to perform the contract. If our actual costs exceed the negotiated rates, we may not be able to earn an adequate return or may incur a loss under the contract.

Development of our anthrax vaccine, Px563L, is funded by BARDA, and the development of our malaria vaccine, Px533, is funded by NIAID. The funding for government programs is subject to Congressional appropriations, often made on a fiscal year basis, even for programs designed to continue for several years. These appropriations can be subject to political considerations and stringent budgetary constraints. Additionally, our government-funded development contracts give the U.S. government the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to extend this contract for successive option periods following a base period of performance. The value of the services to be performed during these option periods may constitute the majority of the total value of the underlying contract. If levels of government expenditures and authorizations for biodefense decrease or shift to

 

18


Table of Contents

programs in areas where we do not offer products or are not developing product candidates, or if the U.S. government otherwise declines to exercise its options under its contracts with us, our business, revenue and operating results would suffer.

Our current contracts with BARDA and NIAID are cost plus fixed-fee contracts and potential future contracts with the U.S. government may also be structured this way. Under our cost plus fixed-fee contract, we are allowed to recover our approved costs plus a fixed fee. The total price on a cost plus contract is based primarily on allowable costs incurred, but generally is subject to contract funding limitations. U.S. government regulations require us to notify our customer of any cost overruns or underruns on a cost plus contract. If we incur costs in excess of the funding limitation specified in the contract, we may not be able to recover those cost overruns.

Moreover, changes in U.S. government contracting policies could directly affect our financial performance. Factors that could materially adversely affect our U.S. government contracting business include:

 

  ·   budgetary constraints affecting U.S. government spending generally, or specific departments or agencies in particular;

 

  ·   changes in U.S. government fiscal policies or available funding;

 

  ·   changes in U.S. government defense and homeland security priorities;

 

  ·   changes in U.S. government programs or requirements;

 

  ·   U.S. government curtailment of its use of technology services firms;

 

  ·   adoption of new laws or regulations;

 

  ·   technological developments;

 

  ·   U.S. government shutdowns, threatened shutdowns or budget delays;

 

  ·   competition and consolidation in our industry; and

 

  ·   general economic conditions.

These or other factors could cause U.S. government departments or agencies to reduce their development funding or future purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts or fail to exercise their options to extend our contracts, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to meet our financial obligations.

Unfavorable provisions in government contracts, some of which are customary, may subject our business to material limitations, restrictions and uncertainties and may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

Government contracts contain provisions that give the U.S. government substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts, including provisions that allow the U.S. government to:

 

  ·   terminate existing contracts, in whole or in part, for any reason or no reason;

 

  ·   unilaterally reduce or modify the government’s obligations under such contracts or subcontracts, without the contractor’s consent, including by imposing equitable price adjustments;

 

19


Table of Contents
  ·   audit contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs;

 

  ·   claim rights, including intellectual property rights, in products and data developed under such agreements;

 

  ·   suspend the contractor from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations;

 

  ·   impose U.S. manufacturing requirements for products that embody inventions conceived or first reduced to practice under such contracts;

 

  ·   suspend or debar the contractor from doing future business with the government;

 

  ·   decline to exercise an option to renew a contract;

 

  ·   exercise an option to purchase only the minimum amount, if any, specified in a contract;

 

  ·   decline to exercise an option to purchase the maximum amount, if any, specified in a contract;

 

  ·   claim rights to facilities or to products, including intellectual property, developed under the contract;

 

  ·   require repayment of contract funds spent on construction of facilities in the event of contract default;

 

  ·   take actions that result in a longer development timeline than expected;

 

  ·   change the course of a development program in a manner that differs from the contract’s original terms or from our desired development plan, including decisions regarding our partners in the program;

 

  ·   pursue civil or criminal remedies under the False Claims Act, or FCA, and False Statements Act; and

 

  ·   control or prohibit the export of products.

We may not have the right to prohibit the U.S. government from using certain technologies developed by us, and we may not be able to prohibit third party companies, including our competitors, from using those technologies in providing products and services to the U.S. government. The U.S. government generally takes the position that it has the right to royalty-free use of technologies that are developed under U.S. government contracts.

Generally, government contracts, including our contracts with BARDA and NIAID for the development of Px563L, contain provisions permitting unilateral termination or modification, in whole or in part, at the U.S. government’s convenience. Under general principles of government contracting law, if the U.S. government terminates a contract for convenience, the government contractor may recover only its incurred or committed costs, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If the U.S. government terminates a contract for default, the government contractor is entitled to recover costs incurred and associated profits on accepted items only and may be liable for excess costs incurred by the government in procuring undelivered items from another source.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, government contracts normally contain additional requirements that may increase our costs of doing business, reduce our profits, and expose us to liability for failure to comply with these terms and conditions. These requirements include, for example:

 

  ·   specialized accounting systems unique to government contracts;

 

  ·   mandatory financial audits and potential liability for price adjustments or recoupment of government funds after such funds have been spent;

 

  ·   public disclosures of certain contract information, which may enable competitors to gain insights into our research program;

 

  ·   mandatory internal control systems and policies; and

 

  ·   mandatory socioeconomic compliance requirements, including labor standards, non-discrimination and affirmative action programs and environmental compliance requirements.

If we fail to maintain compliance with these requirements, we may be subject to potential contract or FCA liability and to termination of our contracts.

Our business is subject to audit by the U.S. government and a negative audit could adversely affect our business.

U.S. government agencies such as the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and the Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate government contractors and recipients of Federal grants. These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards.

The HHS and the DCAA also review the adequacy of, and a contractor’s compliance with, its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed, while such costs already reimbursed must be refunded. If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including:

 

  ·   termination of contracts;

 

  ·   forfeiture of profits;

 

  ·   suspension of payments;

 

  ·   fines; and

 

  ·   suspension or prohibition from conducting business with the U.S. government.

In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us, which could cause our stock price to decrease.

 

21


Table of Contents

The United States government’s determination to award a future contract or contract option may be challenged by an interested party, such as another bidder, at the United States Government Accountability Office, or the GAO, or in federal court. If such a challenge is successful, our government contracts or any future contract we may be awarded may be terminated.

The laws and regulations governing the procurement of goods and services by the U.S. government provide procedures by which other bidders and interested parties may challenge the award of a government contract. If we are awarded a government contract, such challenges or protests could be filed even if there are not any valid legal grounds on which to base the protest. If any such protests are filed, the government agency may decide to suspend our performance under the contract while such protests are being considered by the GAO or the applicable federal court, thus potentially delaying delivery of payment. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable funds to defend any potential award. If a protest is successful, the government may be ordered to terminate any one or more of our contracts and reselect bids. The government agencies with which we have contracts could even be directed to award a potential contract to one of the other bidders.

Laws and regulations affecting government contracts make it more costly and difficult for us to successfully conduct our business.

We must comply with numerous laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of government contracts, which can make it more difficult for us to retain our rights under our government contracts, including our contracts with BARDA and NIAID. These laws and regulations affect how we conduct business with government agencies. Among the most significant government contracting regulations that affect our business are:

 

  ·   the Federal Acquisition Regulations, or FAR, and agency-specific regulations supplemental to the FAR, which comprehensively regulate the procurement, formation, administration and performance of government contracts;

 

  ·   business ethics and public integrity obligations, which govern conflicts of interest and the hiring of former government employees, restrict the granting of gratuities and funding of lobbying activities and include other requirements such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

  ·   export and import control laws and regulations; and

 

  ·   laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of certain products and technical data.

Any changes in applicable laws and regulations could restrict our ability to maintain our existing BARDA and NIAID contracts and obtain new contracts, which could limit our ability to conduct our business and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Agreements with government agencies may lead to claims against us under the Federal False Claims Act, and these claims could result in substantial fines and other penalties.

The biopharmaceutical industry is, and in recent years has been, under heightened scrutiny as the subject of government investigations and enforcement actions. Our government contracts are subject to substantial financial penalties under the Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Act and the FCA. Under the FCA’s “whistleblower” provisions, private enforcement of fraud claims against businesses on behalf of the U.S. government has increased due in part to amendments to the FCA that encourage private individuals to sue on behalf of the government. These whistleblower suits, known as qui tam actions, may be filed by private individuals, including present and former employees. The FCA statute provides for treble damages and up to

 

22


Table of Contents

$11,000 per false claim. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws, or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

We may need to enter into alliances with other companies that can provide capabilities and funds for the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If we are unsuccessful in forming or maintaining these alliances on favorable terms, our business could be adversely affected.

Because we have limited or no capabilities for late-stage product development, manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution, we may need to enter into alliances with other companies. For example, we have entered into an agreement with Strides Arcolab, pursuant to which we will transfer the development, manufacture and commercialization of certain of our biosimilar product candidates to a joint venture company jointly owned by us and Strides Arcolab upon completion of Phase 1 trials. In the future, we may also form alliances with major pharmaceutical companies to jointly develop specific product candidates and to jointly commercialize them if they are approved. In such alliances, we would expect our collaboration partners to provide substantial capabilities in clinical development, manufacturing, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing. We may not be successful in entering into any such alliances. Even if we do succeed in securing such alliances, we may not be able to maintain them if, for example, development or approval of a product candidate is delayed or sales of an approved product are disappointing. If we are unable to secure or maintain such alliances we may not have the capabilities necessary to continue or complete development of our product candidates and bring them to market, which may have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition to product development and commercialization capabilities, we may depend on our alliances with other companies to provide substantial additional funding for development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We may not be able to obtain funding on favorable terms from these alliances, and if we are not successful in doing so, we may not have sufficient funds to develop a particular product candidate internally, or to bring product candidates to market. Failure to bring our product candidates to market will prevent us from generating sales revenue, and this may substantially harm our business. Furthermore, any delay in entering into these alliances could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market. As a result, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of any future products we develop.

We face a risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may incur liability if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

  ·   decreased demand for PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates or products we develop;

 

  ·   injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

  ·   withdrawal of clinical trial participants or cancellation of clinical trials;

 

23


Table of Contents
  ·   costs to defend the related litigation;

 

  ·   a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

  ·   substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

  ·   regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

  ·   loss of revenue; and

 

  ·   the inability to commercialize any products we develop.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could impact the commercialization of PF582, PF530, and any future products we develop. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials in the amount of $5.0 million in the aggregate. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. If and when we obtain approval for marketing PF582, PF530 or any other product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of such products; however, we may be unable to obtain this liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants and collaborators may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, third-party clinical research organizations, or CROs, consultants and collaborators may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violate: (1) regulations of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; (2) manufacturing standards; (3) federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations; or (4) laws that require the reporting of true and accurate financial information and data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. These activities also include the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third party manufacturers and suppliers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our research and development and manufacturing activities and our third party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including small quantities of acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, ethidium bromide and compressed gasses, and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by us and our third party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and interrupt our business operations.

We are also subject to numerous environmental, health and workplace safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures, and the handling of biohazardous materials. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of these materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. For claims not covered by workers’ compensation insurance, we also maintain an employer’s liability insurance policy in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. Any inability to comply with environmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Risks Relating to our Reliance on Third Parties

We rely on CROs to conduct and oversee our planned clinical trials for our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates and other clinical trials for product candidates we are developing or may develop in the future. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines, or otherwise conduct the trials as required or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates when expected or at all, and our business could be substantially harmed.

We plan to enter into an agreement with a CRO for our planned Phase 3 trial of PF582. We also will continue to rely upon medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. These third parties play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data from the clinical trials. These third parties are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, there is no guarantee that any such third party will devote adequate time and resources to our clinical trial. If our CRO or any other third parties upon which we rely for administration and conduct of our clinical trials do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements, or

 

25


Table of Contents

for other reasons, or if they otherwise perform in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize our product candidates. We plan to rely heavily on these third parties for the execution of our planned Phase 3 trial for PF582 and other clinical trials for products we are developing or may develop in the future, and will control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on our CRO does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

We and our CRO are required to comply with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by regulatory authorities around the world for products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP regulations through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our CRO fail to comply with applicable GCP regulations, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and our submission of marketing applications may be delayed or the regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure that, upon inspection, a regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply or complied with applicable GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations, which are enforced by regulatory authorities. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if our CRO violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Phase 3 trials, such as the trial planned for PF582, require a substantial number of patients that can allow statistically significant results. Delays in site initiation or unexpectedly low patient enrollment rates may delay the results of the clinical trial. CROs may also generate higher costs than anticipated. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed. Further, if our relationship with our CRO is terminated, we may be unable to enter into arrangements with an alternative CRO on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching or adding CROs can involve substantial cost and require extensive management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Although we carefully manage our relationship with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter such challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on third parties, and in some cases a single third-party, to manufacture nonclinical and clinical supplies of our product candidates and to store critical components of our product candidates for us. Our business could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of product candidates, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture supplies of our product candidates for use in our nonclinical and clinical studies, and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We rely on third party manufacturers, including our collaboration partner, Strides Arcolab, to manufacture and supply us with our product candidates for our preclinical and clinical studies. Successfully transferring complicated manufacturing techniques to contract manufacturing organizations and scaling up these techniques for commercial quantities will be time consuming and we may not be able to achieve such transfer. Moreover, the market for contract manufacturing services for protein therapeutics is highly cyclical, with periods of relatively abundant capacity alternating with periods in which there is little available capacity. If our need for contract manufacturing services increases during a period of industry-wide production capacity shortage, we may not be able to produce our product candidates on a timely basis or on commercially viable terms. Although we generally do not begin a

 

26


Table of Contents

clinical study unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete such study, any significant delay or discontinuation in the supply of a product candidate for an ongoing clinical study due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical studies, product testing, and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates, which could harm our business and results of operations.

Reliance on third party manufacturers entails additional risks, including reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party, and the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us. In addition, third party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP, or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates or any other product candidates or products that we may develop. Any failure or refusal to supply the components for our product candidates that we may develop could delay, prevent or impair our clinical development or commercialization efforts. If our contract manufacturers were to breach or terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us, the development or commercialization of the affected products or product candidates could be delayed, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any change in our manufacturers could be costly because the commercial terms of any new arrangement could be less favorable and because the expenses relating to the transfer of necessary technology and processes could be significant.

If any of our product candidates are approved, in order to produce the quantities necessary to meet anticipated market demand, any contract manufacturer that we engage may need to increase manufacturing capacity. If we are unable to produce our product candidates in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the launch of these products or to meet future demand, our revenue and gross margins could be adversely affected. Although we believe that we will not have any material supply issues, we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain long-term supply arrangements for our product candidates or materials used to produce them on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to arrange for third-party manufacturing, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to complete development of our products or market them.

We also rely on third parties to store the PF582 master and working cell bank. We have one master cell bank and one working cell bank and believe we would have adequate backup should any cell bank be lost in a catastrophic event. However, it is possible that we could lose multiple cell banks and have our manufacturing severely impacted by the need to replace the cell banks, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third party suppliers, and in some instances a single third-party supplier, for the manufacture and supply of certain materials in our protein production services, and these suppliers could cease to manufacture the materials, go out of business or otherwise not perform as anticipated.

We rely on third party suppliers for our protein production services, and in some instances a single third-party supplier, for the manufacture and supply of certain materials. For example, we supply preclinical and cGMP grade CRM 197 to 22 different vaccine developers. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a single-source supplier for the manufacture and supply of CRM 197 . To meet these demands, our supplier is in the process of increasing production capacity, and we also have established a repository in the United States that is capable of storing a safety supply of CRM 197 and the CRM 197 cell bank . Furthermore, we have taken steps to identify alternate sources of supply sufficient to support future needs; however, there may be delays in switching to these alternative suppliers if our contract with primary sources are terminated without notice. Regardless of the foregoing alternative measures, we cannot guarantee that we will have an adequate supply of CRM 197 . If we are unable to secure adequate quantities of CRM 197 from our primary supplier, from potential secondary suppliers or from our safety supply, we may be required to identify additional suppliers. If we are required to engage

 

27


Table of Contents

additional suppliers, we may not be able to enter into an alternative supply arrangement on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to identify additional suppliers and enter into agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may incur delays associated with identifying and qualifying additional suppliers and negotiating the terms of any supply contracts. These delays could adversely impact our business and negatively affect profitability of our protein production services.

We have entered into collaborations with third parties in connection with the development of certain of our product candidates. Even if we believe that the development of our technology and product candidates is promising, our partners may choose not to proceed with such development.

Our existing agreements with our collaboration partners are generally subject to termination by the counterparty on short notice upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Accordingly, even if we believe that the development of product candidates are worth pursuing, our partners may choose not continue with such development. If any of our collaborations are terminated, we may be required to devote additional resources to the development of our product candidates or seek a new collaboration partner on short notice, and the terms of any additional collaborations or other arrangements that we establish may not be favorable to us.

We are also at risk that our collaborations or other arrangements may not be successful. Factors that may affect the success of our collaborations include the following:

 

  ·   our collaboration partners may incur financial and cash-flow difficulties that force them to limit or reduce their participation in our joint projects;

 

  ·   our collaboration partners may be pursuing alternative technologies or developing alternative products that are competitive to our technology and products, either on their own or in partnership with others;

 

  ·   our collaboration partners may terminate their collaboration with us, which could make it difficult for us to attract new partners or adversely affect perception of us in the business and financial communities; and

 

  ·   our collaboration partners may pursue higher priority programs or change the focus of their development programs, which could affect their commitment to us.

If we cannot maintain successful collaborations, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain our commercial supply agreements with key customers purchasing CRM 197 or if third party distributors of our reagent proteins fail to perform as expected, sales revenue could decline.

We primarily sell CRM 197 directly to biopharmaceutical companies and currently have several commercial supply agreements in place for long-term supply of CRM 197 . To establish and maintain relationships with customers, we believe we need to maintain adequate supplies of CRM 197 , remain price competitive, comply with regulatory regulations and provide high-quality products. If we are unable to establish and maintain arrangements for the sale of CRM 197 , our revenue and profits would decline.

Although we sell our protein reagents through multiple sales channels, including our ecommerce website, we also sell our protein reagents to some of our customers through third-party distributors. Many of such third parties also market and sell products from our competitors. Our third-party distributors may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party distributors that will be able to market protein reagents effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our protein reagents. If our current third-party distributors fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

Our collaboration partners may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop from our use of the materials which they provide to us, or otherwise arising from our collaboration.

We collaborate with several institutions with respect to research and development matters. Also, we rely on numerous third parties to provide us with materials that we use to develop our technology. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership, licensing and/or commercial rights to any inventions that result from our use of any third party collaborator’s materials, or if disputes arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborator’s materials, or data developed in a collaborator’s study, our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions or developments may be limited or precluded altogether.

If our efforts to protect our intellectual property related to our platform technology and our current or future product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our current product candidates and our development programs. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. In particular, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our platform and product candidates. However, we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, eroding our competitive position in our market.

The patentability of inventions, and the validity, enforceability and scope of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry involve complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law in ways affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. The patent applications that we own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or foreign countries. There is a substantial amount of prior art in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical fields, including scientific publications, patents and patent applications. Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. We may be unaware of certain prior art relating to our patent applications and patents, which could prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application, or result in an issued patent being invalidated. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents or any other issued patents we own or license, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable.

Patents granted by the European Patent Office may be opposed by any person within nine months from the publication of their grant and, in addition, may be challenged before national courts at any time. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold, license or pursue with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates. In addition, recent changes to the patent laws of the United States provide additional procedures for third parties to challenge the validity of issued patents based on patent applications filed after March 15, 2013. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our current or future product candidates is challenged, then it could threaten our ability to commercialize our current or future product candidates, and could threaten our ability to prevent competitive products from being marketed. Further, if we

 

29


Table of Contents

encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our current or future product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications. Furthermore, for applications filed before March 16, 2013, or patents issuing from such applications, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party, or instituted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications and patents. As of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party.

The change to “first-to-file” from “first-to-invent” is one of the changes to the patent laws of the United States resulting from the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011. Among some of the other significant changes to the patent laws are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and provide opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. It is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Even where laws provide protection, costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain. Moreover, any actions we may bring to enforce our intellectual property against our competitors could provoke them to bring counterclaims against us, and some of our competitors have substantially greater intellectual property portfolios than we have.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce and any other elements of our product development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents.

As part of our efforts to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, we require our employees, consultants, collaborators and advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. These agreements, however, may not provide us with adequate protection against improper use or disclosure of confidential information, and these agreements may be breached. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information. We also note in this respect that trade secret protection in foreign countries may not provide protection to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. A breach of confidentiality could significantly affect our competitive position. In addition, in some situations, these agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants, collaborators or advisors have previous employment or consulting relationships. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use any intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting know-how and inventions. Also, third parties, including our competitors, may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and technologies or otherwise lawfully gain access to our trade secrets and other confidential information. In such a case, we would have no right to

 

30


Table of Contents

prevent such third parties from using such proprietary information or technologies to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

If we infringe or are alleged to infringe intellectual property rights of third parties, our business could be harmed.

Our research, development and commercialization activities may infringe or otherwise violate or be claimed to infringe or otherwise violate patents owned or controlled by other parties. Our competitors have developed large portfolios of patents and patent applications in fields relating to our business and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. There may also be patent applications that have been filed but not published that, when issued as patents, could be asserted against us. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid, and we may not be able to do this. Proving that a patent is invalid is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Also in proceedings before courts in Europe, the burden of proving invalidity of the patent usually rests on the party alleging invalidity. Third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit.

As a result of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek licenses from third parties. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference, derivation or post-grant proceedings declared or granted by the USPTO and similar proceedings in foreign countries, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current or future products. Third parties may submit applications for patent term extensions in the United States and/or supplementary protection certificates in the European Union member States seeking to extend certain patent protection which, if approved, may interfere with or delay the launch of one or more of our biosimilar or vaccine products. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our inventions, patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time consuming.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property, including our patents or the patents of our licensors. In addition, one or more of our third party collaborators may have submitted, or may in the future submit, a patent application to the USPTO without naming a lawful inventor that developed the subject matter in whole or

 

31


Table of Contents

in part while under an obligation to execute an assignment of rights to us. As a result, we may be required to file infringement or inventorship claims to stop third party infringement, unauthorized use, or to correct inventorship. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover its technology or that the factors necessary to grant an injunction against an infringer are not satisfied.

An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference, derivation or other proceedings brought at the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority or patentability of inventions with respect to our patent applications or those of our licensors or collaborators. Litigation or USPTO proceedings brought by us may fail. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party, or could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or collaborators, to prevent misappropriation of our trade secrets, confidential information or proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

We may not be able to globally protect our intellectual property rights.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States and in some cases may even force us to grant a compulsory license to competitors or other third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our

 

32


Table of Contents

patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

In addition, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in domestic and foreign intellectual property laws.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of former or other employers.

Many of our employees and consultants, including our senior management, have been employed or retained by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees or consultants have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s or consultant’s former or other employer. We are not aware of any material threatened or pending claims related to these matters, but in the future litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

The approval processes of the FDA, EMA, and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, approval, promotion, advertising, storage, marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and export and import of drug and biologic products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States, by the EMA and EEA Competent Authorities in the EEA, and by other regulatory authorities in other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor any collaboration partner is permitted to market PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates in the United States until we receive

 

33


Table of Contents

approval from the FDA, or in the EEA until we receive EU Commission or EEA Competent Authority approvals. The time required to obtain approval from regulatory authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials, and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of such regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Applications for our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including but not limited to the following:

 

  ·   the data collected from clinical studies of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, a biologics license application, or BLA, a biosimilar product application under the 351(k) pathway of the PHSA, a biosimilar marketing authorization under Article 6 of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 and/or Article 10(4) of Directive 2001/83/EC in the EEA, or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States, the EEA, or elsewhere;

 

  ·   regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

  ·   the population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

  ·   regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

  ·   we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

 

  ·   regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications, or facilities of third-party manufacturers with whom we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

  ·   the approval policies or regulations of regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner that renders our clinical data insufficient for approval.

This lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market PF582, PF530, or any other product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, any delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly impact our product development costs and could result in the need for additional financing.

In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

 

34


Table of Contents

If we fail to obtain approval for our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates or if our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates are not commercially successful, we may have to curtail our product development programs and our business would be materially harmed.

We have invested a significant portion of our time, financial resources and efforts in the development of our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates, PF582 and PF530. As of March 31, 2014, we have invested approximately $5.5 million in the development of these product candidates. The clinical and commercial success of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

  ·   timely completion of preclinical studies and all necessary clinical trials, including our Phase 3 trial for PF582 and our Phase 1 trial for PF530, which may be significantly slower or cost more than we currently anticipate and will depend substantially upon the accurate and satisfactory performance of third party contractors;

 

  ·   timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA, the EU Commission, and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

 

  ·   maintaining an acceptable safety and adverse event profile of our products following approval;

 

  ·   achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our product candidates or any approved products;

 

  ·   making arrangements with third party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

  ·   launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

  ·   obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity, where available, for our product candidates;

 

  ·   the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

  ·   acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third party payors; and

 

  ·   the ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms to achieve our goals.

If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for one or both of these product candidates in a timely manner or at all, we may never realize revenue from these products and we may have to curtail our other product development programs. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Furthermore, we rely on CROs, and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials. While we have agreements governing the committed activities of our CROs, we have limited influence over their actual performance. A failure of one or more of our clinical trials can occur at any time during the trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may

 

35


Table of Contents

not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. Product candidates that have shown promising results in early studies may still suffer significant setbacks in subsequent clinical studies. For example, the positive results generated to date in clinical trials for PF582 do not ensure that later clinical trials, including our planned Phase 3 clinical trial for PF582, will demonstrate similar results. There is a high failure rate for drugs and biologics proceeding through clinical studies, and product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if our clinical trials are completed, nonclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses ,and the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

We have in the past and may in the future experience delays in our ongoing clinical trials, and we do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement or completion of clinical trials can be delayed or aborted for a variety of reasons, including delay or failure to:

 

  ·   generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation of human clinical studies;

 

  ·   raise sufficient capital to fund a trial;

 

  ·   obtain regulatory approval, or feedback on trial design, necessary to commence a trial;

 

  ·   identify, recruit and train suitable clinical investigators;

 

  ·   reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

  ·   obtain institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each site;

 

  ·   identify, recruit, and enroll suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

  ·   have patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

  ·   ensure clinical sites observe trial protocol or continue to participate in a trial;

 

  ·   address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

  ·   address any conflicts with new or existing laws or regulations;

 

  ·   add a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;

 

  ·   manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials; and

 

  ·   avoid delays in manufacturing, testing, releasing, validating, or importing/exporting sufficient stable quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical studies, or the inability to do any of the foregoing.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials and is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’

 

36


Table of Contents

perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs or treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the data safety monitoring board, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Even if PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success.

Even if we obtain FDA or other regulatory approvals, PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians and patients, and may not be commercially successful.

The degree and rate of market acceptance of PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates for which we receive approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

  ·   the safety and efficacy of the product as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

  ·   the clinical indications for which the product is approved;

 

  ·   acceptance by physicians, major operators of clinics and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

  ·   proper training and administration of our products by physicians and medical staff;

 

  ·   the potential and perceived advantages of our products over alternative treatments;

 

  ·   the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for our products, if approved, on the part of physicians and patients;

 

  ·   relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

  ·   the prevalence and severity of adverse events; and

 

  ·   the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Any failure by our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would materially adversely affect our results of operations and delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

 

37


Table of Contents

The development, manufacture and commercialization of biosimilar products poses unique risks, and our failure to successfully introduce biosimilar products could have a negative impact on our business and future operating results.

We are actively working to develop multiple biosimilar products, including our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates, PF582 and PF530. We estimate that PF582 and PF530 will require development costs of between $30 million and $40 million over the next three years. However, the cost to develop each biosimilar product candidate could vary significantly and is highly dependent on the specific compound and the amount and type of clinical work that will be necessary for regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that our clinical work will be successful, or that regulatory authorities will not require additional clinical development beyond that which we have planned. Additionally, we may enter into alliances and collaborations to fund biosimilar research and development activities, and the success of any such biosimilar program may depend on our ability to realize the benefits under such arrangements. Due to events beyond our control or the risks identified herein, we may be unable to fund all or some of our internal biosimilar research and development initiatives, which would have an adverse impact on our strategy and growth initiatives.

We intend to pursue market authorization globally, beginning in territories within the EEA. As described under the section captioned “ Key Aspects of the Biosimilar Regulatory Pathway in the European Union ,” the European Union has, since October 2005, had a regulatory framework for the approval of biosimilar products and has approved more than 20 biosimilar products. In the United States an abbreviated pathway for approval of biosimilar products was established by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, enacted on March 23, 2010, as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. The BPCIA established this abbreviated pathway under section 351(k) of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA. Subsequent to the enactment of the BPCIA the FDA issued draft guidance regarding the demonstration of biosimilarity as well as the submission and review of biosimilar applications. However, there have been no biosimilar products approved under the 351(k) pathway to date. Moreover, market acceptance of biosimilar products in the U.S is unclear. Numerous states are considering or have already enacted laws that regulate or restrict the substitution by state pharmacies of biosimilars for biological products already licensed by the FDA pursuant to BLAs, or “reference products”. Market success of biosimilar products will depend on demonstrating to patients, physicians, payors, and relevant authorities that such products are safe and efficacious compared to other existing products.

We will continue to analyze and incorporate into our biosimilar development plans any final regulations issued by the FDA, pharmacy substitution policies enacted by state governments, and other applicable requirements established by relevant authorities. The costs of development and approval, along with the probability of success for our biosimilar product candidates, will be dependent upon application of any laws and regulations issued by the relevant regulatory authorities.

Biosimilar products may also be subject to extensive patent clearances and patent infringement litigation, which will likely delay and could prevent the commercial launch of a product. Moreover, the BPCIA prohibits the FDA from accepting an application for a biosimilar candidate to a reference product within four years of the reference product’s licensure by the FDA. In addition, the BPCIA provides innovative biologics with twelve years of exclusivity from the date of their licensure, during which time the FDA cannot approve any application for a biosimilar candidate to the reference product. For example, the FDA will not be able to approve any application that we submit for PF582 until twelve years after the original BLA for Lucentis was approved. However, in his proposed budget for fiscal year 2014, President Obama proposed to cut this twelve-year period of exclusivity down to seven years. He also proposed to prohibit additional periods of exclusivity due to minor changes in product formulations, a practice often referred to as “evergreening.” It is possible that Congress may take these or other measures to reduce or eliminate periods of exclusivity.

The BPCIA is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning is subject to significant uncertainty. Future implementation

 

38


Table of Contents

decisions by the FDA could result in delays in the development or commercialization of our product candidates or increased costs to assure regulatory compliance, and could adversely affect our operating results by restricting or significantly delaying our ability to market new biosimilar products.

In the EEA, holders of marketing authorizations of reference products (authorized under the centralized procedure after November 20, 2005, or under the Decentralized, Mutual Recognition and national procedures, after October 30, 2005) enjoy eight years of data exclusivity during which a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization applicant cannot rely on the preclinical and clinical data included in the reference product’s dossier, and ten years of marketing exclusivity during which a generic or biosimilar of the reference product cannot be placed in the EEA market. The marketing exclusivity period can be extended one additional year (to eleven years) if a second indication of the reference product with significant clinical benefit is approved during the eight year data exclusivity period. The data and marketing exclusivity periods start from the date of the initial authorization, which for reference medicinal products authorized through the Centralized Procedure is the date of notification of the marketing authorization decision to the marketing authorization holder of the reference product notification of the marketing authorization decision to the marketing authorization holder of the reference product. Lucentis was granted a marketing authorization by the EU Commission through the EU centralized procedure on January 22, 2007.

We may rely on the Animal Rule in conducting trials, which could be time consuming and expensive.

To obtain FDA approval for our vaccine candidate Px563L, we may obtain clinical data from trials in healthy human subjects that demonstrate adequate safety, and efficacy data from adequate and well-controlled animal studies under regulations issued by the FDA in 2002, often referred to as the “Animal Rule.” Among other requirements, the animal studies must establish that the drug or biological product is reasonably likely to produce clinical benefits in humans. If we use this approach we may not be able to sufficiently demonstrate this correlation to the satisfaction of the FDA, as these corollaries are difficult to establish and are often unclear. Because the FDA must agree that data derived from animal studies may be extrapolated to establish safety and effectiveness in humans, seeking approval under the Animal Rule may add significant time, complexity and uncertainty to the testing and approval process. The FDA may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies, refuse to approve Px563L, or place restrictions on our ability to commercialize the products. In addition, products approved under the Animal Rule are subject to additional requirements including post-marketing study requirements, restrictions imposed on marketing or distribution or requirements to provide information to patients. Further, regulatory authorities in other countries have not, at this time, established an “Animal Rule” equivalent, and consequently there can be no assurance that we will be able to make a submission for marketing approval in foreign countries based on such animal data.

Additionally, few facilities in the U.S. and internationally may have the capability to test animals involving exposure to anthrax or otherwise assist us in qualifying the requisite animal models, and we must compete with other companies for access to this limited pool of highly specialized resources. We therefore may not be able to secure contracts to conduct the testing in a predictable timeframe or at all.

If we are not able to demonstrate biosimilarity of our biosimilar product candidates to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, we will not obtain regulatory approval for commercial sale of our biosimilar product candidates and our future results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our future results of operations depend, to a significant degree, on our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our proposed biosimilar products. To obtain regulatory approval for the commercial sale of these product candidates, we will be required to demonstrate to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, among other things, that our proposed biosimilar products are highly similar to biological products already licensed by the FDA pursuant to Biologic License Applications, or BLAs, notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, and that they have no clinically meaningful differences as compared to the marketed biological products in terms of the safety, purity and potency of the products. In the

 

39


Table of Contents

EEA, the similar nature of a biosimilar and a reference product is demonstrated by comprehensive comparability studies covering quality, biological activity, safety and efficacy. For example, a determination of biosimilarity for PF582 will be based on our demonstration of its high similarity to Lucentis.

In addition, the FDA may determine that a proposed biosimilar product is “interchangeable” with a reference product, meaning that the biosimilar product may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product, if the application includes sufficient information to show that the product is biosimilar to the reference product and that it can be expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient. If the biosimilar product may be administered more than once to a patient, the applicant must demonstrate that the risk in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the biosimilar and reference product is not greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch. To make a final determination of biosimilarity or interchangeability, regulatory authorities may require additional confirmatory information beyond what we plan to initially submit in our applications for approval, such as more in-depth analytical characterization, animal testing, or further clinical studies. Provision of sufficient information for approval may prove difficult and expensive. We cannot predict whether any of our biosimilar product candidates will meet regulatory authority requirements for approval as a biosimilar or interchangeable product.

In the event that regulatory authorities require us to conduct additional clinical trials or other lengthy processes, the commercialization of our proposed biosimilar products could be delayed or prevented. Delays in the commercialization of, or the inability to obtain regulatory approval for, these products could adversely affect our operating results by restricting or significantly delaying our introduction of new biosimilars.

If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582 or PF530, our business would suffer.

Other companies may seek approval to manufacture and market biosimilar versions of Lucentis or Betaseron. If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582 or PF530, we may never achieve significant market share for PF582 and PF530, our revenue would be reduced and, as a result, our business, prospects and financial condition could suffer. In addition, the first biosimilar determined to be interchangeable with a particular reference product for any condition of use is eligible for a period of market exclusivity that delays an FDA determination that a second or subsequent biosimilar product is interchangeable with that reference product for any condition of use until the earlier of: (1) one year after the first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable product; (2) 18 months after resolution of a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product, based on a final court decision regarding all of the patents in the litigation or dismissal of the litigation with or without prejudice; (3) 42 months after approval of the first interchangeable product, if a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product is still ongoing; or (4) 18 months after approval of the first interchangeable product if the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product has not been sued under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6). A determination that another company’s product is interchangeable with Lucentis or Betaseron prior to approval of PF582 or PF530 may therefore delay the potential determination that PF582 or PF530 is interchangeable with the reference product, which may materially adversely affect our results of operations and delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in each regulatory jurisdiction would prevent us from marketing our products to a larger patient population and reduce our commercial opportunities.

Although we have not initiated marketing efforts in any regulatory jurisdiction, we intend to first market our products in select European Union states, followed by the United States and the broader European Union, as patent expiry allows. In order to market our products in the European Union, the United States and other jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory

 

40


Table of Contents

requirements. The European Medicines Agency is responsible for the centralized procedure for human medicines. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization that is valid in all European Union countries, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The time required to obtain approval abroad may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval and we may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products within the United States or in any market outside the United States. Failure to obtain these approvals would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Even if we obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory review.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, any products we develop will be subject to ongoing regulatory review with respect to manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies, and submission of safety, efficacy, and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual and possibly unannounced review and inspections by the regulatory authorities governing the markets in which we wish to sell our products. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy or the safety, purity, and potency of the product candidate. We will be required to immediately report any serious and unexpected adverse events and certain quality or production problems with our products to regulatory authorities along with other periodic reports. Any new legislation addressing drug or biologic product safety issues could result in delays in product development or commercialization, or increased costs to assure compliance. We will have to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drug and biologic products are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval. The holder of an approved NDA, BLA, 351(k) application or marketing authorization application, or MAA, must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling, or manufacturing process. We could also be asked to conduct post-marketing clinical studies to verify the safety and efficacy of our products in general or in specific patient subsets. An unsuccessful post-marketing study or failure to complete such a study could result in the withdrawal of marketing approval.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, or if we fail to comply with applicable continuing regulatory requirements, such regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including, among other things:

 

  ·   issuing fines or warning letters;

 

41


Table of Contents
  ·   imposing civil or criminal penalties;

 

  ·   imposing injunctions;

 

  ·   suspending or withdrawing regulatory approval;

 

  ·   suspending any of our ongoing clinical studies;

 

  ·   refusing to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

 

  ·   imposing restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers’ facilities; or

 

  ·   seizing or detaining products, or requiring a product recall.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.

We may also be subject to various health care fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, false claims and fraud laws, and physician payment transparency laws, and any violations by us of such laws could result in fines or other penalties.

Although we currently do not have any products on the market, if our product candidates are approved and we begin commercialization, we will be subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and EEA and other foreign governments in which we conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, state and federal, as well as EEA and other foreign, anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits the offer, receipt, or payment of remuneration in exchange for or to induce the referral of patients or the use of products or services that would be paid for in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs. Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. The government has enforced the Anti-Kickback Statute to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham research or consulting and other financial arrangements with physicians. Further, the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statute governing healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA or federal civil money penalties statute. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state health care programs as well as private payors. Violations of the anti-kickback laws can result in exclusion from federal health care programs and substantial civil and criminal penalties.

The FCA imposes liability on persons who, among other things, present or cause to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal health care program. The FCA has been used to prosecute persons submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. Actions under the FCA may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the FCA can result in significant monetary penalties and treble damages. The federal government is using the FCA, and the accompanying threat of significant liability, in its investigation and prosecution of pharmaceutical and

 

42


Table of Contents

biotechnology companies throughout the country, for example, in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other sales and marketing practices. The government has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the FCA in addition to individual criminal convictions under applicable criminal statutes. In addition, companies have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees or corporate integrity agreements, severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ and manufacturers’ compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws. If our future marketing or other arrangements were determined to violate anti-kickback or related laws, including the FCA, then our revenue could be adversely affected, which would likely harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposed new reporting requirements on drug manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Drug manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and submit reports on aggregate payment data to the government for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013 – December 31, 2013) by March 31, 2014, and will be required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data during Phase 2 of the program (which begins in May 2014 and extends for at least 30 days). Thereafter, drug manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, future distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in fines, penalties or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates and to produce, market, and distribute our products after approval is obtained, if any.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory approval, manufacturing, and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance may be revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or guidance, or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations or guidance, may impose additional costs or lengthen FDA review times for PF582, PF530, or any future product candidates. We cannot determine how changes in

 

43


Table of Contents

regulations, statutes, policies, or interpretations when and if issued, enacted or adopted, may affect our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

  ·   changes to manufacturing methods;

 

  ·   recalls, replacements, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

  ·   additional recordkeeping.

Such changes would likely require substantial time and impose significant costs, and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any future products would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If efforts by manufacturers of reference products to delay or limit the use of biosimilars are successful, our sales of biosimilar products may suffer.

Many manufacturers of reference products have increasingly used legislative, regulatory and other means in attempts to delay regulatory approval of and competition from biosimilars. These efforts have included sponsoring legislation to prevent pharmacists from substituting biosimilars for prescribed reference products or to make such substitutions more difficult by establishing notification, recordkeeping, and/or other requirements, as well as seeking to prevent manufacturers of biosimilars from referencing the brands of the innovator products in biosimilar product labels and marketing materials. If these or other efforts to delay or block competition are successful, we may be unable to sell our biosimilar product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

Our future sales will be dependent on the availability and level of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors who continue to implement cost-cutting measures and more stringent reimbursement standards.

In the United States and internationally, future sales of our products and our ability to generate revenue on such sales will be dependent, in significant part, on the availability and level of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as state and federal governments and private insurance plans. Insurers have implemented cost-cutting measures and other initiatives to enforce more stringent reimbursement standards and likely will continue to do so in the future. These measures include the establishment of more restrictive formularies and increases in the out-of-pocket obligations of patients for such products. In addition, particularly in the U.S. and increasingly in other countries, we will be required to provide discounts and pay rebates to state and federal governments and agencies in connection with purchases of our products that are reimbursed by such entities.

In addition, in the United States, the full impact of recent healthcare reform and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted with a goal of reducing the cost of healthcare and substantially changing the way healthcare is financed by both government and private insurers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, subjected biologic products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain prescription drugs, and created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable reference product drugs to

 

44


Table of Contents

eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Tax Payer Relief Act, or ATRA, was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals.

We expect that additional healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal, state and foreign governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products, if approved, or additional pricing pressures.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenue, if any.

In some foreign countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

We expect that the market price of our stock will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our shares of common stock that you purchase in this offering. We and the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  ·   actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

 

  ·   announcements by us or our competitors of new commercial products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

  ·   issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

 

  ·   developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

  ·   commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

45


Table of Contents
  ·   market conditions in the relevant market;

 

  ·   reimbursement or legislative changes in the relevant market;

 

  ·   failure to complete significant sales;

 

  ·   regulatory developments that may impact our product candidates;

 

  ·   any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

  ·   any major change to the composition of our board of directors or management; and

 

  ·   general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of biopharmaceutical companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility may also occur as a result of being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act enacted in April 2012, and may remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include:

 

  ·   being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations ” disclosure;

 

  ·   not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

  ·   not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

  ·   reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

  ·   exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

46


Table of Contents

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be reduced or more volatile.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we do not remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in the market price of our stock.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, requires that we maintain internal control over financial reporting that meets applicable standards. We may err in the design or operation of our controls, and all internal control systems, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because there are inherent limitations in all control systems, there can be no absolute assurance that all control issues have been or will be detected. If we are unable, or are perceived as unable, to produce reliable financial reports due to internal control deficiencies, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and operating results, which could result in a negative market reaction. Following our initial public offering, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will need to disclose any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, and, when we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will need to provide a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting.

In preparation for this offering and for future compliance with Section 404, we concluded that we had certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses that we identified related to (1) a lack of sufficient staff to deal with the various rules and regulations with respect to financial reporting, review and oversight responsibilities, segregation of duties and effective and timely financial close process; and (2) a lack of formalized and documented policies and procedures.

While we have designed and implemented, or expect to implement, measures that we believe address these control weaknesses, we continue to develop our internal controls, processes and reporting systems by, among other things, hiring qualified personnel, including a chief financial officer, developing systems to manage our accelerated close process, undertaking multi-year financial planning and analyses and designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls, including ongoing senior management review and audit committee oversight. However, we cannot assure you that these efforts will remediate our material weaknesses in a timely manner, or at all, or prevent restatements of our financial statements in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate our material weaknesses, or identify any future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to

 

47


Table of Contents

maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports and the market price of our stock may decline as a result.

Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period as would be required under Section 404. Had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as would be required under Section 404, additional control deficiencies amounting to material weaknesses may have been identified. We cannot be certain as to when we will be able to implement the requirements of Section 404 when they become applicable. If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory agencies such as the SEC. In addition, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of a material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, and the market price of our common stock may decline. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, our access to the capital markets may be restricted and the market price of our common stock may suffer.

Our ability to use net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carry forwards, or NOLs, of approximately $5.8 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2032 and state NOLs of $7.7 million which expire in various years beginning in 2019, if not utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development carryforwards of approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. We do not believe that we have experienced an ownership change at any time in the past. However, if a taxing authority disagrees with us or we have undergone in the part or if we undergo one or more ownership changes in connection with this offering or future transactions in our stock, our ability to utilize NOLs and tax credit carryforwards could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. As a result of these limitations, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs and tax credit carryforwards reflected on our balance sheet.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices including maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.

As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Also, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

 

48


Table of Contents

Overall, we estimate that our incremental costs resulting from operating as a public company, including compliance with these rules and regulations, may be between $2.0 million and $4.0 million per year. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and changing governance practices.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an “emerging growth company” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b). However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of any required compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately prior to this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $         in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014 from the price you paid, based on the initial public offering price of $         per share. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately     % of the outstanding share capital and approximately     % of the voting rights. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors who purchase shares in this offering. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which may cause our stockholders to experience additional dilution. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing shares in this offering will experience additional dilution.

 

49


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of             shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the             shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, or             shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our directors and officers, and certain of our stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The underwriters in this offering, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, up to an additional             shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately             of which are held by our executive officers, directors and their affiliated entities, and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. In addition,             shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options as of March 31, 2014 will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including transactions that would cause a change of control.

Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than     % of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will beneficially own or control approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and stockholders and their respective affiliates, acting as a group, will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may therefore delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect following this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect following this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

  ·  

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities, or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law

 

50


Table of Contents
 

provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  ·   We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

  ·   We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  ·   We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

  ·   The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

  ·   We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

To the extent that a claim for indemnification is brought by any of our directors or officers, it would reduce the amount of funds available for use in our business.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering include provisions that:

 

  ·   authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

  ·   require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

  ·   specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, or the chief executive officer;

 

  ·   establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  ·   establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three year terms;

 

51


Table of Contents
  ·   provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  ·   provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  ·   specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

 

  ·   require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use approximately $40 million to fund our ongoing and planned clinical development of PF582, including approximately $5 million for the ongoing Phase 1b/2a trial and approximately $35 million for the planned Phase 3 trial; approximately $5 million to fund our share of the planned Phase 3 clinical development of PF530; and the remainder to fund the research and development of other product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. You will not have the opportunity to influence our management’s decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

With the exception of our anticipated dividend in connection with the conversion of all preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

At the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to issue shares of common stock to pay all accrued but unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, there were cumulative unpaid dividends of $6.7 million for our Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we will issue             shares of common stock to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock prior to the offering in satisfaction of these accrued dividends. With the exception of this anticipated dividend, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on any classes of our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings for the foreseeable future to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

52


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “ Prospectus Summary ,” “ Risk Factors ,” “ Use of Proceeds ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and “ Business .” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “design,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those described under the heading “ Risk Factors ,” that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from current expectations. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to:

 

  ·   our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

  ·   our ability to enroll patients in our clinical studies at the pace that we project;

 

  ·   the timing and the success of the design of the clinical trials and planned clinical trials of PF582 and PF530;

 

  ·   whether the results of our trials will be sufficient to support domestic or global regulatory approvals for PF582 and PF530;

 

  ·   our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of PF582 and PF530 or our future product candidates;

 

  ·   our expectation that our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 to 24 months;

 

  ·   our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical studies;

 

  ·   our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

  ·   the benefits of the use of PF582 and PF530;

 

  ·   the projected dollar amounts of future sales;

 

  ·   the rate and degree of market acceptance of PF582 and PF530 or any future product candidates;

 

  ·   our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

  ·   our ability to manufacture PF582 and PF530 in conformity with the FDA’s requirements and to scale up manufacturing of PF582 and PF530 to commercial scale;

 

  ·   our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force, or collaborate with third-party distributors, to commercialize our products;

 

  ·   our ability to compete with companies currently producing the reference products, including Lucentis and Betaseron;

 

  ·   our reliance on our collaboration partners’ performance over which we do not have control;

 

53


Table of Contents
  ·   our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including development of a sales and marketing function;

 

  ·   our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for PF582 and PF530 or any future product candidates;

 

  ·   our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

  ·   our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act;

 

  ·   our ability to develop new products and product candidates;

 

  ·   our ability to successfully establish and successfully maintain appropriate collaborations and derive significant revenue from those collaborations;

 

  ·   our financial performance; and

 

  ·   developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by federal securities laws, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the statements are made. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our solution. The market and industry information included in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

55


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive from this offering will be approximately $         million based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering from us is exercised in full, our estimated net proceeds will be approximately $         million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to increase market awareness of our company and improve our competitive position. We intend to use approximately $40 million to fund our ongoing and planned clinical development of PF582, including approximately $5 million for the ongoing Phase 1b/2a trial and approximately $35 million for the planned Phase 3 trial; approximately $5 million to fund our share of the planned Phase 3 clinical development of PF530; and the remainder to fund the research and development of other product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire or invest in technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transactions. The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development and commercialization efforts and the status of and results from clinical trials, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Pending their use, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

56


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation in effect prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock requires the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends to the holders of our convertible preferred stock. Our board of directors has the option to pay all accrued and unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock in either (i) cash or (ii) shares of common stock at the fair market value in effect at the time of the conversion. Our board of directors intends to issue shares of common stock to pay all accrued but unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, there were cumulative unpaid dividends of $6.7 million for our Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we will issue shares of common stock upon completion of this offering to the holders of our outstanding Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock prior to the offering in satisfaction of these accrued dividends.

Other than the dividends described above, we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and instead intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations and debt reduction. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then-existing conditions, including our earnings, capital requirements, results of operations, financial condition, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. See “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” for additional information regarding our financial condition. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, for which we have obtained a waiver for the issuance of the shares of common stock to pay all accrued and unpaid dividend on our convertible preferred stock at the time of conversion.

 

57


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

 

  ·   on an actual basis,

 

  ·   on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the following events, which will occur in connection with and effective upon the consummation of this offering, as if such events occurred on March 31, 2014: (i) the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of convertible preferred stock into a share of common stock; (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; (iii) the issuance of              shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock; and (iv) the repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share in connection with the completion of this offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP; and

 

  ·   on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition, our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “ Use of Proceeds ,” “ Selected Consolidated Financial Data ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2014  
     (unaudited)  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands,
except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,135      $ 5,004      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

      

Credit facility

     3,590        3,590     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     3,590        3,590     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A-2, $0.001 par value per share 14,000,000 shares authorized and 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     47,000        -     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A-1, $0.001 par value per share 14,000,000 shares authorized and 14,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     61,180        -     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted.

     -        -        -   

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share 35,190,000 shares authorized and 4,418,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and              shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

     4        28     

Additional paid-in capital

     -        23,909     

Accumulated deficit

     (90,980     (6,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (90,976     16,978     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 20,794      $ 20,568      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering is based on 27,228,000 shares of our common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis as noted above as of March 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

  ·   (i) 2,048,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share, and (ii)              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted between March 31, 2014 and the date hereof with a weighted average exercise price of $             per share, and

 

  ·                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 723,500 shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, and (b)             shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan were added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we ceased granting awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

59


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

As of March 31, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the issuance of             shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, each immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors after giving effect to this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

   $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        , and the dilution per share to new investors by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock; (ii) the issuance of             shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock; (iii) the repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share in connection with the completion of the initial public offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP; and (iv) the completion of this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New public investors

            

Total

        100.0   $           100.0   $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares from us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 27,228,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and excludes:

 

  ·   (i) 2,048,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.21 per share, and (ii)              shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted between March 31, 2014 and the date hereof with a weighted average exercise price of $         per share, and

 

  ·                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 723,500 shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, and (b)             shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan were added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we ceased granting awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

61


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated historical financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of income data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 have been derived from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. This information should be read in conjunction with “ Risk Factors ,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ,” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands except for share data)  

Revenue

   $ 11,294      $ 11,914      $ 3,385      $ 2,558   

Expenses:

        

Cost of revenue (1)

     7,253        6,423        2,029        1,908   

Selling, general and administrative

     6,876        6,698        1,783        1,495   

Research and development (1)

     1,792        5,490        780        678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     15,921        18,611        4,592        4,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,627     (6,697     (1,207     (1,523

Other expense, net

     (7     (36     (1     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,634     (6,733     (1,208     (1,541

Income tax benefit

     2,041        2,671        482        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (726   $ (1,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective preferred stock dividends (2)

   $ (1,589   $ (1,695   $ (408   $ (435

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,182   $ (5,757   $ (1,134   $ (1,977

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (3)

   $ (1.01   $ (1.34   $ (0.27   $ (0.45

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     4,145        4,306        4,210        4,353   

Pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted (unaudited) (3)

   $        $        $        $     

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)

        

 

(1) Please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to recognize cost of revenue and research and development expense.
(2) The holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to cumulative dividends prior and in preference to our common stock. Because the holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends, net loss attributable to common stockholders is equal to net loss adjusted for convertible preferred stock dividends for the period. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis and these holders will be issued              shares of common stock for the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends in connection with such conversion. See Note 16 to our financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and for a description of convertible preferred stock, respectively. Please refer to Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the cumulative preferred stock dividends.
(3) Please refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate pro forma net loss per share – basic and diluted.

 

62


Table of Contents

Other Financial Data

 

     Year Ended December 31,     As of
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 9,966      $ 5,204      $ 5,135   

Accounts and unbilled receivables, net

     2,703        3,461        2,100   

Inventory

     754        26        21   

Restricted cash

     1,501        4,029        4,030   

Property and equipment, net

     2,681        2,329        2,215   

Goodwill and intangibles

     13,001        12,470        12,338   

Other

     2,326        4,294        4,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 32,932      $ 31,813      $ 30,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt-free current liabilities

   $ 3,199      $ 4,757      $ 4,730   

Deferred revenue

     2,342        1,253        1,263   

Debt

     1,140        3,590        3,590   

Other non-current liabilities

     3,611        3,484        3,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,292        13,084        13,067   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     42,500        113,180        108,180   

Stockholders’ deficit

     (19,860     (94,451     (90,976
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 32,932      $ 31,813      $ 30,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations and related to future events and our future financial performance, that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many important factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of difficult to manufacture and high-value proteins, initially focused on biosimilar therapeutics, or biosimilars. Our lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis is marketed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases. For PF582, we are currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with results expected in the fourth quarter of 2014, and expect to commence a Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017. We intend to commercialize PF582 with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe. Our next most advanced product candidate is PF530, a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. For PF530, we plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. We believe we are the most advanced in global development of these biosimilar product candidates. In addition to our two lead product candidates, our pipeline includes five other biosimilar candidates as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates. To date, none of our product candidates have received marketing authorization from any regulatory agency, and therefore we have not received revenue from the sale of any of our product candidates.

Our product candidates are enabled by our patented protein production platform, our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® , which confers several important competitive advantages compared to traditional techniques for protein production, including the ability to produce complex proteins with higher accuracy and greater degree of protein purity, as well as significant speed and cost advantages. The development of proteins, such as biosimilars, requires several competencies which represent both challenges and barriers to entry. Due to their inherent complexity, proteins require the use of living organisms to efficiently produce them at a large scale. Traditional techniques for protein production employ a trial and error approach to production organism, or strain, selection and process optimization, which is inherently inefficient and typically produces suboptimal results. This historically inefficient process provides barriers to create or replicate complex proteins, adds significant time to market and results in the high cost of goods typical of biologic therapeutics. Together these limitations pose significant hurdles for companies interested in entering the market with biosimilar products. Our platform utilizes a proprietary high throughput robotically-enabled parallel approach, which allows the construction and testing of thousands of unique protein production variables in parallel, thereby allowing us to produce and characterize complex proteins while reducing the time and cost of development and long-term production.

Our biosimilar product candidate selection strategy is to focus on products with large addressable markets, which will be free of intellectual property barriers during our projected approval timelines, and for which our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® enables efficient and large scale manufacturing. Our deep pipeline of product candidates includes three wholly-owned programs and six that are being developed in a joint venture with Strides Arcolab, a specialty pharmaceutical company. In addition, we are also developing proprietary vaccine candidates that are being funded by the Department of Health and Human Services within the United States government.

Our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $11.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively, and was $3.4 million and $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31 2013 and 2014,

 

64


Table of Contents

respectively. Our historical revenue has been primarily derived from monetizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales, which provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees. Currently, various government agencies are funding costs associated with our proprietary novel vaccine programs. Under our agreements, Strides Arcolab is responsible for funding third-party costs up to Phase 3 trials, at which time we share revenue and costs associated with the development of PF530 and other specific biosimilars developed pursuant thereto. As we continue to focus our business on the development of our product pipeline, we anticipate allocating fewer resources to certain aspects of our protein production activities that currently generate our revenue, which we expect will result in a decline of service-related revenue associated with protein production.

We commenced operations in December 2009 following our spinout from The Dow Chemical Company. As of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $91.0 million, of which $84.1 million was attributable to recognizing the accretion in the redemption value of our convertible preferred stock. We recognized net losses of $2.6 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and a net loss of $0.7 million and $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as we develop and advance our lead product candidates through clinical development, expand our research and development activities, and prepare for the potential commercial launch of our lead product candidates. As a result, our research and development expenses will increase materially as we incur further costs of development. We currently utilize third-party clinical research organizations, or CROs, to carry out our clinical development and we do not yet have an extensive sales organization. We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities, especially as we approach anticipated regulatory approval in Europe, the United States and other territories, and begin to establish our commercialization capabilities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily through the private placement of equity securities and borrowings under our credit facility, as well as through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales. In December 2009, we raised cash proceeds of $10.0 million from the sale of common and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. We have devoted substantially all of our capital resources to the research and development of our product candidates and working capital requirements. Additionally, as we continue to focus our business on the development of our product pipeline, we anticipate allocating fewer resources to certain aspects of our protein production activities that currently generate our revenue, which we expect will result in a decline of service-related revenue.

Strides Arcolab

In December 2012, we entered into a joint development and license agreement, or JDLA, with Strides Arcolab, to develop biosimilar products according to development plans to be mutually agreed upon. Under such development plans, we will generally be responsible for establishing and characterizing a research cell bank of the protein production strain and developing a manufacturing process and analytical methods, while Strides Arcolab will generally be responsible for developing master and working cell banks for the applicable protein production strain, developing a formulation for the applicable biosimilar product, manufacturing the biosimilar for Phase 1 trials, conducting preclinical and Phase 1 trials and managing regulatory matters. Each party will bear its own costs for the aforementioned development activities, and upon the commencement of Phase 3 the parties shall jointly share in expenses. Each party must use commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the objectives set forth in the development plan for each biosimilar product and certain milestones set forth in the JDLA. Except pursuant to the JDLA and during its term, neither party may develop, manufacture, supply or commercialize any product that is being or has been developed under the agreement or assist any third party to do the same.

In March 2013, we entered into a joint venture agreement, or JVA, with Strides Arcolab to form a joint venture company, or JV, to develop and commercialize biosimilar products developed under the JDLA that have

 

65


Table of Contents

completed Phase 1 trials. Under the terms of the JVA, we own a forty-nine percent equity interest in the JV, while Strides Arcolab owns a fifty-one percent equity interest in the JV. Both parties have equal board representation and equal voting rights. There has been no activity in the JV to date. Once a biosimilar product successfully completes a Phase 1 trial and Strides Arcolab and we agree to contribute the biosimilar to the JV, the JV will incur activity.

To date, we and Strides Arcolab have identified six biosimilar candidates for development under the JDLA and potential further development and commercialization by the JV.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

In July 2010, we entered into a contract with BARDA, a division of the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, to develop a production strain and process for the production of bulk recombinant Protective Antigen, or rPA, from anthrax. Under the contract, we provided protein production and process development services to BARDA through May 2012 for a fixed fee of approximately $10.1 million. BARDA held two options to extend the term of the contract for additional payments totaling $13.8 million, and exercised these options in April 2012 and September 2013, extending the term through December 2014. Through March 31, 2014, $18.4 million had been recorded as revenue under this contract.

The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID)

In September 2012, we entered into a contract with NIAID for the development of a next generation anthrax vaccine. Under the contract, we have agreed to provide services to NIAID for approximately twenty-five months under a cost plus contract with a total value of approximately $2.2 million. NIAID has thirteen options to extend the term of the contract for additional payments totaling approximately $22.9 million.

Leidos, Inc. (formerly SAIC, Inc.)

In September 2009, we entered into an agreement with Leidos, Inc., or Leidos, to evaluate the development of a malaria antigen using our protein production technology and to provide production and support services for manufacturing of the malaria vaccine. The original contract was amended multiple times in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 to increase the scope of services we provide. Under the contract, we are paid a fixed fee of approximately $8.4 million for services performed over the five-year term. We recognize revenue as we perform the services. Leidos may terminate our agreement in whole or in part for our breach or insolvency, or if it determines that termination is in its interest.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

As a clinical stage biotechnology company, we have not yet generated any revenue from biosimilar product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of biosimilar products for the next several years. We have recognized, in the aggregate, $54.1 million of revenue from our inception through March 31, 2014. This revenue was derived from monetizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® in the form of collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales. We will continue seeking to generate revenue from a combination of our existing sources in addition to future collaborative or strategic relationships; however, we expect to allocate fewer resources to certain aspects of our protein production activities that currently generate our revenue, resulting in a reduction in revenue in future periods. We expect that any revenue we may generate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of the timing and amount of services and sales under our various relationships and whether or not the U.S. government continues to exercise options under our contracts. In the future, we may generate revenue from a combination of

 

66


Table of Contents

the sale of our product candidates, to the extent that any are approved and successfully commercialized, as well as revenue pursuant to collaborative agreements and research and development funding.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue includes costs incurred in connection with the execution of service contracts and government contracts, as well as costs to manufacture or purchase, package and ship our reagent products. Cost of revenue also includes development costs for our proprietary novel vaccine programs, which are funded by various government agencies.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, and other related costs for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, business development and human resource functions. Other costs include facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expense and professional fees for legal and accounting services.

Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate increases in selling, general and administrative expense for activities associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements. These increases will likely include legal fees, accounting fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and fees associated with investor relations. These increases will also likely include the hiring of additional personnel. We intend to continue to incur increased internal and external business development costs to support our various product development efforts, which can vary from period to period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in identifying, developing and testing product candidates. These expenses consist primarily of:

 

  ·   employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation;

 

  ·   license fees;

 

  ·   consulting fees paid to third-parties;

 

  ·   the costs of laboratory equipment and facilities;

 

  ·   contract research and manufacturing;

 

  ·   expenses related to compliance with regulatory requirements in the United States, the European Union and other foreign jurisdictions;

 

  ·   expenses related to production of clinical supplies, including fees paid to contract manufacturers; and

 

  ·   fees paid to clinical consultants, clinical trial sites and vendors, including CROs, in conjunction with implementing and monitoring our preclinical and clinical trials and acquiring and evaluating preclinical and clinical trial data, including all related fees, such as for investigator grants, patient screening fees, laboratory work and statistical compilation and analysis.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We have spent a total of $10.2 million on research and development expenses since our inception.

 

67


Table of Contents

We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we advance our product candidates through our clinical development programs. Under our JDLA with Strides Arcolab, each party will bear its own costs for the aforementioned development activities, and upon the commencement of Phase 3 the parties shall jointly share in expenses. The process of conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We or our collaboration partners may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The probability of success for each product candidate may be affected by numerous factors, including preclinical data, clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability.

Completion dates and completion costs for our clinical development programs can vary significantly for each of our product candidates and are difficult to predict. We therefore cannot estimate with any degree of certainty the costs we will incur in connection with development of our product candidates. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific success of early development programs, results of ongoing and future clinical trials, our ability to enter into collaborative agreements with respect to each program or potential product candidate, as well as ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate’s commercial potential. We will need to raise substantial additional capital and may seek collaborative agreements in the future in order to advance our various programs.

The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to, but not limited to, the following:

 

  ·   per patient trial costs;

 

  ·   the number of sites included in the trials;

 

  ·   the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

  ·   the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

  ·   the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

  ·   the number of treatments that patients receive;

 

  ·   the cost of comparative agents used in trials;

 

  ·   the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

  ·   potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

  ·   the duration of patient follow-up; and

 

  ·   the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidate.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net is comprised of interest expense on our lines of credit net of interest income from our short-term investments and money market funds.

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted

 

68


Table of Contents

in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue

Our revenue is primarily related to our monetizing our protein production platform through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein products which may provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees. Our revenue generating agreements also include potential revenue for future development milestones and product royalties.

We consider a variety of factors in determining the appropriate method of accounting for our collaboration agreements, including whether multiple deliverables can be separated and accounted for individually as separate units of accounting. Where there are multiple deliverables within a collaboration agreement that cannot be separated and therefore are combined into a single unit of accounting, revenue is deferred and recognized over the estimated period of performance. If the deliverables can be separated, we apply the relevant revenue recognition guidance to each individual deliverable. The specific methodology for the recognition of the underlying revenue is determined on a case-by-case basis according to the facts and circumstances applicable to each agreement.

Upfront, nonrefundable payments that do not have stand-alone value are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue over the estimated period of performance. Nonrefundable payments for research funding are recognized as revenue over the period the underlying research activities are performed.

Revenue under service agreements are recorded as services are performed. These agreements do not require scientific achievement as a performance obligation and provide for payment when services are rendered. All such revenue is nonrefundable. Upfront, nonrefundable payments for license fees, exclusivity and services received in excess of amounts earned are classified as deferred revenue and recognized as income over the contract term or period of performance based on the nature of the related agreement.

Revenue for our cost plus fixed fee government contracts is recognized in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition including the authoritative guidance specific to federal government contractors. Reimbursable costs under our government contracts primarily include direct labor, materials, subcontracts, accountable property and indirect costs. In addition, we receive a fixed fee under our government contracts, which is unconditionally earned as allowable costs are incurred and is not contingent on success factors. Reimbursable costs under our government contracts, including the fixed fee, are generally recognized as revenue in the period the reimbursable costs are incurred and become billable.

We assess milestone fees on an individual basis and recognize revenue from nonrefundable milestone fees when the earnings process is complete and the payment is reasonably assured. Nonrefundable milestone fees

 

69


Table of Contents

related to arrangements under which we have continuing performance obligations are recognized as revenue upon achievement of the associated milestone, provided that (i) the milestone event is substantive and its achievability was not reasonably assured at the inception of the agreement and (ii) the amount of the milestone payment is reasonable in relation to the effort expended or the risk associated with the milestone event. Where separate milestone payments do not meet these criteria, we recognize revenue using a contingency-adjusted performance model over the period of performance.

Our reagent products are comprised of internally developed proteins and those we purchase from original manufacturers for resale. We offer a 90 day return policy. We recognize reagent product revenue from product sales when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales transactions where the buyer has the right to return the product is recognized at the time of sale only if (1) our price to the buyer is substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, (2) the buyer has paid us, or the buyer is obligated to pay us and the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, (3) the buyer’s obligation to us would not be changed in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, (4) the buyer acquiring the product for resale has economic substance apart from that provided by us, (5) we do not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and (6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated.

Revenue under arrangements where we outsource the cost of fulfillment to third parties is evaluated as to whether the related amounts should be recorded gross or net. We record amounts collected from the customer as revenue, and the amounts paid to suppliers as cost of revenue when we hold all or substantially all of the risks and benefits related to the product or service. For transactions where we do not hold all or substantially all the risk, we use net reporting recording the transaction as if the end-user made a purchase from the supplier with us acting as a sales agent.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue includes costs incurred in connection with the execution of service contracts, government contracts, as well as costs to manufacture or purchase, package and ship our reagent products. Cost of revenue also includes development costs for our proprietary novel vaccine programs which are funded by various government agencies.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are recognized as incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we advance our product candidates through our clinical development programs.

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

Our clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites as well as estimates for the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf.

We estimate preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed, pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related series are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

 

70


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

Employee stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is the vesting period of the award.

We estimate the fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation using a Black Scholes option pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires multiple subjective inputs. The fair value of equity instruments expected to vest are recognized and amortized on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally four years; however, certain provisions in our equity compensation plan provide for shorter and longer vesting periods under certain circumstances.

See Note 13 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of employee stock options granted in 2012 and 2013. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield of our common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options was $28 thousand and $52 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $13 thousand and $8 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately $72 thousand of total unrecognized compensation expense, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.5 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2014 was approximately             based on a hypothetical common stock fair value of             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately             million related to vested options and approximately             million related to unvested options.

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The methodology used by the unrelated third-party valuation firm included estimating the fair value of the enterprise, subtracting the fair value of debt from this enterprise value and then allocating this value to all of the equity interests using the option pricing method or the probability weighted expected return method. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, we believe our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

  ·   contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

  ·   our stage of development, including progress of research and development activities;

 

  ·   our operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

  ·   the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

71


Table of Contents
  ·   rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our outstanding convertible preferred stock;

 

  ·   equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies’ market multiples, initial public offering valuations and other metrics;

 

  ·   the achievement of enterprise milestones, including our progress in clinical trials;

 

  ·   the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and biotechnology sector conditions;

 

  ·   sales of our convertible preferred stock in arms-length transactions;

 

  ·   lack of marketability of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

  ·   business risks; and

 

  ·   management and board experience.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant.

Other Information

Income Tax Matters

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and California, Massachusetts and Missouri state tax returns. To date, we have not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority; however all tax years from and including 2009 remain open for examination by federal and state income tax authorities. We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A deferred income tax asset or liability is computed for the expected future impact of differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit, if any, to be derived from tax credits and loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax expense or benefit would represent the net change during the year in the deferred income tax asset or liability. Deferred tax assets, if any, are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 we recorded an income tax provision benefit of $2.0 million and $2.7 million respectively, which is principally attributable to U.S. federal and state income taxes. Our practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. We had no accrual for interest or penalties on our balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. We generated federal and state net operating losses of approximately $5.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The federal losses can be carried forward and begin expiring starting in 2032 unless previously utilized and the state losses begin expiring in 2019 unless previously utilized.

Utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual usage limitation due to ownership changes that could occur in the future, as required by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal

 

72


Table of Contents

Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, as well as similar state tax provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or transactions over a three-year period resulting in a cumulative ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. We do not believe that we have experienced an ownership change at any time in the past. However, we may experience one or more ownership changes in connection with this offering or future transactions in our stock.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

The following table summarizes our net loss during the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages).

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase/(Decrease)  
     2012     2013     Dollars     Percent  

Revenue

   $ 11,294      $ 11,914      $ 620        5

Cost of revenue

     7,253        6,423        (830     (11 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     4,041        5,491        1,450        36

Operating expenses :

        

Selling, general and administrative

     6,876        6,698        (178     (3 %) 

Research and development

     1,792        5,490        3,698        206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (4,627     (6,697     (2,070     45

Other expense, net

     (7     (36     (29     414
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,634     (6,733     (2,099     45

Income tax benefit

     2,041        2,671        630        31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (1,469     57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

Revenue increased by $0.6 million, or 5%, from $11.3 million in 2012 to $11.9 million in 2013. The increase in revenue was due to an increase of $1.0 million in revenue attributed to proprietary novel vaccines development fees on our Px563L product candidate, a $1.8 million one-time sale to a single customer for one reagent protein product, offset by a decrease of $2.0 million of revenue due to the termination of the collaboration and license agreement with MedImmune, LLC in May 2013 due to a lack of microbial-based portfolio projects that could use the P f ēnex Expression Technology ® .

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue decreased by $0.8 million, or 11%, from $7.3 million in 2012 compared to $6.4 million in 2013. The reduction in cost of revenue was primarily due to the termination of the MedImmune agreement in May 2013 and the shifting of resources to research and development efforts for our internal product candidates. Cost of revenue includes development costs for our proprietary novel vaccine programs which are funded by various government agencies.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or 3%, from $6.9 million in 2012 to $6.7 million in 2013. The decrease in selling, general and administrative costs was primarily due to a shift in our resources to research and development.

 

73


Table of Contents

Research and Development

The following table summarizes the primary components of our research and development expense for our principal research and development programs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 as well as from inception through December 31, 2013 (in thousands).

 

Research and Development Program

   2012      2013      Inception
through
2013
 

PF582

   $ 154       $ 3,256       $ 3,482   

PF530

     630         420         1,649   

Other discovery and development programs & allocated costs

     1,008         1,814         4,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expense

   $ 1,792       $ 5,490       $ 9,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expense increased by $3.7 million, or 206%, from $1.8 million in 2012 to $5.5 million in 2013. Our increase in research and development expenses principally resulted from an increase of $3.1 million in the PF582 program for costs incurred in connection with the Phase 1b/2a trial. The $0.2 million decrease in the PF530 program was due to our Joint Development and Collaboration Agreement, which became effective in December 2012 and requires that Strides Arcolab pay for all third party costs associated with advancing this product up through and including Phase 1 trials. In addition, costs increased by $0.8 million in our other development programs primarily due to a shift in our business focus to developing pipeline products.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net, increased by $29 thousand, from $7 thousand in 2012 to $36 thousand in 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or Wells Fargo, resulting in an increase in interest expense.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit increased by $0.6 million, or 31%, from $2.0 million in 2012 to $2.7 million in 2013 as a result of the increased net loss before income taxes in 2013.

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

The following table summarizes our net loss during the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages).

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Increase/(Decrease)  
     2013     2014     Dollars     Percent  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 3,385      $ 2,558      $ (827     (24 %) 

Cost of revenue

     2,029        1,908        (121     (6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     1,356        650        (706     (52 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     1,783        1,495        (288     (16 %) 

Research and development

     780        678        (102     (13 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (1,207     (1,523     (316     (26 %) 

Other expense, net

     (1     (18     (17     (1,700 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (1,208     (1,541     (333     (28 %) 

Income tax benefit

     482        ( 1     (483     (100 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (726   $ (1,542   $ (816     (112 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

74


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue decreased by $0.8 million, or 24%, from $3.4 million in the first quarter of 2013 to $2.6 million in the first quarter of 2014. The decrease in revenue was due to a $1.8 million one-time sale to a single customer for one reagent protein product that occurred in the first quarter of 2013 and a $0.7 million decrease attributed to the substantial completion of services under one of the contracts funding development of our proprietary novel vaccine Px533 product candidate, offset by increases in the first quarter of 2014 of $2.1 million attributed to proprietary novel vaccine development fees on our Px563L product candidate and in reagent protein product sales of $0.3 million. We expect revenue related to our protein production services to decline in the near-term as we shift our resources to developing our product pipeline.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue decreased by $0.1 million, or 6%, from $2.0 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2014. The reduction in cost of revenue was primarily due to costs incurred in the first quarter of 2013 in connection with a one-time sale to a single customer for one reagent protein product. Cost of revenue includes development costs for our proprietary novel vaccine programs which are funded by various government agencies. Given the nature of the novel vaccine development process, these costs will fluctuate depending on stage of development.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.3 million, or 16%, from $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2013 to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2014. The decrease in selling, general and administrative costs was primarily due to a strategic shift in our business toward developing our own product pipeline from service and revenue generation, thereby reducing the necessity for marketing activities and other related costs. Upon completion of this offering, we expect general and administrative costs to increase for activities associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements. These increases will likely include legal fees, accounting fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and fees associated with investor relations. These increases will also likely include the hiring of additional personnel. We intend to continue to incur increased internal and external business development costs to support our various product development efforts, which can vary from period to period.

Research and Development

The following table summarizes the primary components of our research and development expense for our principal research and development programs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 as well as from inception through March 31, 2014 (in thousands).

     Three months ended
March 31,
     Inception
through
March 31,

2014
 

Research and Development Program

   2013      2014     
     (unaudited)         

PF582

   $ 152       $ 362       $ 3,844   

PF530

     135         20         1,669   

Other discovery and development programs & allocated costs

     493         296         4,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expense

   $ 780       $ 678       $ 10,236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expense decreased by $0.1 million, or 13%, from $0.8 million in the first quarter of 2013 to $0.7 million in the first quarter of 2014. The decrease in research and development expenses principally resulted from shifting the cost burden associated with PF530 to Strides. Strides is contractually

 

75


Table of Contents

obligated to fund ongoing costs of PF530 at its current stage of development. Additionally, the first quarter of 2014 saw a shift of funding from discovery and development programs for other product candidates towards funding for the advancement of our lead product candidate, PF582. We expect research and development expenses to increase as we advance our lead candidates and pipeline products.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net, increased by $17 thousand, from $1 thousand in the first quarter of 2013 to $18 thousand in the first quarter of 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or Wells Fargo.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit decreased by $0.5 million, or nearly 100%, from $0.5 million in the first quarter of 2013 to $1 thousand income tax expense in the first quarter of 2014 as we expect to have a loss for the full year resulting in only minimum tax exposure for the first quarter provision due to the valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset. We do not expect to record an income tax provision/expense in future years as we continue to generate net operating losses and corresponding valuation allowances due to our investments in our lead product candidates and other pipeline products.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have funded our operations to date primarily through the private placement of equity securities, our credit facilities and through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales. In December 2009, we sold a total of 10,000,000 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and 1,190,000 shares of common stock to three previously unrelated investors, resulting in total cash proceeds of $10.0 million. At March, 31, 2014, we had $5.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $4.0 million in restricted cash as collateral for lines of credit. As of March 31, 2014 we had $3.6 million drawn under our $3.9 million revolving credit facility.

Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation in effect prior to the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the holders of our Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors, and prior and in preference to common stock. Unless declared, dividends are not payable except that accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends are payable in the event of the sale, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the company and upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock. Our board of directors has the option to pay all accrued and unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock in either (i) cash or (ii) shares of common stock at the fair market value in effect at the time of the conversion. Our board of directors intends to issue shares of common stock to pay all accrued but unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, there were cumulative unpaid dividends of $6.7 million for our Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we will issue             shares of common stock to the holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock prior to the offering in satisfaction of these accrued dividends.

We anticipate that our current cash; cash equivalents and short-term investments; cash from collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales; and the expected net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least 18 to 24 months.

 

76


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods presented below (in thousands).

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ (2,889   $ (4,601   $ (2,057   $ (74

Investing activities

     (2,322     (2,357     (2,048     1,247   

Financing activities

     (194     2,946        177        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (5,405   $ (4,012   $ (3,928   $ 1,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2013 compared to $0.1 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2014. The use of cash in each period was primarily a result of net losses associated with our research and development activities which we anticipate to continue for the foreseeable future due to ongoing activities with our lead product candidates and product pipeline.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We used $2.0 million in 2012 and $5.5 million in 2013 to purchase short-term investments and had $3.3 million in maturities of short-term investment in 2013. We used $0.5 million in 2012 and $0.1 million in 2013 to purchase property and equipment. We received proceeds of $0.2 million in 2012 and $10 thousand in 2013 for the sale of equipment and assets held for sale. Net cash used in investing activities was $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to net cash provided from investing activities of $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. We used $4.0 million to purchase short-term investments in the first quarter of 2013. We had $2.0 million and $1.3 million in maturities of short-term investments in the first quarters of 2013 and 2014, respectively. We used $56 thousand and $3 thousand to purchase property and equipment in the first quarter of 2013 and 2014, respectively. We received proceeds of $2 thousand in the first quarter of 2013 for the sale of equipment and assets held for sale.

Net cash used for financing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We borrowed $1.1 million in 2012 and $2.5 million in 2013 under our revolving credit facility. We received $3.0 million in proceeds from the maturity of investments in restricted accounts in 2013. We used $1.5 million in 2012 and $2.5 million in 2013 as collateral for our revolving credit facility. In 2012 we received the release of $163 thousand in pledged funds from our local utility and merchant card providers. We received $5 thousand in 2012 and $24 thousand in 2013 for the issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of stock options. Net cash provided by financing activities was $177 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to $8 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014. We borrowed $153 thousand in the first quarter of 2013 under our revolving credit facility. We received $24 thousand and $9 thousand in the first quarters of 2013 and 2014, respectively, from the issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of stock options. We do not currently anticipate a need to increase our borrowing beyond the currently available maximum capacity of $3.9 million under our revolving credit facility.

Contractual Obligations

At March 31, 2014, we had a long-term contractual lease obligation for our 22,833 square foot operating facility located in San Diego, California. The operating lease was entered into during 2010 with occupancy occurring in April 2011 and expiration in March 2020.

 

77


Table of Contents

We have entered into two revolving credit facilities with Wells Fargo. The first revolving credit facility was entered into in May 2012, or the 2012 RCF, and the second in June 2013, or the 2013 RCF. The maximum capacities for the 2012 RCF and 2013 RCF are $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for a total capacity of $3.9 million. Both RCFs are collateralized by restricted use accounts held at Wells Fargo, which are $1.5 million for the 2012 RCF and $2.5 million for the 2013 RCF as of March 31, 2014. The documents governing the credit facilities contain covenants, including limitations as to the use of funds, incurring additional indebtedness and the pledging of assets. Prior to April 2, 2014, we were not in compliance with covenants pertaining to (i) the delivery of our 2012 audit report, which was delivered before May 15, 2014 along with the our 2013 audit report; (ii) the pre-approval for certain capital expenditures; (iii) the pre-approval required for entering into a lease for a commercial copier/printer; and (iv) the pre-approval for repurchases of our common stock of at least $500,000 and obtained a waiver from Wells Fargo dated April 2, 2014. We refer to the 2012 RCF and the 2013 RCF collectively herein as the revolving credit facility.

As of March 31, 2014, we had $3.6 million drawn under our $3.9 million revolving credit facility. This amount is due and payable in April 2015. As of March 31, 2014, the 2012 RCF bore a fixed interest rate of 2.00% above LIBOR, or 2.25%. As of March 31, 2014, the 2013 RCF bore fixed interest rates ranging from 2.25% to 2.375% as of that date. The Company recognized $14 thousand and $43 thousand of interest expense related to the RCFs during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7 thousand and $20 thousand of interest expense related to the RCFs during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at March 31, 2014 and the effects such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in thousands).

Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      2014      2015 through
2016
     2017 through
2018
     After 2018  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 2,752         269         745         791         947   

Revolving credit facility

     3,679         62         3,617                   

Funding Requirements

As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $5.1 million and $4.0 million in restricted cash as collateral for lines of credit. We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering assuming $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

  ·   approximately $40 million to fund our ongoing and planned clinical development of PF582, including approximately $5 million for the ongoing Phase 1b/2a trial and approximately $35 million for the planned Phase 3 trial;

 

  ·   approximately $5 million to fund our share of the planned Phase 3 clinical development of PF530; and

 

  ·   the remainder to fund the research and development of other product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes.

 

78


Table of Contents

In addition, we may also use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business. However, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any potential acquisitions or investments.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development and commercialization efforts and the status of and results from clinical studies, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

We do not expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to enable us to fund substantial development of our other product candidates. Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment grade, interest bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

We expect to incur substantial costs and losses as we continue to expand our research and development activities, particularly as we complete the PF582 and PF530 clinical trials. Our funding requirements will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

  ·   the progress of development of our lead product candidates;

 

  ·   the timing, receipt and amount of milestone and other payments, if any, from future collaborators;

 

  ·   the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approvals;

 

  ·   the continued progress in our research and development programs, including completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

  ·   the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims;

 

  ·   the potential acquisition and in-licensing of other technologies, products or assets;

 

  ·   the timing, receipt and amount of sales and royalties, if any, from our product candidates;

 

  ·   the cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales activities, if any; and

 

  ·   the cost of litigation, including potential patent litigation.

We do not expect to generate significant additional revenue, other than payments that we receive from our protein production services, licensing relationships, and our novel vaccine development contracts, until we successfully obtain marketing approval for, and begin commercializing our lead product candidates. We believe the key factors that will affect our internal and external sources of cash are:

 

  ·   our ability to successfully develop, manufacture, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our lead product candidates;

 

  ·   the success of our product candidates, and other preclinical and clinical development programs;

 

  ·   continued funding from our government contracts;

 

79


Table of Contents
  ·   the receptivity of the capital markets to financings by biotechnology companies; and

 

  ·   our ability to enter into additional strategic collaborations with corporate and academic collaborators and the success of such collaborations.

If our existing resources and the proceeds of this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements or if we acquire or license additional technologies, products or assets that fit within our growth strategy, we may need to raise additional external funds through the sale of equity or debt securities. The sale of equity securities may result in dilution to our stockholders. Additional financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be required to reduce the scope of, delay or eliminate some or all of our planned research, development and commercialization activities, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, other than a JVA with Strides Arcolab, and the indemnification agreements described below.

In March 2013, we and Strides Arcolab entered into the JVA. The JVA was established to provide a vehicle for the advancement of certain biosimilars successful in Phase 1 trials under a joint development and license agreement between us and Strides Arcolab. Under the terms of the JVA, both parties share equally in all decisions, and share revenue and expenses 51% to Strides Arcolab and 49% to us. There has been no activity in the JV to date. Once a biosimilar product successfully completes a Phase 1 trial and Strides Arcolab and we agree to contribute the biosimilar to the JV, the JV will incur activity. For additional details please see the section captioned “ Business - Joint Development and Licenses - Strides Arcolab.

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications, including our Strides Arcolab agreements described above Our exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future, but have not yet been made. As of March 31, 2014, we have not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to our indemnification obligations. However, we may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB issued accounting guidance requiring an entity to disclose information about offsetting arrangements and the impact of these arrangements on our financial position. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for emerging growth companies.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after

 

80


Table of Contents

December 15, 2013, with an option for early adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations. We also seek to maximize income from our cash and cash equivalents without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we invest our cash and cash equivalents in money market funds, treasury obligations, short term certificates of deposit and high-grade corporate securities, directly or through managed funds, with maturities of six months or less. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $5.1 million consisting of cash of $1.9 million and investments of $3.2 million in highly liquid U.S. money market funds. In addition, we had $4.0 million in restricted cash all invested in highly liquid U.S. money market funds. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant and a 100 basis point movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio. We actively monitor changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We contract with CROs and investigational sites in foreign countries. We are therefore subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these agreements. We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. To date we have not incurred any material effects from foreign currency changes on these contracts.

Inflation Risk

Inflation may affect us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations for any period presented herein.

 

81


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of difficult to manufacture and high-value proteins, initially focused on biosimilar therapeutics, or biosimilars. Our lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis, marketed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases, achieved approximately $4.3 billion in global product sales in 2013. For PF582, we are currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with results expected in the fourth quarter of 2014. We expect to commence a Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017. We intend to commercialize PF582 with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe. Our next most advanced product candidate is PF530, a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b) that is marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis and achieved over $1.4 billion in global product sales in 2013. For PF530 we plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. We believe we are the most advanced in global development of these biosimilar product candidates. In addition to our two most advanced product candidates, our pipeline includes five other biosimilar candidates as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates. To date, none of our product candidates have received marketing authorization from any regulatory agency, and therefore we have not received revenue from the sale of any of our product candidates.

Our product candidates are enabled by our patented protein production platform, Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® , which we believe confers several important competitive advantages compared to traditional techniques for protein production, including the ability to produce complex proteins with higher accuracy and greater degree of protein purity, as well as significant speed and cost advantages. The development of proteins, such as biosimilars, requires several competencies which represent both challenges and barriers to entry. Due to their inherent complexity, proteins require the use of living organisms to efficiently produce them at a large scale. Traditional techniques for protein production employ a trial and error approach to production organism, or strain, selection and process optimization, which is inherently inefficient and typically produces suboptimal results. This historically inefficient process provides barriers to create or replicate complex proteins, adds significant time to market and results in the high cost of goods typical of biologic therapeutics. Together these limitations pose significant hurdles for companies interested in entering the market with biosimilar products. Our platform utilizes a proprietary high throughput robotically-enabled parallel approach, which allows the construction and testing of thousands of unique protein production variables in parallel, thereby allowing us to produce and characterize complex proteins while reducing the time and cost of development and long-term production.

The 2012 global biologics market represented over $160 billion in product sales with virtually the entire market comprised of branded innovator products. We believe the emerging biosimilar market will be significant due to the large number of blockbuster products losing patent protection in the next several years, abbreviated regulatory pathways for the approval of biosimilars and a mandate for lower drug costs by governments and private payors. A biosimilar is a biologic product that has been demonstrated to be highly similar to a biologic product that is already approved, referred to as a reference product, notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, and where there are no clinically meaningful differences between the reference product and the biosimilar in terms of the safety, purity, and potency of the product. By 2020, 47 biologic products representing approximately $45 billion of aggregate 2010 product sales will have become available globally. The market opportunities for our two most advanced product candidates are substantial. Lucentis achieved approximately $4.3 billion in global product sales in 2013. By the second quarter of 2018, markets with 2013 Lucentis sales of approximately $530 million will lose patent protection, and become available to PF582. Additionally, by the second quarter of 2020, markets with an additional $2.0 billion in 2013 sales will lose patent protection and become available for biosimilars, and after January 2022 markets with an additional $1.7 billion in 2013 sales will also lose patent protection. Betaseron achieved over $1.4 billion in product sales in 2013. Interferon beta-1b product sales in markets where no intellectual property barriers exist totaled in excess of $52 million in 2013 with other territories representing the balance of product sales becoming available between 2017 and 2021.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our biosimilar product candidate selection strategy is to focus on products with large addressable markets, which will be free of intellectual property barriers in major markets over our projected approval timelines, and for which our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® enables efficient and large scale manufacturing. Our deep pipeline of product candidates includes three wholly-owned programs and six that are being developed in a joint venture with Strides Arcolab Limited, a specialty pharmaceutical company. In addition, we are also developing proprietary vaccine candidates that are being funded by the Department of Health and Human Services within the United States government.

The following table summarizes certain information about our key product candidates and future potential products under development (except for the approximate sales data, which is for sales of each branded third party reference drug).

 

Product   Branded
Reference Drug
 

Approximate 2013
Global

Branded Sales of
Third Party
Reference Drug

  Collaboration Partner  

Expected

Status/Milestones

Biosimilar
   
PF582 –
Ranibizumab (1)
  Lucentis   $4.3B   Wholly-Owned   Phase 1b/2a in-process
commencing in mid-

2015 with data expected
in 2017

   
PF530 –
Interferon beta-1b (2)
  Betaseron   $1.4B   Strides Arcolab   Phase 1 commencing in
the second half of

2014

   
PF694 – Peg-
interferon alpha-2a
  Pegasys   $1.5B   Strides Arcolab   Phase 1 commencing in
the second half of

2015

   
PF756 – Peg-
interferon beta (3)
  N/A   N/A   Strides Arcolab   Formulation development
   
PF529 – Peg-
filgrastim
  Neulasta   $4.4B   Strides Arcolab   Process development
   
PF444–Human
growth hormone
  Genotropin   $3.0B   Strides Arcolab   Process development
   
PF688 –
Certolizumab-pegol
  Cimzia   $820MM   Wholly-Owned   Process development
   
PF690 – Peg-
aspargase
  Oncaspar   $175MM   Strides Arcolab   Entering process
development
 
Generic
   
PF708 –
Teriparatide
  Forteo   $1.25B   Wholly-Owned   ANDA enabling PK
study commencing in the
second half of
2015
 
Novel Vaccines
   
Px563L – rPA
based anthrax
vaccine
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Phase 1
commencement in the
second half of 2014
   
Px563L – SDI rPA
based anthrax
vaccine 2 nd
generation
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Formulation development
   
Px533 – Malaria
vaccine
  N/A   N/A   U.S. Government
Funded
  Entering Phase 1 in the
second half of 2014

 

83


Table of Contents

 

(1) Lucentis is indicated for use in patients with neovascular age-related macular degeneration, macular edema following retinal vein occlusion, and diabetic macular edema in both the United States and European Union. Lucentis is also indicated for use in patients with choroidal neovascularization secondary to pathologic myopia in the European Union only.
(2) Betaseron is indicated for use in patients with relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis, including patients who have experienced a first clinical episode and have had an MRI consistent with multiple sclerosis in the United States only. Betaferon is indicated for use in patients with relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis, relapsing secondary progressive multiple sclerosis, and patients with a first clinical event suggestive of multiple sclerosis in the European Union only.
(3) Currently being developed as a next generation biologic.

PF582 - Ranibizumab

With the safety and efficacy of Lucentis already established by the innovator companies, a key hurdle in the development of PF582, or any biosimilar candidate, is establishing bioanalytical similarity of the product candidate to the reference product pursuant to applicable regulations. We have completed extensive bioanalytical similarity studies comparing PF582 to multiple lots of United States and European Union sourced Lucentis as well as comparability studies between multiple lots of PF582 at the pilot scale and commercial scale. We have also completed a preclinical study using an animal model that demonstrated, when injected into the animals’ eyes, PF582 and Lucentis yielded similar tolerability and pharmacological profiles. Based on our analytical and preclinical data package, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted us a Biosimilar Initial Advisory Meeting which was held in January 2014. We discussed the data we had generated to date, our Phase 3 trial design and our strategy for the comparison of European Union and the United States licensed reference products. In the subsequent meeting minutes, the FDA indicated that our analytical data appear acceptable to support the development of PF582 as a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis. Similarly, we are in discussions with the European Union’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP.

We have initiated a randomized Phase1b/2a trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of PF582 for the treatment of wet AMD patients compared to Lucentis. The efficacy endpoints are visual acuity and retinal thickness. We plan to enroll 25 patients at multiple sites in New Zealand and expect to complete the study in the fourth quarter of 2014. The sentinel patient treated with PF582 prior to randomization showed a five letter increase in visual acuity on an eye chart and a reduction in retinal thickness at one month. These initial results are consistent with the results expected from Lucentis. We expect to begin our global Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017, and we believe positive results from this trial will provide sufficient data to secure marketing approval in our target markets.

PF530 - Betaseron

Our next most advanced product candidate, PF530, is a biosimilar candidate to the reference product Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), indicated to reduce the number of relapses in patients with relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis. We are jointly developing PF530 with Strides Arcolab who is responsible for development expenses up to Phase 3, at which time we will share in expenses and revenue going forward. We have conducted extensive bioanalytical studies that we believe have established analytical biosimilarity between PF530 and Betaseron. We plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014 in Australia, evaluating the safety and pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of PF530 versus Betaseron in healthy male volunteers with data expected in the first half of 2015. If we have positive results in our Phase 1 trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 trial in the first half of 2016 in Eastern Europe, the Commonwealth of Independent States, or CIS, and Central Asia to evaluate biosimilarity of PF530, as compared to Betaseron in multiple sclerosis patients. We believe successful results from this trial will provide sufficient data to secure marketing approval in our target markets.

Vaccine Programs

Our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® is also well suited for vaccine development. We are developing Px563L, a novel anthrax vaccine candidate, in response to the United States government’s unmet demand for

 

84


Table of Contents

increased quantity, stability and dose sparing regimens of anthrax vaccine . We expect to begin a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px563L has been funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, through the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, under a $23.9 million fully funded contract, $18.4 million of which Pfenex has already recorded as revenue through March 31, 2014. We are also developing Px533 as a prophylactic vaccine candidate against malaria infection, for which there is currently no available vaccine. We anticipate that Px533 will enter a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px533 has been funded by Leidos, formerly Science Applications International Corporation, or SAIC, through its Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services contract with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, or NIAID. Clinical trials for Px533 are managed by NIAID.

Experienced Management Team

We are managed by a team with significant executive experience in the development, manufacturing and commercialization of biologic drugs. We have developed company-wide knowledge in the key disciplines and areas required for success of our model, including: protein expression, product development and formulation, analytical biochemistry, clinical development, and experience interacting with the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and European Medicines Agency, or EMA. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Bertrand C. Liang, M.D., Ph.D., M.B.A., has significant experience from several biologics companies including Amgen Inc. and Biogen Idec Inc. encompassing corporate, scientific, clinical, regulatory and commercial functions, with direct responsibility for the global development of Neupogen, Neulasta, Aranesp, Kepivance, Stemgen and Zevalin. Dr. Liang was hired to lead the spinout of our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® from The Dow Chemical Company, or Dow, and the formation of our company. Patrick K. Lucy, our Chief Business Officer, is one of the leaders of the development of our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® within Dow. He has experience ranging from business development to biologics manufacturing and quality systems during his tenure at Repligen Corporation, Lonza and Celltech Biologics. Paul A. Wagner, Ph.D., CFA, our Chief Financial Officer, has experience on both the buy and sell side of the public capital markets. Prior to joining us he was the Biotechnology and Pharma Portfolio Manager for the Allianz Global Investors, a $475 billion investment fund, and previously served as Vice President and Senior Equity Analyst at Lehman Brothers. He also completed a number of financial and strategic transactions at Protein Design Laboratories as a lead in Corporate and Business Development. Dr. Hank Talbot, our Vice President of Operations, is an expert in fermentation with over 35 years of experience in biologics, and was one of the initial development scientists on the use of P. fluorescens as a fermentation protein production engine. He was integrally involved in the industrialization of the platform while at Mycogen and Dow, leading the fermentation and manufacturing teams at industrial scale.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to utilize our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® and our expertise in bioanalytical characterization and product development to become a leading protein therapeutics company focused on developing our own product candidates. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

  ·   Developing and obtaining regulatory approval of PF582 and maximizing its commercial potential.   For PF582, we are currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial, with data expected in the second half of 2014, and we plan to initiate a Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017. Assuming positive results from this Phase 3 trial, we plan to systematically seek regulatory approval in markets as intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for Lucentis expire. We intend to commercialize PF582 with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe and expect to selectively consider collaboration arrangements in situations in which the collaborator has particular expertise or resources for the commercialization of the product in particular markets.

 

  ·  

Developing and obtaining regulatory approval of PF530 and maximizing its commercial potential.   We are jointly developing PF530 with Strides Arcolab. We have conducted extensive

 

85


Table of Contents
 

analytical studies that we believe have established analytical biosimilarity between PF530 and Betaseron. We plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014, evaluating the safety and pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of PF530 versus Betaseron with data expected in the first half of 2015. Following a successful Phase 1 trial, we plan to conduct a Phase 3 trial in Eastern Europe, CIS and Central Asia to demonstrate the biosimilarity of PF530, as compared to Betaseron in multiple sclerosis patients. Our intention for the joint venture between Strides Arcolab and us is to launch the product in those countries where intellectual property barriers do not exist.

 

  ·   Continuing to develop our pipeline of product candidates.   In addition to PF582 and PF530 we are developing a pipeline of biosimilars both internally and in partnership with Strides Arcolab. We intend to independently advance both of our internal product candidates including: PF708, a generic candidate to Forteo, and PF688, a biosimilar candidate to Cimzia. In concert with our partner Strides Arcolab, we intend to advance the preclinical and clinical development of biosimilars for peg-interferon alpha-2a (Pegasys), peg-filgrastim (Neulasta), human growth hormone (Genotropin, Humatrope, Nutropin), and peg-aspargase (Oncospar). In addition, we plan to evaluate new product candidates to add to our pipeline.

 

  ·   Developing vaccine programs primarily with non-dilutive government funding and other third-party grants .  Using our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® , we are developing Px563L as a next generation anthrax vaccine candidate that we expect will address the limitations of the existing approved product including compliance, cost and fulfillment of the Strategic National Stockpile. We have completed a preclinical study of Px563L and we expect to begin a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px563L has been funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, through the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, under a $23.9 million fully funded contract, $18.4 million of which we have already recorded as revenue through March 31, 2014. We are developing Px533 as a novel malaria vaccine. We anticipate that Px533 will enter a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of Px533 has been funded by Leidos. Clinical trials for Px533 are managed by NIAID. Given the unmet medical need and potential global impact of a successful malaria vaccine we expect that continued funding will be available for further development of Px533. The National Institutes of Health, World Health Organization, Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, and the World Bank have all expressed interest in maintaining efforts to develop a malaria vaccine.

 

  ·   Developing a pipeline of next generation biologic products .  Leveraging our biosimilar product candidate development process, we are developing next generation protein therapeutics that are more cost effective, convenient and efficacious, which we refer to as next generation biologic products. We intend to achieve this through the modification of the first generation protein therapeutic and/or the use of novel technologies that will enable alternative routes of delivery and extension of half-life in the body. These types of modifications typically result in a substantial increase in the cost of goods due to reduced production efficiency of the modified protein. However, we believe that our highly efficient production process will offset any potential increase in cost of goods and result in a more cost effective and advantaged product. We intend to first evaluate our current pipeline of biosimilar product candidates to assess the potential of next generation biologic products as part of a life cycle extension strategy. Additional next generation biologic product candidates will be assessed on an ongoing basis and will be added to our pipeline pursuant to our product candidate selection strategy focused on products with large addressable markets in geographies without intellectual property barriers for which our platform enables efficient and large scale manufacturing.

 

86


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

Biosimilar Opportunity

We believe the emerging biosimilar market will be substantial due to the large number of blockbuster biologic products that will lose patent protection in the coming years, the abbreviated global biosimilar regulatory pathways and an increasing mandate for lower drug costs by governments and private payors. According to the IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics, the 2012 global biologics market represented over $160 billion in sales with virtually the entire market comprised of branded innovator products. According to IMS data, the market for global biosimilars grew to $2.4 billion in 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate of 34% since 2007, compared to a rate of 9% over the same period for innovative biologics. We expect the biologics market to shift toward biosimilars over the coming years, much like generic small molecule drugs which now account for an estimated 80% of the dispensed prescription small molecule drug market in the United States. Currently, few biologics are off-patent; however, in 2015, approximately $24 billion of aggregate estimated product sales from 2013 will lose patent protection worldwide. This number will increase every year as several large market biologic products lose patent protection. By 2020, we estimate approximately $45 billion of aggregate 2010 product sales will have become available globally, representing 47 products where intellectual property rights will have expired.

Current Biosimilar Market and Support

Biosimilars have been approved and marketed in several large markets, including the European Union, Russia, Japan, India, China and Brazil. The biosimilar market is most mature in the European Union, where the regulatory pathway has been defined since 2005. Many countries in the region look to biosimilars as an opportunity for cost savings, resulting in the higher growth rate of the biosimilar market compared to the innovator biologics market. In addition, the use of biosimilars has expanded access in several countries, where policy makers and payors are driving use of these products relative to the innovator products. While the specific nature of competition, pricing and adoption is different from country to country, there has been a trend towards adoption of biosimilars across Europe. For example, in the United Kingdom, 83% of the total granulocyte colony stimulating factor, or G-CSF, market, is now biosimilar and has resulted in significant increases in patient access. More broadly, the European Union average biosimilar volume penetration of G-CSF has reached 71%. Similarly, Germany has seen a significant increase in adoption of erythropoietin (EPO). Payors have instituted biosimilar quotas, endorsed biosimilars with physician education, and conducted seminars as well as implemented utilization review of physician work to be consistent with the objectives of the health care system; as a result, biosimilar EPO has over 50% market share in the German EPO market. Efforts in Hungary have shown similar results, where biosimilar G-CSF and EPO represent over 90% of market share; Denmark payors, considering a number of factors, have awarded tenders to the biosimilar somatotropin, resulting in an over 50% market share by volume. For somatotropin, EPO and filgastrim, discounts on biosimilars compared to the reference products ranged between 8% and 23% in European Union member states in 2010, and biosimilars of these products represented approximately 30% to 40% of the volume in the largest five European Union member states in 2013. Finally, governments such as Norway are sponsoring clinical studies to drive use of biosimilar infliximab, and in France the legislature passed Article 47 of the Social Security Budget, allowing pharmacists to substitute biosimilar products for innovator products if the prescription is for a naïve patient and there is no “do not substitute” marking by the physician. These data show significant government and payor support of the biosimilar market within Europe.

Regulatory Aspects of Biosimilar Products

Product development proceeds differently with biosimilars than with innovative biologic candidates. This is a result of abbreviated development requirements for the approval of biosimilars as compared to innovative biologic products. Because a biosimilar product may reference existing information regarding the safety, purity and potency of a previously approved biologic product, a biosimilar product application

 

87


Table of Contents

emphasizes analytical characterization to demonstrate similarity between the biosimilar and the reference product, which regulators have already found to be safe and effective. Additionally there are ongoing collaborative efforts between the FDA, Health Canada and EMA to harmonize requirements for biosimilar products. As recently as March 2014 senior leadership from DG Health and Consumers (European Commission), the EMA, Health Canada and the FDA discussed a number of key initiatives at a cluster meeting. These meetings take place approximately every 18 months, with teleconferences three times a year and provide an opportunity to review the broad strategic areas of the collaboration for the oversight of safety, efficacy and quality of medicinal products in the biosimilar area. Emerging guidance in these geographies will allow the use of reference product sourced from other regions when supported with adequate scientific justification thus facilitating a common clinical data package that may address the requirements of these regions.

Key Aspects of the Biosimilar Application Approval Process in the United States

After several delays in its creation and implementation, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act, or BPCIA, was passed by the United States Congress in 2010, creating an abbreviated approval pathway for biosimilar products, referred to as the “351(k) pathway”. We believe the agency’s guidance to date provides the necessary clarity regarding approval requirements under the 351(k) pathway to permit the development of our biosimilar product candidates and the ultimate submission of applications for marketing approval for these product candidates. A biosimilar application must contain information demonstrating: (1) biosimilarity to the reference product through data derived from analytical studies, animal studies (including an assessment of toxicity), and clinical studies (including an assessment of immunogenicity and pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics), unless the FDA determines that such data are unnecessary, (2) sameness of strength, dosage form, and route of administration to the reference product, as well sameness of mechanism(s) of action (to the extent known), (3) approval of the reference product for the condition(s) of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the labeling indication(s) proposed for the biosimilar product, and (4) appropriate manufacturing, processing, packing, and holding facilities that meet the standards designed to ensure a safe, pure and potent medicine. Unless the FDA waives the requirement, clinical studies must be sufficient to show the safety, purity and potency of the proposed product for one or more “appropriate” conditions of use for which licensure is sought and for which the reference product is licensed.

Through the end of 2013, the FDA received 10 investigational drug applications for biosimilars, held 32 biosimilar product development meetings, and, as of May 2014, had released five draft guidance documents regarding the implementation of the 351(k) pathway. Of particular note is the fourth guidance document, in which the FDA identifies both the types of meetings that biosimilar product sponsors may pursue with the agency as well as the expectations, requirements and procedures that apply to each meeting and its outcome. The FDA granted us a Biosimilar Initial Advisory Meeting for PF582, which took place on January 28, 2014.

Key Aspects of the Biosimilar Regulatory Pathway in the European Union

The biosimilar regulatory pathway in the European Union was established in 2005, and the European Union was the first jurisdiction to implement a formal regulatory pathway for biosimilars. Requirements for demonstrating biosimilarity between two biologic medicines were outlined by the EMA and CHMP in the Guideline on Similar Biological Products. Under these requirements, biosimilarity is demonstrated through comprehensive similarity studies covering quality, biological activity, safety and efficacy. Since then, the EMA has published two further overarching guidelines (the Guideline on similar biological medicinal products containing biotechnology-derived proteins as active substance—quality issues and the Guideline on similar biological medicinal products containing biotechnology-derived proteins as active substance: non-clinical and clinical issues) as well as various product specific guidelines (such as recombinant follicle-stimulating hormone, interferon beta, recombinant interferon alpha, monoclonal antibodies, recombinant erythropoietins, and recombinant human insulin). These guidelines are revised and updated regularly. The first biosimilar product, Omnitrope ® , was approved in 2006. As of 2014, it has been reported that 20 biosimilar products have been approved, and a number of products are currently under review.

 

88


Table of Contents

Biosimilar Exclusivities in the United States and the European Union

Under existing law, drug developers are permitted to research and develop biosimilars in certain territories, including the United States and specific territories in the European Union, where applicable patents in force may otherwise exclude such activity. However, the levels of sui generis data and market exclusivities in the United States and European Union differ (see table below). Of particular note is that in the United States, there is no additional second indication exclusivity for the innovator (which may add an additional year of exclusivity in the European Union if the competent authorities consider that the additional indication is of significant clinical benefit). In addition, the United States allows for the designation of a product as “interchangeable” with a reference product, meaning that the biosimilar may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product. The first product determined to be interchangeable with a particular reference product is entitled to a period of exclusivity that delays the determination that a subsequent product is interchangeable with the reference product. The European Union framework does not recognize exclusivity rights on the basis of interchangeability.

 

Exclusivity   European Union   United States
Innovator Data Exclusivity (1)   8 years   4 years
Innovator Market Exclusivity (1)   10 years   12 years
Pediatric Market Exclusivity (2)  

6 months to 2 years

  6 months
Orphan Market Exclusivity (1)   10 years   7 years
Innovator Second Indication   If 2 nd  indication approved during data exclusivity with significant clinical benefit, then may be extended 1 year   N/A
Biosimilar Exclusivity   None   None
Interchangeable Exclusivity   None   12 to 42 months based on various triggers (3)

 

(1) Exclusivity period commences upon regulatory approval
(2) 6 months extension of supplementary protection certificate (patent term extension); or 2 years additional market exclusivity for orphan drugs; or 1 year extension of market exclusivity if pediatric indication is of significant clinical benefit
(3) For further discussion regarding exclusivity triggers, please see the section titled “Government Regulation and Pathway - BLA/NDA Approval Process .”

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that there are many challenges associated with successfully competing in the biosimilar market, including manufacturing and development costs. These challenges are demonstrated by recent biosimilar product strategy re-evaluations at numerous large multi-national pharmaceutical companies. We believe that we possess a number of capabilities that allow us to successfully overcome these challenges as demonstrated by our ability to move our first biosimilar into the clinic in less than 24 months, including:

 

  ·   An organization and culture focused on biosimilars .  The development and commercialization of biosimilars requires a unique focus and skill set to be successful, which we believe we possess. This includes our knowledge and experience working with the biosimilar regulatory pathways and regulatory bodies in various markets and a focus on low-cost biologic manufacturing. Many companies currently developing biosimilar products are either primarily focused on small molecule generics or innovative therapeutics. The process of developing and commercializing biosimilar products is distinct from that of both generic small molecule and novel biologic pharmaceuticals. We believe that our focused strategy will allow us to exploit the potential of the biosimilar market.

 

89


Table of Contents
  ·   Our history of performing protein development and production services for large pharmaceutical clients.   Prior to development of our own biosimilar product candidates, our business focused on providing protein production and process development services for innovative product candidates for many pharmaceutical companies including 11 of the top 15 pharmaceutical companies in the world, based on 2013 market capitalization, including Pfizer, Merck, MedImmune, LLC and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. We believe that our competitive advantages and expertise in protein characterization and production are rooted in our history of serving customers, with a focus on producing protein rapidly and efficiently matching customer product profiles. To date, our success rate to produce active, soluble protein matching a customer product profile has been 81% in over 100 client programs having failed in at least one other production system; moreover, in all such cases, we were able to provide protein that was bioanalytically characterized such that our clients could perform their own analysis and experimental evaluation. This historical focus thus has allowed us to be successful in producing a pipeline of complex proteins, such as biosimilars, that have competitive cost of goods, and match the innovator product characteristics.

 

  ·   Rapid development and optimization of manufacturing process .  Our platform allows us to engineer an optimal protein production strain within nine weeks compared to approximately one year in the typical case through traditional techniques. This accelerated timeline, along with our ability to characterize and match specific product characteristics, allows us to enter the clinic sooner and at reduced overall costs relative to our competitors. This also facilitates our more rapid development of a commercial manufacturing process. We believe our platform’s established track record of low-cost high quality manufacturing will allow us to maintain long-term low cost of goods for our products.

P f ēnex Expression Technology ®

Protein Production Overview

Protein production is a fundamental activity necessary for biological drug development and manufacturing. The most common method of manufacturing therapeutic proteins involves the use of engineered microorganisms. Proteins produced using these organisms are referred to as recombinant proteins. Recombinant proteins are produced by inserting DNA, or a gene, that codes for the protein, into a cell which then acts as a protein production factory. Typically this is accomplished by inserting DNA into an expression vector, which contains genetic control elements that can be used to turn the gene on and off.

Challenges

Successful protein production can be impacted by alterations in the production cell functions such as the protein folding apparatus or the presence or absence of enzymes that can degrade the recombinant protein. Determining which of these components, or variants, will improve production of any particular protein cannot be determined from the amino acid sequence of the protein being produced; therefore it is advantageous to evaluate a very large number of variants. Traditional techniques for protein production employ a trial and error approach to strain selection which is inherently inefficient and typically produces suboptimal results in terms of quality, speed and scalability. The inefficiency of traditional techniques adds significant time to market and is a barrier to creating or replicating complex proteins. The result is a high cost of developing and manufacturing biologic therapeutics. Together these limitations pose significant hurdles for companies interested in entering the market with biosimilar products.

Our Solution

We have replaced the traditional, trial and error approach to protein production with a simultaneous, parallel processing model that allows the construction and testing of thousands of unique protein production

 

90


Table of Contents

variables in parallel. This technology, which became our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® was originated at Mycogen Corporation and further developed at Dow, collectively, over a period of 20 years, and was assigned to us as part of the 2009 spinout to form the basis of our company. Mycogen and Dow used this technology to commercially manufacture, at low cost, a broad range of proteins for industrial applications. We have continued to improve the technology for the specific use in biopharmaceuticals development and manufacturing. Our patented P f ēnex Expression Technology ® is capable of identifying a final production strain in approximately nine weeks compared to approximately one year or more in the typical case, if even possible, compared to the traditional trial and error approach as illustrated in the diagram below. We believe our platform delivers a significant competitive advantage for protein production, including higher accuracy, greater degree of protein purity, speed and lower costs.

 

LOGO

Our platform is based on automated high-throughput screening of large libraries of novel, genetically engineered P. fluorescens bacterial expression strains. The libraries contain thousands of expression strains which are constructed from a large inventory of expression vectors, or genetic elements, incorporated into engineered P. fluorescens host strains. We then employ automated, robotically enabled parallel high-throughput screening, incorporating extensive bioanalytical testing, in order to select strains from the library which express the protein of interest at optimal yields, purity and potency . Extensive fermentation scouting experiments on the selected strains allows for the identification of a final production strain with further improvements in the yield of the active therapeutic protein.

Our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® platform consists of three primary elements that when combined deliver a significant competitive advantage for protein production that differentiates us in the biopharmaceutical industry.

 

91


Table of Contents

The three elements include:

 

  ·   Robust Protein Production Organism

 

  ·   Creation of Extensive Library of Protein Expression Variants

 

  ·   Robotically Enabled High Throughput Screening

Robust Protein Production Organism

P. fluorescens has been used industrially where it has efficiently produced complex proteins. We exploit certain attributes of the P. fluorescens bacterium that enables us to rapidly identify the optimal strain for a specific protein of interest. The favorable attributes of the P. fluorescens bacterium include:

 

  ·   Secretion of soluble protein into the bacterial periplasm, or the space between the inner and outer membrane in gram negative bacteria, resulting in increased recovery yields of properly folded protein

 

  ·   P. fluorescens genome allows for modifications, including deleting protease genes, or nucleotides that provide instructions for synthesis of RNA into a specific protease, and inserting chaperone and/or disulfide bond isomerase genes, or nucleotides that provide instructions for synthesis of RNA into a specific chaperone or disulfide isomerase, which overall increase the quality and production of properly folded active full length proteins

 

  ·   Selection of expression strains without the use of antibiotics

 

  ·   High cell density fermentation due to its obligate aerobe growth nature, or bacterium that can only grow in the presence of oxygen, which improves the protein production for characterization, enables consistent scale-up and long-term low cost of goods

Creation of Extensive Library of Protein Expression Variants

We have developed an extensive toolbox of protein production variants that can be readily accessed for finding the best choice for manufacturing of a specific protein. This toolbox is continuously growing due to our ongoing research and development efforts. We construct libraries of thousands of unique expression strain variants by combining engineered P. fluorescens host strains with proprietary expression vectors. The engineered P. fluorescens strains have reduced expression of protein degrading enzymes and/or increased levels of folding elements while the expression vectors consist of plasmids with engineered genetic elements including promoters, ribosome binding sites and secretion leaders. Determining which of these variants will improve production of any particular protein cannot be determined from the amino acid sequence of the protein of interest. As a result, we employ the automated high throughput screening of a large library of the strain variants in order to select the strain that produces the protein of interest at optimal purity, yield and potency.

Robotically Enabled High Throughput Screening

Our high-throughput automation supports simultaneous, parallel evaluation of thousands of unique protein production alternatives, enabling rapid identification of the optimal production strain for the protein of interest. Our protein production technology employs rapid construction of protein production strains and testing thousands of unique variants evaluated through automated sample analysis to determine the titer, or quantity of the product per unit volume, of high quality protein each expression strain produces, which can then be analyzed through our high throughput analytical capacity. Our proprietary, robotically enabled automated high throughput screening process, along with our optimized production organism and toolbox of variants, as well as our

 

92


Table of Contents

expertise in analytical characterization, expedites the development of an optimal protein production engine from approximately one year in a typical case for traditional approaches, if at all possible, to approximately nine weeks with our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® .

Our Products

The development of our own portfolio of products has been enabled by our successful history of meeting analytically rigorous client specifications of protein quality, yield and potency using our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Our pipeline includes 12 product candidates in various stages of development. Details of our pipeline candidates are included below:

Biosimilar and Next Generation Candidates

PF582 - Ranibizumab

PF582, our most advanced product candidate, is a biosimilar product candidate to the licensed biologic, or the reference product Lucentis (ranibizumab), a prescription medicine indicated for the treatment of visual impairment due to age-related (wet) macular degeneration, macular edema following retinal vein occlusion and diabetic macular edema. PF582 is currently being tested in a Phase 1b/2a trial, which we expect will be completed in the fourth quarter of 2014. Following market authorization, if obtained, we intend to commercialize PF582 with our own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe and through marketing partners in other geographies.

Market Overview

Lucentis achieved approximately $4.3 billion in global revenue in 2013. According to IMS, by the second quarter of 2018, markets with 2013 Lucentis sales of approximately $530 million will lose patent protection, expanding the biosimilar market opportunity. Additionally, by the second quarter of 2020, markets with an additional $2.0 billion in 2013 Lucentis sales will also lose patent protection and become available for biosimilars, and after January 2022 all remaining markets with an additional $1.7 billion in 2013 Lucentis sales will also lose patent protection. Given the characteristics of the patient populations for each of its three approved indications, we believe ranibizumab has attractive long-term growth prospects. In addition, we believe, the market is underpenetrated for the approved indications allowing future growth opportunities particularly for lower cost biosimilars.

 

  ·   Wet AMD – Age-related macular degeneration, or AMD, is the leading cause of severe vision loss in people over age 60, and it impacts approximately 30-50 million people worldwide. AMD occurs when the center of the retina, known as the macula, deteriorates. In the United States, approximately 15 million people suffer from AMD. Wet AMD accounts for about 10% of all cases of AMD and about 600,000 new cases of wet AMD are diagnosed each year globally.

 

  ·   Diabetic Macular Edema – Diabetic macular edema, or DME, is the leading cause of blindness in young adults in developed countries. The global prevalence of DME is approximately 21 million people. Worldwide, 285 million adults suffer from diabetes, and the number of adults who suffer from diabetes is projected to increase by 69% in developing countries and 20% in developed countries from 2010 to 2030. Approximately 28% of patients with type 2 diabetes and 12% of patients with type 1 diabetes will develop DME.

 

  ·   Retinal Vein Occlusion – Retinal vein occlusion, or RVO, is the blockage of the small veins that carry blood away from the retina, potentially causing glaucoma and loss of vision. RVO affects more than one million people in the United States and 16.4 million people globally. In the United States, approximately 193,000 new cases of RVO are diagnosed each year.

 

93


Table of Contents

Preclinical Development

We have completed extensive bioanalytical similarity studies comparing PF582 to multiple lots of United States and European Union sourced Lucentis as well as comparability studies between multiple lots of PF582 at the pilot scale and cGMP commercial scale. The extensive analysis performed allowed comparison of purity, identity, primary structure, higher order structure, potency and safety of PF582 using over 100 different analytical tests and activity assays each of which has demonstrated the similarity of PF582 to Lucentis.

We have also completed a preclinical study using an animal model that demonstrated, when injected into animal eyes, PF582 and Lucentis yielded similar tolerability and pharmacological profiles. Based on our analytical and preclinical data package, the FDA granted us a Biosimilar Initial Advisory Meeting which was held in January 2014 to discuss the data we had generated to date, our Phase 3 trial design and our strategy for the comparison of European Union and United States licensed reference products. In the subsequent meeting minutes, the FDA indicated that our analytical data appear acceptable to support the development of PF582 as a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis. Similarly, we are in discussions with the European Union’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, and we anticipate written scientific advice by the end of the second quarter of 2014.

Clinical Development

We have initiated a randomized Phase 1b/2a trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of PF582 for the treatment of wet AMD patients compared to Lucentis. The efficacy endpoints are visual acuity and retinal thickness. We plan to enroll 25 patients at multiple sites in New Zealand and expect to complete the study in the fourth quarter of 2014. The sentinel patient treated with PF582 prior to randomization showed a five letter increase in visual acuity on an eye chart and a reduction in retinal thickness at one and three months, and showed an approximately 40% improvement in retinal thickness and more than 90% reduction in lesion size after 3 months. These initial results are consistent with the results expected from Lucentis. We expect to begin our global Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017. We anticipate the Phase 3 pivotal trial will be a one year bioequivalence study consisting of two arms (PF582 and Lucentis) in approximately 200 patients per arm with similar endpoints to our ongoing Phase 1b/2a trial. We expect to complete the trial in 2017 and we believe positive results will provide sufficient data to secure marketing approval in our target markets.

PF530 – Interferon Beta-1b

PF530 is an interferon beta-1b biosimilar candidate to the reference product Betaseron, a prescription medicine used to reduce the number of relapses in patients with relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis. Multiple sclerosis is a debilitating disease in which the body’s immune system breaks down the protective sheath, or myelin, that covers nerves, causing interference in communication between the brain, spinal cord, and other areas of the body. We are jointly developing PF530 with Strides Arcolab as part of our joint development and licensing and joint venture agreements. Our currently planned clinical development strategy will support initial market registration in India, Malaysia, Russia and countries located in Central and Eastern Europe in the fourth quarter of 2018 and the first quarter of 2019 with the remaining markets, including the United States and the European Union becoming available by 2021; however if we are successful in developing an alternative formulation of interferon beta-1b it may enable the earlier launch of the product in more expansive geographies.

Market Overview

Multiple sclerosis affects more than an estimated 2.3 million people worldwide and is increasing in prevalence and incidence. The global multiple sclerosis market is expected to grow from $14.4 billion in product sales in 2012 to an estimated $21 billion by 2022. Interferon beta products are the standard of care for first line treatment options in the management of patients with Relapsing Remitting Multiple Sclerosis (RRMS). Betaseron sales were $1.4 billion in 2013.

 

94


Table of Contents

Preclinical Development

We have analyzed multiple lots of Betaseron sourced from the United States, which has allowed us to compare PF530 to the reference product and establish analytical biosimilarity between PF530 and Betaseron. Consistent with established EMA guidance for interferon beta-1b biosimilar development candidates, based on our extensive in vitro bioassays and quality assessment we do not believe our product requires preclinical animal studies. With our collaboration partner Strides Arcolab, we believe that we have developed a manufacturing process that will allow us to produce PF530 on a commercial scale. Technology transfer to a cGMP-compliant manufacturer in India is completed and cGMP production of Phase 1 clinical product is expected to begin in the second quarter of 2014.

Clinical Development

We intend to initiate a Phase 1 trial in Australia in the second half of 2014 encompassing pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics in healthy volunteers in conformance with the draft EMA guidance for interferon beta. For the Phase 1 trial, we intend to use the formulation consistent with the reference product. Following a successful Phase 1 trial, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 trial in the first half of 2016 in Eastern Europe, CIS and Central Asia geographies to evaluate biosimilarity of PF530, as compared to Betaseron in previously untreated multiple sclerosis patients.

PF708 - Teriparatide

PF708 is a teriparatide generic peptide product candidate to the reference listed drug Forteo, an injectable prescription medicine marketed by Eli Lilly and Company for the treatment of severe osteoporosis. Teriparatide is a shortened version of the naturally occurring parathyroid hormone (amino acids 1-34) that promotes bone growth. To date, we have demonstrated production of teriparatide in quantities that we believe predict a competitive cost of goods. Process development is ongoing and we expect to initiate cGMP manufacturing in the first half of 2015. Despite teriparatide being a biologic peptide currently manufactured in E. coli , due to its size (less than 40 amino acids), it is considered a small molecule. As a result, we are able to develop PF708 as a generic drug in the United States pursuant to an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, for generic drugs.

Market Overview

The global osteoporosis market represents a significant opportunity, with product sales that are estimated to be approximately $5.2 billion in the United States, Japan and the five major European Markets in 2021. Treatment with teriparatide is the only treatment approach that promotes bone growth currently available for the treatment of osteoporosis. According to the National Institutes of Health (NIH), it is estimated that approximately 44 million Americans either have osteoporosis or are at increased risk due to low bone mass (osteopenia). Forteo (marketed as Forsteo in Europe), is the only product currently approved that builds bone primarily by increasing the activity of osteoblasts (cells that deposit bone). Worldwide sales of Forteo were approximately $1.25 billion in 2013.

Preclinical Development and Clinical Development

The ANDA pathway does not require preclinical in vivo studies. We intend to perform bioanalytical comparative analysis of PF708 to Forteo. We intend to initiate a pharmacokinetic bioequivalence study in the United States in the second half of 2015. Following the successful completion of the pharmacokinetic bioequivalence study we intend to file for marketing authorization in North America and/or the European Union to enable launch no later than 2019, immediately upon patent expiration.

 

95


Table of Contents

PF694 – Peginterferon Alpha-2a

PF694 is an interferon alpha-2a biosimilar candidate to the reference product Pegasys, a prescription medicine used for the treatment of chronic Hepatitis C viral (HCV) infections. Pegasys is a PEGylated form of interferon alpha-2a. Interferons are a class of naturally occurring antiviral proteins produced by certain human cells in response to viral infections. Polyethylene glycol, or PEG, is a polymeric compound that, when attached to interferon alpha-2a, increases the retention of the drug in the body, resulting in certain clinical benefits such as reduced dosing frequency. We are jointly developing PF694 with Strides Arcolab as part of our joint development and licensing and joint venture agreements.

Market Overview

HCV is a pressing global health issue infecting an estimated 2.35% (160 million) of the world’s population and causing over 350,000 deaths per year. The prevalence rate of HCV varies by country around the world with most having prevalence rates of 1% to 2%. However, some countries such as Egypt (15%) and Taiwan (4.4%) report much higher prevalence.

The worldwide HCV market is forecast to grow from $4.7 billion in 2012 to $17.7 billion in 2017 in product sales. In emerging markets, the current standard of care for treatment of HCV is a combination therapy of once per week injected PEGylated interferon alpha plus daily ribavirin oral therapy for a course of 24 to 48 weeks of treatment dependent upon the HCV genotype. The two approved PEGylated interferons are Roche’s Pegasys and Merck’s PegIntron. In emerging markets, high costs and low diagnosis rates presented barriers for infected individuals to access treatment. Pegasys has a commanding share of the injectables market with product sales of approximately $1.5 billion in 2013 with PegIntron selling $496 million in 2013.

Preclinical Development

We have developed a production strain for PF694, and are currently analyzing multiple lots of the innovator product of interferon alpha-2a to establish analytical biosimilarity between PF694 and Pegasys. After process development of a scalable manufacturing process, we plan to technology transfer to Strides Arcolab for further formulation development, and subsequently, will transfer to a cGMP manufacturer for production of clinical product.

Clinical Development

Pursuant to our JDLA with Strides Arcolab, we plan to commence a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2015. Following our Phase 1 trial, if successful, we plan to initiate a Phase 3 trial in 2017 evaluating the biosimilarity of PF694 as compared to Pegasys in HCV treatment naïve patients.

Vaccines

Our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® has allowed us to build a portfolio of vaccine and vaccine antigen candidates to address infectious diseases. Capitalizing on our ability to rapidly identify production strains for vaccine antigens, we have developed a portfolio of antigens that have historically been difficult to produce in traditional protein production systems, thereby enabling us to pursue infectious disease vaccine development. Our vaccine pipeline includes the following two product candidates:

Px563L

Px563L is a novel anthrax vaccine candidate based on a recombinant modified form (mutant) of the protective antigen from Bacillus anthracis (anthrax). We are developing Px563L in response to the United States government’s unmet demand for increased quantity, stability and dose sparing regimens of anthrax vaccine. We

 

96


Table of Contents

believe Px563L addresses each of these demands. We have completed preclinical assessment of Px563L and we expect to begin a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of the Px563L has been funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, through BARDA under a contract providing up to $23.9 million in funding.

Market Overview

In October 2001, letters contaminated with anthrax spores were delivered to government officials and members of the media in the United States. As a result of these attacks, 22 people became infected with anthrax and five people died. In response to this and other terrorist attacks around the world, the biodefense market has grown dramatically. Since 2005, the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has been securing medical countermeasures for the Strategic National Stockpile. From September 30, 2011 through December 31, 2013, HHS has purchased approximately 18 million doses of the anthrax vaccine, BioThrax. Current government procurement contracts for BioThrax are approximately $250 million annually with pricing of approximately $27 a dose. In addition to HHS purchases, the federal government spends billions of dollars in biodefense through the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, or NIAID, and Office of Public Health Preparedness and Response. In 2013, the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Reauthorization Act, or PAHPRA, which was originally passed in 2006 to improve the United States’ public health and medical preparedness and response capabilities for emergencies, authorized $2.8 billion for the procurement of countermeasures for biological, chemical, radiological and nuclear attacks. If successful with clinical development, we intend to enter into a procurement relationship with the federal government to supply the Strategic National Stockpile.

Preclinical and Clinical Development Strategy

In preclinical animal studies, Px563L has demonstrated higher immune responses than the only available anthrax vaccine, BioThrax, and therefore has the potential to provide longer protective immunity with fewer vaccinations. The selected formulation has been shown to be amenable to freeze-drying, which could allow for storage at ambient temperatures and provide longer stability. Through the application of our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® we have developed a robust production strain for manufacturing that has demonstrated an ability to produce large amounts of mutant recombinant protective antigen, or mrPA. In addition, we have developed a production process for the large scale manufacturing of bulk mrPA. We intend to produce our cGMP clinical product in the third quarter of 2014.

Px533

Px533 is a prophylactic vaccine candidate to protect against malaria infection. The three stages of malaria transmission include the mosquito stage, the liver stage, and the blood stage. Our lead vaccine candidate is based on the liver stage antigen, circumsporozoite protein, or CSP, derived from Plasmodium falciparum . There is no approved vaccine for malaria. We anticipate that Px533 will enter a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The development of our proprietary Px533 has been funded through a subcontract with Leidos through its Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services contract with NIAID. If early clinical development is successful, we intend to partner with governmental and non-governmental sources to fund the development of and commercialization efforts of Px533.

Market Overview

Over three billion people, most living in tropical regions, are exposed to malaria, and 500-600 million clinical infections occur every year. In some areas of the world, mosquitoes that carry malaria have developed resistance to insecticides, which has led to difficulty in controlling both the rate of infection and spread of this disease. Military forces and travelers are at great risk of developing malaria while deployed or traveling in endemic areas. Thus, the principal drivers of the malaria vaccine market are the military and travelers, with the

 

97


Table of Contents

military market estimated to require approximately 12.5 million doses by 2025 and travelers estimated to require between 1.7 million and 3.3 million doses by 2025.

Preclinical and Clinical Development Strategy

Utilizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® , we have developed a production strain for manufacturing that is capable of producing CSP that has shown in vivo response in preclinical studies. We have developed a scalable cGMP manufacturing process for the production of bulk CSP. We transferred the production strain and process to a contract manufacturing facility in the United States and the manufacturer successfully produced the cGMP product to be used in the NIAID-sponsored Phase 1 trial. We anticipate that Px533 will enter a Phase 1 trial during the second half of 2014. All trial activities will be managed, funded and controlled by NIAID.

Leidos has also awarded us a subcontract to develop a robust, scalable, manufacturing process for large-scale production of the blood-stage malaria antigen P. falciparum reticulocyte-binding homolog 5 (Rh5). This is a second potentially complimentary antigen to CSP. This is the second contract awarded to us for the development of a critical and difficult to produce malaria antigen. This subcontract was the result of successful preclinical studies performed by Leidos collaborators to evaluate the Rh5 antigen that was produced using our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® .

Protein Production

Utilizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® , we provide protein production and process development services to third parties on a fee for service basis in support of the development of novel biopharmaceuticals. Pursuant to a license agreement, the third party licenses a production strain from us and then pays us an up-front payment, milestone payments based upon clinical progression and regulatory filings, and a royalty based on product net sales. Our protein production efforts enable us to maximize the utilization of our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® , expand our institutional knowledge and generate revenue.

Reagent Proteins

Utilizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® , we supply reagent, preclinical, and cGMP-grade proteins to the biopharmaceutical and vaccine development community. We sell through multiple channels including directly and through distribution relationships worldwide.

Joint Development and Licenses

Strides Arcolab

In December 2012, we entered into a joint development and license agreement, or JDLA, with Strides Arcolab, to develop biosimilar products according to development plans to be mutually agreed upon by us and Strides Arcolab. Under such development plans, we will generally be responsible for establishing and characterizing a research cell bank of the protein production strain and developing a manufacturing process and analytical methods, while Strides Arcolab will generally be responsible for developing master and working cell banks for the applicable protein production strain, developing a formulation for the applicable biosimilar product, manufacturing the biosimilar for Phase 1 trials, conducting preclinical and Phase 1 trials and managing regulatory matters. Each of Strides Arcolab and us will bear our own costs for the aforementioned development activities. Each of Strides Arcolab and us must use commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the objectives set forth in the development plan for each biosimilar product and certain milestones set forth in the JDLA. Except pursuant to the JDLA during its term, neither we nor Strides Arcolab may develop, manufacture, supply or commercialize any product that is being or has been developed under the agreement or assist any third party to do the same.

 

98


Table of Contents

In March 2013, we entered into a joint venture agreement, or JVA, with Strides Arcolab to form a joint venture company, or JV, to develop and commercialize biosimilar products developed under the JDLA that have completed Phase 1 trials. Under the terms of the JVA, when formed, we will own a forty-nine percent equity interest in the JV, while Strides Arcolab will own a fifty-one percent equity interest in the JV. Both we and Strides Arcolab will have equal board representation and equal voting rights.

To date, we and Strides Arcolab have identified six biosimilar candidates for development under the JDLA and potential further development and commercialization by the JV:

 

  ·   Interferon beta-1b (a biosimilar candidate to Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals’ Betaseron);

 

  ·   PEGylated interferon beta-1b;

 

  ·   PEGylated interferon alpha-2a (a biosimilar candidate to Roche’s Pegasys);

 

  ·   PEGylated filgrastim (a biosimilar candidate to Amgen Inc.’s Neulasta);

 

  ·   Human growth hormone (a biosimilar candidate to Pfizer Inc.’s Genotropin); and

 

  ·   PEGylated aspargase (a biosimilar candidate to Sigma-Tau Pharmaceuticals Inc.’s Oncaspar).

Upon successful completion of the first Phase 1 trial for each biosimilar candidate, we and Strides Arcolab will transfer to the JV the applicable biosimilar candidate and all associated data, rights and assets, including any inventions developed by us or Strides Arcolab under the JDLA and all intellectual property rights therein. After transfer of a biosimilar product to the JV, Strides Arcolab will be responsible for manufacturing such biosimilar product and the JV, Strides Arcolab will be responsible for all regulatory filings and approvals, clinical trials, commercialization strategies and distribution of the applicable biosimilar product upon approvals.

The JDLA will continue on a biosimilar product-by-biosimilar product basis until successful completion of the first Phase 1 trial for such biosimilar product. Either we or Strides Arcolab may terminate the JDLA in its entirety for the other party’s insolvency, or in its entirety or with respect to the applicable biosimilar product for the other party’s material breach of the JDLA. In addition, if the JVA is terminated in its entirety, the JDLA will automatically terminate.

The JVA will remain in effect so long as there is at least one biosimilar product under development or commercialization by the JV. If the JV fails to initiate the first commercial sale of a biosimilar product within the timeframe set forth in the plan for such biosimilar product, either we or Strides Arcolab may terminate the JVA with respect to such biosimilar product upon notice to the other party. Beginning March 7, 2018, either we or Strides Arcolab may offer to sell our or Strides Arcolab’s entire equity interest in the JV to the other party, at which time the other party must either buy the first party’s entire interest in the JV or sell to the first party such other party’s entire interest in the JV. In addition, if either we or Strides Arcolab materially breaches the JVA or become insolvent and fail to cure such breach or insolvency within a specified period of time, the other party may require the breaching or insolvent party to buy such other party’s entire equity interest in the JV or to sell such breaching or insolvent party’s entire equity interest in the JV to such other party.

The Dow Chemical Company

On November 30, 2009, we entered into a series of agreements with Dow Global Technologies Inc. and/or The Dow Chemical Company, or collectively, Dow, including a technology assignment agreement, a technology licensing agreement, and a grant-back and technology license agreement. Under the technology assignment agreement, Dow assigned to us certain patents, know-how and trademarks relating to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Under the technology licensing agreement, Dow granted us exclusive licenses to

 

99


Table of Contents

exploit certain patents relating to RNA viruses, oral immunization methods and certain amended recombinant cells, and a non-exclusive license to exploit certain patents relating to production and isolation techniques for peptides and proteins made using our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Under the grant-back and technology license agreement, we granted to Dow exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under certain patents and know-how relating to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® to use certain biological materials to make, use and commercialize products in certain fields of use that do not include human therapeutics.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

In July 2010, we entered into a contract with BARDA, a division of the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, to develop a production strain and process for the production of bulk recombinant Protective Antigen, or rPA, from anthrax. Under the contract, which was amended in October 2011, December 2011, March 2012, April 12, 2012, April 2013 and January 2014, we have agreed to provide protein production and process development services to BARDA through May 2012 for a fixed fee of approximately $10.1 million. BARDA has two options to extend the term of the contract for additional payments totaling $13.8 million. BARDA exercised these options in April 2012 and September 2013 extending the term through December 2014. Through March 31, 2014, $18.4 million had been recorded as revenue under this contract.

As the prime contractor, we are responsible for performing activities under a research plan proposed by us and accepted by BARDA. We are also obligated under the contract to satisfy various federal reporting requirements, including technical reporting with respect to our development activities, reporting with respect to intellectual property and financial reporting. In addition, certain technical documents and our clinical trial protocols may be reviewed by BARDA prior to their finalization and/or submission.

Under standard government contracting terms, the government receives only limited rights for government use of certain of our pre-existing data and certain data produced with non-federal funding, to the extent such data are required for delivery to BARDA under the project. The United States government receives unlimited rights to use and disclose new data first produced under the project with BARDA funding. If the product is successfully developed and achieves marketing authorization, we would have the commercial rights to the anthrax vaccine; provided that the United States government is entitled to a nonexclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to practice or have practiced any patent on an invention that is conceived or first reduced to practice under the project, and may obtain additional rights if we do not elect to retain ownership of a subject invention or if we do not satisfy certain disclosure and patent prosecution obligations with respect to a subject invention. Our contract with BARDA does not entitle the government to any sales royalties or other post-commercialization financial rights.

BARDA is entitled to terminate the project for convenience at any time, and is not obligated to provide continued funding beyond current year amounts allotted from Congressionally approved annual appropriations.

The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID)

In September 2012, we entered into a contract with NIAID for the development of a next generation anthrax vaccine. Under the contract, which was amended in April 2013 and November 2013, we have agreed to provide services to NIAID for approximately twenty five months under a cost plus contract with a total value of approximately $2.2 million. NIAID has thirteen options to extend the term of the contract for additional payments totaling approximately $22.9 million.

As the prime contractor, we are responsible for performing activities under a research plan proposed by us and accepted by NIAID. We are also obligated under the contract to satisfy various federal reporting requirements, including technical reporting with respect to our development activities, reporting with respect to intellectual property and financial reporting.

 

100


Table of Contents

Under standard government contracting terms, the government receives only limited rights for government use of certain of our pre-existing data and certain data produced with non-federal funding, to the extent such data are required for delivery to NIAID under the project. The United States government receives unlimited rights to use and disclose new data first produced under the project with NIAID funding. If an anthrax vaccine is successfully developed and achieves marketing authorization we would have the commercial rights to the anthrax vaccine; provided that the United States government is entitled to a nonexclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to practice or have practiced any patent on an invention that is conceived or first reduced to practice under the project, and may obtain additional rights if we do not elect to retain ownership of a subject invention or if we do not satisfy certain disclosure and patent prosecution obligations with respect to a subject invention. Our contract with NIAID does not entitle the government to any sales royalties or other post-commercialization financial rights.

NIAID is entitled to terminate the project for convenience at any time, and is not obligated to provide continued funding beyond current year amounts allotted from Congressionally approved annual appropriations.

Leidos, Inc. (formerly SAIC, Inc.)

In September 2009, we entered into an agreement with Leidos, Inc. or Leidos to evaluate the development of a malaria antigen using our protein production technology and to provide production and support services for manufacturing of the malaria vaccine. The original contract was amended multiple times in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 to increase the scope of services we provide. Under the contract, we are paid a fixed fee of approximately $8.4 million for services performed over the five-year term. We recognize revenue as we perform the services. Leidos may terminate our agreement in whole or in part for our breach or insolvency, or if it determines that termination is in its interest.

Collaboration Partners

To date, we have generated only limited revenue from government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, two collaboration partners, BARDA and Leidos, each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Additionally, there was one entity accounting for more than 10% of our revenue in each of 2012 and 2013; however, those entities have terminated their agreements with us or were the result of one-time transactions and are not expected to provide significant revenue going forward.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the European Economic Area, at European Union and national Member State level, and in United States, at the federal, state and local level, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, promotion, advertising, storage, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and export and import of drugs and biologics such as those we are developing. We, along with third party contractors, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our product candidates. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

European Economic Area Regulation

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, comprising the European Community (European Union) plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway, the information that must be submitted to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or to the competent authorities in the relevant European Union Member States varies depending on whether the biological medicinal product is a new product, whose quality, safety and efficacy has not previously

 

101


Table of Contents

been demonstrated in humans or a product whose known biological active substance and certain other properties are similar to those of a previously authorized (reference) biological medicinal product. The European Directive 2001/83/EC as amended defines a medicinal product as any substance or combination of substances:

 

  ·   presented as having properties for treating or preventing disease in human beings; or

 

  ·   which may be used in or administered to human beings either with a view to restoring, correcting or modifying physiological functions by exerting a pharmacological, immunological or metabolic action, or to making a medical diagnosis.

Directive 2001/83/EC as amended further defines the category of biological medicinal products as:

 

  ·   a product, the active substance of which is a biological substance. A biological substance is a substance that is produced by or extracted from a biological source and that needs for its characterization and the determination of its quality a combination of physico-chemical-biological testing, together with the production process and its control.

Examples of biological medicinal products include recombinant proteins, monoclonal antibodies, vaccines, and products derived from human blood or plasma.

Approval of New Biological Medicinal Products

In the EEA, all medicinal products (biological or not) can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of MA:

The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the CHMP of the EMA, is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as medicinal products derived from certain biotechnology processes (including biotechnology-derived proteins such as the ones we make), orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes and auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the European Union.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in other Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

More concretely, the requirements for centralized marketing authorization of a new biological medicinal product in the EEA generally include but are not limited to:

 

  ·   submission of the results of pharmaceutical (physico-chemical, biological or microbiological) tests and preclinical (toxicological and pharmacological) tests through laboratory tests and animal studies in compliance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP);

 

102


Table of Contents
  ·   submission to the competent authorities of a Clinical Trial Application, or CTA, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and must include the protocol, Investigator’s Brochure, Investigational Medicinal Product-related data, and independent Ethics Committee approval;

 

  ·   submission of the results of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the quality, safety and efficacy of the product for each indication;

 

  ·   a statement to the effect that clinical trials carried outside the European Union meet the ethical requirements of Directive 2001/20/EC;

 

  ·   submission of an application for marketing authorization to the EMA or to the competent authorities of the relevant EU Member States;

 

  ·   establishment of the applicant in the EEA;

 

  ·   description of the qualitative and quantitative particulars of all constituents of the medicinal product;

 

  ·   evaluation of the potential environmental risks posed by the product;

 

  ·   description of the manufacturing method, description of the control measures employed by the manufacturer, and a document showing that the manufacturer is authorized in his own country to produce medicinal products;

 

  ·   a summary of product characteristics, therapeutic indications, adverse reactions, dosage, pharmaceutical form, route of administration and expected shelf life;

 

  ·   additional information for specific classes of medicinal products, such as a Vaccine Antigen Master File documentation for vaccine products;

 

  ·   a summary of the pharmacovigilance system, the risk management plan describing the risk-management system, and proof that the applicant has the services of a qualified person responsible for pharmacovigilance as well as the necessary means for fulfilling the EU pharmacovigilance obligations including the notification of any adverse reaction suspected of occurring either in the EEA or in a third country; and

 

  ·   review by EMA’s CHMP or the competent authorities in the relevant European Union Member States and approval of the marketing authorization application.

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of the product’s structure, purity and biological activity, as well as animal studies to determine toxicity and pharmacology. An Investigational Medicinal Product (IMP) sponsor must submit a CTA to the competent authority prior to initiation of human clinical trials. The application process to perform a clinical trial in the EEA is governed on a country-by-country basis. A sponsor must apply in each country in which it intends to conduct any part of a human clinical trial. While the process is similar in most countries, additional materials may be required in certain instances. For example, in many, but not all European countries, a sponsor must submit a copy of the insurance coverage obtained to cover the clinical study. Australia and New Zealand adhere to EMA guidelines with respect to the regulation of IMPs and clinical trials.

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, and having met all criteria set forth by Directive 2001/83/EC and Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, the applicant may choose to proceed with submission of marketing authorization application. If the application is accepted for review in the Centralized Procedure,

 

103


Table of Contents

within 210 days (excluding clock stops), the EMA’s CHMP will issue an opinion on whether the conditions for granting market authorization are satisfied. During the review period, the scientific committees will review the scientific data, may request for independent testing of the medicinal product, its starting materials, or other constituent materials, may request supplemental information from the applicant, may request for proof of cGMP compliance of the manufacturer, and may request for said manufacturing facilities to be inspected.

Accelerated Review

Under the Centralized Procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP). Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest, particularly from the point of view of therapeutic innovation. In this circumstance, EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days, excluding clock stops.

Approval of Similar Biological Medicinal Products

Similar biological medicinal product applications of medicinal products authorized via the Centralized Procedure have automatic access to the Centralized Procedure. Similar biological medicinal products that do not fall under the mandatory scope can, at the request of the applicant, be accepted for consideration under the Centralized Procedure, when the applicant shows that the medicinal product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or when the applicant shows that the granting of a Community authorization for the medicinal product is in the interest of patients at European Union level.

A similar biological medicinal product, also known as a biosimilar, is a product that is similar to a biological medicine that has already been authorized, the so-called “reference medicinal product.” The active substance of a similar biological medicinal product is a known biological active substance and similar to the one of the reference medicinal product. A similar biological medicinal product and its reference medicinal product are expected to have the same safety and efficacy profile and are generally used to treat the same conditions.

The similar nature of a biosimilar and a reference product is demonstrated by comprehensive comparability studies covering quality, biological activity, safety and efficacy. The dosage and route of administration should be the same while deviations in formulation or inactive substances require justification or further studies. Intended changes to improve efficacy are not compatible with a biosimilarity approach. The minimum expectation of data supplied with the application will include pharmaceutical, chemical, and biological preclinical data, as well as bioequivalence and bioavailability (bodily distribution and concentration) clinical data. The type and amount of additional information, such as toxicological and other preclinical and clinical data, is determined on a case-by-case basis. Unlike in the United States, the directives and guidelines governing the EEA do not explicitly provide for the designation of interchangeability of similar biological medicinal products, nor does the EMA submit an opinion on whether a biosimilar can be used interchangeably with its reference product.

EMA guidelines suggest that clinical trials comparing a biosimilar candidate to a reference medicinal product be designed such that they will demonstrate not only similar efficacy but also similar clinical outcome with respect to safety. Clinical trials designed to establish the expectation of equivalent clinical outcomes for any one patient require a sufficiently large number of patients in the study such that certain statistical measures are satisfied. As such, equivalence trials are usually more expensive and longer in duration than non-inferiority trials that may be employed in other medicinal product categories. The EMA recommends engaging in discussions with regulatory authorities if the use of a non-inferiority design is being considered. If a reference product is approved for more than one therapeutic indication, the efficacy and safety of the biosimilar has to be justified or,

 

104


Table of Contents

if necessary, demonstrated separately for each of the claimed indications. This may include a review of clinical experience and available literature data, or the execution of further non-clinical or appropriate clinical studies.

The EMA provides additional specific guidance and requirements for products being developed as biosimilar candidate to EEA-authorized interferon-beta 1a or 1b and interferon-alpha 2a or 2b. The guidance outlines specific types of preclinical data and clinical studies required to support the claim of biosimilarity. Additionally, the guidelines provide specific considerations for assessing clinical safety and for post-authorization pharmacovigilance monitoring.

European Union legislation provides (with respect to reference products authorized after October 30, 2005 under the Decentralized, Mutual Recognition and national procedures, or after November 20, 2005, for products authorized under the Centralized Procedure) for an eight-year period of data protection and ten-year period of market exclusivity for medicinal products which received marketing authorization in accordance with, respectively, Directive 2001/83/EC as amended or Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 as amended. The provisions also state that if, during the first eight years of authorization, the holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which are deemed to have significant clinical benefit as compared to existing therapies, the original market exclusivity can be extended to a maximum of 11 years. The data and market exclusivity periods start from the date of the initial authorization, which for reference medicinal products authorized through the Centralized Procedure is the date of notification of the marketing authorization decision to the marketing authorization holder of the reference product.

Post-Approval Requirements

Once granted, initial marketing authorization of a medicinal product is valid for five years. The authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a reevaluation of the risk-benefit balance. At that point, once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid indefinitely or, if justified on grounds of pharmacovigilance, may be restricted to an additional five-year authorization period.

Marketing authorization holders are required to maintain a pharmacovigilance system and to maintain detailed records of all suspected adverse reactions in the EEA or in a third country. Serious suspected adverse reactions are to be communicated to the appropriate EEA regulatory authorities no later than 15 days after receipt of the information. EEA regulations require periodic safety reporting leading up to and following market authorization, based on a defined schedule, for as long as the product is marketed, or when immediately requested by regulatory authorities. An increase in incidents of adverse events or any cause for a change in opinion by the EMA pertaining to the risk-benefit balance may lead to suspension, variation, or revocation of marketing authorization and would severely impact our business.

EEA regulations also stipulate that regulators, such as the Competent Authorities of the EEA Member States, independently or coordinated by the EMA, may carry out repeated or unannounced inspections of the medicinal product manufacturer or at the premises of the marketing authorization holder, regarding compliance with cGMP principles and guidelines. Compliance issues identified at our facilities or at third party manufacturers may disrupt clinical or commercial production or distribution or require substantial resources to correct. This may result in the delay of clinical trials or commercial product launch. Discovery or problems with the product or the failure to comply with applicable requirements may result in restrictions on a product, the manufacturer or the holder of a marketing authorization, including withdrawal or recall of the product from the market or other EMA or EEA Competent Authority initiated action that could delay or prohibit future marketing. Additionally, new government regulations may be established that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

 

105


Table of Contents

United States Government Regulation

In the United States, section 351(i)(1) of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, defines a biological product (biologic) as a:

 

  ·   virus, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, vaccine, blood, blood component or derivative, allergenic product, protein (except any chemically synthesized polypeptide), or analogous product, … applicable to the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of human beings.

The information that must be submitted to the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in order to obtain approval to market a new biologic varies depending on whether the application for the biological product is submitted under section 351(a) or section 351(k) of the PHSA. Any proposed biologic, including a new product whose safety, purity and potency has not previously been demonstrated in humans, may follow the Biologics License Application (BLA) route as defined by section 351(a). However, a proposed biologic whose active ingredient(s) and certain other properties are highly similar (biosimilar) to those of a previously approved biologic may follow an abbreviated licensure pathway as defined by section 351(k) of the PHSA. The FDA, under the authority of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, reviews and ultimately approves applications for biological products submitted under either pathway.

In addition, in FDA’s draft guidance document Biosimilars: Questions and Answers Regarding Implementation of the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, the FDA clarified that it intends to regulate any polymer composed of 40 or fewer amino acids, and any polymer made entirely by chemical synthesis and composed of fewer than 100 amino acids, as drugs under the FFDCA and its implementing regulations, rather than as biologics under the PHSA, unless the polymer otherwise meets the statutory definition of a biological product. The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the submission to the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, along with information regarding the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA, and FDA review and approval of the NDA is necessary prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States. However, under the Hatch-Waxman Act, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may file an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, seeking approval of a generic copy of an approved innovator product.

Drugs and biologics are also subject to other federal, state, and local statutes and regulation. If we fail to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during the drug development process, clinical testing, the approval process or after approval, we may become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, license suspension or revocation, withdrawal of an approval, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

BLA/NDA Approval Process

The process generally required by the FDA before a biologic or drug product candidate may be marketed in the United States involves the following:

 

  ·   completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal studies performed in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, regulations;

 

  ·   submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually;

 

  ·   approval by an independent IRB or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial is initiated.

 

106


Table of Contents
  ·   performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed biologic, and the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for each indication;

 

  ·   preparation of and submission to the FDA of a BLA or NDA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

 

  ·   satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

 

  ·   a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to file the application for review;

 

  ·   satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product is produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s continued safety, purity and potency; and

 

  ·   FDA review and approval of the BLA or NDA prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the product in the United States.

The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human studies. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to the proposed clinical studies. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before clinical studies can begin. Accordingly, submission of an IND may or may not result in the FDA allowing clinical studies to commence.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with current Good Clinical Practices, or cGCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each clinical protocol and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND, and an IRB at each site where the study is conducted must also approve the study. The IRB must monitor the study until completed. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries. Clinical trials typically are conducted in three or four sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined.

 

  ·   Phase 1. The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to evaluate the safety, dosage tolerance, metabolism and pharmacologic actions of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

 

107


Table of Contents
  ·   Phase 2. The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population to evaluate dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks, and preliminarily evaluate efficacy.

 

  ·   Phase 3. The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical study sites to generate enough data to statistically evaluate dosage, clinical effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk relationship of the investigational product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

 

  ·   Phase 4. In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA or BLA for a product candidate on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical studies after approval. In other cases, a sponsor may voluntarily conduct additional clinical studies after approval to gain more information about the product. Such post-approval studies are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials.

A pivotal trial is a clinical study that adequately meets regulatory agency requirements for the evaluation of an investigational product’s efficacy and safety such that it can be used to justify the approval of the product. Generally, pivotal trials are Phase 3 trials, but the FDA may accept results from Phase 2 trials if the trial design provides a well-controlled and reliable assessment of clinical benefit, particularly in situations where there is an unmet medical need and the results are sufficiently robust.

Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials may not be completed successfully within a specified period, if at all, and there can be no assurance that the data collected will support FDA approval or licensure of the product. Furthermore, the FDA, the IRB, or the clinical study sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical study at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Additionally, some clinical studies are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. We may also suspend or terminate a clinical study based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, detailed information regarding the investigational product is submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA or BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The NDA or BLA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls, and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical studies intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of the product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs and BLAs is subject to an application user fee, and the sponsor of an approved NDA or BLA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees. These fees are typically increased annually. A waiver of user fees may be obtained under certain limited circumstances.

Once an NDA or BLA has been submitted, the FDA’s goal is to review the application within ten months after it accepts the application for filing, or, if the application relates to an unmet medical need in a serious or life-threatening indication, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. The review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. Similarly, the FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s safety, quality and purity.

 

108


Table of Contents

Before approving a BLA or NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA or NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with cGCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel product to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all, and we and our partners may encounter difficulties or unanticipated costs in our efforts to secure necessary governmental approvals, which could delay or preclude us from marketing our products. After the FDA evaluates a BLA or NDA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its drug substance will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application is not ready for approval. A Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data and/or an additional pivotal Phase 3 trial or trials, and/or other significant, expensive and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical trials or manufacturing. Even if such additional information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA or NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. The FDA may also approve the BLA or NDA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”) plan to mitigate risks, which could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling, development of adequate controls and specifications, or a commitment to conduct one or more post-market studies or clinical trials. Such post-market testing may include Phase 4 trials and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization. New government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

Drugs and biologics manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data. Manufacturers are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

 

109


Table of Contents

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical quantities of our product candidates, and expect to rely in the future on third parties for the production of commercial quantities. Future FDA and state inspections may identify compliance issues at our facilities or at the facilities of our contract manufacturers that may disrupt production or distribution, or require substantial resources to correct. In addition, discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable requirements may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA or BLA, including withdrawal or recall of the product from the market or other voluntary, FDA-initiated or judicial action that could delay or prohibit further marketing.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

  ·   restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

  ·   fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

  ·   refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

  ·   product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

  ·   injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising, and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs and biologics may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Abbreviated Licensure Pathway of Biological Products as Biosimilar or Interchangeable

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, or Affordable Care Act, or ACA, signed into law on March 23, 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which amended the PHSA and created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to an FDA-licensed reference biological product. The BPCIA attempts to minimize duplicative testing, and thereby lower development costs and increase patient access to affordable treatments. An application for licensure of a biosimilar product under section 351(k) of the PHSA must include information demonstrating biosimilarity based upon the following, unless the FDA determines otherwise:

 

  ·   analytical studies demonstrating that the proposed biosimilar product is highly similar to the approved product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components;

 

  ·   animal studies (including the assessment of toxicity); and

 

  ·   a clinical study or studies (including the assessment of immunogenicity and pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics) sufficient to demonstrate safety, purity and potency in one or more conditions for which the reference product is licensed and intended to be used.

 

110


Table of Contents

In addition, an application submitted under the 351(k) pathway must include information demonstrating that:

 

  ·   the proposed biosimilar product and reference product utilize the same mechanism of action for the condition(s) of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling, but only to the extent the mechanism(s) of action are known for the reference product;

 

  ·   the condition or conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the labeling for the proposed biosimilar product have been previously approved for the reference product;

 

  ·   the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the proposed biosimilar product are the same as those for the reference product; and

 

  ·   the facility in which the biological product is manufactured, processed, packed or held meets standards designed to assure that the biological product continues to be safe, pure, and potent.

Biosimilarity, as defined in PHSA §351(i), means that the biological product is highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components; and that there are no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of the safety, purity, and potency of the product.

In addition, section 351(k)(4) of the PHSA provides for a designation of “interchangeability” between the reference and biosimilar products, whereby the biosimilar may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product. The higher standard of interchangeability must be demonstrated by information sufficient to show that:

 

  ·   the proposed product is biosimilar to the reference product;

 

  ·   the proposed product is expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient; and

 

  ·   for a product that is administered more than once to an individual, the risk to the patient in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the biosimilar and the reference product is no greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch.

FDA approval is required before a biosimilar may be marketed in the United States. However, complexities associated with the large and intricate structures of biological products and the process by which such products are manufactured pose significant hurdles to the FDA’s implementation of the 351(k) approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA. For example, the FDA has discretion over the kind and amount of scientific evidence—laboratory, preclinical and/or clinical—required to demonstrate biosimilarity to a licensed biological product. According to FDA guidance:

“the implementation of an abbreviated licensure pathway for biological products can present challenges given the scientific and technical complexities that may be associated with the larger and typically more complex structure of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured. Most biological products are produced in a living system such as a microorganism, or plant or animal cells, whereas small molecule drugs are typically manufactured through chemical synthesis.”

The FDA intends to consider the totality of the evidence, provided by a sponsor to support a demonstration of biosimilarity, and recommends that sponsors use a stepwise approach in the development of their biosimilar products. Biosimilar product applications thus may not be required to duplicate the entirety of

 

111


Table of Contents

preclinical and clinical testing used to establish the underlying safety and effectiveness of the reference product. However, the FDA may refuse to approve a biosimilar application if there is insufficient information to show that the active ingredients are the same or to demonstrate that any impurities or differences in active ingredients do not affect the safety, purity or potency of the biosimilar product. In addition, as with BLAs, biosimilar product applications will not be approved unless the product is manufactured in facilities designed to assure and preserve the biological product’s safety, purity and potency.

The submission of an application via the 351(k) pathway does not guarantee that the FDA will accept the application for filing and review, as the FDA may refuse to accept applications that it finds are insufficiently complete. The FDA will treat a biosimilar application or supplement as incomplete if, among other reasons, any applicable user fees assessed under the Biosimilar User Fee Act of 2012 have not been paid. In addition, the FDA may accept an application for filing but deny approval on the basis that the sponsor has not demonstrated biosimilarity, in which case the sponsor may choose to conduct further analytical, preclinical or clinical studies and submit a BLA for licensure as a new biological product under section 351(a) of the PHSA.

The timing of final FDA approval of a biosimilar for commercial distribution depends on a variety of factors, including whether the manufacturer of the branded product is entitled to one or more statutory exclusivity periods, during which time the FDA is prohibited from approving any products that are biosimilar to the branded product. The FDA cannot approve a biosimilar application for twelve years from the date of first licensure of the reference product. Additionally, a biosimilar product sponsor may not submit an application under the 351(k) pathway for four years from the date of first licensure of the reference product. A reference product may also be entitled to exclusivity under other statutory provisions. For example, a reference product designated for a rare disease or condition (an “orphan drug”) may be entitled to seven years of exclusivity under section 360cc of the FFDCA, in which case no product that is biosimilar to the reference product may be approved until either the end of the twelve year period provided under §351(k) or the end of the seven year orphan drug exclusivity period, whichever occurs later. In certain circumstances, a regulatory exclusivity period can extend beyond the life of a patent, and thus block §351(k) applications from being approved on or after the patent expiration date. In addition, the FDA may under certain circumstances extend the exclusivity period for the reference product by an additional six months if the FDA requests, and the manufacturer undertakes, studies on the effect of its product in children, a so-called pediatric extension.

The first biological product determined to be interchangeable with a branded product for any condition of use is also entitled to a period of exclusivity, during which time the FDA may not determine that another product is interchangeable with the reference product for any condition of use. This exclusivity period extends until the earlier of: (1) one year after the first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable product; (2) 18 months after resolution of a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product, based on a final court decision regarding all of the patents in the litigation or dismissal of the litigation with or without prejudice; (3) 42 months after approval of the first interchangeable product, if a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product is still ongoing; or (4) 18 months after approval of the first interchangeable product if the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product has not been sued under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6).

Post Approval Requirements

After obtaining regulatory approval of a product, manufacturers may be required to comply with a number of post-approval requirements. For example, as a condition of approval of a BLA or a §351(k) application the FDA may require post marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy.

In addition, the holder of an approved BLA or §351(k) application is required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems involving its product to the FDA to provide updated safety and efficacy

 

112


Table of Contents

information and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling for the product. Quality control and manufacturing procedures must also continue to conform to cGMPs after approval and the FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs.

Patent Disputes under the BPCIA

The BPCIA includes a detailed framework for addressing potential patent disputes between biosimilar product and reference product sponsors. Within 20 days after being notified that FDA has accepted its application for review, a 351(k) applicant must provide a copy of its application, along with any other information that describes the manufacturing processes for the biosimilar product, to the reference product sponsor’s in-house counsel, the reference product sponsor’s outside counsel, and/or a representative of the owner of a patent exclusively licensed to the reference product sponsor with respect to the reference product who has retained a right to assert the patent or participate in litigation. The copy of the application and any other information provided are considered “confidential information” under the PHSA, and recipients are generally prohibited from disclosing anything contained therein and from using the information for any purposes other than to determine whether a patent infringement claim may reasonably be asserted. The reference product sponsor then has sixty days to provide the applicant with an initial list of patents that could reasonably be asserted. The reference product sponsor may also choose to designate patents that it would be willing to license to the applicant.

Within sixty days of receiving the initial list of patents from the reference product sponsor, the biosimilar applicant may provide the reference product sponsor with an initial list of patents that the applicant contends could reasonably be asserted by the reference product sponsor, and, for each patent on this list or the list provided by the reference product sponsor, must either (1) provide a claim-by-claim statement of the factual and legal basis for the applicant’s opinion that the patent is invalid, unenforceable, or will not be infringed, or (2) provide a statement that the applicant does not intend to begin marketing its product prior to the patent’s expiration. The applicant must also respond to the reference product sponsor’s list of patents available for licensing. If the applicant provided any statement regarding the non-infringement, invalidity, or unenforceability of any of the patents-at-issue, the reference product sponsor has sixty days to rebut such arguments and to provide the factual and legal basis for the reference product sponsor’s option that the patent(s) will be infringed by the commercial marketing of the proposed biosimilar product.

Once the applicant has received the statement of the basis for the reference product sponsor’s opinion, the parties have fifteen days to engage in good faith negotiations to agree on which if any of the patents will be the subject of an infringement action. The PHSA contemplates that the parties may not reach an agreement within this timeframe, in which case additional patent list exchange procedures are triggered. The applicant must first notify the reference product sponsor of the number of patents that it believes should be the subject of an infringement action. Subsequently, within five days of this notification and on a date agreed upon by the parties, the parties must simultaneously exchange lists of the patents that each believes should be the subject of an infringement action. The reference product sponsor may not list a greater number of patents than the number listed by the applicant, though if the applicant lists no patents the reference product sponsor may still list just one. Under this provision, the biosimilar applicant thus controls the number of patents that will be the subject of the infringement action.

Following this last list exchange, the reference product sponsor has thirty days to bring an infringement action for each patent on both lists. Alternatively, if the parties successfully negotiate an agreement regarding the patents that will form the basis for an infringement action, the innovator has thirty days after such agreement to bring an infringement action for each of the negotiated patents. Within thirty days of being served with a complaint in the infringement action, the applicant must provide notice to the FDA, and the FDA will publish notice of the complaint in the Federal Register. Unlike the Hatch-Waxman Act, under which an innovator must list its patents in the Orange Book, and the FDA will suspend its review for thirty months if an innovator files a patent infringement suit, the BPCIA does not direct the FDA to suspend review of the biosimilar product application as a result of the patent dispute.

 

113


Table of Contents

For patents that are issued or licensed after the reference product sponsor has identified its initial list, the reference product sponsor may supplement its initial list with the additional patents within thirty days of the new patents’ issuance or licensing. The biosimilar applicant must then respond within thirty days with a statement of the factual and legal basis for its opinion that the patent is invalid, unenforceable, or will not be infringed, or that the applicant does not intend to begin marketing its product prior to the patent’s expiration. However, these patents do not become subject to the additional negotiation and list exchange procedures of the BPCIA, but rather are subject to preliminary injunction procedures. The BPCIA requires the biosimilar applicant to provide 180-day notice to the reference product sponsor of the applicant’s intent to market the biosimilar product, and the reference product sponsor may then seek a preliminary injunction (PI) on any patents there were included on any of the patent lists initially exchanged between the parties, but excluded from the patent list agreed to during negotiations or from the lists that were exchanged as a result of the parties’ failure to reach an agreement. Both parties must reasonably cooperate to expedite discovery as is needed in connection with the PI motion.

The BPCIA limits both the reference product sponsor and the biosimilar applicant from bringing actions for declaratory judgment (DJ). In particular, if the reference product sponsor has been provided confidential access to the biosimilar application, neither party may bring a DJ action before the reference product sponsor receives the applicant’s 180-day advance notice of commercial marketing. Moreover, DJ actions may only be brought against patents for which a PI motion has been filed. Importantly, if the biosimilar applicant fails to respond to the reference product sponsor as required at the various steps of the BPCIA’s patent dispute resolution framework, the reference product sponsor may bring a DJ action on any patent included on the reference product sponsor’s initial list and its list of newly issued or licensed patents. If the applicant fails to provide access to the confidential information required to be provided at the start of the patent dispute process, the reference product sponsor may bring a DJ action on any patent that claims the biological product or its use.

The FDA has not yet approved, or to our knowledge received, an application submitted under the 351(k) pathway, thus no typical review period for a biosimilar application has yet been established. However, the FDA aims to review 70%, 80%, 85%, and 90% of original (rather than resubmitted) biosimilar applications within ten months of receipt in fiscal years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 respectively. While it may be possible for a biosimilar applicant and reference product sponsor to settle any patent disputes prior to approval, patent litigation may delay the ability of a biosimilar applicant to sell commercial product in the United States.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

The Hatch-Waxman Act authorizes the FDA to approve generic drugs pursuant to an abbreviated regulatory pathway. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA (the “reference listed drug” or “RLD”).

In order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the proposed generic product is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. The FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the FFDCA, a generic drug is bioequivalent to an RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the [generic] drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug.”

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA applicants are required to list with the FDA certain patents whose claims cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of an NDA, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the Orange Book. Any applicant who files an ANDA seeking approval of a generic equivalent version of a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify to FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted. This

 

114


Table of Contents

last certification is known as a paragraph IV certification. A notice of the paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers. The applicant may also elect to submit a “section viii” statement certifying that its proposed label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent.

If the reference NDA holder and patent owners assert a patent challenge directed to one of the Orange Book listed patents within 45 days of the receipt of the paragraph IV certification notice, the FDA is prohibited from approving the application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the paragraph IV certification expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant. The ANDA also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the branded reference drug has expired.

The FFDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. In cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval. The FFDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication.

Patent Term Restoration

Depending upon the timing, duration, and specifics of the FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA or BLA, plus the time between the submission date and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for one of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical studies and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA or BLA.

The Animal Rule

In the case of product candidates that are intended to treat certain rare life-threatening diseases, such as our anthrax vaccine product candidates, conducting controlled clinical trials to determine efficacy may be unethical or unfeasible. Under regulations issued by the FDA in 2002, often referred to as the ‘‘Animal Rule,’’ the approval of such products can be based on clinical data from trials in healthy human subjects that demonstrate adequate safety and efficacy data from adequate and well-controlled animal studies. Among other requirements, the animal studies must establish that the drug or biological product is reasonably likely to produce clinical benefits in humans. Because the FDA must agree that data derived from animal studies may be extrapolated to establish safety and effectiveness in humans, seeking approval under the Animal Rule may add significant time, complexity and uncertainty to the testing and approval process. In addition, products approved

 

115


Table of Contents

under the Animal Rule are subject to additional requirements including post-marketing study requirements, restrictions imposed on marketing or distribution or requirements to provide information to patients.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any products for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit.

The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. By way of example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, Affordable Care Act, contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased the minimum rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, established mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.

In the European Union, governments influence the price of pharmaceutical products through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national health care systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed to by the government. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert a commercial pressure on pricing within a country.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition,

 

116


Table of Contents

an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States and other countries has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we may be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

  ·   The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce, or in return for, the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

  ·   Federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

 

  ·   The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

  ·   The federal transparency laws, including the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that requires drug manufacturers to disclose payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and ownership and investment interests held by such physicians and their immediate family members;

 

  ·   HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

 

  ·   State law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our future business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. In addition, the Affordable Care Act broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual

 

117


Table of Contents

knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA (discussed below) or the civil monetary penalties statute.

We are also subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which prohibits improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Safeguards we implement to discourage improper payments or offers of payments by our employees, consultants, and others may be ineffective, and violations of the FCPA and similar laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us, any of which would likely harm our reputation, business, financial condition and result of operations.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid and imprisonment, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Hazardous Materials

Our service and research and development processes may involve the controlled use of hazardous materials and chemicals. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste products. We do not expect the cost of complying with these laws and regulations to be material.

Competition

The development and commercialization of protein therapeutics is highly competitive. While we believe that our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® , knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, generic pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. In the event that we were to market and sell any of our biopharmaceutical products, we would face competition from the innovator companies, as well as any other firms developing the biosimilars that would compete with the product candidates in our pipeline and other novel products with similar indications. For example PF582 may compete with products by Roche, as an innovator company, Sandoz International GmbH, as a biosimilar company and Ophthotech Corporation as a developer of novel products. Additionally, PF582 and Lucentis compete with globally marketed products including Eylea and Avastin (off label). Similarly, PF530, our interferon beta-1b biosimilar candidate, may face competition from Bayer, Biocad Biopharmaceutical Company and Biogen IDEC; PF708, our teriparatide generic, may face competition from the innovator Eli Lilly, generic competition from companies like Teva, and Amgen Inc. as a developer of novel products. Key competitive factors affecting the success of our lead biosimilar candidates, if approved, are likely to be price, the level of biosimilar and innovator competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third party payors.

Similarly, our novel vaccine development programs face substantial competition from major pharmaceutical and other biotechnology companies that are actively working on improved and novel vaccines. We believe that our primary competitors include Emergent BioSolutions, Inc., Vaxin, Inc., and Pharmathene, Inc. These companies are receiving funding from BARDA for the development of a next generation anthrax vaccine. All of our novel vaccine efforts will face competition for limited government funding from other non-vaccine defensive measures as well, including medical countermeasures for biological, chemical and nuclear threats, diagnostic testing systems and other emergency preparedness countermeasures.

 

118


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established commercial organization or distribution capabilities. Except to the extent we have entered into an agreement with Strides Arcolab with respect to certain product candidates, we generally expect to retain commercial rights for our product candidates. In particular we intend to use an internal sales force to commercialize products for which we may receive marketing approvals in territories in which we believe it is possible to access the market through a focused, specialty sales force.

If PF582 receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize it in North America and Europe with our own focused, specialty sales force. We believe that retinal specialists in the United States, who perform most of the medical procedures involving diseases of the back of the eye, are sufficiently concentrated that we will be able to effectively promote PF582 to these specialists with a specialty sales and marketing group of fewer than 100 persons. Intravitreal injection is a specialized procedure. In the vast majority of cases in the United States, retinal specialists perform intravitreal injections. Based on our examination of the membership lists of three prominent organizations for retinal specialists, The Macula Society, The American Society of Retina Specialists and the Retina Society, we estimate that there are approximately 2,000 retinal specialists in the United States. In addition, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize PF582 in markets outside North America and Europe.

For products being developed as part of our joint venture with Strides Arcolab we have joint responsibility for worldwide commercialization. Given the initial emerging markets focus for those products, we generally expect to jointly seek collaboration, distribution and/or marketing arrangements with third parties.

We have sales and marketing capabilities to support our commercial efforts for our protein production services and reagent protein product sales. In addition, we have sales and marketing capabilities to support those products under development that receive FDA approval that will ultimately be procured by the United States government.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, and seek to obtain and maintain patents for any patentable aspects of our platform technology and our products or product candidates, their methods of use and any other inventions that are important to the development of our business. Our success depends substantially on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our technology and product candidates, to defend and enforce our patents to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights, maintain our licenses to use intellectual property owned by third parties, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and to operate without infringing on the valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing United States and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology and product candidates that are important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position relating to our platform technology and product candidates.

We are the owner or licensee of a portfolio of patents and patent applications and possess substantial know-how and trade secrets which protect various aspects of our business. We are the sole owner of a patent portfolio that consists of a total of 11 U.S. issued patents and eight U.S. pending patent applications that provide material coverage for our platform technology and our lead product candidates as well as foreign granted and pending patent applications which are counterparts to certain of the foregoing U.S. patents and patent applications. In particular, we own the following issued U.S. utility patents: U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,476,532; 7,618,799; 7,833,752; 7,985,564; 8,017,355; 8,288,127; 8,318,481; 8,455,218; 8,530,171; 8,569,015; and 8,603,824. Additionally, we own the following U.S. non-provisional utility patent applications: U.S. Appl. Ser. Nos. 11/038,901; 11/400,840; 12/109,554; 12/610,207; 13/039,183; 13/319,844; 13/844,261; and 13/952,484.

 

119


Table of Contents

Moreover, we have licensed the following U.S. patents and U.S. patent applications from The Dow Chemical Company: U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,338,794; 7,595,173; 7,935,798; and 8,211,668; and U.S. Appl. No. 10/590,095. Our U.S. issued patents expire during the time period beginning in 2026 and ending in 2031. Our owned and exclusively licensed patent portfolio includes claims directed to:

 

  ·   methods for bacterial protein production and methods for rapid screening of an array of expression systems

 

  ·   P. fluorescens promoter sequences and secretion leader sequences

 

  ·   auxotrophic marker systems for antibiotic free maintenance of expression plasmids in high cell density cultures,

 

  ·   improved incorporation of non-natural amino acids

 

  ·   expression of classes of proteins such as cytokines

 

  ·   antibody derivatives

 

  ·   microbial toxins in P. fluorescens

 

  ·   methods and expression strains for production and/or purification of soluble full length human cytokines interferon beta and G-CSF

 

  ·   vaccine antigens recombinant anthrax protective antigen, microbial toxins and toxoids, and the malarial vaccine candidate antigen P. falciparum circumsporozoite protein (CSP).

Pursuant to the technology licensing agreement, The Dow Chemical Company, or TDCC, and Dow Global Technologies, Inc., or DGTI, also grant to us non-exclusive licenses to five U.S. patents and applications and their foreign counterparts covering methods and technologies for recovery of proteins and peptides from P. fluorescens cells. In conjunction with the licenses granted by TDCC and DGTI to us under the technology licensing agreement, we also entered into a grant-back and technology license agreement, pursuant to which we granted to TDCC exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under certain patent rights and know-how relating to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® to use certain biological materials to make, use and commercialize products in certain fields of use that do not include human therapeutics. See “ Business—Joint Development and Licenses ” for a detailed description of our agreements with TDCC and DGTI.

Provided below is a summary of the subject matter of each of the owned and licensed issued U.S. patents:

U.S. Pat. No. 7,476,532 is directed to isolated nucleic acid constructs comprising nucleic acid sequences of a Pseudomonas fluorescens gene promoter and is further directed to Pseudomonas fluorescens cells comprising at least one nucleic acid construct encoding a recombinant polypeptide.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,618,799 is directed to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a secretion signal coding sequence for a secretion polypeptide, vectors comprising a secretion signal coding sequence, recombinant cells comprising a secretion signal coding sequence for a secretion polypeptide, expression systems for expression of a protein or polypeptide, and methods for the expression of a recombinant protein in a host cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,833,752 is directed to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a secretion signal coding sequence, vectors comprising a secretion signal coding sequence for secretion of a signal peptide obtained from Pseudomonas, recombinant cells comprising a secretion signal coding sequences for a secretion signal polypeptide obtained from Pseudomonas, isolated polypeptides obtained from Pseudomonas, expression systems for expression of a polypeptide or protein of interest, and methods for expression of a recombinant protein in a host cell.

 

120


Table of Contents

U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,564 is directed to isolated nucleic acid sequences comprising a secretion signal coding sequence for a secretion peptide, recombinant vectors comprising a nucleic acid secretion signal sequence coding for a secretion peptide, recombinant cells comprising a nucleic acid secretion signal sequence coding for a secretion peptide, expression systems for expression of a recombinant protein or polypeptide of interest, processes for expression of a recombinant protein or polypeptide of interest in a host cell, and processes for improved expression of a recombinant protein in a Pseudomonas fluorescens host cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,017,355 is directed to methods for expressing a recombinant polypeptide in a Pseudomonas fluorescens cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,288,127 is directed to processes for the production of a recombinant polypeptide.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,318,481 is directed to plasmids having an improved copy number compared to a control plasmid and also host cells comprising the improved copy number plasmid.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,455,218 is directed to methods comprising producing a soluble protein in a Pseudomonas host cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,530,171 is directed to methods for producing a recombinant toxin protein in a Pseudomonas host cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,569,015 is directed to methods of producing a soluble recombinant Bacillus anthracis protective antigen protein in a Pseudomonas fluorescens expression system.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,603,824 is directed to processes for engineering a recombinant bacterial cell for expression of a recombinant protein or peptide.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,338,794 is directed to amended recombinant cells comprising at least one heterologous gene and methods of inducing or accelerating an immune response in an individual to an antigen or immunogen.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,595,173 is directed to methods for producing an antimicrobial peptide from 2 to 100 amino acids in length in a microbial host cell.

U.S. Pat. No. 7,935,798 is directed to methods for extracting an intracellular protein from a fermentation broth.

U.S. Pat. No. 8,211,668 is directed to methods of preparing a recombinant polypeptide of interest, methods of osmotically shocking cells, and methods of isolating a polypeptide of interest.

The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Our ability to obtain and maintain our proprietary position for our technology will depend on our success in obtaining issued claims that cover our technology and product candidates, and being able to enforce those claims against our competitors once granted. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of any patents. Moreover, even our issued patents do not guarantee us the right to practice the patented technology in relation to the commercialization of our product candidates. Third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our patented products and practicing our patented technology. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or the length of the term of patent protection that we may have for our products. In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. For these reasons, we may have competition for both our biosimilar and vaccine products. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential

 

121


Table of Contents

product, it is possible that, before any of our products can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent.

We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We seek to protect our technology and product candidates, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with those who have access to our confidential information, including our employees, consultants, advisors, contractors and collaborators. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our proprietary technology and processes by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants, advisors, contractors and collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For this and more comprehensive risks related to our proprietary technology and processes, please see “ Risk Factors—Risks related to our intellectual property.

Environmental matters

Our research and development and manufacturing activities and our third party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including, small quantities of acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, ethidium bromide and compressed gasses, and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We seek to comply with applicable laws regarding the handling and disposal of such materials. Given the small volume of such materials used or generated at our facilities, we do not expect our compliance efforts to have a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position. However, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any resultant injury from these materials. We do not currently maintain separate environmental liability coverage and any such contamination or discharge could result in significant cost to us in penalties, damages, and suspension of our operations.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate facilities for cGMP manufacturing of any products. Although we intend to rely on contract manufacturers, we have personnel with experience in the development of United States and European Union cGMP-compliant processes and management of CMOs, to oversee the technology transfer to the manufacturers of PF582, PF530, Px563L, Px533 and future products that we may develop. Our manufacturing processes employ standard equipment common to CMOs. Our processes also use common and widely available materials, and our well-established manufacturing procedures are robust, scalable, and readily transferable to support our clinical development programs and commercialization of our products.

In each of our agreements with contract manufacturers, we retain ownership of our intellectual property and generally own and/or are assigned ownership of processes, developments, data, results and other intellectual property generated during the course of the performance of each agreement that primarily relate to our products. Where applicable, we are granted non-exclusive licenses to certain contract manufacturer intellectual property for purposes of exploiting the products that are the subject of the agreement, and in a few instances we grant non-exclusive licenses to the contract manufacturers for use outside of our product area. In each contract, we have the right to terminate for convenience. The agreements also contain typical provisions for both parties to terminate for material breach, and bankruptcy and insolvency.

 

122


Table of Contents

PF582 .  In April 2013, we entered into a contract manufacturing agreement with Paragon Bioservices, Inc. (USA), under which we provided to Paragon Bioservices our production strain, pilot-scale processes, and analytical methods for the production of PF582. Paragon Bioservices’ responsibility, under our supervision and oversight, was to establish comparability of our processes using their laboratories, personnel, and subcontractors, and, when we approved, manufacture the cGMP bulk drug substance.

The bulk drug substance manufacturing was completed in the fourth quarter of 2013 and was shipped and aseptically filled at Ajinomoto Althea, Inc. (USA). The resulting drug product will be used in stability, preclinical and Phase 1b/2a trials, and for other development purposes.

In 2014, we intend to enter into a contract manufacturing agreement for the production of drug substance and drug product to enable Phase 3 trials and commercial production. In the interim, further process optimization of our manufacturing process will take place, readying it for large-scale clinical and commercial production.

PF530 .  Process development has been completed with PF530 and our JV partner, Strides Arcolab, has entered into a contract manufacturing agreement in the first quarter of 2014 for the production of cGMP drug product in the second quarter of 2014. Manufacturing costs are paid for by Strides Arcolab, per the Joint Development and License Agreement (JDLA).

Px563L .  In October 2013, we entered into a contract manufacturing agreement with Paragon Bioservices, Inc. (USA), for the cGMP production of Px563L drug product for use in stability, preclinical and Phase 1 trials. All manufacturing costs are funded by BARDA, pursuant to the contract awarded to us.

Px533 .  In August 2012, as a subcontractor to Leidos (then SAIC) (NIAID contract N01-AI-05421) we signed a Product Development and Clinical Supply Agreement with Ajinomoto Althea, Inc. (USA; formerly, Althea Technologies, Inc.) for the cGMP manufacture of Px533 drug product for use in stability, preclinical and clinical trials. Manufacturing was completed and all costs were funded by Leidos, through its prime contract with NIAID.

Employees

We believe that our success will depend greatly on our ability to identify, attract and retain capable employees. As of March 31, 2014, we had 25 employees, including a total of 8 employees who hold M.D. and/or Ph.D. degrees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we believe our relations with our employees are good.

Facilities

As of March 31, 2014, we leased a total of approximately 22,833 square feet of office and laboratory space located at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121. The lease expires on March 31, 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Geographic Information

During the last two years, all of our long-lived assets were located within the United States. Approximately 29% of our 2013 revenue and 9% of our 2012 revenue came from international markets. Please see Note 1 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus for additional information related to our U.S. and non-U.S. revenue.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

123


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our executive officers, directors, director designees and their ages and positions as of June 1, 2014 are as set forth below:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Bertrand C. Liang

     51       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Paul A. Wagner

     44       Chief Financial Officer

Patricia Lady

     56       Chief Accounting Officer

Patrick K. Lucy

     46      

Chief Business Officer

Henry W. Talbot

     62       Vice President of Research and Operations

James C. Gale

     64      

Director

Kenneth Van Heel

     50       Director

William R. Rohn

     70       Chairman Designee

Philip M. Schneider

     58       Director Designee

Executive Officers

Bertrand C. Liang, M.D., Ph.D., M.B.A.

Bertrand Liang has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since December 2009. Prior to joining us, Dr. Liang served as Vice Chairman of Paramount Biosciences, LLC, a venture capital firm investing in early-stage healthcare companies, from 2006 to 2008. Dr. Liang founded and held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2005 to 2006 and formerly served as a member of the board of directors. From 2003 to 2005, Dr. Liang served as Vice President, New Ventures and Development of Biogen Idec, the successor company to IDEC Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, and prior to the merger, as Vice President and Head, Hematology and Oncology at IDEC Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, from July 2002 to December 2003. From 1999 to 2002, Dr. Liang held the position of Development Leader at Amgen, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. He founded and previously served on the board of directors of Coronado Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Liang holds a Bachelor’s degree in Chemistry, Biology and Philosophy from Boston University, an M.D. from Northwestern University Medical School, a Ph.D. from University of Bolton and an M.B.A. from Regis University. The board of directors believes Dr. Liang is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive industry background and management experience.

Paul A. Wagner Ph.D., CFA

Paul Wagner joined us in April 2014. From 2006 to 2014, Dr. Wagner held the position of Director and Portfolio Manager/Sr. Equity Analyst with Allianz Global Investors, a diversified active investment manager where he was responsible for biotechnology and pharmaceutical investments. Prior to that, Dr. Wagner was the Head of Development Licensing at PDL BioPharma, a diversified biopharmaceutical company from 2005 until 2006. Prior to PDL BioPharma, Dr. Wagner held the position of Vice President at Lehman Brothers, a global financial services firm, starting in 1999 until 2005. Dr. Wagner received a B.S. from the University of Wisconsin and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from the California Institute of Technology. Dr. Wagner is also a CFA charterholder.

 

124


Table of Contents

Patricia Lady, M.B.A., CPA

Patricia Lady has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since 2011. Prior to serving in her current role, Ms. Lady served as our Director of Finance and Corporate Controller from 2009 to 2011. From 2007 to 2009, she served as Director of Finance and Accounting at Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 2006 to 2007, Ms. Lady held the position of Corporate Controller of Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Lady held the position of Vice President of Finance at 3E Company, a technology company. From 2000 to 2001, she served as Vice President of Business Development of Everypath, Inc., a technology company. From 1999 to 2000, Ms. Lady held the position of Vice President of Business Development and Marketing at iOwn, Inc., a technology company. From 1997 to 1999, she served as Vice President of Business Development at Careerbuilder, a technology company. Ms. Lady is a certified public accountant, a chartered global management accountant and a certified management accountant. Ms. Lady holds a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from California State University, Fullerton and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Patrick K. Lucy

Patrick Lucy has served as our Chief Business Officer since 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lucy held the position of Director of Business Development at DowPharma, a business within The Dow Chemical Company, a chemicals manufacturer, from 2002 to 2009. From 1999 to 2002, he held the position of Director of Business Development at Collaborative BioAlliance, Inc., a biotechnology company, which was acquired by The Dow Chemical Company. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Lucy worked as a Validation Manager and Capital Project Manager and from 1996 to 1998, as a Quality Control Biochemistry Supervisor at Lonza Biologics Inc., a chemicals and biotechnology company. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Lucy held the position of Biochemistry Quality Control Supervisor at Repligen Corporation, a life sciences company. Mr. Lucy holds a Bachelor’s degree in Biology from Villanova University.

Henry W. Talbot, Ph.D.

Henry Talbot has served as our Vice President of Research and Operations since 2009. Prior to joining us, Dr. Talbot held the position of Biotechnology Site Leader at The Dow Chemical Company, a chemicals manufacturer, from 1999 to 2009. From 1994 to 1998, Dr. Talbot was Director of Fermentation and Manufacturing at Mycogen Corporation, an agricultural sciences company, prior to it being acquired by The Dow Chemical Company in 1998. Dr. Talbot holds a Bachelor’s degree in Biology from the University of Colorado, Boulder, a Master of Science degree in Microbiology from the University of Missouri and a Ph.D. in Microbiology from Oregon State University.

Board of Directors

James C. Gale, M.B.A.

James Gale has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Since 1998, Mr. Gale has served as the founding partner and a managing director of Signet Healthcare Partners, a private equity firm that invests in commercial stage healthcare companies, and an affiliate of SMH Capital, Inc. Prior to founding Signet Healthcare Partners, Mr. Gale was head of principal investment activities and head of investment banking for Gruntal & Co., LLC from 1992 to 1998. Prior to joining Gruntal, Mr. Gale originated and managed private equity investments for the Home Insurance Co., Gruntal’s parent from 1989 to 1992. Earlier in his career, Mr. Gale was a senior investment banker at E.F. Hutton & Co., an investment bank. He serves as a member of the board of directors of two public companies, IGI Laboratories, Inc. and Knight Therapeutics Inc., as well as several private companies. During the past five years, he also served on the board of directors of two additional public companies, Paladin Labs Inc. and Octoplus BV. Mr. Gale holds a Bachelor’s degree in Education from the University of Arizona and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. The board of directors believes Mr. Gale is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive private equity experience and his unique knowledge of the healthcare industry.

 

125


Table of Contents

Kenneth Van Heel, M.B.A.

Kenneth Van Heel joined our board of directors in 2012. Since 2007, Mr. Van Heel has served as Global Director of Portfolio Investments and Director of Dow Chemical Canada Pension Plan at The Dow Chemical Company, a chemicals manufacturer, and has held various positions with Dow and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including: Senior Manager of Private Equity of The Dow Chemical Company from 2003 to 2006, Manager of Dow Corporate Venture Capital from 2000 until 2003 and other various positions with Dow since 1994. Mr. Van Heel holds a Bachelor’s degree in Materials Science and Engineering from Illinois Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from DePaul University. The board of directors believes Mr. Van Heel is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive finance and venture capital experience.

William R. Rohn

William R. Rohn is a designee to our board of directors and will join as the chairman of our board upon the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Most recently, Mr. Rohn served as Chief Operating Officer of Biogen Idec, the successor company to IDEC Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, from 2003 until 2005. Mr. Rohn also held various management positions with IDEC Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, including: President and Chief Operating Officer from 1998 to 2003, Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations from 1996 to 1998 and Senior Vice President, Commercial and Corporate Development from 1993 to 1996. He also held various management positions with Adria Laboratories, a pharmaceutical company acquired by Pfizer Inc., including: Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations from 1991 to 1993 and Vice President of Business Development and Licensing from 1985 to 1990. Mr. Rohn currently serves on the board of directors of Hansen Medical, Inc., a medical device company. Mr. Rohn previously served on the boards of Intellikine, Inc., a pharmaceutical company acquired by Takeda America Holdings, Inc., Cerus Corporation, a biomedical products company, Elan Corporation, plc, a pharmaceutical company acquired by Perrigo Company plc, Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company that merged with Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Pharmacyclics Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Mr. Rohn holds a Bachelor’s degree in Marketing from Michigan State University and has completed graduate-level coursework in Business Administration at Indiana State University. The board of directors believes Mr. Rohn is qualified to serve as a director because of his knowledge of our industry and his prior and current experience as a senior officer and director of other healthcare companies.

Philip M. Schneider, M.B.A.

Philip M. Schneider is a designee to our board of directors and will join our board upon the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Most recently, Mr. Schneider held various positions with IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, from 1987 to 2003, including: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1997 to 2003; and Director of Finance and Administration from 1992 to 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Schneider held various management positions at Syntex Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, from 1985 to 1987 and KPMG LLP, an audit and tax advisory firm, from 1982 to 1984, where he attained his CPA license. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Arena Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, which he joined in 2008, and Auspex Pharmaceuticals, a pharmaceutical company, which he joined in 2014. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Gen-Probe, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 2002 to 2012. Mr. Schneider holds a B.S. in Biochemistry from the University of California, Davis and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California. The board of directors believes Mr. Schneider is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive experience in finance and accounting and his unique knowledge of the biotechnology industry.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

126


Table of Contents

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is currently composed of three members. Upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, Messrs. Rohn and Schneider will join our board of directors and our board of directors will be comprised of five directors. All of our current directors (Dr. Liang, Mr. Gale, and Mr. Van Heel) were initially elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2015 for the Class I directors, 2016 for the Class II directors and 2017 for the Class III directors.

The Class I directors will be James C. Gale and Kenneth Van Heel.

The Class II director will be Philip M. Schneider.

The Class III directors will be Bertrand C. Liang and William R. Rohn.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See the section of this prospectus captioned “ Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws ” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation.

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. Our board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. Our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected our board of directors’ leadership structure.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

127


Table of Contents

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors has determined that director designees Messrs. Rohn and Schneider will be independent directors upon joining our board, but a majority of our directors are not independent. If following the completion of this offering a majority of our directors are not independent, we will be required to change the composition of our board of directors to comply with New York Stock Exchange rules. However, as permitted by the applicable New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules, we will have twelve months from the completion of this offering to comply with such independence requirements.

Lead Independent Director

Our corporate governance guidelines provide that one of our independent directors should serve as a lead independent director at any time when our chief executive officer serves as the chairman of our board of directors or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. The lead independent director will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairman and the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate. Because Mr. Rohn, our chairman designee, is an independent director, he shall have the responsibilities of the lead independent director at this time.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to each of our directors, officers and employees. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.pfenex.com following the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to post any amendment to our code of business conduct and ethics, and any waivers of such code for directors and executive officers, on the same website. The code addresses various topics, including:

 

  ·   compliance with laws, rules and regulations;

 

  ·   conflicts of interest;

 

  ·   insider trading;

 

  ·   corporate opportunities;

 

  ·   competition and fair dealing;

 

  ·   fair employment practices;

 

  ·   recordkeeping;

 

  ·   confidentiality;

 

  ·   protection and proper use of company assets;

 

128


Table of Contents
  ·   reporting violations of the code; and

 

  ·   payments to government personnel.

Board Committees

We have established an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and governance committee. We believe that the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations that will become applicable to us upon consummation of the offering. We intend to comply with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange with respect to committee composition of independent directors. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Messrs.                      and                     , each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, will comprise our audit committee following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus.                     , will serve as the chair of our audit committee upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. Our board of directors has also determined that                      qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in the SEC rules, and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things, providing assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the integrity of our financial reporting processes, including its systems of internal accounting and financial controls, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditor and our financial policy matters by approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

Messrs.                      and                     , each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, will comprise our compensation, nominating and governance committee following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus.                     will serve as the chair of our compensation, nominating and governance committee upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation, nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The compensation, nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things, overseeing our overall compensation structure, policies and programs, and assessing whether our compensation structure establishes appropriate incentives for officers and employees. The compensation, nominating and governance committee also reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations and reviews and recommends to the board of directors any employment-related agreements, any proposed severance arrangements or change in control or similar agreements with these officers. The compensation, nominating and governance committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation, nominating and governance committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the

 

129


Table of Contents

performance of the compensation, nominating and governance committee and its members and the adequacy of the charter of the compensation, nominating and governance committee. The compensation, nominating and governance committee will also prepare a report on executive compensation, when and as required by the SEC rules, to be included in our annual report and annual proxy statement. The compensation, nominating and governance committee is also responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for identifying and evaluating candidates for directorships and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for election or reelection to the board of directors at each annual stockholders’ meeting. In addition, the compensation, nominating and governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board of directors concerning corporate governance matters. The compensation, nominating and governance committee will be also responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors concerning the structure, composition and function of the board of directors and its committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks

None of the members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation, nominating and governance committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board or compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, our directors have not received any cash compensation or equity awards for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. Dr. Liang, who is our Chief Executive Officer, received no compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Dr. Liang as an employee is presented in “ Executive Compensation—2013 Summary Compensation Table.

After the completion of this offering, each non-employee member of the board of directors will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus:

$                 per year for service as a board member;

$                 per year additionally for service as chairman of the board;

$                  per year additionally for service as an audit committee member;

$                 per year additionally for service as chairman of the audit committee;

$                  per year additionally for service as a compensation, nominating and governance committee member.

$                 per year additionally for service as chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee.

All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid annually in arrears.

In addition, on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be granted an equity award to acquire shares of our common stock equal to     . The equity award shall fully vest on its one year anniversary, subject to continued service as a director.

 

130


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for 2013, consisted of Bertrand C. Liang, our Principal Executive Officer, Charles Squires, our former Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships who retired from that position in December 2013, and the next two most highly-compensated executive officers, Patricia Lady and Patrick K. Lucy.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The executive compensation disclosure that follows explains the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Bertrand C. Liang, our Chief Executive Officer, Charles Squires, our former Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships who retired from that position in December 2013, and Patricia Lady and Patrick K. Lucy, our next two most highly compensated executive officers for 2013 (our named executive officers).

 

Name and Principal Position

    Year         Salary ($)         Bonus ($)       Option
  Awards ($)  
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
  Compensation  
    All Other
  Compensation  
      Total ($)    

Dr. Bertrand C. Liang

    2013        392,543                                    392,543   

Chief Executive Officer, Director

             

Ms. Patricia Lady

    2013        182,658                                    182,658   

Chief Accounting Officer

             

Mr. Patrick K. Lucy

    2013        180,000                                    180,000   

Chief Business Officer

             

Dr. Charles Squires (1)

    2013        185,331                                    185,331   

Former Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships

             

 

(1) Dr. Squires retired as Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships on December 31, 2013.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2013

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards  
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
     Option Exercise
Price
     Option Expiration  

Name

   Exercisable     Unexercisable      ($)      Date  

Dr. Bertrand C. Liang

     —          —           —             

Ms. Patricia Lady

     128,000 (1)       —           0.11         2/3/2020   

Mr. Patrick K. Lucy

     —          —           —             

Dr. Charles Squires

     —          —           —             

 

(1) The option fully vested on December 28, 2013.

Executive Officer Employment Arrangement

We currently have entered into an executive employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer and at-will employment arrangements with our named executive officers that outline the terms of their

 

131


Table of Contents

employment with us. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into new employment arrangements with our named executive officers, which shall provide the base salary and bonus opportunity that will apply upon the completion of this offering. We also anticipate that these employment arrangements will include severance and change of control benefits for our named executive officers. The existing terms of employment, including any existing severance and change in control benefits, for our named executive officers are set forth below.

Bertrand C. Liang, M.D., Ph.D., M.B.A.

We entered into an executive employment agreement with Bertrand C. Liang, our Chief Executive Officer, on December 1, 2009, which executive employment agreement was amended on August 25, 2011 and December 1, 2012. The executive employment agreement had an initial term of three years, which term was extended on December 1, 2012 by one year, with an automatic renewal feature. Mr. Liang’s current annual base salary is $392,543 and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary. If we terminate Dr. Liang’s employment as a result of Dr. Liang’s death or Disability (as defined in the offer letter), then, provided Dr. Liang signs and does not revoke a general release of claims, Dr. Liang will be entitled to receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary as then in effect for three (3) months after the date of termination. If we terminate Dr. Liang’s employment other than for Cause (as defined in the offer letter), death, or Disability, or Dr. Liang terminates his employment for Good Reason, then, provided Dr. Liang signs and does not revoke a general release of claims and complies with certain post-employment continuing obligations set forth in his offer letter, Dr. Liang will be entitled to receive:

 

  ·   continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary as then in effect for six (6) months after the date of termination (increasing to twelve (12) months if the date of termination occurs within the twelve (12)-month period following a Change of Control (as defined in the offer letter); and

 

  ·   if such termination occurs within the twelve (12)-month period following a Change of Control, reimbursement for the COBRA premiums costs paid by Dr. Liang for himself and his eligible dependents for up to twelve (12) months.

Patricia Lady, M.B.A., CPA

We entered into an offer letter with Patricia Lady, or Chief Accounting Officer, on December 10, 2009. The offer letter has no term and constitutes at-will employment. Ms. Lady’s current annual base salary is $182,658 and she is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 24% of her annual base salary.

Patrick K. Lucy

We entered into an offer letter with Patrick K. Lucy, our Chief Business Officer, on November 24, 2009 and the offer letter was amended on January 7, 2010. The offer letter has no term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Lucy’s current annual base salary is $180,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 24% of his annual base salary.

If we terminate Mr. Lucy’s employment as a result of Mr. Lucy’s death or Disability (as defined in the offer letter), then, provided Mr. Lucy signs and does not revoke a general release of claims, Mr. Lucy will be entitled to receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary as then in effect for three (3) months after the date of termination. If we terminate Mr. Lucy’s employment other than for Cause (as defined in the offer letter), death, or Disability, or Mr. Lucy terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined in the offer letter), then, provided Mr. Lucy signs and does not revoke a general release of claims, Mr. Lucy will be entitled to receive(i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary as then in effect for six (6) months after the date of termination and (ii) if such termination occurs within the twelve

 

132


Table of Contents

(12)-month period following a Change of Control (as defined in the offer letter), reimbursement for the COBRA premiums costs paid by Mr. Lucy for himself and his eligible dependents for up to six (6) months.

Charles Squires, Ph.D.

We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Charles Squires, our Former Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships, on December 10, 2009 and the offer letter was amended on January 7, 2010. The offer letter had no term and constituted at-will employment. Dr. Squires’ salary in 2013 prior to his retirement was $185,331 with a bonus potential of up to 24%, and his offer letter provided for certain termination and severance benefits that lapsed upon his retirement.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, and our stockholders have approved it. The 2014 Plan will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .  A total of          shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include shares returned to the 2009 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to such previously granted awards under the 2009 Plan is          shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

 

  ·            shares;

 

  ·       % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  ·   such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer the 2014 Plan. We anticipate that our compensation, nominating and governance committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2014 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The

 

133


Table of Contents

administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options

We may grant stock options under the 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan will at least be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed seven years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of the termination date, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

We may grant stock appreciation rights under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding seven years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

We may grant restricted stock under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

134


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units

We may grant restricted stock units under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

We may grant performance units and performance shares under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors

Our 2014 Plan provides that all outside directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2014 Plan. Prior to the offering, we anticipate implementing a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, an outside director will not receive awards covering more than              shares (increasing to              shares for the initial year of service as an outside director).

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will

 

135


Table of Contents

become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

In addition, in the event of a change in control, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units held by our outside directors, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination

The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless the administrator terminates it sooner.

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, in 2009. Our 2009 Plan will terminate in connection with this offering and, accordingly, no awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan following this offering. However, the 2009 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares

An aggregate of 3,090,000 shares of our common stock was reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. As of March 31, 2014, awards covering 2,048,500 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2009 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors administers the 2009 Plan. Following this offering, we anticipate that our compensation, nominating and governance committee will administer the 2009 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to: (1) determine the fair market value of our common stock; (2) institute and interpret the terms and conditions of a program under which (i) outstanding awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding awards is reduced or increased; (3) construe and interpret the terms of the 2009 Plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2009 Plan; (4) modify or amend each award, including, but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards and to extend the maximum term of a stock option; (5) allow certain mechanisms for participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations; (6) allow a participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares that otherwise would be due to such participant under an award; and (7) to make all other determinations deemed necessary under the 2009 Plan.

 

136


Table of Contents

Stock Options

Under the 2009 Plan, the administrator had the power to grant stock options. The exercise price per share of stock options had to equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of an option could not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any parent or subsidiary corporations, could not have had a term in excess of five years and must have had an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant.

After terminating service, a participant may generally exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to disability or death, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 12 months or such longer period of time as is specified in the option agreement. In all other cases, the option generally will remain exercisable for three months following termination of service, or such longer period of time as is specified in the option agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Awards

Our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and awards only may be exercised by the award recipient during the award recipient’s lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargements of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2009 Plan , the number, class, and price of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding award under the 2009 Plan will be adjusted. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of the proposed transaction and all outstanding awards terminate immediately prior to such proposed transaction.

Change in Control

Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control (as defined in the 2009 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards similarly in the transaction. In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for an outstanding award, then participants will fully vest in their awards and any restrictions will lapse. If an option is not assumed or substituted, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and that the option will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors may amend the 2009 Plan at any time. As noted above, in connection with this offering, the 2009 Plan will terminate and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding options will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

 

137


Table of Contents

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and our stockholders have approved it. The ESPP became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus.

Authorized Shares

A total of              shares of our common stock have been reserved for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for sale under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

 

  ·                shares;

 

  ·       % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  ·   such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the ESPP. We anticipate that our compensation, nominating and governance committee of our board of directors will administer the ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the ESPP, including adopting sub-plans.

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

  ·   immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  ·   holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

Offering Periods

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for six-month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after                  of each year. However, the first offering period will begin on the registration date on which this prospectus forms a part and will end on the first trading day on or after                 . The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods subject to the terms of our ESPP.

Payroll Deductions

Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, incentive

 

138


Table of Contents

compensation, bonuses, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity compensation and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of                  shares during a purchase period.

Exercise of Option

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be                  of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability of Options

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment or Termination

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2034, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan allows our compensation, nominating and governance committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation, nominating and governance committee will determine the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation: enrollments, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, customer satisfaction, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, adherence to budget, expenses, gross margin, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, innovation, internal rate of return, net income, net profit, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, productivity, profit, reduce cost per enrollment, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that

 

139


Table of Contents

include the our financial results may be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by our compensation, nominating and governance committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors our compensation, nominating and governance committee determines relevant, and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation, nominating and governance committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in our compensation, nominating and governance committee’s discretion. Our compensation, nominating and governance committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2013, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering contain provisions that limit the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  ·   any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  ·   any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  ·   unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  ·   any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provides that we indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In

 

140


Table of Contents

addition, our amended and restated bylaws, that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws, that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we shall advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among others, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and our indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty of care. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

141


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding beneficial ownership of our equity interests as of June 1, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect our sale of common stock in this offering, by:

 

  ·   each stockholder or group of stockholders known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding equity interests;

 

  ·   each of our directors;

 

  ·   each of our named executive officers; and

 

  ·   all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on 27,228,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2014 and assumes (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock common stock upon the completion of this offering, (ii) the repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share in connection with the completion of the initial public offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP, and (iii) the issuance of             shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock to common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2014 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each individual listed in this table is c/o Pfenex Inc., 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, California 92121.

 

    Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 

Name of

Beneficial Owner

  Shares       Percentage       Shares     Percentage    

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with The Dow Chemical Company (1)

    14,000,000        51.42%              %   

Entities affiliated with Signet Healthcare Partners (2)

    9,000,000        33.05%              %   
Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Designees:        

Bertrand C. Liang (3)

    1,794,000        6.59%              %   

Patricia Lady (4)

    128,000        *              %   

Patrick K. Lucy (5)

    372,000        1.37%              %   

James C. Gale (6)

    9,000,000        33.05%              %   

Kenneth Van Heel

                        %   

William R. Rohn

                        %   

Philip M. Schneider

                        %   

Charles Squires (7)

    372,000        1.37%       
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) (8)     12,038,000        44.00%              %   
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) Consists of (i) 11,340,000 shares held of record by The Dow Chemical Company, a publicly traded company listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “DOW” and (ii) 2,660,000 shares held of record by Dow Global Technologies Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Dow Chemical Company. Shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes the issuance of              shares of common stock to The Dow Chemical Company and             shares of common stock to Dow Global Technologies Inc. in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock to common stock. Mr. Van Heel, a member of our board of directors, is employed as Global Director of Portfolio Investments of The Dow Chemical Company. Mr. Van Heel is not deemed a beneficial owner of, and does not have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by The Dow Chemical Company. The address for these entities is c/o The Dow Chemical Company, 2030 Dow Center, Midland, Michigan 48674.
(2) Consists of (i) 7,074,720 shares held of record by Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP, and (ii) 1,925,280 shares held of record by Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP. Shares beneficially owned after this offering assumes the issuance of              shares of common stock to Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP and              shares of common stock to Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock to common stock. Mr. James C. Gale, one of our directors, is a managing partner of Signet Healthcare Partners, LLC, which manages Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP, and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own these shares. The address for these entities is c/o Signet Healthcare Partners, 152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(3) Consists of 1,794,000 shares held of record by Bertrand C. Liang.
(4) Consists of options to purchase 128,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2014.
(5) Consists of 372,000 shares held of record by Patrick K. Lucy.
(6) Consists of the shares described in Note (2) above. Mr. Gale is a managing partner of Signet Healthcare Partners, LLC, which manages Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP, and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own these shares. The address for Mr. Gale is c/o Signet Healthcare Partners, 152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10019.
(7) Consists of 372,000 shares held of record by Charles Squires. Dr. Squires was previously our Vice President of Discovery and External Partnerships before his retirement in December 2013.
(8) Includes 11,910,000 shares held and options to purchase 128,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2014.

 

143


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Agreements with The Dow Chemical Company and its Affiliates

Entities affiliated with The Dow Chemical Company, or Dow, own more than 5% of our capital stock, and we have had and continue to have various commercial relationships with Dow.

On November 30, 2009, we entered into a series of agreements with Dow, including a contribution, assignment and assumption agreement, a technology assignment agreement, a technology licensing agreement, and a grant-back and technology license agreement. Under the contribution, assignment and assumption agreement, Dow assigned certain intellectual property, fixed assets, business contracts, other assets, and other rights related to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® in exchange for an equity interest in our company. Under the technology assignment agreement, Dow assigned to us certain patents, know-how and trademarks relating to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Under the technology licensing agreement, Dow granted us exclusive licenses to exploit certain patents relating to RNA viruses, oral immunization methods and certain amended recombinant cells, and a non-exclusive license to exploit certain patents relating to production and isolation techniques for peptides and proteins made using our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Under the grant-back and technology license agreement, we granted to Dow exclusive and non-exclusive licenses under certain patents and know-how relating to our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® to use certain biological materials to make, use and commercialize products in certain fields of use that do not include human therapeutics. No payments aggregating to more than $120,000 have been made in any year pursuant to these agreements since January 1, 2011.

Agreement with Signet and its Affiliates

On December 1, 2009, we entered into a subscription agreement with certain investors, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP, collectively, Signet, which owns more than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to which we issued and sold 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share. We retained the right to repurchase all of the shares issued to Signet and the other investors at the original purchase price of $0.11 per share. Our repurchase option on these shares is exercisable on a share-for-share basis for every one share issued pursuant to an option exercise under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or in the event we were to be acquired and options to purchase our common stock were assumed by our successor.

On May 2, 2014, we amended and restated this subscription agreement to also provide for the automatic repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share upon the earlier of (1) the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, or (2) in the event of a change in control of our company.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities affiliated with The Dow Chemical Company, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, and entities affiliated with Signet Healthcare Partners, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, have certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or

 

144


Table of Contents

request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding capital stock, including entities affiliated with The Dow Chemical Company and entities affiliated with Signet Healthcare Partners. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors (1) one nominee designated by The Dow Chemical Company and its affiliates, currently Kenneth Van Heel; (2) two nominees designated by Signet Healthcare Partners and its affiliates, currently James C. Gale and one vacancy; (3) our chief executive officer, currently Dr. Liang; and (4) one independent nominee designated by the mutual agreement of the other directors, which position is currently vacant. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect these nominees will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of our board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions that correspond to the voting agreement; however, such provisions will be removed in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of the offering.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, executive officers and certain other directors. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “ Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

We have adopted a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions (i) in which we are or will be a participant, (ii) in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and (iii) in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, nominee for director, executive officer, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock and their immediate family members. Under this policy, all related party transactions may be consummated or continued only if approved or ratified by our audit committee.

 

145


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to this registration statement. References in this section to “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Pfenex Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Following the closing of this offering, we expect that our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2014, there were 27,228,000 shares of common stock outstanding held by 45 stockholders of record, assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 24,000,000 shares of common stock effective upon the consummation of the offering and (ii) the issuance of              shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock to common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As of March 31, 2014, we also had outstanding options to acquire 2,048,500 shares of our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, there will be 200,000,000 shares of our common stock authorized for issuance. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of our common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, corporate actions can generally be taken by a majority of our board and/or stockholders holding a majority of our outstanding shares, except as otherwise indicated in the section entitled “Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws,” where certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require the vote of 66 2/3% percent of our stockholders. Additionally, holders of our common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. This means that the holders of a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of our common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any of our funds legally available when, as and if declared by the board of directors. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of our convertible preferred stock, the holders of shares of our common stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the company available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them. Holders of our common stock will not have preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, when paid for, will also be fully paid and nonassessable.

Common Stock Repurchase Right

On December 1, 2009, we entered into a subscription agreement with Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP, collectively, Signet, and WX Management Limited, or WX, pursuant to which we issued and sold 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share. We retained the right to repurchase all of the shares issued to Signet and

 

146


Table of Contents

WX at the original purchase price of $0.11 per share. Our repurchase option on these shares is exercisable on a share-for-share basis for every one share issued pursuant to an option exercise under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or in the event the Company were to be acquired and options to purchase our common stock were assumed by our successor. On May 2, 2014, we amended this agreement to permit us to repurchase all remaining shares subject to this agreement upon completion of this offering.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of the offering, before the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will be in effect at the time of this offering, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, with such conversion to be effective upon completion of this offering.

Following the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors will be authorized to issue not more than an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board of directors is authorized to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also is able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any vote or action by stockholders. In the future, our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting, dividend, conversion or other rights superior to rights of the holders of our common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other consequences, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights, subject to certain exceptions. In any registration made pursuant to such investors’ rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate five years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that the stockholder can sell all of its shares during any three month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Demand Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to certain demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request at any time more than six months after the completion of this offering of holders of at least 50% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the investors’ rights agreement, to register, within 20 days after receiving such request, all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the

 

147


Table of Contents

investors’ rights agreement. Such request for registration must cover a number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000 (exclusive of underwriters’ discounts and commissions). We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period from 90 days prior to the filing to 180 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a public offering of our securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for our own account after the completion of this offering, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration upon written request made within 20 days after notice of such registration is mailed by us. Both we and the underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the investors’ rights agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $1.0 million (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions). We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 within a 12 month period. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, piggyback registrations and Form S-3 registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Delaware Law

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with this offering include provisions that:

 

  ·   authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by our stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

148


Table of Contents
  ·   require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

  ·   specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

  ·   establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  ·   provide that directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  ·   provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  ·   establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms;

 

  ·   specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of our board of directors; and

 

  ·   require a super majority of the stockholders and a majority of the board to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions, including certain amendments related to our blank check preferred stock, removal of directors solely for cause, the classification of our board of directors, and the prohibition on cumulative voting.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Under the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  ·   prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  ·  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the

 

149


Table of Contents
 

voting stock outstanding, but not for determining the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  ·   at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for common stock is expected to be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, or AST. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. The transfer agent’s telephone number is 800-937-5449.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PFNX.”

 

150


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 24,000,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the issuance of              shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of our preferred convertible stock to common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (3) the repurchase of 1,190,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.11 per share in connection with the completion of the initial public offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP,                      shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

  ·   no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

  ·   approximately              shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions

We, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or

 

151


Table of Contents

exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representative(s) named therein on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.” In addition to the lock-up agreements, our equity agreements contain market stand-off provisions restricting the sale or transfer of common stock or securities convertible into common stock for the 180 day period described above.

The representative(s) have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representative(s) would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market of our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

  ·   the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

  ·   the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  ·   1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

  ·   the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, an employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor of the Company who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not

 

152


Table of Contents

deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2014, 318,000 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the representative(s) on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase an aggregate 2,048,500 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 24,000,000 shares of our common stock, will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption “ Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights. ” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

153


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, and any changes may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address the potential application of the tax on net investment income or any tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  ·   banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  ·   persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  ·   tax-exempt organizations or accounts;

 

  ·   controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  ·   dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  ·   traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  ·   persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  ·   certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  ·   persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  ·   persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment); or

 

  ·   persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner for such purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

154


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

  ·   an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

 

  ·   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States);

 

  ·   a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  ·   an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  ·   a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and do not intend to make any distributions on our common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock (determined separately with respect to each share of our common stock), but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of that stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us in a timely manner an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide the required certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States), are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to certain adjustments.

 

155


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  ·   the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

  ·   you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  ·   our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests to you only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

If you are an individual non-U.S. Holder who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes), at the time of your death, you generally will be required to include the value of our common stock in your gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information

 

156


Table of Contents

reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010, commonly referred to as “FATCA,” generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. This withholding obligation under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014, and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

157


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and JMP Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Mizuho Securities USA Inc.

  

Total

  

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to         additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of

 

158


Table of Contents

this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the above table.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses related to FINRA filing fees in an amount up to $             as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representative(s) named therein. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  ·   file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

  ·   offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

  ·   publically disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Our executive officers and directors and our other existing stock holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representative(s) named therein. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  ·   offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

  ·   make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock;

 

159


Table of Contents
  ·   enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

  ·   make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

  ·   publically disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “PFNX.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

  ·   the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

  ·   our financial information;

 

  ·   the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

  ·   an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

  ·   the present state of our product development; and

 

  ·   the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater

 

160


Table of Contents

number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising this option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through this option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of this option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose penalty bids. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

161


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

162


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  a) to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  c) where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

163


Table of Contents

Switzerland

The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the “UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial.

Services Authority (“DFSA”), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France

This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

 

  1. the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

 

  2.

persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in

 

164


Table of Contents
  Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

 

  3. the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

165


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Haskell & White LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be reviewed for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such periodic and current reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

 

166


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Table of Contents

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7 to F-32   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Pfenex Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pfenex Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Pfenex Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

May 2, 2014

San Diego, California

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,     March 31,     Pro Forma
March 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)   2012     2013     2014    
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,966      $ 3,954      $ 5,135      $ 5,004   

Short-term investments

    2,000        1,250        -         -    

Accounts and unbilled receivables, net

    2,703        3,461        2,100        2,100   

Notes receivable from related parties

    -          -          95        -     

Inventories work in process

    738        -         -         -    

Inventories finished goods

    16        26        21        21   

Income tax receivable

    498        398        401        401   

Deferred income taxes

    883        3,481        3,481        3,481   

Other current assets

    775        284        419        419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    15,579        12,854        11,652        11,426   

Restricted cash

    1,501        4,029        4,030        4,030   

Property and equipment, net

    2,681        2,329        2,215        2,215   

Assets held for sale

    41        -          -         -    

Notes receivable from related parties

    93        95        -          -    

Other long term assets

    36        36        36        36   

Intangible assets, net

    7,424        6,893        6,761        6,761   

Goodwill

    5,577        5,577        5,577        5,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 32,932      $ 31,813      $ 30,271      $ 30,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,012      $ 1,804      $ 1,551      $ 1,551   

Accrued liabilities

    1,187        2,953        3,179        3,179   

Deferred revenue

    2,342        1,253        1,263        1,263   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    5,541        6,010        5,993        5,993   

Deferred tax liability

    3,602        3,481        3,481        3,481   

Line of credit obligation

    1,140        3,590        3,590        3,590   

Other long-term liabilities

    9        3        3        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    10,292        13,084        13,067        13,067   

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9, 10 and 11)

       

Redeemable convertible Series A-2 preferred stock, par value $0.001, 14,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $13,815,111 liquidation preference

    20,800        49,200        47,000        -    

Redeemable convertible Series A-1 preferred stock, par value $0.001, 14,000,000 shares authorized, 14,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $16,470,071 liquidation preference

    21,700        63,980        61,180        -    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

       

Common stock, par value $0.001, 35,190,000 shares authorized, 4,161,000, 4,335,500 and 4,418,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively

    3        4        4        28   

Additional paid-in capital

    -         -         -          23,909   

Accumulated deficit

    (19,863     (94,455     (90,980     (6,959
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (19,860     (94,451     (90,976     16,978   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $     32,932      $     31,813      $     30,271      $     30,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands except for per share data)    2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $             11,294      $             11,914      $               3,385      $               2,558   

Cost of revenue

     7,253        6,423        2,029        1,908   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,041        5,491        1,356        650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expense

        

Selling, general and administrative

     6,876        6,698        1,783        1,495   

Research and development

     1,792        5,490        780        678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     8,668        12,188        2,563        2,173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,627     (6,697     (1,207     (1,523

Other expense, net

     (7     (36     (1     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,634     (6,733     (1,208     (1,541

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,041        2,671        482       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (726   $ (1,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective preferred stock dividends

   $ (1,589   $ (1,695   $ (408   $ (435
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,182   $ (5,757   $ (1,134   $ (1,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share basic and diluted

   $ (1.01   $ (1.34   $ (0.27   $ (0.45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     4,145        4,306        4,210        4,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $         
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible A-2
Preferred Stock
    Redeemable
Convertible A-1
Preferred Stock
         Preferred Stock
Series A-2
    Preferred Stock
Series A-1
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid
in Capital
    Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity/
(Deficit)
 
(in thousands)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at January 1, 2012

    -      $ -        -      $ -            10,000      $ 10        14,000      $ 14        4,112      $ 2      $ 23,762      $ 1,332      $ 25,120   

Exercise of stock options

                        49          5          5   

Vesting of common stock pursuant to restricted stock awards

                          1        79          80   

Stock option expense

                            28          28   

Reclassification from permanent to temporary equity and accretion of redemption value

    10,000        20,800        14,000        21,700            (10,000     (10     (14,000     (14         (23,874     (18,602     (42,500

Net loss

                              (2,593     (2,593
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2012     10,000      $ 20,800        14,000      $ 21,700            -      $ -        -      $ -        4,161      $ 3        -      $ (19,863   $ (19,860

Exercise of stock options

                        175          24          24   

Vesting of common stock pursuant to restricted stock awards

                          1        73          74   

Stock option expense

                            52          52   

Accretion of redemption value

      28,400          42,280                        (149     (70,530     (70,679

Net loss

                              (4,062     (4,062
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2013     10,000      $ 49,200        14,000      $ 63,980            -      $ -        -      $ -        4,336      $ 4      $ -      $ (94,455   $ (94,451
 

Exercise of stock options

                        82          9          9   

Stock option expense

                            8          8   

Accretion of redemption value

      (2,200       (2,800                     (17     5,017        5,000   

Net loss

                              (1,542     (1,542
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)     10,000      $ 47,000        14,000      $ 61,180            -      $ -        -      $ -        4,418      $ 4      $ -      $ (90,980   $ (90,976
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands)    2012     2013             2013                     2014          

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (726   $ (1,542

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     437        462        114        116   

Amortization of intangible assets

     531        531        133        133   

Deferred income taxes

     (1,654     (2,719     (481     -   

Stock-based compensation expense

     108        126        34        8   

Losses and adjustments associated with assets held for sale

     35        14        -        -   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

      

Accounts and unbilled receivables

     1,198        (758     577        1,361   

Inventories

     (708     728        737        5   

Other current assets

     (556     512        44        (231

Other long term assets

     1        (2     -        95   

Accounts payable

     429        (209     (1,621     (253

Accrued expenses

     (327     1,766        755        226   

Deferred revenue

     1,262        (1,090     (1,622     11   

Income tax (receivable) payable

     (1,052     100        (1     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,889     (4,601     (2,057     (74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchases of investments

     (2,000     (5,498     (3,994     -   

Sales/maturities of investments

     -        3,250        2,000        1,250   

Acquisitions of property and equipment

     (470     (119     (56     (3

Proceeds from sales of equipment and assets held for sale

     148        10        2        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (2,322     (2,357     (2,048     1,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Borrowings under line of credit agreement

     1,140        2,450        153        -   

Sales/maturities of investments in pledged accounts

     -       3,000        -        -   

Restricted cash

     (1,339     (2,528     -        (1

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     5        24        24        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (194     2,946        177        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (5,405     (4,012     (3,928     1,181   

Cash and cash equivalents

      

Beginning of period

     13,371        7,966                  7,966        3,954   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 7,966      $ 3,954      $ 4,038      $ 5,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 13      $ 46      $ 7      $               21   

Cash paid for taxes

     628        45        5        3   

Non-cash financing transactions

      

Transfer of investments to pledged accounts

   $ -      $ 3,000      $ -      $ -   

Reclass from permanent to temporary equity and accretion of preferred stock redemption value

   $           42,500      $           70,679      $           17,670        (5,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Pfenex Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March, 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Activities and Organization

Pfenex Inc. (“Company” or “Pfenex”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 2009. Pfenex is a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of difficult to manufacture and high-value proteins, initially focused on biosimilar therapeutics, or biosimilars. The Company’s lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis is marketed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases. The Company is currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with results expected in the fourth quarter of 2014, and expect to commence a Phase 3 trial in mid-2015 with results expected in 2017. The Company intends to commercialize PF582 with its own internal sales and marketing capabilities in North America and Europe. The Company’s next most advanced product candidate is PF530, a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. The Company plans to initiate a Phase 1 trial in the second half of 2014. The Company believes it is the most advanced in global development of these biosimilar product candidates. In addition to the Company’s two lead product candidates, its pipeline includes five other biosimilar candidates as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates.

The Company’s assets were part of a division of The Dow Chemical Company (“Dow”) until December 2009. In December 2009, the Company acquired from Dow specific tangible and intangible assets and assumed certain related liabilities in exchange for 14,000,000 Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock shares (“Series A-1”) with a deemed value of $1.00 per share. In connection with the asset acquisition, the Company recognized $5.6 million of goodwill.

The Company’s revenue is primarily related to monetizing its protein production platform through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales which may provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees.

Subsidiary – Pfenex Limited

In December 2013, to assist with our strategy of approaching the regulatory authorities in the EU for our pipeline products, the Company formed a new entity in the UK. An application for incorporation with the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales was filed and approved for Pfenex’s subsidiary, Pfenex Limited. There has been no activity in the subsidiary and therefore no intercompany relationship requiring elimination in the consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. These adjustments consist of normal and recurring accruals, as well as non-recurring charges.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long-lived assets are maintained at the Company’s facility in the United States.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information. However, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2014 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated statement of changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2014 and its results of consolidated operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other interim period. The financial data and other information disclosed in the notes to the financial statements related to March 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 2014 assumes (1) conversion of the redeemable convertible series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock and accumulated dividends into 24 million shares of common stock, (2) the redemption of 1,190,000 shares of outstanding common stock subject to repurchase at $0.11 per share for a cash payment of $131 thousand (as discussed in Note 11), and (3) the forgiveness of $95 thousand of outstanding officer notes and related interest receivable (as discussed in Note 5). The pro forma balance sheet has been prepared as though these activities had occurred on March 31, 2014. The pro forma balance sheet does not reflect shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of the initial public offering contemplated by the filing of this registration statement on Form S-1.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and have an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Short-Term Investments

The Company holds investments in Certificates of Deposit with initial maturities exceeding three months. These financial instruments are carried at fair value, and interest earned on investments is included in interest income on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operation.

Restricted Cash

In May 2012, the Company entered into a Revolving Line of Credit agreement (“LOC”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”). The LOC is collateralized by a $1.5 million restricted use money

 

F-8


Table of Contents

market account held at Wells Fargo. Additionally, the Company entered into a second line of credit with Wells Fargo in May 2013 which is collateralized by a $2.5 million restricted use money market account held at Wells Fargo. Restrictions on the reserved cash for both lines of credit will be removed when they are paid in full and have expired. The lines of credit are due and payable in full in April 2015.

The Company’s gas and electric utility provider (“Utility Provider”) required a security deposit in the amount of $0.1 million to establish and maintain service. The Company provided such security deposit in the form of an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit issued by the Company’s bank (“Bank”) during 2010. In February 2012, prior to the annual renewal of the letter of credit, the Utility Provider removed the requirement for a security deposit. Shortly thereafter, the Bank released the security to the Company.

In 2010, the Company began providing online ordering capabilities to its reagent protein customers. The Company offers settlement for purchases via merchant card services. The Bank required a cash deposit of $50 thousand in a restricted cash account, to secure potential client refunds, which was recorded within the restricted cash balance in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. In August 2012, this requirement was removed and the security was released to the Company.

Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, investments and accounts and unbilled receivables. The Company has established guidelines to limit its exposure to credit risk by placing investments with high credit quality financial institutions, diversifying its investment portfolio and placing investments with maturities that maintain safety and liquidity. All cash and cash equivalents were held at two major financial institutions as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014. For the Company’s cash position of $9.1 million as of March 31, 2014, which includes restricted cash of $4.0 million, the Company has exposure to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of non-performance by the institutions; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance.

Additional credit risk is related to the Company’s concentration of receivables. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, receivables were concentrated among three customers, representing 78%, 83% and 87% of total gross receivables, respectively. Revenue was concentrated among three customers, representing 77%, 68%, and 82% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, revenue was concentrated among two customers representing 76%. There were no supplier concentrations.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s net revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 an 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

 

         Year Ended December 31,          Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2012                  2013            2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

US Revenue

   $       10,298       $       8,435       $       1,331       $       2,227   

Non-US Revenue

   $ 996       $ 3,479       $       2,054       $ 331   

During 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, no single country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue. During 2013, as a result of non-recurring transactions, revenue earned from sales in the Netherlands accounted for approximately 15% of the Company’s 2013 revenue.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations

 

F-9


Table of Contents

include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s potential drug candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s products, competition from substitute products and larger companies, securing and protecting proprietary technology, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals.

Products developed by the Company require clearances from international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the products will receive the necessary clearances. If the Company was denied clearance, clearance was delayed or the Company was unable to maintain clearance, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.

The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to complete clinical studies and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.

Accounts and Unbilled Receivables

Accounts receivable represent primarily commercial receivables associated with the Company’s service fees, license fees, product sales and receivables from U.S. government contracts. Accounts receivable amounted to $2.2 million, $2.0 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively. Unbilled receivables represent reimbursable costs in excess of billings and, where applicable, accrued profit related to long-term government contracts for which revenue has been recognized, but the customer has not yet been billed. Unbilled receivables amounted to $0.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

The Company evaluates the collectability of its receivables based on a variety of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, the financial health of its customers and historical experience. Based upon the review of these factors, the Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $16 thousand, $44 thousand and $63 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments, including cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the lines of credit, are carried at cost, which management believes approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. Other short-term investments are carried at fair value.

Inventories

Inventories consist of work in progress and finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or market. The Company regularly reviews inventories on hand to identify any inventory that has become obsolete or has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, as well as any inventory quantities in excess of expected requirements. We recorded write-downs for potentially obsolete inventory of $2 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2012. No write-downs were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from five to ten years with the exception of leasehold improvements which are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful life.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include customer relationships, developed technology and trade names related to the Company’s asset acquisition. Intangible assets have been capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of 15 years, 20 years and 15 years, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill

The Company assesses potential impairments to its long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flow expected to result from the use of the assets. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, the Company measures the amount of any impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the present value of the expected future cash flows associated with the use of the asset. No impairment was noted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values of tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, in a business combination. The Company does not amortize goodwill. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if the Company becomes aware of an event or a change in circumstances that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. The Company performs its annual impairment testing on December 31 st of each year. The Company will first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances suggests that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. Unless it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, the Company does not perform the two-step impairment test. The Company’s determination as to whether, and, if so, the extent to which, goodwill becomes impaired is highly judgmental and based on assumptions regarding its projected future operating results, changes in the manner of its use of the acquired assets or its overall business strategy and regulatory, market and economic environment and trends. No impairment was noted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Revenue

The Company’s revenue is related to the monetization of its protein production platform through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein products which may provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees. The Company’s revenue generating agreements also include potential revenues for milestones and product royalties. The specifics of the Company’s significant agreements are detailed in Note 12—Significant Research and Development Agreements.

The Company considers a variety of factors in determining the appropriate method of accounting for its collaboration agreements, including whether multiple deliverables can be separated and accounted for individually as separate units of accounting. Where there are multiple deliverables within a collaboration agreement that cannot be separated and therefore are combined into a single unit of accounting, revenues are deferred and recognized using the relevant guidance over the estimated period of performance. If the deliverables can be separated, the Company applies the relevant revenue recognition guidance to each individual deliverable. The specific methodology for the recognition of the underlying revenue is determined on a case-by-case basis according to the facts and circumstances applicable to each agreement.

Upfront, nonrefundable payments that do not have stand-alone value are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue over the estimated period of performance. Nonrefundable payments for research funding are generally recognized as revenue over the period the underlying research activities are performed.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Revenue under service agreements are recorded as services are performed. These agreements do not require scientific achievement as a performance obligation and provide for payment when services are rendered. All such revenue is nonrefundable. Upfront, nonrefundable payments for license fees, exclusivity and feasibility services received in excess of amounts earned are classified as deferred revenue and recognized as income over the contract term or period of performance based on the nature of the related agreement.

The Company recognizes revenue for its cost plus fixed fee government contracts in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition including the authoritative guidance specific to federal government contractors. Reimbursable costs under our government contracts primarily include direct labor, materials, subcontracts, accountable property and indirect costs. In addition, the Company receives a fixed fee under its government contracts, which is unconditionally earned as allowable costs are incurred and is not contingent on success factors. Reimbursable costs under the Company’s government contracts, including the fixed fee, are generally recognized as revenue in the period the reimbursable costs are incurred and become billable.

The Company assesses milestone payments on an individual basis and recognizes revenue from nonrefundable milestone payments when the earnings process is complete and the payment is reasonably assured. Nonrefundable milestone payments related to arrangements under which the Company has continuing performance obligations are recognized as revenue upon achievement of the associated milestone, provided that (i) the milestone event is substantive and its achievability was not reasonably assured at the inception of the agreement and (ii) the amount of the milestone payment is reasonable in relation to the effort expended or the risk associated with the milestone event. Where separate milestone payments do not meet these criteria, the Company recognizes revenue using a contingency-adjusted performance model over the period of performance. For the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, no revenue in connection with the achievement of milestones has been recognized.

Our reagent protein products are comprised of internally developed reagent protein products and those we purchase from original manufacturers for resale. Revenues for reagent product sales are reflected net of attributable sales tax. The Company generally offers a 90 day return policy. The Company recognizes reagent product revenue from product sales when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the Company’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales transactions where the buyer has the right to return the product is recognized at the time of sale only if (1) the Company’s price to the buyer is substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, (2) the buyer has paid the Company, or the buyer is obligated to pay the Company and the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, (3) the buyer’s obligation to the Company would not be changed in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, (4) the buyer acquiring the product for resale has economic substance apart from that provided by the Company, (5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and (6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Reagent product revenue amounted to $0.7 million, $3.3 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has had minimal product returns related to reagent protein product sales. However, given the nature of the products, the Company has deemed it prudent to reserve $16 thousand, $18 thousand and $24 thousand for warranty and return rights as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Revenue under arrangements where the Company outsources the cost of fulfillment to third parties is evaluated as to whether the related amounts should be recorded gross or net. The Company records amounts collected from the customer as revenue, and the amounts paid to suppliers as cost of revenue when it holds all or substantially all of the risks and benefits related to the product or service. For transactions where the Company does not hold all or substantially all the risk, the Company uses net reporting recording the transaction as if the end-user made a purchase from the supplier with the Company acting as a sales agent.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue include costs incurred in connection with the execution of service contracts, as well as costs to manufacture or purchase, package and ship the Company’s reagent products.

Advertising

The Company expenses the cost of advertising when the advertising takes place. For each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, advertising expense was approximately $0.3 million. No advertising expense was incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

The Company’s clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites as well as estimates for the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage clinical trials on the Company’s behalf.

The Company estimates preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed, pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of series or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related series are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are recognized as incurred and amounted to $1.8 million, $5.5 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Employee stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is generally the vesting period of the award.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation using a Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires multiple subjective inputs, which are discussed further in Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of equity instruments expected to vest are recognized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally four years; however, certain provisions in the Company’s equity compensation plan provides for shorter and longer vesting periods under certain circumstances.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive loss and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns and California, Massachusetts and Missouri state tax returns. To date, the Company not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state income tax authority; however all tax years from and including 2009 remain open for examination by federal and state tax authorities. The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A deferred income tax asset or liability is computed for the expected future impact of differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit, if any, to be derived from tax credits and loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax expense or benefit represents the net change during the year in the deferred income tax asset or liability. Deferred tax assets, if any, are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods. For years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company had total accumulated dividends related to preferred stock in the amounts of $4.6 million, $6.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively, which increased the net loss on a per share basis.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares as of March 31, 2014 of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock options, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued accounting guidance requiring an entity to disclose information about offsetting arrangements and the impact of these arrangements on the Company’s financial position. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for emerging growth companies.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with an option for early adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its financial statements.

2. Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP and requires disclosures about fair value measurements.

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, a three-tier fair value hierarchy has been established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

  Level 1 Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 included the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments in certificates of deposit. There were no Level 1 liabilities;

 

  Level 2 Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly. The Company had no Level 2 assets or liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014; and

 

  Level 3 Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of assets or liabilities in which there is little or no market data. The Company had no Level 3 assets or liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The fair value measurements of the Company’s cash equivalents and investments, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, were determined using the inputs described above and are as follows:

 

     Total     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
(in thousands)      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

December 31, 2012

         

Classified as current assets:

         

Cash and money market funds

   $ 9,467      $ 9,467      $                      -       $                          -   

Certificates of deposit

     2,000        2,000        -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,467        11,467        -         -   

Less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (9,467     (9,467     -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 2,000      $ 2,000      $ -       $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

         

Classified as current assets:

         

Cash and money market funds

   $ 7,983      $ 7,983      $ -       $ -   

Certificates of deposit

     1,250        1,250        -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,233        9,233        -         -   

Less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (7,983     (7,983     -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 1,250      $ 1,250      $ -       $ -   

March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

         

Classified as current assets:

         

Cash and money market funds

   $ 9,165      $ 9,165      $ -       $ -   

Certificates of deposit

     -        -        -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,165        9,165        -         -   

Less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (9,165     (9,165     -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $                 -      $                         -      $ -       $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)    2012      2013      (unaudited)  

Furniture and equipment

   $ 31       $ 32       $ 32   

Computers and IT equipment

     76         86         88   

Purchased software

     652         674         674   

Lab and research equipment

     2,621         2,695         2,695   

Leasehold improvements

     333         336         336   

Other fixed assets

     35         35         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,748         3,858         3,860   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     1,067         1,529         1,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $     2,681       $     2,329       $           2,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, total depreciation and amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, and $0.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
         2012              2013              2013              2014      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(in thousands)                  (unaudited)  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 357       $ 285       $ 70       $ 92   

Research and development

     80         177         44         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $         437       $         462       $         114       $         116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Assets Held for Sale

In April 2010, in anticipation of the Company’s facility relocation, the Company identified certain assets it intended to sell. In April 2010, the Company entered into a consignment agreement to sell the designated assets, at which time the Company removed assets from service and discontinued depreciation on the assets. Additional assets were delivered to the consignment company in 2012 and no assets were transferred in 2013 or 2014. All such sales are subject to a consignment fee and all designated assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition subject to the terms of the consignment agreement. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, the fair value of the assets to be sold, less estimated cost to sell, amounted to $41 thousand, $20 thousand and $12 thousand, respectively. These amounts have been presented as Assets Held for Sale for 2012 and Other Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets for 2013 and March 31, 2014.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

5. Notes Receivable from Related Parties

On January 21, 2010, the Company issued promissory notes (“Notes”) to certain officers and employees totaling $87 thousand in principal related to the payment of personal taxes associated with the restricted shares of common stock issued to these respective employees as discussed in Note 13—Stock-Based Compensation. The principal balance of the Notes are due together with accrued and unpaid interest on the earliest of: (i) January 21, 2015, (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default under the Note, (iii) the closing of a corporate event affecting the existing ownership structure, and (iv) the sale of any shares of common stock of the Company held by the maker to a third party. The Notes bear simple interest at 2.45% per annum. In June 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the forgiveness of the principal amount and any accrued interest for each Note and to gross up each affected employee’s compensation, in full, for any withholding tax obligations incurred in connection with such Note forgiveness. The composition of notes receivable balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 was as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)        2012              2013            (unaudited)    

Principal balance

   $ 87       $ 87       $ 87   

Accrued and unpaid interest

     6         8         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes receivable

   $             93       $             95       $                   95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)    2012     2013     (unaudited)  

Customer relationships

   $ 3,750      $ 3,750      $ 3,750   

Developed technology

     4,400        4,400        4,400   

Trade names

     910        910        910   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross intangible assets

     9,060        9,060        9,060   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (1,636     (2,167     (2,299
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $       7,424      $       6,893      $           6,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, which is included within selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014, estimated amortization expense for the next five years amounts to approximately $0.5 million per year.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

7. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)    2012      2013      (unaudited)  

Accrued vacation

   $ 330       $ 321       $ 337   

Deferred rent

     225         238         240   

Other accrued employee-related liabilities

     202         771         1,012   

Accrued professional fees

     101         191         -   

Accrued supplier liability

     138         747         941   

Accrued subcontractor costs

     115         526         552   

Other accrued liabilities

     76         159         97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       1,187       $       2,953       $           3,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Lines of Credit Obligation

The Company entered into two Revolving Line of Credit agreements with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”). The first LOC was entered into in May 2012 (“2012 LOC”) and the second in June 2013 (“2013 LOC”). The maximum capacity for the 2012 LOC and 2013 LOC is $1.5 million and $2.4 million, for a total capacity of $3.9 million. Both LOCs are collateralized by restricted use accounts held at Wells Fargo, $1.5 million for the 2012 LOC and $2.5 million for the 2013 LOC. The documents governing the credit facilities contain covenants. The Company was not in compliance with covenants pertaining to (i) the delivery of its 2012 audit report, which will now be delivered on or before May 15, 2014 along with the Company’s 2013 audit report; (ii) the pre-approval for certain capital expenditures; and (iii) the pre-approval required for entering into a lease for a commercial copier/printer. On April 2, 2014, the Company obtained from Wells Fargo a waiver for the covenants and confirmation that the Company may repurchase common stock up to a maximum of $0.5 million.

As of March 31, 2014, the amount drawn down on the lines of credit was $1.4 million and $2.2 million for the 2012 LOC and the 2013 LOC, respectively, for a total outstanding amount of $3.6 million. Both lines of credit are due and payable in April 2015. As of March 31, 2014, the 2012 LOC was bearing a fixed interest rate of 2.00% above LIBOR, or 2.25%. As of March 31, 2014, the 2013 LOC was bearing fixed interest rates ranging from 2.25% to 2.375% as of that date. The Company recognized $14 thousand and $43 thousand of interest expense related to the LOCs during 2012 and 2013 and $7 thousand and $20 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Leasing Arrangements

In June 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement (“Lease”) with a landlord for an initial term of ten (10) years, for its corporate headquarters comprised of one building located in San Diego, California. Occupation of the premises under the Lease began in April 2011.

Under the terms of the Lease, the Company pays annual base rent, subject to an annual fixed percentage increase, plus its share of common operating expenses. The annual base rent was subject to abatement of fifty percent (50%) for the first year of the lease. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, resulting in approximately $0.2 million of deferred rent as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, which has been included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Rent expense was $0.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and $90 thousand for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative and research and development expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2012                      2013                      2013                      2014          
(in thousands)                  (unaudited)  

Selling, general and administrative

   $                   278       $                   184       $                     46       $                     66   

Research and development

     81         175         44         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expense

   $ 359       $ 359       $ 90       $ 90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2014, the total estimated future annual minimum lease payment obligations under the Company’s noncancelable leasing arrangement are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Payment
Amount
 

2014

   $ 269   

2015

     367   

2016

     378   

2017

     390   

2018

     401   

Thereafter

     947   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $     2,752   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

In accordance with the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while they are serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. In addition, the Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors, executive officers and certain other officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification and there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. There have been no claims to date and the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future claims.

Employment Agreements

The Company’s employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) requires him to perform the duties with an annual salary of $393 thousand. In addition, the CEO is entitled to receive a discretionary end of year payment based upon his performance during the prior year of up to 50% of the base salary, of which he was awarded and paid $177 thousand in 2012. His employment agreement provides that if the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Company terminates him without cause, he is entitled to receive his annual salary for a period of twelve (12) months following termination. In the event of his death or disability, he or his representatives are entitled to receive six months of his annual salary over the course of six months. In the event of a termination due to a change in control, he is entitled to receive his annual salary and benefits for a period of twelve (12) months following termination. The employment agreement commenced as of December 1, 2009 and is for a three (3) year term, with an amendment that renews the term of the agreement annually.

Two other senior executives have employment agreements that provide for 3 months of severance in the event of termination without cause, and 6 months of severance in the event of a termination related to a change of control.

Development and Service Contracts

PF582

In April 2013, the Company entered into a contract with a current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”)-Manufacturing company to provide cGMP-manufacturing services for Pfenex’s lead candidate, PF582, a biosimilar for treatment of wet macular degeneration. Work orders totaling approximately $1.7 million have been entered into to date. The service agreement has an indefinite term.

In August 2013, the Company engaged the services of an Australian clinical research organization to perform services in connection with a Phase 1b/2a trial of the Company’s biosimilar product PF582. The Company entered into a contract for services with an estimated budget totaling $0.9 million expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2015.

During 2013, the Company entered into a contract totaling approximately $0.2 million with a product manufacturer to provide non-cGMP and cGMP fill/finish production services for the Company’s PF582 program. Services are expected to be completed in 2014.

Px563L

In August 2012 and later amended in November 2012, the Company entered into agreements for services in connection with the Company’s Px563L program in the amount of $0.6 million to be performed over a contract term through March 2013.

In March 2013, the Company subcontracted the services of a company to perform formulation services in connection with the Company’s contract with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases department of the National Institutes of Health (“NIAID”). The total amount of the subcontract is $2.3 million with a term of approximately four (4) years, subject to exercise of the follow on options pursuant to the contract with NIAID. The agreement contains a base period commitment of $0.7 million, with four (4) follow on options.

During 2013, the Company entered into a research contract in connection with its Px563L product candidate with The Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (“BARDA”) wherein the contracted research company will conduct specific studies. Work orders totaling approximately $2.6 million have been entered into to date. The service agreement has a term of approximately one year. Under the terms of the Company’s contract with BARDA, Pfenex will be fully reimbursed for any expended costs plus a fixed fee for the subcontract.

In October 2013, the Company entered into a cGMP Manufacturing Service Agreement related to Pfenex’s Px563L product candidate. The contract totaled approximately $1.5 million. The service agreement has a term of approximately one year. Under the terms of Pfenex’s contract with BARDA, the Company will be fully reimbursed for any expended costs plus a fixed fee for the subcontract.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Px533

In August 2012, the Company entered into a product development and clinical supply agreement which was later amended October 2012 modifying the scope of services. This contract is to support Phase 1 trials for Pfenex’s malaria vaccine, Px533. The estimated cost of services total $2.5 million. The contract term is through work completion which is expected to conclude in 2014.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and litigation in the ordinary course of business. At December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 there were no pending legal proceedings.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Series A-1 and A-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock have a contingent redemption feature allowing redemption by the holders at any time after December 31, 2014 upon the affirmative vote of sixty-six and two thirds (66   2 3 %) of the holders. As the event that may trigger the redemption of the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not solely within the Company’s control, the redeemable convertible preferred stock has been classified as mezzanine equity (outside of permanent equity) on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The shares are to be redeemed by paying cash in an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A original issue price and any Series A dividends accrued but unpaid and (ii) the then-current fair market value of such shares.

The Company immediately recognizes the changes in the redemption value as they occur and the carrying value of the security is adjusted to equal what the redemption amount would be as if redemption were to occur at the end of the reporting date based on the conditions that exist as of that date. There is no limit to the maximum amount the Company could be required to pay. The value adjustments made to the redemption values at December 31, 2012 and 2013 were increases of $43 million and $71 million, respectively, and a decrease of $5.0 million at March 31, 2014.

Series A-1 stock is subject to a cumulative dividend of four percent (4%) compounded quarterly, whether or not declared. Each share of Series A-1 stock is currently convertible into 1 share of common stock, subject to adjustments for certain dilutive events. All shares of Series A-1 automatically convert into shares of common stock in the event of an initial public offering in which the minimum offering price is at least $2.50 per share and there is a minimum of $60 million in gross proceeds to the Company. Series A-1 stockholders have voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the Series A-may be converted from time to time (Series A-1 stockholders currently have 1 vote per Series A-1 share).

Series A-2 stock is subject to a cumulative dividend of eight percent (8%) compounded quarterly, whether or not declared. Each share of Series A-2 stock is currently convertible into 1 share of common stock, subject to adjustments for certain dilutive events. All shares of Series A-2 automatically convert into shares of common stock in the event of an initial public offering in which the minimum offering price is at least $2.50 per share and there is a minimum of $60 million in gross proceeds to the Company. Series A-2 stockholders have voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the Series A-2 may be converted from time to time (Series A-2 stockholders currently have 1 vote per Series A-2 share).

In the event the Company were to issue additional shares of common stock for consideration per share less than the applicable conversion price of the preferred stock, the conversion price for Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock shall be reduced concurrently with such issuance to the consideration per share received by the Company for the additional shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, there had been no conversions of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock by either Series A-1 or Series A-2 stockholders, and there were no dilutive issuances of common stock.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In the event of any liquidation event or any transaction deemed to be a liquidation event, the holders of shares of Series A-2 stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company available for distribution to the holders of Series A-1 stock or common stock, an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share ($1.00 per share), plus any Series A cumulative dividends accrued but unpaid, whether or not declared. Following completion of the preceding distribution, each holder of shares of Series A-1 and Series A-2 stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company available for distribution to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Series A cumulative dividends accrued but unpaid thereon. All remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and the common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each stockholder assuming conversion of all preferred stock into common stock. However, if the aggregate amount which the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive from such distributions were to exceed $2.50 per share, excluding any portion of the Series A dividend and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “Maximum Participation Amount”), each holder of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation event the greater of (i) the Maximum Participation Amount plus any Series A dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon in respect of each of such shares then held by them and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of preferred stock had been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation currently in effect, the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock into common stock requires the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends to the holders of preferred convertible stock. The Company’s board of directors has the option to pay all accrued and unpaid dividends on preferred stock in either (i) cash or (ii) shares of common stock at the fair market value in effect at the time of the conversion. In May 2014, the board of directors approved the issuance of shares of common stock to pay all accrued but unpaid dividends on preferred convertible stock upon the closing of an initial public offering. As of March 31, 2014, there were cumulative unpaid dividends of $6.7 million for the Series A-1 and Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, no dividends had been declared or paid; however, in the event of a liquidation event or any transaction deemed to be a liquidation event, cumulative dividends would be owed to Series A-1 and Series A-2 stockholders. Cumulative dividends as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cumulative as of December 31,      Cumulative as of
March 31, 2014
 
     2012      2013      (unaudited)  
(in thousands except dividends per
share)
   Dividends      Dividends
per Share
     Dividends      Dividends
per Share
     Dividends      Dividends
per Share
 

Series A-2

   $       2,763       $         0.28       $       3,815       $         0.38       $       4,088       $         0.41   

Series A-1

     1,827         0.13         2,470         0.18         2,632         0.19   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    
   $ 4,590          $ 6,285          $ 6,720      
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

11. Commitment to Repurchase Stock

On December 1, 2009, the Company entered into a common stock subscription agreement with three investors (“Investors”) pursuant to which the Company will repurchase a maximum of 1,190,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.11 upon the occurrence of an exercise of then issued and outstanding stock options. From inception through March 31, 2014, 235,500 options were exercised subjecting shares held by Investors to repurchase in the amount of $26 thousand. The maximum repurchase will not exceed $131 thousand.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

12. Significant Research and Development Agreements

The Company has two types of research and development agreements those where it receives funding to advance its own products (“Funding Agreements”) and those where it assists customers in developing their products (“Collaboration Agreements”).

Funding Agreements

Stelis Biopharma Private Limited, a subsidiary of Strides Arcolab Limited

In December 2012, the Company and Stelis Biopharma Private Limited (“Stelis”), entered into a Joint Development & License Agreement (“JDLA”) the purpose of which is to collaborate to develop certain therapeutic biosimilars through the completion of the first Phase I clinical trial. The first drug to be advanced is PF530, interferon beta. Under the terms of the agreement, Stelis is responsible for paying the costs associated with the Phase I trials and the manufacturing of the drug product for the trials. Stelis is obligated to reimburse the Company for any and all payments made to third party service providers for Phase I trials. As of December 31, 2012 the total of all reimbursable costs was $0.2 million. These reimbursable costs were paid in full to Pfenex in 2013.

In March 2013, the Company and Stelis entered into a joint venture agreement (“JVA”). The JVA was established to provide a vehicle for the advancement of biosimilars successful in Phase 1 trials under the JDLA. Under the terms of the JVA, both parties share equally in all decisions, and share revenue and costs 51% to Stelis and 49% to the Company. As of March 31, 2014, there was no investment in the joint venture by the Company, and there has been no activity in the joint venture (“JV”) to date. Once a biosimilar product successfully completes a Phase 1 trial and Stelis and the Company agree to contribute the biosimilar to the JV, the JV will incur activity.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

In July 2010, the Company entered into a contract with BARDA within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to develop a production strain and process for the production of bulk recombinant protective antigen (“rPA”) from anthrax. The arrangement is a cost plus fixed fee contract comprised of a base program and five (5) follow on options at BARDA’s election. At the inception of the contract, both BARDA and the Company entered into the arrangement with the expectation that BARDA would fund all costs of development and no costs in excess of the arrangement would be incurred by the Company. The total amount of the contract including options is $23.9 million.

Revenue is recognized in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition including the authoritative guidance specific to federal government contractors. Reimbursable costs under our government contract primarily include direct labor, materials, subcontracts, accountable property and indirect costs. In addition, the Company receives a fixed fee under the BARDA contract, which is unconditionally earned as allowable costs are incurred and is not contingent on success factors. Reimbursable costs under this BARDA contract, including the fixed fee, are generally recognized as revenue in the period the reimbursable costs are incurred and become billable. The Company recorded revenues of $3.7 million, $4.2 million and $1.6 million for services performed in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Reimbursable costs related to fulfilling on this contract amounted to $2.5 million, $2.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, and are reflected in cost of revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The billing of any overage in indirect cost rates over the approved provisional rates in the contract is not allowed. Any such overage is expensed as incurred. When and if final rates with Defense Contract Audit Agency are approved, the Company will recognize any change in revenue resulting from the rate change in the period such revised rates are approved and as such this would be considered a change in estimate. This agreement is subject to early termination and stop-work order in conformance with Federal Acquisition Regulations 52.249-6 and

 

F-24


Table of Contents

52.242-15 whereupon BARDA may immediately terminate the agreement early for convenience, or request the Company to stop all or any part of the work for a period of at least 90 days. If BARDA is not adequately funded, there is a potential that some or all of the follow on options could be delayed or never elected.

The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases

In September 2012, the Company entered into a contract with NIAID to provide services to advance vaccine components and technologies that accelerate the immune response for use in post-event settings following the intentional release of the NIAID Category A Priority Pathogen Bacillus anthracis or in response to naturally occurring outbreaks of infectious diseases caused by NIAID Category A Priority Pathogen B. anthracis. The arrangement is a cost plus fixed fee contract comprised of a base program and thirteen (13) follow on options at NIAID’s election. At the inception of the contract, both NIAID and the Company entered into the arrangement with the expectation that NIAID would fund all costs of development and no costs in excess of the arrangement would be incurred by the Company. The total amount of the contract including options is $22.9 million, with $2.2 million eligible for payment during the base program of approximately 14 months. The fixed fee is paid as specific activities are completed.

Revenue is recognized in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition including the authoritative guidance specific to federal government contractors. Reimbursable costs under our government contract primarily include direct labor, subcontracts and indirect costs. In addition, the Company receives a fixed fee under the NIAID contract, which is unconditionally earned as allowable costs are incurred and is not contingent on success factors. Reimbursable costs under this NIAID contract, including the fixed fee, are generally recognized as revenue in the period the reimbursable costs are incurred and become billable. The Company recorded revenues of $61 thousand, $764 thousand and $353 thousand for services performed in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Reimbursable costs related to fulfilling this contract amounted to $3 thousand, $315 thousand and $212 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, and is reflected in cost of revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The billing of any overage in indirect cost rates over the approved provisional rates in the contract is not allowed. Such overage is expensed as incurred. When and if final rates with Defense Contract Audit Agency are approved, the Company will recognize any change in revenue resulting from the rate change in the period such revised rates are approved and as such this would be considered a change in estimate. This agreement is subject to early termination and stop-work order in conformance with Federal Acquisition Regulations 52.249-6 and 52.242-15 wherein NIAID may immediately terminate the agreement early for convenience, or request the Company to stop all or any part of the work for a period of at least 90 days. If NIAID is not adequately funded, there is a potential that some or all of the follow on options could be delayed or never elected.

Leidos

In 2009, the Company entered into a subcontract agreement with Leidos to evaluate the Malaria antigen using Pfenex Expression Technology™ and to provide production and support services in manufacturing the Malaria vaccine. The original contract was amended to increase scope of services resulting in a value of $8.4 million. The arrangement is a fixed fee contract for services to be performed over a five year contract term.

Revenue is recognized as services are performed. The Company recognized $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $31 thousand in revenue for services performed in each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, as recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company also recorded deferred revenues of $0.8 million, $0.2 million and $ 0.2  million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

Crucell

In July 2012, the Company entered into a supply agreement with Crucell to supply Circumsporozoite Protein (“CSP”). The total order is valued at $1.8 million. Crucell prepaid $1.3 million which is reflected in

 

F-25


Table of Contents

deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012. Additionally in 2012, the Company incurred $0.7 million in production costs which are reflected in inventory work in process in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012. The Company shipped the product to Crucell in 2013 at which time the revenue and related expenses were recognized.

Collaboration Agreements

Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH

Effective December 2010, the Company entered into a three (3) year transaction agreement with Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH (“BII”) to provide BII with access to the Company’s proprietary technology to express BII and BII’s clients’ proteins. During the collaboration, BII has the option to obtain a commercial license for up to four (4) designated proteins. All collaborations and licenses under the agreement are nonexclusive. Under the terms of the agreement, BII will pay the Company an annual technology fee of $0.2 million and has guaranteed a minimum fee of $0.6 million. Additionally, for providing protein expression services, BII will pay the Company approximately $0.4 million per protein expression program with a guaranteed minimum of $1.05 million (“Service Guarantee”) during the term of the agreement. The Service Guarantee is reduced by approximately $0.4 million each time the Company refuses to enter into a service agreement for one of BII or BII’s clients’ requests to provide protein expression services for a specific express protein.

The Company evaluated each of the deliverables included within the BII agreement and concluded the underlying deliverables met the criteria to be considered separate units of accounting; therefore, the annual technology maintenance fee is recognized in equal monthly installments over the related twelve annual month period, and revenue associated with the feasibility service fees is recognized as the services are performed.

The Company recorded license revenue associated with the BII annual technology maintenance fee of approximately $0.2 million for each of the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013. No feasibility services were provided to BII during fiscal year 2012; therefore, no related revenue was recognized. In fiscal year 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recognized feasibility revenue of $5 thousand and $ 16  thousand for services performed. As of March 31, 2014 the Company recorded deferred revenue of $1.0 million for Service Guarantee services to be performed.

MedImmune, LLC

Effective May 2011, the Company entered into a research collaboration and license agreement with MedImmune, LLC (“MedImmune”) to collaborate with MedImmune on the development of manufacturing strains for MedImmune’s proprietary protein strains. Pursuant to the collaboration, MedImmune has the option to obtain a commercial license for its designated proteins. All collaborations and licenses under the agreement are nonexclusive. Under the terms of the agreement, MedImmune agreed to pay the Company $3.0 million in technology access fees and $2.4 million in research service fees, subject to adjustment each year for additional research services requested by MedImmune. If MedImmune elects to pursue a commercial license for any of the developed manufacturing strains, commercial license fees, annual maintenance fees, milestone payments and royalties will be due to the Company. MedImmune was entitled to terminate the research term of the agreement upon 90 days prior written notice. Early termination required certain minimum payment amounts, depending on the date of the early termination. In February 2013, MedImmune notified the Company that they were terminating the contract early due to a lack of microbial based portfolio projects that could use the P f ēnex Expression Technology ® . Due to the termination, the Company revised the estimate of total technology access fees that it would earn to $1.75 million.

The Company evaluated each of the deliverables included within the MedImmune agreement and concluded the technology access fees did not meet the criteria to be considered a separate unit of accounting. Therefore, the Company recognized revenue associated with the technology access fee as the research services were performed.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Technology access fees and service revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 totaled $2.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

The Company grants stock awards to its employees, officers and directors under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”). Since inception, the Company has authorized approximately 3.1 million shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the Plan. The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to officers, directors, employees, and consultants of the Company. As of March 31, 2014, of the 3.1 million shares originally reserved for issuance under the Plan, 318 thousand were issued upon exercise of stock options previously granted, 2.1 million were subject to outstanding options, and 724 thousand remained available for future grant under the Plan. Share awards made under the Plan that are later cancelled due to forfeiture or expiration return to the pool and are available for future grants.

Stock options granted to date under the Plan have a term of ten years from the date of grant, and generally vest over a four-year period. However, in the event that an incentive stock option (“ISO”) granted to a participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the ISO shall be five (5) years from the grant date or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement.

Stock Options

Total stock based compensation expense associated with stock options granted was $28 thousand, $52 thousand, $13 thousand and $8 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The exercise price of all options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 was equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the grant date under the fair value method using the Black-Scholes model. The estimated fair values of the stock option, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, are then expensed over the requisite service period which is generally the vesting period. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of stock options:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,

2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.0%         1.2%         1.2%   

Expected volatility

     47.1%         54.4%         54.4%   

Expected forfeiture rate

     1.9%         1.9%         1.9%   

Expected dividend yield

     0.0%         0.0%         0.0%   

Expected life of options in years

     6.0         6.1         6.1   

The fair value of equity instruments that are ultimately expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, are recognized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires multiple subjective inputs, including a measure of expected future volatility. The Company’s stock does not have a readily available market. Consequently, the expected future volatility is based on the historical volatility for comparable publically traded companies over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the Company’s stock options.

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates during the period appropriate for the expected term of the options. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time the

 

F-27


Table of Contents

options are expected to be outstanding. The Company has never declared or paid dividends and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the dividend yield assumption is based on the expectation that the Company will not pay dividends in the future. Authoritative guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Pre-vesting forfeitures for awards were estimated to be 1.9% in 2012, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 based on historical experience. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted, vested and forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.37, $0.10 and $0.15 and $0.00, $0.29 and $0.00 during the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Additionally, the weighted-average grant date fair value for options unvested at year end December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $0.14, $0.27 and $0.26, respectively.

Stock option transactions under the Plan during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(in thousands, except for weighted average exercise price)    Number
of Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2012

     1,982      $ 0.12   

Options granted

     393        0.53   

Options exercised

     (49     0.11   

Options cancelled (forfeited)

     (47     0.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012

     2,279        0.18   

Options granted

     100        0.53   

Options exercised

     (175     0.14   

Options cancelled (forfeited)

     (73     0.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013

     2,131      $ 0.20   

Options granted

     -        -   

Options exercised

     (83     0.11   

Options cancelled (forfeited)

     -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

                 2,048      $             0.21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company received $5 thousand, $24 thousand and $9 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, for options exercised. Options outstanding at March 31, 2014 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.5 years.

As of March 31, 2014, there was approximately $72 thousand of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards, and the weighted average period over which this cost is expected to be recognized is 2.5 years.

As of March 31, 2014, there were approximately 1.8 million options exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $0.16 and a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 6.1 years. The total aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was $1.1 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2012, $1.0 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2013 and $7.2 million and $6.2 million at March 31, 2014.

The total aggregate intrinsic value, which is the amount, if any, by which the exercise price was exceeded by the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, of options exercised, was $21 thousand, $89 thousand and $296 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

In January 2010, the Company granted 2,910,000 shares of restricted stock to certain officers and employees with an estimated value of $0.11 per share, or $0.3 million. No restricted stock was granted during 2012 or 2013. Compensation expense is recognized for grants of restricted stock awards using the estimated value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Stock compensation is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years. As of December 31, 2012, 2,243,125 shares had vested in the aggregate and all 2,910,000 shares were fully vested by December 31, 2013. The stock-based compensation expense related to these restricted stock awards amounted to $80 thousand and $74 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As these restricted stock awards were fully vested by December 31, 2013, there was no related compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

14. Retirement Plan

The Company has a 401K Savings Plan (“401K”). The 401K is for the benefit of all qualifying employees and permits voluntary contributions by employees up to a maximum percentage allowable by current IRS regulations. The Company does not provide matching of employee contributions.

15. Income Taxes

The components of the income tax benefit (expense) are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)            2012                     2013          

Income tax benefit (expense)

    

Current

   $ 3,695      $ 1,469   

Deferred

     (1,654     1,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit

   $             2,041      $             2,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company recorded an income tax provision benefit of $2.0 million and $2.7 million respectively, which is principally attributable to U.S. Federal and state income taxes. In 2009, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability related to definite life intangibles that were recorded as part of purchase accounting. A portion of the income tax benefits recorded in 2012 and 2013 have offset the amortization of the deferred tax liabilities for the definite life intangibles. As of December 31, 2012, there was a net deferred tax liability and as of December 31, 2013, there was a net deferred tax asset of $0.4 million. The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $0.4 million in 2013 since the deferred tax asset may not be able to be realized. The change in the deferred tax position is due to the net operating loss incurred in 2013. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accrual for interest or penalties on the Company’s balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2013. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. The Company’s tax years for 2009 and forward are subject to examination by the United States and various state tax authorities.

For the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company generated federal and state net operating losses (NOLs) of approximately $5.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The federal losses can be carried forward and begin expiring starting in 2032 unless previously utilized, and the state losses begin expiring in 2019 unless previously utilized.

Utilization of the NOL carryforward may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar provisions. These ownership

 

F-29


Table of Contents

changes may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are shown below. A valuation allowance of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 has been established to offset deferred tax assets as realization of such assets is uncertain.

 

     December 31,  
(in thousands)            2012                     2013          

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating losses

   $                 198      $             2,434   

Deferred revenue

     350        180   

Other

     443        1,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     991        3,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (843     (772

Intangible assets

     (2,867     (2,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (3,710     (3,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     -        (374
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (2,719   $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate primarily due to state and local income taxes, valuation allowance established, and research and development credits.

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate and federal statutory tax rate at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(in thousands)                2012                             2013              

Federal income taxes

   $         1,579                34.00   $         2,278                34.00

State income taxes

     270        5.81     390        5.81

Permanent items

     (24     (0.52 %)      (29     (0.43 %) 

Valuation Allowance

     -            -     (374     (5.58 %) 

Other

     216        4.66     406        6.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax benefit

   $ 2,041        43.95   $ 2,671        39.86
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In accordance with authoritative guidance, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company did not have any uncertain income tax positions as of December 31, 2013.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Because the Company has no uncertain tax positions, it did not have any accrued interest or penalties included in its consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 or 2013, and did not recognize any interest and/or penalties in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income or loss during the years ended December 31, 2012, or 2013.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The Company is subject to income tax in the United States and various states. The Company currently has no years under examination by any jurisdiction, however, the Company is subject to income tax examination by federal and various state tax authorities for the years beginning in 2009 due to federal and state statutes.

16. Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share of Common Stock

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (2,593   $ (4,062   $ (726   $ (1,542

Effective preferred stock dividend

     (1,589     (1,695     (408     (435
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss plus preferred stock dividend – basic and diluted

   $ (4,182   $ (5,757   $ (1,134   $ (1,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

                 4,145                    4,306                    4,210                    4,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (1.01   $ (1.34   $ (0.27   $ (0.45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2012      2013      2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     24,000,000         24,000,000         24,000,000         24,000,000   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,279,000         2,131,000         2,131,000         2,048,500   

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2014 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 upon an initial public offering by treating all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculations. As the Company incurred net losses for the three months ended March 31, 2014, there is no income allocation required under the two class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2014
 
     (unaudited)  

Pro forma loss per share—basic and diluted

    

Numerator:

    

Net loss—basic and diluted

   $ (4,062   $ (1,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (4,062   $ (1,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     4,306        4,353   

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

               24,000                  24,000   

Adjustments to reflect payment of preferred stock cumulative dividends

    

Adjustment for the repurchase of common stock

     (1,190     (1,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

17. Subsequent Events

For the purposes of the audited financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and the year then ended, the Company has evaluated the subsequent events through May 2, 2014, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. For the purposes of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and the three month period then ended, such evaluation of subsequent events has been performed through June 5, 2014. The Company determined that with the exception of the events disclosed herein, there are no additional events or transactions occurring during the subsequent event reporting period which require recognition or disclosure in the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

     Amount To Be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $                   *   

FINRA filing fee

         *   

NYSE listing fee

         *   

Printing and engraving expenses

         *   

Legal fees and expenses

         *   

Accounting fees and expenses

         *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

         *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                            
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Registrant is a Delaware corporation. Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorney fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:

(1)        to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;

(2)        the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and

(3)        the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

As used in this Item 14, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.

Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of Registrant under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, registrant will indemnify any and all of its executive officers and directors. Before the completion of this offering, registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, executive officers and certain other officers. Registrant may, in its discretion, similarly indemnify its employees and agents. Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate also relieves its directors from monetary damages to Registrant or its stockholders for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Registrant has purchased insurance policies which, within the limits and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, cover certain expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by directors and officers in connection with proceedings that may be brought against them as a result of an act or omission committed or suffered while acting as a director or officer of registrant.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2011, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

 

  1. Since January 1, 2011, the registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase 589,000 shares of common stock under its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.23 to $0.67.
  2. Since January 1, 2011, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 306,000 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.11 to $ 0.529, for aggregate consideration of $38,688.00.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

(b)          No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)           The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)          For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be a part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)          For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on June 5, 2014.

 

PFENEX INC.
By:   /s/ Bertrand C. Liang
 

Bertrand C. Liang

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bertrand C. Liang, Paul A. Wagner, and Patricia Lady, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

Bertrand C. Liang

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

 

June 5, 2014

/s/ Paul A. Wagner

Paul A. Wagner

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  June 5, 2014

/s/ Patricia Lady

Patricia Lady

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(principal accounting officer)

  June 5, 2014

/s/ James C. Gale

James C. Gale

  

Chairman of the Board

  June 5, 2014

/s/ Kenneth Van Heel

Kenneth Van Heel

  

Director

  June 5, 2014

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
 

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement, including form of lock-up agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as in effect prior to the completion of the offering.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*   Specimen Stock Certificate.
  4.2   Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 1, 2009, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
  4.3   Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement, dated May 2, 2014.
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+   2009 Equity Incentive Plan and form of award thereunder.
10.2*+   2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be in effect upon completion of this offering and form of award thereunder.
10.3*+   2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be in effect upon completion of this offering and form of award thereunder.
10.4   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.5   Lease Agreement, dated June 22, 2010, between the Registrant and BRS-TUS7TN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATES II, LLC.
10.6†   Joint Development & License Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, between the Registrant and Agila Biotech Private Limited.
10.7†   Joint Venture Agreement, dated March 7, 2013, between the Registrant and Agila Biotech Private Limited.
10.8†   Technology License Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, between the Registrant and The Dow Chemical Company.
10.9   Grant Back License Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, between the Registrant and The Dow Chemical Company.
10.10   Technology Assignment Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, between the Registrant and The Dow Chemical Company.
10.11   Contribution Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, between the Registrant and The Dow Chemical Company.
10.12†   Subcontract Agreement, effective September 11, 2009, between the Registrant, as assignee of the Dow Chemical Company, and Science Applications International Corporation.
10.13†   Cost Plus Fixed Fee Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, between the Registrant and the United States Department of Health and Human Services.
10.14   Credit Agreement, dated May 1, 2012, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.15   Security Agreement, dated May 1, 2012, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.16   Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated May 1, 2012, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.17   Security Agreement, dated June 24, 2013, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.18   Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated June 24, 2013, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.19   Securities Account Control Agreement, dated June 24, 2013, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.20*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated                     , between the Registrant and Bertrand C. Liang.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
 

Description of Exhibit

10.21*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated                     , between the Registrant and Paul A. Wagner.
10.22*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated                     , between the Registrant and Patricia Lady.
10.23*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated                     , between the Registrant and Patrick K. Lucy.
10.24*+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated                     , between the Registrant and Henry W. Talbot.
10.25†  

Contract Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, between the Registrant and the National Institutes of Health.

10.26+   Offer Letter, dated December 10, 2009, as amended, between the Registrant and Charles Squires.
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of Pfenex Inc.
23.1   Consent of Haskell & White LLP.
23.2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included in the signature page of this Registration Statement).
99.1   Director Designee Consent of William Rohn.
99.2   Director Designee Consent of Philip Schneider.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment.

Exhibit 3.1

Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PFENEX INC.

Pfenex Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 2009 under the name “Pfenex Inc.”

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors prior to any payment for stock in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby integrated, amended and restated to read in full as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (the “ Corporation ”) is Pfenex Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) and to possess and employ all powers and privileges now or hereafter granted or available under the laws of the State of Delaware to such corporations.

FOURTH:

(A) The total number of shares that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 63,190,000, of which (i) 35,190,000 shares shall be Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 28,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value of $0.001 per share, of which (A) 14,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated Series A-1 Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”) and (B) 14,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated Series A-2 Participating Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock ” and, together with the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”).


(B) Common Stock .

(1) General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

(2) Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders. No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”). During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(3) Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any Preferred Stock then issued and outstanding.

(4) The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding or reserved for conversion of the outstanding Convertible Securities (as defined below)) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Corporation (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

(5) Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution, subject to any preferential and/or participation rights of any then issued and outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

2


(C) Preferred Stock . The following is a statement of the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock:

1. Dividends .

(a) The holders of outstanding Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, in preference and prior to the holders of any other capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the rate per annum of four percent (4%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Issue Price with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (each subject to equitable adjustments as a result of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, after the date hereof) (the “ Series A-1 Dividend ” and “ Series A-2 Dividend ”, respectively, and collectively, the “ Series A Dividend ”) before any dividend or other distribution is declared or paid on shares of Common Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series A-2 Preferred Stock. The right to receive the Series A Dividend shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis as between shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in proportion to the dividend rates set forth for each such series of shares in this subsection 1(a). The Series A Dividend shall accrue from day-to-day, whether or not declared, shall be cumulative, and shall compound quarterly; provided however , that except as set forth in sections 2(a), 2(b) or 3, such Series A Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable on shares of Common Stock, subject to other restrictions on such dividends required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) the amount of the aggregate Series A Dividends then accrued on such share of Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock.

 

3


(b) As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, if Section 502 or 503 of the California Corporations Code is applicable to a payment made by the Corporation, then such applicable section or sections shall not apply if such payment is a payment made by the Corporation in connection with (i) the repurchase of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) the repurchase of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; (iii) the repurchase of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder; or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation then issued and outstanding.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus any Series A Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared (the “ Series A-2 Liquidation Preference ”). If the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full of the Series A-2 Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets of the Corporation available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder would otherwise receive upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(b) In the event of any Liquidation Event, following completion of the distribution set forth in subsection 2(a) above, each holder of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the Series A Original Purchase Price, plus any Series A Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon in respect of each of such shares then held by them (the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”). If the remaining assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference, then the entire remaining assets of the Corporation available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder would otherwise receive upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(c) Following completion of the distributions required by subsections 2(a) and 2(b) hereof, all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such stockholder (assuming

 

4


conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock); provided, however, that if the aggregate amount which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under subsections 2(a) and 2(b) shall exceed $2.50 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification, or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock), excluding any portion of the Series A Dividend and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Maximum Participation Amount ”), each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the greater of (i) the Maximum Participation Amount plus any Series A Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon in respect of each of such shares then held by them and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(d) A Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) a transaction or series of transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation is transferred to a single person or group of affiliated persons (other than an equity financing transaction approved pursuant to subsection 6(c)(ii) and/or subsection 6(c)(vi) hereof); (B) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers or consolidations) with or into any entity, which results in the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto holding immediately thereafter less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (C) a sale, exclusive license, transfer or other conveyance (or series of sales, exclusive licenses, transfers or other conveyances) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to a third party (any of (A), (B), or (C), a “ Sale Event ”). A Sale Event shall not include a transaction or series of related transactions, the sole purpose of which is to change the domicile of the Corporation. Any agreement related to a Sale Event shall provide that the proceeds payable to the Corporation or its stockholders shall be distributed to the stockholders in accordance with this section 2. In any Sale Event, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by subsection 2(d)(ii):

(A) If traded on a securities exchange or through the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

5


(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subsection 2(d)(i)(A), (B) or (C), as applicable, to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(e) Written notice of any Liquidation Event, including any transaction deemed to be such an action under subsection 2(d) hereof, stating a payment date, the amounts payable under subsections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) hereof, and the place where said amounts shall be payable, shall be delivered to each holder of record of Preferred Stock and Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation not less than twenty (20) days prior to the payment date stated therein.

3. Redemption .

(a) At any time after December 31, 2014, upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request (the “ Redemption Request ”) from the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), that all or, if less than all, a specified percentage of all holders’ shares of Preferred Stock be redeemed (subject to section 3(b), and concurrently with surrender by all such holders of the certificates representing such shares, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem the shares specified in such request by paying in cash therefor an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A Original Issue Price and any Series A Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (ii) the then-current fair market value of such shares (as determined in accordance with this subsection 3(a)) (in either case, the “ Redemption Price ”). The payment of such amount shall occur on a date that is within ninety (90) days of the date of the Redemption Request (the “ Redemption Date ”). Any redemption of shares of Preferred Stock effected pursuant to this subsection 3(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of shares of Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares proposed to be redeemed by such holders. The determination of the then-current fair market value of the Preferred Stock shall be made first by agreement between the Corporation and the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), and failing to reach such an agreement, second , by a third party investment banking, accounting or valuation firm mutually acceptable to the Corporation and the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis). If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares on the basis of the number of such shares which would be redeemed on such date if the funds of the Corporation legally available therefor had been sufficient to redeem all shares required to be redeemed on such date. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on the Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed, and such redemption shall occur as soon as practicable after such additional funds become legally available.

 

6


(b) At least fifteen (15) but no more than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed to each holder of record of Preferred Stock (as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given) in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the Redemption Date, notifying the holder of his, her or its option to elect not to have his, her or its shares of Preferred Stock redeemed on the Redemption Date by providing notice of such election to the Corporation (an “ Election Notice ”) at least one (1) day prior to the Redemption Date, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided in subsection 3(c), on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

(c) From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price or the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption on the Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice as holders of shares of Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates and except for those shares as to which the Corporation timely received an Election Notice) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein.

4. Conversion . The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and prior to the date such share is automatically converted pursuant to subsection 4(b) or redeemed, if applicable, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion (an “ Optional Conversion ”). The initial Conversion Price per share for each share of Preferred Stock shall be $1.00 (the “ Conversion Price ”); provided , however , that the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

 

7


(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such shares (i) immediately upon the Corporation’s initial sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation, in which the offering price per share is not less than $2.50 (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) and which results in not less than $75,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) upon the affirmative vote or consent of holders of not less than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he, she or it shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Upon any conversion of the Preferred Stock, all accrued and unpaid Series A Dividends shall be paid to the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the extent such Series A Dividends may lawfully be paid by the Corporation. In the event any Series A Dividends may not lawfully be paid by the Corporation on the date of conversion, such Series A Dividends shall remain an obligation of the Corporation and shall be payable to holders of record of Preferred Stock whose shares were converted on the date of conversion as promptly as practicable following the date such obligation may lawfully be paid by the Corporation.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations .

(i) For purposes of this subsection 4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to subsection 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Corporation under the Corporation’s stock option plan or other employee equity compensation plans, agreements or arrangements in effect from time to time as approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors;

 

8


(B) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to stock splits and Common Stock-on-Common Stock dividends;

(C) shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or Convertible Securities (as defined below), issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Corporation and other entities, including (1) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements, or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements, approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors;

(D) shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or Convertible Securities, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors;

(E) shares of Common Stock or any other underlying security actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of the Preferred Stock authorized herein or any derivative security;

(F) Common Stock issued as sales in the first underwritten public offering by the Corporation of shares of its Common Stock;

(G) the Make Whole Shares issued or issuable from time to time pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Corporation and certain purchasers of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, dated on or about the date hereof;

(H) shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock authorized herein, or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to this subsection 4;

(I) shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or Convertible Securities, issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution, approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors; and

(J) shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or Convertible Securities, which the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding Preferred Stock (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) shall agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to subsection 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

9


(iii) Deemed Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any rights, options, warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities (collectively, “ Options ”) or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (collectively, “ Convertible Securities ”) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(A) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(B) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this subsection 4(d) or pursuant to recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as subsections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g)), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(C) no readjustment pursuant to subsection 4(d)(iii)(B) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date; and

 

10


(D) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(1) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(2) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to subsection 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised.

(E) If such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, then the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance, to the consideration per share received by the Corporation for such issuance or deemed issuance of the Additional Shares of Common. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.001, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.001 or more in the aggregate. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Conversion Price shall never be adjusted to a price below $0.001.

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

11


(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(3) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in subsections 4(d)(v)(A) - (B), as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing: (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by (y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

12


(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . Subject to subsection 2 hereof, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(h) Reserved .

(i) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this subsection 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustments and readjustments; (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect; and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders (i) with respect to the Series A-1 Conversion Price, of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and (ii) with respect to the Series A-2 Conversion Price, of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the

 

13


conversion of all then issued and outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then issued and outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) Except as expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, (i) the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the same right to vote or act on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock have the right to vote or act; (ii) the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting or action as to such matters on the same basis as the holders of Common Stock; and (iii) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall vote together or act together thereon as if a single class on all such matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded downward to the nearest whole number.

(b) The Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) members. The holders of a majority of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series A-2 Directors ”). The holders of a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series A-1 Director, ” and together with the Series A-2 Directors, the “ Series A Directors ”) and shall be entitled to appoint one (1) observer to the Board of Directors. The holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, who shall at all times be the then Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “ CEO Director ”). The holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Independent Director ”). If the number of directors is increased to more than five (5) members, each additional director shall be elected by a majority of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting separately and voting together as a single class. If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes and/or series of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall vote to fill such vacancy.

 

14


(c) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL. During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(d) During such time or times that the Corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) For so long as any shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series A -1 Preferred Stock shall be required in connection with any action that would (i) adversely alter or change the rights, privileges, preferences or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise (it being understood that the authorization or issuance of capital stock of the Corporation with rights, preferences or privileges ranking prior to or pari passu with the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall not constitute such an adverse modification or alteration), or (ii) change or remove the Series A-1 Director.

(b) For so long as any shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be required in connection with any action that would (i) adversely alter or change the rights, privileges, preferences or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise (it being understood that the authorization or issuance of capital stock of the Corporation with rights, preferences or privileges ranking prior to or pari passu with the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall not constitute such an adverse modification or alteration), (ii) change or remove either of the Series A-2 Directors, or (iii) result in the Sale Event or a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

15


(c) For so long as at least 5,000,000 of the shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividend, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares occurring after the date hereof) remain issued and outstanding, the consent of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), shall be required in connection with: (i) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series A-2 Preferred Stock; (ii) creating, or authorizing the creation of, any additional class or series of capital stock; (iii) the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the business and affairs of the Corporation, or consenting to any of the foregoing, on or prior to December 31, 2012; (iv) amending, altering, waiving or repealing any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock; (v) creating, or authorizing the creation of, or issue, or authorizing the issuance of any debt security, or permitting any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $200,000, other than equipment leases and bank lines of credit which are under $500,000, unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Series A Directors; (vi) reclassifying, altering or amending (A) any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (B) any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege; (vii) increasing or decreasing the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors, (viii) any Sale Event prior to December 31, 2012; (ix) any acquisition of assets or of any entity; (x) paying or declaring any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (a) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock expressly authorized herein or (b) dividends or other distributions payable solely in the form of shares of Common Stock; or (xi) redeeming or acquiring, or authorizing the redemption or acquisition, of any shares of Common Stock (except for a repurchase of such shares, at cost, from the Corporation’s employees, directors and consultants or pursuant to Section 4 of that certain Subscription Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) dated on or about the date hereof).

7. Status of Redeemed or Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to subsection 3 hereof or any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted to Common Stock pursuant to subsection 4 hereof, as applicable, the shares so redeemed or converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

16


8. Notice of Record Date; Method of Notice . Any notice required by the provisions of this Article FOURTH to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

FIFTH: Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

SEVENTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as it now exists or as it may hereafter be amended, not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended, after approval by the stockholders of this Article, to authorize corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Eighth, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Eighth, by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not apply to or adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TENTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any current or former director, officer or employee made, or threatened to be made, a party (a “ Party ”) to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of serving or having served as a director, officer and/or employee of the Corporation or a predecessor corporation or, at the Corporation’s request, a director or officer of

 

17


another corporation, provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such Party in connection with a proceeding initiated by such Party only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors. The indemnification provided for in this Article Tenth shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee, as the case may be; and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article Tenth shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the Corporation (or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a Party who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such Party, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the Corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such Party’s duty to the Corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and/or agent who serves in such capacity, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President as of the 30 th day of November, 2009.

 

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

  Name:   Albert Hansen
  Its:   President

 

19


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PFENEX INC .

The undersigned, Bertrand C. Liang, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 2009 under the name “Pfenex Inc.” and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 30, 2009 under the name “Pfenex Inc.”

3. The text of Article Fourth, Section (C)4 of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is to be amended to include a new subsection 4(l) as follows:

Limitation on Conversion Rights of Outstanding Shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock represent nor be convertible into more than 49.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Corporation, determined on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis, without the consent of the holders representing a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.”

4. This Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law.

5. Thereafter, the stockholders of the Corporation, by written consent, approved the filing of this Certificate of Amendment by the necessary number of shares as required by Section 242 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 16 th day of December, 2009.

 

PFENEX INC.

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang, MD

Bertrand C. Liang, MD
President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PFENEX INC.

Pfenex Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Pfenex Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 2009.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and written notice pursuant to Subsection 228(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware has been or will be given to those stockholders whose written consent has not been obtained.

4. Section 4(b) of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such shares (i) immediately upon the Corporation’s initial sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation, in which the offering price per share is not less than $2.50 (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) and which results in not less than $60,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) upon the affirmative vote or consent of holders of not less than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class (calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly executed by an authorized officer of the Corporation’s on April 14, 2014.

 

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

Bertrand C. Liang
President & Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PFENEX INC.

Pfenex Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Pfenex Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 2009.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and written notice pursuant to Subsection 228(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware has been or will be given to those stockholders whose written consent has not been obtained.

4. Section (C)1(a) of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read in its entirety as follows:

(a) The holders of outstanding Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, in preference and prior to the holders of any other capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the rate per annum of four percent (4%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and at the rate per annum of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Issue Price with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock (each subject to equitable adjustments as a result of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, after the date hereof) (the “Series A-1 Dividend” and “Series A-2 Dividend”, respectively, and collectively, the “Series A Dividend”) before any dividend or other distribution is declared or paid on shares of Common Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series A-2 Preferred Stock. The right to receive the Series A Dividend shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis as between shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in proportion to the dividend rates set forth for each such series of shares in this subsection 1(a). The Series A Dividend shall accrue from day-to-day, whether or not declared, shall be cumulative, and shall compound quarterly; provided however, that except as set forth in sections 2(a), 2(b), 3, or 4(c), such Series A Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable on shares of Common Stock, subject to other restrictions on such dividends required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) the amount of the aggregate Series A Dividends then accrued on such share of Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class


or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock.

5. Section (C)4(c) of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read in its entirety as follows:

“ (c)  Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he, she or it shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. Upon any conversion of the Preferred Stock, all accrued and unpaid Series A Dividends shall be paid to the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the extent such Series A Dividends may lawfully be paid by the Corporation (i) in shares of Common Stock at the fair market value in effect at the time of the conversion, or (ii) in cash, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event any Series A Dividends may not lawfully be paid by the Corporation on the date of conversion, such Series A Dividends shall remain an obligation of the Corporation and shall be payable to holders of record of Preferred Stock whose shares were converted on the date of conversion as promptly as practicable following the date such obligation may lawfully be paid by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock or in connection with the payment of any dividend. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly executed by an authorized officer of the Corporation’s on May 5, 2014.

 

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

Bertrand C. Liang
President & Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

PFENEX INC.

Pfenex Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is Pfenex Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the same name, and its original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 2009.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pfenex Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Bertrand C. Liang, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on                  , 2014.

 

 

Bertrand C. Liang
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Pfenex Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is the Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 1. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred ten million (210,000,000) shares, of which two hundred million (200,000,000) shares are Common Stock, $0.001 par value, and ten million (10,000,000) shares are Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value.

Section 2. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 3. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the Corporation shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

-2-


Section 4. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

Section 1. The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such meeting shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2. From and after the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the directors of the Corporation (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date hereof, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned hereafter among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VI

Section 1. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

-3-


Section 2. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 1. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

Section 2. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 3. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The Corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation may not be amended, altered or repealed except in accordance with Article XI of the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

Section 4. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Section 5. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

-4-


ARTICLE VIII

Section 1. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

-5-


Section 4. Neither any amendment nor repeal of any Section of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, claim or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (D) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Section 3 of Article IV, Section 2 of Article V, Article VI, Section 5 of Article VII, Article VIII, Article XI or Article XII of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

***

 

-6-

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

PFENEX, INC.

(as amended and restated on May 2, 2014, and effective immediately prior to the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     7   

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

 

POWERS

     9   

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     10   

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     10   

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     11   

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     13   

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     14   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     14   

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     14   

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     15   

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     15   

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

5.8

 

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.9

 

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10

 

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11

 

THE PRESIDENT

     16   

5.12

 

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     16   

5.13

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     16   

5.14

 

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     17   

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     17   

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.3

 

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     18   

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     18   

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     18   

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     19   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     19   

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     19   

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     19   

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     20   

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     20   

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     21   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     21   

8.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     21   

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     22   

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     22   

8.5

 

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     22   

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     23   

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     23   

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     24   

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     24   

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     24   

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     24   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     25   

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     25   

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     25   

9.3

 

SEAL

     25   

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     25   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     25   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF PFENEX, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Pfenex, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting

 

-2-


such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-3-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-6-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall

 

-7-


not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list

 

-8-


shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

-9-


3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

-10-


3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of

 

-11-


directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting

 

-12-


in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-13-


4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any

 

-14-


later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

5.8 THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.

5.9 THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the

 

-15-


chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

-16-


(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this

 

-17-


section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-18-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

-19-


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

-20-


7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such

 

-21-


person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

-22-


(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s

 

-23-


official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

-24-


ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-25-


PFENEX, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Pfenex, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising twenty-six (26) pages, were amended and restated on May 2, 2014 by the corporation’s Board of Directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this 2 nd  day of May, 2014.

 

/s/ Bertrand Liang

Bertrand Liang

Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

PFENEX INC.

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     1   

1.01.

 

Certain Definitions

     1   

1.02.

 

Request for Registration

     3   

1.03.

 

Company Registration

     5   

1.04.

 

Form S-3 Registration

     5   

1.05.

 

Obligations of the Company

     6   

1.06.

 

Information From Holders

     7   

1.07.

 

Expenses of Registration

     7   

1.08.

 

Underwriting Requirements

     8   

1.09.

 

Delay of Registration

     8   

1.10.

 

Indemnification

     8   

1.11.

 

Reports Under the Exchange Act

     10   

1.12.

 

Assignment of Registration Rights

     11   

1.13.

 

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     11   

1.14.

 

Lock-Up Agreement

     12   

1.15.

 

Termination of Registration Rights

     13   

ARTICLE II

 

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     13   

2.01.

 

Delivery of Financial Statements

     13   

2.02.

 

Inspection

     14   

2.03.

 

Right of First Offer

     14   

2.04.

 

Employee Stock

     16   

2.05.

 

Prompt Payment of Taxes, etc

     16   

2.06.

 

Insurance

     16   

2.07.

 

Independent Accountants

     16   

2.08.

 

Compliance with Requirements of Government Authorities

     17   

2.09.

 

Maintenance of Corporate Existence, etc

     17   

2.10.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     17   

2.11.

 

Notice of Litigation

     17   

2.12.

 

Termination of Covenants

     17   

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     17   

3.01.

 

Termination

     17   

3.02.

 

Entire Agreement

     18   

3.03.

 

Notices

     18   

3.04.

 

Amendments and Waivers

     19   

3.05.

 

Headings

     19   

3.06.

 

Successors and Assigns

     19   

3.07.

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     19   

3.08.

 

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

     19   

3.09.

 

Confidentiality

     20   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

3.10.

 

Execution

     20   

3.11.

 

Construction

     20   

3.12.

 

Severability

     21   

3.13.

 

Aggregation

     21   

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A   Investors

 

ii


PFENEX INC.

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2009, is made by and among Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the parties listed on Exhibit A hereto (individually, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors agree to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register Shares issued or issuable to them and certain other matters set forth herein. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in that certain Series A-2 Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and among the Company and certain Investors identified therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.01. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms of “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

(b) “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company or a partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company.

(c) “ Certificate ” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(d) “ Change of Control ” means the consummation of a merger or consolidation with or into any other entity, unless the stockholders of the Company immediately before the transaction own fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of the acquiring or surviving entity following the transaction (taking into account, in the numerator, only stock of the Company held by such stockholders before the transaction and stock issued in respect of such prior-held stock of the Company), other than a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary of


the Company or a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company. A series of related transactions shall be deemed to constitute a single transaction, and where such transaction involves securities issuances, they shall be deemed “related” if under applicable securities laws they would be treated as integrated.

(e) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(f) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(g) “ Excluded Registration ” means a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration in which the only capital stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered.

(h) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

(i) “ Holder ” means any Investor owning Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement.

(j) “ IPO ” means the first underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(k) “ Person ” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

(l) “ Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(m) “ Qualified Offering ” means the Company’s initial sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company, in which the offering price per share is not less than $2.50 (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses and as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares) and which results in not less than $75,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Company.

(n) “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

2


(o) “ Registrable Securities ” means the shares of (i) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held by the Investors from time to time or acquired by the Investors (including specifically and without limitation, the Make Whole Shares that may be issued from time to time pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Purchase Agreement); (ii) Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the Preferred Stock; and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock acquired by the Investors from time to time; excluding , however , in all cases any Registrable Securities sold in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 of this Agreement.

(p) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of capital stock of the Company then outstanding which are Registrable Securities.

(q) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(r) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A-1 Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(t) “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A-2 Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.02. Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) December 31, 2012 and (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the IPO, a written request from the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then issued and outstanding (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities and having an aggregate offering price to the public of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days after receiving such request, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of Section 1.02(b) , use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered within twenty (20) days after the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.02(a) . The underwriter will be selected by the Company, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to sixty six and two thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in the underwriting. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his, her or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by sixty

 

3


six and two thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.02 , if the underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , that the Company may not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.04(a)(ii) more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than in the IPO or an Excluded Registration).

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.02 :

(i) After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.02 ; provided , however , that such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period commencing on the date of the IPO and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter;

(iii) If the Company delivers a notice to the Initiating Holders within thirty (30) days of the Company’s receipt or request for registration of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for the IPO within ninety (90) days;

(iv) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.04 below; or

(v) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

 

4


1.03. Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an IPO or an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.03 , the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.08 , use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered if any stock of the Company is registered.

(b) The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.03 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.07 hereof.

1.04. Form S-3 Registration .

(a) In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(ii) use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and any such qualification or compliance as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.04 : (i) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.04 in a twelve-month period; (ii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (iii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not

 

5


more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.04 ; provided , that the Company shall not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.02(c) more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period (other than in an IPO or an Excluded Registration); (v) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (vi) during the period ending ninety (90) days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.03 .

(b) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.04 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.02 or 1.03 , respectively.

1.05. Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Article I to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to ninety (90) days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(c) Promptly notify the Holders covered by the registration statement of the effectiveness of such registration statement, and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including any supplement to the prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents incident thereto, as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Following the effective date of such registration statement, notify the Holders covered by the registration statement of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement, or the associated prospectus.

(e) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders covered by the registration statement; provided ,

 

6


that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder and other security holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(g) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Article I to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

1.06. Information From Holders . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Article I with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

1.07. Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.02 , 1.03 and 1.04 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $25,000, of one (1) counsel for the selling Holders selected by them, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.02 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered unless such participating Holders agree to forego the right to require the Company to effect one (1) registration pursuant to Section 1.02 ), unless the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Holders were not aware at the time of such request.

 

7


1.08. Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.03 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is a Qualified Offering, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a Holder and which is a private equity or venture capital fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.09. Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Article I .

1.10. Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Article I :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors and stockholders of such Holder, legal counsel and accountants for such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations

 

8


(collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, officer, director, stockholder, counsel, accountant, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any such Holder, officer, director, stockholder, counsel, accountant, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, on a several and not joint basis, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation (but excluding clause (iii) of the definition thereof), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 1.10(b) , in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10 , deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to

 

9


assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one (1) separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10 , but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10 .

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, less any amounts paid under Section 1.10(b) , except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1 , and otherwise.

1.11. Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the IPO so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

10


(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its common stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the IPO), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12. Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article I may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least 500,000 Registrable Securities (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends and other similar transactions); (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, Affiliate, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder; (iii) that is an Affiliated Fund; (iv) that is a family member of, or a trust for the benefit of, such Holder; or (v) that currently has rights pursuant to Article I of this Agreement; provided , the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including immediate family members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company.

1.13. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which are superior to or that will conflict with the rights granted to the Holders hereunder without the consent of the Holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then issued and outstanding.

 

11


1.14. Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the IPO and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with the Rule 2711 of FINRA) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

(b) Limitations . The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all greater than 1% stockholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the obligations described in Section 1.14(a) by the Company or by representatives of the underwriters managing such offering shall apply on a pro rata basis to all holders of the Company’s capital stock who are subject to such obligations.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a) ).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14 .

 

12


(e) Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.14 ):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (SUBJECT TO EXTENSION) IN THE EVENT OF AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN PARTIES IDENTIFIED THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.”

1.15. Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earliest to occur of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of an IPO; (ii) with respect to any Holder, at such time after the IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three (3) month period without registration; and (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.01 .

ARTICLE II

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

2.01. Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Investor (other than an Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Company; provided ; however , that the year-end financial reports for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 shall be unaudited and may be delivered by the Company more than ninety (90) days after the end of the 2009 fiscal year;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a summary of the Company’s financial performance over the previous quarter, with comparisons to the Company’s annual budget and to the prior year;

(c) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, with comparisons to the Company’s annual budget and to the prior year;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and strategic business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and, as soon as prepared, any other updated or revised budgets for such fiscal year prepared by the Company;

 

13


(e) with respect to the financial statements called for in Sections 2.01(b) and 2.01(c) , an instrument executed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company and certifying on behalf of the Company that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment; provided , that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board or a committee thereof determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so; and

(f) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as such Investor or any assignee of such Investor may from time to time reasonably request, or promptly after transmission or occurrence (but in any event within 10 days) such other reports, including any non-routine communications with shareholders or the financial community, the Company’s accountants and business consultants, governmental agencies and authorities, any reports filed by the Company or its officers, directors and representatives with any securities exchange or the SEC and notice of any event which would have a significant effect on the Company’s business prospects or financial condition or on the Investors’ investments; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 2.01 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information, and provided further that the Company may require the Investor to execute a confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement prior to disclosure of any such information.

2.02. Inspection . The Company shall permit each Investor (except for an Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company), at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers and accountants, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor.

2.03. Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.03 , the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). An Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners, stockholders or Affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class or series of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares; (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered; and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

14


(b) Within twenty (20) days after delivery of the RFO Notice, the Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock then issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock then issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock held by all Fully Exercising Investors then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).

(c) The Company may, during the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 2.03(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within fifteen (15) days after the execution thereof, the rights provided under this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

(A) The right of first offer in this Section 2.03 shall not be applicable to (i) Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company under the Company’s stock option plan or other employee equity compensation plans, agreements or arrangements in effect from time to time in effect from time to time as approved by the Board, including the Series A Directors (as defined in the Certificate); (ii) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock splits and Common Stock-on-Common Stock dividends; (iii) capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (A) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements, or (B) technology transfer or development arrangements, approved by the Board, including the Series A Directors; (iv) capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board, including the Series Directors; (v) Common Stock or any other underlying security actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of the Preferred Stock or any derivative security; (vi) Common Stock issued or issuable in or under an IPO; (vii) the Make Whole Shares that may be issued from time to time pursuant to Section 1.04 of the Purchase Agreement; (viii) shares of capital stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock; (ix) shares of capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution, approved by the Board, including the Series A Directors; or (x) issuances of capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, for which the

 

15


provisions of this Section 2.03 are waived by holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.03 shall not be applicable with respect to any Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (x) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (y) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors. The right of first offer in this Section 2.03 shall terminate upon the earlier of a (i) Qualified Offering and (ii) Change of Control.

2.04. Employee Stock . With respect to any shares issued or options or rights granted, unless the Board (including the Series A Directors) agrees otherwise, the Company shall cause each officer, director and employee of the Company to enter into an agreement (a) providing for vesting of such shares or options or rights as follows: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares or options or rights shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares or options or rights shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month); (b) providing for the repurchase and for the repurchase price in the event the holder’s employment with or service to the Company terminates; (c) under which the holder agrees to a market standoff requested by the Company or the underwriters of any public offering of the Company’s securities, substantially as set forth in Section 1.14 ; and (d) providing for a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to both vested and unvested shares.

2.05. Prompt Payment of Taxes, etc . The Company will promptly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, when due and payable, all lawful taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the income, profits, property or business of the Company or any subsidiary; provided , however , that any such tax, assessment, charge or levy need not be paid if the validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto, and provided, further, that the Company will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges or levies forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien which may have attached as security therefor. The Company will promptly pay or cause to be paid when due, or in conformance with customary trade terms or otherwise in accordance with policies related thereto adopted by the Board, all other indebtedness incident to operations of the Company.

2.06. Insurance . Except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Board, the Company will keep its assets and those of its subsidiaries which are of an insurable character insured by financially sound and reputable insurers against loss or damage by fire, explosion and other risks customarily insured against by companies in the Company’s line of business, and the Company will maintain, with financial sound and reputable insurers, insurance against other hazards and risks and liability to persons and property to the extent and in the manner customary for companies in similar businesses similarly situated.

2.07. Independent Accountants . The Company will retain independent public accountants of recognized national or regional standing who shall certify the Company’s financial statements at the end of each fiscal year. In the event the services of the independent public accountants hereafter employed by the Company, are terminated, the Company will

 

16


promptly thereafter notify the Holders and will request the firm of independent public accountants whose services are terminated to deliver to the Holders a letter from such firm setting forth the reasons for the termination of their services. In the event of such termination, the Company will promptly thereafter engage another firm of independent public accountants of recognized national or regional standing. In its notice to the Holders, the Company shall state whether the change of accountants was recommended or approved by the Board or any committee thereof.

2.08. Compliance with Requirements of Government Authorities . The Company shall duly observe and conform to all valid requirements of governmental authorities relating to the conduct of its business or to its properties or assets.

2.09. Maintenance of Corporate Existence, etc . The Company shall maintain in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises and all licenses and other rights in or to use patents, processes, licenses, trademarks, trade names or copyrights owned or possessed by it or any subsidiary and deemed by the Company to be necessary to the conduct of its business.

2.10. Transactions with Affiliates . The Company shall not, without the unanimous approval of the disinterested members of the Board, engage in any loans, leases, contracts or other transactions with any director, officer or key employee of the Company, or any member of any such person’s immediate family, including the parents, spouse, children and other relatives of any such person, on terms less favorable than the Company would obtain in a transaction with an unrelated party, as determined in good faith by the Board.

2.11. Notice of Litigation . For so long as any Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Company shall provide notice to the Holders promptly upon the filing of any material action, suit or proceeding by or against the Company.

2.12. Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.01 through Section 2.11 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) immediately prior to the consummation of an IPO; and (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.01 .

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.12(a) above.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS .

3.01. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, (i) when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a Liquidation Event pursuant to, and defined in, the Certificate; or (ii) upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

 

17


3.02. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters.

3.03. Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a business day; (b) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified herein later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on such date; (c) the business day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service; (d) five (5) business days after mailing if sent by certified or registered mail; or (e) actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given if delivered by hand. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

 

If to the Company:  

Pfenex Inc.

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Telephone No.: (858) 352-4346

Facsimile No.: (858) 352-4602

Attn.: Chief Executive Officer

With a copy to:   Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
  701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100
  Seattle, WA 98104
  Telephone No.: (206) 883-2554
  Facsimile No.: (206) 883-2699
  Attn.: Effie Toshav, Esq.
If to an Investor:   To the names and addresses set forth on Schedule A hereto.

With a copy to

(in case of notice to

Holders of

Series A-2

 
Preferred Stock):  

Bingham McCutchen LLP

399 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Telephone No.: (212) 705-7492

Facsimile No.: (212) 702-3631

Attn: Shon E. Glusky, Esq.

 

18


With a copy to

(in case of notice to

Holders of

Series A-1

 

Preferred Stock):

 

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP

515 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Telephone No.: (213) 683-6220

Facsimile No.: (2132) 627-0705

Attn: Rob R. Carlson, Esq.

or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person.

3.04. Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , that in the event any such waiver or amendment causes an Investor to be treated materially adversely from Investors generally, the consent of such Investor shall be required. Notwithstanding anything to contrary contained herein, any amendment or waiver of an Investor’s rights pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or Section 2.01(b) shall require the specific consent of such Investor. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.05. Headings . The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

3.06. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

3.07. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

3.08. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement; (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court; (c) waives any claim of inconvenient forum or other challenge to venue in such court; (d) agrees not to bring any

 

19


action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court; and (e) waives any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each Party agrees to accept service of any summons, complaint or other initial pleading made in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 3.03 , provided that nothing in this Section 3.08 shall affect the right of a party to serve such summons, complaint or other initial pleading in any other manner permitted by law.

3.09. Confidentiality . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Investor by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company other than the financial information required to be provided by the Company pursuant to Section 2.01 and Section 2.02 . The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights provided for in Article II herein in respect of any Investor whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor; provided that this provision shall not be applicable to Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP as long as Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP comply with their respective obligations pursuant to the next sentence of this Section 3.09 . Each Investor acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement shall be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally. Nothing in this Section 3.09 shall prohibit The Dow Chemical Company’s ability to enter into and perform under the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

3.10. Execution . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

3.11. Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any Federal, state or local statute or law shall be deemed to also refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation. The parties intend that each representation, warranty or covenant contained herein shall have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty or covenant herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

 

20


3.12. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision which shall be a reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

3.13. Aggregation . Shares of capital stock of the Company owned by Affiliates, partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations having substantially common ownership interests or managed by the same principals and owned by individual investors affiliated with one another shall be aggregated for the purposes of calculating the aggregate percentage of capital stock of the Company owned by any Investor and any permitted transferee hereunder.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

21


The parties hereto have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY
PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hanson

Name:   Albert Hanson
Title:   President
INVESTORS
SERIES A-1 INVESTOR
  THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
  By:  

/s/ Fernando Ruiz

    Name: Fernando Ruiz
    Title: Corp Vice President & Treasurer
  DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
  By:  

/s/ Mark A. Whiteman

    Name: Mark A. Whiteman
    Title: President

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SERIES A-2 INVESTORS
  SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS ACCREDITED PARTNERSHIP III, LP
  By:   SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS
  GP III, L.P., its general partner
 

By: SIGNET HOLDINGS, LLC, its general

partner

  By:  

/s/ James C. Gale

    Name:   James C. Gale
    Title:   Managing Director
  SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS QP PARTNERSHIP III, LP
  By:   SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS
  GP III, L.P., its general partner
  By: SIGNET HOLDINGS, LLC, its general partner
  By:  

/s/ James C. Gale

    Name:   James C. Gale
    Title:   Managing Director
  WX MANAGEMENT LIMITED, a Bahamian corporation
  By:  

/s/ Richard L. Campbell

    Name:   Richard L. Campbell
    Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

Name and Address

The Dow Chemical Company

2030 Dow Center

Midland, MI, 48674

Facsimile: (989) 636-8127

Attention: Corporate Venture Capital

Dow Global Technologies Inc.

2040 Dow Center

Midland, MI, 48674

Facsimile: (989) 638-9720

Attention: President, DGTI

Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP

Carnegie Hall Towers

152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 419-3956

Attention: James C. Gale and Al Hansen

Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP

Carnegie Hall Towers

152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 419-3956

Attention: James C. Gale and Al Hansen

WX Management Limited

c/o Butterfield Bank (Bahamas) Limited

Montague Sterling Center

Nassau, Bahamas

1-242-393-3772

ATTN: Julien Martel

Exhibit 4.3

THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIBED FOR BY THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND TRANSFER OF SUCH SHARES IS RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, is dated as of May 2, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between the investor signatories hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and together, the “ Investors ”) and Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to a Subscription Agreement dated as of December 1, 2009 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Agreement, each Investor subscribed for and acquired the number of shares of Common Stock set forth next to such Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto (with respect to each Investor, the “ Shares ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors now desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in the manner set forth in this Agreement in order to clarify the Company’s repurchase rights regarding the Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Company Repurchase Rights .

 

  1.1

At any time and from time to time following the exercise (including any cashless or net exercise) of any of the Company’s then issued and outstanding options granted under that certain Pfenex Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) (each, an “ Option Exercise ”), the Company shall have the right, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to repurchase Shares ratably from the Investors equal to the number of Shares issued pursuant to each Option Exercise, by paying in cash therefor an amount equal to $0.11 per Share, subject to equitable adjustments as a result of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event with respect to the Common Stock (the “ Repurchase Price ”). In addition, effective (i) upon the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “ Initial Public Offering ”), or (ii) immediately prior to the closing

 

1


  of a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, the Company shall have the right, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to repurchase Shares ratably from the Investors up to all of the Shares that remain outstanding, by paying in cash therefor an amount equal to the Repurchase Price. Any repurchase of Shares effected pursuant to this Section 1 (the “ Repurchase Shares ”) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the Investors.

 

  1.2 In the event of an Option Exercise, the payment of the Repurchase Price and the effectiveness of such repurchase of the Repurchase Shares shall occur within thirty (30) days of the date of that the Company provides notice to the Investors of the exercise of its option to repurchase such Shares following such Option Exercise. In the event of an Initial Public Offering or a Change in Control, (i) the Company’s repurchase of the Repurchase Shares shall be automatically deemed to be effective (A) in the case of an Initial Public Offering, upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or (B) immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control, such that the Repurchase Shares shall not be outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company immediately following the Initial Public Offering or upon the Change in Control, as applicable, and (ii) the Company shall deliver the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Investors within five (5) business days of the closing of such Initial Public Offering or Change in Control.

 

  1.3 Escrow of Shares

1.3.1     Deposit . As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, each Investor delivered the certificate(s) representing the Shares, together with five (5) copies of a stock power form (the “ Stock Powers ”), to the Secretary of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”) following the Closing (as defined in the Prior Agreement) under the Prior Agreement. These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Investors dated December 1, 2009 (the “ Escrow Instructions ”), which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

1.3.2     Rights in Escrow Shares . Subject to the terms hereof, each Investor shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) subject to the terms hereof, any Change in Control of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which such Investor is entitled by reason of such Investor’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the Company’s repurchase option set forth in this Section 1 .

 

2


  1.4 From and after the Repurchase Date, all rights of each Investor (except the right to receive the applicable Repurchase Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such Repurchase Shares, and such Repurchase Shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The Shares not repurchased shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as such may be amended and restated from time to time.

 

2. Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

  2.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibit hereto, together with the Plan, the Escrow Instructions and the Stock Powers, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters.

 

  2.2 Notices . Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified in this Section 2.2 prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a business day; (b) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile telephone number specified herein later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on such date; (c) the business day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service; (d) five (5) business days after mailing if sent by certified or registered mail; or (e) actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given if delivered by hand. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

 

If to the Company:   

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle St.

San Diego, CA 92121

Telephone No.: (858) 352-4400

Facsimile No.: (858) 352-4602

Attn.: Chief Executive Officer

With a copy to:   

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

12235 El Camino Real

Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92130

Telephone No.: (858) 350-2300

Facsimile No.: (858) 350-2399

Attn: Dan R. Koeppen, Esq.

If to an Investor:    To the names and address set forth on Exhibit A hereto;

or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such person.

 

3


  2.3 Amendments; Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed by both the Company and holders of at least a majority of the Shares issued hereunder. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter. Any amendment, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 2.3 shall be binding on all Investors, notwithstanding that all Investors have not executed such amendment, waiver or consent.

 

  2.4 Headings . The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

  2.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. The Shares may not be transferred to any party other than an affiliate of an Investor who agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  2.6 Stop-Transfer Notices . Each Investor agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

  2.7 Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

  2.8 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.

 

  2.9 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement; (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court; (c) waives any claim of inconvenient forum or other challenge to venue in such court; (d) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court; and (e) waives any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party agrees to accept service of any summons, complaint or other initial pleading made in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 2.2 , provided that nothing in this Section 2.9 shall affect the right of a party to serve such summons, complaint or other initial pleading in any other manner permitted by law.

 

4


  2.10 Execution . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

 

  2.11 Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state or local statute or law shall be deemed to also refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation. The parties intend that each representation, warranty or covenant contained herein shall have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty or covenant herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

 

  2.12 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision which shall be a reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereby executed this Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement as of the day set forth above.

 

PFENEX INC.
By:   /s/ Bertrand C. Liang

 

 

Bertrand C. Liang

President & Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereby executed this Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement as of the day set forth above.

 

SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS

ACCREDITED PARTNERSHIP III, LP

By: SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS GP III, L.P., its general partner
By: SIGNET HOLDINGS, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ James C. Gale

Name: James C. Gale

Title: Managing Director

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereby executed this Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement as of the day set forth above.

 

SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS QP

PARTNERSHIP III, LP

By: SIGNET HEALTHCARE PARTNERS GP III, L.P., its general partner
By: SIGNET HOLDINGS, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ James C. Gale

Name: James C. Gale

Title: Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereby executed this Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement as of the day set forth above.

 

WX MANAGEMENT LIMITED ,

a Bahamian corporation

By:    

 

Name: Richard L. Campbell

Title: Director


EXHIBIT A

Investors

 

Investor

   Number of Shares

Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP

Carnegie Hall Towers

152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 419-3956

Attention: James C. Gale

   229,108

Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP

Carnegie Hall Towers

152 West 57th Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 419-3956

Attention: James C. Gale

   841,892

WX Management Limited

c/o Butterfield Bank (Bahamas) Limited

Montague Sterling Center

Nassau, Bahamas

Facsimile: (242) 393-3772

Attention: Julien Martel

   119,000

Exhibit 10.1

PFENEX INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

-2-


(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any individual, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include any entity or any non-natural person.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between

 

-3-


the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

-4-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 3,090,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

-5-


(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

-6-


6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

-7-


(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within three (3) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the

 

-8-


Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within twelve (12) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within twelve (12) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

-9-


(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

-10-


(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as

 

-11-


otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or

 

-12-


enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the proceeding paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

-13-


For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

-14-


required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant (for the avoidance of doubt, no action taken pursuant to Section 13 shall be considered to impair the rights of any Participant), unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

-15-


(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-16-


PFENEX INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:    «optionee»
Address:   

 

  

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   

«grant_date»

Vesting Commencement Date:   

«vesting_date»

Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                                                                                                     
Total Number of Shares Granted:   

«shares»

Total Exercise Price:    $ «total_ex_price»                                                                                                        
Type of Option:   

x       Incentive Stock Option

  

¨       Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:   

«expiration_date»

Vesting Schedule :   

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[The Shares subject to the Option shall have the following vesting schedule: (i) 25% of such shares under the Option will vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and (ii) 1/48 of such shares will vest monthly thereafter, such that all of the shares will become fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; with vesting in all cases subject to the Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

-2-


3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

 

-3-


(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-4-


9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Because the Plan does not permit any Option to be granted with a per Share exercise price that would cause the imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, if the stated per Share exercise price of an Option is lower than the per Share exercise price that would cause the imposition of such taxes, the Option will not be exercisable for the stated per Share exercise price, but instead shall only be exercisable for the lowest per Share exercise price that will not result in the imposition of such taxes. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL

 

-5-


OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

The Company has summarized its understanding of complicated tax rules. The Company is not, however, providing you with any tax advice and cannot guarantee that it has accurately summarized the tax rules. Accordingly, it recommends that you consult with your own tax adviser.

 

PARTICIPANT     PFENEX INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

        «optionee»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Pfenex Inc.

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Corporate Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,     , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Pfenex Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated «grant_date» (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Voting Agreement . Participant hereby covenants and agrees to become a party to the Voting Agreement, dated on or about November 30, 2009, by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “Voting Agreement”), by executing a counterpart of the Voting Agreement and delivering the same to the Company.

4. Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement . Participant hereby covenants and agrees to become a party to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated on or about November 30, 2009, by and among the Company and certain of the Company’s stockholders (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “Co-Sale Agreement”), by executing a counterpart of the Co-Sale Agreement and delivering the same to the Company.

5. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

6. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


7. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this

 

-2-


Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

8. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

9. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

-3-


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

10. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

12. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

-4-


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT     PFENEX INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

        «optionee»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

    Date Received

 

-5-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT   :      «OPTIONEE»
COMPANY   :      PFENEX INC.
SECURITY   :      COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT   :     
DATE   :     

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

«optionee»

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4

PFENEX INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ insert date ] and is between Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding,

 

-2-


including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(c), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then, subject to and in accordance with the requirements and process described in Section 10, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issuer or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

-4-


(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) [except as provided in Section 15,] for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation to the extent such reimbursement is required under Section 954 of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any rules adopted or promulgated thereunder or in connection therewith, but in any case only if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(e) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(f) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses; Audit of Expenses.

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is

 

-5-


not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

(b) The Company shall have the right, from time to time and upon written request, to audit, review and inspect any and all Expenses for which advancement, reimbursement and/or indemnification is sought (“ Expense Audit ”). Indemnitee will cooperate with the Company in the performance of any Expense Audit. In addition to other requests it may make in connection with any Expense Audit, the Company may require that the Indemnitee provide to the Company receipts or other documentation sufficient, in the reasonable determination of this Company, to document and confirm that such Expenses are actual, complete, correct and subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Indemnitee fails to provide such documentation in a timely manner, the Company may reject Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, reimbursement and/or advancement of such Expenses.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) Independent Counsel shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, or (iii) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company. In the event the Company is obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee separate counsel pursuant to subsection (i) above, the Company’s obligations to advance or indemnify Expenses for such separate counsel will be capped at $3 million unless and until the Board authorizes additional funding for such separate counsel.

 

-6-


(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such

 

-7-


objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements (except that this shall not apply to the extent that the Indemnitee participated in the creating of such financial statements or otherwise certified their completeness and/or veracity), (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(b) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

-8-


12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(d), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or an award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

-9-


13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. [ Primary Responsibility. [NOTE: INCLUDE SECTION 15 ONLY IF INDEMNITEE IS REPRESENTING A VC FUND ON THE BOARD] The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [ insert name of fund ] (the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.]

16. No Duplication of Payments. [Except as provided in Section 15, t][T]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

-10-


17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. [Except as provided in Section 15, i] [I]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of

 

-11-


this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, California 92121, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Daniel R. Koeppen, Esq., Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 12235 El Camino Real, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92130.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

-12-


27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, the Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

PFENEX INC.

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Title )
[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]

 

( Signature )

 

( Print name )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, State and ZIP )

( Signature page to Indemnification Agreement )

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

BRS-TUSTIN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATES II, LLC

Multi Tenant Industrial/Commercial Lease

(Net)

Between

BRS-TUS7TN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATES II, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

(LESSOR)

and

PFEIVEX INC,

a Delaware corporation

(LESSEE)

Date: June 22, 2010

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE  
   SUBJECT MATTER   
Paragraph 1.    BASIC PROVISIONS (“BASIC PROVISIONS”)      1   
Paragraph 2.    PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS      3   
Paragraph 3.    TERM      5   
Paragraph 4.    RENT      5   
Paragraph 5.    SECURITY DEPOSIT      8   
Paragraph 6.    USE      8   
Paragraph 7.    MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, UTILITY INSTALLATIONS, TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS      10   
Paragraph 8.    INSURANCE; INDEMNITY      13   
Paragraph 9.    DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION      16   
Paragraph 10.    REAL PROPERTY TAXES      18   
Paragraph 11.    UTILITIES; RENTAL ABATEMENT EVENTS      18   
Paragraph 12.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      19   
Paragraph 13.    DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES      21   
Paragraph 14.    CONDEMNATION      23   
Paragraph 15.    BROKERS      24   
Paragraph 16.    ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      24   
Paragraph 17.    LESSOR’S LIABILITY      24   
Paragraph 18.    SEVERABILITY      24   
Paragraph 19.    INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS      24   
Paragraph 20.    TIME OF ESSENCE      24   
Paragraph 21.    RENT DEFINED      24   
Paragraph 22.    NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS      24   
Paragraph 23.    NOTICES      24   
Paragraph 24.    WAIVERS      25   
Paragraph 25.    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED      25   
Paragraph 26.    NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER      25   
Paragraph 27.    CUMULATIVE REMEDIES      25   
Paragraph 28.    COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS      25   
Paragraph 29.    BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW      25   
Paragraph 30.    SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE      25   
Paragraph 31.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES      26   
Paragraph 32.    LESSOR’S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS      26   
Paragraph 33.    AUCTIONS      26   
Paragraph 34.    SIGNS      26   
Paragraph 35.    TERMINATION; MERGER      26   
Paragraph 36.    CONSENTS      26   

 

(i)


Paragraph 37.    INTENTIONALLY DELETED      27   
Paragraph 38.    QUIET POSSESSION      27   
Paragraph 39.    RULES AND REGULATIONS      27   
Paragraph 40.    SECURITY MEASURES      27   
Paragraph 41.    RESERVATIONS      27   
Paragraph 42.    PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST      27   
Paragraph 43.    AUTHORITY      27   
Paragraph 44.    CONFLICT      27   
Paragraph 45.    OFFER      27   
Paragraph 46.    AMEDMENTS      27   
Paragraph 47.    MULTIPLE PARTIES      27   
Paragraph 48.    CONSTRUCTION      27   

Exhibit A PREMISES

Exhibit B INDUSTRIAL CENTER

Exhibit C LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

Exhibit D FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Exhibit E RULES AND REGULATIONS

Exhibit F FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit G HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SURVEY FORM

Exhibit H NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

(ii)


BRS-TUSTIN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATES II, LLC

Multi-Tenant Industrial/Commercial Lease

(Net)

ROSELLE TECHNOLOGY PARK

 

  1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”) .

1.1 Parties : This Lease (“ Lease ”), effective June 22, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”), is made by and between BRS-TUSTIN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATES II, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Lessor ”) and PFENEX INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ,” or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2 Premises; Parking; Exterior Equipment Area; Roof/Air Compressor .

(a) Premises : The entire Building (“ Building ”), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, located at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, California 92121, and containing approximately twenty two thousand eight hundred thirty three (22,833) rentable square feet as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Premises ”). In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Industrial Center ” and are depicted on Exhibit B . (Also see Paragraph 2.)

(b) Parking : Lessee shall be entitled to the use, on an unreserved as-available basis, of sixty eight (68) vehicle parking spaces within the Industrial Center and four (4) reserved vehicle parking spaces within the Industrial Center (collectively, the “ Parking Spaces ”). (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)

(c) Exterior Equipment Area : Lessee shall have an exclusive license to use a portion of the exterior yard and equipment area located within the Industrial Center and identified on Exhibit A (the “ Exterior Equipment Area ”) in connection with its operations at the Premises, provided that Lessee complies with any reasonable rules and regulations concerning the use of such Exterior Equipment Area imposed by Lessor at any time during the Term of this Lease. Said license shall be coterminous with this Lease and any portion of the Exterior Equipment Area used by Lessee shall be maintained by Lessee in the same manner required for the Premises under this Lease. As part of the Leasehold Improvements (as defined in the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached to this Lease as Exhibit C ), Lessee shall have the right to expand the existing Exterior Equipment Area as shown on Exhibit A and may grade and improve the Exterior Equipment Area, including installing fencing surrounding the Exterior Equipment Area, subject to Lessor’s prior approval and Lessee’s compliance with all of the requirements for the Leasehold Improvements set forth in this Lease and the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached to this Lease as Exhibit C . If Lessee installs such fencing, Lessee agrees to provide keys to the gates of the Exterior Equipment Area to Lessor. In no event shall Lessee’s use of the Exterior Equipment Area adversely impact the use of the existing parking spaces or access ways at the Industrial Center.

(d) Roof/Air Compressor : During the Term, Lessee shall be permitted to install, maintain and operate an air compressor on the roof of the Building (the “ Compressor ”), the size, weight and precise location of which shall be subject to Lessor’s prior written approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and pursuant to plans, all of which have been approved in writing by Lessor (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessee shall obtain Lessor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to any roof penetrations and any such penetrations permitted by Lessor shall be performed at Lessee’s expense by Lessor’s contractors if required by Lessor in accordance with any roof warranty. The installation, maintenance and operation of the Compressor shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and shall be performed at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessee will ensure that the Compressor will be installed by licensed contractors in accordance with all federal, state and local rules and building codes. Lessee will obtain, at its sole cost and expense, all permits, licenses or approvals required to install and operate the Compressor and shall repair any and all damage to the Industrial Center (including, but not limited to, the roof of the Building) caused as a result of Lessee’s installation of the Compressor. In the event Lessor repairs or replaces the roof during the Lease Term, Lessee will relocate or, if necessary, remove the Compressor from the roof at Lessee’s sole cost upon receipt of written request from Lessor. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the removal of the Compressor during any such repair or replacement of the roof. Lessee shall be able to place the Compressor on the roof, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, after Lessor completes repairing or replacing the roof. Lessor may have its representative present at the installation or any reinstallation of the Compressor and the Compressor shall be properly screened and shall not be visible by someone standing in the vicinity of the Industrial Center. The Compressor shall be included within the coverage of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Lessee under the Lease.

 

Page 1 of 28


1.3 Term : The term of this Lease shall be for a period of ten (10) years (“ Original Term ”) commencing on the date (the “ Commencement Date ”) which is the later of (a) April 1, 2011, and (b) the date that Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee after completion of Lessor’s Work (as defined in the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached to this Lease as Exhibit C ) and expiring on the date one day prior to the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date or if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of the month, the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs (the “ Expiration Date ”). The Commencement Date and Expiration Date shall be documented in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto. For purposes of this Lease, the “ Term ” of this Lease shall refer to the Original Term, as it may be extended or renewed by any properly exercised options granted hereunder. (Also see Paragraph 3.)

1.4 Early Possession : Lessee shall have the right to occupy the Premises for the sole purpose of installing the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises in accordance with the Leasehold Improvement Agreement attached as Exhibit C to this Lease and installing all furniture. fixtures and equipment and otherwise preparing the Premises for occupancy from and after the date of the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by the Parties and Lessee’s delivery to Lessor of advance rent required under Paragraph 1.6 below, the Security Deposit required under Paragraph 1.8 below, and the insurance certificates required under Paragraph 8 below (the “ Early Possession Date ”). In addition, from and after February 1, 2011, Lessee shall have the right to commence the conduct of its business in the Premises. None of the early access or occupancy rights set forth in this Section 1.4 shall advance the Commencement Date of this Lease. (Also see Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5 Base Rent : Payable monthly, on the first day of each month, in the amount described below, calculated on a net basis (“ Base Rent ”), and commencing on the Commencement Date. (Also see Paragraph 4.)

 

Month of Original Term

   Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
     Approx.
Monthly
Rate PSF
 

1 – 12*

   $ 27,399.60       $ 1.20   

13 – 24

   $ 28,221.59       $ 1.24   

25 – 36

   $ 29,068.24       $ 1.27   

37 – 48

   $ 29,940.28       $ 1.31   

49 – 60

   $ 30,838.49       $ 1.35   

61 – 72

   $ 31,763.65       $ 1.39   

73 – 84

   $ 32,716.56       $ 1.43   

85 – 96

   $ 33,698.05       $ 1.48   

97 – 108

   $ 34,708.99       $ 1.52   

109 – 120

   $ 35,750.26       $ 1.57   

 

* Subject to abatement of fifty percent (50%) of monthly Base Rent for the first (1 st ) year of the Original Term in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.1 of this Lease.

1.6 Advance Rent Paid Upon Execution : Twenty Thousand Three Hundred Twenty One and 37/100 Dollars ($20,321.37) representing Lessee’s first installment of Base Rent and Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses due for the Original Term.

1.7 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses : Thirty one and 76/100 percent (31.76%) as to the Industrial Center and one hundred and No/100 percent (100%) as to the Building (“ Lessee’s Share ”) which may be adjusted by Lessor from time to time, in Lessor’s reasonable discretion based on changes in the size of and/or number of buildings comprising the Industrial Center. (Also see Subparagraph 4.2 (a))

1.8 Security Deposit : Thirty Five Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 26/100 Dollars ($35,750.26) (“ Security Deposit ”). (Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.9 Permitted Use : Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises solely for general office, research and development, laboratory, biotech manufacturing, warehouse and distribution uses and other related incidental uses, as may be permitted under existing zoning laws governing the Premises and for no other use or purpose without Lessor’s prior written consent (“ Permitted Use ”). (Also see Paragraph 6.)

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 2 of 28


1.10 (a) Real Estate Brokers . The following real estate broker(s) (collectively, the “ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):

x     CB Richard Ellis represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”); and

x     Irving Hughes represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”).

(b) Payment to Brokers . Upon the execution of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to said Broker(s) jointly, or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate in writing, a fee as set forth in a separate written agreement between Lessor and said Broker(s)

1.11 Guarantor(s) : None.

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits . Attached are Exhibits A through G, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas .

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the Term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Base Rent, Lessee’s Share and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, is an approximation which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and Lessee’s Share based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

2.2 Condition . Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 2.2 and Exhibit C to this Lease, Lessee agrees (i) to accept the Premises on the Commencement Date as then being suitable for Lessee’s intended use and in its then existing “AS IS” condition, and (ii) that neither Lessor nor any of Lessor’s agents, representatives or employees has made any representations as to the suitability, fitness or condition of the Premises for the conduct of Lessee’s business or for any other purpose. The Leasehold Improvements (defined in Exhibit C ) shall be installed in accordance with the terms and provisions of Exhibit C . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Premises shall be delivered to Lessee on the Early Possession Date in broom clean condition with the roof, the compressor and all heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electrical, lighting, fire sprinkler, laboratory, plumbing and other Building systems servicing the Premises in good working order as of the Early Possession Date and the slab, foundation and all windows properly sealed and watertight. If any of the foregoing are not in the required condition, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor’s expense; provided, that Lessee delivers Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this condition within six (6) months after the Commencement Date.

2.3 Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code . Lessor warrants that to the actual knowledge of Lessor any improvements (other than those constructed by Lessee or at Lessee’s direction) on or in the Premises shall comply with all Applicable Laws (as defined below) in effect and enforced on the Effective Date. Lessor further warrants to Lessee that Lessor has no actual knowledge, without a duty of inquiry or investigation, of any claim having been made by any governmental agency that a violation or violations of Applicable Laws exists with regard to the Premises as of the Effective Date. For purposes of the foregoing representation, Lessor’s actual knowledge shall be limited to the actual knowledge, without a duty of inquiry or investigation, of the person executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor, Hack Adams and the Building Manager. Finally, Lessor warrants to Lessee that the exterior of the Building, the Common Areas, including the parking area for the Building, all Building systems and all restrooms in the Building shall comply with all Applicable Laws in effect and enforced on the Effective Date. Without limiting the provisions of Exhibit C, said warranties shall not apply to any Leasehold Improvements, Alterations or Utility Installations (defined in Subparagraph 7.3 (a)) made or to be made by Lessee. If the Premises do not comply with said warranties, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee given within six (6) months following the Commencement Date and setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, take such action, at Lessor’s expense, as may be reasonable or appropriate to rectify the non-compliance. Lessor makes no warranty that the Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.9 is permitted for the Premises under Applicable Laws (as defined in Paragraph 2.4). Except as provided in Paragraph 4.2 below, Lessor shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for all work and improvements to the Common Areas required under the ADA (as defined below).

Lessee warrants that any improvements (other than those constructed by Lessor or at Lessor’s direction) on or in the Premises, which are constructed or installed by Lessee, shall comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement Date and throughout the Term of this Lease.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 3 of 28


Said warranty shall specifically apply to any Leasehold Improvements, Alterations or Utility Installations made or to be made by Lessee. Subject to the provisions of Exhibit C, if such improvements constructed or installed by Lessee do not comply with said warranties, Lessee shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessor or any governmental authority, take such action, at Lessee’s expense, as may be deemed reasonable or appropriate by Lessor to rectify the non-compliance.

2.4 Acceptance of Premises . Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it has been advised to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act (the “ ADA ”) and applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”) and the present and future suitability of the Premises for Lessee’s intended use; (b) that Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters, is satisfied with reference thereto; and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of Lessor’s agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease.

2.5 Intentionally Deleted .

2.6 Vehicle Parking . Lessee shall be entitled to use Parking Spaces in accordance with Subparagraph 1.2 (b) of the Basic Provisions on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking, including, without limitation, in the parking areas immediately adjacent to the Building. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said Parking Spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles, pick-up trucks or SUVs, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Lessor in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 39) issued by Lessor. Lessee’s violation of this subparagraph shall constitute a material breach of this Lease (subject to applicable notice and cure periods). (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition . The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other lessees of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas (but excluding the Exterior Equipment Area, which shall be exclusive to Lessee).

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights . Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the Original Term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 39. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other lessees of the Industrial Center, provided that Lessor shall enforce such Rules and Regulations in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. In no event shall the Rules and Regulations unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises as permitted under this Lease or Lessee’s parking rights granted under this Lease or materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Lessee under this Lease.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 4 of 28


2.10 Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) Intentionally omitted;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any of the actions described in this Paragraph 2.10, Lessor shall not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s operations at the Premises, including parking for, access to or visibility of the Premises; provided that any changes to the Common Areas shall not materially and adversely affect Lessee’s use or enjoyment of or access to the Premises or parking areas or other rights under this Lease as contemplated by this Lease.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . If an Early Possession Date is specified in Paragraph 1.4, Lessee shall be entitled to early occupancy of the Premises solely for the purpose of installing the Leasehold Improvements and Lessee’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other specialized leasehold improvements approved by Lessor and otherwise preparing the Premises for Lessee’s occupancy. Lessor and Lessee shall coordinate their respective work to be performed at the Premises during Lessee’s early occupancy. All other terms of this Lease, however (including, but not limited to, the obligation to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8 but excluding the obligation to pay Base Rent or Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses or, unless and until Lessee commences business operations from the Premises, to pay for utilities pursuant to Paragraph 11 hereof), shall be in effect during such period. Lessee agrees that Lessor’s completion of any improvements in the Premises during the period of Lessee’s early occupancy of the Premises shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Lessee nor entitle Lessee to any abatement of Rent: provided, however that both Lessor and Lessee shall mutually cooperate to conduct their improvements in a manner that will avoid unreasonable interference with the other party’s work. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Term.

3.3 Delay in Possession . If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Early Possession Date, if one is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified, by the Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Lessee hereunder, or extend the Term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent . Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without notice, offset or deduction, on or before the day on which it is due under the terms of this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, Base Rent and all other sums or charges due Lessor from Lessee hereunder may be collectively referred to from time to time as “Rent’ Rent for any period during the Term hereof which is for less than one (1) full month shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. If the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, monthly Base Rent shall adjust on the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date and Lessee shall pay monthly Base Rent for the portion of the calendar month ending on the Expiration Date at the monthly Base Rent then in effect. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to Lessee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that fifty percent (50%) of monthly Base Rent shall be abated for the first (1g) year of the Original Term; provided, that (i) Lessee agrees that notwithstanding the foregoing monthly Base Rent abatement, Lessee shall observe and perform all of the other

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 5 of 28


terms, covenants and provisions set forth in this Lease, including without limitation, payment of all other Rent required to be paid by Lessee under this Lease, and (ii) in the event of a Breach by Lessee under the terms of this Lease that results in termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 13 hereof, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Paragraph 13 of this Lease, Lessor shall be entitled to the recovery of the then unamortized remaining balance of the Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Paragraph 4.1 (such amortization being calculated on a straight line basis over the entire Lease Term and such balance being determined as of the date of such Breach).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the Term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the Term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Common Area Operating Expenses ” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The costs of management, administration operation, repair, replacement and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates and the roof membrane and the non-structural portions of the roof (with respect to the roof, Lessee shall only be responsible for the costs relating to the roof of the Building).

(bb) Intentionally omitted.

(cc) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(dd) Fire detection and sprinkler systems for the Building only.

(ii) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, telephone (as required for the fire monitoring system only) and any other utility systems to service the Common Areas.

(iii) Trash disposal, property management and security services.

(iv) Intentionally deleted.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid by Lessor for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

(vi) The costs of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor under Paragraph 8 hereof.

(vii) Any reasonable deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas (except to the extent such loss is caused solely by Lessor’s negligence), not to exceed $50,000 per insured loss.

(viii) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(ix) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, replacing and/or adding improvements mandated by any governmental agency and any repairs or removals necessitated thereby, amortized over its useful life according to sound accounting principles consistent with those generally used by sophisticated commercial landlords in the San Diego area (including interest on the un-amortized balance at the rate of 8% per annum), including any barrier removal work or other required improvements, alterations or work to any portion of the Common Areas required under provisions of the ADA enacted or newly enforced after the date of this Lease. If any improvements, alterations or work is required to the Premises under the provisions of the ADA or any improvements, alterations or work is required to the Common Areas under the ADA as a result of Lessee’s specific use or alteration or improvements to the Premises, excluding the initial Leasehold Improvements (collectively, “Lessee ADA Work”), then the cost of the Lessee ADA Work shall be borne solely by Lessee and shall not be included as part of the Common Area Operating Expenses.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 6 of 28


(x) The cost of any capital improvements made to the Industrial Center after the Commencement Date amortized over its useful life according to sound accounting principles consistent with those generally used by sophisticated commercial landlords in the San Diego area (including interest on the un-amortized balance at the rate of 8% per annum).

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the Industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Industrial Center.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2 (a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Lessee within thirty (30) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor. At Lessor’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each 12-month period of the Term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Lessor shall deliver to Lessee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the expiration of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as practicable, a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments under this Subparagraph 4.2 (d) during said preceding year exceed Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Rent next becoming due. If Lessee’s payments under this Subparagraph 4.2 (d) during said preceding year were less than Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement. Lessor’s estimate of Common Area Operating Expenses for the Industrial Center for the 2010 calendar year is $0.29 per rentable square foot.

(e) After delivery to Lessor of at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, Lessee, at its sole cost and expense through any accountant designated by it, shall have the right to examine and/or audit the books and records evidencing such expenses for the previous one (1) calendar year, during Lessor’s reasonable business hours but not more frequently than once during any calendar year. Lessee may not compensate any such accountant on a contingency fee basis. The results of any such audit (and any negotiations between the parties related thereto) shall be maintained strictly confidential by Lessee and its accounting firm and shall not be disclosed, published or otherwise disseminated to any other party other than to Lessor and its authorized agents or the Lessee’s employees, accountants, real estate advisors, financial advisors and attorneys and as may be required by law or in any litigation or dispute arising out of such audit. Lessor and Lessee each shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in such negotiations and to promptly resolve any discrepancies between Lessor and Lessee in the accounting of such expenses.

(f) “Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include and Lessee shall in no event have any obligation to perform or to pay directly, or to reimburse Lessor for, all or any portion of the following repairs, maintenance, improvements, replacements, premiums, claims, losses, fees, charges, costs and expenses (collectively, “Costs”): (a) Costs occasioned by the act, omission or violation of any Applicable Law by Lessor, any other occupant of the Industrial Center, or their respective agents, employees or contractors; (b) Costs occasioned by casualties or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain, except for insurance deductibles as expressly provided in subparagraph (a) above and this subparagraph (f); (c) Costs to correct any construction defect in the Premises or the Industrial Center existing as of the Effective Date or to comply with any Applicable Law applicable to the Premises or the Industrial Center in effect on the Effective Date: provided, however, that a change in the procedures for enforcing an existing law will be the equivalent of a new law; (d) Costs of any renovation, improvement, painting or redecorating of any portion of the Industrial Center for any other lessee of the Industrial Center or for any other building in the Industrial Center (except if such renovation, improvement, painting or redecorating is part of a program to reasonably renovate the entire Industrial Center, including the Building); (e) Costs incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with any other occupant of the Industrial Center and Costs arising from the violation by Lessor or any other occupant of the Industrial Center of the terms and conditions of any lease or other agreement; (f) insurance Costs for coverage not customarily paid by tenants of similar projects in the vicinity of the Premises and increases in insurance Costs caused by the activities of another occupant of the Industrial Center and insurance deductibles in excess of $50,000 per event of loss: (g) Costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Substance, except to the extent caused by the release or emission of the Hazardous Substance in question by Lessee; (h) interest, charges and fees incurred on debt; (i) expense reserves; (j) Costs which could properly be capitalized under sound accounting principles consistent with those generally used by sophisticated commercial landlords in the San Diego area, except to the extent amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question; (k) wages, compensation, and labor burden for any employee not stationed on the Industrial Center on a full-time basis (provided, that if any employees of Lessor provide services for more than one building or project of Lessor, then a prorated portion of such employees’ wages, benefits and taxes shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses based on the portion of

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 7 of 28


their working time devoted to the Industrial Center) or any fee, profit or compensation retained or paid to a third party manager by Lessor or its affiliates for management and administration of the Industrial Center in excess of 4% of the gross revenues of the Industrial Center; (l) any items for which Lessor is reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated, including direct reimbursement by any other lessee; or (m) the cost of replacing the structural portions of the roof of the Building (excluding the roof membrane) or the roof of any other building in the Industrial Center.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.8 of the Basic Provisions as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease. If Lessee Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, cost, expense, loss or damage (including attorneys fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefore deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Lessor shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or, at Lessor’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee’s interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. Lessee hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7, as amended or recodified from time to time, and any and all other laws, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in force, applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the security deposit may be retained and applied by Lessor (a) to offset Rent (as defined in Section 4.1) which is unpaid either before or after the termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Lessor before or after the termination of this Lease, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Lessee or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Lessee.

The Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the Term hereof, and after Lessee has vacated the Premises.

6. Use .

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Provisions, or any other legal use, which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose without Lessor’s consent. Lessee shall, at its expense, obtain any governmental permits or approvals required for the Permitted Use. The obtaining of any such permits or approvals is not a condition to any of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease. Lessee acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor’s agent has made any representation or warranty, whether express or implied, as to the Premises, including, without limitation, the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Lessee’s business. Lessee has been advised by Lessor to conduct its own investigation of the suitability of the Premises for Lessee’s intended use, including, without limitation, a careful inspection of the Premises, a review of all applicable laws and ordinances, and inquiries of all applicable government agencies before executing this Lease. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance, or that unreasonably disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or neighboring premises or properties. Lessee further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Building. Lessee shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and the provisions of all ground or underlying leases, now or hereafter affecting the Real Property if Lessor provides Lessee with a copy thereof. Lessor acknowledges that Lessee will maintain products in the Premises which are required from time to time for its business in customary amounts, which products contain chemicals which are categorized as Hazardous Substances. Lessor agrees that the use of such products in the Premises in compliance with all applicable laws shall not be a violation by Lessee of this Lease.

6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health or the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any environmental laws; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable environmental statute or common law theory related to environmental laws. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises, which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without notice to Lessor (posted notice at the Premises shall be sufficient for compliance with subparagraph (iii) below) and compliance in a timely manner (at

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 8 of 28


Lessee’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may, without Lessor’s prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the normal course of the Permitted Use. Lessor acknowledges that Lessee will be generating, storing and/or disposing of Biohazardous Waste (as hereinafter defined) at the Premises in connection with Lessee’s operation of the Permitted Use and that such Biohazardous Waste may include Hazardous Substances. In addition to Lessee’s obligations under this Section 6.2 with respect to any Biohazardous Waste which is a Hazardous Substance, Lessee shall comply with the provisions of Section 7.5 in connection with its generation, storage and disposal of Biohazardous Waste at the Premises.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause or permit its agents, employees, contractors or invitees to cause any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

(c) Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessor (with counsel approved by Lessor), its directors, officers, agents, partners, members, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any (i) Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone under Lessee’s control or with Lessee’s consent or (ii) the breach of any term, condition, representation or warranty contained in this Paragraph 6. Lessee’s obligations under this Subparagraph 6.2 (c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Exculpation of Lessor . Other lessees of the Industrial Center may be using, handling or storing certain Hazardous Substances in connection with such lessees’ use of their premises. The failure of another lessee to comply with applicable laws and procedures could result in a release of Hazardous Substances and contamination to the Industrial Center, or any part thereof or the soil and ground water thereunder. In the event of such release, the lessee responsible for the release, and not Lessor, shall be solely responsible for any claim, damage or expense incurred by Lessee by reason of such contamination. Lessee waives any rights it may have to later assert that the foregoing release does not cover unknown claims. Lessee and anyone claiming by, through or under Lessee hereby fully and irrevocably releases Lessor, its partners and their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives, agents, successors and assigns from any and all claims that it may now have or hereafter acquire against such persons and entities for any cost, loss, liability, damage. expense, demand, action or cause of action arising from or related to any Hazardous Substance release or contamination to the Industrial Center by another lessee at the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.2(d) shall not limit any obligation of Lessor under this Lease to remediate any Hazardous Substances released by other lessees if Lessor is required to perform such remediation by Applicable Laws or Lessor’s liability to Lessee for any breach or violation of this Lease by Lessor.

(e) Environmental Questionnaire Disclosure . Prior to the execution of this Lease, Lessee shall complete, execute and deliver to Lessor a Hazardous Substances Survey Form in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto (“ Survey Form ”), and Lessee shall certify to Lessor that all information contained in the Survey Form as true and correct to the best of Lessee’s knowledge and belief. The completed Survey Form shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Lessor shall be entitled to rely on the information contained therein. Within thirty (30) days following receipt by Lessee of a written request therefore from Lessor (which request shall not be made more often than annually), Lessee shall disclose to Lessor in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Substances, or any combination thereof, which were stored, generated, used or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve (12) month period prior to and after each such request, or which Lessee intends to store, generate, use or dispose of on, under or about the Premises. At Lessor’s option, Lessee’s disclosure obligation under this Subparagraph shall include the requirement that Lessee update. execute and deliver to Lessor the Survey Form, as Lessor may modify the same from time to time.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Requirements . Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “ Applicable Requirements ,” which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives. covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 9 of 28


fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Lessee shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law . Lessor, Lessor’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“ Lenders ”) shall have the right subject to the restrictions in Paragraph 32 of this Lease, to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements, and Lessor shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Lessor with respect to Lessee’s activities, including but not limited to Lessee’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same, unless a Default or Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination. caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or Lessor’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

6.5 Lessor’s Representation . Lessor represents to Lessee (which representation is made without any investigation or inquiry) that it has no actual knowledge concerning the existence of (a) any Hazardous Substances on or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas or the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof, except as disclosed in the Environmental Report (as hereinafter defined), or (b) any underground storage tanks at the Industrial Center. Such representation is based solely on, and Lessor’s actual knowledge is limited to, the information contained in that certain Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment dated August 31, 2009, prepared by Occupational Services, Inc. under its Report No. 090831-02 (the “ Environmental Report ”), a copy of which has been provided to Lessee. As of the Effective Date, Lessor further represents to Lessee that Lessor has not received written notice of any pending action, proceeding or claim relating to the existence of Hazardous Substances at the Industrial Center. Under no circumstance shall Lessee be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities and damages (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of every type and nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Substances present at any time on or about the Industrial Center, or the soil, air, improvements, groundwater or surface water thereof, or the violation of any laws, orders or regulations, relating to any such Hazardous Substance, except to the extent that any of the foregoing actually results from the release or emission of Hazardous Substances by Lessee or its agents, employees or invitees.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations .

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall perform and construct, and Lessee shall have no responsibility to perform or construct, any repair, maintenance or improvements (a) subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Paragraph 8.7, arising from the negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, employees or contractors, and (b) covered by any warranty held by Lessor.

(b) Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, procure and maintain a contract, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection, maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation for the Premises. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain a reasonable and competitively priced contract for the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 10 of 28


(c) If Lessee Breaches Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

(d) Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.8 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if any capital replacements (as determined under Lessor’s sound accounting principles) (“ Capital Replacements ”) are required or necessary for operation of the Premises (for example, replacement of an HVAC unit, sprinkler system or any other capital item, but excluding any capital items installed in the Premises by Lessee), at Lessee’s written election to Lessor, Lessor shall complete such Capital Replacement, provided that the cost of such Capital Replacement shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life according to sound accounting principles consistent with those generally used by sophisticated commercial landlords in the San Diego area, together with interest at 8% per annum on the unamortized balance, and such amortization shall be reimbursed by Lessee to Lessor on a monthly basis during the Term on the date on which Base Rent is due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall complete any Capital Replacement, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, that is required as a result of Lessee’s particular use of, or improvements to, the Premises.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), and subject to the reimbursement requirements of Paragraph 4.2, Lessor, shall keep in good order. condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Lessor’s failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations .

(a) Definitions; Consent Required . The term “ Utility Installations ” is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protection systems, communications systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment, furniture and other personal property which can be removed without doing material, structural damage to the Premises, including, without limitation, all fermentors, chemical hoods, biological hoods and purification equipment. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, but excluding the Leasehold Improvements. “ Lessee-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Subparagraph 7.4 (a). Except as provided herein. Lessee shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Consent . Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. All consents to Alterations or Utility Installations given by Lessor, whether by virtue of Subparagraph 7.3 (a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee’s acquiring all applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations by Lessee during the Term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Lessor’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Lessee’s Alterations or Utility Installations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Lessor for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations or Utility Installations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations or Utility Installations, Lessee shall have the work performed in such manner as not to obstruct access to the common areas for any other lessee of the Industrial Center, and as not to obstruct the business of Lessor or other lessees in the Industrial Center, or interfere with the labor force working in the Building or the Industrial Center. In the event that Lessee makes any Alterations or Utility Installations, Lessee agrees to carry “Builder’s All Risk”

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 11 of 28


insurance in an amount approved by Lessor covering the construction of such Alterations or Utility Installations, and such other insurance as Lessor may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations or Utility Installations shall be insured by Lessee pursuant to Article 8 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Upon completion of any Alterations or Utility Installations, Lessee agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings, and specifications therefor of the Alterations or Utility Installations. Lessor may (but without obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that costs One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or more upon Lessee’s providing Lessor with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation. Lessee shall pay to Lessor all of Lessor’s actual and reasonable costs incurred in conjunction with the review of Lessee’s proposed Alterations or Utility Installations within fifteen (15) days of Lessee’s receipt of an invoice therefore (not to exceed $5,000.00). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall have the right without Lessor’s consent but upon ten (10) business days’ prior notice to Lessor to make non-structural Alterations to the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided that such Alterations do not (i) affect the exterior of the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center (nor may such Alterations be visible from the exterior of the Building), including the Exterior Equipment Area, (ii) adversely affect the Premises’ electrical, ventilation, plumbing, elevator, mechanical, air conditioning or any other systems therein, or (iii) exceed $50,000 per calendar year.

(c) Lien Protection . Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

7.4 Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require their removal and to cause Lessee to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the property of and owned by Lessor, but considered a part of the Premises. Unless otherwise instructed per Subparagraph 7.4 (b) hereof, all Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, automatically and without further action on the part of Lessor, become the property of Lessor and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered with the Premises by Lessee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, all Trade Fixtures shall be the property of Lessee and may be altered, removed and replaced by Lessee at any time during the Lease Term without Lessor’s consent.

(b) Removal . Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that Lessor may have consented to their installation. Concurrently with Lessee’s request for consent, Lessee may request that Lessor determine whether such Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations will be required to be so removed and if Lessor does not require such removal when consent is given, Lessee shall not be obligated to remove the Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall Lessee be required to remove the Leasehold Improvements.

(c) Surrender/Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the end of the last day of the Term or any earlier termination date, clean and free of debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair (including, but not limited to, all lights, ballasts, and lenses are operational; missing or damaged dock bumpers, levelers, seals, locks, and lights are repaired or replaced; all racking bolts and other protrusions are removed from the floor and patched with epoxy; and all floor cracks Y4 inch wide or larger are filled with epoxy), ordinary wear and tear, casualty, condemnation, Leasehold Improvements, Alterations and Utility Installations that Lessee is not required to remove excepted. Except as otherwise agreed or specified herein, the Premises, as surrendered, shall include the Alterations and Utility Installations. The obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Lessee’s Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, as well as the removal of any storage tank (other than the air compressor tank) installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as may then be required by Applicable Requirements and/or good practice. Lessee’s Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee subject to its obligation to repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 12 of 28


7.5 Biohazardous Waste .

(a) Definition . The term “ Biohazardous Waste ” shall mean the types of waste described in section 117635 of California’s Health and Safety Code and any similar type of waste.

(b) Disposal of Biohazardous Waste . Lessee hereby agrees, at Lessee’s sole expense, to dispose of its Biohazardous Waste in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to the disposal of Biohazardous Waste and to dispose of the Biohazardous Waste in a prudent and reasonable manner. Lessee shall not place any Biohazardous Waste in the Building’s refuse containers.

(c) Duty to Inform Lessor . Within ten (10) days following Lessor’s written request, Lessee shall provide Lessor with any information requested by Lessor concerning the existence, generation or disposal of Biohazardous Waste at the Premises, including, but not limited to, the following information: (a) the name, address and telephone number of the person or entity employed by Lessee to dispose of its Biohazardous Waste, including a copy of any contract with said person or entity, (b) a list of each type of Biohazardous Waste generated by Lessee at the Premises and a description of how Lessee disposes of said Biohazardous Waste, (c) a copy of any laws, rules or regulations in Lessee’s possession relating to the disposal of the Biohazardous Waste generated by Lessee, and (d) copies of any licenses or permits obtained by Lessee in order to generate or dispose of said Biohazardous Waste. Lessee shall also immediately provide to Lessor (without demand by Lessor) a copy of any notice, registration, application, permit, or license received from any governmental authority, or persons entering or occupying the Premises, concerning the presence, release, exposure or disposal of any Biohazardous Waste in or about the Premises or the Building.

(d) Inspection; Compliance . Subject to compliance with laws and regulations governing the confidentiality of donor information and medical records, Lessor and Lessor’s employees, agents, contractors and lenders shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon prior written notice to Lessee, for the purpose of verifying compliance by Lessee with this Section 7.5. Lessor shall have the right to employ experts and/or consultants in connection with its examination of the Premises and with respect to the generation and disposal of Biohazardous Waste on or from the Premises. The cost and expenses of any such inspection shall be paid by Lessor, unless it is determined that Lessee is not disposing of its Biohazardous Waste in a manner permitted by applicable law, in which case Lessee shall immediately reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection.

8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Lessor’s Insurance . At all times during the Term of this Lease, Lessor will purchase and maintain, as part of the Common Area Operating Expenses, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Common Areas in such reasonable amounts and with such reasonable coverages as determined by Lessor and “causes of loss - special form” property insurance covering the Building (excluding the Leasehold Improvements) and the Common Areas and Lessor’s equipment and furnishings against loss or damage resulting from fire and other insurable loss on a 100% replacement cost basis. Lessee acknowledges that it shall not be a named insured on such policies and that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any such insurance policies carried by Lessor. Lessee further acknowledges that Lessor shall not be required to carry insurance covering (1) Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Lessee’s personal property; (2) Business Income Insurance against, or be responsible for, any loss suffered by Lessee due to interruption of Lessee’s business from any cause; (3) loss to the Premises resulting from flood, earthquake, windstorm or hurricane; and (4) any other type of property. Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor’s insurance companies in the adjustment of any claims for any damage to the Building.

8.2 Lessee’s Insurance . At all times during the Term of this Lease, Lessee will purchase and maintain, at Lessee’s sole expense, the following insurance, in amounts not less than those specified below or such other amounts as Lessor may from time to time reasonably request, with insurance companies and on forms satisfactory to Lessor.

(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance written on an I.S.O. “occurrence” form or its equivalent covering the use, occupancy and maintenance of the Premises and all operations of Lessee. Such coverage shall include Premises Operations; Products - Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage; Blanket Contractual Liability; Personal and Advertising Injury; Fire Legal Liability; Employees Named as Additional Insureds; and Severability. Limits for such coverage shall be Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 per Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate, Products and Completed Operations Aggregate of $2,000,000, Personal and Advertising Injury of $1,000,000 Per Person/Organization subject to $2,000,000 General Aggregate, and Fire Legal Liability of $250,000. The policy shall contain an endorsement specifically naming the following as additional insureds: (1) Lessor, (2) Westcore Properties, LLC, and (3) Wellcorp Properties, LLC, and their officers and employees (collectively, the “ Additional Insured Parties ”), with respect to the Lessee’s use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall not limit Lessee’s liability nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Each policy shall insure Lessee’s performance of the indemnity provisions contained in this Lease. If Lessee’s liability insurance policy covers more than one location, Lessee shall obtain an “Aggregate Limits of Insurance (per location)” endorsement. The policy shall also contain an endorsement amending the “Other Insurance” clause as follows: “The insurance afforded to Additional Insureds under this

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 13 of 28


policy is primary insurance and the insurer will not seek contribution from other insurance available to the Additional Insureds.” The policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement. The policy shall provide defense expense in addition to the limit of liability stated in the policy.

(b) Umbrella Liability Insurance to be excess over the Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employers’ Liability Insurance. The Umbrella Liability policy shall be written on an “occurrence” form with a limit of liability of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and a Self-Insured Retention no greater than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00). The policy shall contain an endorsement naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds following the form of the underlying Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The policy shall also contain an endorsement amending the “Other Insurance” clause as follows: “Subject to the terms and conditions of this policy, the insurance afforded to Additional Insureds, (1) Lessor, (2) Westcore Properties, LLC, and (3) Wellcorp Properties, LLC under this policy shall be considered to be primary to any insurance they may have in force which also applies to a loss covered hereunder and, further, the insurer shall not seek contribution from other insurance available to the Additional Insureds.” The policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement.

(c) Commercial Property Insurance covering all Lessee’s furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, stock and any other personal property owned and/or used in Lessee’s business and all leasehold improvements, whether made or acquired at the Lessee’s expense or Lessor’s expense, plate glass that is part of the Premises and any other property in the Premises that Lessee is responsible for repairing or replacing under this Lease, in an amount equal to their full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation. At a minimum, such policy shall insure against destruction or damage by fire and other perils covered on an ISO Causes of Loss - Special Form including wind and hurricane. Such policy shall further provide Replacement Cost Coverage, including earthquake sprinkler coverage. Such policy shall not contain a per occurrence deductible greater than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00). Provided that this Lease has not been terminated, Lessee, with all reasonable speed, will use all proceeds of such insurance, so long as this Lease remains in effect, for rebuilding, repairing, replacing or otherwise reinstating the Leasehold Improvements and all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee in a good and substantial manner pursuant to applicable building laws and codes and the plan as shall have been approved in writing by Lessor. Lessee will make up from its own funds any deficiency in such insurance proceeds. Further, the policy shall contain a provision specifically naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds.

(d) Business Income and/or Extra Expense Insurance in an amount sufficient to insure payment of Rent and all other expenses to be borne by Lessee under this Lease, for a period of not less than Twelve (12) months, during any interruption of Lessee’s business by reason of the Premises or personal property being damaged by fire or other perils covered on an ISO Causes of Loss - Special Form or its equivalent. In addition, such coverage shall be written on an Agreed Amount Basis.

(e) If reasonably required by Lessor because of special environmental concerns regarding the Lessee’s operations, Pollution Legal Liability Insurance and/or Environmental Impairment Insurance covering claims for damage or injury caused by hazardous materials, including, without limitation, bodily injury, wrongful death, property damage, including loss of use, removal, cleanup and restoration of work and materials necessary to return the premises and any other property of whatever nature located on the Premises to their condition existing prior to the appearance of Lessee’s hazardous materials on the Premises. The policy shall contain a provision specifically naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds. If such coverage is required, Lessor shall determine limits of liability.

(f) Automobile Liability Insurance to include coverage for any owned, non-owned or hired automobiles entering and exiting from the Premises and automobile contractual liability with limits of: $1,000,000 per Person/$1,000,000 per Accident—Bodily Injury; $1,000.000 per Accident - Property Damage; and Basic No-Fault coverage as required by law or regulation if any, in the State in which the Premises is located.

(g) Workers’ Compensation coverage shall be carried as required by law in the State in which the employees are hired and to further include: Voluntary Compensation Coverage and Other States’ Coverage, if applicable, with statutory limits for Workers’ Compensation and limits for Employers’ Liability of: $1,000,000 Each Accident; $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit; and $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee. The policy shall further contain an endorsement providing a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Additional Insured Parties.

8.4 General Requirements .

(a) Certificates of Insurance evidencing all such insurance and acceptable to the Lessor shall be filed with Lessor prior to occupancy of the Premises and at least five (5) days prior to the expiration of the term of each policy thereafter. Such Certificates of Insurance must specifically show all the special policy conditions required in this Article including “additional insured”, “waiver of subrogation”, “notice of cancellation”, and “primary insurance” wording applicable to each policy. Alternatively, a certified, true and complete copy of each properly endorsed policy may be submitted;

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 14 of 28


(b) All coverage shall be written by an admitted insurer in the State in which the Premises is located with a current Best Rating of A.

(c) All insurance policies required hereunder shall be specifically endorsed to state that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire for any reason until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been mailed to the Lessor. The Certificate of Insurance for each policy must state that “the issuing company will mail 30 days’ written notice of cancellation or modification to the certificate holder.” The words “endeavor to” and “failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation for liability . . .” are unacceptable and these two phrases must be crossed out if they appear in the printed certificate form.

(d) Intentionally omitted.

(e) Lessee shall not settle any claim or accept any proceeds in satisfaction of any claim involving damage to the Premises or liability of Lessor without Lessor’s express prior written consent.

(f) Lessee may maintain the insurance required under this Paragraph under blanket or umbrella policies, as applicable, issued to Lessee covering other properties owned or leased by Lessee; provided that the policies otherwise comply with this Paragraph and allocate to the Premises the coverage specified by this Paragraph, without possibility of reduction or coinsurance penalty by reason of, or damage to, any other properties named therein, and if the insurance required by this Paragraph shall be effected by any such blanket or umbrella policies, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor certified copies of policies with schedules thereto attached showing the amount of insurance afforded by such policies to the Premises.

8.5 Adequacy of Coverage . Lessor, its agents and employees, make no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by Lessee pursuant to this Paragraph are adequate to protect Lessee. If Lessee believes that any of such insurance coverage is inadequate. Lessee will obtain such additional insurance coverage as Lessee deems adequate, at Lessee’s sole expense.

8.6 Reservation of Rights - Changes . Lessor hereby reserves the right to make reasonable changes at any time (but not more often than one time per annum with any change to be effective at the time of Lessee’s annual renewal of its insurance policies) to the Insurance Requirements herein should new exposures be brought to light or new insurance products become available during the Term of this Lease. Lessee shall add as additional insureds to the insurance policies required by this Paragraph such other persons as Lessor may from time to time reasonably require.

8.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessee and Lessor each hereby waives, on such party’s behalf and on behalf of any insurance carrier of such party, any claim which such party might otherwise have against the other party and the other party’s affiliates, arising out of loss or damage, including consequential loss or damage, to any property of Lessee within the Premises, Building or the Industrial Center from any risk required to be insured against by such party under this Lease, without regard to the negligence of the party so released. All of Lessor’s and Lessee’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be subject to the waiver contained in this paragraph.

8.8 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s negligence, willful misconduct and/or breach of this Lease, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, employees, officers, independent contractors, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee’s business, any act, omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a timely manner of any obligation on Lessee’s part to be performed under this Lease. The foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee, upon notice from Lessor, shall defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified. Except to the extent caused by Lessee’s negligence, willful misconduct and/or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Lessee from all damages arising from Lessor’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease.

8.9 Exemption of Lessor from Liability . Except as set forth in Paragraph 8.8, Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 15 of 28


of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Subparagraph 9.1 (d) of the Premises (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is seventy-five percent (75%) or more the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed to be Premises Total Destruction.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.1 irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved, and where adequate insurance proceeds are available to Lessor for the reconstruction of the Premises.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Subparagraph 6.2 (a), in, on or under the Premises.

9.2 Premises Partial Damage - Insured Loss . If Premises Partial Damage occurs, and such damage or destruction is an Insured Loss, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Unless otherwise agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3 rather than this Paragraph 9.2, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If Premises Partial Damage occurs and such damage or destruction is not an Insured Loss and the cost to repair exceeds $250,000, then Lessor may at Lessor’s option, either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within sixty (60) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor’s intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage totally at Lessee’s expense and without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment from Lessee. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds or assurance thereof within in the times specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cost to repair any damage to the Premises does not exceed $250,000, then Lessor shall repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense.

9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any authorized public authority), and Lessee is prevented from utilizing the Premises and from deriving any beneficial use therefrom, this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 16 of 28


9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last six (6) months of the Term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by exercising such option on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option during such period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this Paragraph 9.5.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not legally responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Lessee hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which, in Lessor’s good faith reasonable business judgment, Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Subparagraph 8.2 (d). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges. if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

(b) If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and does not commence the repair or restoration of the Premises as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the casualty), then Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than thirty (30) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If Lessor or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “ Commence ” as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean the preparation of the required plans or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.

9.7 Lessee’s Termination Right . If Lessor does not elect to terminate this Lease under the terms of this Section 9, but the damage required to be repaired by Lessor is not repaired within the period ending 270 days after the damage or destruction (the “270 Day Period”) (subject to extension for any delay caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Lessor (other than financial inability), provided that in no event shall such extension exceed 90 days), then Lessee (subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 9.7), within thirty (30) days after the end of such 270 Day Period, may terminate this Lease by written notice to Lessor, in which event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of receipt of the notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessor is diligently proceeding to complete the repair of such damage, then Lessee shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if, prior to the expiration of the 270 Day Period, Lessor, at Lessor’s sole option, gives written notice to Lessee that the repairs will be completed within thirty (30) days after the end of such 270 Day Period, and the repairs are actually completed within such thirty (30) day period. If the repairs are not completed within thirty (30) days after the end of such 270 Day Period, then Lessee may terminate this Lease by written notice to the Lessor. Such notice of termination shall be given within sixty (60) days after the end of such 270 Day Period, and shall be effective upon receipt thereof by Lessor. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph 9.7, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Paragraph 9.7 only if there is no Breach then in effect.

9.8 Intentionally Deleted .

9.9 Termination - Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance payment made by Lessee to Lessor and so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

9.10 Waiver of Statutes . Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent herewith.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 17 of 28


10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Payment of Taxes . Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, the Real Property Taxes shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.2 Real Property Tax Definition . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Lessor’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing the Premises. The term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking effect, during the Term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days, which such calendar year and tax year have in common. Each year, at Lessor’s election, Lessor may protest real property assessments. In the event Lessor elects to protest a real property tax assessment, Lessor may utilize the services of a tax consultant to protest the real property tax assessment. If as a result of the protest, the Real Property Taxes are lowered, and a tax consultant has been utilized in connection with the protest, Lessee agrees to pay, as additional rent during the Term, its prorated Lessee’s Share of all fees payable to tax consultants in the manner set forth in this Lease, as long as there is a net benefit to Lessee from such lowering of Real Property Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, “Real Property Taxes” shall not include and Lessee shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (a) levied on Lessor’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes; (b) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; (c) imposed on land and improvements other than the Industrial Center; (d) attributable to Lessor’s net income, inheritance, gift, transfer, estate or state taxes; or (e) resulting from the improvement of any of the Industrial Center for the sole use of other occupants.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Industrial Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Lessee’s Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities; Rental Abatement Events . Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, telephone, security, gas, trash removal and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Upon Lessor’s request, Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of all bills for separately metered utilities supplied to the Premises for the past twelve (12) month period within thirty (30) days of Lessor’s request. As part of Lessor’s Work, Lessor shall cause all utilities to be separately metered to the Building prior to the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if the Premises are rendered unusable for the normal conduct of Lessee’s business and Lessee, in fact, ceases to use and occupy such portion of the Premises for the normal conduct of its business as a result of (a) Lessor’s failure to provide utilities or services as required by this Lease, or (b) the presence of Hazardous Substances in, on or around the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center which poses a material health risk to occupants of the Premises, and which was not brought into or onto the Premises, Building or Industrial Center by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees (an “Abatement Event”), then Lessee shall give Lessor notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for seven (7) consecutive business days after Lessor’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”), then the Base Rent and Lessee’s Share of Common Area

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 18 of 28


Operating Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Lessee continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Lessee is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Lessee to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Lessee does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Lessee is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Lessee continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Lessee reoccupies and conducts normal business operations in any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Lessee from the date Lessee reoccupies and conducts normal business operations in such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent and Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses in this Paragraph 11 shall be Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event; provided, however, and notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary, if such Abatement Event continues for longer than one hundred eighty (180) days after Lessee gives Lessor written notice thereof and is the result of a Lessor default under this Lease, then Lessee also shall be entitled to avail itself of all remedies available at law or in equity.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, “assign” or “assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest or obligations in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent given under and subject to the terms of Paragraph 36, which Lessor shall not withhold unreasonably. The parties agree, however, that the manner of operation of the Premises and conduct of business thereon by Lessee will have an impact on the quality and reputation of the Industrial Center. Accordingly, the parties agree that in approving or disapproving of any proposed assignment or subletting of the Premises or the Lease, Lessor shall be entitled to take into consideration, by way of example and not limitation, any or all of the criteria set forth below and that it shall not be unreasonable for Lessor to withhold its consent if any of the following circumstances exist or may exist: (i) the transferee’s contemplated use of the Premises following the proposed assignment or subletting is different from the permitted use specified herein; (ii) in Lessor’s reasonable business judgment, the transferee lacks the financial ability to perform its obligations under the sublease or assignment: (iii) intentionally deleted; (iv) the proposed assignment or subletting would breach any covenant of Lessor in any other lease, financing agreement or other agreement relating to the Industrial Center or otherwise; or (v) the transferee requests an amendment to the Lease other than the identity of Lessee. No assignment or subletting shall release Lessee from its obligations and liabilities hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 12, Lessee may assign this Lease or sublease the Premises (“ Permitted Transfers ”), without Lessor’s consent but upon ten (10) days prior notice to Lessor, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee, or to any corporation resulting from the merger of or consolidation with Lessee or to any purchaser acquiring substantially all of the assets or stock of Lessee (“ Lessee’s Affiliate ”), provided that the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter defined, is not reduced by an amount equal to or greater than twenty percent (20%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it exists immediately prior to such Permitted Transfer. “ Net Worth ” of Lessee for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. In such case (unless Lessee is the surviving entity following such Permitted Transfer), any Lessee’s Affiliate shall assume in writing all of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease.

(b) Subject to subparagraph (a) above, a “ Change of Control ” of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring Lessor’s consent. Change of Control shall mean the transfer by sale, assignment, death, incompetency, mortgage, deed of trust, trust, operation of law, or otherwise, of any shares, voting rights or ownership interest, on a cumulative basis, of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the voting control of Lessee, unless such change results from the trading of shares listed on a recognized public stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the sale, issuance nor transfer of Lessee’s capital stock in connection with an equity financing shall constitute a Change of Control.

(c) Intentionally deleted.

(d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee’s interest in this Lease without Lessor’s specific prior written consent shall be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 19 of 28


12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

(b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or the sublease.

(d) In the event of any Breach of Lessee’s obligation under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Should Lessee desire to enter into an assignment or subletting transaction, Lessee shall give notice thereof to Lessor by requesting in writing Lessor’s consent to such assignment or subletting at least fifteen (15) days before the proposed effective date of any such assignment or subletting and shall provide Lessor with the following: (i) the full particulars of the proposed assignment or subletting transaction, including its nature, effective date, terms and conditions, and copies of any documents pertaining to such proposed transaction; (ii) a description of the identity, net worth and previous business experience of the transferee, including, without limitation, copies of transferee’s latest income, balance sheet and change-of-financial-position statements (with accompanying notes and disclosures of all material changes thereto) in audited form, if available, and certified as accurate by the transferee; and (iii) any further information relevant to the transaction which Lessor shall have requested within ten (10) days after receipt of Lessee’s request for consent and all information specified above in Subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii).

Each assignment or subletting to which Lessor has consented shall be evidenced by an instrument made in such written form as is satisfactory to Lessor and executed by Lessee and transferee. By such instrument, transferee shall assume all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, which are obligations of Lessee from and after such transfer. Lessee shall remain fully liable to perform its duties under the Lease following the assignment or subletting. Lessee shall, on demand of Lessor, reimburse Lessor for Lessor’s reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred in obtaining advice and preparing documentation for each assignment or subletting to which Lessor has consented, not to exceed $2,000.00.

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

(g) Intentionally deleted.

(h) Intentionally deleted.

(i) If Lessor consents to an assignment or subletting, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Lessee shall pay to Lessor any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section, received by Lessee from such assignee or sublessee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by the assignee or sublessee in connection with and attributable to the assignment or sublease in excess of the Base Rent under this Lease during the term of the assignment or sublease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, deducting any expenses incurred by Lessee in connection with the assignment or subletting, including without limitation, expenses of marketing, brokerage commissions, improvement costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, but excluding loss of rent. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by such assignee or sublessee to Lessee in connection with and attributable to such assignment or sublease. The determination of the amount of Lessor’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Lessee under the assignment or sublease. The provisions of this subparagraph (i) shall not apply to Permitted Transfers.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 20 of 28


(j) In the event of a proposed assignment or subletting of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the Term (excluding any Permitted Transfer), Lessor shall also have the right, by notice to Lessee, to terminate this Lease in the event of an assignment as to all of the Premises and, in the event of a sublease of more than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises in the aggregate for all or substantially all of the remainder of the Lease Term, as to the subleased portion of the Premises and to require that all or part, as the case may be, of the Premises be surrendered to Lessor for the balance of the Term (collectively “Recapture the Lease”). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if, before entering into a proposed assignment or sublease, Lessee gives written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s intention to sublease or assign. and Lessor does not, within fifteen (15) business days after Lessor’s actual receipt of such written notice and all information requested by Lessor relating to such proposed assignment or subletting, inform Lessee that Lessor intends to Recapture the Lease, then Lessor may not Recapture the Lease by reason of such proposed assignment or subletting, provided that: (i) if Lessor consents to the proposed assignment or subletting, Lessee shall complete such assignment or sublease within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of such fifteen (15) day period, and (ii) nothing contained in this subjection (j) shall be deemed to waive any of Lessor’s rights to approve or disapprove an assignment or sublease as provided in Section 12.1 of this Lease.

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, Lessee may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee under such Sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor and shall pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

(c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

(d) No sublessee under a sublease approved by Lessor shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . Lessee’s obligations to Lessor hereunder shall include any and all costs or expenses incurred by Lessor in conjunction with enforcing Lessor’s rights and remedies hereunder, which shall include, but shall not be limited to, any attorneys’ fees or other legal expenses or costs associated therewith, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in any notice of Default as rent due and payable to cure said default. A “ Default ” by Lessee is defined as a failure by Lessee to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A “ Breach ” by Lessee is defined as the occurrence of any Default, including but not limited those listed below, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by Lessee to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 21 of 28


(a) The abandonment of the Premises.

(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Lessee to make any payment of Rent, Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

(c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed original form, if applicable) of (i) an estoppel certificate per Paragraph 16, or (ii) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the term, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the Rules and Regulations adopted under Paragraph 39 hereof that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those described in Subparagraphs 13.1 (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Lessee if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee’s becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1 (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement of Lessee given to Lessor by Lessee was materially false.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee Defaults in any affirmative duty or obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made only by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy, which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the Term hereof shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired Term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2. If termination

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 22 of 28


‘of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee’s Breach and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessor and Lessee agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the Term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Intentionally Deleted .

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges, which may be imposed upon Lessor by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor’s designee within five (5) days after written notice that such amount is past-due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Breach by Lessor . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance. then Lessor shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are permanently taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”, this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Lessee’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation, specifically awarded for Lessee’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Lessee’s Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its net severance damages received, over and above Lessee’s Share of the legal and other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 23 of 28


15. Brokers .

15.1 Procuring Cause . The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the procuring cause of this Lease.

15.2 Representations and Warranties . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10 in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements .

16.1 Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written notice from Lessor, Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor a certificate in the form attached as Exhibit D or such other form reasonably requested by Lessor or Lessor’s lender, purchaser or ground lessor may reasonably request stating such matters reflecting the status of this Lease or the Premises as Lessor or Lessor’s lender, purchaser or ground lessor may reasonably request. Within ten (10) days after written request by Lessee, for any reasonable business purpose, Lessor shall execute and deliver to Lessee a certificate reasonably acceptable to Lessor stating such matters reflecting the status of this Lease or the Premises as Lessee may reasonably request.

16.2 Financial Statement . If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor, within (10) days following a request in writing by Lessor, Lessee’s current financial statements and after the 2012 calendar year, Lessee’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor’s Liability . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or assignment. Upon such transfer or assignment, the written assumption of this Lease by such transferee and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined. In no event shall the obligations of Lessor under this Lease constitute personal obligations of Lessor’s direct or indirect partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or representatives, and Lessee hereby expressly waives such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Lessee. Further, Lessee, for satisfaction of any liability of Lessor under this Lease, may seek recourse only against Lessor’s interest in the Premises and all rents, issues, profits and proceeds thereof and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s other assets or against Lessor’s direct or indirect partners, members, managers, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or representatives or any of their respective personal assets.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor within ten (10) days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the State in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.

23. Notices . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and shall be and deemed duly served or given when actually delivered, if personally delivered (including delivery by Federal Express, Express Mail or other similar overnight or personal courier service which confirms delivery in writing), or within three (3) business days after deposit in the U.S. Mail, if sent

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 24 of 28


by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Lessee. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

24. Waivers . No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Lessor’s knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee of any provision hereof. Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Intentionally Omitted .

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier Termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Lessee expressly agrees that any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Lease shall be litigated only in the Superior Court of the State of California for the county in which the Premises are located (and in no other), and Lessee hereby consents to the jurisdiction of said court.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall automatically be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device or amendment or modification thereto (collectively, “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease, but that in the event or Lessor’s default with respect to any such obligation, Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor’s default pursuant to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment . Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attom to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission or any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

30.3 Non-Disturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into for the first time (as opposed to amendments or modifications to existing Security Devices) by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to the receipt of an assurance (a “Nondisturbance Agreement”) from the Lender that Lessee’s possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the Term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 25 of 28


30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein, including, without limitation, the form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement attached as Exhibit F to this Lease. Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, Lessor shall obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the form attached as Exhibit F to this Lease from Lessor’s existing lender.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon one (1) business day prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the Term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Lessee’s operations at the Premises and any entry by Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall comply with Lessee’s reasonable security measures, provided that Lessor has received notice of such security measures.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Lessor’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs . Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Lessee may, with Lessor’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Lessee’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Lessor and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The right granted under this paragraph shall be personal to the originally named Lessee under this Lease and any Lessee’s Affiliate in connection with a Permitted Transfer. Such signage shall comply with all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances and restrictions, including but not limited to, any permit requirements. Lessee shall install and maintain said signage in good condition and repair at its sole cost and expense during the entire Term. The installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessor shall have no right to install advertising signs on the Building, including the roof.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual costs and expenses (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent pertaining to an assignment a subletting shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon receipt of an invoice therefor (not to exceed $2,000.00). Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. Lessee acknowledges all conditions to Lessor’s consent authorized by this Lease as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 26 of 28


37. Intentionally Deleted .

38. Quiet Possession . Upon payment by Lessee of the Rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, and unless specifically provided herein, Lessee shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. Rules and Regulations . Lessee agrees that it will abide by, and keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or Lessee of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees, provided that Lessor shall enforce such Rules and Regulations in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. In no event shall the Rules and Regulations unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises as permitted under this Lease or Lessee’s parking rights granted under this Lease or materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Lessee under this Lease. The current Rules and Regulations for the Industrial Center are attached hereto as Exhibit E.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties and shall install, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, any and all necessary security devices.

41. Reservations . Lessor reserves the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

43. Authority . If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or limited partnership, such Party represents and warrants that the individual executing this Lease on behalf of such Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor, deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

44. Conflict . The typewritten or handwritten provisions shall control any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either Lessor or Lessee or Lessor’s agent or Lessee’s agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease.

47. Multiple Parties . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, the obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

48. Construction . Headings at the beginning of each paragraph and subparagraph are solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of the Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if it had been prepared by one of the parties, but rather as if both parties had prepared the same and, consequently, any inconsistencies or ambiguities herein shall not be interpreted

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 27 of 28


against either party as the drafter of the Lease. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to paragraphs and subparagraphs are to this Lease. All exhibits referred to in this Lease are attached and incorporated by this reference. Except as specifically provided herein, Lessee hereby agrees that Lessee shall not disclose any of the economic terms of this Lease to any person or entity not a party to this Lease, nor shall Lessee issue any press releases or make any public statements relating to the terms or provisions of this Lease; provided, however, Lessee may make necessary disclosures to potential lenders, attorneys, accountants and space planning consultants, and/or as may be required by applicable Laws or court order, so long as such parties agree to keep all of the economic terms of this Lease strictly confidential. The obligation of Lessee set forth in this section shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.

THE PARTIES HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS TO THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates specified above to their respective signatures.

 

Executed at San Diego, California     Executed at San Diego, CA
on June 30, 2010                             on 7/3/10                            
LESSOR     LESSEE
BRS-TUSTIN SAFEGUARD ASSOCIATED II, LLC     PFENEX INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     Delaware corporation ill
By:   BRS-Peppertree Manager, LLC,    
  a Delaware limited liability company, its manager     By:  

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

        Name:   Bertrand C. Liang
        Title:   CEO
  By:  

/s/ Marc Brutten

     
    Marc Brutten      
    its Manager     By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 

Address:      
c/o Westcore Properties, LLC     Address:

4445 Eastgate Mall, Suite 210

     
San Diego, CA 92121    

 

Telephone: (858) 625-4100    

 

Facsimile: (858) 678-0060    

 

        Telephone:  

(    )

        Facsimile:  

(    )

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 28 of 28


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

THE SITE PLAN SET FORTH HEREIN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE SIZE OR LAYOUT OF THE PREMISES.

 

LOGO

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT B

INDUSTRIAL CENTER

THE SITE PLAN SET FORTH HEREIN IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXACT MEASUREMENT OF THE PARCELS OWNED BY LESSOR, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY, REPRESENTATION OR AGREEMENT ON THE PART OF LESSOR THAT THE TENANT MIX OR LAYOUT OF THE INDUSTRIAL CENTER IS OR WILL REMAIN AS INDICATED HEREON.

 

LOGO

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT C

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

This Leasehold Improvement Agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the leasehold improvements in the Premises. This Leasehold Improvement Agreement is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement to Articles, Paragraphs or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of the Multi-Tenant Industrial/Commercial Lease (Net) to which this Leasehold Improvement Agreement is attached as Exhibit C and of which this Leasehold Improvement Agreement forms a part, and all references in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement to Sections of “this Leasehold Improvement Agreement” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Leasehold Improvement Agreement.

SECTION 1

LESSOR’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMISES

1.1 Base, Shell and Core of the Premises as Constructed by Lessor . Lessor or its predecessor-in-interest has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the base, shell, and core of the Premises (the “ Base, Shell, and Core ”). The Base, Shell and Core shall consist of those portions of the Premises which were in existence prior to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises for the prior tenant of the Premises. Lessee shall accept the Base, Shell and Core in their “AS IS” condition, without representation, warranty or any improvements by Lessor except as specifically set forth in this Lease or this Leasehold Improvement Agreement.

1.2 Lessor’s Work . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, promptly after the Effective Date, Lessor shall commence and thereafter diligently perform to completion prior to the Commencement Date the following (collectively, the “ Lessor’s Work ”): (i) replace the eleven (11) existing HVAC units with model year 1986 serving the Premises with new units of equal capacity of a type, quality and brand reasonably approved by Lessee, and (ii) replace the existing air-compressor serving the Premises with a new compressor of the type, quality, capacity and brand reasonably approved by Lessee. The Lessor’s Work shall be constructed in accordance with the approved plans and all applicable laws, in a good and workmanlike manner, free of defects and using new materials and equipment of good quality.

SECTION 2

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Leasehold Improvement Allowance . Lessee shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ Leasehold Improvement Allowance ”) of up to Four Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty and No/100 ($456,660.00) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Lessee’s improvements (the “ Leasehold Improvements ”). In no event shall Lessor be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Leasehold Improvement Agreement in a total amount which exceeds the Leasehold Improvement Allowance. In the event that the actual cost of the Leasehold Improvements is less than the Leasehold Improvement Allowance, Lessee shall not be entitled to such excess or any credit, deduction or offset against rent or any other amounts due under the terms of the Lease; provided that Lessee shall be permitted to apply up to Five Dollars ($5.00) per square foot of the Premises of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance towards the cost of data cabling the Premises, telecommunications systems and moving expenses and equipment to be used at the Premises. All Leasehold Improvements for which the Leasehold Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Lessor’s property under the terms of the Lease.

2.2 Disbursement of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance .

2.2.1 Leasehold Improvement Allowance Items . Except as otherwise set forth in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, the Leasehold Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Lessor for costs related to the design, permitting and construction of the Leasehold Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the “ Leasehold Improvement Allowance Items ”): (i) payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Leasehold Improvement Agreement; (ii) the cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings; and (iii) except as otherwise provided herein, the cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Leasehold Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “ Code ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee and pay for (and Lessee shall have no responsibility for and the Improvement Allowance shall not be used for) the following: (a) costs incurred to remove Hazardous Substances from the Premises or the surrounding area; (b) costs recoverable by Lessor upon account of warranties and insurance; (c) costs to bring the Common Areas, Building systems and any restrooms in the Premises into compliance with Applicable Laws and restrictions, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act and environmental laws; and (d) management or other costs incurred by Lessor; and construction management, profit and overhead charges. Any improvements described in the foregoing sentence shall, at Lessee’s option, be completed by Lessor at Lessor’s sole cost and expense.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 5


2.2.2 Disbursements . Lessee shall deliver to Lessor: (i) a request for payment; (ii) invoices evidencing the labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; and (iii) executed conditional mechanics’ lien releases from those “Lessee’s Agents”, as that term is hereinafter defined, who have performed the Leasehold Improvements for which payment is requested, which releases shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Lessor, of applicable laws. Within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of the foregoing, Lessor shall deliver a check to Lessee made payable to Lessee or, at Lessee’s request, the applicable contractor or supplier, in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Lessee, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2 , less a ten percent (10%) retention on all amounts due to Lessee’s general contractor (or any subcontractor under Lessee’s general contractor), if such retention has not already been withheld by Lessee from Lessee’s general contractor in such invoice (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Lessor does not reasonably and promptly dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings”, as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work. Lessor’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Lessor’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Lessee’s payment request. Lessor shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for all work and improvements to the Common Areas, Building systems and restrooms in the Building required under Applicable Laws as a result of the Leasehold Improvements and. except for the foregoing, Lessee shall be responsible as its sole cost and expense for all work and improvements to the Premises required under Applicable Laws as a result of the Leasehold Improvements. Lessee’s construction contract shall include a ten percent (10%) retainage, and, accordingly, Lessor shall not impose any additional retainage under this Leasehold Improvement Agreement. If Lessor breaches its obligation to fund any portion of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance, Lessee shall have the right to offset such amounts against Rent first coming due under the Lease. Lessor’s obligation to disburse the Leasehold Improvement Allowance shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease as to expenses properly incurred prior to such termination and shall be binding on any Lender following any foreclosure or appointment of a receiver.

2.2.3 Requests for Payment; Final Retention . Lessee agrees that the Leasehold Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed pursuant to a request for payment made not more often than one time per month. Subject to the provisions of this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, a check for the Final Retention payable to Lessee shall be delivered by Lessor to Lessee following substantial completion of the Leasehold Improvements, as such term is defined in Lessee’s construction contract, provided that (i) Lessee delivers to Lessor properly executed unconditional mechanics’ lien releases in compliance with applicable laws; (ii) Lessee has satisfied its obligations under Section 4.5 below, and (iii) Lessor has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, or the structure of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall deliver final lien releases in compliance with applicable laws for all Leasehold Improvements promptly upon completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

2.2.4 Standard Leasehold Improvement Package . Lessor has established specifications (the “ Specifications ”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “ Standard Improvement Package ”), which Specifications shall be supplied to Lessee by Lessor. The quality of Leasehold Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, require the Leasehold Improvements to comply with certain Specifications.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Attached hereto as Schedule 1 to this Leasehold Improvement Agreement is a preliminary scope of work for the Leasehold Improvements, which has been approved by Lessor (the “ Approved Scope of Work ”). Lessee shall retain an architect/space planner, subject to Lessor’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (the “ Architect ”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1 . Lessor hereby approves Miller Design as the Architect. Lessee shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Lessor (the “ Engineers ”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work of the Leasehold Improvements. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings .” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications as reasonably determined by Lessor, and shall be subject to Lessor’s and Lessee’s approval. Lessee and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base Building plans, and Lessee and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Lessor shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Lessor’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3 , shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Lessor’s review of the same, or obligate Lessor to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are prepared or reviewed by Lessor or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Lessee by Lessor or

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 2 of 5


Lessor’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Lessor shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Lessee’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings. Lessor will not disapprove any element of the Construction Drawings or final Working Drawings that is consistent with or represents a logical evolution from the Approved Scope of Work. Lessor and Lessee shall promptly cooperate to resolve any objections to the drawings and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements.

3.2 Final Space Plan . Lessee shall supply Lessor with four (4) copies signed by Lessee of its final space plan for the Leasehold Improvements before any architectural working drawings have been commenced. The final space plan (the “ Final Space Plan ”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Lessor may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Lessor shall advise Lessee within five (5) business days after Lessor’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Lessee is so advised, Lessee shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Lessor may reasonably require.

3.3 Final Working Drawings . Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Lessor, Lessee shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Leasehold Improvements, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Lessor for Lessor’s approval. Lessee shall supply Lessor with four (4) copies signed by Lessee of such Final Working Drawings. Lessor shall advise Lessee within five (5) business days after Lessor’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Lessee is so advised, Lessee and Lessor shall meet and cooperate to agree upon the revisions to the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Lessor in connection therewith. Lessor may not object to any items previously approved in the Final Space Plan unless additional information is provided in the Final Working Drawings which reasonably justifies such disapproval. Lessor and Lessee shall promptly cooperate to resolve any objections to the drawings and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements.

3.4 Permits . Promptly after approval by Lessor of the Final Working Drawings (the “ Approved Working Drawings ”), Lessee shall submit the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits necessary to allow “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 below, to commence and fully complete the construction of the Leasehold Improvements (the “ Permits ”), and, in connection therewith, Lessee shall coordinate with Lessor in order to allow Lessor, at its option, to take part in all phases of the permitting process and shall supply Lessor, as soon as possible, with all plan check numbers and dates of submittal and obtain the Permits in a timely manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.4 , Lessee hereby agrees that neither Lessor nor Lessor’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that the obtaining of the same shall be Lessee’s responsibility; provided however that Lessor shall, in any event, cooperate with Lessee in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Lessee to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Lessor.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor . A general contractor shall be retained by Lessee to construct the Leasehold Improvements. Such general contractor (“ Contractor ”) shall be approved in writing by Lessor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Promptly after approval by Lessor of the Contractor, Lessee shall cause the Contractor to prepare a construction schedule and Lessee shall submit the same to Lessor for Lessor’s approval.

4.2 Competitive Bidding . The Contractor shall be selected by Lessee pursuant to a competitive bidding process. Lessee shall select two (2) qualified, licensed and reputable general contractors to participate in the process and Lessor shall have the right to approve such contractors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4.3 Intentionally Deleted .

4.4 Construction of Leasehold Improvements .

4.4.1 Lessee’s Agents .

4.4.1.1 Lessor’s General Conditions for Lessee’s Agents and Leasehold Improvement Work . The Leasehold Improvements shall be constructed substantially in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings. Lessee may reduce or modify the scope of the Leasehold Improvements with Lessor’s consent as required herein.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 3 of 5


4.4.1.2 Indemnity . Lessee’s indemnity of Lessor as set forth in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Lessee or Lessee’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Lessee’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Leasehold Improvements and/or any disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Lessee, as set forth in this Lease, shall also apply with respect to any cost of the Leasehold Improvements in excess of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance.

4.4.1.3 Requirements of Contractor . The Contractor shall guarantee to Lessee and for the benefit of Lessor that the Leasehold Improvements shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract and any of its subcontracts that shall become defective within one (1) year after the completion of the work. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Leasehold Improvements, and/or the Premises that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Leasehold Improvements shall be contained in the Contract shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Lessor and Lessee, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Lessee covenants to give to Lessor any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

4.4.1.4 Insurance Requirements .

4.4.1.4.1 General Coverages . The Contractor shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required by be carried by Lessee as set forth in this Lease. The Contractor shall submit to Lessor a Certificate of Insurance naming Lessor as additional insured.

4.4.1.4.2 Special Coverages . Lessee shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount to be approved by Lessor covering the construction of the Leasehold Improvements, it being understood and agreed that the Leasehold Improvements shall be insured by Lessee pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. All of Lessee’s Agents shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, in amounts, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Lessee as set forth in this Lease.

4.4.1.4.3 General Terms . Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.4.1.4 shall be delivered to Lessor before the commencement of construction of the Leasehold Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Lessor thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Leasehold Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Lessee shall immediately repair the same at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. The Contractor shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Leasehold Improvements are fully completed, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Lessor, which is to be maintained for three (3) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Lessee. All policies carried under this Section 4.4.1.4 shall insure Lessor and Lessee, as their interests may appear as well as Contractor and Lessee’s Agents. All insurance, except Worker’s Compensation, maintained by Lessee’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Lessor by Lessee under Section 4.4.1.2 of this Leasehold Improvement Agreement.

4.4.2 Governmental Compliance . The Leasehold Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.4.3 Inspection by Lessor . Lessor shall have the right to inspect the Leasehold Improvements at all times during construction, provided however, that Lessor’s failure to inspect the Leasehold Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Lessor’s rights hereunder nor shall Lessor’s inspection of the Leasehold Improvements constitute Lessor’s approval of the same. Should Lessor disapprove any portion of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Lessor of, the Leasehold Improvements shall be rectified by Lessee at no expense to Lessor, provided however, that in the event Lessor determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Leasehold Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life-safety systems of the Premises or the Building if Lessee shall fail to promptly correct the same, Lessor may take such action as Lessor deems

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 4 of 5


necessary, at Lessee’s expense and without incurring any liability on Lessor’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Leasehold Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Lessor’s satisfaction.

4.5 Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans . Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessee shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with applicable laws, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Lessor upon such recordation. If Lessee fails to do so within two (2) days after notice from Lessor, Lessor may execute and file the same on behalf of Lessee as Lessee’s agent for such purpose, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Lessee shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to deliver to Lessor two (2) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, (ii) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises, and (iii) Lessee shall deliver to Lessor the original signed permit card, indicating final approval by all applicable departments.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Lessee’s Representative . Lessee has designated Hank Talbot as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, who, until further notice to Lessor, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Lessee as required in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement.

5.2 Lessor’s Representative . Prior to the commencement of construction of the Leasehold Improvements, Lessor shall designate a representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, who, until further notice to Lessee, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Lessor as required in this Leasehold Improvement Agreement.

5.3 Time of the Essence in This Leasehold Improvement Agreement . Time is of the essence under this Leasehold Improvement Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Lessor is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period or, if no time period is stated, within seven (7) business days, at Lessee’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Lessor and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

5.4 Lessee’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if a Breach as described in the Lease, or a default beyond any applicable notice and cure period by Lessee under this Leasehold Improvement Agreement, has occurred and is continuing at any time on or before the substantial completion of the Leasehold Improvements, then in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Lessor pursuant to the Lease, Lessor shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Leasehold Improvement Allowance until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 5 of 5


SCHEDULE 1 TO LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

APPROVED SCOPE OF WORK

 

LOGO

Pfenex

TI budget - 10790 Roselle

29-Apr-10

 

23,833

TI allowance

   RSF
??
    Current Budget
??
     Approved
Budget
     Current
Cost/RSF
 

Total Available allowance

     $ 0          $ 0.00   

Construction Budget (from page two)

     $ 471,576          $ 20.65   

Architectural Fees – Estimate

   $ 22,833.00           

Electrical and HVAC Engineering Fees – Estimate

   $ 18,266.40           

Structural engineering – Estimate

   $ 0.00           

Arch / eng reimbursable – Estimate

   $ 5,000.00           

Plan Check and Permit Fees – budget

     $ 17,125          $ 0.75   

Signage

     $ 0          $ 0.00   

Phone Data Cabling

     $ 25,000          $ 1.09   

Moving Expenses

     $ 22,833          $ 1.00   

IH Project Management Fees

     $ 22,392          $ 0.98   

Project Contingency

     $ 26,740          $ 1.17   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Construction Soft and Hard Costs

     $ 631,765       $ 0       $ 27.67   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TI Overage for above items

     $ 631,765       $ 0       $ 27.67   

ADDITIONAL FF&E ITEMS

          

Furniture

     $ 0          $ 0.00   

Misc

     $ 17.500          $ 0.77   

Security system / restore card readers (allowance)

   $ 7,500           

Move phone system and server room (allowance)

   $ 10,000           
           $ 0.00   

Contingency:

     5.0   $ 875          $ 0.04   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Additional FF&E Items

     $ 18,375       $ 0       $ 0.80   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand Total Project Cost (total TI costs plus FF&E costs)

     $ 650,140       $ 0       $ 28.47   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grand Total Out of Pocket Expense

     $ 650,140       $ 0       $ 28.47   

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

State Farm Bank, F.S.B.

One State Farm Plaza

Bloomington, Illinois 61710-0001

Corporate Law — Investments

Attn: (Name of Attorney)

Re:

 

Name of Lessor (as of the date hereof):   
Name of Lessee:   
Name of Lease Guarantor (if any):   
Date of Lease:   
Title and Date(s) of Amendments and Modifications to Lease (if any):   
Address of Premises (including suite number,
if any) (the “Premises”):
  
Square Footage of Premises:   

Collectively, the foregoing instrument is hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”.

Dear Sir or Madam:

Lessee is the lessee under that certain Lease described above and provides this Estoppel Certificate to State Farm Bank, F.S.B. (“State Farm”) as conclusive evidence of the matters set forth herein concerning the Lease and the Premises.

As of the date hereof, the undersigned hereby certifies the following:

 

  1. The Lease supersedes, in all respects, all prior written or oral agreements between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Premises and there are no agreements, understandings, warranties or representations between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Lease or the Premises, except as expressly set forth in the Lease.

 

  2. As of the date hereof, the Lease has not been amended, modified, supplemented or superseded, except pursuant to the amendments or modifications referenced above.

 

  3. The Lease remains in full force and effect and there are no known existing defaults by Lessee under the Lease.

 

  4. To Lessee’s current, actual knowledge, the improvements and space required by the Lease to be delivered to Lessee have been satisfactorily completed and delivered by Lessor and have been accepted by the Lessee except as follows (if blank, none):

 

  5. The Premises are currently occupied and open for the use by Lessee and its customers, employees and invitees.

 

  6. Lessee’s interest in the Lease and the Premises demised therein, or any part thereof, has not been sublet, transferred or assigned except as follows (if blank, none):             

 

                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

  7. All duties of an inducement nature required of the Lessor under the Lease have been fulfilled by Lessor and Lessee is fully obligated to pay rent and all other charges coming due under the Lease except as follows (if blank, none):         

 

                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 2


  8. The Commencement Date of the Lease was                      ,          and the Expiration Date of the Lease is                      , 20      .

 

  9. The last monthly payment of rent in the amount of $              was made by Lessee on                      , 20      . No monthly rental has been prepaid nor has Lessee been given any free rent, partial rent, rebates, rent rebates or concessions, except as provided in the Lease. Lessee has no current, actual knowledge of any claims, defenses or offsets against any rents payable under the Lease.

 

  10. A security deposit in the amount of $              has been deposited with Lessor. Lessee agrees to look solely to the Lessor for return of the security deposit unless the Lessor has deposited the security deposit with State Farm.

 

  11. To Lessee’s current, actual knowledge, Lessor has fully performed all of its obligations under the Lease and there are no known circumstances existing under which Lessor may be deemed in default merely upon the service of notice or passage of time, or both, except as follows (if blank, none):             

                                                                                                                                                                

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

  12. Lessor has not given its consent to Lessee to take any action which, pursuant to the Lease, requires Lessor’s consent except as follows (if blank, none):             

                                                                                                                                                                

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

 

  13. Lessee has not received any notice of a prior sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other hypothecation of the Premises, the Lease or of the rents provided for therein.

 

  14. Lessee has not filed, and is not currently the subject of any filing, voluntary or involuntary, for bankruptcy or reorganization under any applicable bankruptcy or creditors rights laws.

 

  15. Lessee is a                      duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of                      .

In issuing this Estoppel Certificate, Lessee understands that State Farm will rely thereon in funding a $              mortgage loan to Lessor secured by certain real estate which includes the Premises. Lessee acknowledges that State Farm may rely upon a facsimile of this Estoppel Certificate signed by Lessee with the same effect as if State Farm had received an Estoppel Certificate bearing Lessee’s original signature. This Estoppel Certificate shall not amend or modify the Lease.

 

[NAME OF LESSEE]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of the Industrial Center, the Premises or the surrounding area without the written consent of the Lessor being first obtained. If Lessor gives such consent. Lessor may regulate the manner of display of the sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice. Lessor shall have the right to remove any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice which has not been approved by Lessor or is being displayed in a non-approved manner without notice to and at the expense of the Lessee. All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, painted, affixed of inscribed at the expense of Lessee by a person approved by Lessor. Lessor shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near window, door, partition or wall, which may appear unsightly from outside of the Premises.

2. The directory of the Industrial Center (if any) will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of the lessees only, and Lessor reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits and entrances shall not be obstructed by any of the lessees or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances and roof are not for the use of the general public and the Lessor shall in all cases retain the right to control thereof and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Lessor shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Industrial Center or its lessees; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent access by persons with whom the Lessee normally deals in the ordinary course of Lessee’s business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No lessee and no employees or invitees of any lessee shall go upon the roof of the Industrial Center.

4. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install any new additional locks or bolts on any exterior door of the Premises without the written consent of Lessor. Lessee may install an electronic alarm system.

5. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by the Lessee who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

6. Lessee shall not overload the floor of the Premises and shall not deface the Premises.

7. Except as contemplated by the Lease, Lessee shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any noxious gas or substance in the Premise, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to the Lessor or other occupants of the Industrial Center by reason of odors, or interfere in any way with other lessees or those having business in the Industrial Center. Neither animals nor birds shall be brought in or kept in or about the Premises of the Industrial Center. No lessee shall interfere with occupants of this or neighboring Industrial Centers or Premises, or with those having business with such occupants, by the use of any musical instruments, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way. No lessee shall throw anything out of doors. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Lessee in the Premises beyond the use of a microwave oven or other small appliances.

8. No Lessee shall occupy or permit any portion of its Premises to be occupied for the manufacture, sale, or use of liquor or narcotics in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barbershop or manicure shop, except without prior written consent of Lessor. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for illegal purposes.

9. No boring or cutting for or stringing of wires will be allowed without the consent of Lessor.

10. Lessee upon termination of the tenancy, shall deliver to the Lessor the keys to the Premises, offices, rooms, and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished and shall pay the Lessor the cost of replacing any lost key or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Lessor deems it necessary to make such change.

11. No lessee shall lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor coverings so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by the Lessor. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the lessee by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the floor covering shall have been laid.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 2


12. In case of invasion, mob riot, public excitement, or other commotion, the Lessor reserves the right to prevent access to the Industrial Center during the continuance of the same, by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the lessees and protection of the Industrial Center and property located therein. Anything to the foregoing notwithstanding, Lessor shall have no duty to provide security protection for the Industrial Center at any time or to monitor access thereto.

13. Lessee shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Premises and that all water faucets, water apparatus and electricity are entirely shut off before Lessee or Lessee’s employee’s leave the Premises. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Industrial Center or other lessees’ premises caused by a failure to comply with this rule.

14. Lessor reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Industrial Center any person who, in the judgment of Lessor, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Industrial Center.

15. Any requests of Lessee will be considered only upon application at the Office of Lessor. Employees of Lessor shall not be requested to perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from the Lessor.16. Lessor shall have the right, exercisable with reasonable notice and without liability to Lessee, to change the name and the street address of the Industrial Center of which the Premises are a part, where such change is required by any government agency.

17. Lessee agrees that it shall comply with all fire regulations that may be issued from time to time by the San Diego Fire Department, and Lessee also shall provide Lessor with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Lessee in all matters pertaining to fire regulations.

18. Lessor reserves the right by written notice to Lessee, to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Industrial Center when, in Lessor’s judgment, it is necessary, desirable or proper for the best interest of the Industrial Center or its Lessees.

19. Lessee shall not disturb, solicit, or canvas any occupant of the Industrial Center and shall cooperate to prevent same.

20. Without the written consent of Lessor, Lessee shall not use the name of the Industrial Center in connection with or in promotion or advertising the business of Lessee except as Lessee’s address.

21. Lessee shall be entitled to use parking spaces during working hours. Lessee shall not park in driveways or loading areas, or reserved parking spaces of other lessees. Lessor or its agents shall have the right to cause to be removed any car of Lessee, its employees or agents, that may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Lessee agrees to save and hold harmless Lessor, its agents and employees from any and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle and for all expense incurred by Lessor in connection with such removal. Lessee will from time to time, upon request of Lessor, supply Lessor with a list of license plate numbers or vehicles owned or operated by its employees and agent.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This instrument was prepared by and upon recordation should be returned to:

 

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE & ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE & ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this          day of                      , 20      , by and among                      , a                      (“Lessor”), whose mailing address is                                                           , a                          (“Lessee”), whose mailing address is                      , and STATE FARM BANK, F.S.B ., a federal savings bank (“State Farm”), whose mailing address is One State Farm Plaza, Bloomington, Illinois 61710-0001.

RECITALS

A. Lessor and Lessee have heretofore entered into a certain lease (the “Lease”) dated                      ,          with respect to and governing the terms of Lessee’s use and occupancy of all or a portion of certain real estate and improvements legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Secured Property”); and

B. State Farm, as a condition to making a loan to Lessor in the principal amount of                      (the “Loan”), which is to be secured by a Mortgage and Security Agreement executed by Lessor to and in favor of State Farm (the “Mortgage”) constituting a first lien upon and encumbering the Secured Property, and further secured by an Assignment of Rents and Leases executed by Lessor to and in favor of State Farm (the “Assignment of Rents and Leases”) assigning to State Farm all leases of and all rents derived from the Secured Property, has required the execution of this Agreement.

AGREEMENTS

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) by each of the parties hereto paid to the other, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby covenant, stipulate and agree as follows:

1. The Lease, and any and all modifications thereof and amendments thereto, all of Lessee’s rights thereunder and Lessee’s leasehold interest and estate in the Secured Property, shall be and are hereby made junior, inferior, subordinate and subject in all respects to the lien and encumbrance of the Mortgage on the Secured Property and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of the Mortgage, to the full extent of the principal sum secured thereby, all interest thereon and all other sums payable or hereafter becoming payable thereunder.

2. Lessee agrees that it shall promptly deliver or mail to State Farm a copy of each written notice given by Lessee to Lessor of a default by Lessor under the Lease. Lessee further agrees that if, within the time provided in the Lease to cure defaults thereunder (or if no time period is specified in the Lease, within thirty (30) days after State Farm’s receipt of Lessee’s written notice of default), State Farm, at its option, shall cause to be performed the obligations with respect to which Lessor is in default under the Lease, as specified in such written notice, any right of Lessee to terminate the Lease by reason or on account of such default of Lessor shall cease and be null and void.

3. Lessee is advised and hereby acknowledges that the Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Leases and other documents which evidence and secure the Loan (collectively the “Loan Documents”) grant and provide to State Farm the right to collect rents and other sums payable under the Lease (collectively, the “Rents”) directly from Lessee upon the occurrence of an “Event of Default” (as defined in the Mortgage) by Lessor under the Loan Documents. Lessor and Lessee hereby agree that upon Lessee’s receipt from State Farm of written notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default by Lessor under the Loan Documents, Lessee shall thereafter pay all Rents directly to State Farm (or as State Farm shall direct).

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 1 of 7


4. In the event State Farm shall become the owner of the Secured Property by reason of the foreclosure of the Mortgage or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, provided that Lessee is not in default of its obligations under the Lease beyond any applicable grace or cure periods, State Farm agrees that Lessee shall be entitled to continue in possession of the Secured Property undisturbed and the Lease shall not be terminated or affected thereby, but shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between State Farm and Lessee upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth therein. In such event, Lessee shall attorn to State Farm and State Farm shall be deemed to have accepted such attornment, whereupon, subject to the observance and performance by Lessee of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee, State Farm shall recognize the leasehold estate of Lessee under all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease for the remaining balance of the term thereof; provided, however, State Farm shall not be:

 

  (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior Lessor (including Lessor) or subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor (including Lessor); provided, however, the foregoing limitation on liability shall not limit State Farm’s obligations under the Lease to correct any physical conditions that (i) exist as of the date State Farm shall become the owner of the Secured Property; and (ii) violate State Farm’s obligations as Lessor under the Lease; provided further however, that State Farm shall have received a written notice of such acts, omissions, conditions or violations prior to becoming owner of the Secured Property and had an opportunity to cure the same in accordance with paragraph 2 hereof. In no event, however, shall State Farm have any liability for consequential damages arising from any default occurring prior to the date State Farm acquires title to the Secured Property;

 

  (b) bound by any rent or additional rent which Lessee might have paid in advance for more than one month;

 

  (c) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made after the date of this Agreement without State Farm’s prior written consent;

 

  (d) liable for any security deposit, unless actually received by State Farm from any prior lessor (including Lessor); and

 

  (e) liable for obligations under the Lease with respect to any property or facilities for the use of Lessee (such as off-site leased space or parking) other than the Secured Property and Lessee shall look solely to Lessor for the performance and observance of any and all such obligations.

5. State Farm agrees that unless required by law and provided that Lessee is not in default under the terms of the Lease beyond any applicable grace or cure periods set forth therein, State Farm will not join Lessee as a defendant in any foreclosure proceedings or other suit, action or proceeding to enforce any rights under the Mortgage, and if such joinder is required by law, State Farm will not seek to terminate the Lease or Lessee’s possession of the Secured Property.

6. Lessee agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the Lease or in any other instrument, any interest of Lessee in or under any option to purchase or right of first refusal of, or with respect to all or any part of the Secured Property is hereby specifically subordinated to the rights of State Farm under the Mortgage and other Loan Documents and such option to purchase or right of the first refusal shall not be binding upon State Farm, its successors and assigns.

7. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and shall also bind and benefit the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto, and all covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall be construed as running with the title to the land comprising the Secured Property.

8. Any claim by Lessee against State Farm as a successor Lessor under the Lease or this Agreement shall be satisfied solely out of State Farm’s interest in the Secured Property and Lessee shall not seek recovery against or out of any other assets of State Farm.

9. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall be deemed originals and with the same effect as if all parties had executed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 2 of 7


10. STATE FARM, LESSOR AND LESSEE HEREBY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM FILED BY ANY PARTY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE RELATING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF LESSOR AND LESSEE IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 3 of 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Witnesses, if required]    [Signature block for Lessor]
[Witnesses, if required]    [Signature block for Lessee]
[Witnesses, if required]    STATE FARM BANK, F.S.B.,

a federal savings bank

   By:  

 

   Its:  

 

   Address:
   One State Farm Plaza
   Bloomington, Illinois 61710-0001
   Corporate Law-Investments
   Attn: (Name of Attorney)

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 4 of 7


(CHOOSE APPROPRIATE NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT

AND COMPLETE FOR LESSOR AND LESSEE)

GENERAL PARTNERSHIP:

 

STATE OF  

                          

  )
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the County and State aforesaid, personally appeared                      , with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), and who upon oath acknowledged himself to be of                      , a general partnership, a general partner of                      , the within named bargainor, a                      general partnership, and that                      as such of the general partner, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the general partnership by himself as of                      , a general partner of                      .

Witness my hand and seal, at office in                      ,          this the          day of                      , 20      .

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

CORPORATE:

 

STATE OF  

                          

  )
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

Before me,                      the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the County and State aforesaid, personally appeared                      , with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), and who upon oath acknowledged self to be                      of          , the within named bargainor, a corporation, and that as such                      being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by                      self as                      .

Witness my hand and seal, at office in                      ,              this the                      day of                      , 20      .

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP:

 

STATE OF  

                          

  )
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the County and State aforesaid, personally appeared                      , with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), and who upon oath acknowledged             self to be                      of          , the within named bargainor, a limited partnership, and that as                      such                      , being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the limited partnership by                      self as                      .

Witness my hand and seal, at office in                      ,          this the          day of                      , 20      .

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 5 of 7


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY:

 

STATE OF  

                          

  )
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

Before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the County and State aforesaid, personally appeared                      , with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), and who upon oath acknowledged                      self to be                      of                      , the within named bargainor, a limited liability company, and that as                      such                      , being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the limited liability company by                      self as                      .

Witness my hand and seal, at office in                      ,                      this the          day of                      , 20      .

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

INDIVIDUAL:

 

STATE OF  

                          

  )
COUNTY OF  

 

  )

Personally appeared before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, the within named                      , the bargainor, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence), and who upon oath acknowledged that executed the within instrument for the purposes therein contained.

Witness my hand and seal, at office in                      ,                      this the          day of                      , 20      .

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page 6 of 7


ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR STATE FARM:

 

STATE OF ILLINOIS    )   
   )SS   
COUNTY OF MCCELAN    )   

COUNTY OF MCLEAN    )

I,                      , do hereby certify that on the                      day of          , 20      ,                      as                      of State Farm Bank, F.S.B., a federal savings bank, personally appeared before me and being first duly sworn by me severally acknowledged that they signed the foregoing document in the respective capacities therein set forth and declared that the statements therein contained are true.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the day and year before written.

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC  
My Commission Expires:  

 

 

Initial MB

Initial         

Page7 of 7

Exhibit 10.6

CONFIDENTIAL

EXECUTION COPY

JOINT DEVELOPMENT & LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Joint Development and License Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 31 st day of December 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Pfenex, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business located at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121 (“ Pfenex ”), and Agila Biotech Private Limited, company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at Strides House, Bilekahalli, Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 560 076, India (“ Agila ”). Pfenex and Agila may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or together as the “ Parties .”

BACKGROUND

A. Pfenex has a proprietary Pseudomonas fluorescens protein expression platform (as further defined below as the “ Pfenex Expression Technology ”), which is used to increase yield, accelerate the development and production of biotherapeutics and vaccines;

B. Agila is engaged in the business of manufacturing and supplying therapeutic biological products for research and development and commercial purposes;

C. Pfenex and Agila desire to collaborate with each other, to develop certain therapeutic biological products manufactured using the Pfenex Expression Technology through the completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial (as defined below) for each such product in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

D. Pfenex and Agila wish to establish a joint venture company (the “ JVC ”) to further develop and commercialize one or more such products after the completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial pursuant to a separate Joint Venture Agreement to be entered into by the Parties (the “ JVA ”) as set forth in Section 3.8; and

E. Upon successful completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial in the Territory for such a product and the JVC’s receipt of all necessary Consents, business licenses and governmental approvals, and contingent upon the Parties’ agreement on a plan and budget for the further development and commercialization of such product, such product and all associated data, rights and assets will be transferred to the JVC and the JVC will continue the development and commercialization of such product as further provided in the JVA.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Parties, the Parties agree as follows:

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Act ” means the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Party, any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party, for so long as such control exists. For


the purposes of this definition, “control” means: (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance; or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities in such Person (or such lesser percent as may be the maximum that may be owned pursuant to Applicable Laws of the country of incorporation or domicile, as applicable). For clarity, for purposes of this Agreement, the JVC shall not be deemed an Affiliate of either Party.

1.3 “ Analytical Methods ” means, with respect to a Collaboration Product, a comprehensive set of analytical methods used to test the quality of in-process, bulk drug substance(s) and drug product(s) for the applicable Collaboration Product.

1.4 “ Applicable Laws ” means any laws, statutes, rules, regulations, guidelines, and standards promulgated by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction applicable to the Parties or the activities contemplated hereunder, together with any judgments, orders, notices, instructions, decisions, standards, guidance and awards, each having the force of law, issued by a court or competent authority or tribunal or a Regulatory Authority to which the applicable Party is subject, including, as applicable, GCP, GLP, GMP, the Act and the Rules.

1.5 “ Background Technology ” means, with respect to a Party, any and all technology, know-how, technical information and other technical subject matter, and all intellectual property rights therein, in each case Controlled by such Party as of the Effective Date or otherwise developed or acquired by or on behalf of such Party outside the performance of this Agreement, in each case that are necessary for the performance of any Development Plan under this Agreement. For clarity, Pfenex’s Background Technology includes the Pfenex Expression Technology, including to the extent it is embodied in the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables.

1.6 “ Collaboration Product(s) ” means, individually and collectively, any product for which the Parties establish and sign a Development Plan pursuant to Section 3.1 for development hereunder, which may include but not limited to:

(a) Interferon beta-1b as a biosimilar product to the innovator product Betaseron®/Betaferon® from Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals;

(b) PEGylated Interferon beta-1b;

(c) PEGylated Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor (PEG-GCSF) as a biosimilar product to the innovator product Neulasta® from Amgen Inc.;

(d) PEGylated L-Asparaginase as a biosimilar product to Oncaspar® from Sigma-Tau Pharmaceuticals Inc.; and

(e) Human Growth Hormone (HGH) as a biosimilar product to Genotropin® from Pfizer Inc.

1.7 “ Consents ” means any consent, license, approval, authorization, waiver, permit, grant, concession, agreement, license, certificate, exemption, order or registration, of or with any Person.

 

-2-


1.8 “ Control ” means the possession (whether by ownership, license or other authorization), as of the Effective Date or during the Term, of (a) with respect to materials, data or information, physical possession or the right to such physical possession of those items, and the right to provide them to others (including the other Party); and (b) with respect to intellectual property rights, the right sufficient to grant the applicable license or sublicense under this Agreement; in each case without violating the terms of any agreement with any Third Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following shall not be deemed to be Controlled by a Party: (i) any materials, data, information or intellectual property owned or licensed by any Acquiring Entity immediately prior to the effective date of merger, consolidation or transfer, and (ii) any materials, data, information or intellectual property that any Acquiring Entity subsequently develops independently, without accessing or practicing the Pfenex Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Pfenex) or the Agila Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Agila). For the purpose of this Section 1.8, “ Acquiring Entity ” means, with respect to a Party, a Third Party that merges or consolidates with or acquires such Party, or to which such Party transfers all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement pertains. “ Controlled ” has its corollary meaning.

1.9 “ Facility ” means (a) each GMP-compliant facility jointly identified by both Parties for manufacturing (including storing and handling) any Collaboration Product for Phase I Clinical Trials, (b) Agila’s GMP-compliant Pilot Plant located at [*] and (c) Agila’s GMP-compliant manufacturing facility under construction at the [*] (the “ [*] Facility ”), only when all applicable testing and validation of such facility has been successfully completed, and all required Consents have been obtained, and such facility is otherwise ready and available for use in manufacture of Collaboration Products.

1.10 “ GCP ” means the then-current FDA regulations and guidelines for “Good Clinical Practice,” as promulgated by the FDA under 21 CFR Parts 50, 54, 56 and 312, as amended from time to time, or any foreign equivalents thereto (e.g., ICH Guideline for Good Clinical Practice) in the country in which the applicable Phase I Clinical Trial is conducted.

1.11 “ GMP ” means the then-current Good Manufacturing Practices pursuant to the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and any U.S. regulations found in Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (including Parts 11, 210 and 211 and the provisions of the Act and the Rules) and comparable laws, rules and regulations applicable to the manufacture, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, supply and transport of any Collaboration Product in any jurisdiction where the applicable Collaboration Product is or may be utilized in humans hereunder.

1.12 “ GLP ” means the then-current FDA regulations and guidelines for “Good Laboratory Practice,” as promulgated by the FDA under Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations Part 58, as amended from time to time, or any foreign equivalents thereto in the country in which research is conducted hereunder.

1.13 “ Manufacturing Process ” means, with respect to a Collaboration Product, the process based on the Pfenex Expression Technology for the production of such Collaboration Product using the associated Manufacturing Strain, as such process may be amended from time to time by the Parties pursuant to Section 5.2 below.

 

-3-


1.14 “ Manufacturing Strain ” means, with respect to a Collaboration Product, a strain of Pseudomonas fluorescens incorporating a nucleic acid sequence that is optimized to express the protein that is the active ingredient of such Collaboration Product.

1.15 “ Master Cell Bank ” means a cell bank produced from the Research Cell Bank for a Collaboration Product that complies with (a) GMP requirements for cell banks used in the production of biological products for use in humans and (b) the specifications therefor as set forth in the Development Plan for such Collaboration Product, a portion of which is anticipated to be deposited with a Third Party vendor for storage and preservation and which cell bank may be used in the establishment of the Working Cell Bank for such Collaboration Product.

1.16 “ PEGylation ” means the process of covalent attachment of polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer chains to another molecule. “ PEGylated ” shall have its correlative meanings.

1.17 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint-stock company, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, government authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

1.18 “ Pfenex Expression Technology ” means Pfenex’ proprietary Pseudomonas fluorescens expression platform technology used in the development and production of biological products, including through the optimization of a nucleic acid sequence and development of the associated manufacturing cell strains to express such product, together with all intellectual property rights therein.

1.19 “ Phase I Clinical Trial ” means a clinical development program that provides for the first introduction into humans of a pharmaceutical product with the primary purpose of making a preliminary determination with respect to safety, metabolism and pharmacokinetic properties and clinical pharmacology of such pharmaceutical product in healthy patients, or otherwise generally consistent with 21 C.F.R. §312.21(a).

1.20 “ Phase III Clinical Trial ” means any human clinical trial conducted in any country on a sufficient numbers of patients that is designed, if the defined end-points are met, to establish safety and efficacy of a pharmaceutical product in patients with the indication being studied for purposes of filing a marketing approval application or to otherwise be a pivotal trial for obtaining a marketing approval or label expansion for such pharmaceutical product or otherwise generally consistent with 21 C.F.R. §312.21(c).

1.21 “ Raw Materials ” means, with respect to any Collaboration Product(s), any and all ingredients, including media, buffers, solvents and other components (excluding the Manufacturing Strain as provided under Section 4.1.1 below) used in the manufacture of such Collaboration Product hereunder in accordance with the Manufacturing Process and Specifications for such Collaboration Product.

 

-4-


1.22 “ Regulatory Approval ” means all approvals, licenses, clearances, registrations or authorizations received from any Regulatory Authority in response to a Regulatory Filing together with all necessary approvals by any regulatory advisory board (e.g. institutional review board and ethics committee).

1.23 “ Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity with authority over the development, manufacture or other commercialization (including the granting of Regulatory Approvals) of any Collaboration Product in any jurisdiction, including the Drugs Controller General of India, European Medicines Agency and the United States Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”), in each case, any successor entity thereto.

1.24 “ Regulatory Filings ” means any submission made to a Regulatory Authority with respect to a pharmaceutical or medicinal product, including any application necessary to commence or conduct clinical testing of such product in humans, any submission to a regulatory advisory board with respect to such product, and in each case any supplement or amendment to any of the foregoing.

1.25 “ Research Cell Bank ” means a non GMP cell bank of the Manufacturing Strain for a Collaboration Product meeting the specifications therefor as set forth in the Development Plan for such Collaboration Product.

1.26 “ Rules ” means the Drugs and Cosmetic Rules, 1945.

1.27 “ Study Results ” means any and all data, results and reports from any preclinical or clinical studies with respect to any Collaboration Product conducted hereunder, including all data, results and reports from each Phase I Clinical Trial conducted hereunder and all interim reports and the final report generated therefrom.

1.28 “ Specifications ” means, with respect to a Collaboration Product, those specifications, manufacturing guidelines, control procedures, acceptance criteria, validation protocols, packaging, storage and release requirement or procedures or other similar requirements for the manufacture of such Collaboration Product, as mutually agreed by the Parties and set forth in the applicable Development Plan.

1.29 “ Successful Completion ” means, with respect to a Phase I Clinical Trial, the meeting of primary endpoints set forth in the applicable protocol approved by the JSC and the submission of the final trial report to the applicable Regulatory Authority as required under Applicable Law.

1.30 “ Territory ” means worldwide.

1.31 “ Third Party ” means an entity other than Pfenex, Agila and their respective Affiliates.

1.32 “ Working Cell Bank ” means a cell bank of the Manufacturing Strain produced from the Master Cell Bank for a Collaboration Product that complies with (a) GMP requirements for cell banks used in the production of biological products for use in humans and (b) the specifications therefor as set forth in the Development Plan for such Collaboration Product.

 

-5-


1.33 Additional Defined Terms . Each of the following terms shall have the meaning described in the corresponding section of this Agreement indicated below:

 

Term    Section Defined
Agila Improvements    10.5
Alliance Manager    2.6
Co-Chair    2.2
Collaboration Technology    10.3
Confidential Information    9.1
Development Plan    3.1
Indemnitee    13.3
Indemnitor    13.3
JSC    2.1
JVA    Background
JVC    Background
Milestone    8.1
Pfenex Improvements    10.4
Pfenex Materials and Deliverables    4.1.1
Plan and Budget    3.9
Prior Confidentiality Agreement    9.5
SIAC    14.9.2
Subcommittee    2.7
Term    11.1

1.34 Interpretation . The captions and headings to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless specified to the contrary, references to Articles, Sections or Exhibits means the particular Articles and Sections of or Exhibits to this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include all Exhibits hereto. Unless context clearly requires otherwise, whenever used in this Agreement: (a) the words “include” or “including” shall be construed as incorporating, also, “but not limited to” or “without limitation;” (b) the word “or” shall have its inclusive meaning of “and/or;” (c) the word “day” or “quarter” or “year” means a calendar day or calendar quarter or calendar year unless otherwise specified; (d) the word “notice” shall require notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement; (e) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement (including any Exhibits); (f) provisions that require that a Party or the Parties hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter or otherwise; (g) words of any gender include the other gender; (h) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (i) references to any specific law, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement thereof; and (j) provisions that refer to Persons acting “under the authority of Pfenex” shall include Pfenex’s Affiliates or licensees, as

 

-6-


applicable, and those Persons acting “under the authority of Agila” shall include Agila’s Affiliates or sublicensees, as applicable; conversely, those Persons acting “under the authority of Pfenex” shall exclude Agila, its Affiliates and sublicensees, as applicable, and those Persons acting “under the authority of Agila” shall exclude Pfenex, its Affiliates and licensees, as applicable.

Article 2

GOVERNANCE

2.1 JSC Establishment . Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, the Parties agree to establish a joint steering committee (“ JSC ”) for the overall coordination and oversight of the Parties’ activities under this Agreement.

2.2 JSC Membership . The JSC shall be comprised of an equal number of representatives from each of Pfenex and Agila, with at least two (2) representatives from each Party. Either Party may replace its respective JSC representatives at any time with prior written notice to the other Party, provided that such replacement has comparable authority and scope of functional responsibility within that Party’s organization as the individual he or she is replacing. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall appoint by notice to the other Party one of its members to the JSC as a co-chair of the JSC (each, a “ Co-Chair ”). The Co-Chairs shall (a) coordinate and prepare the agenda and ensure the orderly conduct of the JSC’s meetings, (b) attend (subject to below) each meeting of the JSC, and (c) prepare and issue minutes of each meeting within ten (10) business days thereafter accurately reflecting the discussions and decisions of the JSC at such meeting. Such minutes from each JSC meeting shall not be finalized until a member from each Party has reviewed and approved the accuracy of such minutes in writing. The Co-Chairs shall solicit agenda items from the other JSC members and provide an agenda along with appropriate information for such agenda reasonably in advance (to the extent possible) of any meeting. In the event the presiding Co-Chair or another member of the JSC from either Party is unable to attend or participate in any meeting of the JSC, the Party who designated such member may designate a substitute representative for the meeting.

2.3 JSC Responsibilities . The role of the JSC shall be:

2.3.1 to review and approve the Development Plan for any Collaboration Product(s) and any amendment thereto;

2.3.2 to coordinate and oversee the transfer of Pfenex Materials and Deliverables to Agila;

2.3.3 to manage and oversee the implementation of the Development Plan for any Collaboration Product(s), including all regulatory activities required or otherwise conducted in accordance therewith;

2.3.4 to monitor each Phase I Clinical Trial conducted pursuant to the Development Plan for the respective Collaboration Product(s);

 

-7-


2.3.5 to provide a forum for the Parties to exchange information with respect to matters pertaining to and status of the performance of the Development Plan for any Collaboration Product(s);

2.3.6 to coordinate and oversee the transfer of any Collaboration Product(s) to the JVC pursuant to Section 3.9; and

2.3.7 to perform such other functions as appropriate to further the purposes of this Agreement, as expressly set forth hereunder or otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.

2.4 JSC Meetings .

2.4.1 Conduct . During the Term, the JSC shall hold at least one (1) meeting per calendar quarter in accordance with a schedule established in advance annually or as the JSC otherwise agrees. Meetings of the JSC shall be effective only if at least one (1) representative of each Party is present or participating. The JSC may meet either (a) in person at either Party’s facilities or at such locations as the Parties may otherwise agree; or (b) by audio or video teleconference; provided that at least one (1) such meeting per year shall be in person. With the prior consent of the other Party’s representatives (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), each Party may invite non-member employees to participate in the discussions and meetings of the JSC, provided that such participants shall have no vote and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement. Additional meetings of the JSC may also be held with the mutual consent of the Parties, or as required under this Agreement, and neither Party will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to hold any such additional meeting. Each Party shall be responsible for all of its own expenses incurred in connection with participating in the JSC.

2.4.2 Progress Report . At each meeting of the JSC, each Party shall summarize to the JSC the progress of the activities performed by or under authority of such Party and its Affiliates with respect to each Collaboration Product during the period since the last meeting of the JSC.

2.5 JSC Decision Making . Decisions of the JSC shall be made by consensus, with each Party having one (1) vote. Each Party shall act in good faith to reach consensus on all matters and act in the general spirit of cooperation and in no event shall either Party unreasonably withhold, condition or delay any approval or other decision of the JSC hereunder. In the event the JSC fails to reach consensus with respect to a particular matter within its authority, then upon request by either Party such matter shall be resolved pursuant to Section 14.10. For clarity, the JSC shall not have the power to amend or modify this Agreement, and no decision of the JSC shall be in contravention of any terms or conditions of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that issues to be formally decided by the JSC are only those specific issues that are expressly provided in this Agreement or otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties to be decided by the JSC.

2.6 Alliance Manager . Promptly after the execution of this Agreement each Party shall appoint a single individual to act as the primary point of contact between the Parties

 

-8-


in connection with the performance of the Development Plans (each, an “ Alliance Manager ”). Each Party may at any time appoint a different Alliance Manager by written notice to the other Party and may elect, upon mutual agreement by the Parties, to eliminate the responsibilities of the Alliance Managers. The Alliance Managers shall be entitled to attend meetings of the JSC, but shall not have, or be deemed to have, any rights or responsibilities of a member of the JSC. Each Alliance Manager may bring any matter to the attention of the JSC where such Alliance Manager reasonably believes that such matter requires such attention.

2.7 Subcommittees . Promptly after the establishment of the JSC, the JSC shall establish the following subcommittees (each, a “ Subcommittee ”): (a) a preclinical, clinical and regulatory Subcommittee to coordinate and make all day-to-day decisions necessary to implement any preclinical or clinical studies and regulatory activities set forth in each Development Plan; (b) a chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC) Subcommittee to coordinate and make all day-to-day decisions necessary to implement any manufacturing-related activities set forth in each Development Plan; (c) a commercialization Subcommittee to (i) propose business/ commercialization strategies and priorities with respect to the Collaboration Products for the review and approval of the JSC and (ii) coordinate and resolve any issue arising from the performance of each Development Plan that may impact such business/commercialization strategy for any Collaboration Product; (d) an intellectual property Subcommittee to develop and implement the intellectual property strategy with respect to Collaboration Technology and coordinate the prosecution and maintenance of patents and patent applications claiming any jointly owned Collaboration Technology; and (e) a Subcommittee to oversee and coordinate the transfer of various technologies as contemplated herein, whether between the Parties or to a Third Party. Each Subcommittee shall consist of equal number of representatives of each Party and shall meet with such frequency as the JSC determines is appropriate. Each Subcommittee shall be responsible for day-to-day implementation and operations of the activities under this Agreement for which it has or is otherwise assigned responsibility, provided that such implementation is not inconsistent with the express terms of this Agreement, the applicable Development Plan or the decisions of the JSC. Each Subcommittee shall operate by unanimous vote in all decisions, with each Party having one (1) vote and with at least one (1) representative from each Party participating in such vote. If, with respect to a matter that is subject to a Subcommittee’s decision-making authority, the Subcommittee cannot reach unanimity, the matter shall be referred to the Alliance Manager, who shall submit such matter to the JSC for resolution in accordance with Section 2.5. The various Subcommittees may have overlapping membership and the Parties will attempt to time meetings of the JSC and the various Subcommittees to maximize productivity of the members and minimize costs associated therewith.

Article 3

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

3.1 Development Plan . Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, on a Collaboration Product-by-Collaboration Product basis, Pfenex and Agila shall jointly prepare a mutually-agreed written work plan for any Collaboration Product(s) that sets out in reasonable detail the development activities to be conducted by each Party and its designees for the Successful Completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for any Collaboration Product(s), as well as the location, protocol, budget and timelines for completion of various tasks therefor

 

-9-


(each, a “ Development Plan ”). Each Development Plan shall be subject to the JSC’s approval. Upon the JSC’s approval of a Development Plan, such Development Plan shall be signed by a duly authorized representative from each Party and attached hereto as a part of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless and until the Parties sign the Development Plan for any Collaboration Product, neither Party shall have any obligation with respect to any product hereunder; provided, however, that unless and until the earlier of (a) the Parties sign a Development Plan therefor or (b) either Party provides sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party of its intent to exclude a product described in Section 1.6(a) — (e), the Parties shall use good faith efforts to prepare and agree on Development Plan therefor prior to the date specified in Exhibit 1 (as may be amended from time to time by the Parties). Each Development Plan will be updated and approved semi-annually by the JSC and shall be consistent with the general allocation of responsibilities described in Section 3.2 below. Without limiting the foregoing, any material modifications or additions to any Development Plan (including any proposed change(s) to any Third Party designee) shall be first approved by JSC prior to its implementation. Each Party shall perform its obligations allocated to it under each Development Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the diligence requirement set forth in Article 8), the applicable Development Plan and all Applicable Laws.

3.2 General Allocation of Responsibilities .

3.2.1 To Pfenex . As further provided in the applicable Development Plan, with respect to each Collaboration Product, Pfenex shall be responsible for and shall bear the expenses of:

(a) establishing and characterizing a Research Cell Bank for such Collaboration Product (and in the case of the Interferon beta-1b Collaboration Product only, an initial Master Cell Bank and Working Cell Bank);

(b) developing Manufacturing Process and Analytical Methods for such Collaboration Product;

(c) transferring the Research Cell Bank, Manufacturing Process and Analytical Methods for such Collaboration Product to Agila along with copies of existing documentation associated therewith;

(d) providing technical assistance to Agila with respect to Agila’s use thereof in accordance with and during the Term; and

(e) providing assistance to Agila to apply for any funding/grants from any national (Indian), international or other sources for the development of such Collaboration Product.

3.2.2 To Agila . As further provided in the applicable Development Plan, with respect to each Collaboration Product, Agila shall be responsible for and shall bear the expenses of:

(a) establishing and characterizing a Master Cell Bank and Working Cell Bank for the production of such Collaboration Product (except in the case of the Interferon beta-1b Collaboration Product only, for which Pfenex will be responsible for establishing and characterizing the initial Master Cell Bank and Working Cell Bank);

 

-10-


(b) transferring a portion of the Master Cell Bank to a mutually agreed Third Party for storage and preservation;

(c) performing any necessary formulation development for such Collaboration Product;

(d) performing any necessary scale up and validation activities and implementing the GMP manufacturing of such Collaboration Product;

(e) performing the proper stability studies and analytical, process and shipping validation for such Collaboration Product in accordance with GMP;

(f) developing and performing any necessary PEGylation process for such Collaboration Product;

(g) obtaining and maintaining appropriate Consents including facility permits, manufacturing licenses, manufacturing and analytical records and approvals necessary for the manufacture of such Collaboration Product;

(h) performing any necessary GLP toxicology study for such Collaboration Product and provide sufficient amount of such Collaboration Product for other preclinical studies and the first Phase I Clinical Trial;

(i) managing regulatory matters (including making all Regulatory Filings with Regulatory Authorities for obtaining all necessary Regulatory Approvals to initiate the first Phase I Clinical Trial for such Collaboration Product); and

(j) conducting the first Phase I Clinical Trial for such Collaboration Product and undertake other actions necessary for the Successful Completion of such Phase I Clinical Trial; and

(k) applying for funding/grants from any national (Indian), international or other sources for the development of such Collaboration Product, with the assistance of Pfenex.

3.3 Development Costs . As between the Parties, each Party shall bear all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with any of the activities allocated to such Party under this Agreement and each applicable Development Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Development Plan, Agila shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in conducting the first Phase I Clinical Trial of any Collaboration Product hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party may commit to, enter into any agreement for the conduct of a Phase I Clinical Trial or manufacturing agreement under the Development Plan(s) for any Collaboration Product(s) except as approved by the JSC; provided, however, Agila will reimburse Pfenex for those costs incurred in connection for the Phase I Clinical Trial for the Interferon beta-1b Collaboration Product (including the GMP manufacture of such Collaboration Product therefor) as set forth on Exhibit 2 .

 

-11-


3.4 Subcontractors . Except as set forth in the applicable Development Plan, neither Party may subcontract or otherwise delegate all or any portion of its obligations under this Agreement (including substituting or adding manufacturing or contract research facilities of a Third Party) without JSC’s prior written approval. When considering a subcontractor a Party will advise the JSC, which will establish an audit team comprised of members from each Party to audit or review such subcontractor to ensure that the subcontractor meets the qualifications necessary and has complied with Applicable Laws with respect to the subcontracting activities for which such subcontractor is being considered. To the extent such approval is granted, the subcontracting Party shall (a) ensure that each such subcontractor has and maintains all appropriate qualifications and complies with Applicable Laws and that the other Party or its designee has the right to participate in and approve such qualification process; (b) ensure that all such approved subcontractors comply with the provisions of this Agreement; and (c) be responsible for each such subcontractor’s performance hereunder (including, without limitation, any breach of this Agreement by such subcontractor), as if such subcontracting Party were itself performing such activities. For clarity, each Party may exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement through one or more of its Affiliates; provided that each Party shall ensure that each such Affiliate complies with the provisions of this Agreement and be responsible for each such Affiliate’s performance hereunder (including, without limitation, any breach of this Agreement).

3.5 Protocols . All protocols for any pre-clinical or clinical studies to be performed with respect to each Collaboration Product shall be developed by the relevant Subcommittee, in consultation with those relevant scientific/technical representatives from each Party, and submitted to the JSC for its review and approval. Further, any material modification to any such protocol shall subject to the review and approval of the JSC. For the avoidance of doubt, all study sites and investigators for each Phase I Clinical Trial of any Collaboration Product conducted under this Agreement shall be included in the applicable Development Plan and subject to the review and approval of the JSC.

3.6 Information Sharing . On an annual basis or as the JSC otherwise determines during the Term, and without limiting Section 2.4.2, each Party shall provide to the other Party the documentation, reports and other data from or relating to any completed or ongoing development activities and the results thereof (and summaries of any results in English if such documentation and materials are not provided in English) controlled by such Party relating to each Collaboration Product (including documentation relating to Regulatory Filings and Regulatory Approvals, original source data, reports, case report forms (CRFs) and summary literature). Each Party shall have the right to use, and disclose (provided that if such information is the Confidential Information of the other Party, such disclosure shall be subject to confidentiality obligations as set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement) such information to the extent necessary to exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations hereunder.

3.7 Exclusivity of Efforts . On a Collaboration Product-by-Collaboration Product basis, during the Term for the applicable Collaboration Product, each Party agrees that, except for its obligations hereunder, neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall develop,

 

-12-


manufacture, supply or commercialize any Collaboration Product, or assist any Third Party to perform any such activities with respect to any Collaboration Product. In addition, neither Party shall, during or after the Term, use any Study Results other than pursuant to this Agreement or the JVA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein is intended to require a Party to breach those obligations set forth in Exhibit 3 under such Party’s name.

3.8 Execution of the JVA . As soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, the Parties shall finalize and execute the JVA by no later than February 28, 2013. It is understood that the JVA will be in the form under negotiations by the Parties as of the Effective Date, except that the Parties may (i) change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the JVC as mutually agreed by the Parties, (ii) make other changes to the extent necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the JVC, and (ii) modify those tax-related provisions for the purpose of minimizing each Party’s tax liabilities arising from its activities under the JVA to the extent legally permissible.

3.9 Collaboration Product Transfer to the JVC . On a Collaboration Product-by-Collaboration Product basis, reasonably in advance of the anticipated completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for a Collaboration Product, the Parties shall, through the JSC, discuss and develop a detailed development plan and budget setting forth in reasonable detail the activities to be conducted by the JVC for the further development and commercialization of such Collaboration Product and associated budget and timelines, including the strategy for conducting Phase III Clinical Trials for such Collaboration Product, the location for such trials, the contract research organizations to conduct such trials and the budget therefor, as well as the launch strategy for such Collaboration Product and budget therefor (each, a “ Plan and Budget ”). Upon Successful Completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial in the Territory for a Collaboration Product and the JVC’s receipt of all necessary Consents, business licenses, permits and Regulatory Approvals, and further contingent upon the Parties’ agreement on the applicable Plan and Budget and the JVC board of director’s ratification thereof, such Collaboration Product will be transferred to the JVC, and the JVC will continue the development and commercialization of such Collaboration Product in accordance with the applicable Plan and Budget as further provided in the JVA. The Parties shall conduct no further development activities with respect to a Collaboration Product under this Agreement after such Collaboration Product is transferred to the JVC.

Article 4

PFENEX DELIVERABLES

4.1 Delivery of Manufacturing Strain; Restrictions .

4.1.1 Delivery . With respect to each Collaboration Product, promptly after Pfenex has established (a) Research Cell Bank, (b) Manufacturing Process and (c) Analytical Methods for such Collaboration Product, Pfenex shall deliver to Agila the Manufacturing Process and the associated Research Cell Bank, Analytical Methods for the production of such Collaboration Product (all such deliverables (including in the case of the Interferon beta-1b Collaboration Product only, an initial Master Cell Bank and Working Cell Bank) together with all modifications or derivatives thereof based in whole or part from the Pfenex Expression Technology, collectively referred to as the “ Pfenex Materials and

 

-13-


Deliverables ”). Pfenex Materials and Deliverables shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Pfenex and the physical possession of such Pfenex Materials and Deliverables by Agila shall not be (nor be construed as) a sale, lease, offer to sell or lease, or other transfer of title of such materials to Agila. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no licenses or rights shall be deemed granted to Agila, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, by the transfer of physical possession of any such Pfenex Materials and Deliverables to Agila.

4.1.2 Limitations on Use and Transfer . Agila shall not use the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables for any purpose other than for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Except as otherwise authorized by Pfenex in writing, Agila shall not provide the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables to any Person other than to approved subcontractors in furtherance of Section 3.4 or those employees of Agila who require access to the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables, in each case for the performance of the activities allocated to Agila under any Development Plan. Agila shall only use the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

4.1.3 No Modification or Derivation . Except as (a) expressly set forth in the applicable Development Plan or (b) allowed with Pfenex’s prior written consent, Agila shall not attempt to alter or modify the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables in any way, or to make any derivatives or modifications thereof and shall not under any circumstances attempt, directly or indirectly, to analyze, characterize, reverse engineer or otherwise derive the sequences, or constructs of the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables. It is understood that from time to time with Pfenex’s prior consent, Agila may modify the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables so as to improve the performance thereof.

4.1.4 Care in Use of the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables . Agila acknowledges that the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables are experimental in nature and may have unknown characteristics and therefore agrees to use prudence and all reasonable care in the use, handling, storage, containment, transportation and disposition of the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables.

4.2 Warranties Regarding Pfenex Materials and Deliverables . Pfenex hereby represents and warrants to Agila that (a) Pfenex owns or has rights to the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables; (b) Pfenex has the right to provide the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables to Agila for use in accordance with this Agreement and (c) the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables meet the written specifications therefor as set forth in the applicable Development Plan(s) at the time of delivery to Agila.

4.3 Acknowledgement . Agila acknowledges that the use or modification of the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables other than as permitted under this Agreement could cause irreparable damage to Pfenex. As such, Agila agrees that: (a) any breach of this Article 4 shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement; (b) Pfenex shall have the right to receive an assignment of all right, title and interest in and to any patent or patent application that contains, discloses or claims any invention arising from an impermissible modification or use of the Pfenex Materials and Deliverables, and (c) the remedies set forth in subsections (a) and (b) shall not prejudice Pfenex’s right to pursue any legal or equitable remedy available to Pfenex for any violations of this Article 4.

 

-14-


Article 5

MANUFACTURING OF COLLABORATION PRODUCTS

5.1 General . As between the Parties, Agila shall be solely responsible for manufacturing any Collaboration Product(s) for any pre-clinical studies, the first Phase I Clinical Trial for any Collaboration Product(s) and otherwise in support of the Development Plan therefor at its own costs in the Facilities. All Collaboration Product(s) supplied by Agila hereunder for use in any Phase I Clinical Trial shall meet the applicable Specifications therefor and shall be manufactured at the Facility in accordance with the applicable Manufacturing Process and all Applicable Laws (including GMP). Agila shall perform quality control procedures reasonably necessary to ensure that any Collaboration Product(s) for use in any clinical studies conform fully to the applicable Specifications.

5.2 Changes . Once transferred to Agila, neither Party shall make any changes to the Manufacturing Process, Specifications, Analytical Methods, Facility, Raw Materials or any other item in any manner that would reasonably cause any Collaboration Product for use in any clinical studies not to comply with the Specifications therefor or Applicable Laws, without the JSC’s prior written approval. If either Party desires any such change, it may request such change through the JSC. All such changes shall be documented in a writing signed by an authorized representative of each of Pfenex and Agila.

5.3 Deviations . Without limiting Section 5.2 above, in the event any material deviations occur during the course of the manufacture of any batch of any Collaboration Product for use in any clinical studies under this Agreement, Agila shall immediately provide the JSC with a detailed written description of such deviation. In addition, Agila shall undertake all reasonable and appropriate actions to investigate the cause of such deviation and to correct the same.

5.4 Agila Warranties . Agila represents and warrants that:

5.4.1 Collaboration Product . All Collaboration Product supplied by Agila hereunder shall comply with all Applicable Laws, GMPs and meet all Specifications, and Agila shall perform and document all manufacturing and supply activities contemplated herein in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

5.4.2 Facilities and Equipment . The Facility(ies), all equipment used for the manufacture of each Collaboration Product within the Facility(ies) and the activities contemplated herein complies with all Applicable Laws and Agila shall obtain and maintain all Consents including governmental registrations, permits, licenses and approvals necessary for Agila to manufacture each Collaboration Product, and otherwise to perform its obligations, under this Agreement.

5.5 Manufacturing Records . Agila shall generate and maintain complete and accurate records and samples as necessary to evidence compliance with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws and other requirements of applicable governmental authorities relating to the manufacture of each Collaboration Product, including validation data, stability testing data, certificates of analysis, certificates of origin of all raw materials, batch and lot records, quality

 

-15-


control and laboratory testing, and any other data required by Applicable Laws. All such records and samples shall be maintained for such periods as may be required by Applicable Law. Upon request by Pfenex, Agila shall provide Pfenex (or its designee) reasonable access to, and copies and portions of, such records and samples, including all batch and lot records, and any supporting data relating thereto, including written investigations of any deviations that may have been generated from manufacturing, packaging, inspection, or testing processes.

5.6 Inspection . During the Term and such longer period required by Applicable Laws, upon at least ten (10) business days advance notice and at reasonable frequency, Pfenex shall have the right to inspect and audit, during regular business hours: (a) any Facility or any other location at which any of the manufacturing, processing or other activities relating to any Collaboration Product are performed hereunder; and (b) any of the manufacturing and quality control records and all other documentation relating to the manufacturing, processing and other activities with respect to any Collaboration Product (including any internal quality control audits or reviews. Such inspections and audits shall be for the purpose of ascertaining compliance with Applicable Laws, the Specifications and other aspects of this Agreement, reviewing correspondence, reports, filings and other documents from or to Regulatory Authorities to the extent related to the manufacturing, processing and other activities hereunder, approving, where appropriate, all variances from applicable requirements hereunder, and evaluating the implementation of all manufacturing and process changes pursuant to this Agreement. In performing any such audit or inspection, employees or consultants of Pfenex shall: (i) not unreasonably interfere with other activities of Agila being carried out at the location at which such audit or inspection is taking place; and (ii) observe all rules and regulations applicable to visitors and to individuals employed at the Facility which have been communicated by Agila to Pfenex in writing. Any information obtained by Pfenex through such inspections and audits shall be treated as Confidential Information of Agila in accordance with Article 9 below.

5.7 [*] Facility . Agila will use all reasonable efforts to ensure that all applicable testing and validation of the [*] Facility has been successfully completed, and all required Consents have been obtained, and such facility is otherwise ready and available for use in manufacture of each Collaboration Product as soon as practicable and in no event later than the earlier of (i) the time Agila or the JVC, as applicable, receives a manufacturing license for the applicable Collaboration Product from the applicable Regulatory Authority and (ii) the JVC is otherwise prepared to commercially launch such Collaboration Product. In the event that the [*] Facility is not so completed for commercial production, Agila shall make alternative arrangements to supply the Collaboration Product(s) to the JVC for commercialization under the terms and conditions set in the JVA.

Article 6

REGULATORY MATTERS

6.1 General . As between the Parties, Agila shall be solely responsible for Regulatory Filings, obtaining and maintaining all necessary Regulatory Approvals for the initiation and performance of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for each Collaboration Product; provided that all such activities shall be performed in a manner that is consistent with the applicable Development Plan developed in accordance with Section 3.1. As between the Parties, Agila shall assume all responsibilities of sponsors and investigators under Applicable Laws for

 

-16-


the first Phase I Clinical Trial for each Collaboration Product. Upon the transfer of any Collaboration Product to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, Agila shall assign and deliver, or cause to be assigned and delivered, to the JVC, and the JVC shall assume control of, all Regulatory Filings and approvals (including Regulatory Approvals) and all communications with the applicable Regulatory Authorities with respect thereto obtained and maintained by Agila or its Affiliate in connection with the development of such Collaboration Product(s).

6.2 Meetings with Regulatory Authorities . Agila shall timely inform Pfenex as soon as reasonably practicable of any meetings scheduled with any Regulatory Authority concerning any Collaboration Product. As reasonably requested in a timely manner, Agila shall allow representatives from Pfenex to participate in such meetings with any Regulatory Authority.

6.3 Regulatory Filings . Reasonably in advance of the submission of any Regulatory Filing or material correspondence with applicable Regulatory Authorities for any Collaboration Product, Agila shall provide a copy of such document to Pfenex for its review and shall incorporate any reasonable comments and suggestions provided by Pfenex with respect thereto. Agila shall make available, directly, or through the JSC, copies of any Regulatory Filing or correspondence with applicable Regulatory Authorities for any Collaboration Product promptly after such Regulatory Filing or correspondence has been submitted to the applicable Regulatory Authority.

6.4 Regulatory Actions . Agila shall permit all applicable Regulatory Authorities to conduct such inspections of the Facility or any other location at which any of the manufacturing or development activities (including pre-clinical or clinical studies) relating to any Collaboration Product are performed, as such Regulatory Authorities may request in accordance with Applicable Laws and shall cooperate with such Regulatory Authorities with respect to such inspections and any related matters. Agila shall give Pfenex prompt written notice of any such inspections, and shall keep Pfenex informed about the results and conclusions of each such regulatory inspection, including actions taken by Agila to remedy conditions cited in such inspections. In addition, Agila shall allow Pfenex or its representative to assist in the preparation for and be present at such inspections for which it has advanced notice. Agila shall provide Pfenex with copies of any written inspection reports issued by any Regulatory Authority and all correspondence between Agila and any Regulatory Authority with respect thereto. Additionally, Agila agrees to promptly notify and provide Pfenex copies of any request, directive or other communication of the applicable Regulatory Authority relating to or otherwise that may affect any Collaboration Product or its manufacture or development. Prior to responding to any reports, requests, directive or other communications issued by any Regulatory Authority relating to or otherwise that may affect any Collaboration Product or its manufacture or development, Agila shall provide Pfenex a copy of its proposed response for Pfenex’s review and comments and Agila shall include any reasonable comments or recommendations provided by Pfenex with respect thereto prior to submitting such response to the applicable Regulatory Authority. Agila shall provide Pfenex a copy of its final response contemporaneously with submitting the response to the Regulatory Authority.

 

-17-


Article 7

RECORDS; INSPECTIONS

7.1 Record Keeping . Without limiting any other specific record-keeping obligations set forth in this Agreement or any Development Plan, each Party shall generate and maintain, during the Term and such longer period required by Applicable Laws, complete and accurate records related to its performance of its obligations under each Development Plan as necessary to evidence compliance with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws. Upon the transfer of any Collaboration Product to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, each Party shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the JVC all records (or copies thereof) kept by such Party in accordance with this Section 7.1.

7.2 Inspection . Without limiting any other specific inspection provisions in this Agreement or any Development Plan, during the Term and such longer period required by Applicable Laws, at least ten (10) business days advance notice by a Party and at reasonable frequency, such Party shall have the right to inspect and audit, during regular business hours, the records kept by the other Party pursuant to Section 7.1. Such inspections and audits shall be for the purpose of ascertaining compliance with this Agreement and Applicable Laws. Any information obtained by the auditing Party through such inspections and audits shall be treated as Confidential Information of the audited Party in accordance with Article 9 below.

Article 8

DILIGENCE

8.1 Diligence . Each Party will expend, with respect to each objective set forth in this Agreement or otherwise assigned to such Party under any Development Plan, its reasonable, good faith efforts to accomplish such objective consistent with those efforts it normally expends to accomplish a similar objective under similar circumstances. It is understood and agreed that with respect to any Collaboration Product(s), each Party’s efforts will be substantially equivalent to those efforts and resources commonly used for pharmaceutical products owned by it or to which it has rights, which product is at a similar stage in its development or product life and is of similar market potential as such Collaboration Product taking into account all relevant factors. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall achieve the applicable milestones set forth in Exhibit 1 attached hereto (each, a “ Milestone ”) with respect to activities assigned to it under this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan within the corresponding timelines set forth in Exhibit 1 . For clarity, the date by which the Development Plan for each Collaboration Product shall be executed by the Parties shall each be a Milestone, and a failure to meet such Milestone with respect to a Collaboration Product shall trigger the termination right set forth in Section 3.1 with respect to such Collaboration Product.

Article 9

CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1 Confidential Information . The Parties may from time to time disclose to each other Confidential Information. “ Confidential Information ” means any information disclosed by one Party to the other Party hereto, which (i) if disclosed in tangible form is marked “confidential” or with other similar designation to indicate its confidential or proprietary nature,

 

-18-


(ii) if disclosed orally, is identified as confidential or proprietary by the Party disclosing such information at the time of its initial disclosure and is confirmed in writing as confidential or proprietary by the disclosing Party within forty five (45) days after such initial disclosure, or (iii) is reasonably expected to be treated in a confidential manner based on the nature of such information and the circumstances of its disclosure. For clarity, the terms of this Agreement and all Study Results shall be deemed Confidential Information of both Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, a receiving Party’s obligations under this Article 9 shall not apply to any information that, in each case as demonstrated by written documentation: (a) was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure; (b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party; (c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; (d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving Party by a Person other than the disclosing Party; or (e) was independently developed by the receiving Party without use of or reference to any Confidential Information of the disclosing Party.

9.2 Confidentiality . During the Term of this Agreement and for five (5) years thereafter without regard to the means of termination (or if the JVA is entered into, then such longer period as required by the JVA), neither Party shall use, for any purpose other than the purpose of this Agreement including (i) in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights granted to such Party in this Agreement and (ii) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in filing for, prosecuting or maintenance of patents and other intellectual property rights (including applications therefor) in accordance with this Agreement, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, filing for, conducting preclinical or clinical trials, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, or otherwise required by Applicable Laws or the rules of a recognized stock exchange, reveal or disclose to any Third Party other than consistent with such use including to potential investors, acquirers, investment bankers, lenders or their respective advisors and attorneys, Confidential Information and materials disclosed by the other Party (whether prior to or during the Term of this Agreement) without first obtaining the written consent of the other Party. The Parties agree to take all necessary steps to ensure that Confidential Information is securely maintained and to inform those who are authorized to receive such Confidential Information of their obligations under this Agreement and subject to written non-disclosure, non-use requirements consistent with this Article 9. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason (unless the JVA is entered into, then as required in the JVA), the receiving Party promptly shall, upon request by the disclosing Party, return all such Confidential Information, and any copies or reproductions thereof, to the disclosing Party and agrees to make no further use of such Confidential Information, except it may retain one copy thereof solely for use in complying with any record keeping and other obligations within such Party’s jurisdiction.

9.3 Reasonable Precautions . The Parties shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent the use or disclosure of such Confidential Information of the other Party without first obtaining the written consent of the other Party, except in accordance with Section 9.2 which may require disclosure to a governmental authority, regulatory authority, pricing authority in the Territory or otherwise required to be disclosed for diligence exercise for any transaction in connection with the development of any Collaboration Product in accordance herewith which may involve any Third Party, government authority, customer, bank, fund raising institution subject to written non-disclosure, non-use requirements consistent with this Article 9.

 

-19-


9.4 Publicity Review .

9.4.1 Press Releases and Public Announcements . Neither Party shall issue any press release or other publicity materials, or make any public presentation with respect to this Agreement, the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or any Collaboration Product including with respect to any Study Results without the prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The restrictions provided in this Section 9.4.1 shall not apply to disclosures required by Applicable Law, including as may be required in connection with any filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission or similar non-U.S. regulatory authority, or by the disclosure policies of a major stock exchange; provided that each Party shall use good faith efforts to provide any such disclosure at least five (5) business days prior to such disclosure (to the extent practicable) for the other Party’s review and comment.

9.4.2 Use of Names . Neither Party shall utilize the name or trademarks of the other Party or make any disclosures concerning this Agreement, without the other Party’s prior written consent, provided that such use or disclosure shall be permitted if required by Applicable Laws and the Party making such use or disclosure consults with the other Party to the extent practicable not less than thirty (30) days prior the use or disclosure.

9.5 Prior Agreement . This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties dated May 2, 2012 (“ Prior Confidentiality Agreement ”) with respect to information disclosed thereunder. All information exchanged between the Parties under such Prior Confidentiality Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information of the disclosing Party and shall be subject to the terms of this Article 9.

Article 10

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

10.1 Background Technology . Except for the limited licenses granted under Section 10.2 below, as between the Parties, each Party retains full right, title and interest in and to its Background Technology. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, each Party shall be fully responsible for obtaining and maintaining, at its own expense, ownership of or appropriate license to any technologies (and intellectual property rights therein) that are necessary for its performance of its obligations under each Development Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agila shall be solely responsible for developing or acquiring (including licensing or acquiring rights or assets from any Third Party), subject to the oversight and consent of the JSC, any PEGylation technology that is necessary for the development of PEGylated Interferon beta-1B, PEGylated Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor, PEGylated L-Asparaginase and any additional PEGylated Collaboration Products as further provided in the applicable Development Plan. Agila shall be responsible for all costs associated with the development or acquisition of any such PEGylation technologies, except for any royalty payable to a Third Party upon the sale of any Collaboration Product(s) in which such PEGylation technologies are incorporated, which royalty will be borne by the JVC.

 

-20-


10.2 License Grant

10.2.1 License to Agila . Pfenex hereby grants to Agila a non-exclusive, worldwide, fully-paid up, royalty-free license under Pfenex’s Background Technology and any Collaboration Technology solely owned by Pfenex pursuant to this Article 10, together with all intellectual property rights therein, solely to the extent necessary for Agila to perform the activities allocated to it under this Agreement and the applicable Development Plan during the Term.

10.2.2 License to Pfenex . Agila hereby grants to Pfenex a non-exclusive, worldwide, fully-paid up, royalty-free license under Agila’s Background Technology and any Collaboration Technology solely owned by Agila pursuant to this Article 10, together with all intellectual property rights therein, solely to the extent necessary for Pfenex to perform the activities allocated to it under this Agreement and the applicable Development Plan during the Term.

10.2.3 No Other Right . All rights and licenses granted under this Agreement are limited to the scope expressly granted. Accordingly, except for the rights expressly granted under this Agreement, no right, title, or interest of any nature whatsoever is granted whether by implication, estoppel, reliance, or otherwise, by either Party to the other Party.

10.3 Collaboration Technology . Except as provided in Sections 10.4 and 10.5 and subject to Section 10.6, as between the Parties all right, title and interest to inventions and other subject matter (together with all intellectual property rights therein) conceived or created or first reduced to practice in connection with the exercise of rights or performance of obligations under this Agreement (collectively, “ Collaboration Technology ”) (i) by or under the authority of Pfenex or its Affiliates, independently of Agila and its Affiliates, shall be owned by Pfenex, (ii) by or under the authority of Agila or its Affiliates, independently of Pfenex and its Affiliates, shall be owned by Agila, and (iii) by personnel of Pfenex or its Affiliates and Agila or its Affiliates shall be jointly owned by Pfenex and Agila. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, neither Party shall have any obligation to obtain any approval of the other Party for, nor pay the other Party any share of the proceeds from or otherwise account to the other Party for, the practice, enforcement, licensing, assignment or other exploitation of such jointly owned Collaboration Technology, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the Applicable Laws of any country to require such approval, sharing or accounting. Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, the Party that owns any particular Collaboration Technology shall, as between the Parties, have the sole and exclusive right to control the filing for, prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of any intellectual property rights therein in its sole discretion and any jointly owned Collaboration Technology will be prosecuted, maintained and enforced as determined by the intellectual property Subcommittee in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.7.

10.4 Pfenex Improvements . Notwithstanding Section 10.3 above, all Pfenex Improvements will be the sole and exclusive property of Pfenex, and Agila hereby assigns to Pfenex all Pfenex Improvements. Agila will promptly disclose to Pfenex any and all Pfenex Improvements and take such other reasonable actions at Pfenex’s request and expense to

 

-21-


effectuate such assignment. As used herein, “ Pfenex Improvements ” means: all modifications and improvements to any Pfenex Expression Technology or Pfenex Materials and Deliverables and all inventions claiming the use of Pfenex Expression Technology that are not solely applicable to any Collaboration Product, together with all intellectual property rights pertaining to the foregoing.

10.5 Agila Improvements . Notwithstanding Section 10.3 above, all Agila Improvements will be the sole and exclusive property of Agila. As used herein, “ Agila Improvements ” means all modifications and improvements to any Agila’s proprietary manufacturing and/or formulation technologies that are not (a) solely applicable to any Collaboration Product or (b) based upon or include any Pfenex Expression Technology, Pfenex Materials and Deliverables or Confidential Information of Pfenex, together with intellectual property rights pertaining to the foregoing.

10.6 Assignment to JVC . Upon the transfer of any Collaboration Product to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, each Party shall assign, or cause to be assigned, to the JVC, all of its right, title and interest in and to any Collaboration Technology (excluding any Pfenex Improvement) arising from the performance of the applicable Development Plan and the JVC shall have the sole and exclusive right to control the filing for, prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of any intellectual property rights in such Collaboration Technology in its sole discretion. Each Party shall grant to the JVC appropriate licenses to its Background Technology to enable the JVC to further develop and commercialize the applicable Collaboration Product.

10.7 Disclosure and Cooperation . Each Party shall promptly disclose to the other Party any Collaboration Technology generated hereunder. The Parties shall at all times fully cooperate in order to reasonably implement the provisions of this Article 10. Such cooperation may include the execution of necessary legal documents, coordinating prosecution to avoid or mitigate any patentability issues, and the provision of any other assistance reasonably requested by the other Party at such other Party’s expenses.

Article 11

TERM AND TERMINATION

11.1 Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue on a Collaboration Product-by-Collaboration Product basis until the Successful Completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for the applicable Collaboration Product (“ Term ”). For clarity, prior to each Party signing the applicable Development Plan for a particular Collaboration Product hereunder as set forth in Section 3.1, neither Party shall have any rights or obligations hereunder with respect to such product, except that the Parties will use good faith efforts to prepare and agree on Development Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 for each product described in Section 1.6(a) – (e) unless either Party prior to the signing of the Development Plan for such product provides sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party that it desires to exclude such product herefrom, in which case, such product shall be excluded; provided that if the other Party desires the Parties shall discuss the basis for such exclusion during such sixty (60) day period.

 

-22-


11.2 Termination for Material Breach . If either Party materially breaches this Agreement, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, in its entirety or with respect to any Collaboration Product that is subject to the applicable Development Plan under which such material breach occurs, by written notice to the breaching Party specifying the breach and referencing this Section 11.2, if such breach is not cured within ninety (90) days after written notice is given by the non-breaching Party to the breaching Party specifying the breach; provided, however, that in the event of a good faith dispute with respect to the existence of a material breach, this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan shall not be terminated unless it is finally determined pursuant to Section 14.10 such material breach has occurred, and the breaching party fails to cure such breach within ninety (90) days after such determination.

11.3 Termination for Insolvency . Each Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to the other Party in the event that (i) such other Party files in any court or agency pursuant to any statute or regulation of any jurisdiction a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or similar arrangement for the benefit of creditors or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of such other Party or its assets, (ii) such other Party is served with an involuntary petition against it in any insolvency proceeding and such involuntary petition has not been stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days of its filing, or (iii) such other Party makes an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors.

11.4 Termination for Failure to Enter into the JVA . In the event the Parties fail to enter into the JVA pursuant to Section 3.8 by February 28, 2013, this Agreement shall terminate automatically unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing.

11.5 Cross Termination with the JVA . In the event the JVA is terminated in its entirety in accordance with its terms, this Agreement shall terminate automatically unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing.

11.6 Effects of Termination .

11.6.1 Expiration or termination of this Agreement (in its entirety or with respect to any Collaboration Product) for any reason shall not release either Party of any obligation or liability which, at the time of such expiration or termination, has already accrued to such Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such expiration or termination.

11.6.2 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement (in its entirety or with respect to any Collaboration Product), all rights and licenses to any technology and intellectual property rights therein granted by either Party to the other Party under this Agreement or with respect to the applicable terminated Collaboration Product, as applicable, shall terminate and revert back to the Party granting such rights or licenses.

11.6.3 Upon termination of this Agreement or with respect to any Collaboration Product(s), each Party shall cease all work under this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan, as applicable, except for activities as necessary for an orderly wind-down of the performance of this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan, and return to the other

 

-23-


Party all Confidential Information of the other Party and unused materials provided to it by the other Party under this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan, as applicable, and all copies and embodiments thereof, except that each Party may retain one copy of the other Party’s written Confidential Information in its confidential files solely for archival purposes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon termination of this Agreement (in its entirety or with respect to any Collaboration Product), Agila shall immediately cease any use or practice of Pfenex Materials and Deliverables provided under this Agreement or under the applicable Development Plan, as applicable, and return all remaining Pfenex Materials and Deliverables in Agila’s possession, including all embodiments or derivatives thereof.

11.6.4 Upon expiration of this Agreement with respect to any Collaboration Product(s), in the event such Collaboration Product(s) is transferred to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, each Party shall fully cooperate with each other to facilitate a smooth, orderly and prompt transfer of such Collaboration Product(s) to the JVC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) Agila shall assign or cause to be assigned to the JVC all Regulatory Filings and Regulatory Approvals and all communications with the applicable Regulatory Authorities obtained or maintained by or on behalf of Agila under this Agreement with respect to such Collaboration Product(s), (ii) each Party shall assign all of its right, title and interest in and to any Collaboration Technology (excluding Pfenex Improvements) to the JVC, and (iii) each Party shall transfer to the JVC all records, reports and other work products generated during its performance of the applicable Development Plan.

11.6.5 Upon expiration of this Agreement with respect to any Collaboration Product, in the event such Collaboration Product(s) is not transferred to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties, each Party shall return to the other Party all Confidential Information of the other Party and unused materials provided to it by the other Party (including Pfenex Materials and Deliverables provided to Agila) under this Agreement or the applicable Development Plan, as applicable, and all copies and embodiments thereof, except that each Party may retain one copy of the other Party’s written Confidential Information in its confidential files solely for archival purposes. Upon expiration of this Agreement with respect to any Collaboration Product, in the event such Collaboration Product(s) is not transferred to the JVC as provided in Section 3.9, if Pfenex elects to continue the development of such Collaboration Product, the Parties shall discuss in good faith terms and conditions that are reasonable and customary in the pharmaceutical industry pursuant to which Agila will transfer all Regulatory Approvals obtained or maintained by or on behalf of Agila under this Agreement with respect to such Collaboration Product (together with all relevant Regulatory Filings and correspondence with Regulatory Authorities) and granting Pfenex a license to all technologies and associated intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Agila that are necessary or useful for the development and commercialization of such Collaboration Product.

11.7 Survival . The provisions of Articles 1, 7, 9, 13 and 14, and Sections 4.3, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 10.1, 10.2.3, 10.3-10.7, 11.6, 11.7, 12.2 (last sentence) and 12.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. All other rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 11.7, all other rights and obligations of the Parties shall terminate.

 

-24-


Article 12

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (a) as of the Effective Date, it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to grant to the other Party the rights granted to such other Party under this Agreement; (b) as of the Effective Date, it has obtained all necessary corporate and other approvals to enter into and execute this Agreement; and (c) it is not, as of the Effective Date, a party to, nor will it enter into or assume during the Term, any contract or other obligation with a Third Party that would in any way limit the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (d) this Agreement will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations on the Parties; and (e) entry into and performance by it of this Agreement will not (i) breach any provision of its bylaws or equivalent constitutional documents; or (ii) result in a breach of any Applicable Laws in its jurisdiction of incorporation or of any order, decree or judgment of any court or any Regulatory Authority, where any such breach would affect to a material extent its ability to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

12.2 No Debarment . Each Party further represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement have been “debarred” by the FDA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 335a or subject to a similar sanction from any Regulatory Authority in any other jurisdiction, nor have debarment or similar proceedings against such Party, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement been commenced. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing if any such proceedings are commenced or if such Party, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement are debarred or similarly sanctioned by any Regulatory Authority.

12.3 DISCLAIMERS .

12.3.1 GENERAL . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES (EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

12.3.2 PFENEX MATERIALS AND DELIVERABLES . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 4.2, THE PFENEX MATERIALS AND DELIVERABLES ARE PROVIDED “AS-IS.”

12.4 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF THE

 

-25-


POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF EITHER PARTY UNDER ARTICLE13.

Article 13

INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 Pfenex . Pfenex shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Agila, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any liabilities, expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising out of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action against any of them by a Third Party resulting from: (a) the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Pfenex, its Affiliates and subcontractors during the performance of any Development Plan or (b) any breach by Pfenex of its representations and warranties under this Agreement; in each case, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 13.3 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pfenex shall have no obligations under this Article 13 for any liabilities, expenses or costs arising out of or relating to claims to the extent covered under Section 13.2 below.

13.2 Agila . Agila shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Pfenex, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against all liabilities, expenses, and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) arising out of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action against any of them by a Third Party resulting from: (a) the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Agila, its Affiliates and subcontractors during the performance of any Development Plan or (b) any breach by Agila of any of its representations and warranties under this Agreement; in each case, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 13.3 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agila shall have no obligations under this Article 13 for any liabilities, expenses or costs arising out of or relating to claims to the extent covered under Section 13.1 above.

13.3 Indemnification Procedure . Any Party seeking indemnification under this Article 13 (the “ Indemnitee ”) shall: (a) promptly notify the indemnifying Party (the “ Indemnitor ”) of such claim; (b) provide the Indemnitor sole control over the defense or settlement thereof; and (c) at the Indemnitor’s request and expense, provide full information and reasonable assistance to Indemnitor with respect to such claims. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to claims brought under Section 13.1 or 13.2 above the Indemnitee, at its own expense, shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choosing in the defense or settlement of any such claim. The indemnification under this Article 13 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnitor.

13.4 Insurance . Each Party will procure and maintain, at its own expense, insurance, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, reasonably sufficient to cover such Party’s activities and its obligations under this Agreement with minimum coverage amounts customary for the activities of such Party hereunder in the jurisdiction(s) where such activities are performed or such other minimums as the JSC may establish. Without limiting the foregoing, Agila shall procure and maintain clinical trial insurance with minimum coverage amounts customary for Phase I Clinical Trials in the jurisdiction(s) where such clinical studies

 

-26-


are performed or such other minimums as the JSC may establish. Each Party will furnish at the request of the other Party a certificate(s) reflecting relevant insurance coverage and limits. Each Party will name the other as an additional insured on the policies for the coverage required herein.

Article 14

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Affiliates . Each Party may perform any obligations and exercise any rights hereunder through any of its Affiliates. Each Party hereby guarantees the performance by its Affiliates of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement, and will cause its Affiliates to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with such performance. Any breach by a Party’s Affiliate of any of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement will be deemed a breach by such Party, and the other Party may proceed directly against such Party without any obligation to first proceed against such Party’s Affiliate.

14.2 Assignment . Each Party agrees that its rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred to a Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (a) an Affiliate, subject to the prior notice to the other Party and the assigning Party remaining responsible for such Affiliate’s performance or (b) a successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets relating to this Agreement whether by sale, merger, operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that such assignee or transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

14.3 Severability . If any clause, provision, or Section of this Agreement attached hereto, shall, for any reason, be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing, a valid, legal, and enforceable substitute provision or provisions that most nearly reflect the original intent of the Parties under this Agreement in a manner that is commensurate in magnitude and degree with the changes arising as a result of any such substitute provision or provisions. All other provisions in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in order to carry out the original intent of the Parties as ‘nearly as possible (consistent with the necessary reallocation of benefits) and as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

14.4 Merger of Understandings; Amendment . This Agreement (and the Exhibits attached hereto and Purchase Orders issued pursuant hereto) and the Quality Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and all prior negotiations and understandings between the Parties are deemed to be merged into this Agreement. No agreement or understanding varying or extending this Agreement shall be binding upon either Party hereto, unless set forth in a writing which specifically refers to the Agreement signed by duly authorized officers or representatives of the respective Parties, and the provisions hereof not specifically amended thereby shall remain in full force and effect.

 

-27-


14.5 Waiver . Any waiver of the terms and conditions hereof must be explicitly in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Party waiving compliance. The waiver by either of the Parties of any breach of any provision hereof by the other shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself. The delay or failure of any Party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall in no manner affect such Party’s rights at a later time to enforce the same.

14.6 Notices . Any notice, report or other communication required or permitted to be given by either Party under this Agreement shall be given in writing and may be delivered by hand, reputable international 3- or 4-day courier service or by mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (or the international equivalent), or by email or fax (with printed confirmation of transmission and with confirmation copy forwarded by reputable international 3- or 4-day courier service), addressed to each Party as follows. Such information may be updated by a Party upon written notice to the other Party. A notice shall be deemed delivered upon receipt, unless the notice is received on a day other than a business day in the jurisdiction of the recipient or after 5:30 p.m. at the location of delivery, in which case delivery shall be deemed to be the next business day after receipt (as determined in the jurisdiction of recipient).

 

For Pfenex:    Pfenex Inc.
   10790 Roselle Street
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attn: Patrick Lucy
   Fax: +1 978 887-4972
   Email: PKL@Pfenex.com
For Agila:    Agila Biotech Private Limited
   Strides House, Bilekahalli
   Bannergahtta Road,
   Bangalore 560 076, INDIA
   Attention: Legal Department
   Fax: + 91 80 6784 0700 / 800
   Email: legal@stridesarco.com

14.7 Force Majeure . Neither of the Parties shall be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, terrorism, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with governmental requests, laws, regulations, orders or actions, national defense requirements or any other event beyond the reasonable control of such Party, or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither of the Parties shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment). The Party invoking the provisions of this Section14.7 shall give the other Party written notice and full particulars of such force majeure event. Both Pfenex and Agila shall use reasonable business efforts to mitigate the effects of any force majeure on their respective part.

14.8 Relationship of the Parties . The relationship of Pfenex and Agila is strictly one of independent contractors and the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement does not

 

-28-


create a joint venture, partnership, or the like, between them. Pfenex and Agila shall always remain independent contractors in its performance of this Agreement. Neither Party shall have any authority to employ any individual as an employee or agent for or on behalf of the other Party to this Agreement for any purpose, and neither Party, nor any person performing any duties or engaging in any work at the request of such Party, shall be deemed to be an employee or agent of the other Party.

14.9 Choice of Law . All questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement and the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of England and Wales, without regard to any provisions of conflicts of law and shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

14.10 Dispute Resolution .

14.10.1 General . If the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute or other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, either Party may, by written notice to the other, have such dispute referred to the Chief Executive Officers of Parties for attempted resolution by good faith negotiations promptly after such notice is received. In such event, each Party shall cause its Chief Executive Officers to meet (face-to-face or by teleconference) and be available to attempt to resolve such issue. If the Parties should resolve such dispute or claim, a memorandum setting forth their agreement will be prepared and signed by both Parties if requested by either Party. The Parties shall cooperate in an effort to limit the issues for consideration in such manner as narrowly as reasonably practicable in order to resolve the dispute.

14.10.2 Arbitration . In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve any such matter subject to Section 14.10.1 within sixty (60) days from the date such dispute was referred to the Chief Executive Officers of the Parties, then either Party may initiate arbitration pursuant to this Section 14.10.2. Any arbitration under this Section 14.10.2 shall be conducted in English under the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (“ SIAC ”) in Singapore by a single arbitrator mutually selected by the Parties or otherwise selected in accordance with such rules. In such arbitration, the arbitrator shall select an independent expert with significant experience relating to the subject matter of such dispute to advise the arbitrator with respect to the subject matter of the dispute. If the Parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be selected by the chief executive of SIAC. The costs of such arbitration shall be shared equally by the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the arbitration. The parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 14.10.2 within sixty (60) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The arbitrator shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such sixty (60) day period. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief.

14.11 Provisions Contrary to Law . In performing this Agreement, the Parties shall comply with all Applicable Laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the violation of any law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any law the law shall prevail, but in such event the affected provision of this Agreement shall be affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the Applicable Laws.

 

-29-


14.12 Legal Fees . Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own legal fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the enforcement hereof.

14.13 Headings . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

14.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.15 Exhibits . The appended Exhibits and any modifications or amendments thereof form an integral part of this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page left blank intentionally; signature page follows immediately behind]

 

-30-


CONFIDENTIAL

EXECUTION COPY

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

PFENEX INC.     AGILA BIOTECH PRIVATE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

    By:  

/s/ Anand Iyer

Name:  

Bertrand C. Liang

    Name:  

Anand Iyer

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

CEO


Exhibit 1

Milestones and Timelines

[*]

 

-2-


Exhibit 2

Amounts to be reimbursed

Agila will reimburse Pfenex for amounts incurred as of the Effective Date with respect to the conduct of activities for cGMP manufacturing, toxicology or any [*] for the Collaboration Product comprising [*] within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice therefor and other customary documentation. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties will discuss how to address any other amounts due under the existing agreements with Syngene International Limited and Novotech (Australia) Pty Limited including assigning such agreements to Agila.

[*]

[*]

 

-3-


Exhibit 3

Exceptions to Exclusivity

[*]

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.7

CONFIDENTIAL

EXECUTION COPY

PFENEX INC.

AND

AGILA BIOTECH PRIVATE LIMITED

JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT


JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT

This Joint Venture Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 7 th day of March 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business located at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121 (“ Pfenex ”), and Agila Biotech Private Limited, an India corporation with a principal place of business located at Strides House, Bilekahalli, Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 560 076, India (“ Agila ”). Pfenex and Agila may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or together as the “ Parties .”

BACKGROUND

A. Pfenex has a proprietary Pseudomonas fluorescens protein expression platform, which is used to accelerate the development and production of bio-therapeutics and vaccines;

B. Agila is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and supplying therapeutic biological products for research and development and commercial purposes;

C. Pursuant to a Joint Development and License Agreement entered into by the Parties dated December 31, 2012 (the “ JDLA ”), the Parties will develop certain therapeutic biological products manufactured using the Pfenex Expression Technology (as defined in section 1.18 of the JDLA) through the completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial (as defined in section 1.19 of the JDLA) for each such product in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

D. Pfenex and Agila wish to establish a joint venture company to further develop and commercialize one or more such products after the completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable plan and budget mutually agreed by the Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Parties, the Parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

Initially capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below or defined elsewhere in the Agreement. And if not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the MLA. In the event any initially capitalized term used in this Agreement is defined both in this Agreement and the JDLA, the definition set forth in this Agreement shall control for the purposes of this Agreement.

1.1. “ Acceptable Third Party Supplier ” means a Third Party supplier that holds all necessary licenses and permits, including relevant GMP certification and permissions, required by Applicable Laws to manufacture the relevant JVC Product or component thereof and meets the JVC quality specifications.

1.2. “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person (as defined in section 1.17 of the JDLA), any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such first Person, for so


long as such control exists. For the purposes of this definition only, “control” means: (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance; or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities in such Person (or such lesser percent as may be the maximum that may be owned pursuant to Applicable Laws of the country of incorporation or domicile, as applicable) or is a subsidiary of the same entity of which a Party is a subsidiary. For clarity, for purposes of this Agreement, the JVC shall not be deemed an Affiliate of either Party.

1.3. “ Applicable Laws ” means any laws, statutes, rules, regulations, directives, or ordinance applicable to the JVC or the activities contemplated hereunder, together with any judgments, orders; notices, instructions, decisions, standards, guidance and awards, each having the force of law, issued by a court or competent authority or tribunal or a Regulatory Authority to which the JVC is subject, including as applicable, GCP (as defined in section 1.10 of the JDLA), GLP (as defined in section 1.12 of the JDLA), GMP (as defined in section 1.11 of the JDLA).

1.4. “ Background Technology ” means, with respect to a Party, any and all technology, know-how, technical information and other technical subject matter, and all intellectual property rights therein, in each case Controlled by such Party or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or otherwise developed or acquired by or on behalf of such Party outside the performance of this Agreement, in each case that are necessary for the development and commercialization of JVC Products under this Agreement. For clarity, (i) Pfenex’s Background Technology includes the Pfenex Expression Technology, including to the extent it is embodied in the applicable Pfenex Materials and Deliverables (as defined in section 4.1.1 under the JDLA) with respect to any JVC Product, and (ii) in the event JVC Products include any PEGylated product, Agila’s Background Technology includes the PEGylation technology developed and/or acquired by Agila as provided in section 10.1 of the JDLA.

1.5. “ Business Day ” means a day (other than Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday) on which banks generally are open in the United States of America and India for a full range of business.

1.6. “ Clinical Trial ” means any clinical trial of a JVC Product to be conducted pursuant to a Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget. For clarity, Clinical Trials shall not include any Phase I Clinical Trial conducted pursuant to the JDLA.

1.7. “ Committee ” means each of the Operations Committee and Finance Committee.

1.8. “ Completion Date ” means a date when all the conditions listed in Section 2.4 are fully satisfied.

1.9. “ Control ” means the possession (whether by ownership, license or other authorization), as of the Effective Date or during the Term, of (a) with respect to materials, data or information, physical possession or the right to such physical possession of those items, and the right to provide them to others (including the other Party) in accordance with this Agreement; and (b) with respect to intellectual property rights, the right sufficient to grant the applicable license or sublicense under this Agreement; in each case without violating the terms of any agreement with

 

-2-


any Third Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following shall not be deemed to be Controlled by a Party: (i) any materials, data, information or intellectual property owned or licensed by any Acquiring Entity immediately prior to the effective date of merger, consolidation or transfer, and (ii) any materials, data, information or intellectual property that any Acquiring Entity subsequently develops independently, without accessing or practicing the Pfenex Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Pfenex) or the Agila Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Agila). As used herein, “ Acquiring Entity ” means a Third Party that merges or consolidates with or acquires a Party, or to which a Party transfers all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement pertains.

1.10. “ Financial Year ” means each period of twelve (12) months commencing on 1st January of a calendar year and ending on December 31st of the same calendar year or such other period as the Board may determine in accordance with Applicable Laws except with respect to the first Financial Year for the JVC which shall run from the Completion Date to the immediately following December 31st.

1.11. “ JVC ” means the joint venture company proposed to be incorporated by the Parties under this Agreement.

1.12. “ SVC Product ” means any Collaboration Product that is transferred to the JVC pursuant to section 3.9 of the JDLA.

1.13. “ JVC Venue ” means the jurisdiction of incorporation of the JVC, which shall be selected by the Parties in accordance with Section 2.1 from one of the following countries: Singapore or Malaysia.

1.14. “ Manufacturing Cost ” means, with respect to a JVC Product, the cost incurred by a manufacturer in the manufacturing of JVC Product, including the aggregate of such manufacturer’s costs for testing, labor, raw material, components, labeling, packaging, and other costs (including manufacturing overhead) directly allocable to manufacture and quality assurance; provided that Manufacturing Cost shall not include any such costs incurred due to such manufacturer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. For clarity, Manufacturing Cost shall exclude general administrative or corporate overhead, sales and marketing expenses, research and development costs, interest expenses and any other costs not directly attributable or allocable to the manufacture of the applicable JVC Product, including idle capacity charges as the result or consequence of the plant being idle or a manufacturing line not being used (not including, for example, normal maintenance, changeovers or related activities). Manufacturing Cost shall be determined and allocated to each JVC Product (a) in accordance with such manufacturer’s accepted costing standards and all applicable generally acceptable cost and accounting standards as consistently applied by such manufacturer and (b) as reported in the manufacturer’s external financial results. The manufacturer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to operate the facility(ies) in which the applicable JVC Product is manufactured within their plant capacity utilization targeted range and to minimize the Manufacturing Costs for such JVC Product.

1.15. “ Marketing Approval ” means, with respect to a JVC Product in a particular jurisdiction, all approvals, licenses, registrations or authorizations necessary for the commercialization of such JVC Product in such jurisdiction, including only where mandatory for commercialization of such JVC Product, any necessary pricing or reimbursement approval.

 

-3-


1.16. “ Regulatory Approval ” means all approvals, licenses, clearances, registrations or authorizations received from any Regulatory Authority in response to a Regulatory Filing together with all necessary approvals by any regulatory advisory board (e.g. institutional review board and ethics committee), including Marketing Approval.

1.17. “ Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity ‘with authority over the development, manufacture or other commercialization (including the granting of Regulatory Approvals) of any JVC Product in any jurisdiction, including the Drugs Controller General of India, European Medicines Agency and the United States Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) and, in each case, any successor entity thereto.

1.18. “ Regulatory Filings ” means any submission made to a Regulatory Authority with respect to a pharmaceutical or medicinal product, including any application necessary to commence or conduct clinical testing of such product in humans, any submission to a regulatory advisory board with respect to such product, any application to market such product, and in each case any supplement or amendment to any of the foregoing.

1.19. “ Shareholders ” shall mean each of Pfenex and Agila.

1.20. “ Shares ” means the equity shares of the JVC, each having a face value to be established in accordance with Section 2.1.

1.21. “ Territory ” means worldwide.

1.22. “ Third Party ” means an entity other than Pfenex, Agila, their respective Affiliates and the JVC.

1.23. Additional Defined Terms .

Each of the following terms shall have the meaning described in the corresponding section of this Agreement indicated below:

 

Term

  

Section of this Agreement Defined

Acceptance Notice    9.2.3
Acceptance Period    9.2.3
Appointing Party    4.1
Appraiser    14.5.1
Articles of Association    5.1
Board    4.1
Call Option    14.4.3
Call Option Exercise Notice    14.4.3
Call Option Purchase Price    14.4.3
Call Option Sold Equity    14.4.3

 

-4-


Chairman    4.1
Confidential Information    12.1
Cure Period    14.4.2
Defaulting Party    14.4.1
Director    4.1
Disclosing Party    12.1
Disposing Shareholder    9.2.1
Event of Default    14.4.1
Finance Committee    6.2
Incorporation Permit    2.3
Indemnitee    16.4
Indemnitor    16.4
Interim Transfer Price    13.3
JDLA    Background
JVC Auditor    8.2
JVC Successor    14.7
JVC Technology    11.3
Losses    16.1
Manufacturing Agreements    7.1.1
Meeting Coordinator    4.4.3
Non-Defaulting Party    14.4.2
Non-Disposing Shareholder    9.2.1
Notice of Default    14.4.2
Notice of Election    14.3.1
Offer    14.3.1
Offer Price    9.2.2
Offered Party    14.3.1
Offered Share    9.2.2
Offered Tag Share    9.2.3
Offering Party    14.3.1
Operations Committee    6.1.1
Ownership Interest    3.1
Pfenex Improvements    11.3
Purchase Price Certificate    14.5.2
Put Option    14.4.4
Put Option Exercise Notice    14.4.4
Put Option Purchase Price    14.4.4
Put Option Sold Equity    14.4.4
Quality Agreement    7.1.3
Ratification Date    3.3
Receiving Party    12.1
Right of First Refusal    9.2.1
Semi-annual Plan and Budget    6.1.1
Shareholder Reserved Matter    5.5
SIAC    17.10.2
Subcommittee    6.1.2
Supply Price    7.1.2
Tag-Along Notice    9.2.3
Tag-Along Right    9.2.1
Term    14.1
Valuation Price    14.5.1

 

-5-


Each of the following terms shall have the meaning described in the corresponding section of the JDLA indicated below:

 

Term

  

Section of the JDLA Defined

Collaboration Product    1.6
Facility    1.9
GCP    1.10
GLP    1.12
GMP    1.11
Malaysian Facility    1.9
PEGylation    1.16
Person    1.17
Pfenex Expression Technology    1.18
Pfenex Materials and Deliverables    4.1.1
Phase I Clinical Trial    1.19
Plan and Budget    3.9

1.24. Interpretation . The captions and headings to this Agreement are for convenience only, and are to be of no force or effect in construing or interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement. Unless specified to the contrary, references to Articles, Sections or Exhibits mean the particular Articles and Sections of or Exhibits to this Agreement and references to this Agreement include all Exhibits hereto. Unless context clearly requires otherwise, whenever used in this Agreement: (i) the words “include” or “including” shall be construed as incorporating, also, “but not limited to” or “without limitation;” (ii) the word “or” shall have its inclusive meaning of “and/or;” (iii) the word “day” or “quarter” or “year” means a calendar day or calendar quarter or calendar year unless otherwise specified; (iv) the word “notice” shall require notice in writing (whether or not specifically stated) and shall include notices, consents, approvals and other written communications contemplated under this Agreement; (v) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this Agreement (including any Exhibits); (vi) provisions that require that a Party or the Parties hereunder “agree,” “consent” or “approve” or the like shall require that such agreement, consent or approval be specific and in writing, whether by written agreement, letter or otherwise; (vii) words of any gender include the other gender; (viii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (ix) references to any specific law, or article, section or other division thereof, shall be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement thereof; and (x) provisions that refer to Persons acting “under the authority of Pfenex” shall include Pfenex’s Affiliates or licensees, as applicable, and those Persons acting “under the authority of Agila” shall include Agila’s Affiliates or sublicensees, as applicable; conversely, those Persons acting “under the authority of Pfenex” shall exclude JVC, Agila, its Affiliates and sublicensees, as applicable, and those Persons acting “under the authority of Agila” shall exclude JVC, Pfenex, its Affiliates and licensees, as applicable.

 

-6-


2. ESTABLISHMENT OF JOINT VENTURE COMPANY

2.1. JVC Venue . As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Parties shall select the JVC Venue from Singapore and Malaysia based on the overall economic advantage offered by either jurisdiction and other relevant factors as the Parties may mutually deem appropriate. Promptly after the selection of the JVC Venue, the Parties agree to amend this Agreement to (i) specify the selection of the JVC Venue, (ii) make other changes to the extent necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws of the JVC Venue, (iii) specify the face value for the Shares; (iv) modify those tax-related provisions for the purpose of minimizing each Party’s tax liabilities arising from its activities under this Agreement to the extent legally permissible; and (v) take such other actions and complete such documentation as necessary or appropriate in connection with the incorporation of the JVC in the JVC Venue.

2.2. Business Scope . The JVC’s business scope shall be the development and commercialization of JVC Products in the Territory.

2.3. Establishment . Promptly after the Effective Date, Agila shall apply for and obtain all governmental approvals, licenses and permits necessary for the incorporation of the JVC and each Party’s investment therein (collectively, the “ Incorporation Permits ”). Pfenex shall reasonably cooperate with Agila in such activities, including by providing all documents in its possession that are necessary or reasonably useful for Agila’s performance of such activities. Agila shall keep Pfenex informed on the status of any Incorporation Permits. Reasonably in advance of the submission of any material filings or correspondences with applicable governmental authorities with respect to any Incorporation Permits, Agila shall provide a copy of such documents to Pfenex for its review and shall incorporate any reasonable comments and suggestions provided by Pfenex with respect thereto. Agila shall make available copies of any material filings or correspondence with applicable governmental authorities with respect to any Incorporation Permits promptly after such filings or correspondences have been submitted. All costs incurred by each Party under this Section 2.3 will be reimbursed by the JVC as pre-operations expenses after the initial capital contribution of the JVC is completed.

2.4. Completion . The establishment of the JVC shall be deemed completed upon the completion of the following:

2.4.1 The incorporation of the JVC and receipt of all Incorporation Permits;

2.4.2 The issuance of Shares to each Party, in accordance with Article 3 below; and

2.4.3 The appointment of the Directors, in accordance with Article 4 below.

2.5. Obligations of the Parties . Pfenex and Agila agree to participate as shareholders of and joint venture partners in the JVC and to exercise their respective voting rights and to cause the Directors respectively nominated or appointed by them to serve on the Board or committees of the JVC to vote at Board and committee meetings and otherwise in such manner as duly to perform,

 

-7-


effectuate and implement the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to prevent the taking by the JVC or by them or by any of them or by any Third Party of any action contrary to, or inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.

2.6. Corporate Name . The JVC shall be incorporated with such name as may be mutually agreed by the Parties.

2.7. Registered Office . The Parties agree that the registered office of the JVC shall initially be located at a mutually-agreed city within the JVC Venue. Any change in the location of the registered office shall be subject to the mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

3. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

3.1. Ownership . Pfenex and Agila shall each make initial capital and other contributions of rights and assets necessary to establish the JVC in accordance with this Agreement and Applicable Laws, including any applicable pricing guidelines in the JVC Venue. In consideration for such contributions, Pfenex shall be issued and own forty-nine percent (49%) of the Shares, and Agila shall be issued and own fifty-one percent (51%) of the Shares (such percentages, the Parties’ respective “ Ownership Interest ”).

3.2. Issuance of Shares . Promptly after the incorporation of the JVC, the Parties shall subscribe to the Shares in the manner provided in Section 3.1 and for that purpose, take all necessary steps and credit the respective Share subscription monies to an account designated by the JVC for this purpose. Upon receipt of the Share subscription monies into the designated account of the JVC, the JVC shall allot and issue the Shares to the Parties, in proportion to their Ownership Interests, and deliver to the Parties one or more original share certificates and other instruments, if any, evidencing the subscription of the aforesaid Shares. The Parties shall ensure that the JVC takes all corporate steps necessary for issuance of the Shares in the manner contemplated under Section 3.1, makes all necessary filings, pays all filing fees, stamp duty and other governmental fees, and takes all other steps required to be followed by the JVC under Applicable Laws to ensure that the Shares are validly issued and that the names of the Parties are reflected in the in the records of the JVC (including in the register of members of the JVC) as the registered owners of such Shares.

3.3. Capital Contributions . It is understood that prior to the inclusion of a JVC Product within the business scope of the JVC, the Parties will agree to a Plan and Budget (as defined in section 3.8 of the JDLA) for the development and commercialization of such JVC Product pursuant to the JDLA. Each such Plan and Budget will set forth a detailed development plan and the funding requirements for the continued development of such JVC Product during the first six (6)-month period following completion of the first Phase I Clinical Trial for such JVC Product pursuant to the JDLA, as well as a high level plan and budget to advance the applicable JVC Product through development to commercialization. Upon ratification of the Plan and Budget for a JVC Product by the Board (such date, the “ Ratification Date ”), each Party will contribute funding to the JVC to meet the requirements for the first six (6)-month period under such Plan and Budget in proportion to its Ownership Interest. It is understood that no development or commercialization activities (excluding the development activities conducted by the Parties pursuant to the JDLA) shall be initiated by or on behalf of the JVC prior to the ratification of a Plan and Budget for the applicable JVC Product by the Board.

 

-8-


3.4. Future Funding Obligations . Each Party acknowledges that upon inclusion of a JVC Product within the scope of the JVC, the JVC should be adequately funded to initiate the Plan and Budget for such JVC Product during the following six (6)-month period. Furthermore, on each six (6)-month anniversary of the Ratification Date for a JVC Product, the JVC should be adequately funded to perform its activities in the following six (6)-month period as set forth in the applicable Semi-annual Plan and Budget. In the event any additional funding is required within any such six (6)-month period, the Operations Committee shall propose an amendment to the applicable Semi-annual Plan and Budget for the Board’s approval. Upon the Board’s approval of such amendment, each Party shall contribute any additional capital required by such amended Semi-annual Plan and Budget in accordance with their respective Ownership Interests. Accordingly, each Party agrees to provide funding to the JVC in accordance with its obligations under each Plan and Budget and each Semi-annual Plan and Budget, and each Party further agrees that neither Party will be required under the terms of this Agreement to provide any further share capital, shareholder loans or other funding to the JVC unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget.

 

4. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

4.1. Establishment . Promptly after the incorporation of the JVC, the Parties shall establish the board of directors of the JVC (the “ Board ”) to manage and oversee the activities of the JVC. The Board will be composed of four (4) directors (each, a “ Director ”), two (2) of which shall be designated by Pfenex and two (2) of which shall be designated by Agila. The Chairman of the Board (“ Chairman ”) shall be a senior member from the Appointing Party who will hold the position for six (6) months. Each Party (the “ Appointing Party ”) will appoint the Chairman on a rotating basis, with Agila as the first Appointing Party. It is understood that the appointment of Chairman is solely for administrative purposes. The Chairman shall not have a second or casting vote or any other authority or responsibility except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. If the Chairman is not present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present may appoint anyone of the Board members present to act as Chairman for the purposes of such meeting. Each Party shall have the right to replace any Director appointed by such Party by providing written notice to the other Party. If a seat on the Board is vacated by the retirement, removal, resignation, illness, disability or death of any Director, the Party that originally appointed such Director shall appoint a successor to serve out such Director’s term. Each Party shall be solely responsible for the salary and other compensation to the Directors appointed by such Party, including all costs and expenses incurred by such Directors in attending any Board meetings.

4.2. Board Responsibilities . The role of the Board shall be:

4.2.1 to ratify each Plan and Budget;

4.2.2 to coordinate and oversee the transfer of each JVC Product to the JVC;

4.2.3 to review and approve each Semi-annual Plan and Budget and any amendment thereto;

 

-9-


4.2.4 to manage and oversee the development and commercialization of each JVC Product (including manufacturing thereof), including all regulatory activities required or otherwise conducted in connection therewith;

4.2.5 to monitor each Clinical Trial conducted pursuant to a Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget;

4.2.6 to provide a forum for the Parties to exchange information with respect to matters pertaining to and status of the performance of each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget; and

4.2.7 to perform such other functions as appropriate to further the purposes of this Agreement, as expressly set forth hereunder or otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.

4.3. Decision-making . Each Director will be entitled to one vote on all matters presented for a vote to the Board. All decisions to be made by the Board, except in case of matters set out in Exhibit 1 of this Agreement, will require the approval of the Board by majority vote with a quorum of the Directors present. A quorum shall exist if a majority of the total number of Directors is present, which majority must include at least one (1) Director designated by Agila and one (1) Director designated by Pfenex. In the event of a deadlock on any matter, such matter will be resolved in accordance with Section 17.10.

4.4. Board Meetings .

4.4.1 Meetings of the Board shall take place in accordance with Applicable Laws. A meeting of the Board shall be held at least once in every calendar quarter and at least four meetings shall be held in every calendar year. Board meetings may be conducted physically or by such other methods as may be permitted by Applicable Laws, including by video conference or teleconference. A meeting of the Board may be called at the request of either Party through its Meeting Coordinator by giving not less than five (5) Business Days’ advance notice in writing to all other Directors unless such notice is waived by an affirmative vote of at least one Director appointed by Agila and one Director appointed by Pfenex. Every such notice of a meeting of the Board shall be given in writing to every Director at his/her usual address, or such address as may have been expressly notified by such Director to the JVC.

4.4.2 Every notice of meeting shall specify the place or method, the day and hour of the meeting and shall be accompanied by a meeting agenda and supporting documents relevant to the consideration of each matter included in such meeting agenda. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the written approval of at least one (1) Agila Director and one (1) Pfenex Director, the Board may consider any matter which was not earlier included in the agenda for the meeting.

4.4.3 Without limiting any quorum requirement mandated by Applicable Laws, no Board meeting shall be validly held unless at least one Agila Director and one Pfenex Director are present at such meeting. Each Party shall designate one of the Directors appointed by such Party as a coordinator for the Board meetings (each, a “ Meeting Coordinator ”). Each Party may change its designation of its Meeting Coordinator by written notice to the other Party. The Meeting Coordinator who has called for a Board meeting on behalf of its appointing Party shall (a) coordinate and prepare the agenda and ensure the orderly conduct of such Board meeting,

 

-10-


(b) attend such Board meeting, and (c) prepare and issue minutes of such Board meeting within ten (10) Business Days thereafter accurately reflecting the discussions and decisions of the Board at such meeting.

4.4.4 For clarity, the first Board meeting shall be convened as soon as practicable after the Completion Date, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the Completion Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, at least two (2) months in advance of the anticipated date for the first Board meeting, the Parties shall discuss and agree on a meeting agenda setting forth all subject matters to be discussed and approved by the Board during the first Board meeting.

 

5. SHAREHOLDER’S MEETING.

5.1. General . An annual general meeting of the Shareholders shall be held within six (6) months following the end of each Financial Year of the JVC such that not more than fifteen (15) months should elapse, between one annual general meeting and the next annual general meeting of the Parties. The Board shall circulate the audited financial statements of the JVC for the Financial Year most recently ended prior to the date of the annual general meeting to the Shareholders at least thirty (30) days before the annual general meeting held to approve and adopt the audited financial statements. The Shareholders shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the annual general meeting of the Shareholders to be held on the same day and location as a regular meeting of the Board and each Shareholder shall authorize a Director appointed by such Shareholder, in writing prior to the applicable Shareholders’ meeting, as its representative for the Shareholder’s meeting and such representative shall be entitled to exercise all of the powers of such Shareholder on its behalf at such meeting, but shall not otherwise have or hold any economic or other ownership interest in the JVC. The Chairman shall preside as chairman of each general meeting of the Parties of the JVC. The Chairman shall call general meetings of the Shareholders of the JVC as directed by the Board and include as agenda items for meetings of the Shareholders items specified by the Board. The Shareholders may call special meetings of the Shareholders to the extent permitted by the Articles of Association of the JVC (the “ Articles of Association ”) and Applicable Laws.

5.2. Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings .

5.2.1 For each meeting of the Shareholders, written notice of the time and place of such meeting shall be given by or at the direction of the Chairman with at least twenty-one (21) days prior to such meeting, unless a shorter notice period is agreed to by the Shareholders in accordance with the Articles of Association.

5.2.2 Each notice of a meeting of the Shareholders shall contain, among other things, the date, time and venue of the proposed meeting of the Shareholders and also an agenda specifying, in reasonable detail, the matters to be acted upon at the relevant meeting and shall be accompanied by all appropriate supporting information. Such notice of every meeting shall be given in writing to the Shareholders at their usual address, or such address as may have been expressly notified by them to the JVC. The required notice to the Shareholders may be waived to the extent permitted by the Articles of Association and Applicable Laws.

5.2.3 No meeting of the Shareholders shall be considered to be validly constituted unless the proper notice as contemplated in this Section 5.2 has been served or waived to the extent permitted by the Articles of Association and Applicable Laws.

 

-11-


5.3. Location of Shareholders’ Meetings . Meetings of the Shareholders shall be held in location(s) mutually agreed by the Parties. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Shareholders may participate in any meeting of the Shareholders through the use of telephones, video conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

5.4. Quorum for Shareholders’ Meetings .

5.4.1 Without limiting any quorum requirement mandated by Applicable Laws, no meeting of the Shareholders’ shall be validly held unless such meeting is attended by two (2) Shareholder representatives present in person, of which one (1) shall be a duly authorized representative or proxy of Pfenex and one (1) shall be a duly authorized representative or proxy of Agila.

5.4.2 No meeting of the Shareholders shall vote or resolve any matter which is not specified on the agenda for that meeting, unless with the prior consent of the Shareholder(s) constitute a quorum at such meeting.

5.4.3 Each Shareholder shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Shareholders duly called by the Chairman or the Shareholders.

5.4.4 The Shareholders shall have voting rights as provided .in the Articles of Association and Applicable Laws.

5.5. Shareholder Reserved Matter . The Parties agree that no action shall be taken by the Board, nor shall the Parties request or permit the taking of any action by the Board, with respect to any matters set out in Exhibit 1 of this Agreement (each, a “ Shareholder Reserved Matter ”) unless such Shareholder Reserved Matter has been approved by both the Shareholders.

5.6. Written Resolutions . Subject to the Articles of Association and Applicable Laws, a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of each of the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Shareholders shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as a resolution of Shareholders duly passed at a general meeting of the JVC duly convened, held and constituted provided that when a Shareholder has signed a resolution by fax, the original of the signed copy shall be deposited with the JVC in its registered office or such other office as the JVC may designate for this purpose from time to time by such Shareholder as soon as possible thereafter. Any such resolution may consist of several documents, provided that each such document is signed by one or more Shareholders.

5.7. Shareholders’ Expenses . All travel, accommodation and other incidental expenses of the Shareholder representatives for attending any meeting of the Shareholders in person (including expenses incurred in travelling to and from such meetings) shall be borne by the respective Shareholders.

 

-12-


6. MANAGEMENT

6.1. Operations Committee .

6.1.1 Promptly after the Completion Date, the Board shall appoint an operations committee (which will consist of an equal number of representatives from both Agila and Pfenex) to carry out the day-to-day management and operations of the JVC (the “ Operations Committee ”). On a JVC Product-by-JVC Product basis, the Operations Committee will prepare and update at least semi-annually a proposed plan and budget for the development and/or commercialization activities to be carried out by the JVC during the following six (6)-month period for each JVC Product (each, a “ Semi-annual Plan and Budget ”), which shall be consistent with the applicable Plan and Budget agreed by the Parties under section 3.9 of the JDLA and ratified by the Board, and shall submit each Semi-annual Plan and Budget to the Board for approval. Each Semi-annual Plan and Budget, as approved by the Board, shall be followed by the JVC during the following six (6)-month period.

6.1.2 The Operations Committee shall be comprised of the following subcommittees (each will consist of an equal number of representatives from both Agila and Pfenex): (a) a preclinical, clinical and regulatory subcommittee to manage and make any day-to-day decisions necessary to implement any preclinical or clinical studies and regulatory activities set forth in each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget; (b) a chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC) subcommittee to manage and make all day-to-day decisions necessary to implement any manufacturing-related activities set forth in each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget; (c) a commercialization subcommittee to (i) propose business/commercialization strategies and priorities with respect to the JVC Products for the review and approval of the Operations Committee and (ii) manage and make all day-to-day decisions with respect to the commercialization of each JVC Product in accordance with the applicable Semi-annual Plan and Budget, and (d) an intellectual property subcommittee to develop and implement the intellectual property strategy with respect to JVC Technology and manage the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of patents and patent applications claiming any JVC Technology (each of (a)-(d), a “ Subcommittee ”).

6.2. Finance Committee . The Parties will appoint a finance committee (which will consist of an equal number of representatives from both Agila and Pfenex) to (i) help the Operations Committee to establish detailed budget in each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget, (ii) establish accounting systems and procedures to accurately account costs and expenses incurred and revenues generated under each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget and allocate profits and losses among the JVC Products; (iii) coordinate and conduct the accounting, reporting, reconciliation and other related financial matters of the JVC, (iv) advise and provide support to the Operations Committee and the Board with respect to financial, accounting, budgeting, financial reporting, and other issues that may arise in connection with any Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget, or activities thereunder, (v) provide periodic updates to the Board on financial matters relating to development and commercialization activities under this Agreement, and (vi) undertake and/or approve such other matters as are specifically provided for such committee under the Agreement, or otherwise by the Board (the “ Finance Committee ”). Each member of the Finance Committee shall have reasonable expertise in the areas of accounting, cost allocation, budgeting, and financial reporting in the pharmaceutical industry, and at least one member from each Party shall be an individual with relevant decision-making authority such that the Finance Committee is able to effectuate all of its decisions within the scope of its activities and responsibilities.

 

-13-


6.3. Decision-making . Each Committee or Subcommittee shall be responsible for day-to-day implementation and operations of the activities under this Agreement for which it has or is otherwise assigned responsibility, provided that such implementation is not inconsistent with the express terms of this Agreement, the applicable Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget, and the decisions of the Board. Each Committee or Subcommittee shall operate by unanimous vote in all decisions, with each Party having one vote and with at least one representative from each Party participating in such vote. If, with respect to a matter that is subject to a Committee or Subcommittee’s decision-making authority, such Committee or Subcommittee cannot reach unanimity, the matter shall be referred to the Board for resolution in accordance with Section 4.3.

6.4. Costs and Expenses .

6.4.1 Each Party shall be solely responsible for the salary and other compensation to its representatives in the Operations Committee (and any Subcommittees thereof) and the Finance Committee, including all costs and expenses incurred by such representatives in attending any Committee or Subcommittee meetings.

6.4.2 All expenses arising out of any audit, tax liability or as required under the Applicable Laws shall be borne by the JVC, except if provided otherwise under this Agreement.

6.4.3 It is understood that the Parties do not anticipate that the JVC will have any employees. In the event the Shareholders approve the JVC hiring any employee(s) by the JVC pursuant to Section 5.5, then all expenses relating to salaries and other compensation payable to such employee(s) of the JVC shall be borne by the JVC and the terms of such payments shall be as set out in the applicable employment agreement or in any other document, executed between the JVC and each applicable employee.

 

7. BUSINESS OPERATIONS

7.1. Manufacturing of JVC Products

7.1.1 Promptly after the Completion Date, the JVC and Agila and/or its Affiliates shall negotiate in good faith a supply agreement(s) pursuant to which Agila and/or its Affiliates will manufacture and supply each JVC Product from the [*] Facility (or such other Facility (as defined in section 1.9 of the JDLA) as the Board may agree) for development and commercialization by the JVC (the “ Manufacturing Agreement(s) ”). Agila shall manufacture and supply the JVC Products to the JVC in compliance with the terms and conditions of the relevant Manufacturing Agreement. The Manufacturing Agreement(s) shall include provisions that address forecasting, ordering, supply failure, product warranty, regulatory defaults and other terms and conditions, each in accordance with the reasonable and customary terms for similar arrangements in the pharmaceutical industry; provided that the supply price of JVC Products shall be subject to Section 7.1.2.

7.1.2 The Parties agree that, pursuant to the Manufacturing Agreements, (a) Agila shall manufacture and supply the JVC’s requirements of all JVC Products for conducting

 

-14-


Clinical Trial(s) at a transfer price equal to [*], and (b) Agila shall supply the JVC’s requirements of all JVC Products for commercial sale at a price to be mutually agreed between Agila and the JVC; provided that in no event shall such commercial supply price exceed [*] plus [*] percent (*%) (the “ Supply Price ”) with respect to each JVC Product. The Parties acknowledge and agree that prior to and during the term of the Manufacturing Agreement, the JVC shall solicit price quotes for each JVC Product from Acceptable Third Party Suppliers, in order to benchmark Agila’s Supply Prices to the JVC. If the Supply Price offered by Agila for such JVC Product exceeds the best price available from any such Acceptable Third Party Supplier, adjusted for short-term opportunistic offers, Agila will use its best efforts to match such price. In the event that Agila cannot match such price, Agila shall provide such assistance as is reasonably necessary to enable such Acceptable Third Party Supplier to manufacture such JVC Product for the JVC, including by providing any necessary licenses or technology transfer. All costs including regulatory costs of site transfer incurred by the Parties in connection with a transfer of manufacturing of any JVC Product from Agila to an Acceptable Third Party Supplier pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be borne by the JVC.

7.1.3 The Parties acknowledge and agree that simultaneously with the entry into the Manufacturing Agreement, the JVC and Agila shall enter into a quality agreement which sets out the policies, procedures, and standards by which the JVC and Agila will coordinate and implement their operational and quality assurance activities and regulatory compliance objectives with respect to the applicable JVC Product(s) (the “ Quality Agreement ”).

7.1.4 The terms and conditions of the Manufacturing Agreement and the Quality Agreement and the execution thereof shall be subject to the Board’s approval.

7.1.5 The Parties acknowledge and agree that the JVC shall contemplate secondary manufacturing strategies for the JVC Products, particularly in markets where domestic manufacturing is required or as reasonably necessary to avoid any supply failure.

7.2. Other Services by Parent Companies . During the term of this Agreement, the JVC may request provision of certain services relating to the development and/or commercialization of one or more JVC Products from each Party on an as-needed basis. If the requested Party is willing to provide such requested services, then the relevant Party shall negotiate in good faith with the JVC, the applicable service agreement containing terms and conditions that are consistent with reasonable and customary terms for similar arrangements in the pharmaceutical industry; provided that the price for providing such services shall equal to the actual direct cost incurred by such Party in the performance of such services (or the provision of products or materials, as the case may be) plus the applicable taxes, or in the event actual direct cost cannot be reasonably determined, the JVC and such requested Party will agree on costs and rates to be charged plus the applicable taxes. The price charged by each Party to the JVC for the provision of services hereunder shall be reviewed annually and be adjusted as mutually agreed by the JVC and the applicable Party and in accordance with Applicable Laws.

7.3. Manufacturing Records and Audits . Agila shall maintain complete and accurate records of its manufacturing activities under the Manufacturing Agreement. Pfenex shall have the right to audit, during normal business hours upon reasonable advanced notice and not more than once per calendar year, the facilities in which Agila manufactures the JVC Products all records of

 

-15-


Agila’s manufacturing activities under the Manufacturing Agreement to ensure compliance with the terms of the Manufacturing Agreement and Applicable Laws. The cost of any such audit shall be borne by the JVC.

7.4. JVC Responsibilities . Except as expressly provided herein, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the JVC (itself or through contractors engaged by the JVC in accordance with the applicable Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget or as otherwise approved by the Board) shall be responsible for the performance of any and all development and commercialization activities with respect to each JVC Product, including:

7.4.1 developing and submitting all Regulatory Filings and obtaining and maintaining all Regulatory Approvals (including Marketing Approvals), in each case as necessary to develop and commercialize the JVC Products throughout the Territory;

7.4.2 obtaining and overseeing supply of JVC Products for Clinical Trials and commercial sales in accordance with Section 6.1;

7.4.3 overseeing Clinical Trials of JVC Products;

7.4.4 submitting annual reports and completion reports on the Clinical Trials of JVC Products to the prescribed Regulatory Authority in accordance with Applicable Laws;

7.4.5 establishing commercialization strategies for each JVC Product; and

7.4.6 selling, marketing and distributing JVC Products throughout the Territory.

7.5. Regulatory Matters . All Regulatory Filings and Regulatory Approvals (including Marketing Approvals) necessary to develop and commercialize the JVC Products throughout the Territory shall be filed and held in the name of the JVC. Each Party may participate in any scheduled meetings between the JVC and Regulatory Authorities concerning material regulatory matters relating to the JVC Products (including via conference call or videoconference), and will have the right to receive copies of all material regulatory correspondence between the JVC and Regulatory Authorities regarding the JVC Products. For clarity, the JVC shall own all the Regulatory Approvals (including Marketing Approvals), Regulatory Filings as well as all manufacturing and analytical records for the JVC Products, including all in-process and finished product records.

7.6. Cooperation . Each Party shall reasonably cooperate, at its own expense, with the JVC with respect to regulatory and legal compliance and quality control related to the development and commercialization of JVC Products, including by assisting the JVC to establish and implement, through the Operating Committee and subject to Board approval, appropriate regulatory and legal compliance and quality control policies and procedures, and by implementing any compliance and quality control policies and procedures with respect to services provided by such Party to the JVC as are reasonably necessary to enable the JVC to comply with the policies and procedures established by the Board. Each Party shall and shall cause the JVC to perform any and all activities under this Agreement in accordance with all Applicable Laws.

 

-16-


7.7. Operational Audits . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the JVC shall permit one or more duly authorized representative of each Party, upon reasonable advance written notice to the JVC and during regular business hours, to access and audit the JVC’s (and any contractor of JVC involved in product manufacture, research and development) operations, the records and documents relating thereto to ensure compliance with the each Plan and Budget and Semi-annual Plan and Budget and Applicable Laws (including for purposes of conducting internal audits prior to an inspection by a Regulatory Authority) in connection with the development and commercialization of the JVC Products (including manufacturing thereof). The JVC shall record, respond and address all observations of the applicable Party. Each Party shall conduct the foregoing operational audit at its own costs.

 

8. FINANCE, AUDIT, DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT

8.1. Accounting System

8.1.1 The JVC shall adopt the internationally practiced accrual basis of accounting and the debit and credit method for book keeping, and shall, in accordance with the provisions of Applicable Laws, prepare complete, accurate and appropriate financial and accounting books and records satisfactory to the Board.

8.1.2 The accounting system and procedures to be adopted by the JVC shall be prepared by the Finance Committee, and shall be submitted to the Board for approval. If is required by Applicable Laws, then once approved by the Board, the accounting system and procedures shall be filed with the department of finance, the tax authorities or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the JVC.

8.1.3 The Finance Committee shall also prepare for internal reporting purposes of the Parties (i) certain financial data of the JVC (including sales, cost of sales, gross margin and operating income) on a quarterly basis and (ii) financial statements for the JVC within fifteen (15) days of the end of each calendar quarter.

8.2. Auditing . The JVC shall engage an accounting firm selected by the Board as its external auditor (the “ JVC Auditor ”) and to examine and verify the financial accounting books of the JVC on an annual basis. The results of the JVC Auditor’s examination shall be reported to the Board. The JVC shall submit to the Parties and to each Director the audited annual accounts within forty-five (45) days after the end of the Financial Year, together with the audit report of the JVC Auditor. In connection with the annual audit of the JVC, Agila shall provide to the JVC Auditor and the Board complete and accurate accounting records related to its performance of the manufacturing services to the JVC, which shall be prepared in accordance with the accounting principles it generally and consistently applies in its business operations. Agila further agrees to provide to the JVC Auditor and the Board a copy of all reports of any internal or external audit of Agila to the extent relating to the manufacturing services provided to the JVC. If the JVC Auditor and the Board discovers that Agila has overbilled the JVC for the manufacturing services, Agila shall reimburse the JVC such overbilled amount. In the event the overbilled amount exceeds the greater of One Hundred Thousand Dollars (U.S. $100,000) or ten percent (10%) of the total fees payable by the JVC to Agila during the period subject to such audit, then Agila shall also pay the JVC an interest at the lesser of (i) thirty (30) day U.S. dollar LIBOR rate effective for the date such

 

-17-


overbilled amount was paid, as published by The Wall Street Journal, Internet Edition at www.wsj.com in the “Money Rates” column plus an additional two percent (2%), or (ii) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Laws, calculated on the number of days since the JVC paid such overbilled amount. If the Parties cannot agree on whether Agila has overbilled the JVC for its manufacturing services or the overbilled amount, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 17.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, billing differences arising out of a positive variance from standard costs assumed at the beginning of the year (as approved by the Board), and which are due to be adjusted at year end, will not be treated as overbilling even if it exceeds such [*] (U.S. $[*]) or [*] percent ([*]%).

8.3. Distribution and Allocation of Profits and Loss .

8.3.1 The JVC shall make all distributions of cash and other property to the Parties on a basis proportionate to Parties’ respective Ownership Interest.

8.3.2 Profits and losses will be allocated among the Parties in a manner consistent with their respective Ownership Interests and the requirements of Applicable Laws.

8.3.3 In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the JVC, any distribution of cash or other property shall be made in accordance with the foregoing distribution provisions, after satisfaction of the debts and liabilities of the JVC and reservation of funds for the liquidation on an Ownership Interest basis.

 

9. SHARE TRANSFER

9.1. No Transfer . Neither Party may transfer its Shares in the JVC to any Person other than a wholly owned subsidiary of such Party, without the consent of the other Party; provided that each Party may transfer its Shares in the JVC in accordance with Section 9.2 below, or in connection with an assignment of this Agreement in accordance with Section 17.2, or otherwise to the other Party as set forth in Article 14. Any transfer or attempt to transfer Shares in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio , and the JVC shall (i) not register any such transfer of Shares; or (ii) cancel or rectify such transfer of Shares; or (iii) reject and reverse such erroneous transfer of Shares made or attempted, suo motu , without necessity of a Board decision and may institute proceedings for this purpose if required by Applicable Laws (as the case may be). In such circumstances, any transferee of Shares shall not be entitled to any rights under this Agreement.

9.2. Right of First Refusal and Tag-Along Right .

9.2.1 Subject to this Section 9.2, if either Party (“ Disposing Shareholder ”) proposes to transfer all or part of its Shares in the JVC to a Third Party (“ Proposed Transferee ”), the other Party (“ Non-Disposing Shareholder ”) shall have (i) a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares proposed to be transferred by the Disposing Shareholder (“ Right of First Refusal ”) or (ii) a right to tag along with the Disposing Shareholder in selling Shares to such Proposed Transferee (“ Tag-Along Right ”), each to be exercised in the manner set out below.

9.2.2 The Disposing Shareholder shall send a written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to the Non-Disposing Shareholder, which notice shall state (i) the number of Shares proposed to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”); (ii) the proposed consideration for the transfer (“ Offer Price ”);

 

-18-


(iii) the name and address of the Proposed Transferee and the name and address of the beneficial owner(s) of the Proposed Transferee; and (iv) all other material terms and conditions subject to which the Offered Shares are proposed to be transferred.

9.2.3 Within a period of five (5) Business Days’ from the receipt of the Offer Notice (the “ Acceptance Period ”), the Non-Disposing Shareholders shall have the right to (i) exercise its Right of First Refusal to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the Offer Price in accordance with Section 9.2.4 below by providing a written notice of its election to exercise its Right of First Refusal (the “ Acceptance Notice ”) to the Disposing Shareholder, or (ii) exercise its Tag-Along Right in accordance with Section 9.2.5 below through the delivery of a written notice of its election to exercise its Tag-Along Right (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to the Disposing Shareholder, which shall state the number and description of Shares that the Non-Disposing Shareholder wishes to sell to the Proposed Transferee at the Offer Price (“ Offered Tag Shares ”).

9.2.4 In the event that the Non-Disposing Shareholder provides the Acceptance Notice within the Acceptance Period, it shall have the right and obligation to purchase the Offered Shares at the Offer Price and it shall complete such purchase within a period of sixty (60) days from the date of Acceptance Notice. In the event the Non-Disposing Shareholder does not complete the transaction (including payment of consideration) within such sixty (60) day period, the Disposing Shareholder shall be free to sell the outstanding Offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee or any other Third Party which is not developing, manufacturing or commercializing, directly or indirectly, any product that directly competes with any JVC Product or Collaboration Product at a price not being less than the Offer Price within a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days from the expiry of the Acceptance Period. If the Offered Shares described in the Offer Notice are not transferred to any Third Party in accordance with this Section 9.2.4 within such one hundred and eighty (180) day period, the Offered Shares shall again be subject to all transfer restrictions as contained in this Article 9, and any new transfer will have to comply with this Section 9.2 (as applicable) before any Offered Shares held by the Disposing Shareholder may be transferred.

9.2.5 In the event that the Non-Disposing Shareholder provides the Tag-Along Notice within the Acceptance Period, the Disposing Shareholder will promptly notify the Proposed Transferee that the Non-Disposing Shareholder’s intent to sell Offered Tag Shares to the Proposed Transferee at the Offer Price and the other terms and conditions described in the Offer Notice. In the event the Proposed Transferee agrees to purchase Offered Tag Shares from the Non-Disposing Shareholder in addition to the Offered Shares from the Disposing Shareholder, the Disposing Shareholder shall promptly deliver to the Non-Disposing Shareholder a notice setting forth the delivery instructions and procedures required to effectuate the transfer of the Offered Tag Shares. In the event the Proposed Transferee does not agree to purchase any or all of the Offered Tag Shares, then each Party has the right to sell up to the percentage of the total Shares that such Proposed Transferee is willing to purchase in proportion to its Ownership Interest in the JVC. The Disposing Shareholder shall ensure that the Proposed Transferee or its nominee(s) purchase the applicable number of Offered Tag Shares from the Non-Disposing Shareholder at the same price and same terms and conditions offered to the Disposing Shareholder. If the Proposed Transferee or its nominee(s) does not complete the purchase of Offered Tag Shares as provided in this Section 9.2.5, then the Disposing Shareholder shall not transfer any of its Shares to the Proposed Transferee.

 

-19-


9.2.6 In the event that the Non-Disposing Shareholder provides neither Acceptance Notice nor Tag-Along Notice during the Acceptance Period, the Disposing Shareholder shall be entitled to sell and transfer any or all the Offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee mentioned in the Offer Notice or any Third Party which is not developing, manufacturing or commercializing, directly or indirectly, any product that directly competes with any JVC Product or Collaboration Product on the terms and conditions substantially similar to those set out in the Offer Notice. If completion of such sale and transfer of Offered Shares does not take place within a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the expiry of the Acceptance Period, the Disposing Shareholder’s right to sell the Offered Shares shall lapse and the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall once again apply to the Disposing Shareholder’s Offered Shares.

9.2.7 The Parties acknowledge and agree any Third Party who has purchased any Shares under this Section 9.2 shall execute and deliver to each Party a Deed of Adherence in the form set forth in Exhibit 2 hereto.

 

10. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

10.1. Non-Compete . During the Term, each Party agrees that, except for its obligations hereunder, neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall develop, manufacture, supply or commercialize any JVC Product, or assist any Third Party to perform any such activities with respect to any JVC Product. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Section 10.1 shall prohibit any Acquiring Entity from continuing, furthering or performing (i) any activities in which it was engaged prior to the effective date of the applicable transaction, pursuant to which the Acquiring Entity merges or consolidates with or acquires a Party, or a Party transfers to such Acquiring Entity all or substantially all of its assets to which this Agreement pertains, or (ii) any activities relating to products developed by such Acquiring Entity (or any Third Party) independent of (and without accessing or practicing) subject matter within the Pfenex Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Pfenex), the Agila Background Technology (in the case of an Acquiring Entity of Agila), or any JVC Technology.

10.2. Non-solicitation . It is agreed that neither Party nor any of their Affiliates shall approach, solicit or otherwise endeavour to entice away from the JVC any of its employees, agents, directors, consultant or advisor, or any of the employees seconded by the other Party as a result of or under the terms of this Agreement, whether or not such Person would commit a breach of contract of employment by leaving his employment.

 

11. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

11.1. Background Technology . Except for the limited licenses granted under Section 11.2 below, as between the Parties, each Party retains full right, title and interest in and to its respective Background Technology.

11.2. License Grant

11.2.1 License Grant by Pfenex . Pfenex hereby grants to JVC an exclusive (with respect to the JVC Products), non-transferable, worldwide, fully-paid up, royalty-free license under Pfenex’s Background Technology, together with all intellectual property rights therein, solely to the extent necessary for JVC to develop and commercialize the JVC Products in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-20-


11.2.2 License Grant by Agila . Agila hereby grants to JVC an exclusive (with respect to the JVC Products), non-transferable, worldwide, fully-paid up, royalty-free license under Agila’s Background Technology, together with all intellectual property rights therein, solely to the extent necessary for JVC to develop and commercialize the JVC Products in accordance with this Agreement.

11.2.3 No Other Right . All rights and licenses granted under this Agreement are limited to the scope expressly granted. Accordingly, except for the rights expressly granted under this Agreement, no right, title, or interest of any nature whatsoever is granted whether by implication, estoppel, reliance, or otherwise, by either Party to the JVC or the other Party.

11.3. JVC Technology . All right, title and interest to inventions and other subject matter (together with all intellectual property rights therein) conceived or created or first reduced to practice by or on behalf of the JVC under this Agreement and all Collaboration Technology assigned to JVC pursuant to section 10.6 of the JDLA (collectively, “ JVC Technology ”) shall be owned by JVC; provided that JVC Technology shall exclude all Pfenex Improvements, which will be the sole and exclusive property of Pfenex. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, each Party shall cause the JVC to assign to Pfenex all Pfenex Improvements and take such other reasonable actions at Pfenex’ request and expense to effectuate such assignment. As used herein, “ Pfenex Improvements ” means: all modifications and improvements to any Pfenex Expression Technology or Pfenex Materials and Deliverables and all inventions claiming the use of Pfenex Expression Technology that are not solely applicable to any JVC Product and all intellectual property rights pertaining to the foregoing. Prosecution, maintenance, and enforcement costs and control of all patents and patent applications within the JVC Technology will be conducted by the JVC.

11.4. Branding Trademarks . The JVC, through the Operations Committee, shall determine the appropriate trademark and trade name for each JVC Product. The Parties shall cause the JVC to follow all Applicable Laws and best practices regarding marking and usage of any trademark rights and domain names to protect the goodwill of the JVC. To the extent necessary or desirable for the development or commercialization of any JVC Product and consistent with Applicable Laws and industry standards for the applicable territory as determined by the Operations Committee and subject to Board’s approval, a Party’s trademark or trade name may be included in the trademark or trade name of any JVC Product in accordance with Applicable Laws and industry standards for the applicable territory, in which event such Party will grant the JVC a license to use such trademark or trade name (including name, logo or similar marks) of such Party solely for the development or commercialization of the applicable JVC Product in the applicable territory subject to terms and conditions mutually agreed between such Party and the JVC; provided, that if either Party ceases to be a Party of the JVC, unless otherwise provided for in a separate agreement, the JVC shall no longer be permitted to use such Party’s trademark or trade name (including name, logo or similar marks) in connection with the activities of the JVC.

11.5. Cooperation . The Parties shall at all times fully cooperate in order to reasonably implement the provisions of this Article 11. Such cooperation may include the execution of

 

-21-


necessary legal documents, coordinating prosecution to avoid and/or mitigate any patentability issues, and the provision of any other assistance reasonably requested by the other Party or the JVC at such other Party’s or the JVC’s expenses, as applicable. Without limiting the foregoing, promptly after the Completion Date, each Party shall enter into a written agreement with the JVC to reflect the grant of licenses with respect to any Background Technology (including any trade mark license contemplated under Section 11.4) and assignment of intellectual property rights with respect to any Collaboration Technology or JVC Technology in consistence with section 10.6 of the JDLA and this Article 11.

 

12. CONFIDENTIALITY

12.1. Confidential Information . The Parties may from time to time disclose to each other Confidential Information pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the JVC. “ Confidential Information ” means any information disclosed by one Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) hereto, which (i) if disclosed in tangible form is marked “confidential” or with other similar designation to indicate its confidential or proprietary nature, (ii) if disclosed orally, is identified as confidential or proprietary by the Party disclosing such information at the time of its initial disclosure and is confirmed in writing as confidential or proprietary by the Disclosing Party within forty five (45) days after such initial disclosure, or (iii) is reasonably expected to be treated in a confidential manner based on the nature of such information and the circumstances of its disclosure. Without limiting the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all non-public information relating to the business or technology of the JVC (including information relating to the development and/or commercialization of any JVC Product) shall be deemed Confidential Information of both Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, the obligations of the Receiving Party under this Agreement shall not apply to any information that, in each case as demonstrated by written documentation: (a) was already known to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure; (b) was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party; (c) became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement; (d) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the Receiving Party by the Disclosing Party; or (e) was independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

12.2. Confidentiality . During the Term and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, each Party agrees to hold and maintain in strict confidence all Confidential Information of the other Party and neither Party shall use any Confidential Information of the other Party for any purpose except as permitted under this Agreement. Each Party further agrees not to disclose any Confidential Information of the other Party except to those employees and consultants who have a need to know and provided that each person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed agrees to be bound by terms regarding the disclosure and use of Confidential Information no less restrictive than those set forth in this Article 12.

12.3. Permitted disclosure . Each Party may use and disclose Confidential Information of the other Party as follows: (i) under appropriate confidentiality obligations substantially equivalent to those in this Agreement, in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights granted to such Party in this Agreement, (ii) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably

 

-22-


necessary in filing for, prosecuting or maintenance of patents and other intellectual property rights (including applications therefor) in accordance with this Agreement, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental regulations, filing for, conducting preclinical or clinical trials, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, or otherwise required by Applicable Laws or the rules of a recognized stock exchange; provided, however, that if a Party is required by Applicable Laws or rules of stock exchange to make any such disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information it shall, to the extent legally permissible and practicable, give reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure requirement and, except to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications, shall use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed or limit the scope of the compelled disclosure (iii) in communication with existing and potential investors, collaborators, consultants, advisors (including financial advisors, lawyers and accountants) and others on a need to know basis, in each case under appropriate confidentiality obligations substantially equivalent to those of this Agreement.

12.4. Publicity Review .

12.4.1 General . Unless required by Applicable Laws, neither Party shall make any public disclosure in relation to this Agreement or any JVC Product without the prior written consent of the other Party. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party shall use good faith efforts to provide any disclosure required by Applicable Laws at least five (5) Business Days prior to such disclosure (to the extent practicable) for the other Party’s review and comment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that the Parties will issue a joint press release to announce the execution of the JDLA and this Agreement as provided in section 9.4.1 of the JDLA. After the issuance of such public release, each Party may disclose to Third Parties the information contained in such press release without the need for further approval by the other Party.

12.4.2 Use of Names . Neither Party shall utilize the name or trademarks of the other Party or the JVC without the other Party’s prior written consent, provided that such use or disclosure shall be permitted if required by Applicable Laws and the Party making such use or disclosure consults with the other Party to the extent practicable not less than thirty (30) days prior to the use or disclosure.

 

13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

13.1. Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (a) as of the Effective Date, it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to grant to the other Party the rights granted to such other Party under this Agreement; (b) as of the Effective Date, it has obtained all necessary corporate and other approvals to enter into and execute this Agreement; (c) it is not, as of the Effective Date, a party to, nor will it enter into or assume during the Term, any contract or other obligation with a Third Party that would in any way limit the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; (d) this Agreement will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations on the Parties; and (e) entry into and performance by it of this Agreement will not (i) breach any provision of its bylaws or equivalent constitutional documents; or (ii) result in a breach of any Applicable Laws in its jurisdiction of incorporation or of any order, decree or judgment of any court or any Regulatory Authority, where any such breach would affect to a material extent its ability to enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

-23-


13.2. No Debarment . Each Party further represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement have been “debarred” by the FDA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 335a or subject to a similar sanction from any Regulatory Authority in any other jurisdiction, nor have debarment or similar proceedings against such Party, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement been commenced. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party in writing if any such proceedings are commenced or if such Party, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees or contractors involved in the performance of this Agreement are debarred or similarly sanctioned by any Regulatory Authority.

13.3. GMP Facility . Agila represents and warrants that prior to the Completion Date it will complete the construction and qualification of the [*] Facility (as defined in section 1.9 of the JDLA) with the capacity to supply all then-existing JVC Products in accordance with GMP and other Applicable Laws. It is understood that Agila’s failure to complete the construction and qualification of the [*] Facility with adequate capacity prior to the Completion Date will not be deemed a breach of this Agreement if: (i) Agila has used all reasonable efforts to achieve such goal and the delay is caused by circumstances beyond Agila’s reasonable control, and (ii) prior to completing the construction and qualification of the [*] Facility with adequate capacity, Agila will supply JVC’s requirements of all the JVC Products (including both clinical supply and commercial supply) in accordance with GMP and other Applicable Laws through any Affiliate(s) of Agila or any Acceptable Third Party Supplier(s) at the Interim Transfer Price. For purposes of the foregoing, the “ Interim Transfer Price ” shall mean [*] percent ([*]%) less than the average price quoted for the supply of the applicable JVC Product(s) quoted by three (3) independent Third Party manufacturers of international repute and having capabilities, to manufacture and supply such JVC Product(s) in accordance with GMP and other Applicable Laws (which Third Party manufacturers are chosen by the Board).

13.4. Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTIES (EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MAI’L’ER HEREOF AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

13.5. Limitation of Liability . NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF EITHER PARTY UNDER ARTICLE15.

 

-24-


14. TERM AND TERMINATION

14.1. Term . Unless otherwise terminated earlier pursuant to this Article 14, the term (“ Term ”) of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall remain in force and effect so long as there is at least one JVC Product under development or commercialization by the JVC under this Agreement, unless earlier terminated by a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

14.2. Termination for Failure to Launch . In the event the JVC fails to initiate the first commercial sale of any JVC Product under a Marketing Approval in the Territory within the timeframe set forth in the applicable Plan and Budget, either Party may terminate this Agreement with respect to such JVC Product by immediate written notice to the other Party. For clarity, such termination shall not affect any other JVC Product under this Agreement. It is understood that the first commercial sale of the first JVC Product under a Marketing Approval in the Territory shall occur within five (5) years after the Effective Date.

14.3. Termination for Convenience .

14.3.1 Offer . Beginning on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, a Party (the “ Offering Party ”) may offer to sell its entire equity interest in the registered capital of the JVC to the other Party (the “ Offered Party ”) by providing a written proposal referencing this Section 14.3 and setting forth in reasonable detail the financial terms and other terms and conditions of such sale, each in accordance with Applicable Laws (the “ Offer ”). To the extent required by Applicable Laws, the Offering Party shall obtain a valuation of the JVC pursuant to Section 14.5 at the Offering Party’s expense and propose the financial terms of the Offer based on such valuation. Within six (6) months of receiving such Offer, the Offered Party shall elect, by written notice to the Offering Party (“ Notice of Election ”), to either:

(a) accept the Offering Party’s offer to purchase the Offering Party’s entire equity interest in the registered capital of the JVC, in which event the Offered Party shall be bound to purchase, and the Offering Party shall be bound to sell, the Offering Party’s entire equity interest in the JVC pursuant to the terms and conditions (including financial terms) set forth in the Offer, or

(b) sell to the Offering Party the Offered Party’s entire equity interest in the registered capital of the JVC, in which event the Offering Party shall be bound to purchase, and the Offered Party shall be bound to sell, the Offered Party’s entire equity interest in the JVC pursuant to the terms and conditions (including financial terms) Set forth in the Offer, provided that the financial terms shall be adjusted based on the ratio of the Ownership Interest of the Offering Party and Offered Party. By way of example, if Pfenex offers to sell its entire equity interest in the JVC to Agila for [*] U.S. Dollars ([*]), Agila may elect to sell its entire equity interest in the JVC to Pfenex for [*] U.S. Dollars ([*]).

14.3.2 Completion of Purchase . The Parties shall in good faith complete the transaction contemplated under Section 14.3.1 as soon as practicable, but in no event later than six (6) months after the delivery of the Offered Party’s Notice of Election. The purchasing Party (the Offering Party or the Offered Party, as the case may be) shall pay the purchase price pursuant to the

 

-25-


payment schedule set forth in the Offer (adjusted based on the ratio of the Ownership Interest if the Offered Party is the purchasing Party), and the other Party shall transfer all right, title and interest to such purchasing Party certificates representing all such equity interest in the JVC, free and clear of any liens, claims, charges or encumbrances duly endorsed for transfer and together with all necessary transfer documents (provided that the issuing Party may retain a security interest in the transferred shares until the shares are fully paid in accordance with the Offer).

14.4. Termination for Event of Default . Each Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party experiences an Event of Default, upon providing written notice of its intent to terminate referencing this Section 14.4 to the other Party.

14.4.1 Event of Default . An “ Event of Default ” shall occur if (a) a Party breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any material obligation under this Agreement and at the end of the Cure Period therefor such breach or failure remains uncured, or (b) a Party (i) files in any court or agency pursuant to any statute or regulation of any jurisdiction a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or similar arrangement for the benefit of creditors or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of such other Party or its assets, (ii) is served with an involuntary petition against it in any insolvency proceeding and such involuntary petition has not been stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days of its filing, or (iii) makes an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors (in each case of (a) or (b), such Party, the “ Defaulting Party ”). Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that any material breach by Agila of the Manufacturing Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default by Agila under this Agreement.

14.4.2 Cure Period . Upon a Defaulting Party’s breach or failure to perform an obligation under this Agreement, the other Party (the “ Non-Defaulting Party ”) shall have the right to deliver to the Defaulting Party a notice of default (a “ Notice of Default ”). The Notice of Default shall set forth the nature of the Defaulting Party’s breach or failure of performance under this Agreement and a request for the Defaulting Party to cure such breach or failure within the Cure Period. If the Defaulting Party fails to cure the breach or failure within the Cure Period, the Non-Defaulting Party shall be entitled to exercise its Call Option as set forth in Section 14.4.3 or Put Option as set forth in Section 14.4.4. For purposes hereof, “ Cure Period ” means a period commencing on the date that the Notice of Default is provided by the Non-Defaulting Party and ending (a) thirty (30) days after Notice of Default is so provided, or (b) in the case of any obligation (other than an obligation to pay money) which cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, such longer period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days after the Notice of Default is so provided as is necessary to effect a cure of the Event of Default, so long as the Defaulting Party diligently attempts to effect a cure throughout such period.

 

-26-


14.4.3 Call Option . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Non-Defaulting Party shall have an option to purchase the Defaulting Party’s entire equity interest in the registered capital of the JVC (the “ Call Option ”), and if the Non-Defaulting Party decides to exercise such Call Option at its own discretion by providing written notice to the Defaulting Party, the Defaulting Party must agree to sell all its equity interest in the JVC (the “ Call Option Sold Equity ”) to the Non-Defaulting Party (or its designated party) at a value determined pursuant to this Section 14.4.3 and shall cause its appointed Directors to vote in favor of the sale.

(a) If the Non-Defaulting Party decides to exercise its Call Option, it shall, by written notice (the “ Call Option Exercise Notice ”), propose to the Defaulting Party a price that in the Non-Defaulting Party’s reasonable opinion is the fair market value of the Call Option Sold Equity (the “ Call Option Purchase Price ”). If the Defaulting Party does not agree or does not reply within ten (10) Business Days of the Call Option Exercise Notice or it is otherwise required by Applicable Laws to obtain an outside valuation of the fair market value of the Call Option Sold Equity, the Parties shall commence an outside process for determining the Call Option Purchase Price in accordance with Section 14.5, at the Defaulting Party’s expense.

(b) Upon the receipt of the Purchase Price Certificate (as defined below) issued in accordance with Section 14.5, the Non-Defaulting Party shall be bound (subject to any necessary approvals of its shareholders in a general meeting and any regulatory approvals) to buy and the Defaulting Party shall be bound to sell the Call Option Sold Equity at [*] ([*]%) of the Valuation Price set out in the Purchase Price Certificate as issued in accordance with Section 14.5.

14.4.4 Put Option . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default ,the Non-Defaulting Party shall have an option (“ Put Option ”) to sell to the Defaulting Party the Non-Defaulting Party’s entire equity interest in the registered capital of the JVC (“ Put Option Sold Equity ”), and if the Non-Defaulting Party decides to exercise its option at its own discretion by providing written notice to the Defaulting Party, the Defaulting Party must agree to purchase the Put Option Sold Equity at a value determined pursuant to this Section 14.4.4, and shall cause its appointed Directors to vote in favor of the sale.

(a) If the Non-Defaulting Party decides to exercise its Put Option, it shall, by Written notice (the “ Put Option Exercise Notice ”), propose to the Defaulting Party a price that in the Non-Defaulting Party’s reasonable opinion is the fair market value of the Put Option Sold Equity (the “ Put Option Purchase Price ”). If the Defaulting Party does not agree or does not reply within ten (10) Business Days of the Put Option Exercise Notice or it is otherwise required by Applicable Laws to obtain an outside valuation of the fair market value of the Put Option Sold Equity, the Parties shall commence an outside process for determining the Put Option Purchase Price in accordance with Section 14.5, at the Defaulting Party’s expense.

(b) Upon receipt by the Parties of the Purchase Price Certificate issued in accordance with Section 14.5, the Non-Defaulting Party shall be bound to sell, and the Defaulting Party shall be bound to purchase the Put Option Sold Equity at [*] percent ([*]%) of the Valuation Price set out in the Purchase Price Certificate issued in accordance with Section 14.5.

 

-27-


14.5. Valuation and Procedure . Where a valuation is required to be carried out under this Agreement to determine the fair market value of any and all part of the equity interests of any Party in the JVC to be transferred under this Agreement, the Parties shall, and shall cause the JVC, to comply with the following provisions:

14.5.1 Within ten (10) Business Days upon a Party’s receipt of a written notice from the other Party to initiate a valuation pursuant to this Agreement; the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and select and retain an internationally recognized investment bank with relevant experience in the business of valuation of pharmaceutical business which is qualified under Applicable Laws (the “ Appraiser ”) to conduct a valuation of the fair market value of the relevant equity interest of the JVC in accordance with this Section 14.5 (the “ Valuation Price ”) and deliver its valuation report to the Parties within 30 days after its appointment. In its determination of the Valuation Price, the Appraisers shall, based on the purpose of the valuation, value the equity interest by applying internationally accepted actuarial methods for calculating the fair market value of the equity interest in a pharmaceutical company.

14.5.2 The Valuation Price as determined above shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and such Valuation Price shall be certified by the Appraiser (the “ Purchase Price Certificate ”). Each Party shall equally bear the fees and costs arising from such valuation (including the Appraiser’s fees).

14.6. Cross-termination . In the event the JDLA is terminated (not expired) pursuant to its terms prior to the Completion Date or the Ratification Date for the first JVC Product, this Agreement shall terminate automatically.

14.7. JVC Successor . In the event this Agreement is terminated under Section 14.3 or Section 14.4 (and the Non-Defaulting Party has exercised the Call Option or Put Option) or the JVC is otherwise sold to a Third Party, the Parties shall fully cooperate with each other to facilitate a smooth, orderly and prompt transition of the development, manufacturing and/or commercialization of the JVC Products to the Party purchasing the JVC or the Third Party purchasing the JVC (the “ JVC Successor ”), at the JVC Successor’s expense. In connection therewith, each Party shall grant the JVC Successor a license to such Party’s Background Technology and all intellectual property rights therein to the extent necessary for the JVC Successor to continue developing, manufacturing and commercializing the JVC Products in the same manner as the JVC would perform such activities under this Agreement.

14.8. Survival . Any termination or expiration of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the accrued rights and obligations of the Parties. The provisions of Articles 1, 12, 14, 16 and 17 and Sections 8.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 13.4, 13.5 and 15.2 shall survive such termination.

 

15. CONFLICTS

15.1. Articles of Association . All the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent relevant, shall be incorporated into the Articles of Association upon incorporation. Save to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws, in the event of any inconsistency between the Articles of Association and the terms of this Agreement (on the other), the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail insofar as the contractual relationship between the Parties is concerned. The Parties further agree and undertake that in the event any inconsistency or ambiguity is discovered at any point of time in future between the Articles of Association and this Agreement, they shall endeavor, by exercising all voting and other rights and powers available to them, whether directly or indirectly, to remove the same by carrying out necessary amendment, modification and alteration in the Articles of Association thereby bringing the Articles of Association in conformity with this Agreement.

15.2. Applicable Laws . All the provisions of this Agreement would be subject to provisions of the Applicable Laws, if any, and to the extent applicable, and the Parties agree to take all such steps and make all changes hereto necessary to carry out the intention of the Parties as stated herein above in accordance with the Applicable Laws.

 

-28-


16. INDEMNIFICATION

16.1. Pfenex . Pfenex shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Agila, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any liabilities, expenses or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) (collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action against any of them by a Third Party resulting from: (a) the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Pfenex or its Affiliates or (b) any breach by Pfenex of its representations, warranties and covenants under this Agreement; in each case, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 16.4 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pfenex shall have no obligations under this Section 16.1 for any liabilities, expenses or costs arising out of or relating to claims to the extent covered under Section 16.2 below.

16.2. Agila . Agila shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Pfenex, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against all Losses arising out of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action against any of them by a Third Party resulting from: (a) the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Agila or its Affiliates or (b) any breach by Agila of any of its representations, warranties and covenants under this Agreement; in each case, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 16.4 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agila shall have no obligations under this Section 16.2 for any liabilities, expenses or costs arising out of or relating to claims to the extent covered under Section 16.1 above.

16.3. Other Liabilities . Agila and Pfenex shall share at 51:49 ratio all Losses incurred by either Party, its directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns arising out of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action against either Party by a Third Party resulting from (i) any activities conducted by or on behalf of either Party under this Agreement or (ii) any activities conducted by or on behalf of the JVC under this Agreement; except to the extent such Losses resulting from: (a) the negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of either Party or its Affiliates or (b) any breach by either Party of any of its representations, warranties and covenants under this Agreement.

16.4. Indemnification Procedure . Any Party seeking indemnification under this Article 16 (the “ Indemnitee ”) shall: (a) promptly notify the indemnifying Party (the “ Indemnitor ”) of such claim; (b) provide the Indemnitor sole control over the defense or settlement thereof; and (c) at the Indemnitor’s request and expense, provide full information and reasonable assistance to Indemnitor with respect to such claims. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to claims brought under Section 16.1 or 16.2 above, the Indemnitee, at its own expense, shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choosing in the defense or settlement of any such claim. The indemnification under this Article 16 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnitor.

 

-29-


16.5. Insurance .

16.5.1 The Parties acknowledge and agree that the JVC shall maintain product liability insurance, Clinical Trial Insurance, commercial general liability insurance and other relevant Third Party insurance coverage at conditions reasonable and customary for the local market in order to protect the JVC, its Directors, and management team. The types of coverage, the value and the term of insurance for the JVC shall be discussed and decided by the Board in accordance with Applicable Laws and applicable industry standards.

16.5.2 Each Party will procure and maintain, at its own expense, insurance, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, reasonably sufficient to cover such Party’s activities and obligations under this Agreement with minimum coverage amounts customary for the activities of such Party hereunder in the jurisdiction(s) where such activities are performed. Each Party will furnish at the request of the other Party a certificate(s) reflecting relevant insurance coverage and limits. Each Party will name the other as an additional insured on the policies for the coverage required herein.

 

17. GENERAL PROVISIONS

17.1. Affiliates . Each Party may perform any obligations and exercise any rights hereunder through any of its Affiliates subject to such Party intimating to the other Party the identity of the Affiliate and providing documents evidencing that the Person is an Affiliate of the Party. Each Party hereby guarantees the performance by its Affiliates of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement, and will cause its Affiliates to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with such performance. Any breach by a Party’s Affiliate of any of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement will be deemed a breach by such Party, and the other Party may proceed directly against such Party without any obligation to first proceed against such Party’s Affiliate.

17.2. Assignment . Each Party agrees that its rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred to a Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may transfer or assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (a) an Affiliate, subject to the prior notice to the other Party and the assigning Party remaining responsible for such Affiliate’s performance or (b) a successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets relating to this Agreement whether by sale, merger, operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that such assignee or transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

17.3. Severability . If any clause, provision, or Section of this Agreement attached hereto, shall, for any reason, be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing, a valid, legal, and enforceable substitute provision or provisions that most nearly reflect the original intent of the Parties under this Agreement in a manner that is commensurate in magnitude and degree with the changes arising as a result of any such substitute provision or provisions. All other provisions in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in order to carry out the original intent of the Parties as nearly as possible (consistent with the necessary reallocation of benefits) and as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-30-


17.4. Merger of Understandings; Amendment . This Agreement (including the Exhibits attached hereto) and the JDLA as referenced herein constitute the entire agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof, and all prior negotiations and understandings between the Parties (except for the JDLA as referenced herein) regarding the subject matter hereof are deemed to be merged into this Agreement. No agreement or understanding varying or extending this Agreement or waiver of any right hereunder shall be binding upon either Party hereto, unless set forth in a writing which specifically refers to the Agreement signed by duly authorized officers or representatives of the respective Parties, and the provisions hereof not specifically amended thereby shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5. Waiver . Any waiver of the terms and conditions hereof must be explicitly in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Party waiving compliance. The waiver by either of the Parties of any breach of any provision hereof by the other shall not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself. The delay or failure of any Party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall in no manner affect such Party’s rights at a later time to enforce the same.

17.6. Notices . Any notice, report or other communication required or permitted to be given by either Party under this Agreement shall be given in writing and may be delivered by hand, reputable international 3- or 4-day courier service or by mailing, if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (or the international equivalent), or by email or fax (with printed confirmation of transmission and with confirmation copy forwarded by reputable international 3- or 4-day courier service), addressed to each Party as follows. Such information may be updated by a Party upon written notice to the other Party. A notice shall be deemed delivered upon receipt, unless the notice is received on a day other than a Business Day in the jurisdiction of the recipient or after 5:30 p.m. at the location of delivery, in which case delivery shall be deemed to be the next Business Day after receipt (as determined in the jurisdiction of recipient).

 

For Pfenex:      Pfenex Inc.
     10790 Roselle Street
     San Diego, CA 92121
     Attn: Patrick Lucy
     Fax: +1 978 887-4972
     Email: PKL@Pfenex.com
For Agila:      Agila Biotech Private Limited
     Strides House, Bilekehalli
     Bannerghatta Road
     Bangalore-560076
     Attention: Legal Department
     Fax: 080 67840800
     Email: legal@stridesarco.com

 

-31-


17.7. Force Majeure . Neither of the Parties shall be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, terrorism, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with governmental requests, laws, regulations, orders or actions, national defense requirements or any other event beyond the reasonable control of such Party, or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither of the Parties shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment). The Party invoking the provisions of this Section 17.7 shall give the other Party written notice and full particulars of such force majeure event. Both Pfenex and Agila shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effects of any force majeure on their respective part.

17.8. Relationship of the Parties . The relationship of Pfenex and Agila is strictly one of independent contractors and the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement does not create a partnership, or the like, between them. Pfenex and Agila shall always remain independent contractors in its performance of this Agreement. Neither Party shall have any authority to employ any individual as an employee or agent for or on behalf of the other Party to this Agreement for any purpose, and neither Party, nor any person performing any duties or engaging in any work at the request of such Party, shall be deemed to be an employee or agent of the other Party.

17.9. Choice of Law . All questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement and the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of England and Wales, save for the provisions of Applicable Laws of the JVC Venue that shall apply mandatorily to any of the Parties or any transaction, matter or thing under this Agreement which shall prevail, without regard to any provisions of conflicts of law and shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

17.10. Dispute Resolution .

17.10.1 General . If the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute or other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, either Party may, by written notice to the other, have such dispute referred to the Chief Executive Officers of Parties for attempted resolution by good faith negotiations promptly after such notice is received. In such event, each Party shall cause its Chief Executive Officers to meet (face-to-face or by teleconference) and be available to attempt to resolve such issue. If the Parties should resolve such dispute or claim, a memorandum setting forth their agreement will be prepared and signed by both Parties if requested by either Party. The Parties shall cooperate in an effort to limit the issues for consideration in such manner as narrowly as reasonably practicable in order to resolve the dispute.

17.10.2 Arbitration . In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve any such matter subject to Section 17.10.1 within sixty (60) days from the date such dispute was referred to the Chief Executive Officers of the Parties, then either Party may initiate arbitration pursuant to this Section 17.10.2. Any arbitration under this Section 17.10.2 shall be conducted in English under the Arbitration Rules of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (“ SIAC ”) in Singapore by a single arbitrator mutually selected by the Parties or otherwise selected in accordance with such rules. In such arbitration, the arbitrator shall select an independent expert with significant experience relating to the subject matter of such dispute to advise the arbitrator with respect to the subject matter of the dispute. If the Parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be selected by the chief executive of SIAC. The costs of such arbitration shall be shared equally by

 

-32-


the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the arbitration. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 17.10.2 within sixty (60) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The arbitrator shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such sixty (60) day period. Notwithstanding anything contained herein or the Arbitration Rules of the SIAC, the Parties agree that the Courts of Singapore shall have exclusive jurisdiction for seeking any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief.

17.11. Provisions Contrary to Law . In performing this Agreement, the Parties shall comply with all Applicable Laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the violation of any law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any law the law shall prevail, but in such event the affected provision of this Agreement shall be affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the Applicable Laws.

17.12. Legal Fees . Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own legal fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the enforcement hereof.

17.13. Headings . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

17.14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17.15. Exhibits . The appended Exhibits and any modifications or amendments thereof form an integral part of this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page left blank intentionally; signature page follows immediately behind.]

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

PFENEX INC.     AGILA BIOTECH PRIVATE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

    By:  

/s/ Anand Iyer

Name:  

Bertrand C. Liang

    Name:  

Anand Iyer

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

CEO


EXHIBIT 1

SHAREHOLDER RESERVED MATTERS

 

A. Any changes to the capitalization of the JVC, including the issuance of additional shares of an existing class or the creation of additional classes of shares;

 

B. Any changes to the constituent documents of the JVC, including but not limited to, this Agreement and other agreements executed pursuant to the same;

 

C. Any equity financings;

 

D. Any dividends or distribution of profits to the Parties, other than distributions for taxes, that would have the effect of causing a material deterioration in the consolidated financial leverage of the JVC;

 

E. Material acquisitions or dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business or other extraordinary transactions;

 

F. Material changes to the accounting policies and/or tax election of the JVC;

 

G. The liquidation of the JVC;

 

H. Any merger or combination of the JVC with any other Person;

 

I. The JVC entering into any contract, other than as set forth in the applicable Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget;

 

J. Any capital expenditure, other than as set forth in the applicable Plan and Budget or Semi-annual Plan and Budget;

 

K. Any material capital investment in, or any material loan to, any Person outside of the ordinary course of business;

 

L. Any material change to the JVC’s business scope as set forth in this Agreement on the Effective Date;

 

M. Any contracts (and any amendments or modifications thereto) between any Party or its Affiliates and the JVC, and termination or extension thereof;

 

N. Hiring of any direct employee or consultant by the JVC; and

 

O. Grant of any license to any JVC Technology to any Third Party for any purpose other than manufacturing and/or commercializing any JVC Product.


EXHIBIT 2

DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE (this “Deed”) is entered into at [ ] this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

BY:

[ ] <To specify the name and address of the new shareholder(s) purchasing shares in the Company>, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of [ ] and having its registered office at [ ] (hereinafter referred to as “the New Shareholder”);

IN FAVOUR OF

Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business located at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121 (hereinafter referred to as “ Pfenex ”);

Agila Biotech Private Limited, an India corporation with a principal place of business located at Strides House, Bilekahalli, Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 560 076, India (hereinafter referred to as “ Agila ”).

<To specify the name and address of the JVC>

(to include any other Parties to the JV Agreement)

WHEREAS:

A. Pfenex and Agila (collectively, the “ JV Parties ”) entered into a Joint Venture Agreement dated [ ] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”);

B. Pursuant to a [share purchase agreement] dated [ ] (the “ New Agreement ”), the New Shareholder has acquired [ ] Shares (the “ Securities ”) of the Company, from [ insert name] (the “ Selling Shareholder ”);

C. As contemplated in the Agreement, the New Shareholder is required to enter into this Deed.

NOW THE DEED WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO AS FOLLOWS:

 

  1. Definitions and Interpretation

1.1 Capitalised terms used but not defined in this Deed shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

1.2 The provisions of Section 1.23 of the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Deed and shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference as if the same were reproduced herein with references therein to this Agreement being references to this Deed.


  2. Terms of Adherence

2.1 The New Shareholder hereby acknowledges that it has received, read and understood the Agreement and the Articles of Association of the JVC.

2.2 The New Shareholder hereby agrees, undertakes and covenants with the JV Parties that with effect from the date on which the New Shareholder has been registered as a member of the JVC, it shall adhere to, be bound by and act in accordance with the provisions .of the Agreement which were applicable to the Selling Shareholder and are capable of applying to the New Shareholder as if the New Shareholder were a Party to the Agreement in addition to or in place of the Selling Shareholder.

 

  3. Representations and Warranties

3.1 The New Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the JV Parties that:

3.1.1 It is duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation under the laws of its place of incorporation and has full power, capacity and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Deed and has taken all necessary actions (corporate, statutory or otherwise) to execute and authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed; <To be modified appropriately if the New Shareholder is an individual>

3.1.2 This Deed upon execution and delivery by it shall constitute a legal and binding obligation on it enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

3.1.3 The discharge by it of the obligations and liabilities under the Agreement and the performance by it of the acts and transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (whether with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both), violate, conflict with, require any consent under or result in a breach of or default under:

(a) any law to which it is subject; or

(b) any term, condition, covenant, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

3.1.4 To the best of its information and knowledge, there are no legal, quasi-legal, administrative, arbitration, mediation, conciliation or other proceedings, claims, actions, governmental investigations, orders, judgments or decrees of any nature made, existing, threatened, anticipated or pending against it which may prejudicially affect its holding of the Securities or the due performance or enforceability of the Agreement or this Deed or any obligation, act, omission or transaction contemplated thereunder or hereunder.

 

  4. Incorporation of Provisions of the Agreement

This Deed is supplemental to the Agreement and the provisions of Section 17.9 (Choice of Law) and 17.10 (Dispute Resolution) the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Deed and shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference as if the same were reproduced herein with references therein to this Agreement being references to this Deed.

 

-2-


  5. Notices to the New Shareholder

The address of the New Shareholder for the purpose of receiving the notices under the Agreement is as under:

New Shareholder

 

Kind Attention    : [ ] <Insert details>

Address

   : [ ] <Insert details>
Facsimile    : [ ] <Insert details>

 

  6. Benefit of this Agreement

This Agreement is made for the benefit of the JV Parties. The New Shareholder agrees and acknowledges that either JV Party may enforce the terms of the Agreement against it and seek the remedies contained in the Agreement against it.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed has been executed on the day and year first above written.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

  )

BY AND ON BEHALF OF

  )

the New Shareholder

  )

by [ ] (authorized signatory)

  )

[Position]

  )

[Witness]

  )

Common Seal of

  )

“New Shareholder”

  )

to be affixed hereunto if

  )

required under the Articles of Association

  )

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTION COPY

TECHNOLOGY LICENSING AGREEMENT

This Technology Licensing Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of the Effective Date and is by and between Dow Global Technologies Inc. and/or The Dow Chemical Company (hereinafter both are referred to as “Dow”), both Delaware corporations having their principal offices at either 2040 Dow Center, Midland, MI, 48674 USA or 2030 Dow Center, Midland, MI, 48674 USA and Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “Pfenex”) having a principal place of business at 5501 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, CA.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Dow owns the rights to a certain series of patents related to Pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology and made substantial patented and unpatented improvements to such technology, now generally known as “ Pf enex Expression Technology TM ”;

WHEREAS, Dow has certain rights to a certain series of patents related to RNA viruses;

WHEREAS, Dow has certain rights to a certain series of patents related to the use or transgenic plants for oral immunization of animals;

WHEREAS, Dow owns the rights to a certain series of patents related to production techniques for proteins;

WHEREAS, Dow has certain rights to a certain series of patents related to the ARC technology;

WHEREAS, Pfenex desires to take a license to such intellectual property as further defined below.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 1 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1.01 Affiliates : “Affiliates” shall mean any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediates, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with either Dow or Pfenex, where “controls”, “controlled by”, and “is under common control” means ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting equity interest in the entity or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that entity, whether through ownership or voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.02 ARC Products : “ARC Products” shall mean any product or part of a product, the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent the license set forth in Section 2.01, infringes a Valid Claim within the ARC Patents.

1.03 ARC Patents . “ARC Patents” shall mean the Patents owned or Controlled by Dow or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, or at anytime during the Term, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture, use, or sale of ARC Products, including without limitation, the Gaertner patent as listed in Appendix D.

1.04 Assets: “Assets” shall mean collectively the RNA Virus Patents, the Oral Immunization Patents, the Production Techniques Patents, the ARC Patents and the rights granted to Pfenex under Section 2.01.05.

1.05 Control: “Control” in the context of intellectual property rights, shall mean rights to intellectual property sufficient to grant the applicable license or sublicense under this Agreement without violating the terms of any written agreement with any Third Party in effect as of the Effective Date. “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall have their correlative meanings.

1.06 Effective Date : “Effective Date” shall mean November 30, 2009.

1.07 Field : “Field” shall mean any and all applications for therapeutic purposes in humans for any and all indications, including, for the avoidance of doubt, vaccines. For

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 2 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

the purposes of this definition, “therapeutic purposes” shall mean, with respect to a particular indication, human diagnostics, prophylaxis, cure, reduction, mitigation, prevention, slowing or halting the progress of, or otherwise management of such indication.

1.08 Net Sales : “Net Sales” shall mean the sales revenues actually received by Pfenex from sales of the applicable Product (as set forth in Article 3) to Third Party customers, less: (a) Customary trade, quantity or cash discounts, credits and rebates (including, without limitation, credits, rebates and other discounts made or given with respect to Federal, state or foreign governmental programs (including, without limitation, Medicaid and Medicare) public or private hospitals and managed care entities or patient care organizations), and non-affiliated brokers’ or agents’ commissions actually allowed and taken; (b) Amounts repaid or credited by reason of rejection or return, including chargebacks, refunds or rebates (including expenses related to disposal); (c) Fees payable to purchasers, sales agents, distributors, group purchasing organizations or government agencies; (d) costs of insurance, packaging, storage and transportation from the place of manufacture to the customer’s premises; (e) provisions for uncollectible accounts determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, consistently applied to all products of Pfenex; and/or (f) Taxes levied on and/or other governmental charges made as to production, import, export, sale, receipt, value-add, transportation, delivery, custom duties or use and paid by or on behalf of Pfenex for the RNA Virus Products, and less the sum of the following a) sales taxes, tariff duties and/or use taxes; b) direct, external out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Pfenex; and c) amounts rebated, credited or refunded on returns for the Oral Immunization Products.

1.09 Oral Immunization Products : “Oral Immunization Products” shall mean any product or part of a product, the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent the license set forth in Section 2.01, infringes a Valid Claim within the Oral Immunization Patents.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 3 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.10 Oral Immunization Patents . “Oral Immunization Patents” shall mean the Patents owned or Controlled by Dow or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, or at anytime during the Term, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture, use, or sale of Oral Immunization Products, including without limitation, the Curtiss & Cardineau patents as listed in Appendix B.

1.11 Parties : “Parties” shall mean collectively Pfenex and Dow.

1.12 Party : “Party” shall mean either Pfenex or Dow as the case may be.

1.13 Patents : “Patents” shall have the meaning set forth in the Technology Assignment Agreement.

1.14 Product(s) : “Product” shall mean individually the RNA Virus Products, the Oral Immunization Products, the Production Techniques Products or the ARC Products, and “Products” shall mean collectively the RNA Virus Products, the Oral Immunization Products, the Production Techniques Products and the ARC Products.

1.15 Production Techniques Products : “Production Techniques Products” shall mean any product or part of a product, the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent the license set forth in Section 2.01, infringes a Valid Claim within the Production Techniques Patents.

1.16 Production Techniques Patents . “Production Techniques Patents” shall mean the Patents owned or Controlled by Dow or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, or at anytime during the Term, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture, use, or sale of Production Techniques Products, including without limitation, the patents related to production techniques for various proteins as listed in Appendix C.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 4 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.17 RNA Virus Products : “RNA Virus Products” shall mean any product or part of a product, the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent the license set forth in Section 2.01, infringes a Valid Claim within the RNA Virus Patents.

1.18 RNA Virus Patents . “RNA Virus Patents” shall mean the Patents owned or Controlled by Dow or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, or at anytime during the Term, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture, use, or sale of RNA Virus Products, including without limitation, the Ahlquist patents as listed in Appendix A.

1.19 Third Party : “Third Party” shall mean any person, organization, firm, corporation, partnership or entity other than Pfenex, Dow and their respective Affiliates.

1.20 Valid Claim : “Valid Claim” shall mean a claim of an issued, unexpired Patent within the RNA Virus Patents, the Oral Immunization Patents, the Production Techniques Patents or the ARC Patents, as the case may be, which: (a) has not been held unpatentable, invalid or unenforceable by a court or other government agency of competent jurisdiction in a decision from which no appeal can or has been taken; and (b) which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination, disclaimer or otherwise.

1.21 All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not explicitly defined herein shall have the corresponding meanings set forth in the Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Technology Assignment Agreement or the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2 TRANSFER AND LICENSE OF ASSETS

2.01 Grant to Pfenex

2.01.01 RNA Virus Patents: Dow hereby grants to Pfenex a worldwide royalty bearing license/sublicense, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.02, under the RNA Virus Patents to: (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import RNA Virus Products;

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 5 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

(b) practice any method, process or procedure in connection with its exercise of the activities described in clause (a) above; and (c) otherwise exploit the RNA Virus Patents. The license/sublicense set forth in this Section 2.01.01 shall be exclusive (even as to Dow) in the Field.

2.01.02 Oral Immunization Patents: Dow hereby grants to Pfenex a worldwide royalty bearing license/sublicense, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.02, under the Oral Immunization Patents to: (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Oral Immunization Products; (b) practice any method, process or procedure in connection with its exercise of the activities described in clause (a) above; and (c) otherwise exploit the Oral Immunization Patents. The license/sublicense set forth in this Section 2.01.02 shall be exclusive (even as to Dow) in the Field.

2.01.03 Production Techniques Patents: Dow hereby grants to Pfenex a worldwide fully paid up, non-exclusive royalty-free license in the Field, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.02, under the Production Techniques Patents to: (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Production Techniques Products; (b) practice any method, process or procedure in connection with its exercise of the activities described in clause (a) above; and (c) otherwise exploit the Production Techniques Patents.

2.01.04 ARC Patents: Dow hereby grants to Pfenex a worldwide fully paid up, royalty-free license, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.02, under the ARC Patents to: (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import ARC Products; (b) practice any method, process or procedure in connection with its exercise of the activities described in clause (a) above; and (c) otherwise exploit the ARC Patents. The license/sublicense set forth in this Section 2.01.04 shall be exclusive (even as to Dow) in the Field.

2.01.05 To the fullest extent Dow has or may receive rights under Section 4.7 of the License Agreement between DGTI and Diversa Corporation dated December 30, 2003 (“Diversa Agreement”), Dow hereby grants to Pfenex:

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 6 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.01.05.01 A perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license or sublicense in the Field, as applicable, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses in accordance with Section 2.02, under any DIVERSA patents or patent applications which have a priority date after December 19, 1997, and which are listed in the Diversa Agreement as may be amended, and which contain teachings or claims which both i) are directed to Pseudomonas organisms and ii) include information derived from the use of the TDCC Technology and/or Sequestered Information, in each case to: (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import or otherwise exploit any product and (b) practice any method, process or procedure in connection with its exercise of the activities described in clause (a) above. This license shall not include DIVERSA Genes, DIVERSA intellectual property directed to the functional applications of the protein or the use of the Gene with any other organism.

2.01.05.02 A worldwide, royalty-free, immunity in the Field from suit under any DIVERSA patents as set forth in the Diversa Agreement directed to the use of the genus Pseudomonas as an expression system. This immunity from suit does not extend to DIVERSA Genes, DIVERSA intellectual property directed to the functional applications of the proteins or the use of the Gene with any genus other than Pseudomonas .

2.01.05.03 For the purposes of this Section 2.01.05 the terms “DIVERSA,” “TDCC Technology,” “Sequestered Information,” “DIVERSA Genes” and “Gene” shall have the meanings set forth in the Diversa Agreement.

2.01.05.04 Prior to, or shortly after the Closing Date, Dow shall use reasonable efforts to cause Dow AgroScience (“DAS”) to obtain from Diversa (or its successor-in-interest) sufficient rights to effectuate the grant of rights from Dow to Pfenex in Sections 2.01.05.01 and 2.01.05.02, in writing, signed by the authorized representatives of the applicable parties.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 7 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.02 Sublicensing Rights .

2.02.01 Extension of Licenses to Affiliates . Pfenex may extend the rights under the licenses granted in Section 2.01 to one (1) or more of its Affiliates; provided that Pfenex shall remain responsible for such Affiliate’s compliance with all obligations under this Agreement applicable to such Affiliate.

2.02.02 Sublicenses . Provided Pfenex has the right to grant further sublicenses or extend other rights under any Assets, Pfenex may grant and authorize sublicenses to Third Parties under the rights granted in Section 2.01 above. With respect to each sublicense granted by Pfenex to a Third Party, such sublicense shall include an explicit reference to this Agreement and shall not conflict with, and shall be subordinate to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3 Royalties

3.01: RNA Virus Patents: Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, if Pfenex makes commercial sales of a RNA Virus Product, Pfenex shall pay Dow a running royalty of [*] of the Net Sales of such RNA Virus Product, wherein said royalties are due within 150 days of the end of each year in which such sale is made.

3.02 Oral Immunization Patents: If Pfenex makes commercial sales of an Oral Immunization Product, Pfenex shall pay Dow the following to the extent owed pursuant to the license agreement between Washington University and Agrigenetics dated December 30, 1996 (“Washington University ’96 Agreement”):

3.02.01 A minimum payment due December 31 st of each year of [*], such payment obligation commencing at the end of the first full year during which Pfenex has made such commercial sales of an Oral Immunization Product. The payments made by Pfenex to Dow under this Section 3.02.01 shall be creditable against the running royalty rate owed by Pfenex to Dow under Section 3.02.02.

3.02.02 A running royalty, which shall equal the lesser of: (A) [*] of the Net Sales of such Oral Immunization Products or (B) the royalty percentage of the Net Sales of such Oral Immunization Products owed by Dow to Washington University pursuant to the Washington University ’96 Agreement; wherein such royalty payments shall be due December 31 st of each year in which such sale is made.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 8 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

3.02.03 Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Contract Year prior to First Commercial Sale (“Contract Year” and “First Commercial Sale” shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Washington University ’96 Agreement), an annual maintenance royalty of [*] which will be fully creditable against the royalties owed under Section 3.02.02. The payment obligation set forth in this section 3.02.03 shall commence in January 2010.

3.02.04 Third Party Payments . If Pfenex, its Affiliate or sublicensee pays amounts to a Third Party under any agreement to license or acquire intellectual property reasonably necessary for Pfenex, its Affiliate or sublicensee to develop or commercialize Products, then Pfenex may deduct [*] of such amounts from the amounts payable to Dow with respect to such Product pursuant to this Article 3; provided that, in no event shall the amounts due to Dow be so reduced to less than [*] of the amount that would otherwise be payable to Dow under this Article 3.02.02. For clarity, any amounts not offset in a particular period as a result of the cap in the preceding sentence shall be creditable in future periods. Subject to Section 3.02.02, in no event will the running royalty be less than [*].

3.03 Certain Terms .

3.03.01 Combination Product . In the event that a Product is sold in combination with another product, component or service for which no royalty would be due hereunder if sold separately, Net Sales from such combination product sales for purposes of calculating the amounts payable by Pfenex under this Article 3 shall be calculated by multiplying the Net Sales of the combination product by the fraction A/(A + B), where “A” is the average gross selling price during the previous calendar quarter of such Product sold separately and “B” is the gross selling price during the previous calendar quarter of the other product(s), component(s) or service(s). In the event that a substantial number of such separate sales of such Product or such other product(s),

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 9 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

component(s) or services(s) were not made during the previous calendar quarter, then the Net Sales shall be as reasonably allocated by Pfenex between such Product and such other product(s), component(s) or service(s) based upon their relative importance and proprietary protection.

3.03.02 Single Royalty . No more than the one royalty shall be due under this Agreement, as set forth in Section 3.01, with respect to the sale of a particular unit of any Product. No royalty shall be payable under this Article 3 with respect to sales of Products among Pfenex, its Affiliates and its sublicensees for resale, nor shall a royalty be payable under this Article 3 with respect to any Products transferred for use in research or development, in clinical trials, in compassionate use programs, as donations to non-profit institutions or government agencies, or as promotional free samples or the like.

3.03.03 Royalty Term . Pfenex’s obligation to pay royalties under this Article 3 shall continue on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the expiration of the last Valid Claim in such country covering the sale of such Product. Thereafter, no further royalties shall be due with respect to such Product in such country.

3.03.05 Royalty Reports and Payments . Commencing with the first commercial sale of a Product by Pfenex hereunder, Pfenex shall provide to Dow a written report for each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement, showing: (a) the gross sales of all Products sold by Pfenex during such calendar quarter and the calculation of Net Sales of Products from such gross sales; (b) a calculation of total royalties, payable in United States Dollars, which have accrued under this Agreement based upon such Net Sales of the Products; and (c) any reductions to or deductions from payments taken by Pfenex in accordance with this Agreement. If no royalties are due, Pfenex shall so report. Reports to be provided by Pfenex to Dow under this Section 3.03.05 shall be due sixty (60) days following the end of each calendar quarter.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 10 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 4 CONSIDERATION FOR THE ASSETS

4.01 In consideration for Dow’s license/sublicense under the Assets and other intellectual property hereunder, Pfenex shall issue to Dow shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of Pfenex as set forth in that certain Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement by and between Dow and Pfenex of even date herewith.

 

ARTICLE 5 PFENEX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.01 Pfenex is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

5.02 Pfenex has all the necessary power and authority to execute deliver and perform this Agreement, and no approvals or consents of anyone other than the signatories below are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

5.03 This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Pfenex and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pfenex enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.04 To the extent required of the licensee under the Washington University ’96 Agreement or under the Agreement between Agrigenetics and University of Wisconsin dated December 23, 1982 (“Wisconsin Agreement”), Pfenex shall provide activity reports to Washington University under the Washington University ’96 Agreement or to University of Wisconsin under the Wisconsin Agreement. Such activity reports shall comply with the format specified under the Washington University ’96 Agreement and shall include details about its activities and progress made, the status of any licensed products under development and/or planned for development, the tasks necessary to develop or complete the development and introduction of products to market, the estimated time schedules for product development, clinical trials, market testing, and regulatory approval, or the Wisconsin Agreement, as applicable. Upon delivery of such activity reports, Pfenex shall provide notice to Dow indicating that Pfenex has delivered the applicable activity report. Pfenex will use diligent efforts to bring a product to market using the RNA Virus Patents and the Oral Immunization Patents. Failure to use diligent efforts may result in a loss of license to the RNA Virus Patents and the Oral Immunization Patents.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 11 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 6 DOW REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.01 The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Global Technologies Inc. are corporations duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.02 The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Global Technologies Inc. have all the necessary power and authority to execute deliver and perform this Agreement, and no approvals or consents of anyone (except certain additional Dow personnel) other than the signatories below are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

6.03 To the best of its knowledge as of the Effective Date, Dow has all rights to grant the licenses or sublicenses to the Assets, subject to Permitted Liens (as that term is defined in the Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Schedule 1.17 therein) , and other performance promised to Pfenex under this Agreement and has good title to all information and materials which are included in the rights and intellectual property transferred to Pfenex pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of any liens, judgments, encumbrances or adverse claims. For clarity, Dow will not, during the term of this Agreement, grant any rights to any Third Party that are inconsistent with the rights granted to Pfenex under this Agreement.

6.04 To the best of its knowledge as of the Effective Date, Dow is not aware of any claims, demands or actions alleging that any of the Assets licensed or sublicensed in this document are invalid or unenforceable. This provision does not include a representation or warrantee by Dow that any or all of the patent rights will grant or issue as valid patents.

6.05 To the best of its knowledge as of the Effective Date, Dow has not received any notice claiming that the Assets violate or infringe any intellectual property rights of any Third Party.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 12 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

6.06 With regards to Third Party Agreements:

6.06.01 As of the Effective Date, Exhibit 6.06.01 of this Agreement lists all the agreements between Dow and Third Parties pursuant to which Dow has in licensed, has gained Control of or acquired any Patents within the Assets (each, a “Third Party Agreement”);

6.06.02(i) Dow has previously provided to Pfenex a redacted (all material terms for the purposes of this Agreement have not been deleted) copy of each Third Party Agreement as the same is in effect as of the Effective Date, (ii) each Third Party Agreement is in full force and effect as of the Effective Date and Dow shall maintain each Third Party Agreement in full force and effect and enforce each Third Party Agreement to its fullest extent, in each case in accordance with its terms and conditions during the term of the Agreement subject to Section 5.04, (iii) as of the Effective Date, no notice of default or termination has been received or given by Dow under any Third Party Agreement, and (iv) during the term of this Agreement, Dow shall not amend or otherwise modify any Third Party Agreement to license out such technology in the Field, or allow any Third Party Agreement to be terminated, unless Pfenex fails to comply with the terms of such Third Party Agreement, without the prior consent of Pfenex; and

6.06.03 In the event of any notice of breach by Dow or its Affiliates, as applicable, of any Third Party Agreement the termination of which will or is likely to adversely affect Pfenex’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, Dow shall as promptly as reasonably practicable notify Pfenex in writing and Pfenex shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such breach on behalf of Dow or its Affiliates, as applicable. In the event of any notice of breach by the counterparty of any Third Party Agreement in a manner that will or is likely to adversely affect Pfenex’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, Dow shall immediately notify Pfenex.

6.07 Except for the express warranties in this article, Dow makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, either in fact or by operation of law, regarding without limitation, the validity or scope of any patent rights conveyed or including, without limitation, performance, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or the non-infringement of third party intellectual property rights.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 13 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 7 PATENT PROSECUTION AND ENFORCEMENT

7.01 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance .

7.01.01 Control of Prosecution . As between the Parties, Dow shall control the Prosecution and Maintenance of all Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dow agrees to: (i) provide Pfenex with copies of all patent applications, continuations, divisionals, re-examinations, reissues, any and all office actions and requests for patent term extensions and the like including foreign counterparts thereof in existence as of the Effective Date within the Production Techniques Patents at least fifteen (15) business days before the due date for comment or with respect to foreign applications and office actions, as soon as reasonably practicable before the due date for comment; and (ii) consult in good faith with Pfenex regarding such matters with respect to the Field. Such copies may be provided electronically. For the purposes of this Section 7.01, “Prosecution and Maintenance” (including variations such as “Prosecute and Maintain”) shall mean, with respect to a Patent, the preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintenance of such Patent, as well as continuations, divisionals, re-examinations, reissues and requests for patent term extensions and the like with respect to such Patent, together with the conduct of interferences, oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to a Patent.

7.01.02 In the event Dow decides to abandon an application or patent within the Production Techniques Patents that relates to the Field, Dow shall provide Pfenex fifteen (15) business days notice in which Pfenex will have the right to Prosecute and Maintain any such application or patent at its own cost. For the purposes of 7.01.02, “abandon” will include abandoning the Prosecution and Maintenance of a particular Patent without filing a divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or foreign counterpart for such abandoned Patent.

7.01.03 Cooperation . Both Parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with all activities relating to the Prosecution and Maintenance of the Production Techniques Patents.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 14 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

7.02 Enforcement .

7.02.01 Notice . In the event that either Party reasonably believes that any Oral Immunization Patents, Production Techniques Patents, or ARC Patents are being infringed by a Third Party, or is subject to a declaratory judgment action arising from such infringement, in each case with respect to the manufacture, sale or use of a product for use within or outside the Field (an “Infringing Product”), such Party shall promptly notify the other Party.

7.02.02 Initiating Enforcement Actions . Pfenex and/or its Affiliates shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its own expense, to enforce the Oral Immunization Patents, Production Techniques Patents, or ARC Patents, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect to the Oral Immunization Patents, Production Techniques Patents, or ARC Patents (each, an “Enforcement Action”) in cases where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold for use within the Field. Pfenex shall provide notice to Dow in writing after taking any action to enforce, or threat to enforce, or defend any Enforcement Action and agrees to: (i) provide Dow with copies of and an opportunity to review and comment on all material communications, motions, filings, briefs, submissions and the like regarding the validity, enforcement (including ownership) and scope (including claim construction) of any of the Oral Immunization Patents, Production Techniques Patents, or ARC Patents, at Dow’s expense, at least fifteen (15) business days before the due date for filing or comment; and (ii) consider in good faith any comments provided by Dow regarding such matters. If Pfenex elects not to enforce or defend an Enforcement Action in a case where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold solely for use in, and is used solely in, the Field, within ninety (90) days after its receipt of a request from Dow to do so, Dow shall thereafter have the right, at its own expense, to either initiate and prosecute such action or to control the defense of such declaratory judgment action in its own name. Additionally, Dow shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its own expense, to enforce the Production Techniques Patents, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto, in all other cases, including in cases where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold solely for use outside, and is used solely outside, the Field.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 15 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

7.02.03 Cooperation . Without limiting any rights of comment and review in Section 7.02.02, the Party initiating or defending any Enforcement Action pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of the progress of any such Enforcement Action, and such other Party shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choice and at its own expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing right to participate in any Enforcement Action, the Parties shall assist one another and cooperate in any such Enforcement Action, as reasonably requested by the Party initiating such Enforcement Action, at such Party’s expense.

 

ARTICLE 8 NOTICES

8.01 Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by either party under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be effective when delivered, if delivered by hand, reputable courier service, facsimile with confirmation of transmission, email with confirmation of receipt or five days after mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each party at the following addresses or such other address as may be designated by written notice by either Party:

If to Pfenex:

Chief Executive Officer

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Fax: 858-352-4602

Email: [To be designated by written notice to Dow]

If to Dow:

The Dow Chemical Company

9330 Zionsville Road

Indianapolis, IN 46268

Attention: General Patent Counsel

Fax: 317-337-4847

Email: jkabramson@dow.com and mdlyons@dow.com

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 16 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 9 TERM AND TERMINATION

9.01 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as provided in this Article 9, shall continue in full force and effect until the last to expire of the Patents within the Assets. Upon the expiration (but not the earlier termination) of this Agreement in a given country in accordance with this Article 9, the licenses and rights granted by Dow to Pfenex under this Agreement will continue on a fully paid-up, royalty-free and irrevocable basis in such country.

9.02 Termination By Pfenex . Pfenex shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, in its entirety or on a Patent-by-Patent or a Product-by-Product basis, in its sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Dow. From and after the effective date of such termination under this Section 9.02 with respect to a particular patent or product, such patent or product shall cease to be within the definition of the Patents within the Assets or Products, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement, and the rights and licenses granted by Dow to Pfenex under Article 2 shall terminate and all rights in the Assets shall revert to Dow with respect to such patent or product. Upon termination of this Agreement in its entirety under this Section 9.02, all rights and obligations of the Parties shall terminate, except as provided in Section 9.03 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pfenex shall not terminate for a period of three (3) years following the Effective Date those licenses granted to Pfenex under this Agreement that are non-royalty bearing licenses. For clarity, Pfenex shall have the right to terminate such non-royalty bearing licenses at any time after such three (3) year period as set forth in this Article 9 and shall at any time be permitted to terminate any royalty-bearing license granted hereunder.

9.03 Effect of Expiration or Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement by Pfenex pursuant to Section 9.02, in its entirety or on a Patent-by-Patent or a Product-by-Product basis, the applicable rights and licenses granted by Dow to Pfenex under Article 2 shall terminate and the applicable rights in the Assets shall revert to Dow, provided, however, that:

9.03.01 Stock on Hand . Pfenex shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of all applicable Products in the process of manufacture, testing, in use or in stock; subject to the obligation of Pfenex to pay royalties to Dow for such Products in accordance with Article 3.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 17 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

9.03.02 Sublicenses . Any applicable sublicense granted by Pfenex under Section 2.02 prior to its receipt of the corresponding notice of such termination shall survive if the relevant sublicensee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as such terms apply to such sublicensee (in which event, such sublicensee will be deemed a direct licensee of Dow); provided that, any such sublicensee shall only be responsible for any payments that become due as a result solely of such sublicensee’s activities after the effective date of any such termination and such sublicensee will be credited for any payments already paid by Pfenex prior to the effective date of any such termination as if such payment had been made by such sublicensee.

9.03.03 Survival of Certain Obligations . Subject to Section 9.03, expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not relieve either Party of any obligation accruing on or prior to such expiration or termination, or which is attributable to a period prior to such expiration or termination, nor preclude either Party from pursuing any rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement, or at law or in equity, which accrued or are based upon any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. The provisions of Articles 1-3, 5-7, 9 and 10 (in each case as may be applicable in the event of termination on a Patent-by-Patent or a Product-by-Product basis) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Assignment: This Agreement and all rights herein may not be assigned by Pfenex without the prior written consent of Dow; provided that Pfenex may assign, without the prior written consent of Dow, all or part of this Agreement to an Affiliate or to an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets and business of a Pfenex to which this Agreement relates by merger, consolidation, public offering, or change of control, and such entity undertakes in writing all of the obligations and responsibilities of Pfenex under this Agreement. Dow may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Pfenex; provided that, prior to such assignment, the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 18 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties. Except for assignments expressly permitted under this Section 10.01, any attempted assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be null and void.

10.02 Severability : If any clause, provision, or section of this Agreement, shall, for any reason, be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing, a valid, legal, and enforceable substitute provision or provisions that most nearly reflect the original intent of the Parties under this Agreement in a manner that is commensurate in magnitude and degree with the changes arising as a result of any such substitute provision or provisions. All other provisions in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in order to carry out the original intent of the Parties as nearly as possible (consistent with the necessary reallocation of benefits) and as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

10.03 Merger of Understanding/Modification : This Agreement, the Transaction Agreements and all Schedules and Exhibits attached thereto constitute the entire Agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and all prior negotiations and understandings between the Parties are deemed to be merged into this Agreement. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties unless reduced to writing and signed by the respective authorized officers of each of the Parties.

10.04 Force Majeure : Neither of the Parties shall be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, terrorism, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with governmental requests, laws, regulations, orders or actions, national defense requirements or any other event beyond the reasonable control of such Party; or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither of the Parties shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment). The party invoking the provisions of this

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 19 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Section shall give the other Party written notice and full particulars of such force majeure event. Both Pfenex and Dow shall use reasonable business efforts to mitigate the effects of any force majeure on their respective part.

10.05 Relationship of the Parties : This Agreement does not create a joint venture, partnership, or the like, between the Parties. The Parties shall always remain independent contractors in its performance of this Agreement. No Party to this Agreement shall have any authority to employ any person as an employee or agent for or on behalf of the other party to this Agreement for any purpose, and no Party to this Agreement, nor any person performing any duties or engaging in any work at the request of such Party, shall be deemed to be an employee or agent of the other Party to this Agreement.

10.06 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction : All questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement and the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to business arrangements entered into and performed entirely within the State of New York. The Parties hereto irrevocably (a) submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any state court or federal court in the State of New York in any suit, action or other legal proceeding relating to this Agreement; (b) agree that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or other legal proceeding may be heard and determined in, and enforced in and by, any such court; and (c) waive any objection that they may now or hereafter have to venue in any such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum.

10.07 Provisions Contrary to Law : In performing this Agreement, the Parties shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the violation of any law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any law the law shall prevail, but in such event the affected provision of this Agreement shall be affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the applicable law.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 20 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.08 Remedies : Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, the rights and remedies of a party set forth herein with respect to failure of the other to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights of full termination of this Agreement) are not exclusive, the exercise thereof shall not constitute an election of remedies and the aggrieved party shall in all events be entitled to seek whatever additional remedies may be available in law or in equity.

10.09 Fees : Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own legal fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, provided, however, that if any Party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings or otherwise, the non-prevailing Party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

10.10 Headings : Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

10.11 Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10.12 Appendices : The appended Appendices and Exhibits and any modifications or amendments thereof form an integral part of this Agreement.

10.13 Waiver : Neither Party may waive or release any of its rights or interests in this Agreement except in writing. The failure of either Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term in any one or more instances shall be construed as a continuing waiver of such condition or term or of another condition or term.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 21 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.14 Confidentiality of the Agreement . Except as expressly permitted herein, this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, shall be maintained in confidence by the Parties and shall not be provided or disclosed to Third Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to disclose this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, to its (i) tax advisors, accountants, legal counsel, investors, banks and financial sources and its advisors, or potential business partners or other Third Parties who are under an obligation of confidentiality, and (ii) in confidence, in connection with the sale of substantially all the business assets to which this Agreement relates, so long as, in the case of a disclosure under (i) or (ii) hereof, the person or entity to which disclosure is made is bound under confidentiality provisions that are reasonable and customary under the applicable circumstances. In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dow and Pfenex may disclose this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, as required to comply with applicable law, regulations, court orders, or tax or securities filings (including any of the rules and regulations of a relevant stock exchange or other governing body, specifically including the Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC)).

10.15 Provisional Remedies : Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief, that may be necessary to protect the rights or property of that Party. Specifically, the Parties acknowledge a breach of this Agreement may result in irreparable harm to either Party, and either Party will be entitled to seek injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent any breach or the threat of any breach of this Agreement by the other Party without showing or proving actual damages. Notwithstanding, seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be deemed a waiver of the agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Agreement or applicable law.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 22 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.16 Dispute Resolution : In the event any Dispute (as that term is defined in the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement) arises between the Parties, the Parties shall resolve such Dispute utilizing the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 10.13 of the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement; provided that, each reference to the term “Agreement” in such Section 10.13 of the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement shall be deemed to be references to this Agreement; provided further that, the reference to “Section 10.14” shall be replaced with “Section 10.15” of this Agreement, and the reference to “Section 10.13” shall be replaced with “Section 10.16” of this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 23 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have understood, agreed to and caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate originals by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Fernando Ruiz

Name:  

Fernando Ruiz

Title:  

Corporate Vice President and Treasurer

DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark A. Whiteman

Name:  

Mark A. Whiteman

Title:  

President

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

Name:  

Albert Hansen

Title:  

President

[Signature Page to Technology License Agreement]

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 24 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Appendix A

RNA Virus Patents:

 

Ahlquist   

MODIFIED PLUS STRAND RNA VIRUSES; (from Univ Wisconsin)

   2/14/1984    US5173410
Ahlquist   

Subgenomic promoter

   3/7/1985    US5466788
Ahlquist   

RNA transformation vector

   3/7/1985    US5500360
Ahlquist   

Hybrid RNA virus

   2/9/1987    US5602242
Ahlquist   

Hybrid RNA virus

   2/9/1987    US5627060
Ahlquist   

Plant tissue comprising a subgenomic promoter

   8/25/1994    US5633447
Ahlquist   

Subgenomic promoter

   8/25/1994    US5670353
Ahlquist   

Plasmid encoding hybrid RNA virus

   2/9/1987    US5804439
Ahlquist   

RNA transformation vector

   3/7/1985    US5846795

and any foreign counterpart thereof.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 25 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Appendix B

Oral Immunization Patents:

 

Curtiss & Cardineau   

Oral Immunization By Transgenic Plants

      US5654184
Curtiss & Cardineau   

Oral Immunization By Transgenic Plants

      US5679880
Curtiss & Cardineau   

Oral Immunization By Transgenic Plants

      US5686079

and any foreign counterpart thereof.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 26 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Appendix C

Production Techniques Patents:

 

62339A   

PCT

PCT

   OVER-EXPRESSION OF EXTREMOZYME GENES IN PSEUDOMONADS AND CLOSELY RELATED BACTERIA    2/13/2002     

WO2003068926 WO2003068948

PCT/US02/004294

   USA       10/504,505     
   Australia       2003215197     
   Brazil       PI0307630     
   Canada       2475926     
   China       03808240.3     
   EPO       03711011.1      [Validation in progress]
   India       1766/2004     
   Japan       2003-568041     
   Mexico       PA/A/04/007886     
61727A    USA    LOW-COST PRODUCTION OF PEPTIDES    5/22/2002     

US20050227321

PCT/US03/12407

   PCT           
   Australia       2003228637     
   Canada       2482995     
   China       03814541.3     
   EPO       03726398.5      [Validated in GB, FR, DE, NL, CH]
   India       261/2004     
   Japan       2003-586175     
   S. Korea       2004-7017047     
61957A    PCT    PROCESS FOR REMOVING WATER FROM AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF PROTEINS    2/27/2004      WO2005092915
   USA       10/590095     
   EPO       05713770.5      Validated in GB, DE, FR,
62644A    PCT    METHOD FOR THE EXTRACTION OF INTRACELLULAR PROTEINS FROM A FERMENTATION BROTH    2/27/2004     

WO2005087791

PCT/US05/005309

   USA       60/548403     
   EPO       05723333.0     
   USA       10/590185     
65217    USA    CONTINUOUS OSMOTIC SHOCK PROCESS FOR RELEASE OF PROTEINS FROM BACTERIA    1/12/2007      US Application No: 12/013042

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 27 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

   AU       2008205632   
   CA       PCT/US08/000426   
   CH       PCT/US08/000426   
   EP       08724501.5   
   IN       PCT/US08/000426   
   JP       PCT/US08/000426   
   SINGAPORE       200904693-9   
   SOUTH KOREA       PCT/US08/000426   

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 28 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Appendix D

ARC Patent

US Patent No: 7,338,794 entitled “Amended recombinant cells for the production and delivery of gamma interferon as an antiviral agent, adjuvant and vaccine accelerant” and any foreign counterpart thereof.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 29 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Exhibit 6.06.01

Third Party Agreements

1. License Agreement between Mycogen Corporation and The Dow Chemical Company dated January 1, 2001.

2. Agreement between Agrigenetics and University of Wisconsin dated December 23, 1982.

3. License Agreement between Washington University and Agrigenetics dated December 30, 1996.

4. ARC Technology License Agreement between Dow Global Technologies Incorporated and Dow AgroSciences LLC dated November 30, 2009.

5. Agreement between DAS and Dow granting rights under Section 4.7 of the Diversa Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 30 -

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION COPY

GRANT-BACK AND TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is effective as of the Effective Date and is by and between The Dow Chemical Company (“ Dow ”), a Delaware corporation having its principal offices at 2030 Dow Center, Midland, MI, 48674 USA and Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “ Pfenex ”) having a principal place of business at 5501 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, CA.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Global Technologies Inc., own or control the rights to certain intellectual property related to Pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology and made substantial patented and unpatented improvements to such technology, now generally known as “Pfēnex Expression Technology”;

WHEREAS, Dow owns the rights to certain intellectual property related to virus like particles; and

WHEREAS, those certain intellectual property related to Pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology and virus like particles and related know-how are contributed, assigned and transferred to Pfenex concurrently with this Agreement pursuant to that certain Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement between The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Global Technologies Inc. and Pfenex Inc., dated as of the Effective Date (the “ Contribution Agreement ”) and that certain Technology Assignment Agreement between the Parties dated as of the Effective Date (the “ Technology Assignment Agreement ”) with the condition of Dow receiving a license back under such patents and related know-how for licenses already granted and for the development and commercial production of certain products (as described below) for uses as defined under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of this Agreement, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article 1 DEFINITIONS

1.01 Affiliates : “Affiliates” shall mean, with respect to a Party, any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediates, controls, is controlled by or is under

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 1 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

common control with such Party, where “controls”, “controlled by”, and “is under common control” means ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting equity interest in the entity or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that entity, whether through ownership or voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.02 Biological Material : “Biological Material” shall mean those certain proprietary strains of transformed Pseudomonas fluorescens genetically engineered to express Product transferred to DowAgrosciences LLC (hereinafter “ DAS ”) pursuant to that certain Technology License Agreement between Dow Global Technologies Inc. and DAS, dated January 7, 2009 (the “ DGTI-DAS Agreement ”). It includes proprietary strains of Pseudomonas fluorescens , proprietary plasmids and expression vectors for transforming Pseudomonas fluorescens , proprietary nucleic acid and protein based probes relating to genetic transformation of Pseudomonas fluorescens , and proprietary plasmids and expression vectors for transforming Pseudomonas fluorescens to express Product, and proprietary nucleic acid and protein based probes relating to genetic transformation of Pseudomonas fluorescens that express Product.

1.03 Calendar Year : “Calendar Year” shall mean the period of time commencing on January 1 st and ending December 31 st .

1.04 Confidential Information : “Confidential Information” shall mean any and all proprietary information including know-how, data, intellectual property, trade secrets, and other physical materials, and information (including without limitation, information related to technical, business, including customer names, information or addresses, and intellectual property matters), including information contained in Biological Material, Patents, Know-How, Product, Human Diagnostic Product, Pfenex Product and other information and know-how related to a Product, Human Diagnostic Product or Pfenex Product owned or held by a Party to this Agreement, now and in the future which is disclosed by such Party to the other Party in connection with this Agreement. The Confidential Information shall include proprietary information disclosed in writing or other tangible form, including samples of materials. If Confidential Information is disclosed orally, the Confidential Information shall be summarized in written form within thirty (30) days by the disclosing Party and a copy provided to the recipient.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 2 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.05 Effective Date : “Effective Date” shall mean November 30, 2009.

1.06 Dow Field : “Field” shall mean the following three fields:

1.06.01 Field 1 shall mean (i) bio-energy, bio-feedstocks, bio-fuels, biopolymers, industrial biotechnology (including, but not limited to, industrial enzymes), agriculture (including, but not limited to, creating any organism to test for and provide pest control, delivery vehicles, trait modulation, etc.), pesticides, biocides, animal health vaccines, nutrition (including, but not limited to food, foodstuff, animal feed, etc.), cosmetics, chemicals, biomass, energy (including, but not limited to, oil, gas remediation or tertiary recovery), environmental uses (including, but not limited to, environmental diagnostics, including sensing and/or quantifying the presence of one or more environmental parameters such as metals, pesticides or various physical factors, snow nucleation, microbial mining or tertiary recovery of metals), bioremediation (including, but not limited to, contaminant clean-ups), small molecules outside of human therapeutic applications, including but not limited to, secondary metabolites, antimicrobial peptides, etc., cleaners, water treatment, plastics, enzymes for the synthesis of non-pharmaceutical chiral compounds; (ii) research and development tools applicable to the above fields as described in this subsection 1.06.01 (such as synthetic biology, utilizing RNAi, etc.), diagnostics and diagnostic reagents for the above fields as described in this subsection 1.06.01; and (iii) research services and/or materials in the above fields as described in this subsection 1.06.01.

1.06.02 Field 2 shall mean (i) animal health therapeutics and diagnostics and research services in the foregoing field; (ii) diagnostics and diagnostic reagents for use as part of a Human Diagnostic Product; and (iii) materials in the above fields as described in this subsection 1.06.02.

1.06.03 Field 3 shall mean (i) biocatalysts (enzymes for synthesis of chiral pharmaceutical compounds); (ii) diagnostics and diagnostic reagents for the above field as described in this subsection 1.06.03; and (iii) research services and/or materials in the above field as described in this subsection 1.06.03.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 3 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.07 Know-How : “Know-How” shall mean technical information and materials, including without limitation, technology, reports, data, bacterial strains, genetic constructs, computer software and algorithms for controlling fermentation vessels and related equipment, chemicals, inventions (patentable or otherwise), practices, methods, knowledge, know-how, skill, and experience.

1.08 Licensed Know-How : “Licensed Know-How” shall mean the Licensed Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Know-How and the Licensed Virus-Like Particle Know-How.

1.08.01 Licensed Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Know-How : “Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Know-How” shall mean Know-How that are related directly or indirectly to the Biological Material used for the bacterial expression technology related to Pseudomonas fluorescens and that are assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the Technology Assignment Agreement.

1.08.02 Licensed Virus-Like Particle Know-How : “Virus-Like Particle Know-How” shall mean Know-How that are related directly or indirectly to the Biological Material used for producing virus-like particles in the bacterial expression technology related to Pseudomonas fluorescens and that are assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the Technology Assignment Agreement.

1.09 Licensed Patents : “Licensed Patents” shall mean the Licensed Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Patents and the Licensed Virus-Like Particle Patents.

1.09.01 Licensed Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Patents : “Licensed Pfēnex Expression Technology™ Patents” shall mean the patents and patent applications associated with, or related to bacterial expression technology related to

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 4 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Pseudomonas fluorescens and that are assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the Technology Assignment Agreement and listed on Schedule 1.11.01 attached hereto.

1.09.02 Licensed Virus-Like Particle Patents: “Licensed Virus-Like Particle Patents” shall mean the patents and patent applications associated with, or related to producing virus like particles in the bacterial expression technology related to Pseudomonas fluorescens and that are assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the Technology Assignment Agreement and listed on Schedule 1.11.02 attached hereto.

1.10 Licensed Technology : “Licensed Technology” shall mean the Licensed Know-How and the Licensed Patents.

1.11 Licensed Territory : “Licensed Territory” shall mean the world.

1.12 Parties : “Parties” shall mean collectively Pfenex and Dow.

1.13 Party : “Party” shall mean either Pfenex or Dow, as the case may be.

1.14 Patents : “Patents” shall mean all United States and foreign patents and utility models and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, supplementary protection certificates, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world.

1.15 Pfenex Product : “Pfenex Product” shall mean any substance produced using any portion of the Know-How within the Transferred Assets (as defined under the Contribution Agreement) or which would fall within the scope of the Patents within the Transferred Assets.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 5 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.16 Product : “Product” shall mean any substance produced for use in the Dow Field using any portion of the Licensed Know-How rights granted herein or which would infringe the Licensed Patents absent the license rights granted in this Agreement, except for a Human Diagnostic Product.

1.16.01 “Human Diagnostic Product” shall mean any human diagnostic product or diagnostic reagent, in each case, marketed by Dow and sold as part of a kit, device or system that is proprietary to Dow, with respect to which Dow has development and commercialization rights at the time of sale of such Human Diagnostic Product.

1.17 Third Party : “Third Party” shall mean any person, organization, firm, corporation, partnership or entity other than Pfenex, Dow and their respective Affiliates.

1.18 Third Party In-License Agreements : “Third Party In-License Agreements” shall mean the agreements pursuant to which Pfenex assumed a license from a Third Party under Patents or Know-How within the Licensed Technology that were assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

1.19 Third Party Out-License Agreements : “Third Party Out-License Agreements” shall mean the agreements pursuant to which Pfenex assumed a license to a Third Party under Patents or Know-How within the Licensed Technology that were assigned to Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term as set forth under the Contribution Agreement.

 

Article 2 LICENSE GRANT AND TRANSFER OF BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL

2.01 Grant to Dow :

2.01.01 Exclusive : Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2.05) and the Third Party Out-License Agreements, Pfenex hereby grants to Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (for as long as such Party remains an Affiliate) in Field 1 a royalty free, exclusive (even as to Pfenex and subject to other licenses already granted), sublicensable license under the Licensed Technology to use the Biological Material to make, have made (subject to Section 2.05), use, have used, import, have imported, sell, have sold, export, have exported, and offer for sale Products, for use in Field 1.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 6 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.01.02 Non-Exclusive : Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2.05) and the Third Party Out-License Agreements, Pfenex hereby grants to Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (for as long as such Party remains an Affiliate) in Field 2 a royalty free non-exclusive, sublicensable license under the Licensed Technology to use the Biological Material to make, have made, use, have used, import, have imported, sell, have sold, export, have exported, and offer for sale Products and Human Diagnostic Products, for use in Field 2 and subject to known preexisting licenses as of the Effective Date.

2.01.03 Exclusive except for Pfenex produced Products : Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 2.05) and the Third Party Out-License Agreements, Pfenex hereby grants to Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (for as long as such Party remains an Affiliate) in Field 3, an exclusive, except for Pfenex Products produced by or on behalf of Pfenex or acquired or licensed in by Pfenex, sublicensable royalty free license under the Licensed Technology to use the Biological Material to make, have made, use, have used, import, have imported, sell, have sold, export, have exported, and offer for sale Products, for use in Field 3.

2.01.04 No License Outside the Field . Except for the rights expressly granted under this Agreement, and any rights expressly granted under any agreement as made available to Pfenex and listed on Schedule 1.17 of the Contribution Agreement (and as may be amended from time to time) pursuant to which Dow granted a license prior to the Effective Date under Patents and/or Know-How within the Licensed Technology and/or transferred prior to the Effective Date Biological Material to a Third Party (each, a “ Dow Out-License Agreement ”), no right, title, or interest of any nature whatsoever is granted whether by implication, estoppel, reliance, or otherwise, by Pfenex to Dow. It is understood and agreed that the licenses set forth herein do not convey any license to practice the Licensed Technology for any use outside the Dow Field, and without limitation specifically excludes any use of the Biological Material or Licensed Technology to generate, identify or create products used, or intended for use,

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 7 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

outside the Dow Field as expressly licensed under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02, and 2.01.03. Accordingly, Dow and/or any of its Affiliates, (in each case, as permitted pursuant to Section 2.05), shall not, and shall not authorize, facilitate or assist any Third Party to, practice, use or otherwise exploit any of the Biological Material or Licensed Technology or any other intellectual property right of Pfenex or develop, commercialize or otherwise exploit any products, in each case, for any uses other than the Dow Field as expressly licensed under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02, and 2.01.03. For the purposes of clarity, Pfenex shall not use the Licensed Technology to develop or commercialize Products in Field 1 in violation of the exclusive license grant set forth in Section 2.01.01.

2.01.05 Third Party In-License Agreements : Dow acknowledges that, with respect to the Licensed Technology and Biological Material licensed to Pfenex pursuant to a Third Party In-License Agreement, the license by Pfenex to Dow is subject and subordinate to all restrictions and obligations set forth in such Third Party In-License Agreement, and that any breach of such restrictions and obligations under Third Party In-License Agreements by Dow and/or any of its Affiliates may result in damage to Pfenex or other licensees of Pfenex with respect to the subject of such patents, know-how or material, which may include loss of license rights thereto or monetary damages. Pfenex will be responsible for all payments related to Third Party In-License Agreements; except that Dow shall be responsible for any amounts due for the grant of a sublicense to Dow or any of its Affiliates under any Third Party In-License Agreements or practice of such sublicense by Dow or any of its Affiliates, (in each case, as permitted pursuant to Section 2.05) (which payments may include milestone payments or royalties on product sales), and shall comply with the terms of such Third Party In-License Agreements applicable to sublicensees thereunder.

2.02 Enforcement of Dow Out-License Agreements .

2.02.01 Third Party Beneficiary . The Parties acknowledge that DGTI and DowAgrosciences LLC (hereinafter “ DAS ”) retain certain Dow Out-License

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 8 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Agreements under which such entity has granted licenses under the Licensed Technology and/or transferred the Biological Material to a Third Party(ies) prior to the Effective Date and that any breach of the obligations and restrictions of the Dow Out-License Agreements by the applicable Third Party(ies) may result in monetary damages, loss of license rights, loss of profits or business or other economic harm to Pfenex. Therefore, prior to, or shortly after the Closing Date, Dow shall request, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause DAS to request, as applicable, the counter-party’s consent to amend each of the Dow Out-License Agreements, in writing, signed by the authorized representatives of the parties thereto to identify Pfenex as an intended third party beneficiary under such Dow Out-License Agreements with respect to any breach of contract that adversely affects Pfenex’s rights under the Transaction Agreements and to permit Pfenex to enforce such rights and pursue all remedies with respect to that breach as permitted under applicable law (each such amendment, a “ Third Party Beneficiary Amendment ”). In the event that Dow is unable to amend, or unable to cause DAS to amend, as applicable, any Dow Out-License Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.02.01 , Dow shall promptly notify, or shall use reasonable efforts to cause DAS to promptly notify, as applicable, Pfenex of any breach of the obligations and restrictions of such Dow Out-License Agreement by the applicable Third Party that adversely affects Pfenex’s rights under the Transaction Agreements. As reasonably requested by Pfenex, and at Pfenex’s expense, Dow shall enforce, or shall use reasonable efforts to cause DAS to enforce, as applicable, such breach or seek other rights or remedies, including any equitable or provisional remedy, against such Third Party until such time the parties to such Dow Out-License Agreement have executed the relevant Third Party Beneficiary Amendment.

2.02.02 Monitoring of Dow Out-License Agreements . Dow shall permit, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause DAS to permit, Henry W. Talbot, Ph.D., or Pfenex’s scientific designee approved by DAS, to act as an unpaid consultant to DAS in reviewing the reports, publications, patent work and other necessary information provided under the License Agreement between TDCC and Diversa

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 9 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Corporation, dated December 20, 2003 (the “ 2003 Pf Agreement ”) as required to monitor and audit Diversa’s or its assignee’s and their sublicensees’ compliance with the 2003 Pf Agreement and to alert Dow of any potential activities of such parties that may be inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Transaction Agreements; provided that Dr. Talbot, or Pfenex’s designee approved by DAS, is bound by confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those contained in the 2003 Pf Agreement.

2.03 No Conflict : Dow agrees that, for a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date, it shall not, and shall not authorize, facilitate or assist any of its Affiliates or any Third Party to, develop, research, manufacture, sell, license or otherwise commercialize any Pseudomonas fluorescens based expression technology and/or products, except as permitted under the licenses as expressly granted under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02, and 2.01.03 and that prior to any licensing or transferring any of the Biological Material or Licensed Technology to any Affiliate or permitted Third Party sublicensee pursuant to Section 2.05, Dow shall require any such Affiliate to be bound by Sections 2.01, 2.03 and 2.05. Nothing in the forgoing sentence shall be deemed to grant to any Affiliate of Dow any rights under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02 or 2.01.03 not expressly granted to such Affiliate by Dow pursuant to this Agreement. Further, the purchase by Dow or a Dow Affiliate of, or the formation of a joint venture by Dow or a Dow Affiliate with, an entity that owns or controls Pseudomonas fluorescens based expression technology prior to such purchase or formation shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 2.03; provided that such technology is incidental to the business involved in to the transaction and Dow and such entity shall otherwise comply with provisions of this Section 2.03 and this Agreement.

2.04 Transfer of Biological Material and Technical Support : The Parties acknowledge that Biological Material was previously transferred to DAS pursuant to the DGTI-DAS Agreement. The Parties further acknowledge that certain materials within the Biological Material have been identified by DAS as incomplete or missing and will be listed on Schedule 2.04 to be attached hereto within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Upon execution of this Agreement, in connection with the grant of the

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 10 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

licenses herein, Pfenex agrees to transfer, or otherwise facilitate such transfer of, the Biological Material listed on Schedule 2.04 within ninety (90) days of its receipt of such schedule, subject to Section 2.04.01. The Parties further acknowledge that any strains of transformed Pseudomonas fluorescens genetically engineered to express Product, including proprietary strains of Pseudomonas fluorescens , proprietary plasmids and expression vectors for transforming Pseudomonas fluorescens , proprietary nucleic acid and protein based probes relating to genetic transformation of Pseudomonas fluorescens , and proprietary plasmids and expression vectors for transforming Pseudomonas fluorescens to express Product, and proprietary nucleic acid and protein based probes relating to genetic transformation of Pseudomonas fluorescens that express Product created prior to the Effective Date and since the transfer of Biological Material to DAS will be provided to DAS within ninety (90) days of its receipt of Schedule 2.04 , subject to Section 2.04.01. Dow shall notify Pfenex of any materials within the Biological Materials that are non-viable within ninety (90) days of its receipt of the Biological Materials listed on Schedule 2.04 and Pfenex shall replace such materials as soon as practicable; provided that Pfenex shall have no further obligation to provide to Dow any materials within the Biological Material after such 90-day period. The Parties shall mutually agree upon a reasonable allocation of the costs and expenses related to the provision of materials from Pfenex to Dow hereunder without placing any undue burden upon Pfenex to perform other activities in connection with the smooth and continuous operation of its business. The Parties shall further mutually agree upon any technical assistance necessary in connection with such transfer upon reasonable notice during normal business hours, and in a manner that takes into account and accommodates the needs of Pfenex to perform other activities in connection with the smooth and continuous operation of its business. Dow shall reimburse Pfenex for the costs and expenses (including any travel) related to any such technical assistance at Pfenex’s prevailing hourly rate at the time such technical assistance is rendered, within thirty (30) days of the date of each such invoice therefor issued by Pfenex to Dow.

2.04.01 Amendment of DGTI-DAS Agreement . Upon the Effective Date or promptly thereafter, Dow shall amend the DGTI-DAS Agreement by written agreement signed by the authorized representatives of the parties thereto to clarify

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 11 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

the restrictions under the DGTI-DAS Agreement to be consistent with the restrictions set forth under Section 2.05 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Parties agree that Dow’s performance of its obligation under this Section 2.04.01 is a condition precedent to Pfenex’s performance of its obligations under Section 2.04, and Pfenex’s obligations to transfer any materials to Dow under Section 2.04 shall not be in force and effect unless and until Dow performs its obligations under this Section 2.04.01 and any time period to perform such obligations shall be tolled unless and until such time Dow has amended the DGTI-DAS Agreement as set forth under this Section 2.04.01.

2.04.02 DISCLAIMER : DOW ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY MATERIALS (INCLUDING BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL) PROVIDED TO DOW ARE EXPERIMENTAL IN NATURE AND MAY HAVE UNKNOWN CHARACTERISTICS AND THEREFORE, AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, ARE PROVIDED “AS IS,” WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT OR VIOLATION OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

2.05 Sub-Contracting and Sub-Licensing : Dow and/or its Affiliates may engage Third Parties as subcontractors or sublicensees and otherwise grant sublicenses with the rights to authorize further sublicenses under the licenses granted under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02, and 2.01.03, subject to Sections 2.05.01 and 2.05.02. Dow and/or its Affiliates may transfer Biological Material and Licensed Technology only as permitted under Section 2.05.01 and 2.05.02 below and solely pursuant to a written agreement containing provisions as protective of Pfenex and the Licensed Technology and Biological Material and Confidential Information as this Agreement (including without limitation those provisions under Sections 2.03, 2.05.01 and 2.05.02).

2.05.01 Contract Manufacturers . Dow and/or any of its Affiliates and any sublicensee (each as permitted under Section 2.05) may engage Third Party contract manufacturers for the purpose of manufacturing Products and/or Human Diagnostic Products owned or controlled by Dow and/or any of its Affiliates and any sublicensee (each as permitted under Section 2.05) and/or to be offered for sale by Dow and/or any of its Affiliates and any sublicensee (each as permitted under Section 2.05); provided that, such Third Party contract manufacturer is located in a country or countries subject to the rule of law and having functioning judicial systems for the enforcement, if necessary, of such obligations.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 12 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.05.02 Have-Made Rights . Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (each as permitted under Section 2.05) may transfer to, or otherwise enable a Third Party licensee or sublicensee the ability to use all, or part of, the Biological Material or Licensed Technology to perform cloning, genetic engineering, or strain construction services to create production strains for Dow and/or any of its Affiliates or any Third Party licensee or sublicensee (each as permitted under Section 2.05) (“ Strain Engineering Services ”) subject to the following conditions: (i) Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (each as permitted under Section 2.05) must provide Pfenex a first right of refusal prior to transferring any of the Biological Material or Licensed Technology to perform the Strain Engineering Services in that Pfenex can choose to perform the Strain Engineering Services, provided that Pfenex will perform such services on similar terms, timing, pricing and conditions that Dow has received in writing from a Third Party; (ii) Pfenex will have ten (10) business days to respond to Dow’s or its Affiliate’s request, as applicable, to perform such Strain Engineering Services; and (iii) if Pfenex cannot meet the terms, timing, pricing and conditions that Dow or its Affiliate, as applicable, has received from a Third Party, Dow shall be free to engage the Third Party to perform such services but solely on the terms presented by Dow or its Affiliate, as applicable, to Pfenex; or, alternatively, (iv) Dow may ask for Pfenex to provide terms, timing, pricing and conditions for a project related to the Strain Engineering Services and Pfenex shall provide such terms, timing, pricing and conditions (consistent with terms, timing, pricing and conditions offered by

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 13 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Pfenex to other Third Party customers for similar scope of services) within thirty (30) days, and if such terms, timing, pricing and conditions are not acceptable to Dow, Dow may submit a proposal of the project to a Third Party to provide terms, timing, pricing and conditions without disclosing pricing provided by Pfenex; and if such terms, timing, pricing and conditions are acceptable to Dow, Dow may engage the Third Party to perform such services on such terms, provided Dow first gives Pfenex ten (10) business days to match such offer to perform services in accordance with such terms, timing, pricing and conditions. For clarity, if Dow engages such Third Party to perform Strain Engineering Services as permitted in accordance with the procedures set forth above in this Section 2.05.02, then Dow may continue to engage such Third Party to perform additional follow on services based on any production strains developed from such Strain Engineering Services. All information disclosed to Pfenex will be confidential under this clause and cannot be used for any other purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pfenex hereby authorizes Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (each as permitted under Section 2.05) to transfer Pseudomonas fluorescens strains MB214 and DC454, and plasmids pMYC1803 and pDOW1169 to Third Parties to perform Strain Engineering Services and express and purify experimental and developmental proteins (solely within the Dow Field). The foregoing notwithstanding, Dow and/or any of its Affiliates will not provide such Third Party collaborators periplasmic secretion leaders and proprietary media recipes, except as may be permitted to a Third Party under this Section 2.05.02 after Dow complies with the procedures set forth above in this Section 2.05.02. For clarity, Dow and/or any of its Affiliates (each as permitted under Section 2.05), shall, prior to any transfer of any or all of the Biological Materials or Licensed Technology to a Third Party, comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.05.02. Upon a “ Pfenex Change of Control ”, Dow and/or any of its Affiliates shall no longer be required to offer Pfenex a right of first refusal with respect to the performance of Strain Engineering Services pursuant to this Section 2.05.02. “Pfenex Change of Control” shall mean (a) any transaction or series of related transactions to which Pfenex is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition,

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 14 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

reorganization, merger or consolidation), in which the holders of the voting share capital of Pfenex immediately prior to such merger cease to Control Pfenex after such transaction or series of related transactions; (b) sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of Pfenex to an acquiring entity; or (c) sale by Pfenex of a Controlling interest of Pfenex to an acquiring entity. For purposes of this definition, “ Control ” and “ Controlling ” shall mean (a) direct or indirect beneficial ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital in such entity or (b) possession, directly or indirectly, of the affirmative power to direct the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance. For clarity, any individual Third Party contractor engaged by Dow and/or any of its Affiliates to perform Strain Engineering Services on behalf of Dow or its Affiliate, as applicable, at Dow’s or its Affiliate’s facilities, or under the direction of a Dow or Dow Affiliate employee who is on-site, as applicable, shall not be deemed a Third Party under this Section 2.05.02 to whom such transfer of all, or part of, the Biological Material or Licensed Technology would require Dow or its Affiliate, as applicable, to comply with the procedures set forth above in this Section 2.05.02.

 

Article 3 CONFIDENTIALITY

3.01 Confidential Information : It is anticipated that it will be necessary, in connection with their obligations under this Agreement, for Dow and Pfenex to disclose to each other Confidential Information.

3.02 Confidentiality and Limited Use : With respect to all Confidential Information, both Dow and Pfenex agree as follows, it being understood that “recipient” indicates the Party receiving the confidential, proprietary information from the other “disclosing” Party. Confidential Information provided or disclosed to the recipient pursuant to this Agreement shall remain the property of the disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information within the Transferred Assets (as defined under the Contribution Agreement), including any Biological Material and Licensed Know-How,

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 15 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

shall remain the property of Pfenex. Confidential Information of a Party shall be maintained in confidence by the other Party and shall not be provided or disclosed to Third Parties and, further, shall not be used except for purposes contemplated in this Agreement. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party Confidential Information to others to the extent such disclosure is necessary to exercise the rights granted to it, or reserved by it, under this Agreement, prosecute or defend litigation, comply with applicable governmental laws or regulations, or submit information to tax or other governmental authorities. All confidentiality and limited use obligations with respect to the Confidential Information shall terminate fifteen (15) years after the termination date of this Agreement.

3.03 Confidentiality Exceptions : Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, a Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party (including the terms of this Agreement): (i) in connection with an order of a court or other government body or as otherwise required by or in compliance with law or regulations; provided that the disclosing Party provides the other Party with notice and cooperates with the other Party in taking reasonable measures to obtain confidential treatment thereof; (ii) in confidence to recipient’s attorneys, accountants, banks and financial sources and its advisors, or potential business partners or other Third Parties who are under an obligation of confidentiality; or (iii) in confidence, in connection with the sale of substantially all the business assets to which this Agreement relates, so long as, in the case of a disclosure under (ii) or (iii) hereof, the person or entity to which disclosure is made is bound to confidentiality on terms that are reasonable and customary under the applicable circumstances. The obligations of confidentiality and limited use shall not apply to any of the Confidential Information which:

3.03.01 is publicly available by publication or other documented means or later becomes likewise publicly available through no act or fault of recipient; or

3.03.02 is already known to recipient before receipt from the disclosing Party other than under an obligation of confidentiality, as demonstrated by recipient’s written records; or

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 16 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

3.03.03 is made known to recipient by a Third Party who did not obtain it directly or indirectly from the disclosing Party and who does not obligate recipient to hold it in confidence; or

3.03.04 is independently developed by the recipient as evidenced by credible written research records of recipient’s employees or agents who did not have access to the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

Specific information should not be deemed to be within any of these exclusions merely because it is embraced by more general information falling within these exclusions.

3.04 Disclosures to Personnel : Recipient agrees to advise those of its officers, directors, employees, associates, agents, consultants, contractors and Affiliates who become aware of the Confidential Information as permitted under Section 3.02, of these confidentiality and limited use obligations and agrees, prior to any disclosure of Confidential Information to such individuals or entities, to make them bound by obligations of confidentiality and limited use no less onerous as those contained in this Agreement. If Dow requests that Pfenex send information and/or materials to a Third Party contractor who is not working at a Dow facility, Dow must make such request in writing to Pfenex and confirm that the Third Party contractor is bound by obligations of confidentiality and limited use no less onerous as those contained in this Agreement.

3.05 Confidential Status of Agreement : Except insofar as required to be disclosed by law, rule, regulation, or order (including any of the rules and regulations of a relevant stock exchange or other governing body, specifically including the Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC)) or as otherwise permitted under Section 3.03: (a) this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, and all financial records and reports kept and made in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to be Confidential Information subject to the requirements of Sections 3.02, 3.03, and 3.04; and (b) neither Party shall (i) make public disclosures concerning this Agreement, its terms, or financial rights and obligations without obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, (ii) respond to a request for

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 17 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

information concerning this Agreement without informing the other Party before responding to such request, or (iii) publicly disclose financial terms, payments, records or reports kept or made hereunder unless under court order or under regulatory order, in each case after all appeals have been exhausted by the Parties.

3.06 Remedies : Each Party acknowledges and agrees that due to the unique nature of the other Party’s Confidential Information, there may be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of its obligations hereunder, that any such breach may allow such Party or Third Parties to unfairly compete with such other Party resulting in irreparable harm to such other Party, except as otherwise noted in this Agreement. Therefore, the breaching Party agrees to grant to the non-breaching Party, a world-wide, non-exclusive, sublicensable, irrevocable royalty-free license to make, use, or sell any patentable discovery resulting from the breaching Party filing patent applications related to the non-breaching Party’s Confidential Information in the Party’s field of use. Furthermore, upon any breach or any threat thereof, such other Party shall be entitled to seek appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever remedies it might have at law. Each Party will notify the other Party in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any such unauthorized release or other breach of which it is aware.

 

Article 4 DISCLAIMERS AND HOLD HARMLESS

4.01 Representations and Warranties : Each Party represents and warrants to the other as of the Effective Date as follows: (i) such Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) such Party has all the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and its obligation hereunder; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 18 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

4.02 No Other Warranties :

NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, REGARDING:

PATENTS (INCLUDING LICENSED PATENTS), KNOW-HOW (INCLUDING LICENSED KNOW-HOW), PRODUCT, HUMAN DIAGNOSTIC PRODUCT AND BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE VALIDITY OR SCOPE OF THE PATENTS) OR INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THE NON-INFRINGEMENT OR VIOLATION OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY AS THEY RELATE TO LICENSED TECHNOLOGY.

4.03 Limited Liability : NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND SUFFERED BY SUCH OTHER PARTY FOR BREACH HEREOF, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT THE LOSSES WERE FORESEEABLE, AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION UPON WHICH THE DAMAGES MIGHT BE BASED. FOR CLARITY, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 4.03 SHALL LIMIT A PARTY’S RIGHT UNDER SECTIONS 4.04 AND 4.05 TO SEEK INDEMNIFICATION OF ACTUAL DAMAGES PAID TO A THIRD PARTY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE BASED ON ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (BUT EXCLUDING PUNITIVE DAMAGES).

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 19 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

4.04 Dow Indemnification . Subject to the limitations on liability set forth in Section 4.03 and the procedures set forth in Section 4.06, Dow shall defend, indemnify, and hold Pfenex and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders and agents (collectively, “ Pfenex Indemnitees ”) harmless, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, costs, damages, fees or expenses (collectively, “ Losses ”) to the extent such Losses arise from (i) any material breach by Dow of this Agreement or (ii) Dow’s, or any of its Affiliates’ (in each case, as permitted pursuant to Section 2.05), use, research, development, sale, manufacture, or commercialization of Products, Human Diagnostic Products or other exploitation of the licenses granted hereunder or other products or technology that Dow or any of its Affiliates (in each case, as permitted pursuant to Section 2.05) discovers, develops, creates, modifies or manufactures under the licenses granted hereunder (each of (i) or (ii), a “ Fault of Dow ” for purposes of Sections 4.04 and 4.05); but excluding such Losses to the extent they arise from the Fault of Pfenex or arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of Pfenex.

4.05 Pfenex Indemnification . Subject to the limitations on liability set forth in Section 4.03 and the procedures set forth in Section 4.06, Pfenex shall defend, indemnify, and hold Dow and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, “ Dow Indemnitees ”) harmless, from and against any and all Losses arising out of any claim brought against any Dow Indemnitee by a Third Party to the extent such Losses arise from (i) any material breach by Pfenex of this Agreement or (ii) Pfenex’s or any of its Affiliates’, or licensees’ use, research, development, sale, manufacture, or commercialization of Pfenex Products or other exploitation of the Licensed Technology or Biological Material or any products or technology that Pfenex or any of its Affiliates discovers, develops, creates, modifies or manufactures (a “ Fault of Pfenex ” for purposes of Sections 4.04 and 4.05); but excluding such Losses to the extent they arise from the Fault of Dow or arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of Dow or any of its Affiliates.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 20 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

4.06 Claim for Indemnification . Whenever any claim for indemnification arises under Sections 4.04 or 4.05, Pfenex Indemnitees and the Dow Indemnitees entitled to indemnification (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the claim and, when known, the facts constituting the basis for the claim. The Indemnified Party’s failure to notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability to such Indemnified Party unless the Party is prejudiced by the failure to timely notify the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party has the right to assume the defense and control the disposition of such claim and agrees to reasonably cooperate with the other Party in the handling thereof, provided that Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such claim at its own expense. The Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any claim by a Third Party for which it is entitled to indemnification without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, unless the Party wishes to waive its rights to indemnity. In no event shall either the Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party settle any claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party if such settlement does not include a release from liability on such claim or if such settlement would involve undertaking an obligation other than the payment of money by the settling Party that would bind or impair the non-settling Party.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 21 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

4.07 Insurance : At all times while this Agreement is in effect, Pfenex will procure and maintain, at its own expense and for its own benefit, Comprehensive/ Commercial General Liability Insurance, including coverage for Contractual Liability Errors and Omissions and Products Liability, having a bodily injury, death, and property damage combined single limit of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence. The scope of the Product Liability coverage to be provided is to be similar to standard ISO forms (e.g. 1998 Commercial General Liability ISO form #CG 00 01 01 98 or CG 00 02 01 98). If the insurance to be provided is in a form similar to ISO policy form CG 00 02 01 98 (claims made form), then the policy shall contain an extended reporting period of at least five (5) years; any Retroactive Date under said policy shall be no later than the Effective Date of this Agreement.

4.07.01 Pfenex will furnish Dow a certificate(s) from an insurance carrier or carriers (having a minimum AM Best rating of A-) showing all insurance set forth above. The certificate(s) will include the following statement: “The insurance certified hereunder is applicable to contracts between The Dow Chemical Company and the Insured. This insurance may be canceled or altered only after thirty (30) days written notice to Dow”. The insurance will be endorsed and the certificate(s) will confirm that the insurance (1) names The Dow Chemical Company and its Affiliates as additional insureds with respect to matters arising from this Agreement; (2) provides that such insurance is primary and non-contributing to any liability insurance carried by The Dow Chemical Company; and (3) provides that underwriters and insurance companies of Licensee may not have any right of subrogation against The Dow Chemical Company and its Affiliates. The insurance will contain no more than a typical industry deductible/SIR.

4.07.02 Pfenex agrees to waive any right of recovery against Dow and its Affiliates for any loss or damage of the type covered by the insurance to be procured and maintained under this Agreement regardless of whether or not such insurance is so maintained.

 

Article 5 PATENTS AND INFRINGEMENT OF DOW’S PATENTS BY THIRD PARTIES

5.01 Inventions :

5.01.01 Ownership of all inventions (whether patentable or not) and other intellectual property made by or on behalf of a Party in connection with this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with inventorship under United States patent law and the obligations of assignment of such subject matter by the relevant inventors to a Party.

5.01.02 Dow and/or any of its Affiliates shall not file any patent applications which disclose Confidential Information of Pfenex that is specifically related to

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 22 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Biological Material or Licensed Technology absent written consent from Pfenex, not to be unreasonably withheld. Pfenex will have the right to review all sections and examples relating to Biological Material or Licensed Technology fifteen (15) days before the filing of such patent application (provided there are exemptions for an on-sale bar date or publication), except Dow and/or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to redact Dow Confidential Information or Third Party confidential information relating to Products. Dow and/or any of its Affiliates shall consider in good faith any comments provided by Pfenex during such period, and Dow or its Affiliate, as applicable, at the request of Pfenex, shall remove any Confidential Information of Pfenex from such patent application subject to complying with all applicable laws including but not limited to complying with patent office standards for enablement, written description and best mode requirements.

5.02 Prosecution and Maintenance of Patents .

5.02.01 Control of Prosecution . As between the Parties, Pfenex shall control the Prosecution and Maintenance of all Licensed Patents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Pfenex agrees to: (i) provide Dow with copies of all patent applications, continuations, divisionals, re-examinations, any and all office actions, reissues and requests for patent term extensions and the like including foreign counterparts thereof in existence as of the Effective Date and within the Licensed Patents, at least fifteen (15) business days before the due date for comment; and (ii) consult in good faith with Dow regarding such matters with respect to a Dow Field. For the purposes of this Section 5.02, “ Prosecution and Maintenance ” (including variations such as “ Prosecute and Maintain ”) shall mean, with respect to a Patent, the preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintenance of such Patent, as well as continuations, divisionals, re-examinations, reissues and requests for patent term extensions and the like with respect to such Patent, together with the conduct of interferences, oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect to such Patent.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 23 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

5.02.02 In the event Pfenex decides to abandon an application or patent within the Licensed Patents that relates to a Dow Field, Pfenex shall provide Dow fifteen (15) days notice in which Dow will have the right to Prosecute and Maintain any such application or patent at its own cost. For the purposes of 5.02.01(a), “ abandon ” will include abandoning the Prosecution and Maintenance of a particular Patent without filing a divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or foreign counterpart for such abandoned Patent.

5.02.03 Cooperation . Both Parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with all activities relating to the Prosecution and Maintenance of the Licensed Patents.

5.03 Enforcement .

5.03.01 Notice . In the event that either Party reasonably believes that any Licensed Patent is being infringed by a Third Party, or is subject to a declaratory judgment action arising from such infringement, in each case with respect to the manufacture, sale or use of a product for use in or outside the Dow Field (an “ Infringing Product ”), such Party shall promptly notify the other Party.

5.03.02 Initiating Enforcement Actions . Dow and/or any of its Affiliates shall have the sole right (but not the obligation), at its own expense, to enforce the Licensed Patents, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect to the Licensed Patents (each, an “ Enforcement Action ”) in cases where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold for use in Field 1 and Field 3. Dow shall promptly provide notice to Pfenex in writing after taking any action to enforce, or threat to enforce, or defend any Enforcement Action. To the extent practicable, Dow agrees to: (i) provide Pfenex with copies of and an opportunity to review and comment on all material communications, motions, filings, briefs, submissions and the like regarding the validity, enforcement (including ownership) and scope (including claim construction) of any of the Licensed Patents, at Pfenex’s expense, subject to confidentiality obligations not to disclose Dow Confidential Information, at least fifteen (15) business days before the due date for filing or

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 24 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

comment. Dow shall consider in good faith any comments provided by Pfenex regarding such matters. The ability to provide such advice shall expire with a change of control. Pfenex shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its own expense, to enforce the Licensed Patents, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto, in all other cases, including in cases where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold for use in, and is used in, Field 2. If Pfenex elects not to enforce or defend an Enforcement Action in a case where the Infringing Product is marketed and sold solely for use in, and is used solely in, Field 2, within ninety (90) days after its receipt of a request from Dow to do so, Dow shall thereafter have the right, at its own expense, to either initiate and prosecute such action or to control the defense of such declaratory judgment action in its own name.

5.03.03 Cooperation . Without limiting any rights of comment and review in Section 5.03.02, the Party initiating or defending any Enforcement Action pursuant to this Section 5.03 shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of the progress of any such Enforcement Action, and such other Party shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choice and at its own expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing right to participate in any Enforcement Action, the Parties shall assist one another and cooperate in any such Enforcement Action, as reasonably requested by the Party initiating such Enforcement Action, at such Party’s expense.

5.04 Third Party Intellectual Property : Dow shall be responsible, at its own expense, for obtaining any and all rights or licenses to intellectual property and intellectual property rights of Third Parties, in addition to such rights of Third Parties that may be included under the licenses granted hereunder, that may be necessary or useful for the research, manufacture, development, or commercialization of Products or Human Diagnostic Products for use in the Dow Field as expressly licensed under Sections 2.01.01, 2.01.02, and 2.01.03, and for all payments owed to Third Parties with respect to such rights or licenses.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 25 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

5.05 Invalidity of Patents : If, at any time during this Agreement, Pfenex shall be unable to uphold the validity of any of the Patents within the Licensed Technology against any alleged infringer, Dow shall not have or assert any damage claim or a claim for refund or reimbursement against Pfenex.

 

Article 6 ASSIGNABILITY/SUCCESSION/CHANGE IN CONTROL

6.01 Dow Assignability : This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by Dow to any Third Party without the written consent of Pfenex, not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dow may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Pfenex, to (i) an Affiliate (solely to the extent such Party remains an Affiliate) or (ii) an entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets and business of Dow within a Dow Field ( i.e ., Field 1, Field 2 or Field 3). However, no assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be valid and effective unless and until the assignee/transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

6.02 Pfenex Assignability : This Agreement may be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in any one of two parts as they relate to i) pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology or ii) virus like particle technology, by Pfenex in connection with the reorganization, consolidation, spin-off, sale or transfer of assets related to that portion of the business pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement, either alone or in conjunction with other Pfenex businesses, without the consent of Dow. In addition, Pfenex shall have the right to assign its respective rights or obligations and delegate its performance hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of its Affiliates without the consent of Dow. In either event, the assignee shall agree in writing to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement.

6.03 General Assignment Terms . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties. Except for assignments expressly permitted under this Article 6, any attempted assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 26 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

6.04 Performance by Affiliates . The Parties recognize that the grant of licenses under Section 2.01 are made to Dow and its Affiliates and that each Party may perform some or all of its obligations under this Agreement through Affiliates or may exercise some or all of its rights under this Agreement through Affiliates, provided, however, that each Party shall remain responsible and be guarantor of the performance by its Affiliates, subject to any Dow Out-License Agreement, and Dow shall cause its Affiliates to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with such performance. In particular and without limitation, subject to any Dow Out-License Agreement, (i) all Affiliates of a Party that receive Confidential Information of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be governed and bound by all obligations set forth in Article 3, and (ii) all Affiliates of Dow that have access to any of the Biological Material or Licensed Technology shall be governed and bound by all obligations set forth in Sections 2.01.04, 2.01.05, 2.03, 2.05 and Article 5. Each Party will prohibit each of its Affiliates, subject to any Dow Out-License Agreement, from taking, any action that such Party is prohibited from taking under this Agreement as if such Affiliates were parties to this Agreement.

 

Article 7 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT EXPORT CONTROL REGULATIONS

7.01 Export Control Regulations : The Parties acknowledge that, in the course of performing under this Agreement, they may have access to certain information about the production and/or development of certain materials that are subject to export control regulations of the U.S. Department of Commerce and require a specific license from that agency before such technology can be transferred outside the United States or disclosed in the United States to nationals of other countries (unless such individuals have been granted U.S. citizenship, permanent residence, or asylee status) (the “ Controlled Technology ”). In addition to the obligations imposed by Article 5, each Party agrees not to release Controlled Technology that it may obtain from the other Party unless it is released to (i) a U.S. citizen, (ii) an individual who currently holds permanent resident or asylee status in the United States, or (iii) pursuant to a license granted by the U.S. Department of Commerce.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 27 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

Article 8 TERM AND TERMINATION

8.01 Term : Unless previously terminated in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 8, this Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall expire upon the last to expire patent in the Patents licensed hereunder and when any of the trade secrets relating to the Licensed Know-How become public information, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Article 8. Upon such expiration (but not earlier termination), all rights and licenses granted to Dow hereunder shall become irrevocable.

8.02 Insolvency : Either Party may terminate this Agreement if, at any time:

8.02.01 the other Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability generally to pay or is generally not paying its debts as such debts become due;

8.02.02 any decree or order for relief is entered against the other Party under any bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law;

8.02.03 the other Party petitions or applies to any tribunal for, or consents to, the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official, of such other Party or any substantial part of its assets, or commences a voluntary case under the bankruptcy law of any jurisdiction;

8.02.04 any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceedings are commenced, against the other Party and such other Party by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein, or an order, judgment or decree is entered appointing any such trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition in any such proceedings, and such order for relief, order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than sixty (60) days; or

8.02.05 any order, judgment or decree is entered in any proceedings against the other Party decreeing the dissolution of such other Party and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than sixty (60) days.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 28 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

8.03 Effects of Termination/Survival : Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior to or upon such expiration or termination. Accordingly, the rights provided under Sections 2.01.04, 2.01.05, 2.02, 2.03, and 5.01 and Articles 3, 4, 6, 9, and 10 shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, all rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement, including all licenses granted to Dow hereunder, shall terminate upon expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety for any reason. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, expiration or termination of this Agreement by a Party shall be without prejudice to other remedies such Party may have at law or equity.

 

Article 9 NOTICES

9.01 Notices : Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by either Party under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be effective when delivered, if delivered by hand, reputable courier service, facsimile with confirmation of transmission, email with confirmation of receipt or five (5) days after mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each Party at the following addresses or such other address as may be designated by written notice by either Party:

For The Dow Chemical Company:

9330 Zionsville Road

Indianapolis, IN 46268

Attention: General Patent Counsel

Fax: 317-337-4847

Email: jkabramson@dow.com and mdlyons@dow.com

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 29 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

For Pfenex Inc.:

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA

Attention: CEO

Fax: 858-352-4602

Email: [To be designated by written notice to Dow]

with copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

Fax: 206-883-2699

Email: etoshav@wsgr.com

Attention: Effie Toshav

 

Article 10 MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Severability : If any clause, provision, or section of this Agreement attached hereto, shall, for any reason, be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing, a valid, legal, and enforceable substitute provision or provisions that most nearly reflect the original intent of the Parties under this Agreement in a manner that is commensurate in magnitude and degree with the changes arising as a result of any such substitute provision or provisions. All other provisions in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in order to carry out the original intent of the Parties as nearly as possible (consistent with the necessary reallocation of benefits) and as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

10.02 Merger of Understanding/Modification : This Agreement, the Transaction Agreements and all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto and thereto constitute the entire Agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and thereof and all prior negotiations and understandings between the Parties are deemed to be merged into this Agreement. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties unless reduced to writing and signed by the respective authorized officers of each of the Parties.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 30 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.03 Force Majeure : Neither of the Parties shall be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, terrorism, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with governmental requests, laws, regulations, orders or actions, national defense requirements or any other event beyond the reasonable control of such Party; or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither of the Parties shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment). The Party invoking the provisions of this Section shall give the other Party written notice and full particulars of such force majeure event. Both Pfenex and Dow shall use reasonable business efforts to mitigate the effects of any force majeure on their respective part.

10.04 Relationship of the Parties : The relationship of Pfenex and Dow is strictly one of a contractual relationship and the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement does not create a joint venture, partnership, or the like, between them. Each Party shall always remain independent contractors in its performance of this Agreement. Neither Party to this Agreement shall have any authority to employ any person as an employee or agent for or on behalf of the other Party to this Agreement for any purpose, and neither Party to this Agreement, nor any person performing any duties or engaging in any work at the request of such Party, shall be deemed to be an employee or agent of the other Party to this Agreement.

10.05 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction : All questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement and the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to business arrangements entered into and performed entirely within the State of California.

10.06 Provisions Contrary to Law : In performing this Agreement, the Parties shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the violation of any law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any law, the law shall prevail, but in such event the affected provision of this Agreement shall be affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the applicable law.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 31 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.07 Remedies : Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, the rights and remedies of a Party set forth herein with respect to failure of the other to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights of full termination of this Agreement) are not exclusive, the exercise thereof shall not constitute an election of remedies and the aggrieved Party shall in all events be entitled to seek whatever additional remedies may be available in law or in equity.

10.08 Fees : Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own legal fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

10.09 Headings : Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

10.10 Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10.11 Appendices : The appended Appendices, Schedules and Exhibits, and any modifications or amendments thereof pursuant to Section 10.02, form an integral part of this Agreement.

10.12 Waiver : Neither Party may waive or release any of its rights or interests in this Agreement except in writing. The failure of either Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term in any one or more instances shall be construed as a continuing waiver of such condition or term or of another condition or term.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 32 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

10.13 Dispute Resolution :

10.13.01 General . If any dispute arises between the Parties out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the validity, enforceability, construction, performance or breach (or alleged breach) thereof (a “ Dispute ”), then subject to Section 10.14, such Dispute shall be referred to be finally settled by binding arbitration under the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by three arbitrators having relevant experience in the industry related to the subject matter of this Agreement. Each Party shall select one person to act as arbitrator; and the two Party-selected arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator within fifteen (15) business days of their appointment, and the decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the Parties hereto.

10.13.02 Decision; Location; Costs . The place of the arbitration proceeding shall be in a neutral location. The Parties agree that the decision shall be the sole, exclusive and binding remedy between them regarding determination of the matters presented to the arbitrators. The costs of such arbitration, including administrative and arbitrator’s fees, shall be shared equally by the Parties, and each Party shall bear its own expenses and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the arbitration. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 10.13 within sixty (60) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award punitive damages to either Party.

10.14 Provisional Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief, that may be necessary to protect the rights or property of that Party. Specifically, the Parties acknowledge a breach of this Agreement may result in irreparable harm to either Party, and either Party will be entitled to seek injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent any breach or the threat of any breach of this Agreement by the other Party without showing or proving actual damages. Notwithstanding, seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be deemed a waiver of the agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Agreement or applicable law.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 33 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have understood, agreed to and caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate originals by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Fernando Ruiz

Name:  

Fernando Ruiz

Title:  

Corporate Vice President and Treasurer

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

Name:  

Albert Hansen

Title:  

President

[Signature Page to Grant Back and Technology License Agreement]


EXECUTION COPY

 

Schedules

[Attached]

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION COPY

TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Technology Assignment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of the Effective Date and is by and between Dow Global Technologies Inc. and The Dow Chemical Company (hereinafter both are referred to as “ Dow ”), both Delaware corporations having their principal offices at either 2040 Dow Center, Midland, MI, 48674 USA or 2030 Dow Center, Midland, MI, 48674 USA and Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter “ Pfenex ”) having a principal place of business at 5501 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, CA, 92121.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Dow owns the rights to certain intellectual property related to Pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology and made substantial patented and unpatented improvements to such technology, now generally known as “ Pf enex Expression Technology ” and as further defined below;

WHEREAS, Dow owns the rights to certain intellectual property related to virus like particles; and

WHEREAS, Pfenex desires to acquire and take assignment of such intellectual property related Pseudomonas fluorescens expression technology and virus-like particles.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1.01 Affiliates : “Affiliates” shall mean, with respect to a Party, any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediates, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party, where “controls”, “controlled by”, and “is under common control” means ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting equity interest in the entity or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that entity, whether through ownership or voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

1.02 Assets : “Assets” shall mean collectively the Assigned Patents, the Assigned Know How, and the Assigned Trademarks.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 1 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.03 Assigned Know-How : “Assigned Know-How” shall mean the Pf ēnex Expression Technology Know-How and the Virus-Like Particle Know-How and all rights associated with the protection of trade and industrial secrets and confidential information therein.

1.03.01 Pf ēnex Expression Technology Know-How : “ Pf ēnex Expression Technology Know-How” shall mean any and all Know-How related directly or indirectly to bacterial expression technology related to Pseudomonas fluorescens including strains of Pseudomonas fluorescens and the modification, transformation and/or engineering thereof (including, without limitation, the strains of Pseudomonas fluorescens , plasmids, expression vectors, nucleic acid and protein based probes relating to genetic transformation of Pseudomonas fluorescens ) that is or has been used in the Business, excluding Know-How licensed to Pfenex under the Technology License Agreement.

1.03.02 Virus-Like Particle Know-How : “Virus-Like Particle Know-How” shall mean any and all Know-How related to producing virus-like particles in an expression system such as Pseudomonas fluorescens and/or other transgenic systems that is or has been used in the Business, excluding Know-How licensed to Pfenex under the Technology License Agreement.

1.04 Assigned Patents : “Assigned Patents” shall mean the Pf ēnex Expression Technology Patents and the Virus-Like Particle Patents.

1.04.01 Pf ēnex Expression Technology Patents : “ Pf ēnex Expression Technology Patents” shall mean any and all Patents (including the right to Prosecute and Enforce the same) associated with, or related to bacterial expression technology related to Pseudomonas fluorescens that are or have been used in the Business as set forth on Appendix A .

1.04.02 Virus-Like Particle Patents: “Virus-Like Particle Patents” shall mean any and all Patents (including the right to Prosecute and Enforce the same) associated with, or related to producing virus-like particles in an expression system such as Pseudomonas fluorescens and/or other transgenic systems that are or have been used in the Business as set forth on Appendix A .

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 2 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.05 Assigned Trademark : “Assigned Trademark” shall mean all Trademarks owned or used under license by Dow and used exclusively in the Business, including the Trademarks listed on Appendix B .

 

1.06 Business : “Business” shall have the meaning set forth in the Contribution Agreement.

1.07 Dow Fields : “Dow Fields” shall mean Field 1, Field 2 and Field 3 as set forth in the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement.

 

1.08 Effective Date : “Effective Date” shall mean November 30, 2009.

1.09 Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement : “Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement” shall mean that certain Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement between the Parties dated as of the Effective Date, which provides for the license by Pfenex to Dow of certain of the Assigned Know-How and Assigned Patents back to Dow in specified fields.

1.10 Intellectual Property : “Intellectual Property” shall mean any or all of the following and all statutory and/or common law rights throughout the world in, arising out of or associated with any or all of the following: (a) Patents, (b) Trademarks, (c) Copyrights, (d) the protection of trade and industrial secrets and confidential information, (e) Know-How, (f) internet properties and (g) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing (e.g., plant variety protection act certificates) anywhere in the world, including priority rights and the right to enforce and recover remedies for any of the foregoing.

1.10.01 Copyrights : “Copyrights” shall mean any and all rights in, arising out of, or associated with works of authorship, including without limitation rights in copyrights and copyrightable works and registrations, applications and renewals for registration thereof, mask works and registrations and applications for registration or renewals thereof, computer software, data, databases and documentation including copies and tangible embodiments (in whatever form or medium) thereof whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, whether published or unpublished, including rights to prepare, reproduce, perform, display and distribute copyrighted works and copies, compilations and derivative works thereof.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 3 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.10.02 Know-How : “Know-How” shall mean technical information and materials, in any tangible or intangible form whatsoever, including without limitation, technology, reports, databases, data, results, bacterial strains, genetic constructs, genomic sequences and annotations, analytical models, computer software and algorithms for controlling fermentation vessels and related equipment, chemicals, inventions (patentable or otherwise), practices, methods, knowledge, techniques, specifications, formulations, formulae, know-how, skill, experience, test data, including pharmacological, biological, chemical, biochemical, toxicological and clinical test data, analytical and quality control data, stability data, studies and procedures, and patent and other legal information or descriptions.

1.10.03 Patents : “Patents” shall mean any and all rights in, arising out of, or associated with inventions, including without limitation all United States and foreign patents, utility models, and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, supplementary protection certificates, continuations and continuations-in-part patent applications and patents issuing therefrom, patent disclosures and inventions, draft patent applications and equivalent or similar rights of the foregoing anywhere in the world, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

1.10.04 Trademarks : “Trademarks” shall mean any and all rights in, arising out of, or associated with marks, including without limitation rights granted under the United States trademark law such as trademarks, service marks, logos, trade names, corporate names, and Internet domain names (whether registered or unregistered, including any applications for registration of the foregoing), trade dress rights and general intangibles of a like nature, industrial or product designs and addresses and general-use e-mail addresses, and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

1.11 “ Knowledge ” of Dow shall mean the actual knowledge of Pat Lucy, Dennis Merens, Charles Squires and Henry Talbot, and shall include all information each such person knows or should have known after due inquiry of those individuals that would reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matter in question.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 4 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.12 “ Lien ” shall mean (a) any encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or other security interest of any kind upon any property or assets of any character, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) any acquisition of or agreement to have an option to acquire any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention agreement, device or arrangement (including a capitalized lease); or (c) any sale, assignment, pledge or other transfer for security of any accounts, general intangibles or chattel paper, with or without recourse.

 

1.13 Parties : “Parties” shall mean collectively Pfenex and Dow.

 

1.14 Party : “Party” shall mean either Pfenex or Dow as the case may be.

1.15 Prosecution and Enforcement : “Prosecution and Enforcement” shall mean (i) the preparation, filing for, prosecution, maintenance of registrations thereof and applications for any such registration, (ii) the conduct of interferences, re-examinations, reissues, oppositions or requests for term extensions with respect thereto, and (iii) the conduct of any enforcement proceeding with respect thereto (whether infringement, misuse, misappropriation or otherwise) or any declaratory judgment proceeding with respect thereto; and “Prosecute and Enforce” shall have the correlative meaning.

1.16 Technology License Agreement : “Technology License Agreement” shall mean that certain Technology Licensing Agreement between The Dow Chemical Company, Dow Global Technologies Inc. and Pfenex of even date herewith.

1.17 Third Party : “Third Party” shall mean any person, organization, firm, corporation, partnership or entity other than Pfenex, Dow and their respective Affiliates.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term as set forth under that certain Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement by and between The Dow Chemical Company, Dow Global Technologies Inc. and Pfenex of even date herewith (the “ Contribution Agreement ”).

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 5 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 2 TRANSFER OF ASSETS

2.01 Assignment to Pfenex and Further Assurances : The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Global Technologies Inc., as applicable, hereby and agree to irrevocably contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver and relinquish exclusivity of (except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement) the Assets to Pfenex and its successors and assigns, and all benefits, privileges, causes of action, and remedies relating to the Assets, whether before or hereafter accrued, including, without limitation, the exclusive rights to (a) apply for and maintain all registrations, applications, Patents, renewals and/or extensions therefor, (b) bring causes of action for all past, present and/or future infringement or misappropriation thereof, including all rights to sue for and to receive and recover all profits and damages accruing from an infringement or misappropriation prior to the Effective Date as well as the right to grant releases for past infringement or misappropriation and (c) settle and retain proceeds from any such actions as they relate to the Business, subject to the terms and conditions of the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement. Dow hereby waives and agrees not to enforce all moral rights that Dow may have in the Assets as they relate to the Business. As part of Dow’s assignment obligations under this Agreement, Dow shall execute within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date the assignment document set forth in Appendix C (“ Assignment Document ”) for each and every Asset, if applicable, including but not limited to each of the patents and patent applications set forth in Appendix A to this Agreement, which Assignment Document may be filed by Pfenex with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and other similar governmental authorities. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Dow agrees to execute the Assignment Document or other documents as reasonably necessary or reasonably desirable for Pfenex to perfect its rights in the Assets, to evidence more fully such transfer of ownership or the original ownership of all the Assets, or to otherwise protect, defend or prosecute the intellectual property rights within such Assets.

2.02 Power of Attorney : If at any time Pfenex is unable, because of Dow’s dissolution or other unavailability, to secure Dow’s signature to apply for or to pursue any United States or foreign Patent, Copyright or Trademark applications or registrations covering the Assets, or other documents or filings pertaining to any or all of the Assets, Dow hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Pfenex and its duly authorized officers and agents as its agents and attorneys-in-fact, to act for and on its behalf and stead to execute and file any and all such applications, registrations, and other documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Dow.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 6 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

2.03 Post-Closing Date Transfer : To the extent any Intellectual Property within the Assets is not already in the actual possession and operating control of Pfenex as of the Closing Date, Dow shall assign and transfer, or otherwise facilitate such assignment and transfer of, such Intellectual Property to Pfenex such that Pfenex is in actual possession and operating control of such Intellectual Property as soon as practicable but no later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date. To the extent Dow cannot grant possession to Pfenex of any Intellectual Property within the Assets as of the Closing Date, Dow shall (A) use diligent efforts to place Pfenex in actual possession and operating control of such Intellectual Property as soon as practicable but no later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date and (B) hold such Intellectual Property for and on behalf of Pfenex until such time Dow places Pfenex in actual possession and operating control of such Intellectual Property; provided that any and all Liabilities related to such Intellectual Property shall be excluded from the Assumed Liabilities (as defined under the Contribution Agreement) and not assumed by Pfenex pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Contribution Agreement until such time Dow places Pfenex in actual possession and operating control of such Intellectual Property.

2.04 Post-Closing Date Assignment : Dow agrees that, in the event that any Patents or Trademarks that are used in the Business as of the Effective Date and are not listed in Appendix A of this Agreement or Appendices A through D of the Technology License Agreement, then Dow agrees, subject to documented evidence provided by Pfenex, that, at any time upon Pfenex’s reasonable written request, Dow, unless there is a Dispute, shall assign to Pfenex such Patents or Trademarks, or if such Patents or Trademarks are used outside the Business as of the Effective Date by Dow, unless there is a Dispute, Dow shall license to Pfenex such Patents or Trademarks on terms and conditions consistent with the Transaction Agreements (including but not limited to granting such license of any Patents or Trademarks owned or Controlled by Dow on a royalty-free basis with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses). This obligation will expire thirteen (13) months from the Effective Date. Any Dispute arising out of this section shall be settled as “baseball” type arbitration pursuant to Section 8.16.02. For purposes of this Section 2.04, “ Controlled ” shall mean, with respect to Patents or Trademarks, possession by Dow, whether arising by ownership, license, or other authorization, to grant and authorize the licenses

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 7 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

or sublicenses, as applicable, under such Patents or Trademarks within the scope to be granted to Pfenex without violating the terms of a written agreement with any such Third Party assignor, licensor or authorizer, as applicable, under which Dow first acquired rights to such Patents or Trademarks.

2.05 Subject to the transfer of Assets, in the event that, within two (2) years after the Effective Date, (i) Dow and/or any of its Affiliates acquires a 50% equity interest in an entity that has conducted research or development outside of the Dow Fields and practiced Patents assigned or licensed to Pfenex under this Agreement or the Technology License Agreement prior to the effective date of Dow’s or such Affiliate’s, as applicable, acquisition of the equity interest in such entity, and (ii) Dow or such Affiliate, as applicable, makes an equity investment in cash or equivalent asset value of at least 100 million U.S. Dollars in said entity in (i) above (hereinafter “ Equity Entity ”); then Pfenex and Dow agree to negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days a royalty-bearing license from Pfenex to Dow under such Patents only for the commercialization of products for use outside of the Dow Fields that were commercialized by the Equity Entity prior to the effective date of Dow’s or such Affiliate’s, as applicable, acquisition of the equity interest in the Equity Entity; provided that Pfenex shall not be obligated to negotiate or continue negotiating with Dow pursuant to this Section 2.05 if (i) the grant of such license to Dow would, in Pfenex’s sole discretion, conflict or interfere with the actual or anticipated business activities of Pfenex, including without limitation, an existing grant from Pfenex to a Third Party of exclusive rights under such Patents or a current negotiation with a Third Party for exclusive rights under such Patents, or (ii) the Parties have not reached agreement on the grant of such license to Dow within such thirty (30)-day period. Any dispute between the Parties under this Section 2.05 shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures set forth under Section 9.17; provided that Pfenex shall not be obligated to negotiate or continue negotiating with Dow pursuant to this Section 2.05 after such time a dispute under this Section 2.05 is referred to arbitration (except as otherwise determined under arbitration in resolution of such dispute). The purchase of such Equity Entity by Dow or such Affiliate, as applicable, within two (2) years of the Effective Date shall not be deemed a breach of this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 8 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 3 ASSUMPTION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

3.01 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement relating to Dow’s rights in the Dow Fields, Pfenex shall, in its sole discretion, assume Prosecution and Enforcement of any of the Patents included in the Assets and will be responsible for all costs associated therewith.

ARTICLE 4 CONSIDERATION FOR THE ASSETS

4.01 In consideration for Dow’s contribution, transfer, assignment, conveyance and delivery of the Assets, Pfenex shall issue to Dow shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of Pfenex pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 PFENEX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.01 Pfenex is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

5.02 Pfenex has all the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and no approvals or consents of anyone other than the signatories below are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

5.03 This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Pfenex and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pfenex, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors generally and subject to rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

ARTICLE 6 DOW REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.01 Dow is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.02 Dow and/or any of its Affiliates have all the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 9 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

6.03 To the best of Dow’s Knowledge as of the Effective Date, Dow has not received any claims, demands or actions alleging that any of the Patents assigned hereunder comprising the Pf ēnex Expression Technology Patents and Virus-Like Particle Patents (the “ Transferred Patents ”) are invalid. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.03 , the Transferred Patents are currently in compliance with formal legal requirements (including payment of filing, examination and maintenance fees). This provision does not include a representation or warranty by Dow that any or all of the Patents comprising the Pf ēnex Expression Technology Patents and Virus-Like Particle Patents will grant or issue as valid patents.

6.04 Except as set forth on Schedule 6.04 , Dow owns all right, title and interest in and to, or possesses sufficient rights to use, all of the Intellectual Property transferred and assigned from Dow to Pfenex under the Technology Assignment Agreement or licensed pursuant to the Technology License Agreement (the “ Dow Intellectual Property ”), subject to the terms of the applicable Transaction Agreements, free and clear of all Liens or claims of others.

6.05 To the best of Dow’s Knowledge, (i) Dow has not received any notice claiming that the Dow Intellectual Property violates or infringes any intellectual property rights of any Third Party, and (ii) Dow has not received any notice that the Dow Intellectual Property is being violated or infringed by any Third Party.

6.06 Dow Intellectual Property includes all the Intellectual Property of Dow that: (i) are used or held for use by Dow and/or any of its Affiliates in the operation or conduct of the Business, or (ii) are necessary for, or would otherwise be infringed by, the operation or conduct the Business by Pfenex in substantially the same manner as currently conducted.

6.07 Dow has taken all necessary and commercially reasonable actions to perfect the Company’s ownership of the Dow Intellectual Property it owns, licenses or uses, including, if and when applicable and required, the secrecy or confidentiality thereof. Each employee or consultant engaged in the Business has executed and delivered an agreement with Dow relating to invention assignment, confidentiality and non-competition.

6.08 EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS ARTICLE 6, DOW MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, REGARDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE VALIDITY,

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 10 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

SCOPE OF ANY PATENT RIGHTS CONVEYED OR INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATIONS, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR THE NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

6.09 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY . EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF FRAUD, DOW’S LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF ANY OF THE REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES UNDER THIS ARTICLE 6 SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE VALUE OF THE SERIES A-1 PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK OF PFENEX ISSUED TO DOW PURSUANT TO THE CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE 7 INVESTIGATIONS; SURVIVAL

7.01 The representations and warranties of Dow, on the one hand, and Pfenex, on the other hand, contained herein or in any certificates or other documents delivered prior to or at the Closing shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by any investigation made by any Party. The representations and warranties under Articles 5 and 6 shall survive for one (1) year after the Effective Date.

ARTICLE 8 NOTICES

8.01 Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by either Party under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be effective when delivered, if delivered by hand, reputable courier service, or five days after mailing if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each Party at the following addresses or such other address as may be designated by written notice by either Party:

If to Pfenex:

Pfenex Inc.

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: 858-352-4602

Email: [To be designated by written notice to Dow]

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 11 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

If to Dow:

The Dow Chemical Company

9330 Zionsville Road

Indianapolis, IN 46268

Attention: General Patent Counsel

Fax: 317-337-4847

Email: jkabramson@dow.com and mdlyons@dow.com

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Assignment: This Agreement and all rights herein may not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that Pfenex may assign, without the prior written consent of Dow, this Agreement, all or any one of two parts of this Agreement as it relates to (i)  Pseudomonas fluorescens expression or (ii) virus like particles, to an Affiliate or to an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets and business of Pfenex to which this Agreement relates by sale, spin-off, merger, consolidation, public offering, change of control, insolvency proceedings, or otherwise and such entity undertakes in writing all of the obligations and responsibilities of Pfenex under this Agreement; and provided that Dow may assign, without the prior written consent of Pfenex, all or parts of this Agreement to an Affiliate or to an entity acquiring all or substantially all or parts of the assets and business of Dow to which this Agreement relates by sale, spin-off, merger, consolidation, public offering, change of control, insolvency proceedings, or otherwise and such entity undertakes in writing all of the obligations and responsibilities of Dow under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties. Except for assignments expressly permitted under this Section 9.01, any attempted assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be null and void.

9.02 Severability : If any clause, provision, or section of this Agreement, shall, for any reason, be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and in accordance with reasonable standards of fair dealing, a valid, legal, and enforceable substitute provision or provisions that most nearly reflect the original intent of the Parties under this Agreement in a manner that is commensurate in magnitude and degree with the changes arising as a result of any such substitute provision or provisions. All other provisions in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed in order to carry out the original intent of the Parties as nearly as possible (consistent with the necessary reallocation of benefits) and as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 12 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

9.03 Bankruptcy : In the event Pfenex declares bankruptcy under any of the applicable statues, Dow or its Affiliates will have the right of first refusal to purchase the Patent Rights at the same price being offered by a Third Party within sixty (60) days.

9.04 Merger of Understanding/Modification : This Agreement, the Transaction Agreements and all Schedules and Appendices attached hereto and thereto constitute the entire Agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and thereof and all prior negotiations and understandings between the Parties are deemed to be merged into this Agreement. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties unless reduced to writing and signed by the respective authorized officers of each of the Parties.

9.05 Force Majeure : Neither of the Parties shall be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, terrorism, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with governmental requests, laws, regulations, orders or actions, national defense requirements or any other event beyond the reasonable control of such Party; or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that neither of the Parties shall be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment). The Party invoking the provisions of this Section shall give the other Party written notice and full particulars of such force majeure event. Both Pfenex and Dow shall use reasonable business efforts to mitigate the effects of any force majeure on their respective part.

9.06 Relationship of the Parties : The relationship of Pfenex and Dow is strictly one of two parties and the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement does not create a joint venture, partnership, or the like, between them. Each Party shall always remain an independent contractor in its exercise of rights or performance of obligations under this Agreement. Neither Party to this Agreement shall have any authority to employ any person as an employee or agent for or on behalf of the other Party to this Agreement for any purpose, and neither Party to this Agreement, nor any person performing any duties or engaging in any work at the request of such Party, shall be deemed to be an employee or agent of the other Party to this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 13 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

9.07 Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction : All questions with respect to the construction of this Agreement and the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan applicable to business arrangements entered into and performed entirely within the State of Michigan.

9.08 Provisions Contrary to Law : In performing this Agreement, the Parties shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the violation of any law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any law, the law shall prevail, but in such event the affected provision of this Agreement shall be affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the applicable law.

9.09 Remedies : Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, the rights and remedies of a Party set forth herein with respect to failure of the other to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights of full termination of this Agreement) are not exclusive, the exercise thereof shall not constitute an election of remedies and the aggrieved Party shall in all events be entitled to seek whatever additional remedies may be available in law or in equity.

9.10 Fees : Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own legal fees incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

9.11 Taxes . Each of the Parties agrees that the assignment contemplated by this Agreement shall be treated, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, as a tax-free contribution of the Assets by Dow to the Company in exchange for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. None of the Parties shall take a position on any Tax Return or attachment thereto, before any Tax Authority, in any judicial Proceeding, or for any other Tax purpose that is in any way inconsistent with such Tax treatment, unless specifically required to do so pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or an analogous provision of Law. The Company shall be responsible for and shall pay all sales, use, transfer, stamp duty, recording, value added, and other similar Taxes, including all bulk sales taxes, in each case including interest, penalties or additions attributable thereto (the “ Transfer Taxes ”), arising out of or in connection with the assignment contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith in the preparation and filing of any Tax Returns relating to any Transfer Taxes. Capitalized terms used in this paragraph shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 14 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

9.12 Headings : Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

9.13 Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.14 Appendices : The appended Appendices and Schedules and any modifications or amendments thereof form an integral part of this Agreement.

9.15 Waiver : Neither Party may waive or release any of its rights or interests in this Agreement except in writing. The failure of either Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition. No waiver by either Party of any condition or term in any one or more instances shall be construed as a continuing waiver of such condition or term or of another condition or term.

9.16 Confidentiality of the Agreement . Except as expressly permitted herein, this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, shall be maintained in confidence by the Parties and shall not be provided or disclosed to Third Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to disclose this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, to its (i) tax advisors, accountants, legal counsel, investors, banks and financial sources and its advisors, or potential business partners or other Third Parties who are under an obligation of confidentiality, and (ii) in confidence, in connection with the sale of substantially all the business assets to which this Agreement relates, so long as, in the case of a disclosure under (i) or (ii) hereof, the person or entity to which disclosure is made is bound under confidentiality provisions that are reasonable and customary under the applicable circumstances. In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dow and Pfenex may disclose this Agreement, including the terms set forth herein, as required to comply with applicable law, regulations, court orders, or tax or securities filings (including any of the rules and regulations of a relevant stock exchange or other governing body, specifically including the Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC)).

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 15 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

9.17 Arbitration .

9.17.01 General . If any dispute arises between the Parties out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the validity, enforceability, construction, performance or breach (or alleged breach) thereof (a “ Dispute ”), then subject to Section 9.18, such Dispute shall be referred to be finally settled by binding arbitration under the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with the rules thereof, each Party shall select one person to act as arbitrator; and the two Party-selected arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator within fifteen (15) business days of their appointment, and the decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the Parties hereto.

9.17.02 Baseball . Notwithstanding Section 9.17.01, for any Dispute arising out of Section 2.04, then subject to Section 9.18, such Dispute shall be finally settled as a “baseball” type arbitration proceeding; and the arbitrators may fashion such detailed procedures as the arbitrators consider appropriate to implement this intent. Accordingly, each Party shall provide the arbitrators and the other Party with a written report setting forth its position with respect to the substance of the Dispute and may submit a revised report and position to the arbitrators within fifteen (15) days of receiving the other Party’s report. The arbitrators shall select one of the Party’s positions as his or her final decision, and shall not have the authority to render any substantive decision other than to so select the position of either Dow or Pfenex as set forth in their respective written reports (as initially submitted, or as revised in accordance with this Section 9.17.02, as applicable); provided that, in determining which Party’s position to select, the arbitrators will take into account the financial position of each Party and will not make a determination that would impose an undue hardship on either Party.

9.17.03 Decision; Location; Costs . The place of the arbitration proceeding shall be in a neutral location agreeable to both Parties. The Parties agree that the decision shall be the sole, exclusive and binding remedy between them regarding determination of the matters presented to the arbitrator. The costs of such arbitration, including administrative and arbitrator’s fees, shall be shared equally by the Parties,

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 16 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

and each Party shall bear its own expenses and attorney’s fees incurred in connection with the arbitration. The Parties shall use good faith efforts to complete arbitration under this Section 9.17 within sixty (60) days following the initiation of such arbitration. The arbitrators shall establish reasonable additional procedures to facilitate and complete such arbitration within such sixty (60) day period. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award punitive damages or any other type of damages not measured by a Party’s compensatory damages to either Party.

9.18 Provisional Remedies . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of either Party to seek to obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction any equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy, including injunctive relief. Specifically, the Parties acknowledge a breach of this Agreement may result in irreparable harm to either Party, and either Party will be entitled to seek injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent any breach or the threat of any breach of this Agreement by the other Party without showing or proving actual damages. Notwithstanding, seeking or obtaining such equitable or interim relief or provisional remedy in a court shall not be deemed a waiver of this Agreement to arbitrate. For clarity, any such equitable remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies that either Party may have under this Agreement or applicable law.

 

CONFIDENTIAL - Do not share without permission

- 17 -


EXECUTION COPY

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have understood, agreed to and caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate originals by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Fernando Ruiz

Name:  

Fernando Ruiz

Title:  

Corporate Vice President and Treasurer

DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark A. Whiteman

Name:  

Mark A. Whiteman

Title:  

President

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

Name:  

Albert Hansen

Title:  

President

[Signature Page to Technology Assignment Agreement]

 


EXECUTION COPY

Appendix A

Assigned Patents

[Attached]


EXECUTION COPY

Appendix B

Assigned Trademarks

[Attached]


EXECUTION COPY

Appendix C

Assignment Document

[Attached]

Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTION COPY

CONTRIBUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

by and among

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY,

DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

and

PFENEX INC.

NOVEMBER 30, 2009


EXECUTION COPY

CONTRIBUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRIBUTION, ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is effective as of this 30th day of November 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among The Dow Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TDCC ”), Dow Global Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DGTI ”) and Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). TDCC, DGTI and the Company are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” TDCC and DGTI are sometimes referred to herein as “ Dow .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company is a newly formed corporation, with no assets or liabilities as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS , TDCC engages in the Business (as defined below), among other businesses, and owns certain of the Transferred Assets (as defined below) relating to and used in the Business;

WHEREAS , DGTI owns certain intellectual property rights to the technologies relating to and used in the Business;

WHEREAS , Dow desires to contribute, transfer and assign to the Company the Transferred Assets, on the terms and conditions herein; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires to accept from Dow the Transferred Assets, on the terms and conditions herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms of “affiliated,” “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

1.2 “ Books and Records ” shall mean all papers and records (in any format including paper or electronic) kept or maintained including any and all laboratory notebooks, invention disclosures, purchasing and sales records, all data and communications relating to ongoing business development activities, preclinical and clinical data, all Regulatory Documents, vendor lists, product documentation, product specifications, marketing documents and the like, in each case pertaining solely to the Transferred Assets.


EXECUTION COPY

 

1.3 “ Business ” shall mean the biopharmaceutical business and related activities conducted by TDCC and its Affiliates since January 1, 2009, primarily at their base of operations in San Diego, California relating to the Pfenex Expression Technology and/or the VLP Technology.

1.4 “ CERCLA ” means the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

1.5 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 “ Contract ” shall mean a written or oral contract, agreement, instrument, other understanding or commitment.

1.7 “ Environmental Laws ” means any Law relating to the environment, occupational health and safety, Materials of Environmental Concern or natural resources including, without limitation, any Law pertaining to: (a) the presence of or the treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation, handling, distribution, manufacture, processing, use, import, export, labeling, recycling, registration, investigation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern; (b) air, water and noise pollution; (c) groundwater and soil contamination; and (d) the release or threatened release into the environment, the workplace or other areas of Materials of Environmental Concern, including emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental Concern. As used above, the term “release” shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA.

1.8 “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

1.9 “ Knowledge ” or “ knowledge ” of Dow means and includes the actual knowledge of Pat Lucy, Dennis Merens, Charles Squires and Henry Talbot, and shall include all information each such person knows or should have known after due inquiry of those individuals that would reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matter in question.

1.10 “ Law ” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state, county, regional and local statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, orders, decrees, judgments and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, in each case having the force of law.

1.11 “ Liability ” or “ Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of any kind or nature, primary or secondary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, including but not limited to any debts, commitments, obligations, liabilities for claims in tort or contract (including unripened liabilities due to past actions or sales), and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), incurred in connection with the defense of any such claims.

1.12 “ Lien ” means (a) any encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or other security interest of any kind upon any property or assets of any character, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) any acquisition of or agreement to have an option to acquire any property

 

2


EXECUTION COPY

 

or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention agreement, device or arrangement (including a capitalized lease); or (c) any sale, assignment, pledge or other transfer for security of any accounts, general intangibles or chattel paper, with or without recourse.

1.13 “ Material Adverse Effect on the Business ” means any change, effect or circumstance that is materially adverse to the Transferred Assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Business, taken as a whole.

1.14 “ Materials of Environmental Concern ” means any: pollutants, contaminants or hazardous substances (as such terms are defined under CERCLA), pesticides (as such term is defined under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act), solid wastes and hazardous wastes (as such terms are defined under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), chemicals, other hazardous, radioactive or toxic materials, oil, petroleum and petroleum products (and fractions thereof), or any other material (or article containing such material) listed, subject to regulation or forming the basis of liability under any Environmental Law (including, without limitation, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde, perchlorate or polychlorinated biphenyls).

1.15 “ Person ” shall mean any individual, entity or Governmental Authority.

1.16 “ Permits ” means all licenses, permits, registrations, consents, authorizations and other approvals from all Governmental Authorities.

1.17 “ Permitted Liens ” means the Liens affecting the Transferred Assets listed on Schedule 1.17 .

1.18 “ Pfenex Expression Technology ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Technology Assignment Agreement.

1.19 “ Post-Closing Taxes ” shall mean any and all Taxes relating to or arising from the Transferred Assets that (i) are attributable to any taxable period (or any portion thereof) beginning on or after the Effective Date and the portion of any Tax period that includes, but does not begin on, the Effective Date beginning on and including the Effective Date or (ii) are related to an event or transaction occurring on or after the Effective Date.

1.20 “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall mean any and all Taxes relating to or arising from the Transferred Assets or the Company that (i) are attributable to any taxable period (or any portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Effective Date and the portion of any Tax period that includes, but does not end on, the Effective Date ending on the Effective Date or (ii) are related to an event or transaction occurring prior to the Effective Date.

1.21 “ Proceeding ” means any (a) action, suit, proceeding, claim or arbitration against or involving Dow’s operation of the Business or the Business by or before any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator; and (b) any investigation by a Governmental Authority of which Dow has Knowledge.

1.22 “ Regulatory Documents ” shall mean any and all regulatory submissions (whether completed or in process) to any Governmental Authority anywhere in the world submitted by or on behalf of Dow relating to the Business (including any product developed in

 

3


EXECUTION COPY

 

connection therewith), including all annual reports, adverse event reports, and other adverse event submission tracking information, and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing.

1.23 “ Sublease ” shall mean the Sublease Agreement between TDCC and the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

1.24 “ Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ”) shall mean (i) any federal, state, local or foreign income, alternative or add on minimum income, ad valorem, business license, documentary, employment, environmental, excise, franchise, gains, gross income, gross receipts, license, occupation, payroll, personal property, premium, profits, property transfer, real property, recording, sales, services, severance, social security, stamp, transfer, unemployment insurance, use, value added, windfall profit or withholding tax, custom, duty, levy or other governmental assessment, charge or fee in the nature of a tax (whether payable directly or by withholding), (ii) any liability for Taxes of any Person under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise and (iii) any estimated Tax, interest, fines, penalties or additions to Tax with respect to amounts referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) hereof.

1.25 “ Tax Authority ” shall mean any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition, assessment or collection of any Tax (domestic or foreign).

1.26 “ Tax Returns ” shall mean all reports, estimates, declarations of estimated Tax, information statements and returns relating to Taxes and any schedules attached to or amendments of any of the foregoing.

1.27 “ Transaction Agreements ” means the Technology Assignment Agreement, the Technology Licensing Agreement, the Grant-Back License Agreement, the Sublease and the Transition Services Agreement.

1.28 “ Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement between TDCC and the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

1.29 “ VLP Technology ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Technology Assignment Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

CONTRIBUTION OF ASSETS

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Dow hereby contributes, transfers, assigns, conveys and delivers, as specified below, to the Company, the assets described in Sections 2.1 through 2.5 of this Article 2 (collectively, the “ Transferred Assets ”), and the Company hereby acquires from Dow all the rights and assumes all obligations and responsibilities associated therewith as stated in this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing or Sections 2.1 through 2.5 below, those assets of Dow not specifically referenced in Sections 2.1 through 2.5 below shall remain the assets of Dow.

2.1 Intellectual Property Rights . Concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, the Parties are entering into a Technology Assignment Agreement, in the form attached hereto as

 

4


EXECUTION COPY

 

Exhibit C (the “ Technology Assignment Agreement ”), and a Technology Licensing Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Technology Licensing Agreement ”), pursuant to which Dow is assigning and licensing to the Company certain intellectual property rights set forth therein. The Company and Dow are also entering into a Grant-Back and Technology License Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Grant-Back License Agreement ”), pursuant to which Company is licensing to Dow certain intellectual property rights set forth therein.

2.2 Fixed Assets . Dow hereby contributes, transfers, assigns, conveys and delivers to the Company, all of its rights, title and interest in and to the fixed assets listed in Schedule 2.2 (the “ Fixed Assets ”).

2.3 Business Contracts . Dow hereby assigns to the Company, and the Company hereby assumes, subject to Section 3.1 , all rights and obligations of Dow under the Contracts listed in Schedule 2.3 (collectively, the “ Business Contracts ”).

2.4 Books and Records . Dow hereby assigns to the Company the Books and Records that are used solely in the Business and are in the care or custody of or owned or otherwise transferable by Dow as of the Effective Date (collectively, the “ Transferred Books and Records ”).

2.5 Rights to Sue . Dow hereby assigns any and all right to recover past, present and future damages for the breach, infringement or misappropriation, as the case may be, relating to, arising from, or in connection with, the Transferred Assets set forth in Section 2.1 ; except to the extent Dow may exercise such rights with respect to a counterclaim that can be made against a party to whom Dow has an obligation for an Excluded Liability pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 5.03 of the Grant Back License Agreement.

2.6 Other Assets . Dow hereby contributes, transfers, assigns, conveys and delivers to the Company, all of its rights, title and interest in and to all other assets and properties that are not expressly identified in Sections 2.1 to 2.5 , other than the computers, telephones and any related or similar equipment, located at 5501 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California, 92121, and used in the Business as of the Effective Date (the “ Other Assets ”).

ARTICLE 3

LIABILITIES

3.1 Assumed Liabilities . The Company hereby assumes and agrees to be solely liable for and obligated to discharge and/or perform all of the Liabilities of Dow with respect to the ownership, possession, operation and use of the Transferred Assets to the extent arising on or after the Effective Date, including without limitation, any Post-Closing Taxes (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”). The Company shall not assume any Liabilities of Dow pursuant hereto, other than the Assumed Liabilities.

3.2 Definition of Excluded Liabilities . Except for the Assumed Liabilities, the Company does not assume and is not assuming, any debt, liability, duty or other obligation (of any kind) of Dow, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, and regardless of when such liabilities or obligations may arise or may have arisen or when asserted, including any Pre-Closing Taxes which are outstanding or unpaid as of the Effective Date (collectively, the

 

5


EXECUTION COPY

 

Excluded Liabilities ”), but excluding any (a) Transfer Taxes or (b) liabilities, or obligations related to the Transferred Assets which are typically assessed against a purchaser of assets), and Dow shall remain responsible for the Excluded Liabilities.

ARTICLE 4

CLOSING

4.1 Closing . The closing of the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets and of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall be held at the Company’s offices at 5451 Oberlin Drive, San Diego, California 92121, at 11:59 p.m. PST on November 30, 2009, or at such other time or place as may be agreed by the Parties (such date, the “ Closing Date ”).

(a) At the Closing, the Company shall deliver, in each case to the extent applicable duly executed by the Company:

(i) to each of TDCC and DGTI, 11,340,000 and 2,660,000 shares, respectively, of Series A-1 Participating Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), as consideration in part for Dow’s contribution of Transferred Assets to the Company;

(ii) the Technology Assignment Agreement;

(iii) the Technology Licensing Agreement;

(iv) the Grant-Back License Agreement;

(v) the Sublease; and

(vi) the Transition Services Agreement.

(b) At the Closing, TDCC and DGTI shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company, in each case to the extent applicable duly executed by the TDCC or DGTI, as applicable:

(i) the Technology Assignment Agreement;

(ii) the Technology Licensing Agreement;

(iii) the Grant-Back License Agreement;

(iv) the Sublease; and

(v) the Transition Services Agreement.

(c) At the Closing, title to the Transferred Assets shall be delivered to the Company free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

4.2 Tax Treatment . Each of the Parties agrees that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be treated, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, as a tax-free contribution of the Transferred Assets by Dow to the Company in exchange for the issuance of the Shares. None of the Parties shall take a position on any Tax Return or attachment thereto, before any Tax

 

6


EXECUTION COPY

 

Authority, in any judicial Proceeding, or for any other Tax purpose that is in any way inconsistent with such Tax treatment, unless specifically required to do so pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or an analogous provision of Law. Each party has consulted with its own Tax counsel regarding the Tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no party makes any representations to any other party regarding such Tax consequences. The Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement will be the first issuance of capital stock of the Company.

4.3 Transfer Taxes . The Company shall be responsible for and shall pay all sales, use, transfer, stamp duty, recording, value added, and other similar Taxes, including all bulk sales taxes, in each case including interest, penalties or additions attributable thereto (the “ Transfer Taxes ”), arising out of or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith in the preparation and filing of any Tax Returns relating to any Transfer Taxes.

4.4 Assignability and Consents . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery or attempted conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery to the Company of any Transferred Asset is (a) prohibited by any applicable law, or (b) would require any authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers from a third party and such authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers have not been obtained prior to the Closing Date (each, a “ Non-Assignable Asset ”), in either case, the Closing shall proceed, but the Closing shall not constitute the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of such Non-Assignable Asset, and this Agreement shall not constitute a conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of such Non-Assignable Asset unless and until such authorization, approval, consent or waiver is obtained. After the Closing, each of TDCC and DGTI, as the case may be, shall continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such authorization, approval, consent or waiver as promptly as practicable for the Non-Assignable Assets as set forth on Schedule 4.4.(a) , except with respect to those Non-Assignable Assets the Parties have agreed would not be included in the Transferred Assets as set forth on Schedule 4.4(b) . Once authorization, approval or waiver of or consent for the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of any such Non-Assignable Asset is obtained, each of TDCC and DGTI, as the case may be, shall convey, assign, transfer and deliver such Non-Assignable Asset to the Company at no additional cost to the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each of TDCC, DGTI and the Company, agree to cooperate to effect as close as possible, the rights, benefits and obligations of any Business Contract that is a Non-Assignable Asset as if it were assigned at Closing, including, without limitation, the enforcement, for the benefit of the Company, of any and all rights of TDCC or DGTI, as the case may be, against such other party thereto arising out of the contract, or cancellation thereof, by such other party or otherwise. To the extent that such Business Contract has to be modified, amended or terminated in order to facilitate the assignment or transfer of the Business to the Company, each of TDCC, DGTI and the Company, agree to take such actions and execute such documents as may reasonably be requested in writing to effect the same.

4.5 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action . From time to time after the Closing Date or the Closing, at the request of either Party, the Parties hereto shall execute and deliver such other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and confirmation and take such action as may be reasonably necessary to transfer, convey and assign to the Company, and to

 

7


EXECUTION COPY

 

confirm the Company’s title to or interest in the Transferred Assets, to put the Company in actual possession and operating control thereof and to assist the Company in exercising all rights with respect thereto. In addition, if, following the transfer of the Transferred Assets, the Company identifies specific items within the Transferred Assets that were not transferred to the Company, TDCC and/or DGTI, as applicable, shall use all reasonable efforts to transfer such items to the Company.

Notwithstanding any provision herein, Sections 4.4 and 4.5 shall continue in full force and effect after the Closing until their expiration in accordance with Section 7.1 .

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DOW

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule attached hereto prepared by Dow (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), Dow represents and warrants to the Company, as follows:

5.1 Organization . Each of TDCC and DGTI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of TDCC and DGTI has all requisite organizational power and authority to carry on the Business and to own and use the properties owned and used by them in the Business, including the Transferred Assets.

5.2 Authorization . Each of TDCC and DGTI has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by each of TDCC and DGTI of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation by each of TDCC and DGTI of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of TDCC and DGTI. This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements have been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of TDCC and DGTI and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company) constitute valid and binding obligations of each of TDCC and DGTI, enforceable against TDCC and DGTI in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

5.3 Governmental Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by TDCC and DGTI and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not require any consent or approval of, or any notice to or other filing with, any Governmental Authority, except for consents, approvals, notices and filings required to reflect a change in ownership of the patents or other consents, approvals, notices, and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business.

5.4 Assets . Each of TDCC and DGTI has good and valid title to all of the Fixed Assets, the Transferred Books and Records and the Other Assets free and clear of all Liens. The Transferred Assets owned by the Company immediately following the Closing and the rights possessed by the Company immediately following the Closing (including the rights acquired by the Company under the Business Contracts) include all assets and rights of TDCC and DGTI and their respective Affiliates that: (i) are used or held for use by TDCC and DGTI and their

 

8


EXECUTION COPY

 

respective Affiliates primarily in the operation or conduct of the Business, or (ii) are necessary for, or would otherwise be infringed by, the operation or conduct the Business by the Company in substantially the same manner as currently conducted, and such assets and rights are sufficient for the conduct of the Business by the Company in substantially the same manner as currently conducted by TDCC and DGTI, as applicable.

5.5 Business Contracts . The Business Contracts listed on Schedule 2.3 are all of the Contracts between TDCC or DGTI, as the case may be, and any third party necessary for the operation of the Business, and true and complete copies of all such Business Contracts have been delivered to or are in the possession of the Company. Each Business Contract is, as of the date hereof, legal, valid, binding and enforceable against TDCC or DGTI, as applicable, and in full force and effect, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies, and neither TDCC nor DGTI is subject to any material default thereunder, nor is any party obligated to TDCC or DGTI pursuant to any such Business Contract subject to any default thereunder. Neither TDCC nor DGTI has neither breached, violated or defaulted under, nor received notice that TDCC or DGTI has breached, violated or defaulted under, any of the terms or conditions of any Business Contract. Subject to Section 4.4 , each of TDCC and DGTI has obtained all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of parties to any Business Contract as are required thereunder in connection with the Closing, or for any such Business Contract to be transferred to the Company, and to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration after the Closing. Following the Closing, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of the rights TDCC or DGTI, as the case may be, had under the Business Contracts without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which TDCC or DGTI would otherwise be required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Business Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.

5.6 Transferred Books and Records . The Transferred Books and Records are those related to, used in, or necessary for the operation of the Business.

5.7 Permits . TDCC (a) owns, holds or possesses all permits, licenses, franchises or authorizations required by any Governmental Authority for the conduct or operations of the Business (collectively, the “ Permits ”), and (b) is not in violation of, or default under, any such Permits, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business.

5.8 Compliance with Laws . To the knowledge of TDCC, TDCC has conducted the operations of the Business in compliance with applicable law, except for any violations or defaults that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business.

5.9 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with Dow in reliance upon Dow’s representations to the Company, which by Dow’s execution of this Agreement, Dow hereby confirms that the Shares will be acquired for investment for Dow’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that Dow has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, Dow further represents that Dow

 

9


EXECUTION COPY

 

does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares.

5.10 Brokers . Neither Dow nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or consultants has employed any broker or finder or incurred any Liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.11 Private Placement . Dow understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or registered or qualified under any state securities Laws on the grounds that such Shares are being issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration or qualification requirement of applicable state securities Laws, and that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified or registered under applicable state securities Laws or an exemption from registration and qualification is available, and that, except as otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents, the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares. Dow shall hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any loss or Liability from any disposition of Shares by it in violation of this Section 5.11 .

5.12 Accredited Investor . Dow is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment to be made hereunder by it and it is able to bear the economic risk of its investment.

5.13 Legends . Dow understands that the Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Shares, may bear one or all of the following legends, in substantially the following form:

(a) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(c) Any legend required by the securities or corporate laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by the certificate so legended.

5.14 Reliance . Dow understands and acknowledges that (a) the Shares to be acquired by it hereunder are being offered and sold to it without registration under the Securities Act in a private placement that is exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act; and (b)

 

10


EXECUTION COPY

 

the availability of such exemption depends in part on, and the Company will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of, the foregoing representations, and Dow hereby consents to such reliance

ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to TDCC and DGTI, as follows:

6.1 Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.2 Authorization . The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements have been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by TDCC and DGTI) constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

6.3 Offering . Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Dow’s representations set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and state securities and “blue sky” laws, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

6.4 Valid Issuance of Shares . The Shares that are being purchased by Dow hereunder, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with their respective terms for the consideration expressed herein and therein, will be duly and validly issued, outstanding, fully paid, and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and under applicable Laws.

6.5 Brokers and Finders . Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or consultants has employed any broker or finder or incurred any Liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11


EXECUTION COPY

 

ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL

7.1 Investigations; Survival . The representations and warranties of Dow, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, contained herein or in any certificates or other documents delivered prior to or at the Closing shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by any investigation made by any party hereto. The representations and warranties herein and the covenants set forth in Sections 4.4 and 4.5 shall survive the Closing until 5:30 pm PST on December 31, 2010.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or modified, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties. Any Party may waive compliance by any of the other Parties with any term or provision of this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the Party asserted to have granted such waiver.

8.2 Governing Law . This Agreement is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Michigan, without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Michigan to the rights and duties of the Parties.

8.3 Exhibits and Schedules . All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are hereby incorporated by reference into, and made a part of, this Agreement.

8.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each Party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and the Parties do not intend to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.

8.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed (including, without limitation, by facsimile signature or other electronic formats) in one or more counterparts, with the same effect as if the Parties had signed the same document. Each counterpart so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one agreement.

8.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of any such provision to any Person or set of circumstances, shall be determined to be invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is determined to be invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable, shall not be impaired or otherwise affected and shall continue to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

12


EXECUTION COPY

 

8.7 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received if delivered personally or mailed first class, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, delivery by a courier service, or sent by facsimile or electronic mail as follows:

If to TDCC or DGTI:

The Dow Chemical Company

2030 Dow Center

Midland, Michigan 48674

Attention: Corporate Venture Capital

Fax: 317-337-4847

Email: SAARNOSKY@dow.com

With a copy to:

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP

515 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention: Robert R. Carlson

Fax No.: (213) 996-3220

Email: robcarlson@paulhastings.com

If to Company:

Pfenex Inc.

5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: 858-352-4602

Email: [To be designated by written notice to Dow]

With a copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

Attention: Effie Toshav

Fax No.: (206) 883-2699

Email: etoshav@wsgr.com

8.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, be the several, complete and exclusive embodiment of their agreement, and that any evidence, oral or written, of a prior or contemporaneous agreement that alters or modifies this Agreement shall not be admissible in any Proceeding concerning this Agreement. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

13


EXECUTION COPY

 

8.9 Interpretation . Unless otherwise indicated herein, with respect to any reference made in this Agreement to a section (or article, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause) or exhibit, such reference shall be to a section (or article, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause) of, or an exhibit or schedule to, this Agreement. The article, section, subsection, paragraph or subparagraph headings contained in this Agreement and the recitals at the beginning of this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed, as the context indicates, to be followed by the words “but without limitation.” Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context indicates is appropriate. Where specific language is used to clarify or illustrate by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict the construction of the general statement which is being clarified or illustrated.

8.10 Construction . The construction of this Agreement shall not take into consideration the Party who drafted or whose representative drafted any portion of this Agreement, and no canon of construction shall be applied that resolves ambiguities against the drafter of a document.

8.11 Jurisdiction; Service of Process . Each of the Parties (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement; (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court; (c) waives any claim of inconvenient forum or other challenge to venue in such court; (d) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court; and (e) waives any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party agrees to accept service of any summons, complaint or other initial pleading made in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 8.7 , provided that nothing in this Section 8.11 shall affect the right of a Party to serve such summons, complaint or other initial pleading in any other manner permitted by law.

8.12 Provisional Relief; Specific Performance . The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any state or federal court of the State of New York, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

8.13 Recovery of Fees by Prevailing Party . If any legal action, including, without limitation, an action for arbitration or injunctive relief, is brought relating to this Agreement or the breach or alleged breach hereof, the prevailing Party in any final judgment or arbitration award, or the non-dismissing Party in the event of a voluntary dismissal by the Party instituting the action, shall be entitled to the full amount of all reasonable expenses, including all court costs, arbitration fees and actual attorneys’ fees paid or incurred in good faith.

 

14


EXECUTION COPY

 

8.14 Further Assurances . The Parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents, and (c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other Party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed on its behalf by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the Effective Date.

 

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Fernando Ruiz

Name:  

Fernando Ruiz

Title:  

Corp Vice President & Treasurer

DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark A. Whiteman

Name:  

Mark A. Whiteman

Title:  

President

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

Name:  

Albert Hansen

Title:  

President

[Signature Page to Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement]


Exhibit A

SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“ Sublease ”) is entered into as of November 30, 2009, by and between THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“ Sublessor ”), and PFENEX INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublessee ”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of December 20, 2007, by and between Sublessor and ECI TWO OBERLIN LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Master Lessor ”) (collectively and as amended or renewed from time to time, the “ Master Lease ”), Sublessor leased from Master Lessor certain premises (as set forth more particularly in the Master Lease, the “ Final Premises ”) located in a project located in San Diego, California (as set forth in the Master Lease, the “ Project ”). As of the date hereof, the Final Premises is comprised of the Building A Premises (as defined in the Master Lease) and the Building C Premises (as defined in the Master Lease).

B. Sublessor desires to sublease to Sublessee, and Sublessee desires to sublease from Sublessor, the entire Final Premises as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “ Subleased Premises ”) and all improvements and fixtures located thereon, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

C. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Master Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subleased Premises . Subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor the Subleased Premises. Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge and agree that there are 27,292 Rentable Square Feet in the Building A Premises and 4,768 Rentable Square Feet in the Building C Premises and Sublessee shall have no right to remeasure or otherwise contest the Rentable Square Feet in either space for any purpose.

2. Term .

2.1 Initial Term . The term of this Sublease (“ Sublease Term ”) shall commence on the later of (a) December 1, 2009, and (b) the closing of the transaction transferring certain assets of Sublessor to Sublessee (the “ Commencement Date ”) and shall expire on March 15, 2011 unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.

2.2 Automatic Termination . This Sublease shall terminate automatically upon any expiration or earlier termination of the Master Lease and Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee by reason thereof.

3. Condition of Subleased Premises; Improvements . Sublessee acknowledges that it has inspected the Subleased Premises and agrees to accept the same in an “ AS-IS ”, “ WHERE-IS ” condition, without any representation or warranty, express or implied, being made by Sublessor. Sublessee further accepts the Subleased Premises subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws,

 

-2-


ordinances, and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Subleased Premises. Sublessee acknowledges that neither Sublessor nor Sublessor’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability or fitness of the Subleased Premises for the conduct of Sublessee’s use, the physical condition or the fitness for any particular purpose of all or any part of the Subleased Premises as an inducement to Sublessee to enter into this Sublease or for any other purpose. Sublessor shall have no obligation to make any alterations or improvements in the Subleased Premises or to provide any allowance therefor.

4. Rent .

4.1 Monthly Base Rent . Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Sublease Term, Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor Monthly Base Rent for the Subleased Premises equal to Forty Thousand Seventy-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($40,075.00) (based on $1.25 per Rentable Square Foot in the Subleased Premises). Sublessee shall, concurrently with execution hereof, pay Sublessor its first monthly installment of Monthly Base Rent.

4.2 Additional Rent; Building Costs; Property Taxes . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Sublessee shall be obligated to pay all additional rent (as described in Section 5(b) of the Master Lease) payable by Sublessor under the Master Lease, including, without limitation, all Operating Expense payments due and payable under the Master Lease (“ Additional Rent ”). In addition to the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent which are expressly provided for above, Sublessee shall be responsible throughout the Sublease Term for all other payments or charges arising or accruing under the Master Lease during the Sublease Term including, without limitation, the following: (a) any charges relating to any special privilege or services provided to Sublessee (or its subtenants, assignees or anyone claiming by, through or under Sublessee) such as HVAC and freight elevator service for which Sublessor is separately charged by Master Lessor; (b) any indemnity payments relating to the Subleased Premises not attributable to any act of Sublessor; (c) any claims for damages or other losses resulting from a casualty to the Subleased Premises; (d) any claims by Master Lessor for reimbursement resulting from Master Lessor’s exercise of self help remedies in the Subleased Premises, and (e) any utility charges due and payable under the Master Lease (collectively, items (a) through (e) shall be included in the definition of Additional Rent).

4.3 Payment of Rent . Monthly Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month, at such address as Sublessor shall, from time to time, specify in writing. If the date of termination of this Sublease is not the last day of a calendar month, then rent for the last month of this Sublease shall be prorated. All Additional Rent shall be paid to Sublessor within five (5) days of demand and before it becomes delinquent under the Master Lease. Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts due under this Sublease shall be deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”). Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Sublease, all Rent shall be paid by Sublessee without notice, demand, deduction, offset or abatement in lawful money of the United States.

5. Use of the Subleased Premises .

5.1 Permitted Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for the uses set forth in Section 7(a) of the Master Lease, and for no other purpose.

5.2 Alterations; Compliance with Law . Sublessee shall not be permitted to make alterations to the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (and otherwise in compliance with and to the extent allowed under the Master Lease). Sublessee shall, at its sole expense, comply promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, restrictions of record, and requirements in effect during the term hereof (or any part of such term) regulating its use of the Subleased Premises.

 

-3-


5.3 Maintenance of Subleased Premises . Sublessee agrees that it shall use and maintain the Subleased Premises in a first class condition and otherwise as required by the Master Lease.

5.4 Surrender . Upon the expiration or termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall return the Subleased Premises in the same condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and in the same configuration as of the date hereof (including any renovations thereto, which shall become part of the Subleased Premises), unless otherwise required by Sublessor or the Master Lessor.

6. Building Services . Sublessor shall have no obligation during the Sublease Term (whether under the Master Lease or otherwise) to render any services to the Premises or to expend any money for the repair of or perform any obligation for Sublessee in, to or with respect to the Subleased Premises of any nature whatsoever. Sublessor specifically is not responsible for providing security to the Subleased Premises and shall have no liability whatsoever to Sublessee for loss, damage or theft of or to Sublessee’s property.

7. Master Lease .

7.1 Sublessor’s Compliance with Master Lease . Sublessee expressly agrees that Sublessor shall not be obligated to perform, and shall not be liable or responsible for the performance by or failure of performance of Master Lessor, of any of the obligations of Master Lessor under the Master Lease and Sublessee shall have no claim against Sublessor for any default of Master Lessor. Sublessee further agrees that Sublessor shall not be obligated to perform any of the obligations of Sublessor as tenant under the Master Lease and Sublessee shall have no claim against Sublessor for any such non-performance, including, without limitation, any termination or forfeiture of the Master Lease caused by Sublessor.

7.2 Application of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other with respect to the Subleased Premises under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease (which are incorporated herein by reference), except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease (e.g., Sections 1(i), 1(k), and 3 of the Master Lease), in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease and with respect to the Subleased Premises only, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublessee herein; provided, however, Sublessor does not assume and shall not otherwise be liable for the obligations of the Master Lessor under the Master Lease. Sublessee hereby waives any cause of action and any right to bring any action against Sublessor by reason of any act or omission of Master Lessor under the Master Lease. Any condition resulting from a default by Master Lessor shall not constitute as between Sublessor and Sublessee an eviction, actual or constructive, of Sublessee and no such default shall excuse Sublessee from the performance or observance of any of its obligation under this Sublease or entitle Sublessee to any rental abatement hereunder.

7.3 Subordinate to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. Sublessee acknowledges that this Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Master Lease and that this Sublease shall be subject and subordinate to all agreements which have recorded or statutory priority over this Sublease or the Master Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the expiration or termination of this Sublease and/or the Master Lease and/or the termination of Sublessee’s rights to possession of the Subleased Premises shall not discharge, relieve or release Sublessee from any obligation or liability whatsoever under any indemnity provision of this Sublease.

 

-4-


7.4 No Greater Rights . Any obligation of Sublessor which is contained in this Sublease by the incorporation by reference of the provisions of the Master Lease may be observed or performed by Sublessor using reasonable efforts to cause the Master Lessor under the Master Lease to observe and/or perform the same, and Sublessor shall have a reasonable time to enforce its rights to cause such observance or performance. Sublessee shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Subleased Premises greater than Sublessor’s rights under the Master Lease.

7.5 Sublessee Not to Breach . Sublessee shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing which may constitute a breach or violation of any term, covenant or condition of the Master Lease by the tenant thereunder, whether or not such act or thing is permitted under the provisions of this Sublease.

7.6 Insurance Required Under Master Lease . Sublessee shall be responsible, at its own cost and expense, for obtaining and maintaining relative to the Subleased Premises, all that insurance (including coverage for possessions and general liability) as is required by the Master Lease to be carried by the “Tenant” thereunder. Sublessee’s insurance shall be issued by an insurance company or companies approved by Sublessor and the Master Lessor, and shall be written on such forms with such exclusions and deductible amounts as Sublessor shall approve. The policy or policies shall name Sublessor and Master Lessor as additional insureds and shall include thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Sublessor prior to the cancellation or material reduction in coverage of such insurance policies.

8. Signage . Sublessee shall not cause, suffer or permit any person to display any signs or notices at the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Master Lessor and Sublessor. All signage shall be at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense.

9. Brokerage . Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker or finder has been engaged by it, respectively, in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Sublease or to its knowledge is in any way connected with any of such transactions. In the event of a claim for broker’s or finder’s fee or commissions in connection herewith, Sublessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Sublessee harmless from and against the same if it shall be based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Sublessor, and Sublessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Sublessor harmless from and against the same if it shall be based upon any statement or agreement alleged to have been made by Sublessee. The parties’ respective indemnification obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination or expiration of this Sublease.

10. Indemnification

10.1 In General . Sublessee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublessor, its affiliates, employees, officers, directors, agents and representatives, and the Master Lessor and each of their respective successors and assigns, harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, costs (including costs of cure, remedy or settlement made by Sublessor), damages, demands, and expenses (including costs of investigation, defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees, whether or not litigation, arbitration or mediation is actually instigated or commenced) from the payment of, or the obligation to pay, any and all sums of money due or demanded by any person or entity whatsoever on account of any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, liens, settlements, judgments, garnishments or attachments (collectively, “ Losses ”), arising out of or in connection with (a) the acts, omissions or negligence of Sublessee or its employees, agents, contractors and invitees; (b) the breach of the Master Lease by Sublessee and/or default by Sublessee in the observance of its terms, covenants or conditions and any cure undertaken by Sublessor with respect thereto; (c) the breach of this Sublease by Sublessee and any default in the observance of its terms, covenants or conditions; (d) the use of the Premises or Subleased Premises by Sublessee or its employees, agents, contractors and invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Sublessee; (e) any injury or death of any person (including, without limitation, any employee of Sublessor or any damage to or destruction of any property of any person (including, without

 

-5-


limitation, any employee of Sublessor occurring on or about the Premises); or (f) any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims and demands taken or made in enforcing this indemnity. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Sublessor shall not be liable for and Sublessee hereby waives all claims against Sublessor for any damage to any property or injury, illness or death of any person in, upon, or about the Premises arising at any time and from any cause whatsoever.

10.2 Defense by Sublessee . In connection with any claim giving rise to indemnity hereunder resulting from or arising out of any claim or legal proceeding by any third party, Sublessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall assume the defense of any such claim or legal proceeding using counsel of Sublessor’s choice. Sublessor shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any such action, with its counsel and at its own expense; provided, however, that if Sublessor, in its reasonable discretion, determines that there exists a conflict of interest between the Sublessee (or any constituent party thereof) and Sublessor, Sublessor shall have the right to engage separate counsel, the actual costs and expenses of which shall be paid by Sublessee.

11. Default . In the event of a default by Sublessee under this Sublease which continues after the giving of any notice and the expiration of any cure period provided for a like default under the Master Lease, Sublessor shall have available to it under this Sublease all remedies which are available to Master Lessor under the Master Lease, including the imposition of late charges and interest on delinquent payments.

12. Assignment/Subletting . Sublessee’s rights to assign, sublease, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer (each, a “ Transfer ”) all or any part of Sublessee’s interest in this Sublease, or permit the Subleased Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Sublessee, shall be in accordance with and subject to all provision of Section 23 of the Master Lease. Additionally, any Transfer sought by Sublessee shall be subject to Sublessor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld within the purview, context and general criteria of said Section 23.

13. Miscellaneous Provisions .

13.1 Entire Agreement . This Sublease, together with the Exhibits hereto (which are incorporated herein by this reference), constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties hereto with respect thereto. No claim of waiver, modification, consent or acquiescence with respect to any of the provisions of this Sublease shall be made against either party, except on the basis of a written instrument executed by or on behalf of such party.

13.2 Governing Law and Venue . This Sublease is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Building is located.

13.3 Attorneys’ Fees . If any or all of Sublessor, Sublessee, or Master Lessor shall bring an action against any other by reason of the breach of any covenant, provision or condition hereof, or otherwise arising out of this Sublease, the unsuccessful party shall pay to the prevailing party all attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred by the prevailing party, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

-6-


13.4 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by personal service, by Federal Express® or other nationally recognized commercial courier service, or mailed first class, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, in all cases addressed to:

 

SUBLESSOR:        The Dow Chemical Company
   2030 Dow Center
   Midland, Michigan 48674
   Attn: Charles Kendall
SUBLESSEE:    Pfenex Inc.
   5451 Oberlin Drive
   San Diego, California 92121
   Attn: Bert Liang

In the case of service by personal delivery, delivery shall be deemed complete on the date of delivery. In the case of service by Federal Express® or other nationally recognized commercial courier service, service shall be deemed complete on the second (2nd) business day following deposit with such courier service. In the case of service by mail, service shall be deemed complete at the earlier of (i) the expiration of the third business day after the date of mailing, or (ii) the date of delivery as shown by the return receipt. Either party hereto may from time to time, by notice in writing, served as set forth above, designate-a different address or a different or additional person to which all such notices or communications thereafter are to be given.

13.5 Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall perform all acts and things and to make, execute and deliver such written instruments as shall be reasonably necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of this Sublease.

13.6 Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one agreement.

[Signatures on next page.]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease as of the day and year set forth above.

 

“SUBLESSOR”:

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles B. Kendall

  Name:  

Charles B. Kendall

  Its:  

Authorized Representative

“SUBLESSEE”:

PFENEX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Albert Hansen

  Name:  

Albert Hansen

  Its:  

President

 

-8-


EXHIBIT “A” TO SUBLEASE

SUBLEASED PREMISES


LOGO


LOGO


Exhibit B

Transition Services Agreement


Exhibit C

Technology Assignment Agreement


Exhibit D

Technology Licensing Agreement


Exhibit E

Grant-Back License Agreement


Schedule 1.17

Permitted Liens

 

1. License Agreement between Dow Global Technologies and Diversa Corporation dated December 30, 2003.

 

2. Pfenex Expression Technology License Agreement between Dow Global Technologies and Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories dated April 30, 2008.

 

3. Technology License Agreement between DGTI and Dow AgroScience (DAS) as of January 7, 2009.

 

4. Any requirements under the License Agreement between Washington University and Agrigenetics dated December 30, 1996.

 

5. Any requirements under the Agreement between Agrigenetics and University of Wisconsin dated December 23, 1982.

 

6. Any rights or licenses as required by foreign patent offices including, but not limited to, compulsory licenses as required by foreign patent offices.


Schedule 2.2

Fixed Assets

 

Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0028    00253818    12/1/2003      20       APC INFRASTRUXURE UNINTE-      20,297         5,924         14,373   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00233314    8/1/2001      10       REVCO ULT2586-9D FREEZER,      9,484         8,735         750   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00233315    8/1/2001      10       REVCO ULT2586-9D FREEZER,      9,484         8,735         750   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00245239    6/1/2001      10       12 ZETA PLUS HOUSING      1,973         1,644         329   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00245241    6/1/2001      10       SET OF 6 WATSON MARLOW PU      3,293         2,744         549   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00245242    6/1/2001      10       STREAMLINE 200 COLUMN AND      10,071         8,394         1,677   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00248024    7/1/1994      12       FORKLIFT 1987 CATERPILLA      5,587         5,587         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00252793    11/1/2003      10       BPG 140/500 COLUMN DIN/NI      6,409         5,641         768   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00252794    11/1/2003      10       BPG 300/500 COLUMN DIN/NI      16,481         14,505         1,976   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00260068    3/1/2004      10       PALL MAXIM PLUS TFF      76,233         6,354         69,879   
0001    YU    00001140    0041    00295391    9/1/2006      10       PACIFIC RIM MECHANICAL      36,172         11,154         25,018   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254111    12/1/2003      5       AMERSHAM BIOPROCESS SKID      229,615         229,615         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254112    12/1/2003      5       20CM (16L) CHROMA. COLUMN      8,878         8,878         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254113    12/1/2003      5       20CM (16L) CHROMA. COLUMN      8,878         8,878         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254114    12/1/2003      5       20CM (16L) CHROMA. COLUMN      8,878         8,878         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254115    12/1/2003      5       45CM (78L) CHROMA. COLUMN      49,903         49,903         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254447    1/1/2004      5       STEDIM PALLETANKS (15 EA)      34,151         34,151         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254452    1/1/2004      5       FILTER HOUSING 30IN X 3      6,664         6,664         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254453    1/1/2004      5       FILTER HOUSING 30IN X 3      6,664         6,664         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254455    1/1/2004      5       UF MEMBRANE HOUSING      6,664         6,664         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254819    3/1/2004      5       ULTRA FILTRATION PELLICON      7,956         7,399         557   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254820    3/1/2004      5       WATSON MARLOW      2,931         2,727         204   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254821    3/1/2004      5       ULTRA FILTRATION MEMBRANE      5,862         5,452         410   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254822    3/1/2004      5       WATSON MARLOW      2,931         2,727         204   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254824    3/1/2004      5       METTLE TOLEDO      6,281         5,842         439   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00254825    3/1/2004      5       THERMOFORMA REFRIGERATOR      7,537         7,010         528   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00258951    7/1/2004      3       MILLIPORE PROFLUX M60      74,906         74,906         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0042    00258953    7/1/2004      3       MORSE DRUM HANDLER      2,918         2,918         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00213183    4/1/1991      15       FERMENTER, 1500 LITER, (P      111,630         111,630         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00213184    4/1/1991      15       FERMENTER, 1500 LITER, (P      111,630         111,630         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00213186    4/1/1991      15       FERMENTER, 75 LITER, (PP)      50,284         50,284         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00213187    4/1/1991      15       FERMENTER, 75 LITER, (PP)      50,284         50,284         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00213201    4/2/1994      10       IMPELLERS      7,340         7,340         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00216585    8/1/1999      10       AGILENT 1100 BINARY PUMP      10,433         10,433         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00216594    8/1/1999      10       TECAN MINI PREP 50 PKG      16,395         16,395         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00218352    8/1/1999      10       AGILENT 1100 COLUMN HEATR      9,671         9,671         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00218363    8/1/1999      10       AGILENT 1100 AUTOSAMPLER      8,166         8,166         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00218375    8/1/1999      10       AGILENT 1100 DEGASSER      3,224         3,224         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219208    1/1/2000      10       HP 8453 UV-VIS SPECTROPHO      19,337         18,856         481   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219214    1/1/2000      10       44 RAININ P2, P20,P100, P      7,332         7,147         185   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219220    2/1/2000      10       PHARMACIA AKTA EXPLORER 1      61,439         59,393         2,046   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219223    2/1/2000      10       STERIS 60” GRV FERMENTATI      100,596         97,247         3,349   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219243    1/1/2000      10       20 CORNING PC-20 STIRRER      6,347         6,190         157   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219254    1/1/2000      10       SLM AMINCO AB-2 (FA254)L      45,380         44,245         1,135   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219255    1/1/2000      10       REVCO VCRR445A18 CHROMOTO      7,446         7,364         82   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219256    1/1/2000      10       REVCO U2020GA14 FREEZER      1,182         1,169         13   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219257    1/1/2000      10       BRANSON SONIFIER II CELL      3,191         3,157         34   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219280    1/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH PTC200 THERMA      5,235         5,102         133   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219281    1/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH PTC200 THERMA      5,235         5,102         133   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219282    1/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALS1296 ALPHA      2,617         2,553         64   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219283    1/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALD1234 ALPHA      2,804         2,730         74   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219284    1/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALD1234 ALPHA      2,804         2,730         74   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219289    1/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5417R REFRIGERA      5,179         5,050         129   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219290    1/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5417C CENTRIFUG      2,252         2,196         56   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219292    1/1/2000      10       ISOTEMP 11690650D INCUBAT      1,351         1,317         34   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219293    1/1/2000      10       ISOTEMP 11690650D INCUBAT      1,351         1,317         34   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219294    1/1/2000      10       10 FISHER GENIE 2 VORTEX      1,801         1,756         45   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219392    4/1/2000      10       VIRTIS ADVANTAGE FREEZE      15,586         14,812         774   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219444    4/1/2000      10       NESLAB CFT-25 CHILLER S/N      4,521         4,296         225   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219446    4/1/2000      10       EDWARDS E2M28 ROTARY PUMP      4,521         4,296         225   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219448    4/1/2000      10       HP MSD 5973 MASS PSECTROM      54,867         52,127         2,740   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219450    4/1/2000      10       CTC ANALYTICS COMBI PAL A      21,947         20,854         1,093   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219451    4/1/2000      10       CTC ANALYTICS COMBI PAL A      21,947         20,854         1,093   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219452    4/1/2000      10       3 APEX PROSEP 800 LARGE      65,840         62,549         3,291   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219456    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1222A DEGASSER S/N:J      2,032         1,929         103   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219457    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1222A DEGASSER S/N:J      2,032         1,929         103   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219458    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1311A HPLC PUMPS S/N      11,516         10,944         572   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219459    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1312A HPLC PUMPS S/N      11,516         10,944         572   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219460    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1313A AUTOSAMPLER      9,484         9,007         477   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219461    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1313A AUTOSMPLER      9,484         9,007         477   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219462    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1314A UV-VIS DETECTO      6,774         6,432         342   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219463    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1321A FLUORESCENCE D      9,484         9,007         477   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219464    4/1/2000      10       HP G 1316A COLUMN HEATER      5,419         5,148         271   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219763    2/1/2000      10       2 COLE PARMER 77410-00      1,263         1,220         43   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219764    2/1/2000      10       2 COLE PARMER 77601-60      505         492         13   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219765    2/1/2000      10       9 MILLIPORE PEL2 PLC FILT      4,547         4,401         146   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219766    1/1/2000      10       COMPOSITE ROTOR INC. KAD-      5,408         5,275         133   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219767    1/1/2000      10       COMPOSITE ROTOR INC. KAD-      3,877         3,780         97   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219768    1/1/2000      10       COMPOSITE ROTOR INC. CBTH      918         896         22   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219846    2/1/2000      10       BioRad Protein IEF      11,251         10,878         373   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00219868    2/1/2000      10       BECKMAN/COULTER AVANTI      37,200         35,962         1,238   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220092    6/1/2000      10       MOLECULAR DEVICES GEMINI      35,691         33,312         2,379   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220169    6/1/2000      10       COMPOSITE ROTOR INC. KAJ      4,854         4,527         327   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220181    6/1/2000      10       ADVANCED LASER POLARIMETE      38,074         35,533         2,541   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220373    7/1/2000      10       ONIX VG PRIMA P600S PROCE      103,895         96,110         7,785   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220374    7/1/2000      10       ONIX STANDARD ANALYZER W/      11,544         10,676         868   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220705    7/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER BC AVANTI      32,952         30,479         2,473   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220706    7/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER JA12 ROTO      9,843         9,103         740   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220707    7/1/2000      10       BOEKEL 131000 HYBRIDIZATI      1,770         1,639         131   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220708    7/1/2000      10       METTLER PB303-SRS BALANCE      1,416         1,316         100   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220709    7/1/2000      10       METTLER AB54-SRS BALANCE      1,770         1,639         131   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220710    7/1/2000      10       SPECTRONICS XL-1500 UV CR      1,628         1,508         120   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220712    7/1/2000      10       JOUAN CR422 CENTRIFUGE S/      10,123         9,362         761   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220713    7/1/2000      10       JOUAN CR422 CENTRIFUGE S/      10,123         9,362         761   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220994    8/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5417R REFRIGERA      5,355         4,914         441   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220995    8/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5417R REFRIGERA      5,355         4,914         441   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00220996    8/1/2000      10       ISOTEMP 215 DUAL WATER BA      1,190         1,092         98   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221170    8/1/2000      10       5 METTLER TOLEDO BALANCE      10,471         9,598         873   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221192    8/1/2000      10       HAMILTON HM554S824PB FUME      10,650         9,765         885   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221193    8/1/2000      10       HAMILTON HM554S824PB FUME      10,650         9,765         885   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221299    2/1/2000      10       M FLEX DRIVE L/S 1-100RPM      15,240         14,733         507   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221300    2/1/2000      10       LS EASY LOAD II PUMP HEAD      8,206         7,937         269   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221685    9/1/2000      10       GENETIX QP9804 COLONY PIC      103,160         93,705         9,455   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221762    5/1/1984      3       STERILGUARD HOOD S/N 5622      1,342         1,342         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00221770    2/1/2000      10       steris sterilizer 24x36x6      91,686         88,634         3,052   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222273    10/1/2000      10       FISHER 117 LABCONCO VACUU      3,296         2,972         324   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222275    10/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALS-1296 ALPH      2,041         1,836         205   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222276    10/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALS-1296 ALPH      2,041         1,836         205   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222277    10/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALS-1296 ALPH      2,041         1,836         205   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222278    10/1/2000      10       MJ RESEARCH ALSH 2384 ALP      3,317         2,989         328   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222279    10/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5417R REFRIGERA      4,851         4,367         484   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222280    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER AVANTI J-      27,644         24,876         2,768   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222281    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER JLA 8.100      13,221         11,899         1,322   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222282    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER OPTIMA XL      39,664         35,695         3,969   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222283    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER TY-70TI R      9,615         8,658         957   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222284    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER SW-28 ROT      9,615         8,658         957   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222285    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER SW-41TI R      10,817         9,739         1,078   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222286    10/1/2000      10       BECKMAN COULTER 100TI ROT      9,615         8,658         957   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222661    10/1/2000      10       PYREX LAB LASSARE FOR 550      8,857         7,975         882   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222663    10/1/2000      10       FIHER UV TRANSILLUMINATOR      1,620         1,459         161   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222664    10/1/2000      10       EPPENDORF 5810R CENTRIFUG      15,694         14,124         1,570   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222665    10/1/2000      10       REVCO ULTIMA II UPRT 86 F      1,744         1,568         176   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00222727    10/1/2000      10       2700 D SELECT BIOCHEM ANA      17,907         16,120         1,787   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00223290    11/1/2000      10       SPECTRONIC INSTR FA078 FR      21,782         19,422         2,360   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00223294    11/1/2000      10       REVCO ULTIMA II FREEZER S      9,421         8,401         1,020   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00223387    12/1/2000      10       ALPHA INNOTECH GEL IMAGIN      18,313         16,175         2,138   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00223388    12/1/2000      10       ALPHA INNOTECH GEL IMAGIN      18,313         16,175         2,138   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00223530    12/1/2000      10       VIRTEK SDDC-2 ARRAYER SYS      65,439         57,796         7,643   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00224911    12/1/2000      10       DIONEX ED50 ELECTROCHEMIC      12,615         11,148         1,467   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225206    12/1/2000      10       MALDI REFLECTROM MASS SPE      221,396         195,518         25,878   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225256    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99169 FERMENTOR      67,279         59,247         8,032   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225257    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99169 FERMENTOR      67,279         59,247         8,032   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225258    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99307 FERMENTOR      67,279         59,247         8,032   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225261    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99307 FERMENTOR      67,279         59,247         8,032   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225262    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99307 FERMENTOR      67,239         59,210         8,029   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225263    12/1/2000      10       20L SP 99307 FERMENTOR      67,239         59,210         8,029   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225648    12/1/2000      10       AGILENT 2440AA LC/MSD TRA      161,471         142,634         18,837   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225649    12/1/2000      10       AGILENT 1600A CAPILLARY E      40,368         35,662         4,706   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225651    12/1/2000      10       APPLIED BIOSYSTEMS 3100 D      157,576         139,101         18,475   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225916    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1501-A SHAKING I      22,925         20,238         2,687   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225917    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1501-B SHAKING I      22,925         20,238         2,687   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225918    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1501-C SHAKING I      22,941         20,254         2,687   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225919    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1503-A SHAKING I      30,396         26,842         3,554   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225920    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1503-B SHAKING I      30,396         26,842         3,554   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225921    12/1/2000      10       KUHNER SM1503-C SHAKING I      30,396         26,842         3,554   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225937    11/17/2000      10       Pellicon Filter;P17508;Mi      1,885         1,885         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225939    11/17/2000      10       Peristaltic Pump;101 U/R      3,771         3,771         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225940    11/17/2000      10       Peristaltic Pump and acce      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00225960    11/17/2000      10       Pipet-aid;Drummond Scient      2,828         2,828         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226017    11/17/2000      10       Air pressure gauge, 0 - 0      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226028    11/17/2000      10       Balance;AG245;Mettler      3,771         3,331         440   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226029    11/17/2000      10       Balance;PB1502;Mettler      4,714         4,161         553   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226030    11/17/2000      10       Balance;PR5002;Mettler To      1,885         1,670         215   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226031    11/17/2000      10       Balance;Scout-;SC6010;Oha      1,885         1,670         215   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226032    11/17/2000      10       Balance;BB2400;BB2400;Met      943         943         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226042    11/17/2000      10       BPG 140/500 Column;Amersh      20,887         18,452         2,435   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226043    11/17/2000      10       BPG 140/500 Column;Amersh      20,887         18,452         2,435   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226044    11/17/2000      10       BPG Column;140/500;Amersh      7,542         6,663         879   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226048    11/17/2000      10       Centrifuge;Avanti;J-25;Be      75,419         66,622         8,797   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226050    11/17/2000      10       Chamber pressure gauge (0      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226051    11/17/2000      10       Chamber pressure gauge, -      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226054    11/17/2000      10       Circulating water bath;Ma      18,855         16,651         2,204   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226066    11/17/2000      10       Compressed air pressure g      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226067    11/17/2000      10       Compressed air pressure g      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226068    11/17/2000      10       Compressed air pressure g      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226069    11/17/2000      10       Compressed air tank gauge      566         566         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226070    11/17/2000      10       Compressed air tank press      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226074    11/17/2000      10       Constant temperature oven      5,656         5,656         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226075    11/17/2000      10       Continuous Flow Centrifug      5,656         5,656         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226089    11/17/2000      10       Diode-array Detector;HP 1      566         505         61   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226180    11/17/2000      10       Laboratory Vacuum Pump an      3,771         3,771         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226182    11/17/2000      10       Labscale TFF System;Milli      943         943         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226197    11/17/2000      10       Magnetic stirrer;12in;S47      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226198    11/17/2000      10       Magnetic stirrer;12in;S47      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226199    11/17/2000      10       MasterFlex I/P pump;Milli      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226213    11/17/2000      10       Multi-Blok Heater;2053;La      3,771         3,771         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226217    11/17/2000      10       Nitrogen pressure gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226218    11/17/2000      10       Nitrogen pressure gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226219    11/17/2000      10       Nitrogen pressure gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226226    11/17/2000      10       Outlet pressure gauge, 0      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226231    11/17/2000      10       Pressure regulator gauge      943         943         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226234    11/17/2000      10       Pressure regulator gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226235    11/17/2000      10       Pressure regulator gauge,      566         566         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226237    11/17/2000      10       Pressure regulator gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226238    11/17/2000      10       Pressure regulator gauge,      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226239    11/17/2000      10       Pressure Regulator gauge      943         943         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226247    11/17/2000      10       Pump, Low Flow 32 RPM;101      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226254    11/17/2000      10       Refrigerator / Freezer;H      7,542         6,663         879   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226256    11/17/2000      10       Refrigerated Incubator sh      9,427         9,427         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226263    11/17/2000      10       Refrigerator, 2 - 8 Degre      5,656         4,999         657   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226276    11/17/2000      10       Sonifier;450;Branson      3,771         3,771         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226295    11/17/2000      10       Stirrer;overhead;Wheaton      3,771         3,771         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226297    11/17/2000      10       Super Fraction Collector;      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226362    11/17/2000      10       Thermostatted Autosampler      566         505         61   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226363    11/17/2000      10       Thermostatted Column Comp      566         505         61   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226368    11/17/2000      10       Ultralow Temperature Free      13,198         11,660         1,538   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226372    11/17/2000      10       Vaccum pressure gauge, -      566         566         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226374    11/17/2000      10       Vacuum Degasser;HP 1100;H      566         505         61   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226382    11/17/2000      10       Vacuum Pump and Compresso      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226390    11/17/2000      10       Vortex;Genie 2;G-560;Fiso      2,828         2,828         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226391    11/17/2000      10       Vortex Mixer;Genie 2;VWR      943         943         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226395    11/17/2000      10       Vortex-Genie 2;G-560;VWR      2,828         2,500         328   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00226399    11/17/2000      10       Water Bath;VWR Scientifc      943         833         110   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227286    12/1/2000      10       NIKON E800 MICROSCOPE S/N      61,574         54,388         7,186   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227287    12/1/2000      10       NIKON E600 MICROSCOPE S/N      27,988         24,725         3,263   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227289    12/1/2000      10       SAVANT RVT400-115 REFREIG      4,951         4,373         578   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227290    12/1/2000      10       SAVANT OFP400-115 VACUUM      7,427         6,564         863   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227292    12/1/2000      10       SAVANT SPD111V-115 SPEEDV      7,427         6,564         863   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227293    12/1/2000      10       SAVANT CONCENTRATOR S/N:O      20,795         18,360         2,435   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227466    12/1/2000      10       SPECTRAMAX PLUS 384 MICRO      23,273         20,546         2,727   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227469    12/1/2000      10       AGILENT G 1322 HPLC      93,767         82,831         10,936   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227470    12/1/2000      10       AGILENT UV-VIS SPECTROPHO      23,442         20,707         2,735   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227471    12/1/2000      10       AGILENT HP 6890 GC S/N:US      50,233         44,373         5,860   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227503    12/1/2000      10       STERIS CENTURY SCIENTIFIC      51,908         45,833         6,075   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227585    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      89,538         78,347         11,191   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227586    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      89,538         78,347         11,191   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227587    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      89,538         78,347         11,191   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227588    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      89,538         78,347         11,191   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227589    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      90,511         79,196         11,315   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227590    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      90,511         79,196         11,315   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227591    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      90,511         79,196         11,315   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227592    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS W/      90,511         79,196         11,315   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227593    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS CU      82,726         72,390         10,336   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00227594    1/1/2001      10       SP99169-20L FERMENTORS CU      82,726         72,390         10,336   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00228118    1/1/2001      10       OMEGA DR231012010A4-M1-C2      7,780         6,810         970   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229344    3/1/2001      10       FISHER HAMILTON SAFE AIRE      7,705         6,617         1,088   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229360    3/1/2001      10       FISHER 307C INCUBATOR S/N      2,744         2,355         389   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229361    3/1/2001      10       FISHER 307C INCUBATOR S/N      2,744         2,355         389   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229362    3/1/2001      10       REVCO ULT21869D34 UPRIGHT      9,078         7,795         1,283   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229363    3/1/2001      10       BUCHI R124C24PB481 ROTVAP      6,544         5,616         928   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229678    3/1/2001      10       STANDARD BIOPROCESS SYSTE      152,090         141,231         10,859   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229717    1/1/2001      10       FREEZER MODEL ULT2586-93,      8,078         7,527         551   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229718    1/1/2001      10       REFRIGERATOR MODEL REL230      4,252         3,962         290   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229720    1/1/2001      10       FREEZER MODEL ULT2330D18,      4,677         4,358         319   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229721    1/1/2001      10       FREEZER MODEL ULT2586-93,      8,078         7,527         551   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229722    1/1/2001      10       FREEZER MODEL ULT2330D18,      4,677         4,358         319   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229723    1/1/2001      10       FREEZER MODEL ULT2330D18,      4,677         4,358         319   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00229817    3/1/2001      10       INCUBATOR 50/60, 220V, MO      3,610         3,353         257   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00230034    5/1/2001      10       APC MATRIX 500VA EXTENDED      4,116         3,467         649   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00230035    5/1/2001      10       APC MATRIX 500VA EXTENDED      4,116         3,467         649   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00230200    5/1/2001      10       AIR LOGIC CHEMICAL HOOD F      140,463         118,381         22,082   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00230491    7/1/2001      10       WESTFALIA SC 6-06-576 POL      200,520         165,429         35,091   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00231720    5/1/2001      10       METTLER AX105DR BALANCE A      6,443         5,963         481   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00231726    8/1/2001      10       FISHER ADA FUMEHOOD S/N:      7,246         5,923         1,323   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00231727    8/1/2001      10       FISHER ADA FUMEHOOD S/N:      7,246         5,923         1,323   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00232815    7/1/2001      10       STANDARD BIOPROCESS SYSTE      114,934         94,820         20,114   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00232816    7/1/2001      10       AKTA EXPLOER SYSTEM S/N:5      70,237         57,950         12,287   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00232817    7/1/2001      10       AKTA EXPLOER SYSTEM      70,237         57,950         12,287   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00232900    8/1/2001      10       CUSTOM CHEMICAL HOOD FOR      114,310         93,356         20,954   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00232905    3/1/2001      10       MICROFLUIDIZER M 11 OY S/      29,138         25,013         4,125   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00233085    10/1/2001      10       SANYO MPR 1410 DBL DOOR L      3,887         3,112         775   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life
Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00233136    9/1/2001      10       NIRO CERAMIC MICROFILTRAT      172,228         139,122         33,106   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00233240    9/1/2001      10       DNA PTC-0200 ENGINE CHASI      5,587         4,519         1,068   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00233409    10/1/2001      10       GENESIS 25 PUPER ES PILOT      41,092         32,872         8,220   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00233565    10/1/2001      10       EPPENDORF 5810R EPPENDORF      10,056         8,051         2,005   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00236711    10/1/2001      10       SANYO MPR 1410 DBL DOOR L      3,887         3,112         775   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237072    11/1/2001      10       MTPC 144 CONVIRON PLANT P      153,541         121,557         31,984   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237073    11/1/2001      10       MTPC 144 CONVIRON PLANT P      153,541         121,557         31,984   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237101    11/1/2001      10       PTC 2200 THERMAL CYCLER      10,601         8,392         2,209   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237102    11/1/2001      10       ALD 1233 DNA ENGINE      5,114         4,047         1,067   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237685    11/1/2001      10       REVCO ULT2586-9-A35 FREEZ      8,735         6,921         1,814   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237688    11/1/2001      10       METTLER TOLEDO AX504 ANAL      5,261         4,166         1,095   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00237689    11/1/2001      10       METTLER TOLEDO HR73 MOIST      4,305         3,407         898   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238184    12/1/2001      10       PL ELS EVAPORATIVE LIGHT      14,074         11,022         3,052   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238720    12/1/2001      10       BROOKFIELD RS CPS P1 CONE      17,399         13,630         3,769   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238980    12/1/2001      10       TAYLOR WHARTON 24K SRYOST      13,765         10,781         2,984   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238984    12/1/2001      10       TECAN POSID V2 RSP 150      23,650         18,480         5,170   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238988    12/1/2001      10       VIRTIS DOUBLE TIER MANIFO      1,728         1,357         371   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238990    12/1/2001      10       THERMO FORMA 983 DOUBLE D      8,580         6,721         1,859   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238992    12/1/2001      10       THERMO FORMA 195051 DELUX      2,145         1,685         460   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00238996    12/1/2001      10       FISHER SCIENTIFIC BIOPHOT      3,137         2,461         676   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00239001    12/1/2001      10       GENOMIC SOLUTIONS INVESTI      11,984         9,386         2,598   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00239692    12/1/2001      10       PRESTO LABEL WORKSTATION      23,667         18,542         5,125   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00239934    1/1/2002      10       INOX 200L JACKETED MIX TA      14,231         11,031         3,200   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00239935    1/1/2002      10       INOX 500L JACKETED MIX TA      18,972         14,702         4,270   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240071    1/1/2002      10       NORTHSTAR GD403 GLASSWARE      45,370         35,161         10,209   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240082    1/1/2002      10       SARTORIUS ANALYTICAL BALA      2,433         1,883         550   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240358    2/1/2002      10       PURETEC DI WATER SYSTEM F      42,796         32,815         9,981   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240415    1/1/2002      10       HP-1100 REFRACTIVE INDEX      7,051         7,051         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240560    3/1/2002      10       INNOVA 4000 INCUBATOR BEN      5,528         4,193         1,335   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240563    3/1/2002      10       SANYO MPR-720R SINGLE DOO      3,514         2,662         852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00240965    4/1/2002      10       REVCO ULTIMA II-80C FREEZ      8,481         6,362         2,119   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00242481    6/1/2002      10       DNA ENGINE CHASSIS SN: EN      5,539         4,064         1,475   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00242483    6/1/2002      10       ALPHA ENGINE 30/48 DUAL S      2,389         1,755         634   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00242679    7/1/2002      10       DYAD CHASSIS SN: DY002029      9,547         6,925         2,622   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00242680    7/1/2002      10       DYAD ALPHA UNIT SN: AL053      2,383         1,729         654   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00242681    7/1/2002      10       DYAD ALPHA UNIT SN: AI053      2,383         1,728         655   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243207    8/1/2002      10       FLUORCHEM 8800 DIGITAL IM      18,077         12,958         5,119   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243208    8/1/2002      10       FLUORCHEM 8800 DIGITAL IM      18,077         12,958         5,119   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243212    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243213    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-Q-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243214    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243215    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-Q-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243216    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243217    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243218    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243219    8/1/2002      10       KUNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCUB      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243220    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,792         5,852   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00243221    8/1/2002      10       KUHNER ISF-1-W SHAKERINCU      20,644         14,793         5,851   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00244228    10/1/2002      10       JULABO F34/MD CIRCULATOR      3,833         2,683         1,150   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00244234    10/1/2002      10       AGILENT G1312A 1100 SERIE      13,382         9,368         4,014   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00244235    10/1/2002      10       AGILENT G1379A 1100 SERIE      3,143         2,198         945   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00244236    10/1/2002      10       AGILENT G1313A 1100 SERIE      11,245         7,877         3,368   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00244237    10/1/2002      10       AGILENT G1365B 1100 SERIE      11,921         8,345         3,576   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00245890    12/1/2002      10       GENESIS FREEDOM 200 TEMO      293,020         200,233         92,787   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00245924    11/1/2002      10       GEA 1000 LITER BATCH TANK      17,549         12,135         5,414   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00246351    12/1/2002      10       SPAN 8 SINGLE PACKAGED BF      117,540         80,267         37,273   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00246381    12/1/2002      10       GENE TAC HYDRIDIZATION ST      57,825         39,492         18,333   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00247313    11/1/2002      10       GENETIX QFILL2 SN: 799      7,638         5,285         2,353   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00247516    12/1/2002      10       DIONEX AS40 AUTOMATED SAM      11,207         7,661         3,546   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00247523    11/1/2002      10       PERISTALIC PUMP, MODEL #7      5,023         4,511         512   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00247712    12/1/2002      10       AMERSHAM BIOSCIENCES CHRO      27,137         18,319         8,818   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00247749    1/1/2003      10       DELTA V 20L FERNENTORS BA      48,924         33,023         15,901   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00248051    8/1/2000      10       U LINE UNDERCOUNTER REFRI      10,001         9,167         834   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00249556    1/1/2001      10       AKTA EXPLORER 10 SYSTEM 1      45,711         39,998         5,713   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00250863    6/1/2001      10       CENTRIFUGE, FLOOR MODELJ2      3,648         3,042         606   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252083    8/1/2003      10       NIKON TS100 INVERTED      6,111         3,770         2,341   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252103    7/1/2003      10       QIAGEN 4-15C CENTRIFUGE      8,720         5,452         3,268   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252104    7/1/2003      10       QIAGEN 2X96 PLATE ROTOR      969         606         363   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252139    8/1/2003      10       JOUAN IGO5OR STACKED      7,299         4,504         2,795   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252140    9/1/2003      10       ARIETE NS2006H NIRO-      36,949         22,479         14,470   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252434    10/1/2003      10       THERMO FORMA 2-8C REFRIG.      5,794         5,109         685   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252824    9/1/2003      10       WAVE BIOREACTOR ROCKER      3,484         3,077         407   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252826    9/1/2003      10       BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET      5,323         4,701         621   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252830    9/1/2003      10       AKTA EXPLORER W/ CONTROL      81,357         71,845         9,512   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252831    9/1/2003      10       OSMOMETER MICRO      6,000         5,299         701   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252836    9/1/2003      10       CONDUCTIVITY METER W/      1,032         911         121   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252837    9/1/2003      10       PERPHECT PH ORION METER      1,032         911         121   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252842    9/1/2003      10       TABLE ORBITAL SHAKER      3,097         2,734         363   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00252957    11/1/2003      10       AGILENT 1100 SERIES      12,314         7,284         5,030   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00253061    11/1/2003      10       GEA-NIRO SOAVI NS 100 1L      15,723         9,284         6,439   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00253829    12/1/2003      10       GEA NIRO CONTROL PANEL      15,862         9,244         6,618   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00253830    12/1/2003      10       GEA NIRO FEED PUMP      2,974         1,732         1,242   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00253832    12/1/2003      10       GEA NIRO LOOP CONTROLLER      1,239         724         515   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00253833    12/1/2003      10       GEA NIRO INLET GUAGEW      991         577         414   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254083    12/1/2003      10       AGILENT 1100 VARIABLE      3,333         1,945         1,388   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254713    1/1/2004      10       MJ RESEARCH DNA ENG.      8,678         4,992         3,686   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254714    1/1/2004      10       AGILENT 1100 UV LC DET      6,509         3,744         2,765   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254715    1/1/2004      10       AGILENT 1100 UV LC DET      6,509         3,744         2,765   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254716    1/1/2004      10       MOL. DEV. SKANWASHER 400      6,509         3,744         2,765   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00254717    1/1/2004      10       AKTA 100 EXPLORER      78,103         44,911         33,192   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00255057    2/1/2004      10       MJ RESEARCH OPTICON QPRC      22,599         12,807         9,792   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00255682    4/1/2004      10       NOVA BP300 BIOPROFILE      32,393         17,817         14,576   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00263582    10/1/2004      10       MOLECULAR DEVICES SKAN      7,523         3,761         3,762   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00277032    2/1/2005      10       AMERSHAM      5,565         5,565         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00277033    2/1/2005      10       AMERSHAM      5,565         5,565         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00277053    2/1/2005      10       DASGIP FEDBATCH-PRO (8)      193,034         90,083         102,951   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279118    4/1/2005      10       VWR - BIOPHOTOMETER      16,308         7,341         8,967   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279119    4/1/2005      10       HARVARD ELECTROPORATOR      7,610         3,425         4,185   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279120    4/1/2005      10       SAVANT VAPOR TRAP      3,262         1,468         1,794   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279121    4/1/2005      10       FLUORCHEM IMAGING SYSTEM      31,528         14,190         17,338   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279122    4/1/2005      10       AVANTI CENTRIFUGE      50,010         22,507         27,503   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279134    5/1/2005      10       COLUMN DI/NI      4,551         2,011         2,540   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279135    5/1/2005      10       COLUMN DI/NI      4,551         2,011         2,540   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279136    5/1/2005      10       FIXED ANGLE ROTOR W/LID      6,427         2,840         3,587   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00279137    5/1/2005      10       PORTABLE FLR SCALE W/ ACC      10,181         4,498         5,683   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00285041    12/1/2005      10       SCI-LOG FILTER -TEC PLUS      13,235         5,075         8,160   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00285360    12/1/2005      10       MIRCROREACTOR TECHNOLOGIE      185,690         71,181         114,509   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00285686    1/1/2006      10       AVANTI ROTOR ASSEMBLY      9,141         3,428         5,713   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00285759    1/1/2006      10       CALIPER LABCHIP 90      75,910         28,467         47,443   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00297271    11/1/2006      10       DASGIP FEDBATCH-PRO      241,483         70,433         171,050   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00297272    12/1/2006      10       CALIPER LABCHIP 90 SYSTEM      80,424         22,786         57,638   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00298716    11/1/2006      10       TS SERIES BENCHTOP CELL      39,894         11,636         28,258   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00299932    1/1/2007      10       FORTEBIO OCTET SYSTEM      97,573         26,831         70,742   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00299978    1/1/2007      10       BRANSON ULTRASONICS      3,238         892         2,346   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00300028    1/1/2007      10       SARTORIUS SARTOCON SLICE      11,290         3,104         8,186   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00304180    11/1/2000      10       BIOFLO 3000 TMC FERMENTOR      40,801         36,381         4,420   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00304181    11/1/2000      10       BIOFLO 3000 TMC FERMENTOR      40,801         36,381         4,420   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00304705    6/1/2007      10       CELLERATOR U-24 CHANGED      32,325         7,544         24,781   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00304706    7/1/2007      10       DASGIP1 TOP DRIVE      91,598         20,611         70,987   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00304871    7/1/2007      10       BIORAD TETRAD PT240G      24,879         5,598         19,281   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00305639    8/1/2007      10       WYATT TECHNOLOGIES      93,583         20,277         73,306   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00305653    8/1/2007      10       BECKMAN COULTER      3,860         835         3,025   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00309914    1/1/2008      10       SPECTRAMAX M2E      57,598         10,081         47,517   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00310319    1/1/2008      10       SCINOMIX AUTOMATED      89,628         15,686         73,942   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00310396    1/1/2008      10       DASGIP      78,511         13,740         64,771   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00313432    6/1/2008      10       4-BOWL SUPER Q WATER SYST      21,326         2,846         18,480   
0001    YU    00001140    0043    00313433    6/1/2008      10       CHROMATOGRAPHY CLEAN RM      21,326         2,846         18,480   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00225633    12/1/2000      10       AKTA EXPLORER 100 COMPAC      82,992         73,297         9,695   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00225634    12/1/2000      10       AKTA EXPLORER 10 W/P950-F      67,902         59,971         7,931   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00226414    11/17/2000      10       Printer;LC-P45;Mettler To      377         335         42   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00226415    11/17/2000      10       Programmable Power Supply      2,828         2,500         328   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00226416    11/17/2000      10       Programmable Power Supply      2,828         2,828         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00226417    11/17/2000      10       Programmable Power Supply      2,828         2,500         328   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00241938    5/1/2002      10       DELL POWEREDGE 1500SC COM      3,388         2,515         873   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00252627    11/1/2003      5       DELL OPTIPLEX GX270T      1,240         1,240         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00252628    11/1/2003      5       DELL OPTIPLEX GX270T      1,240         1,240         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00252629    11/1/2003      5       DELL OPTIPLEX GX270T      1,240         1,240         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00252630    11/1/2003      5       DELL OPTIPLEX GX270T      1,240         1,240         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0047    00295295    8/1/2006      5       SYNCSORT BACKUP NETAPP      11,143         7,060         4,083   
0001    YU    00001140    0071    00232804    8/1/2001      14       BUILDING A STEELCASE FURN      332,546         193,984         138,562   
0001    YU    00001140    0071    00248035    3/1/1999      10       LAB FURNITURE POOL 110 CH      33,569         33,569         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0071    00248036    3/1/1999      10       LAB FURNITURE POOL CHAIRS      11,898         11,898         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0071    00248064    9/1/2000      14       OFFICE FURNITURE FOR LOBB      6,083         3,944         2,139   
0001    YU    00001140    0072    00220616    11/1/1998      5       PRESENTATION PROJECTOR      3,020         3,020         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0072    00248028    2/1/1996      3       POSTAGE METER ASCOM HASLE      1,334         1,334         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0072    00248031    7/1/1996      6       OFFICE EQUIPMENT FOLDER      474         474         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00222722    10/1/2000      5       DELL POWEREDGE 1300 PIII      6,137         6,137         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00222726    10/1/2000      5       DELL POWEREDGE 6400 18G      1,611         1,611         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00237106    11/1/2001      3       SQL SERVER NT WINDOWS PRO      3,970         3,970         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00242431    6/1/2002      3       PROXIMA DP 6860 MULTIMEDI      4,972         4,972         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00242484    6/1/2002      3       PROXIMA X350 MULTIMEDIA P      3,636         3,636         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00242485    6/1/2002      3       PROXIMA X350 MULTIMEDIA P      3,636         3,636         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00243176    8/1/2002      10       PROXIMA X350 MULTIMEDIA P      3,438         2,467         971   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00243178    8/1/2002      3       PROXIMA X350 MULTIMEDIA P      3,438         3,438         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00247688    12/1/2002      3       PROXIMA X350 MULTIMEDIA P      3,553         3,553         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00281591    9/1/2005      3       CISPRO CHEMICAL INVENTORY      7,321         7,321         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00284833    12/1/2005      3       SAMSUNG 915N-BLACK 19 IN.      3,845         3,845         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0073    00285808    1/1/2006      5       STORVANTAGE      85,342         64,006         21,336   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00220372    6/1/2000      5       VECTOR INFORMAX NTI SUITE      30,018         30,018         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00227280    12/1/2000      5       VECTOR NTI SUITE 2.0 SOFT      29,235         29,235         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00230198    5/1/2001      5       DNA SEQUIENCING SOFTWARE      4,498         4,498         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00230199    5/1/2001      5       DNA SEQUIENCING SOFTWARE      4,498         4,498         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00238559    12/1/2001      5       GENEMATHS SOFTWARE VERSIO      7,514         7,514         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00240913    4/1/2002      5       CORELIMS PLUS DBMS SOFTWA      5,297         5,297         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00240914    4/1/2002      5       PHRED INTERFACE SOFTWARE      1,606         1,606         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00240962    4/1/2002      5       PHRAP CROSS MATCH SOFTWAR      4,000         4,000         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00240963    4/1/2002      5       PHRAP OTT SOFTWARE      2,000         2,000         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00242418    6/1/2002      5       SEQUENCHER SOFTWARE      8,998         8,998         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00243023    8/1/2002      5       GENE DIRECTOR BASE SOFTWA      95,309         95,309         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00244241    10/1/2002      5       SIGNALLP SOFTWARE      8,543         8,543         0   


Dow
Company
Code

   Plant
Code
   Cost Center
Number
   Asset
Class
   Asset
Number
   Capitalization
Date
   Useful
Life

Year
Book
    

Asset Description 1

   Data
Acquisition
Cost
     Accum Depr      Net Book
Value
 
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00245352    11/1/2002      5       SEQUENCHER DNA SOFTWARE      8,998         8,998         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00247333    12/1/2002      5       INFORMAX VECTOR NTI LAB S      28,551         28,551         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0086    00247527    12/1/2002      5       SEQUENCHER SOFTWARE FOR W      5,042         5,042         0   
0001    YU    00001140    0087    00281592    9/1/2005      5       CISPRO CHEMICAL INVENTORY      7,189         5,873         1,316   
0001    YU    00001140    0087    00285809    1/1/2006      5       STORVANTAGE NET APP      42,313         31,736         10,577   
0001    YU    00001140    0087    00295455    8/1/2006      5       SYNCSORT BACKUP NETAPP      15,495         9,813         5,682   
0001    YY    00001424    9900    00251322    1/1/2000      5       Axis Genetics - Biotechno      683,000         683,000         0   
0001    YY    00001424    9902    00251321    1/1/2000      5       Axis Genetics - Biotechno      929,000         929,000         0   
                       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Grand
Total
                          12,676,775         10,098,610         2,578,165   
                       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   SUBCONTRACT #: P010022290
The Dow Chemical Company   MODIFICATION #: NA
ADDRESS: 2030 Dow Center Midland, MI 48674   DPAS RATING: NA
 

TYPE: FIRM FIXED PRICE

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

  VALUE: $336,800.00

INTRODUCTION

This Subcontract Agreement, effective September 11, 2009 is made between SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION (hereinafter known as “Buyer”), a Delaware corporation with principal offices in San Diego, California, and The Dow Chemical Company (hereinafter known as “Seller”), a Delaware corporation with principal offices in Midland, MI. The effort to be performed by Seller under this Subcontract will be part of Buyer’s Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421 which has been issued by National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). The work, defined in Attachment I (Statement of Work and Schedule) will be performed on a Firm Fixed-Price basis, in accordance with Schedule A (Specific Terms and Conditions), and any referenced documents listed in 17.0 Order of Precedence section of this agreement,

SCHEDULE A

SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.0 PRICE

The total firm fixed price for the work to be performed under this Subcontract is $336,800. This Subcontract is fully funded in the amount of $336,800 including profit.

 

1.1 DELIVERY

The goods and services required by this subcontract shall be delivered in accordance with the delivery schedule contained in this agreement. The time of delivery stated is of the essence of this Subcontract. The date specified for delivery is the required delivery date at Buyer’s plant, unless otherwise specifically noted herein. All items furnished under this subcontract shall be delivered FOB Destination, unless specified otherwise in writing by the Buyer’s contractual representative. Delivery shall not be deemed complete until the goods have been actually received and accepted by Buyer, notwithstanding delivery to any carrier, or until orders for services have been performed, received, and accepted by Buyer.

 

1.2 INSPECTION

All goods supplied and services performed pursuant hereto shall be subject to inspection and test by buyer and its agents and by its customers at all times and places, whether during or after manufacture as to goods, or performance as to services, and notwithstanding the terms of delivery or payment or, as to goods, that title has not yet passed to Buyer or to its customers. In the event that goods supplied are not performed in accordance with the specifications and instructions of Buyer, Buyer may require prompt correction thereof, or as to services, require that the services be rendered again at Seller’s expense. Buyer may terminate the subcontract for default if such defects exist and if Seller is unable or refuses to replace the goods or render the services again promptly.

 

 

Page 1 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

1.3 INVOICES

Invoices shall be prepared in duplicate and contain the following information; subcontract number, subproject number, Stage #. Invoices will be mailed to:

Science Applications International Corporation

Attention: Gina B. McGeehan

5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110

Frederick, Maryland 21703

Invoices shall clearly reference a unique invoice number on each invoice, and the date of the invoice. Invoices shall include the “Amount Previously Billed,” the “Amount of this Invoice,” and the “Total Amount Billed to Date.”

 

1.4 PAYMENT

For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage. Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. If Buyer reasonable deems the invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure , Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Dow may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

 

1.5 WARRANTY

BUYER UNDERSTANDS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT MATERIAL IS EXPERIMENTAL AND BY PROVIDING MATERIAL SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE MATERIAL PROVIDED HEREUNDER FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OTHER THAN AS REQUIRED BY THE STATEMENT OF WORK OR THAT THE USE OF THE MATERIAL OR ANY PRODUCT OR PROCESS DERIVED OR PRODUCED THEREFROM WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES. BUYER HEREBY AGREES THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, RESULTING FROM ANY USE BY BUYER OF THE MATERIAL AND ALL DERIVATIVES THEREOF OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF THIS AGREEMENT. ADDITIONALLY, THE SELLER WARRANTS THE PRICE CHARGED FOR THE GOODS AND/OR SERVICES PURCHASED PURSUANT HERETO SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN SELLER’S CURRENT PRICE TO ANY OTHER CUSTOMER FOR THE SAME QUALITY AND QUANTITY OF SUCH GOODS OR SERVICES.

 

2.0 TECHNICAL AND CONTRACTUAL REPRESENTATIVES

The following authorized representatives are hereby designated for this Subcontract

 

SELLER:          BUYER:      
   TECHNICAL:   

Silvia Chang

      TECHNICAL:   

Steve Huang

   CONTRACTUAL:   

Patrick Lucy

      CONTRACTUAL:   

Gina B. McGeehan

 

2.1 CONTACTS

Contacts with Buyer that affect the subcontract prices, schedule, statement of work, and subcontract terms and conditions shall be made with the authorized contractual representative. No changes to this Subcontract shall be binding upon Buyer unless incorporated in a written modification to the Subcontract and signed by Buyer’s contractual representative.

 

 

Page 2 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

2.2 CHANGES

Buyer may, by reasonable written notice to Seller make changes within the general scope of this Order in any one or more of the following (a) drawings, designs or specifications; (b) quantity; (c) time or place of delivery; (d) method of shipment or packing; and (e) the quantity of Buyer furnished property. Upon Buyer’s written notice, Buyer may, for any reason, direct Seller to suspend, in whole or in part, delivery of goods or performance of services hereunder for such period of time as may be determined by Buyer in its sole discretion. If any such change or suspension causes a material increase or decrease in the cost of, or the lime required for the performance of any part of the Service under this Order, the parties will jointly determine an equitable adjustment in the Order price or delivery schedule, or both No such adjustment or any other modification of the terms of this Order will be allowed unless authorized by both parties by means of a written modification to the Order. Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute under the Disputes clause of this subcontract. However, Seller shall proceed with the work as changed without interruption and without awaiting settlement of any such claim.

 

3.0 DISCLOSURE

Seller shall not disclose information concerning work under this Subcontract to any third party, unless such disclosure is necessary for the performance of the subcontract effort. No news releases, public announcement, denial or confirmation of any part of the subject matter of this Subcontract or any phase of any program hereunder shall be made without prior written consent of Buyer. The restrictions of this paragraph shall continue in effect upon completion or termination of this Subcontract for such period of time as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the absence of a written established period, no disclosure is authorized. Failure to comply with the provisions of this Clause may be cause for termination of this subcontract

 

4.0 KEY PERSONNEL

 

(a) For purposes of this clause, Buyer and Seller define “Key Personnel” as those individuals who are mutually recognized as essential to the successful completion and execution of this Subcontract.

 

(b) Personnel designated as “Key Personnel” shall be assigned to the extent necessary for the timely completion of the task to which assigned. Any substitution or reassignment involving Seller’s “Key Personnel” assigned to this work shall be made only with persons of equal abilities and qualifications and is subject to prior approval of Buyer, in writing which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c) Buyer reserves the right to request the removal and Seller shall endeavor to remove any individual assigned to this Subcontract if individual is deemed not qualified, or performs at an unacceptable level, or is requested by its client to do so. If Buyer is not satisfied with how the issue is resolved by Seller, Buyer may resolve the issue according to Section 10 of this Subcontract or alternatively may terminate this Subcontract according to Section 11 of this Subcontract at Buyers sole discretion.

 

(d) Seller’s Key Personnel are: Diane Retallack, Ph.D., Lawrence Chew, Ph.D. and Jeffrey Allen, Ph.D.

 

5.0 ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTS

With a proper 30-day advance notification to Buyer, Dow shall have the right to assign this Agreement in connection with the reorganization, consolidation, spin-off, sale or transfer of assets related to that portion of its business pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement, either alone or in conjunction with other Dow businesses. In addition, Dow shall have the right to assign its respective rights or obligations and delegate its performance hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of its Affiliates with the prior written consent of Buyer which will not be unduly withheld. Further, Seller agrees to obtain Buyer’s approval before subcontracting this Order or any substantial portion thereof; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to the purchase of standard commercial supplies or raw materials.

 

6.0 INSURANCE PROVISION FOR PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS

Without prejudice to Seller’s liability to indemnify Buyer as stated in any Indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, Seller shall procure at its expense and maintain for the duration of this Agreement the insurance policies required below with financially responsible insurance companies, and with policy limits not less than those indicated below.

 

(a) Workers’ Compensation: Coverage for statutory obligations imposed by laws of any State in which the work is to be performed, including where applicable, coverage under the United States Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Act (USL&H), the Jones Act, and the Defense Base Act (DBA). In addition, the policy shall be endorsed to waive the insurer’s rights of subrogation in favor of Buyer.

 

 

Page 3 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

(b) Employer’s Liability: Coverage for injuries to employees not covered by workers’ compensation with limits of at least $1,000,000 each accident, $1,000,000 each employee by disease and $1,000,000 policy limit by disease. In addition, the policy shall be endorsed to waive the insurer’s rights of subrogation in favor of Buyer.

 

(c) Commercial General Liability: Coverage for third party bodily injury and property damage, personal injury, products and completed operations, contractual liability, and independent contractors’ liability with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate. Buyer, its officers and employees, and Buyer’s customer where required by Buyer’s Agreement with its customer, shall be named as Additional Insured and a waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of Buyer.

 

(d) Business Automobile Liability: Coverage for use of all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage liability. Buyer, its officers and employees, and Buyer’s customer where required by Buyer’s Agreement with its customer, shall be named as Additional Insured and a waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of Buyer.

 

(e) Professional Liability: If seller is performing any professional services, coverage for damages (including financial loss) caused by any acts, errors and omissions arising out Seller’s performance of professional services with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

(f) All-Risk Property Insurance: Coverage to repair or replace property, including supplies covered by this Agreement, of Buyer and/or Buyer’s customer which may be in the possession or control of Seller. Buyer shall be named as a Loss Payee with respect to loss or damage to said property and/or supplies furnished by Buyer. Further, Seller assumes the risk of loss or destruction of or damage to any of its property and its employees’ property, whether owned, hired, rented, borrowed, or otherwise. Seller waives and shall ensure that its employees waive all rights of recovery against Buyer and Buyer’s customer and their respective employees for any loss, destruction of or damage to any such property.

The required insurance coverages above shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any other insurance that may be maintained by Buyer and notwithstanding any provision contained herein, the Seller, and its employees, agents, representatives, consultants, subcontractors and suppliers, are not insured by Buyer, and are not covered under any policy of insurance that Buyer has obtained or has in place.

Any self-insured retentions, deductibles and exclusions in coverage in the policies required under this Article shall be assumed by, for the account of, and at the sole risk of Seller or the subcontractor which provides the insurance and to the extent applicable shall be paid by Seller or such subcontractor. In no event shall the liability of Seller or any subcontractor be limited to the extent of any of insurance or the minimum limits required herein.

Prior to commencement of any work, and within 15 days of any policy renewal that occurs while any work is on-going under this Agreement, Seller shall provide Buyer certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance policies above, including evidence of additional insured status and waivers of subrogation where required. Buyer reserves the right to refuse to accept policies from companies with an A.M. Best Rating of less than A- VII. Seller, or its insurers, shall provide 30 days advance written notice to Buyer in the event of cancellation or material modification of any policy. Failure of Buyer to demand such certificates or to identify any deficiency in the insurance provided shall not be construed as or deemed to be a waiver of Seller’s, or its subcontractors’, obligations to maintain the above insurance coverages.

 

7.0 INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a) Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold SAIC and SAIC’s customer, NIAID, specifically related to Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421 harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, liabilities and expenses arising out of or relating to any claims, causes of action, lawsuits or other proceedings, regardless of legal theory, that result, from Seller’s (or any of Seller’s subcontractors, suppliers, employees, agents or representatives): (i) intentional misconduct, negligence, or fraud, (ii) breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made herein, or (iii) products or services including, without limitation, any claims that such products or services infringe any United States patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or any other proprietary right of any third party except to the extent such claim arises solely from the use of the Buyer Technology or Buyer Materials. Buyer will give prompt notice of any such claim and, with respect to claims described in clause above, Seller will control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim, provided, however, that Seller shall berequired to obtain the prior written consent of Buyer before entering into any settlement or compromise that would not relieve Buyer from any liability for past infringement or otherwise would limit the ability of Buyer to realize the full benefit of the Services.

 

(b) Buyer shall indemnify Seller (including its officers, directors and employees) for all third party claims arising from the use by Buyer (or on behalf of Buyer) of samples of products, documentation, or technology received from Seller under this Order, except for any claim for which Seller is required to indemnify Buyer above or any claim arising as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Seller. Seller will give prompt notice of any such claim and Buyer will control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim.

 

 

Page 4 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

8.0 INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY

 

(a) Seller warrants that it is not aware of any patent, intellectual property, or industrial property rights of any third party that would be infringed by virtue of Seller performing Services, except to the extent arising solely from the use of Buyer Technology or Buyer Materials. Also, Seller shall indemnify Buyer (including its officers, directors, employees, and SAIC’s customer, NIAID, specifically related to Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421 for all third party claims arising in connection with a patent infringement resulting from or related to the performance of the Services, except to the extent such claim arises solely from the use of the Buyer Technology or Buyer Materials. Buyer will give prompt notice of any such claim and, with respect to claims described above, Seller shall control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim, provided, however, that Seller shall be required to obtain the prior written consent of Buyer before entering into any settlement or compromise that would not relieve Buyer from any liability for past infringement or otherwise would limit the ability of Buyer to realize the full benefit of the Services.

 

(b) Buyer shall indemnify Seller against liability incurred by Seller in connection with a patent infringement claim by a third party arising as a result of the use by Seller of Buyer Technology or Buyer materials in connection with the performance of the Services. Seller will give prompt notice of any such claim and Buyer will control the defense, settlement or compromise of such claim. As used herein, “Buyer Technology” means all proprietary and/or confidential technical and other information not known to Seller relating to PRODUCT (“PRODUCT” shall mean a full length CSP) and materials in connection with this Order, for which Buyer has intellectual property ownership or patent rights or which Buyer is otherwise authorized to use.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, when this order is performed under the Authorization and Consent of the U.S. Government to infringe U.S. Patents, Seller’s liability for infringement of such Patents in such performance shall be limited to the extent of the obligation of Buyer to indemnify the U.S. Government.

 

9.0 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF BUYER FURNISHED ITEMS/INFORMATION

Both parties agree to maintain the other’s Confidential Information in confidence with the same degree of care each holds its own confidential information. Neither party will use the Confidential Information of the other party except for the performance of the Service described in the Purchase Order. Both parties will disclose the Confidential Information only to its officers, consultants and employees directly concerned with the Service, but will neither disclose the Confidential Information to any third party nor use the Confidential Information for any other purpose. Upon completion of this Order, and at the disclosing parties request, the other party will return all Confidential Information, except that each party may retain one copy of such papers, records or other documents for the sole purpose of determining its continuing obligations under this Order. The parties’ obligation of nondisclosure and the limitations upon the right to use the other party’s Confidential Information, samples and test results shall not apply to the extent that either can demonstrate that the Confidential Information: (a) was in its possession prior to the time of disclosure; or (b) is or becomes public knowledge through no fault or omission of the recipient of the Confidential Information; or (c) is obtained by the recipient from a third party under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; or (d) if such party is required to disclose the Confidential Information in connection with a legal or administrative proceeding, such party will give the other party prompt notice of such request The disclosing party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy or waive compliance or both with the provisions of this Order. If such party seeks a protective order or other remedy, the other party will cooperate. If such party fails to obtain a protective order or waive compliance with the relevant provisions of this Order, the other party will disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which its legal counsel determines it is required to disclose, after consultation with the other party’s attorneys.

Seller agrees that it will keep confidential and not disclose, disseminate or publish the features of any equipment, tools, gauges, patterns, designs, drawings, engineering data, computer programs and software or other technical or proprietary information furnished, loaned or bailed by Buyer hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Items/Information”, and use such Items/Information only in the performance of this Subcontract or, if authorized, other orders from Buyer and not otherwise, without Buyer’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Buyer and Seller shall each retain ownership of, and all right, title and interest in and to, their respective pre-existing Intellectual Property.

Both Parties agree that the Expression Strains and Production Strain(s) represent Confidential Information from both Parties. Neither Party shall have the right to utilize, license or commercialize the Expression Strains and/or the Production Strain(s) beyond the scope of activities in this agreement without the consent of the other Party.

 

 

Page 5 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

All such items furnished, loaned or bailed by Buyer hereunder, or fabricated, manufactured, purchased, or otherwise acquired by Seller for the performance of this Subcontract and specifically charged to Buyer, are the property of Buyer.

Upon completion, expiration or termination of this Subcontract, Seller shall return all such Items in good condition, reasonable wear only excepted, together with all spoiled and surplus Items to Buyer, or make such other disposition thereof as may be directed or approved by Buyer. Seller agrees to replace, at its expense, all such Items not so returned. Seller shall make no charge for any storage, maintenance or retention of such Items. Seller shall bear all risk of loss for all such Items in Seller’s possession.

Seller also agrees to use any designs or data contained or embodied in such Items in accordance with any restrictive legends placed on such Items by the Buyer or any third party. If Buyer furnishes any material for fabrication hereunder, Seller agrees: (i) not to substitute any other material for such fabrication without Buyer’s prior written consent, and (ii) that title to such material shall not be affected by incorporation in or attachment to any other property.

Materials (“Materials” shall mean cell lysates provided by Seller to Buyer under this Order and any constituents, and any tangible materials that incorporate the foregoing) sent to Buyer under this Order (hereinafter defined as Buyer Materials) shall not be used in human clinical studies. Samples of Materials sent to Seller by Buyer under this Order (hereinafter defined as Seller Materials) shall be used by Seller solely for the purpose of providing the Services for Buyer as set forth herein, and for no other purpose, and shall not be transferred to any other person by Seller.

 

10.0 DISPUTES

Any dispute not disposed of in accordance with the “Disputes Clause” of Schedule B, if any, shall be determined in the following manner.

 

(a) Buyer and Seller agree to enter into Negotiation to resolve any dispute. Both parties agree to negotiate in good faith to reach a mutually agreeable settlement within a reasonable amount of time.

 

(b) If negotiations are unsuccessful, Buyer and Seller agree to enter into binding Arbitration except for intellectual property issues. The American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules (most recent edition) are to govern this Arbitration. The Arbitration shall take place in the County of San Diego, State of California. The Arbitrator shall be bound to follow the applicable subcontract provisions and California law in adjudicating the dispute. It is agreed by both parties that the Arbitrator’s decision is final, and that no party may take any action, judicial or administrative, to overturn this decision. The judgment rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

Pending any decision, appeal or judgment referred to in this provision or the settlement of any dispute arising under this Subcontract, Seller shall proceed diligently with the performance of this Subcontract.

 

11.0 DEFAULT

 

(a) The Buyer may, by written notice of default to the Seller, terminate the whole or any part of this Subcontract in any one of the following circumstances: (i) if Seller fails to make delivery of the supplies or to perform the services within the time specified herein or any extension thereof; or (ii) if Seller fails to perform any of the other provisions of this Subcontract in accordance with its terms, and in either of these two circumstances does not cure such failure within a period of 10 days (or such longer period as Buyer may authorize in writing) after receipt of notice from the Buyer specifying such failure; or (iii) Seller becomes insolvent or the subject of proceedings under any law relating to bankruptcy or the relief of debtors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due.

 

(b) If this Subcontract is so terminated, Buyer may procure or otherwise obtain, upon such terms and in such manner as Buyer may deem appropriate, supplies or services similar to those terminated, Seller, subject to the exceptions set forth below, shall be liable to Buyer for any excess costs of such similar supplies or services.

 

(c) Seller shall continue performance of this Subcontract to the extent not terminated. Buyer shall have no obligations to Seller with respect to the terminated part of this Subcontract except as herein provided. In case of Seller’s default, Buyer’s rights as set forth herein shall be in addition to Buyer’s other rights although not set forth in this Subcontract.

 

(d) Seller shall not be liable for damages resulting from default due to causes beyond the Seller’s control and without Seller’s fault or negligence, provided, however, that if Seller’s default is caused by the default of a subcontractor or supplier, such default must arise out of causes beyond the control of both Seller and subcontractor or supplier, and without the fault or negligence of either of them and, provided further, the supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor or supplier were not obtainable from other sources.

 

 

Page 6 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

(e) Seller agrees to immediately notify Buyer in writing of any actual or potential delay in Sellers performance under this Order. Such notice shall, at a minimum, describe the cause, effect, duration and corrective action proposed by Seller to address the problem. Seller shall give prompt written notice to the Buyer of all changes to such conditions

 

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall not be liable for any default or delay in performance of any obligation under this Order caused by any of the following: Act of God, war, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage and any other event beyond the reasonable control of Seller; or labor trouble, strike, lockout or injunction (provided that Seller shall not be required to settle a labor dispute against its own best judgment).

 

12.0 GENERAL RELATIONSHIP

The Subcontractor is not an employee of SAIC for any purpose whatsoever. Seller agrees that in all matters relating to this Subcontract it shall be acting as an independent contractor and shall assume and pay all liabilities and perform all obligations imposed with respect to the performance of this Subcontract. Seller shall have no right, power or authority to create any obligation, expressed or implied, on behalf of Buyer and/or the Government and shall have no authority to represent Buyer as an agent.

 

13.0 NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS

The failure of Buyer to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms and conditions in the Subcontract, or to exercise any rights or remedies, shall not be construed as a waiver of its rights to assert any of the same or to rely on any such terms or conditions at any time thereafter. The invalidity in whole or in part of any term or condition of this subcontract shall not affect the validity of other parts hereof.

 

14.0 APPLICABLE STATE LAW AND COMPLIANCE

This Subcontract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Seller agrees to comply with the applicable provisions of any federal, state or local law or ordinance and all orders, rules and regulations issued there under.

 

15.0 EXPORT CONTROL COMPLIANCE FOR FOREIGN PERSONS

The subject technology of this Subcontract (together including data, services, and hardware provided hereunder) may be controlled for export purposes under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) controlled by the U.S. Department of State or the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) controlled by the U.S. Department of Commerce. ITAR controlled technology may not be exported without prior written authorization and certain EAR technology requires a prior license depending upon its categorization, destination, end-user and end-use. Exports or re-exports of any U.S. technology to [any destination under U.S. sanction or embargo are forbidden.

Access to certain technology (“Controlled Technology”) by Foreign Persons (working legally in the U.S.), as defined below, may require an export license if the Controlled Technology would require a license prior to delivery to the Foreign Person’s country of origin. SELLER is bound by U.S. export statutes and regulations and shall comply with all U.S. export laws. SELLER shall have full responsibility for obtaining any export licenses or authorization required to fulfill its obligations under this Subcontract.

SELLER hereby certifies that all SELLER employees who have access to the Controlled Technology are U.S. citizens, have permanent U.S. residency or have been granted political asylum or refugee status in accordance with 8 U.S.C. 1324b(a)(3). Any non-citizens who do not meet one of these criteria are “Foreign Persons” within the meaning of this clause, but have been authorized under export licenses to perform their work hereunder.

 

16.0 STANDARDS OF BUSINESS ETHICS & CONDUCT

SAIC believes in fair and open competition and is committed to conducting its business fairly, impartially and in an ethical and proper manner. SAIC is owned and controlled by its employee owners. These characteristics make it imperative that SAIC employees adhere to a particularly high ethical standard. Employee ownership both demands and fosters highly ethical conduct because SAIC can be successful only when employees look after long-term interests of the company and resist pressures to compromise SAIC standards. Buyer’s expectation is that Seller also will conduct its business fairly, impartially and in an ethical and proper manner. If Seller has cause to believe that Buyer or any employee or agent of Buyer has acted improperly or unethically under this agreement/order, Seller shall report such behavior to the SAIC Ethics Hotline (800) 435-4234. Copies of The Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) code of Ethics and contacts for such reports are available on www.saic.com under Corporate Governance.

 

 

Page 7 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated July 2009.

 

2. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

3. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

4. Attachment C (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls

 

 

Page 8 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

 

 

18.0 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree that this Subcontract, including all documents incorporated herein by reference, shall constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and shall supersede and replace any and all prior or contemporaneous representations, agreements or understandings of any kind, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and the Seller have executed this Subcontract on the Dates shown.

 

THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Bart Waters

   

/s/ Gina B. McGeehan

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Bart Waters

    Name:  

Gina B. McGeehan

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

R&D Director

    Title:  

Senior Subcontracts Administrator

Date:  

9 Sep 2009

    Date:  

9-14-09

 

 

Page 9 of 9            

#9-932-072 Commercial Items [Government] (rev. 9/25/2006)


LOGO

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pfenex Expression Technology™

And Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

July 2009

 

1. Background

Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) serves as the prime contractor for the Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services (MVPSS) contract awarded by the Division of Microbiology and Infectious Diseases (DMID), National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). SAIC develops and supports malaria vaccine candidate manufacturing for clinical use as part of DMID’s malaria program.

Currently, the most advanced and efficacious malaria vaccine employed thus far is the RTS,S/AS02 vaccine developed by GlaxoSmithKline, which contains a consensus amino acid sequence for the C-terminal half of the malaria parasite P. falciparum (Pf) circumsporozoite protein (CS) molecule. Administered alone, this vaccine has shown -~ 50% efficacy in infants in Phase II trials in Africa. Further, primate study data indicated that heterologous prime boosting with an adenovirus-based CS vaccine candidate may increase the antigen’s efficacy by enhancing and maintaining the T-cell response (CD8+ and CD4+). Additionally, other studies have been performed which indicate the N-terminal portion of CS may further improve a CS-based vaccine.

The manufacture of a full length CS has been refractory to recombinant expression efforts thus far. This is in large part due to the malaria parasite’s extremely A/T-rich genome with many lysine and arginine repeats, and frequent disulfide bonds. Further, these parasites lack the N-linked glycosylation machinery. Consequently, the expression, purification, and scale-up of many potential recombinant subunit vaccine candidates have beenunsuccessful.Attention must be paid to potential aberrant post-translational modifications and correct folding when expressing and purifying these as recombinant proteins. Thus, SAIC seeks to overcome these manufacturing hurdles of full length CS through the Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services contract to explore an alternative expression platform and screening services.

 

2. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Dow shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the proof-of-principle evaluation of functional, full-length CSP expression utilizing Pf ēnex Expression Technology™. Optional requirements are also included for Fermentation Optimization and a Technology Transfer package for Fermentation Processes. As part of this support, Dow shall be required to provide summary reports related to the development and manufacturing process, other documentation as required in the deliverables, bacterial cell lysates and reagent-grade CSprotein.

SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  2.1. Background literature/references relating to CSP.


LOGO

 

 

  2.2. An aliquot of reagent grade CSP antigen (for use as an analytical reference standard)

 

  2.3. CSP-specific antibody suitable for Western blot analysis

 

  2.4. Shipping instructions for filtered lysate

 

3. Period of Performance

The period of performance (POP) for this effort is upon award through April 2011.

 

4. Technical Requirements

 

  4.1. Milestone 1: Evaluation of CSP expression in Pf ēnex Expression Technology™

 

  4.1.1. [*]

 

  4.1.1.1. [*]

 

  4.1.1.2. Dow shall transform the resulting plasmids into a strain of Dow’s Pfenex Expression Technology™ and plate onto selective medium.

 

  4.1.1.3. Dow shall select a series of positive clones from assorted vectors and verify correct coding sequences of insert.

 

  4.1.2. Dow shall assess the expression of CSP in Pf ēnex Expression Technology™ at [*] mL scale in a minimum of [*] unique strains

 

  4.1.2.1. Dow shall transform the resulting plasmids into up to [*] host strains. (A minimum of 280 unique Expression Strains)

 

  4.1.2.2. Dow shall perform [*] as a primary screen.

 

  4.1.2.3. Dow shall perform a [*] on selected samples.

 

  4.1.3. Dow shall issue a final report of milestone 1 efforts.

 

  4.1.3.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of test method with a reference to corresponding SOP, test results (i.e. small scale growth, expression, analytical), and conclusion. Copies of raw data including sequencing data shall be included as an appendix.

 

  4.2. Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of CSP in Pf ēnex Expression Technology™

 

  4.2.1. Dow shall screen multiple fermentation conditions at the [*] scale using [*] Expression Strains to evaluate protein quality and expression levels

 

  4.2.1.1. Execute experiments to screen multiple fermentation conditions in mini-bioreactors for protein expression and protein quality. [*] fermentations per strain)

 

  4.2.1.2. Dow shall perform [*] analysis on samples from each of the fermentations.

 

  4.2.1.3. Dow shall perform [*] analysis

 

2


LOGO

 

 

  4.2.2. Dow shall confirm selected conditions used at the [*] and verify conditions are suitable at the high cell density fermentation [*] scale to evaluate protein quality and expression levels of selected strains chosen based on data generated in 4.2.1.3.

 

  4.2.2.1. Dow shall confirm selected conditions and strains identified in the screening experiments in a scalable high cell density fermentation process in multiplex fermentors for protein expression and protein quality.

 

  4.2.2.2. Dow shall collect multiple time point samples for evaluation of protein expression levels and quality

 

  4.2.2.3. Dow shall utilize a [*] as appropriate to prepare samples from the best fermentation of each expression strain for supply to SAIC.

4.2.2.3.1. Dow shall transfer to SAIC samples of the filtered whole cell lysate or periplasmic release extract and cell free broth for further in vitro analysis.

4.2.2.3.2. Dow shall perform [*] on samples from each fermentation.

4.2.2.3.3. Dow shall perform [*] and CSP specific assay on selected samples.

4.2.2.3.4. Dow shall perform [*] analysis on selected samples.

 

  4.2.3. Dow shall issue a final report of milestone 2 efforts.

 

  4.2.3.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of test methods with associated reference to SOPs, data (i.e. small scale growth, expression, analytical), and conclusion. Copies of raw data shall be included as an appendix.

 

  4.3. Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a Pseudomonas-CSP Research Cell Bank (RCB)

Dow shall prepare a non-GMP Research Cell Bank (RCB).

 

  4.3.1. DOW shall generate [*] vials of RCB

 

  4.3.2. DOW will store the RCB a temperature-controlled [*] freezer which has a monitoring system.

 

  4.3.3. A [*] scale fermentation run shall performed to confirm productivity

 

  4.3.3.1. Dow shall harvest and prepare filtered lysate from the [*] fermentation ([*] working volume)

 

3


LOGO

 

 

  4.3.3.2. Plasmid retention shall be evaluated using viable count plating of the samples on selective and non-selective media.

 

  4.3.3.3. Structural stability be evaluated using plasmid restriction digests.

 

  4.3.4. Dow shall perform a characterization analysis of the generated Pseudomonas-CSP RCB

 

  4.3.4.1. Phenotype of the strain shall be determined by [*]

 

  4.3.4.2. Culture purity analysis shall be performed on the RCB.

 

  4.3.4.3. [*] shall be confirmed by [*]

 

  4.3.4.4. Dow shall confirm the [*]

 

  4.3.5. Dow shall issue a final report of milestone 3 efforts.

 

  4.3.5.1. Report shall include, but no be limited to, an executive summary, description of cell banking methods and materials used, with associated reference to SOPs, characterization data, raw material certificates of analysis, and copies of raw data.

 

  4.3.5.2. A draft report shall be submitted to SAW two weeks following completion of task and a final copy submitted one week following SAIC comments.

 

5. Quality Requirements

Dow shall maintain a Quality System that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control. Dow is responsible for the development and demonstration of suitability of contracted deliverables as well as providing reports and managing this project in a manner that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control ensuring that the filtered whole cell lysate or periplasmic release extract and cell free broth produced and analyzed in the developed process and assays have the quality, and identity they purport.

 

6. Meeting and Conference Requirements

Unless an alternative directive is provided; meeting, conference, and audit support shall include the following:

 

  6.1. Dow shall schedule a kickoff meeting via on-site meeting at Dow’s facilities with SAIC within 7 days of award. The agenda shall be provided by Dow in advance. The purpose of the kickoff meeting is formal introduction of key staff and project management, technical and contractual discussions, and initial action items required to initiate contract work.

 

  6.2. Dow shall participate in biweekly meetings and/or teleconferences with SAIC. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings to discuss the technical (e.g., assay designs and critical reagents), quality, schedule, regulatory, and contractual aspects of the program and site visits to Dow’s facilities. All visits to Dow’s facility shall be prearranged. Dow shall be responsible for preparing meeting agendas and summaries. Meeting minutes shall be captured by Dow and are due to SAIC within 7 days after the completion of a biweekly teleconference.

 

  6.3. Dow also shall be available for ad hoc support (e.g., phone calls and e-mails) to SAIC as required for project communications.

 

4


LOGO

 

 

7. Reporting Requirements

 

  7.1. Monthly Technical and Business Progress Report: A monthly TPR shall be submitted to the SAIC management point of contact by the eighth of each month during subcontract POP.

 

  7.1.1. The TPR shall cover the work accomplished as well as issues and proposed resolutions that occur during each reporting period.

 

  7.1.2. Each TPR also shall contain an updated monthly project management schedule to indicate work completed and any change in schedule. Deliverables shall be incorporated into the schedule.

 

  7.2. Reports should include an updated inventory log to include cell banks, samples, and SAIC provide materials, and a notice of any temperature deviations of equipment storing SAIC material. The report shall also document any changes made to methods and procedures utilized for the CSP expression efforts.

 

  7.2.1. Report shall include invoicing information for work performed during each reporting period and anticipated work activities.

 

  7.3. Documentation to Support an IND or Amendment: Data generated under this subcontract may be incorporated into an MA submission. Dow shall provide a list of relevant SOPs or other control, development and testing documents as requested.

 

8. Subcontract Deliverables

Table 3 summarizes documents and other deliverables due to SAIC at the indicated timelines.

 

5


LOGO

 

Table 3. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

6


LOGO

SCHEDULE B - U.S. GOVERNMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Applicable to all U.S. Government “Commercial Items” Subcontracts

PART III - FAR CLAUSES

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In all such clauses, unless the context of the clause requires otherwise, the term “Contractor” shall mean Seller, the term “Contract” shall mean this Order, and the terms “Government,” “Contracting Officer” and equivalent phrases shall mean Buyer and Buyer’s Purchasing Representative, respectively. It is intended that the referenced clauses shall apply to Seller in such manner as is necessary to reflect the position of Seller as a subcontractor to Buyer, to insure Seller’s obligations to Buyer and to the United States Government, and to enable Buyer to meet its obligations under its Prime Contract or Subcontract.

The following definitions apply unless otherwise specifically stated:

“Buyer” - the legal entity issuing this Order.

“Commercial Item” — as defined by FAR 2-101

“FAR” - the Federal Acquisition Regulation.

“Prime Contract” - the Government contract under which this Order is issued.

“Purchasing Representative” - Buyer’s authorized representative.

“Seller” - the legal entity which contracts with the Buyer.

“This Order” - this contractual instrument, including changes.

 

2. IDENTIFICATION OF CONTRACT NUMBERS

Government contract numbers shown on this Order shall be included in subcontracts and purchase orders issued by Seller hereunder.

 

3. COMMERCIAL ITEMS

By FAR 2-101, “Commercial item” means—

(1) Any item, other than real property, that is of a type customarily used by the general public or by non-governmental entities for purposes other than governmental purposes, and—

(i) Has been sold, leased, or licensed to the general public; or

(ii) Has been offered for sale, lease, or license to the general public;

(2) Any item that evolved from an item described in paragraph (1) of this definition through advances in technology or performance and that is not yet available in the commercial marketplace, but will be available in the commercial marketplace in time to satisfy the delivery requirements under a Government solicitation;

(3) Any item that would satisfy a criterion expressed in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this definition, but for— (i) Modifications of a type customarily available in the commercial marketplace; or

(ii) Minor modifications of a type not customarily available in the commercial marketplace made to meet Federal Government requirements. “Minor modifications” means modifications that do not significantly alter the nongovernmental function or essential physical characteristics of an item or component, or change the purpose of a process. Factors to be considered in determining whether a modification is minor include the value and size of the modification and the comparative value and size of the final product. Dollar values and percentages may be used as guideposts, but are not conclusive evidence that a modification is minor;

(4) Any combination of items meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2), (3), or (5) of this definition that are of a type customarily combined and sold in combination to the general public;

(5) Installation services, maintenance services, repair services, training services, and other services if— (i) Such services are procured for support of an item referred to in paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this definition, regardless of whether such services are provided by the same source or at the same time as the item; and

(ii) The source of such services provides similar services contemporaneously to the general public under terms and conditions similar to those offered to the Federal Government;

 

 

Page 1 of 5


LOGO

 

(6) Services of a type offered and sold competitively in substantial quantities in the commercial marketplace based on established catalog or market prices for specific tasks performed or specific outcomes to be achieved and under standard commercial terms and conditions. This does not include services that are sold based on hourly rates without an established catalog or market price for a specific service performed or a specific outcome to be achieved. For purposes of these services—

(i) “Catalog price” means a price included in a catalog, price list, schedule, or other form that is regularly maintained by the manufacturer or vendor, is either published or otherwise available for inspection by customers, and states prices at which sales are currently, or were last, made to a significant number of buyers constituting the general public; and

(ii) “Market prices” means current prices that are established in the course of ordinary trade between buyers and sellers free to bargain and that can be substantiated through competition or from sources independent of the offerors.

 

4. DISPUTES

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary:

 

  (1) If a decision relating to the Prime Contract is made by the Contracting Officer and such decision is also related to this Order, said decision, if binding upon Buyer under the Prime Contract shall in turn be binding upon Buyer and Seller with respect to such matter; provided, however, that if Seller disagrees with any such decision made by the Contracting Officer and Buyer elects not to appeal such decision, Seller shall have the right reserved to Buyer under the Prime Contract with the Government to prosecute a timely appeal in the name of Buyer, as permitted by the contract or by law, Seller to bear its own legal and other costs. If Buyer elects not to appeal any such decision, Buyer agrees to notify Seller in a timely fashion after receipt of such decision and to assist Seller in its prosecution of any such appeal in every reasonable manner. If Buyer elects to appeal any such decision of the Contracting Officer, Buyer agrees to furnish Seller promptly with a copy of such appeal. Any decision upon appeal, if binding upon Buyer, shall in turn be binding upon Seller. Pending the making of any decision, either by the Contracting Officer or on appeal, Seller shall proceed diligently with performance of this Order.

 

  (2) If, as a result of any decision or judgment which is binding upon Seller and Buyer, as provided above, Buyer is unable to obtain payment or reimbursement from the Government under the Prime Contract for, or is required to refund or credit to the Government, any amount with respect to any item or matter for which Buyer has reimbursed or paid Seller, Seller shall, on demand, promptly repay such amount to Buyer. Additionally, pending the final conclusion of any appeal hereunder, Seller shall, on demand, promptly repay any such amount to Buyer. Buyer’s maximum liability for any matter connected with or related to this Order which was properly the subject of a claim against the Government under the Prime Contract shall not exceed the amount of Buyer’s recovery from the Government.

 

  (3) If this Order is issued by Buyer under a Government Subcontract rather than a Prime Contract, and if Buyer has the right under such Subcontract to appeal a decision made by the Contracting Officer under the Prime Contract in the name of the Prime Contractor (or if Buyer is subject to any arbitrator’s decision under the terms of its subcontract), and said decision is also related to this Order, this Disputes Clause shall also apply to Seller in a manner consistent with its intent and similar to its application had this Order been issued by Buyer under a Prime Contract with the Government.

 

 

Page 2 of 5


LOGO

 

 

  (4) Seller agrees to provide certification that data supporting any claim made by Seller hereunder is made in good faith and that the supporting data is accurate and complete to the best of Seller’s knowledge or belief, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41USC601-613) and implementing regulations. If any claim of Seller is determined to be based upon fraud or misrepresentation, Seller agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for any and all liability, loss, cost or expense resulting therefrom.

(b) Any dispute not addressed in paragraph (a) above, will be subject to the disputes clause of Schedule A of this subcontract agreement.

 

5. OTHER GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as precluding the Seller from producing items for direct sale to the Government, utilizing therefore all hardware and/or software, including designs, drawings, engineering data or other technical or proprietary information furnished Seller by Buyer, provided the Government has the unrestricted right to permit the use thereof for such purpose.

 

6. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

The Buyer may terminate performance of work under this subcontract in whole, or in part if the Purchasing Representative determines that a termination is in the Buyer’s interest. The Buyer shall terminate by delivering to the Seller a Notice of Termination specifying the extent of termination and the effective date. In the event of such termination, the Seller shall immediately stop all work hereunder and shall immediately cause any and all of its suppliers and subcontractors to cease work. Subject to the terms of this order, the Seller shall be paid a percentage of the contract price reflecting the percentage of the work performed prior to the notice of termination, plus reasonable charges the Seller can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Buyer using its standard record keeping system, have resulted from the termination. The Seller shall not be required to comply with the cost accounting standards or cost principles for this purpose. The Seller shall not be paid for any work performed or costs incurred which reasonably could have been avoided.

 

7. ANTI-KICKBACK ACT OF 1986

By accepting this Order, Seller certifies that it has not offered, provided, or solicited and will not offer, provide, or solicit any kickback in violation of the Anti-Kickback Act of 1986 (41 USC §§ 51-58). “Kickback” means any money, fee, commission, credit, gift, gratuity, thing of value, or compensation of any kind that is provided, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of improperly obtaining or rewarding favorable treatment in connection with a prime contract or a subcontract relating to a prime contract. Seller agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Buyer harmless from and against any losses, liabilities, offsets and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of or relating to Seller’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Anti-Kickback Act.

 

8. FAR CLAUSES APPLICABLE TO THIS ORDER

The clauses in FAR Subpart 52.2 referenced in subparagraph (a), the clauses applicable in subparagraph (b), and those referenced and checked in subparagraph (c) below, in effect on the date of this Order, are incorporated herein and made a part of this Order. To the extent that an earlier version of any such clause is included in the Prime Contract or Subcontract under which this Order is issued, the date of the clause as it appears in such Prime Contract or Subcontract shall be controlling and said version shall be incorporated herein. The extent of the flow down shall be as required by the clause.

 

 

Page 3 of 5


LOGO

 

(a) The following clauses are applicable to this order:

 

Clause & FAR

Ref.

   Title of Clause
52.219-8    Utilization of Small Business Concerns [15 U.S.C. 637(d)(2) and (3)] In all subcontracts that offer further subcontracting opportunities. If the subcontract (except subcontracts to small business concerns) exceeds $550,000 ($1,000,000 for construction of any public facility), the subcontractor must include 52.219-8 in lower tier subcontracts that offer subcontracting opportunities .
52.222-26    Equal Opportunity (E.O. 11246)
52.222-35    Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (38 U.S.C. 4212)
52.222-36    Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (29 U.S.C. 793)
52.222-39    Notification of Employees Rights Concerning Payment of Union Dues or Fees (E.O. 13201)
52.222-41    Service Contract Act of 1965, as Amended (41 U.S.C. 351, et. Seq.)
52.247-64    Preference for Privately-Owned U.S. Flag Commercial Vessels (46 U.S.C. Appendix 1241(b) and 10 U.S.C. 2631)
52.227-11    Patent Rights June 1997

(b) The Seller shall comply with the FAR clauses in this paragraph (b) that the Buyer has indicated as being incorporated into this order by reference to implement provisions of law or Executive orders applicable to acquisitions of commercial items:

 

    

Clause &

FAR Ref.

   Title of Clause
¨    52.203-6    Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government, with Alternate I (41 U.S.C. 253g and 10 U.S.C. 2402) (If order exceeds $100,000)
¨    52.219-9    Small Business Subcontracting Plan [15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)] (if order to a large business and exceeds $550,000)
¨    52.219-9    Alternate I
¨    52.219-9    Alternate II
¨    52.219-16    Liquidated Damages-Subcontracting Plan (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)(F)(i)) (If FAR 52.219-9 is incorporated)
¨    52.222-3    Convict Labor (E.O. 11755)
¨    52.222-19    Child Labor-Cooperation with Authorities and Remedies (E.O. 13126)
¨    52.222-21    Prohibition of Segregated Facilities
¨    52.222-37    Employment Reports on Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (38 U.S.C. 4212)
¨    52.225-1    Buy American Act - Supplies (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d)
¨    52.225-3    Buy American Act - Free Trade Agreements - Israeli Trade Act (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d, 19 U.S.C. 3301 note, 19 U.S.C. 2112 note, Pub. L. 108-77, 108-78, 108-286 & 109-53)
¨    52.225-3    Alternate I
¨    52.225-3    Alternate II
¨    52.225-5    Trade Agreements (19 U.S.C. 2501, et. seq., 19 U.S.C. 3301 note)
¨    52.225-13    Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases (E.O.s, proclamations, and statutes administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury)
¨    52.239-1    Privacy or Security Safeguards (5 U.S.C. 552a)

 

 

Page 4 of 5


LOGO

 

(c) The Seller shall comply with the FAR clauses in this paragraph (c), applicable to commercial services, which the Buyer has indicated as being incorporated in this Order by reference to implement provisions of law or execute orders applicable to acquisitions of commercial items:

 

    

Clause &

FAR Ref.

   Title of Clause
¨    52.222-42    Statement of Equivalent Rates for Federal Hires (29 U.S.C. 206 and 41 U.S.C. 351 et. seq.)
¨    52.222-43    Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act - Price Adjustment (Multiple Year and Option Contracts) (29 U.S.C. 206 and 41 U.S.C. 351 et. seq.)
¨    52.222-44    Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act - Price Adjustment (29 U.S.C. 206 and 41 U.S.C. 351 et. seq.)

(d) In addition to the clauses listed in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, if this order will contain Government property, the below listed clauses as checked, are applicable:

 

    

Clause &

FAR Ref.

   Title of Clause
¨    52.245-1    Government Property
¨    52.245-2    Government Property Installation Operation Services
¨    52.245-9    Use & Charges (When FAR 52.245-1 is incorporated)

(e) In addition to the clauses listed in paragraphs (a) (b) (c) and (d) above, if this order will be performed under any order issued by an agency of the Department of Defense, the below listed clauses are applicable:

 

    

Clause &

FAR Ref.

   Title of Clause
¨    252.219-7003    Small Business Subcontracting Plan (DoD Contracts) (15 U.S.C. 637)
¨    252.219-7004    Small Business Subcontracting Plan (Test Program) (15 U.S.C. 637 note)
¨    252.225-7001    Buy American Act and Balance of Payments Program (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d, E.O. 10582)
¨    252.225-7012    Preference for Certain Domestic Commodities (10 U.S.C. 2533a) ( If order exceeds $100,000 )
¨    252.225-7014    Preference for Domestic Specialty Metals, Alternate I (10 U.S.C. 2241 note)
¨    252.225-7015    Restriction on Acquisition of Hand or Measuring Tools (10 U.S.C. 2533a)
¨    252.225-7021    Trade Agreements (19 U.S.C. 2501-2518 and 19 U.S.C. 3301 note)
¨    252.225-7036    Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Balance of Payments Program (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d and 19 U.S.C. 3301 note)
¨    252.226-7001    Utilization of Indian Organizations, Indian-Owned Economic Enterprises, and Native Hawaiian Small Business Concerns (Section 8021 of Public Law 107-248 and similar sections in subsequent DoD appropriations acts) (If order exceeds $500,000)
¨    252.227-7015    Technical Data-Commercial Item
¨    252.237-7019    Training for Contractor Personnel Interacting with Detainees (Section 1092 of Public Law 108-375)
¨    252.246-7003    Notification of Potential Safety Issues
¨    252.247-7023    Transportation of Supplies by Sea (10 U.S.C. 2631)
¨    252.247-7024    Notification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea (10 U.S.C. 2631)

 

 

Page 5 of 5


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION #:    1
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    NA

5501 Oberlin Dr.

 

San Diego, CA 92121

   TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

   VALUE:    $336,800.00

Modification No. 1 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is issued to assign Subcontract No. P010022290 from The Dow Chemical Company to Pfenex Inc. (Pfenex).

 

1.0 MODIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE

This Modification No. 1 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is effective December 1, 2009.

 

2.0 ASSIGNMENTS

In accordance with Subcontract No. P010022290 Section 5.0, Assignments and Subcontracts, and the Novation Agreement signed by Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), The Dow Chemical Company, and Pfenex, attached hereto, Subcontract No. P010022290 is assigned from The Dow Chemical Company to Pfenex.

 

3.0 PRICE

The total not-to-exceed price of Subcontract No. P010022290 remains $336,800.00. Of this amount, at the time of assignment of this Subcontract total payments to The Dow Chemical Company are $62,282.50. The remaining Subcontract price available to be paid to Pfenex is $274,317.50.

 

4.0 TECHNICAL AND CONTRACTUAL REPRESENTATIVES

Pfenex (SELLER) Technical and Contractual representatives are:

 

TECHNICAL:   

Charles H. Squires, Ph.D.

  
CONTRACTUAL:   

Patrick Lucy

  
SAIC (BUYER) Technical and Contractual representatives remain:   
TECHNICAL:   

Steve Huang

  
CONTRACTUAL:   

Gina B. McGeehan

  

**

All other Subcontract terms and conditions,

including Key Personnel and Statement of Work, remain unchanged.

**

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

Modification No. 1 Attachment : Agreement of Assignment and Assumption, effective December 1, 2009

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract modification No. 1 on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX, INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

 

   

/s/ Janet E. Lilly

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Janet E. Lilly

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Senior Subcontracts Administrator

Date:  

 

    Date:  

January 20, 2010

 

 

Page 2 of 2


AGREEMENT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective December 1, 2009 by and among The Dow Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation (“Transferor); Pfenex, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Transferee”), and Science Applications International Corporation (“SAIC”), a Delaware corporation.

RECITALS

A. SAIC has entered into a certain contract with Transferor, namely: Subcontract Agreement No. P010022290 (the “Contract”). The term “Contract”; as used in this Agreement, means the above contract including all modifications thereto made between SAIC and Transferor prior to the effective date of this Agreement.

B. As of December 1, 2009 Transferor has transferred to Transferee all the assets of Transferor’s biopharmaceuticals business.

C. The parties hereto desire that SAIC consent to the assignment of the Contract to Transferee.

D. NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises and other good and sufficient consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Transferor confirms to SAIC the full and complete assignment of the Contract to Transferee (the “Assignment”) and waives any claims and rights against SAIC that it now has or may have in the future in connection with the Contract.

2. Transferee represents to SAIC that by virtue of the Assignment, Transferee has acquired from Transferor all of the assets of the Transferor relating to the Contract, and that Transferee is in a position to fully perform all of the obligations of the Transferor under the Contract.

3. SAIC agrees to be bound by and to perform the Contract in accordance with the conditions contained in the Contract. Transferee assumes all obligations and liabilities of, and all claims against, Transferor under the Contract as if Transferee were the original party to the Contract.

4. Transferee ratifies all previous actions taken by Transferor with respect to the Contract, with the same force and effect as if the action had been taken by Transferee.

5. SAIC recognizes Transferee as Transferor’s successor in interest in and to the Contract. Transferee by this Agreement becomes entitled to all rights, titles, and interests of Transferor in and to the Contract as if Transferee were the original party to the Contract.

6. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any rights of SAIC against Transferor for Transferor’s performance or failure to perform prior to the effective date of this Assignment. SAIC reserves any and all claims that it may have against Transferor to Transferor’s performance or failure to perform the Contract up to the date of this Assignment, including, but not limited to, any further claim of the Government, no such claim(s) being known or anticipated at this time.

7. All payments and reimbursements previously made by Transferor to SAIC, and all other previous actions taken by SAIC under the Contract, shall be considered to have discharged those parts of SAIC’s obligations under the Contract.

8. Payment of any and all proper invoices under the Contract submitted by SAIC to Transferor prior to the date this Agreement is fully executed shall be paid to SAIC by Transferee. Thereafter, all payments under the Contract after the date this Agreement is fully executed by all the parties hereto shall be made by Transferee.

 

1


LOGO

 

9. The Transferor will complete all Contract closeout actions specified in Subcontract Agreement No. P010022290 as necessary and requested by SAIC

10. SAIC shall be responsible for no costs as a result of this Agreement.

11. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

12. Transferor waives notice of, and consents to, any further modifications of the Contract.

13. The Contract shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified by this Agreement. Each party has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this assignment effective as of the date first written above on the dates indicated below.

 

TRANSFEROR:     TRANSFEREE:
The Dow Chemical Company     Pfenex Inc.
2030 Dow Center     5501 Oberlin Drive
Midland, MI 48674     San Diego, CA 92121
By:  

/s/ Authorized Person

    By:  

/s/ Authorized Person

Title:  

Business R&D Director

    Title:  

V.P. Business Development

Date:  

December 22, 2009

    Date:  

January 7, 2010

SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORTATION      
5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110      
Frederick, MS 21703      
By:  

/s/ Janet E. Lilly

     
Title:  

Sr. Subcontracts Admin

     
Date:  

January 20, 2010

     

 

2


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION #:    2
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    NA
301 Newbury Street PMB 251, Danvers, MA 01923    TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS

 

(GOVERNMENT)

   VALUE:    $486,800.00

Modification No. 2 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is issued to Pfenex Inc. (Pfenex) to add funding and Statement of Work for the Production of additional filtered lysates, and purified full-length CSP expressed in P f ēnex Expression Technology™. As part of this support, Pfenex shall be required to provide summary reports related to the development and manufacturing process, other documentation as required in the deliverables, bacterial cell lysates and reagent- grade CS protein of 80-85% purity..

 

  1.0 MODIFICATION EFFECTIVE DATE

This Modification No. 2 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is effective May 24, 2010.

 

  2.0 PRICE

The total not-to-exceed price of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $150,000.00 from $336,800.00.00 to $486,800.00. Of this amount, at the time of assignment of this Subcontract total payments to The Dow Chemical Company were $62,282.50 thus the remaining Subcontract price available to be paid to Pfenex is $424,517.50.

 

  3.0 INVOICES

Invoices shall be prepared in duplicate and contain the following information; subcontract number, subproject number, Stage #. Invoices will be mailed to:

Science Applications International Corporation

Attention: Earleen K. Smith

5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110

Frederick, Maryland 21703

Earleen.k.smith@saic.com

 

  3.0 TECHNICAL AND CONTRACTUAL REPRESENTATIVES

Pfenex (SELLER) Technical and Contractual representatives are:

 

  TECHNICAL:   

Charles H. Squires, Ph.D.

  
  CONTRACTUAL:   

Patrick Lucy

  

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

SAIC (BUYER) Technical and Contractual representatives remain:

 

  TECHNICAL:   

Steve Huang

  
  CONTRACTUAL:   

Earleen K. Smith

  

4.0 Statement of Work entitled “Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™, and Process Manufacturing, Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services, May 4, 2010, Subcontract Modification 2” is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290.

***

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

***

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract modification No. 2 on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Earleen K. Smith

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Earleen K. Smith

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

05/24/10

    Date:  

5/24/10

 

 

Page 2 of 2


STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 4, 2010

Subcontract Modification 2

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the production of additional filtered lysates, and purified full-length CSP expressed in P f ēnex Expression Technology™. As part of this support, Pfenex shall be required to provide summary reports related to the development and manufacturing process, other documentation as required in the deliverables, bacterial cell lysates and reagent-grade CS protein of [*].

SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  1.1.1. Background literature/references relating to Circumsporozoite Protein (CSP).

 

  1.1.2. Additional anti-CSP mAbs and control CSP, if required.

 

  1.1.3. Shipping instructions for filtered lysates and purified CSP protein

 

2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. Milestone 1: Provide filtered lysates to SAIC

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall use [*] to prepare filtered lysates starting from [*] cell paste from the best fermentation performed in Stage 2 for each of the three strains [*].

 

  2.1.2. Pfenex shall ship the filtered lysates to a contractor designated by SAIC.

 

  2.2. Milestone 2: [*] protein to SAIC

 

  2.2.1. Pfenex shall evaluate up to four [*] to capture CSP protein using batch binding experiments in 96-well plate format.

 

  2.2.2. Pfenex shall conduct small scale [*] runs using up to two selected [*] to evaluate purification of CSP protein.

 

  2.2.3. Pfenex shall conduct small scale secondary chromatography runs using up to two selected [*] using elution pool from the primary capture column runs.

 

  2.2.4. Pfenex shall evaluate up to two [*] for reduction of [*].

 

  2.2.5. Pfenex shall analyze the final purified proteins and the filtered lysate using analytical methods including [*]

 

  2.2.5.1. Pfenex shall assess the difference in endotoxin level between filtered lysate and purified CSP.

 

  2.2.5.2. Pfenex shall also assess [*]

 

  2.2.6. Pfenex shall ship the resulting purified CSP protein (approximately 10 mg) to SAIC.

Note: The purification activities are designed to result in 10 mg of purified CSP protein. Pfenex will carry out the activities as described above, however if additional activities are required to achieve the 10 mg deliverable an additional scope of work under a new contract modification may be necessary.

 

1


  2.3. Pfenex shall issue a final report of milestone 1 and 2 efforts.

 

  2.3.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results and conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

3. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

           
           
           
           
           

 

* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

2


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.   MODIFICATION #:    3
ADDRESS:   DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
301 Newbury Street PMB 251, Danvers, MA 01923   TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

  VALUE:    $486,800.00

Modification No. 3 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is issued to Pfenex Inc. (Pfenex) to update the payment terms with regard to the funding added as part of Modification #2.

 

Article 1.4 PAYMENT – is amended to read as follows:

(a) Original Subcontract Award: For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage.

(b) Subcontract Modification #2: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated May 4, 2010 (modification #2) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

(c) Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. “If Buyer reasonable deems the invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure, Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Seller may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract modification No. 3 on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.   SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Earleen K. Smith

(Signature)   (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Earleen K. Smith

(Type or Print)   (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

June 14, 2010

    Date:  

6/15/10

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION #:    4
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
301 Newbury Street PMB 251, Danvers, MA 01923    TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

   VALUE:    $721,800.00

Modification No. 4 to Subcontract No, P010022290 Is issued to Pfenex Inc, (Pfenex) to add funding and Statement of Work for the Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ and Process Manufacturing.

 

Article 1.0 PRICE is amended to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed price of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $235,000.00 from $486,800.00 to $721,800.00 including profit.

 

Article 1.4 PAYMENT – is amended to read as follows:

(a) Original Subcontract Award: For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage.

 

(b) Subcontract Modification #2: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated May 4, 2010 (modification #2) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an Initial Invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

Subcontract Modification #4: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated November 15, 2010 (modification #4) there will be two Invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an Initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

(c) Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the Invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. If Buyer reasonable deems the Invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming Invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure, Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Dow may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

 

Article 17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE – is amended to road as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated July 2009, and Subcontract Modification #2 dated May 4, 2010 and Subcontract Modification #4 dated November 15, 2010.

 

2. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

3. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

4. Attachment C (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract modification No. 2 on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Earleen K. Smith

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Earleen K. Smith

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

12/15/10

    Date:  

12/15/10

 

 

Page 2 of 2


LOGO

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

November 15, 2010

Subcontract Modification 4

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities for the purification of SAIC EP533-036/C5533-129 CS protein expressed in P f ēnex Expression Technology™. As part of this project, Pfenex is required to provide related meeting support, reports, and deliverables as listed in Table 1.

 

  1.1. SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  1.1.1. Background literature/references relating to Circumsporozoite Protein (CSP).

 

  1.1.2. Additional anti-CSP mAbs and control CSP, if required,

 

  1.1.3. Shipping instructions for purified CSP protein

 

2. Technical Requirements

As a follow-on to the successful production, testing, and selection of a CS protein expressing cell line under the original subcontract and Mod 2 which composed of : (i)-Evaluation of CSP expression (Stage 1), (ii)-Fermentation assessment of CSP (Stage 2), (iii)-CSP purification (Stage 2A/Mod 2) and (iv)-Preparation and characterization of Pseudumonas-CSP Research Cell Bank (RCB) (Stage 3), SAIC requires Pfenex to provide [*] using the process established in Stage 2A.

 

  2.1. Stage 3A: Protein purification

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall provide [*] of purified CSP from clone [*]

 

  2.1.1.1. Pfenex shall use the [*] working fermentation already available from Stage 3 plus additional fermentation if needed. Pfenex shall use the process established in Stage 2A for the protein purification efforts.

 

  2.1.2. The purified CSP should have purity greater than [*]% and endotoxin level suitable for [*]

 

  2.1.3. The final product shall be at [*]

 

  2.1.4. Pfenex shall calculate % of CSP in starting, intermediate, and final materials in the process and include the data in the final report.

 

  2.1.5. Pfenex shall conduct analytical testing of the purified CSP including but not limited to [*]

 

  2.1.5.1. [*]

 

  2.1.6. [*]

 

  2.1.7. Pfenex shall ship the purified CSP to a SAIC designated facility.

 

  2.1.8. Pfenex shall issue a final report of the purification efforts. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results and conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

1


LOGO

 

 

3. Table 1 Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Technical    [*]    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
2    Technical    Unused reagents provided by SAIC    Within 2 week2 of SAIC request    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers
3    Reporting    Weekly Email Update    COB Friday    Email
4    Reporting    Final Report   

Draft: 2 weeks following completion

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  

Draft: Word Document

Final: Signed Pdf

 

* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

2


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION #:    5
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
5501 Oberlin Drive San Diego, CA 92121    TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

   VALUE:    $3,093,173.00

Modification No. 5 to Subcontract No. P010022290 is issued to Pfenex Inc. (Pfenex) to add subcontract value, incremental funding and a Statement of Work dated December 23, 2010 for the Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pfenex Expression Technology™ and Process Manufacturing.

Article 1.0 PRICE is amended to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed price of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $2,371,373.00 from $721,800.00 to $3,093,173.00 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2011. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $1,591,328.02 from $721,800.00 to $2,313,128.02 including profit

Article 1.4 PAYMENT – is amended to read as follows:

(a) Original Subcontract Award: For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage.

Subcontract Modification #2: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated May 4, 2010 (modification #2) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

Subcontract Modification #4: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated November 15, 2010 (modification #4) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

Subcontract Modification #5: The following table shall be utilized for Milestone Invoice dates of submission and Invoice Amounts for the Milestones defined in the Statement of Work dated December 13, 2010 (modification #5). There will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

 

 

Page 1 of 3


LOGO

 

 

Milestone

  

Stage

   Dollar
Amount
        

Expected Invoice

date

   Expected invoice
amount
 

Milestone 2.1

   Stage 4      [*   Start    1/17/11    $ [*
        Finish    4/19/11    $ [*

Milestone 2.2

   Stage 5      [*   Start    3/22/11    $ [*
        Finish    9/16/11    $ [*

Milestone 2.3

   Stage 6      [*   Start    1/17/11    $ [*
        Finish    5/24/11    $ [*

Milestone 2.4

   Stage 7      [*   Start    8/19/11    $ [*
        Finish    2/3/12    $ [*

Milestone 2.5

   Stage 8      [*   Start    1/10/12    $ [*
        Finish    6/3/12    $ [*

Milestone 2.6

   Stage 9      [*   Start    11/18/11    $ [*
        Finish    2/7/12    $ [*

Milestone 2.7

   Report      [*   Start    5/3/12    $ [*
        Finish    5/24/12    $ [*

(b) Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. If Buyer reasonable deems the invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure, Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Pfenex may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

Article 17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is amended to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment Statement of Work and Schedule dated December 23, 2010

 

  2. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  3. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  4. Attachment C (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls

5. Attachment II: Statement of Work and Schedule dated July 2009, Subcontract Modification #2 dated May 4, 2010, and Subcontract Modification #4 dated November 15, 2010.

Article 19.0 SURVIVAL — Is added to the Subcontract to read as follows:

19.0 SURVIVAL

If this Subcontract expires, is completed, or is terminated, Seller shall not be relieved of those obligations contained in the following articles: 1.0, 1.5, 3.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 12.0, 14.0, 15.0, and 17.0.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

 

 

Page 2 of 3


LOGO

 

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract modification No. 5 on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Earleen K. Smith

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Earleen K. Smith

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

1/10/11

    Date:  

1/10/11

 

 

Page 3 of 3


Statement of Work

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

December 23, 2010

Subcontract Modification 5

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities for the full development of a manufacturing process for the SAIC Circumsporozoite Protein (CSP) expressed from C5533-129 clone using P f ēnex Expression Technology™ and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated facility. The process shall be suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] fermentation scale and follow-on purification, upon transfer. As part of this project, Pfenex is required to provide related meeting support, reports, and deliverables as listed in Table 1 .

1.1. SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

    Background literature/references relating to CSP.

 

    Additional anti-CSP monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and control CSP, if required.

 

    Shipping instructions for purified CSP protein and other materials.

 

2. Technical Requirements

As a follow-on to the successful production, testing, and selection of a CSP expressing cell line under the original subcontract and Mod 2 which was composed of: (i)-Evaluation of CSP expression (Stage 1), (ii)-Fermentation assessment of CSP (Stage 2), (iii)-CSP purification (Stage 2A/Mod 2) and (iv)-Preparation and characterization of Pseudomonas-CSP Research Cell Bank (RCB) (Stage 3); SAIC now requires Pfenex to develop a manufacturing process suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] fermentation scale and follow-on purification for the SAIC selected clone CS533-129 and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated facility.

2.1. Stage 4: Fermentation Optimization of cell line CS533-129

 

    Pfenex shall optimize fermentation parameters for protein expression utilizing the RCB.

 

    The optimized fermentation shall be confirmed at the [*] scale.

 

    The optimized fermentation shall produce material which can be subsequently purified to meet product quality and safety specifications required for human use when produced under cGMP conditions.

 

    Pfenex shall submit the optimized fermentation procedure/protocol to SAIC for review and approval.

 

    Document shall also contain, at a minimum, in process parameters examined, rational for parameters selected, and copies of the raw data.

2.2. Stage 5: Purification Process Development

 

    Pfenex shall examine, choose, and optimize a final method for [*]

 

    The primary recovery procedure shall produce material which can be subsequently purified to meet product quality and safety specifications required for human use when produced under cGMP conditions.

 

    Pfenex shall select and submit an optimal method to SAIC for review and approval.

 

    Document shall also contain, at a minimum, methods examined, rational for method selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

    Pfenex shall develop a downstream purification process based on lessons learned from Stage 2A (CSP research-grade purification strategy).

 

1


    In-process recovery of CSP shall be calculated and monitored.

 

    Pfenex shall utilize a buffer system that is suitable for the solubility and stability of the purified CSP; and that the buffer system shall meet product quality and safety specifications required for human use when produced under cGMP conditions.

 

    Pfenex shall summit the developed purification process procedures and protocols to SAIC for review and approval before moving forward to engineering run ( Stage 7 ).

 

    Document shall also contain, at a minimum, processes examined, rational for processes selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

    Pfenex shall ship all purified CSP generated during development to a SAIC designated facility; however, Pfenex may retain up to 10% of the material produced if necessary.

2.3. Stage 6: Product Specific Analytical Method Development

 

    Pfenex shall develop and qualify product specific in-process and final product analytical methods and provide standard operating procedures (SOPs) for each method.

 

    For release testing of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include but not be limited to, [*]

 

    For characterization of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include but not limited to [*]

 

    Pfenex shall establish acceptance criteria and specifications in consultation with SAIC, where applicable, that will be the basis for release and stability monitoring. The specifications shall be appropriate for a phase 1 clinical product.

 

    Pfenex shall recommend and submit the developed analytical and characterization testing, including procedures, protocols, and their results, to SAIC for review and approval.

2.4. Stage 7: Engineering Run

 

    Pfenex shall perform [*] to ensure reproducibility of previously drafted procedures.

 

    Pfenex shall develop master batch production records (BPRs) for the first engineering run that cover all of upstream and downstream process, and identifies where the in-process tests occur and what volume is removed for testing. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

    Pfenex shall develop master BPRs for the second engineering run that cover all of upstream and downstream process and identifies where procedures are modified, if any. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

    Pfenex shall submit the completed BPRs to SAIC upon the completion of each engineering run.

 

    Pfenex shall execute the release and characterization testing as accomplished in Stage 6 for the engineering run material.

 

    Pfenex shall set aside aliquots for the stability program described below, and ship the remaining purified CSP from the engineering runs to a SAIC designated facility in aliquots to be determined at a later timepoint.

2.5. Stage 8: Stability Program

 

    Pfenex shall conduct a non-GMP stability monitoring of the purified CSP. Pfenex shall submit the stability monitoring plans for both engineering runs to SAIC for review and approval.

 

    The stability of purified CSP from the engineering runs shall be evaluated for stability at conditions of [*]

 

    Stability monitoring assessment shall include, at minimum, [*]

 

    A stability report shall be submitted to SAIC at each stability timepoint and include, at minimum, assays utilized with associated SOP, test results in table format, conclusion, trending data, and copies of raw data.

 

2


2.6. Stage 9: Process Training and Transfer

 

    Pfenex shall train SAIC’s clinical contract manufacture organization (CMO) on the manufacturing process and shall transfer the BPRs (master and completed) and analytical method SOPs.

 

    As part of the process training and transfer Pfenex shall conduct at least one successful training run.

 

    The process yield from the process training run shall be within acceptable scientific variation from the 2 engineering runs performed in Stage 7. The purified CSP shall have purity [*]

 

    The process training run shall demonstrate reproducibility in all up- and down-stream processes including, but not limited to, growth rate in fermentation, quantity and quality of CSP in lysate, in primary recovery, in each process step, and in final product.

 

    Pfenex shall provide to SAIC and to SAIC designated CMO the RCS and a full process transfer package with all information necessary for the transfer of the manufacturing process.

 

    The full process transfer package shall be applicable for a scale up, at a minimum, [*] and follow-on purification, upon transfer.

 

    The full process transfer package shall include, but is not limited to, the following items:

 

    Bill of materials and suggested suppliers

 

    Detailed fermentation and purification process procedures (master BPRs)

 

    Listing of instruments/equipment

 

    Detailed testing procedures (SOPs)

 

    Technical specification for the bulk drug substance

 

    Health/Safety/Environment assessment of all materials and process

 

    Detailed characterization of purified protein/buffer and intermediates

 

    Stability testing plan and final report

 

    Research cell bank growth parameters and technical information

 

    Construct expression information and test results

 

    The process transfer and associated training records for the transfer to the clinical CMO shall be well documented and be provided to SAIC in the final report.

2.7. Final Report

 

    Pfenex shall issue a final report covering all of the process development and process transfer efforts. The report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results, and conclusions pertaining to all process development activities, technical transfer training records and report, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

    The final report shall also contain sufficient data for use in the CMC section of the IND submission including, but not limited to, details of the cloning and development of the expression strain CS533-129.

 

3


3. Quality Requirements

In addition to the Quality Requirements stated in the SOW, Pfenex shall execute a Quality Management Plan suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10).

 

  3.1. Pfenex shall provide a scientific, technical, and administrative infrastructure to ensure quality control of all process development and technical transfer activities.

 

  3.2. The quality management plan shall include use of any materials, instruments/equipment, methods, procedures utilized in the process development and technical transfer.

 

  3.3. At a minimum, Pfenex shall ensure:

 

    Facilities in which SAIC’s materials are maintained in a safe and secure manner and allow limited access.

 

    Personnel have the necessary education and training in all procedures relevant to work assignments; training and qualifications are verified by leadership of Pfenex.

 

    SOPs will be used to document policies and procedures. SOPs will be version controlled and approved by key personnel.

 

    An effective tracking/tracing system or procedure is in place for all materials and equipment used in this contract.

 

    Equipment calibration and maintenance are performed as required and are documented.

 

  3.4. The Quality management plan shall govern Pfenex’s commitment to quality and ensure that procedures addressing the following requirements are in place.

 

    SOPs

 

    Document/version control

 

    Equipment maintenance and repair

 

    Training: adherence of staff to required schedules

 

    Data management

 

    Record management system

 

    Safety plan

 

    Asset tracking and management

 

    Building and facility monitoring

 

    Adherence to Federal or other applicable regulatory requirements appropriate for work on this contract

 

    Operational deviations and failures will be investigated through root cause analysis, which will be documented.

 

  3.5. Cold/frozen and controlled temperature storage chambers have continuous monitors with alarms or are monitored at least every 4 hours by security staff. Any deviations will be immediately reported to Pfenex staff.

 

  3.6. Effective cold chain management practices are in place for the handling of materials, products and samples.

 

  3.7. Investigation are initiated upon incident discovery (excursion from written procedure, policy, or protocol). Upon request, copies results of investigations are submitted to SAIC for review.

 

  3.8. SAIC may schedule in-plant and other visits at Pfenex to audit quality of activities conducted in this contract.

 

4. Record Management Requirements

Pfenex shall maintain a record management system suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10, Quality Management Plan).

 

  4.1. Pfenex shall have a record management system that permits detailed records to be made concurrently with the performances of each process development activity.

 

4


  4.2. Records and documents shall be created and maintained in a manner that allows version control, handling steps, tests, retests, investigations, data, and results.

 

  4.3. Record and document security systems shall be adequate to ensure confidentiality and privacy of proprietary information. Confidential or proprietary information shall be restricted to staff with a need for access and inspectors from regulatory agencies. Records shall be readily accessible for inspection by authorized personnel from SAIC.

 

  4.4. Records and documents shall be maintained for a minimum of 5 years after the completion of process development and technical transfer. SAIC shall be contacted for disposal or transfer instructions at the end of a records storage period or at the end of the subcontract POP.

 

  4.5. Electronic records shall be backed up daily on a separate server or network. Weekly backups shall be stored on an appropriate media, e.g., CD, tape, and stored off-site.

 

  4.6. Corrections or changes in a record shall be made in accordance with a quality monitoring procedures suitable for managing process development and technical transfer.

 

  4.7. Unless alternate agreements are made, all raw data and laboratory notebooks related to this subcontract shall be made available to SAIC upon request.

 

5. Table 1. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Technical    purified CSP from process development    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
2    Technical    purified CSP from engineering and training runs    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
3    Technical    Unused reagents provided by SAIC    Within 2 weeks of SAIC request    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers
4    Technical    fermentation      
5    Technical         
6    Technical          PDF or Word document
7    Technical          PDF or Word document
8    Technical          PDF or Word document
9    Technical          PDF or Word document
10    Technical          PDF or Word document
11    Technical          PDF or Word document
12    Technical          PDF or Word document
13    Technical          PDF or Word document
14    Technical          PDF or Word document
15    Reporting          Telecom
16    Reporting          PDF or Word document

 

* Days = Calendar days

 

5


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Modification 06

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.   MODIFICATION #:    06
ADDRESS:   DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
10790 Roselle Street San Diego, CA 92121   TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

VALUE:

FUNDED:

  

$4,055,873.00

$2,640,928.02

The purpose of this modification is to add subcontract value, incremental funding and a Statement of Work, dated May 2, 2011, entitled “Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ and Process Manufacturing. The modification results from Pfenex Inc’s proposal, dated May 11, 2011. As a result, the award value is increased from $3,093,173.00 by $962,700.00 to $4,055,873.00.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed PRICE of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $962,700.00 from $3,093,173.00 to $4,055,873.00 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2011. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is increased by $327,800.00 from $2,313,128.02 to $2,640,928.02 including profit.

Article 1.3 INVOICES is modified to read as follows:

Invoices shall contain the following information: subcontract number, subproject number, Stage #. Invoices may be mailed or emailed to:

Science Applications International Corporation

Attention: Michael A. Younkins

5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110

Frederick, Maryland 21703

Michael.A.Younkins@saic.com

Article 2.0 TECHNICAL AND CONTRACTUAL POINTS OF CONTACT is modified to replace Earleen Smith with the following:

SAIC (BUYER):

Contractual: Michael A. Younkins

Article 1.4 PAYMENT — is modified to read as follows:

(a) Original Subcontract Award: For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage.

Subcontract Modification #2: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Work dated May 4, 2010 (modification #2) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

Subcontract Modification #4: For each of the two Milestones in the Statement of Word dated November 15, 2010 (modification #4) there will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

 

 

Page 1 of 5


LOGO

 

 

Subcontract Modification #5: The table shown in Mod #5 shall be utilized for Milestone Invoice dates of submission and Invoice Amounts for the Milestones defined in the Statement of Work dated December 13, 2010 (modification #5). There will be two invoices each totaling 50% of the price for each Milestone, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Milestone and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report and associated deliverables for each Milestone.

Subcontract Modification #6: The following table shall be utilized for Milestone Invoice submission:

(see next page)

 

 

Page 2 of 5


LOGO

 

 

Milestone

  

Payment

  

Amount

  

Duration

Antigen 1 & Antigen 2 Milestone 1   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 8 weeks from

receipt of synthetic genes

 

Antigen 1 & Antigen 2 Milestone 1

  

 

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   
Antigen 1 Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [ * ] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 6 weeks from

receipt of written

authorization to proceed

 

Antigen 1 Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [ * ] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™

  

 

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   
Antigen 2 Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [ * ] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 6 weeks from

receipt of written

authorization to proceed

 

Antigen 2 Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [ * ] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™

  

 

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   
Antigen 1 Milestone 2A [Optional]: [ * ] pure [ * ] protein from 3 selected [ * ] clones respectively to SAIC   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 7 weeks from

receipt of written

authorization to proceed

 

Antigen 1 Milestone 2A [Optional]: [ * ] pure [ * ] protein from 3 selected [ * ] clones respectively to SAIC

  

 

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   

 

Antigen 2 Milestone 2A [Optional]: [ * ] pure [ * ] protein from 3 selected [ * ] clones respectively to SAIC

  

 

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

 

Antigen 2 Milestone 2A [Optional]: [ * ] pure [ * ] protein from 3 selected [ * ] clones respectively to SA IC

  

 

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   
Antigen I Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [ * ] Research Cell Bank (RCB)   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 4 weeks from

receipt of written

authorization to proceed

 

 

Page 3 of 5


LOGO

 

Antigen 1 Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [ * ] Research Cell Bank (RCB)   

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   
Antigen 2 Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [ * ] Research Cell Bank (RCB)   

50% upon

commencement

   $ [*]   

Approximately 4 weeks from

receipt of written

authorization to proceed

 

Antigen 2 Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [ * ] Research Cell Bank (RCB)

  

50% upon delivery of

report

   $ [*]   

(b) Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. If Buyer reasonable deems the invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure, Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Pfenex may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

Article 17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated May 11, 2011

 

2. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

3. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

4. Attachment C (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls

 

5. Attachment II: Statement of Work and Schedule dated July 2009, Subcontract Modification #2 dated May 4, 2010, Subcontract Modification #4 dated November 15, 2010 and Subcontract Modification #5 dated January 1, 2011.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

 

 

Page 4 of 5


LOGO

 

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

May 25, 2011

    Date:  

6/1/2011

 

 

Page 5 of 5


STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

And Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 2, 2011

Subcontract Modification 6

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, P f ēnex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the proof-of-principle evaluation of expressing full-length and functional [*], suitable for use with [*] in combination vaccines, utilizing P f ēnex Expression Technology™. P f ēnex shall provide antigens, cell banks, and reports and other documentation related to the development and manufacturing process, as required in the deliverables (Table 1). Milestones in this subcontract modification include:

 

Antigen

  

Milestone

CeITOS    Milestone 1: Evaluation of [*] expression in Pfēnex Expression Technology™
  

 

Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [*] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™

  

 

Milestone 2A [Optional]: Provide [*] pure [*] protein from 3 selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC

  

 

Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a Pseudomonas -[*] Research Cell Bank (RCB)

TRAP    Milestone 1: Evaluation of [*] expression in Pfēnex Expression Technology™
  

 

Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [*] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™

  

 

Milestone 2A [Optional]: Provide [*] pure [*] protein from 3 selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC

  

 

Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a Pseudomonas -[*] Research Cell Bank (RCB)

 

1


SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  1.1. Background literature/references relating to [*].

 

  1.2. Suitable reference materials and sera relating to [*] if available.

 

2. Period of Performance

The period of performance (POP) for this effort is upon award through September 2014.

 

3. Technical Requirements

 

  3.1. Milestone 1: Evaluation of [*] expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

 

  3.1.1. P f ēnex shall clone and express a synthesized full-length [*] gene sequences (minus the GPI sequence) in P f ēnex Expression Technology™.

 

  3.1.1.1. The coding region for the [*] from Pf strain [*] shall be optimized, synthesized, and cloned into a minimum of [*] different P f ēnex expression vectors.

 

  3.1.1.2. P f enex shall transform the resulting plasmids into a strain of P f ēnex Expression Technology™ and plate onto selective medium.

 

  3.1.1.3. P f ēnex shall select a series of positive clones from assorted vectors and verify correct coding sequences of insert.

 

  3.1.2. P f ēnex shall assess the expression of [*] in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ at [*] scale in a minimum of [*] unique strains

 

  3.1.2.1. P f ēnex shall transform the resulting plasmids into up to [*] selected host strains. (A minimum of [*] unique Expression Strains)

 

  3.1.2.2. P f ēnex shall perform [*] as a primary screen.

 

  3.1.2.3. P f ēnex shall verify the target band on [*] (if antibody is available), and [*].

 

  3.1.3. P f ēnex shall issue a final report of milestone 1 efforts.

 

  3.1.3.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of test method with a reference to corresponding SOP, test results (i.e. small scale growth, expression, analytical), and conclusion. Copies of raw data including sequencing data shall be included as an appendix.

 

  3.2. Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [*] in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

 

  3.2.1. P f ēnex shall screen multiple fermentation conditions at the [*] scale using [*] Expression Strains to evaluate protein quality and expression levels

 

2


  3.2.1.1. Execute experiments to screen multiple fermentation conditions in mini-bioreactors for protein expression and protein quality. ([*] fermentations per strain)

 

  3.2.1.2. P f ēnex shall perform [*] analysis on samples from each of the fermentations.

 

  3.2.1.3. P f ēnex shall verify the target band and its solubility on [*]

 

  3.2.2. P f ēnex shall confirm selected conditions used at the [*] scale and verify conditions are suitable at the high cell density fermentation [*] scale to evaluate protein quality and expression levels of selected strains chosen based on data generated in 3.2.1.3.

 

  3.2.2.1. P f ēnex shall confirm selected conditions and strains identified in the screening experiments in a scalable high cell density fermentation process in multiplex fermentors for protein expression and protein quality.

 

  3.2.2.2. P f ēnex shall collect multiple time point samples for evaluation of protein expression levels and quality

 

  3.2.2.3. P f ēnex shall utilize a [*] method as appropriate to prepare samples from the best fermentation of each expression strain for supply to SAIC.

3.2.2.3.1. P f ēnex shall transfer to SAIC samples of the filtered whole cell lysate or periplasmic release extract and cell free broth for further in vitro analysis.

3.2.2.3.2. P f ēnex shall perform [*] on samples from each fermentation.

3.2.2.3.3. P f ēnex shall verify the target band and its solubility on [*]

 

  3.2.3. P f ēnex shall issue a final report of milestone 2 efforts.

 

  3.2.3.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of test methods with associated reference to SOPs, data (i.e. small scale growth, expression, analytical), and conclusion. Copies of raw data shall be included as an appendix.

 

  3.3. Milestone 2A [Optional]: Provide [*] pure [*] protein from [*] selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC

 

  3.3.1. Pfenex shall evaluate up to four [*] to capture [*] protein using batch binding experiments in 96-well plate format.

 

  3.3.2. Pfenex shall conduct small scale capture chromatography runs using up to two selected [*] to evaluate purification of [*] protein.

 

  3.3.3. Pfenex shall conduct small scale secondary chromatography runs using up to two selected [*] using elution pool from the primary capture column runs.

 

  3.3.4. Pfenex shall evaluate up to [*] for reduction of [*].

 

3


  3.3.5. Pfenex shall analyze the final purified proteins and the filtered lysate using analytical methods including [*]

 

  3.3.5.1. Pfenex shall assess the difference in endotoxin level between filtered lysate and purified [*]

 

  3.3.5.2. Pfenex shall also assess the conformational integrity of the purified [*]

 

  3.3.6. If the quality and purity of purified protein is deemed acceptable by SAIC for R&D non-clinical studies, Pfenex shall ship the resulting purified [*] protein ([*]) from [*] selected [*] clones to SAIC.

 

  3.4. Pfenex shall issue a final report of purification efforts.

 

  3.4.1. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results and conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

  3.5. Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a Pseudomonas- [*] Research Cell Bank (RCB)

Pfenex shall prepare a non-GMP Research Cell Bank (RCB).

 

  3.5.1. Pfēnex shall generate [*] vials of RCB

 

  3.5.2. Pfēnex shall store the RCB a temperature-controlled -80°C freezer which has a monitoring system.

 

  3.5.3. A [*] scale fermentation run shall performed to confirm productivity

 

  3.5.3.1. Pfēnex shall harvest and prepare filtered lysate from the [*] fermentation ([*] working volume)

 

  3.5.3.2. Plasmid retention shall be evaluated using viable count plating of the samples on selective and non-selective media.

 

  3.5.3.3. Structural stability shall be evaluated using plasmid restriction digests.

 

  3.5.4. Pfēnex shall perform a characterization analysis of the generated Pseudomonas -[*]

 

  3.5.4.1. Phenotype of the strain shall be determined by plating on [*]

 

  3.5.4.2. Culture purity analysis shall be performed on the RCB.

 

  3.5.4.3. [*]

 

  3.5.4.4. Pfēnex shall confirm the [*]

 

  3.5.5. Pfenex shall issue a final report of milestone 3 efforts.

 

  3.5.5.1. Report shall include, but no be limited to, an executive summary, description of cell banking methods and materials used, with associated reference to SOPs, characterization data, raw material certificates of analysis, and copies of raw data.

 

  3.5.5.2. A draft report shall be submitted to SAIC two weeks following completion of task and a final copy submitted one week following SAIC comments.

 

4


4. Quality Requirements

Pfenex shall maintain a Quality System that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control. Pfenex shall be responsible for the development and demonstration of suitability of contracted deliverables as well as providing reports and managing this project in a manner that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control ensuring that the filtered whole cell lysate or periplasmic release extract and cell free broth produced and analyzed in the developed process and assays have the quality, and identity they purport.

 

5. Meeting and Conference Requirements

Unless an alternative directive is provided; meeting, conference, and audit support shall include the following:

 

  5.1. Pfēnex shall schedule a kickoff meeting via on-site meeting with SAIC within 7 days of award. The agenda shall be provided by Pfenex in advance. The purpose of the kickoff meeting is formal introduction of key staff and project management, technical and contractual discussions, and initial action items required to initiate contract work.

 

  5.2. Pfēnex shall participate in biweekly meetings and/or teleconferences with SAIC. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings to discuss the technical (e.g., assay designs and critical reagents), quality, schedule, regulatory, and contractual aspects of the program and site visits to Pfenex’s facilities. All visits to Pfēnex’s facility shall be prearranged. Pfēnex shall be responsible for preparing meeting agendas and summaries. Meeting minutes shall be captured by Pfēnex and are due to SAIC within 7 days after the completion of a biweekly teleconference.

 

  5.3 Pfēnex also shall be available for ad hoc support (e.g., phone calls and e-mails) to SAIC as required for project communications.

 

6. Reporting Requirements

 

  6.1. Monthly Technical and Business Progress Report: A monthly TPR shall be submitted to the SAIC management point of contact by the eighth of each month during subcontract POP.

 

  6.1.1. The TPR shall cover the work accomplished as well as issues and proposed resolutions that occur during each reporting period.

 

  6.1.2. Each TPR also shall contain an updated monthly project management schedule to indicate work completed and any change in schedule. Deliverables shall be incorporated into the schedule.

 

  6.2. Reports should include an updated inventory log, and a notice of any temperature deviations of equipment storing SAIC material. The report shall also document any changes made to methods and procedures utilized for the cloning and expression efforts.

 

5


  6.2.1. Report shall include invoicing information for work performed during each reporting period and anticipated work activities.

 

  6.3. Documentation to Support an IND or Amendment: Data generated under this subcontract may be incorporated into an FDA submission. Pfenex shall provide a list of relevant SOPs or other control, development and testing documents as requested.

 

7. Subcontract Deliverables

Table 3 summarizes documents and other deliverables due to SAIC at the indicated timelines.

 

6


Table 1. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

   Requirement    Item    Date*    Form
           
           
           
           
           

 

* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

7


Core B. Carrier Protein Production

P.I. Pfenex, Inc. San Diego, CA

Project Summary

The overall goal of the Core is to express and produce carrier proteins for conjugation to [*] discovered in Projects 1 and 2. Special emphasis will be on the production of [*] containing strategically inserted [*] to serve as anchors for targeted attachment of [*] and [*]. We expect that such an immunogen with a focused [*] will have a better chance of eliciting neutralizing antibodies than the [*] with its unpredictable host-dependent glycan shield. In order to eliminate any other [*], we will express [*] in a [*] protein expression system. Further we will incorporate [*] at the sites of [*] to enable targeted attachment of synthetic [*] at correct sites.

Attempts to express [*] in E. coli has been difficult, generally resulting in production of insoluble material that refolds with very poor yields. The Pfenex Expression Technology™ platform represents a new paradigm of microbial strain development that overcomes the slow iterative process of strain selection and high failure rates for protein production in E. coli. Pfenex has developed a proprietary strain of P.fluorescens specifically as a protein production platform to enable rapid development of expression strains capable of expressing high titers of soluble, active protein. Using a combinatorial matrix of expression plasmids and host strains, along with high throughput methods for growth and analysis of expression strain candidates, identification of a production strain and development of a first fermentation process can be achieved rapidly. Importantly, yields of soluble protein of ~ 1 gram per liter can be achieved upon optimization of fermentations conditions. Initial expression studies (Aim1) will be done using the codon-optimized sequence of the [*] from the [*] as it has been shown to express epitopes recognized by each [*]. Next (Aim2), we will express [*] incorporating [*] at positions of [*] attachment such as positions [*]. This will enable attached of synthetic [*] at specific locations on [*] as part of Project 2. Subsequent studies will use [*], as required.

Core B Specific Aims

Aim 1. Efficiently express select [*] proteins in a prokaryotic system to produce non-glycosylated carrier proteins for elicitation of enhanced [*] responses

Codon optimized [*] genes will be cloned into [*] unique plasmids, which will be transformed into [*] unique host strain backgrounds resulting in a total of [*] unique expression strains. Following the small scale expression, Pfenex will perform analytical testing on the product produced from each of the Expression Strains, including [*]. Furthermore, Pfenex will scale up production and purification of selected strains and provide purified protein for Projects 1, 2, and 3.

 

  1.1 Develop P.fluorescens strains that efficiently express [*]

 

  1.2 Develop P. fluorescens strains for efficient production of [*]

 

  1.3 Scale up and purifiy [*] from above aims to provide ~ 1 gram of each protein to Projects 1, 2 and 3

 

  1.4 Produce ~ 1 gram of [*] for use as a carrier protein for Project 1 and for use as a control for experiments in Project 2

Aim 2. Efficiently express select [*] proteins in Pseudomonas fluorescens to produce soluble [*] proteins containing [*].

 

1


Codon optimized DNA designed to insert [*] known to be critical for binding to[*] will be cloned into [*] unique plasmids, which will be transformed into [*] unique host strain backgrounds resulting in a total of [*] unique expression strains. Following the small scale expression, Pfenex will perform analytical testing on the product produced from each of the Expression Strains, including [*]. Emphasis will be placed on selection of strains that secrete high quantities of protein into the periplasmic space to facilitate purification. Three – five high-producer strains will be selected for scale up production and purification to provide [*] for Projects 2 and 3.

 

  2.1 Develop P.fluorescens strains that efficiently express [*]

 

  2.2 Scale up and purify [*] from strains developed in Aim 2.1 to provide ~ 1 gram of protein to support Projects 2 and 3.

Research Plan

Significance. The development of a vaccine to prevent AIDS is the best hope for controlling the epidemic that has led to infection of more than 30 million people with the HIV-1 virus worldwide. A vaccine approach that reduces viral load would certainly be beneficial, but one that elicits sterilizing immunity would be preferred. Conventional vaccine approaches based on delivery of HIV-1 envelope (Env) proteins or peptides derived from Env sequences have failed to generate broadly neutralizing antibodies (bNAbs) to the virus, which mutates rapidly to escape from the immune response. Recently, [*] have been discovered from subjects in the [*]. Several of these antibodies, including [*] determinants alone or in the context of the [*] protein. Importantly, these antibodies are even more potent (i.e., they neutralize HIV-1 at lower antibody concentrations) than other newly discovered [*]. Immunogens that elicit antibodies similar to the [*] could be ideal vaccine candidates.

(b) Innovation. The HIV-1 Env is shrouded with oligomannose glycans that obscure potential neutralization sites and prevent the elicitation of broad and potent immune responses. Partial removal of glycans has been shown to improve the immunogenicity of [*]. From a practical perspective, [*] are notoriously difficult to express in abundance in either mammalian or prokaryotic systems. In mammalian expression systems, yields of only 10-20µg per liter are common, and in E. coli expression results mainly in the production of insoluble material that is difficult to refold. Furthermore, glycosylation patterns in proteins derived from biological production systems are typically highly variable whereas using synthetic chemical methods we can obtain pure glycans in a manner that may be scaled for ultimate large scale production.

Our overall goal is to discover and develop an [*] exposure and targeted synthetic glycan modifications to elicit broadly neutralizing glycoprotein-specific immune responses. Specifically, we will employ the new broad and potent antibodies [*], which bind [*]. These sugar-binding antibodies require [*] and appear to require the [*] on the [*]. We plan to prepare vaccines that contain a constrained synthetic glycan attached specifically to [*] at the site of native [*]. The critical innovation required to meet this goal is the production of a large quantity (~ 1 gram) of soluble [*]. The Pfenex Expression System has the following unique properties that will ensure a high probability of success that will enable us to meet the above requirements:

Please list attributes…

 

2


(c) Approach.

Show steps involved in production of [*] as “preliminary data” to describe how you will approach the production of [*]

It is expected that our approach will elicit an immune response to [*] as well as to protein epitopes normally concealed by endogenous glycans. We recognize that this could have the mixed benefit of focusing the antibody response on the linked glycan while potentially diverting the immune response to non-neutralizing epitopes. However, efforts to eliminate non-neutralizing protein epitope by, for example, eliminating V loops, has not proven to be beneficial in focusing the immune response on neutralizing epitopes. Rather than trying to limit induction of non-neutralizing epitope, our approach it to stimulate a robust antibody response to the entire immunogen, especially to the glycans presented in the [*]. Glycoconjugate vaccines such as Prevnar (for the prevention of pneumococcal diseases) have been extremely successful in reducing invasive pneumococcal disease in humans despite induction of strong immune responses to the carrier protein.

 

3


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 07

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Pfenex Inc.

   SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
  

 

MODIFICATION #:

  

 

07

ADDRESS:

 

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

   DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
  

 

TYPE:

  

 

FIRM FIXED

PRICE COMMERCIAL

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

VALUE:

FUNDED:

  

$4,055,873.00

$2,640,928.02

The purpose of this modification is to extend the period of performance, at no additional cost, FROM Sep 11, 2009 through Sep 21, 2011 TO Sep 11, 2009 through Sep 21, 2014. The total value and funding value remain unchanged at $4,055,873 and $2,640,928.02 respectively. The address for Pfenex, Inc. is revised to that shown above.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX, INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

9/9/11

    Date:  

9/9/11

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 08

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Pfenex Inc.

   SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
  

 

MODIFICATION #:

  

 

08

ADDRESS:

 

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121

   DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
  

 

TYPE:

  

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

VALUE:

FUNDED:

  

$4,055,873.00

$2,863,328.02

The purpose of this modification is to provide incremental funding in the amount of $222,400.00. As a result, the funding value is increased FROM $2,640,928.02 BY $222,400.00 TO $2,863,328.02. The total value remains unchanged at $4,055,873.00.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed PRICE of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,055,873.00 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $2,863,328.02 including profit.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

09/29/2011

    Date:  

09/29/2011


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 09

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION#:    09
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    Not Rated

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

   TYPE:    FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL
92121      

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:    VALUE:    $4,055,873.00

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

FUNDED

  

$3,135,328.02

The purpose of this modification is to provide incremental funding in the amount of $272,000.00. As a result, the funding value is increased FROM $2863,328.02 BY $272,000.00 TO $3,135,328.02. The total value remains unchanged at $4,055,873.00.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed PRICE of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,055,873.00 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $3,135,328.02 including profit.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX, INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)

Patrick Lucy

   

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

11-17-11

    Date:  

11-17-2011

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 10

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
Pfenex Inc.    MODIFICATION #:    10
ADDRESS:    DPAS RATING:    Not Rated
10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121    TYPE:   

FIRM FIXED PRICE COMMERCIAL

     

 

ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

   VALUE:    $4,055,873.00

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

   FUNDED:    $3,915,373.26

The purpose of this modification is to provide incremental funding in the amount of $780,045.24. As a result, the funding value is increased FROM $3,135,328.02 BY $780,045.26 TO $3,915,373.26. The total value remains unchanged at $4,055,873.00.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed PRICE of Subcontract No.P010022290 is $4,055,873.00 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No.P010022290 is $3,916,373.26 including profit.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

December 12, 2011

    Date:  

12/13/11

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 11

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

   MODIFICATION #:    11
  

 

DPAS RATING:

  

 

Not Rated

  

 

TYPE:

  

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE

   COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)
Period of Performance: Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014   

VALUE:

FUNDED:

  

$4,171,178.75

$4,030,679.01

The purpose of this modification is to increase the total award value by $115,305.75 for additional work; Stage 5A/ Preliminary [*]. As a result of this modification, the total value is increased FROM $4,055,873.00 BY $115,305.75 TO $4,171,178.75. The total funded amount is increased FROM $3,915,373.26 BY $115,305.75 TO $4,030,679.01.

Statements of Work entitled “[*], November 21, 2011, Subcontract Modification 11” are herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows:

The total not-to-exceed PRICE of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,171,178.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through March 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,030,679.01 including profit.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Michael A. Younkins

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy

    Name:  

Michael A. Younkins

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

Date:  

12/21/11

    Date:  

1/3/12

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

November 8, 2011

Steve C. Huang, PhD, RAC, PMP

Project Manager

Science Applications International Corporation ( SAIC )

5202 Presidents Court

Suite 110

Frederick, MD 21703

Dear Steve,

Please find enclosed Pfenex Inc.’s proposal in response to SAIC’s Request for Proposal regarding the Preliminary Formulation Development of rCSP. The scope of work will be Contract Modification 11 to Subcontract #P010022290 related to SAIC Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421. The total Firm Fixed Price of this program in accordance with Statement of Work enclosed is $70,500 inclusive of materials cost.

This proposal is valid for 120 days from today’s date.

I look forward to working with you on this program.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Patrick Lucy

Patrick Lucy

Vice President of Business Development & Marketing

Pfenex Inc.

301 Newbury Street PMB #251

Danvers, MA 01923

Tel. (978) 887-4971

PKL@Pfenex.com

 

-1-


LOGO

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pf enex Expression TechnologyTM

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

November 11, 2011

Subcontract Modification

Stage 5A: Preliminary Formulation of rCSP

 

  1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the production of additional filtered lysates, and purified full-length CSP expressed in Pf enex Expression Technology TM . As part of this support, Pfenex shall be required to provide summary reports related to the preliminary formulation of rCSP.

 

  2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. Screen buffer Systems

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall evaluate at a minimum [*] that can accommodate concentrations of [*].

 

  2.1.1.1. Components/pH in the buffer systems should be suitable for human use.

 

  2.1.1.2. The buffer systems may include, but are not limited to the following.

 

No.

  

Buffer

  

pH

  

Tonicity

Modifier

  

Stabilizer

1

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

2

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

3

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

4

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

5

   [*]    [*]    [*]    [*]

 

  2.1.1.3. Compatibility of the buffer systems and CSP shall be analyzed. The methods that may include, but are not limited to, [*].

 

-2-


LOGO

 

  2.2. Short term stability monitoring

 

  2.2.1. Upon selection of suitable buffer system(s) for [*], a short term stability shall be conducted to monitor the quality changes of [*] in the selected buffer systems.

 

  2.2.2. The short term stability shall include, but are not limited to, the following temperature and time points

 

Stress

   Conditions   Time Point(s)

Temperature

   [*]   [*]

 

  2.2.3. [*] quality in the selected buffer systems.

 

  2.2.4. At the minimum, one aliquot per temperature and per time point shall be assessed

 

  2.2.4.1. Testing methods for the CSP stability may include, but are not limited to, [*].

 

  2.2.5. Upon SAIC’s request, Pfenex shall provide [*] in the selected buffer system and concentration to SAIC for further testing

 

  2.3. Final Report

 

  2.3.1. Pfenex shall issue a final report.

The report shall include an executive summary, detailed description of methods including system suitability controls, list of all raw materials and their source, results, conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and all raw data in PDF format.

 

  3. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

   Requirement    Item   

Date

  

Form

1

   Reporting    Final Report   

Draft: 2 weeks following completion

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  

Draft: Word Document

 

Final: Signed Pdf

2

   Technical    rCSP    Upon SAIC’s request    Proper shipping condition

 

-3-


LOGO

 

 

  4. Cost Proposal

The pricing for the proposal shall be based upon commercial rates and is inclusive of costs for supplies, materials and reports. The pricing is broken down as follows:

Total Price – $[*]

Payment Terms – [*] upon delivery of final report.

Labor – Approximately [*] hours

Materials – $[*]

Timescale – Approximately eight (8) weeks from commencement to issuance of final report

 

-4-


LOGO

 

November 21, 2011

Steve C. Huang, PhD, RAC, PMP

Project Manager

Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC)

5202 Presidents Court

Suite 110

Frederick, MD 21703

Dear Steve:

Please find enclosed Pfenex Inc.’s proposal in response to SAIC’s Request for Proposal regarding the Characterization of Fourteen (14) rCSP Monoclonal Antibodies. The scope of work will be Contract Modification 11 to Subcontract #P010022290 related to SAIC Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421. The total Firm Fixed Price of this program in accordance with Statement of Work enclosed is $45,000 inclusive of materials cost.

This proposal is valid for 120 days from today’s date. I look forward to working with you on this program.

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick Lucy

Patrick Lucy

Vice President of Business Development & Marketing

Pfenex Inc.

301 Newbury Street PMB #251

Danvers, MA 01923

Tel. (978) 887-4971

PKL@Pfenex.com

 


LOGO

 

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression TechnologyTM

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

November 21, 2011

Subcontract Modification

Stage 6A: Characterization of 14 rCSP monoclonal antibodies

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the production of additional filtered lysates, and purified full-length CSP expressed in Pfēnex Expression TechnologyTM. As part of this support, Pfenex shall be required to provide summary reports related to the characterization of 14 of rCSP monoclonal antibodies (mAbs).

 

2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. [*]

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall characterize the provided [*] for their applications [*] and [*].

 

  2.1.1.1. In both [*] and [*], Pfenex shall screen [*] against the purified rCSP and its forced-degraded derivatives.

 

  2.1.1.2. For forced degradation, the purified rCSP shall be subjected to, but is not limited to, [*].

 

  2.1.1.3. Pfenex shall capture forced degradation conditions at which stability of the product can be reflected by the use of certain mAbs in [*].

 

  2.1.1.4. Forced-degraded derivatives of rCSP will also be analyzed by analytical methods that include, but is not limited to, [*].

 

  2.2. Final Report

 

  2.2.1. Pfenex shall issue a final report.

The report shall include an executive summary, detailed description of methods including system suitability controls, list of all raw materials and their source, results, conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and all raw data in PDF format.

 


LOGO

 

 

3. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date

  

Form

1

   Reporting    Final Report    Draft: 2 weeks following completion Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments   

Draft: Word Document

Final: Signed PDF

2

   Technical    rCSP    Upon SAIC’s request    Proper shipping condition

 

4. Cost Proposal

The pricing for the proposal shall be based upon commercial rates and is inclusive of costs for supplies, materials and reports. The pricing is broken down as follows:

Total Price – $[*]

Payment Terms – [*] upon delivery of final report.

Labor – Approximately [*] – Included

Timescale – Approximately six (6) weeks from commencement to issuance of final report

 


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT

Modification 12

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:    SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

  

 

MODIFICATION #:

  

 

12

  

 

DPAS RATING:

  

 

Not Rated

  

 

TYPE:

  

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE

  

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

 

Modification Value:

  

 

$122,288.00

  

 

FUNDED:

  

 

$4,152,967.01

   Ceiling VALUE:    $4,612,816.75

The purpose of this modification is to increase the ceiling value by $441,638.00 and funding value by $122,288.00 for additional work as stated below.

Effective date of this modification is February 24, 2012.

Pfenex shall be required to provide (i) gene synthesis and strain engineering of PfRh5 in pseudomonas fluorecens, (ii) optimize fermentation for 1 L scale, (iii) purified 10mg protein from three selected clones, and (iv) produce research cell bank and conduct cell bank testing.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $4,171,178.75 BY $441,638.00 TO $4,612,816.75 . The total funded amount is increased FROM $4,030,679.01 BY $122,288.00 TO $4,152,967.01 .

Statements of Work entitled “Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ And Process Manufacturing Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services, dated February 6, 2012 Subcontract Modification 12” are herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 and is attachment 1 to this modification 12.

Article 1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,612,816.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through March 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No.P010022290 is $4,152,967.01 including profit.

Article 1.3 INVOICES is modified to read as follows:

Invoices shall contain the following information: subcontract number, subproject number, Stage #. Invoices may be mailed or emailed to:

Science Applications International Corporation

Attention: Carol Frishman

5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110

Frederick, Maryland 21703

carol.c.frishman@saic.com

 

 

Page 1 of 3


LOGO

 

Article 2.0 TECHNICAL AND CONTRACTUAL POINTS OF CONTACT is modified to replace Michael Younkins with the following:

SAIC (BUYER):

Contractual: Carol Frishman

Article 1.4 PAYMENT — is modified to add the following:

 

(a) Original Subcontract Award: For each Stage of work there will be two invoices each totaling 50 % of the price for each Stage of Work, an initial invoice upon commencement of the Stage and a final invoice upon acceptance of the final report for each Stage.

The following table shall be utilized for Milestone Invoice submission for Modification 12 :

 

Milestone

  

Payment

  

Amount

  

Duration

Milestone 1: Strain Screening   

50% upon

commencement

   [*]   

Approximately 8

weeks from receipt

of synthetic genes

 

Milestone 1: Strain Screening

  

 

50% upon

delivery of report

  

 

[*]

  
Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [*] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™   

50% upon

commencement

   [*]   

Approximately 6

weeks from receipt

of written

authorization to

proceed

 

Milestone 2 [OPTIONAL]: Fermentation Assessment of [*] in Pfēnex Expression Technology™

  

 

50% upon

delivery of report

  

 

[*]

  
Milestone 2A [OPTIONAL]: Provide [*] pure PfRh5 protein from [*] selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC   

 

50% upon

commencement

   [*]   

Approximately 7

weeks from receipt

of written

authorization to

proceed*

 

Milestone 2A [OPTIONAL]: Provide [*] pure [*] protein from [*] selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC

  

 

50% upon

delivery of report

  

 

[*]

  
Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [*] Research Cell Bank (RCB)   

50% upon

commencement

   [*]   

Approximately 4

weeks from receipt

of written

authorization to

proceed

 

Milestone 3 [OPTIONAL]: Preparation and Characterization of a P. fluorescens- [*] Research Cell Bank (RCB)

  

 

50% upon

delivery of report

  

 

[*]

  

 

* Duration for Milestone 2A will depend on expression and quality data of [*] from Milestone 2

 

 

Page 2 of 3


LOGO

 

(b) Payment terms will be Net 45 days from date of invoice. Upon receipt of invoice Buyer shall within five (5) business days review the invoice and determine if the invoice is acceptable. If Buyer reasonable deems the invoice unacceptable Buyer shall contact Seller and Seller shall reissue a conforming invoice with a new date of invoice. If (1) Buyer does not pay on time or (2) Buyer’s financial responsibility becomes unsatisfactory (S&P rating below BBB- or Moody’s rating below Baa3) to Seller and Seller deems itself insecure, Seller may accelerate the due date and demand immediate payment on any outstanding invoice for Product, or may require cash payments or satisfactory security for future deliveries and for payment of all sums owed under this Agreement. Buyer agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Seller in the collection of any sum payable by Buyer to Seller, or in the exercise of any remedy. Pfenex may charge Prime +2% on all overdue amounts.

Article 17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated February 6, 2012.

 

  2. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications - 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part Ill — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 412009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
/s/ Patrick Lucy     /s/ Carol Frishman

 

   

 

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:   Patrick Lucy     Name:   Carol Frishman
 

 

     

 

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:   Vice President of Business Development     Title:   Subcontracts Manager
 

 

     

 

Date:   2/24/12     Date:   2/24/12
 

 

     

 

 

 

Page 3 of 3


Statement of Work

Evaluation of [*] Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 20, 2013

Subcontract Modification

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities for the full development of a manufacturing process for the [*] expressed from [*] clone using P f ēnex Expression Technology™ and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated cGMP manufacturing facility with processing capabilities and equipment compatible with the upstream and downstream process developed by Pfenex. The process shall be suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] fermentation scale and follow-on purification, upon transfer. As part of this project, Pfenex is required to provide related meeting support, reports, and deliverables as listed in Table 1 .

 

  1.1. SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

    Background literature/references relating to [*].

 

    Additional [*] monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and control Rh5, if required.

 

    Shipping instructions for purified [*] protein and other materials.

 

2. Technical Requirements

As a follow-on to the successful production, testing and selection of a [*] expressing cell line under the original subcontract and Mod 12 which was composed of: (i)-Evaluation of [*] (Stage 1), (ii)-Fermentation assessment of [*] (Stage 2A/Mod 12) and (iv)-Preparation and characterization of Pseudomonas -[*] (Stage 3); SAIC now requires Pfenex to develop a manufacturing process suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] fermentation scale and follow-on purification for the SAIC selected clone [*] and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated cGMP manufacturing facility with processing capabilities and equipment compatible with the upstream and downstream process developed by Pfenex.

 

  2.1. Stage 4: Fermentation Optimization of cell line [*]

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall apply computer-aided, statistically-based design of experiments (DoE) to examine fermentation parameters [*] expression. Design and execute 2-level fractional factorial experiments to screen up to five (5) factors (e.g. pH and temperature) [*] expression in an 8-unit multiplex 1L bioreactor system.

 

Page 1 of 10


Please Note : Appropriate samples for yield determination and analysis will be collected throughout the fermentation runs.

 

  2.1.2. Perform the appropriate analysis on selected pre- and post-induction samples taken from the fermentations.

 

  2.1.3. Use JMP statistics software to analyze the data. Based on the conclusions, design a confirmation round of experiments up to a total of [*] X 1L fermentations.

 

  2.1.4. Evaluate [*] titer and quality on selected samples utilizing ELISA and western blot analysis development from Stage 7 Product Specific Analytical Method Development .

 

  2.1.5. The optimized fermentation condition shall be confirmed in up to [*] scale per round.

 

  2.1.6. The optimized fermentation shall produce material which can be subsequently purified to meet product quality safety specifications required for human use when produced under cGMP conditions.

 

  2.1.7. A technical study report shall be issued following the completion of the work.

 

  2.1.7.1. Pfenex shall submit the optimized fermentation procedure/protocol to SAIC for review and approval.

 

  2.1.7.2. Document shall also contain, at a minimum, in process parameters examined, rational for parameters selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

  2.2. Stage 5: Purification Process Development

 

  2.2.1. Pfenex shall develop a cGMP ready downstream purification process.

 

  2.2.2. Pfenex shall perform up to six rounds of [*] fermentation runs to supply cell paste for the experiments outlined in this stage of work.

 

  2.2.3. Pfenex shall develop a downstream purification process based on lessons learned from Stage 2A ([*] purification strategy).

 

  2.2.4. Pfenex shall design and execute a fractional factorial design to optimize protein release and purity [*].

 

  2.2.5. Pfenex shall evaluate efficiency (throughput, purity, recovery) of bulk separation of soluble and insoluble material by [*].

 

  2.2.6. Pfenex shall develop [*] will permit the material [*] to be filtered through a [*].

 

  2.2.7. Pfenex shall analyze samples taken throughout the primary recovery development for [*] yield and purity.

 

  2.2.8. Pfenex shall utilize the process intermediate from 2.2.7 to design and execute a resin screen (microtiter plate scale) for the primary capture chromatography step. Up to [*] will be screened for the best conditions for capacity. The best two resins will be screened in a second round using up to [*] conditions to determine selectivity.

 

 

Page 2 of 10


  2.2.9. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.8 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin

 

  2.2.10. The primary column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.9 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.11. Pfenex shall utilize the elution pool from 2.2.10 to develop and execute a resin screen for the second chromatography step. Up to [*] will be screened for the best capacity and selectivity. The best resin will be screened in a second round using up to [*].

 

  2.2.12. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.11 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin.

 

  2.2.13. The second column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.12 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.14. Pfenex shall utilize the elution pool from 2.2.13 to design and execute a resin screen for the polishing chromatography step. Up to eight resins will be screened for the best capacity and selectivity. The best resin will be screened in a second round using up to 36 conditions for efficiency and selectivity.

 

  2.2.15. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.14 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin.

 

  2.2.16. The polishing column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.12 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.17. [*] from 2.2.16 will be buffer exchanged into the final drug substance buffer determined in Stage 6 using [*]. [*] parameters will be optimized to minimize processing time while maintaining product quality.

 

  2.2.18. For each downstream unit operation, Pfenex shall conduct hold studies to determine process intermediate stability.

 

  2.2.19. Pfenex shall perform analysis during development that may include [*].

 

  2.2.20. Pfenex shall perform a pilot scale integrated purification run to confirm scale-up parameters and overall process performance.

 

  2.2.20.1. Pfenex shall collect and analyze intermediate samples taken during the integrated run for protein yield, purity and contaminant profile.

 

  2.2.20.2. Pfenex shall provide [*] produced from the integrated run to SAIC or its designee.

 

  2.2.20.3. Pfenex shall perform analysis of integrated run final material that may include [*].

 

 

Page 3 of 10


  2.2.21. Pfenex shall submit the developed purification process procedures and protocols to SAIC for review and approval before moving forward to engineering run ( Stage 8 ).

 

  2.2.21.1. Document shall also contain, at a minimum, processes examined, rational or processes selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

  2.2.22. Pfenex shall ship [*] generated during development to a SAIC designated facility; however, Pfenex may retain all or a portion of the material produced for subsequent studies.

 

  2.3. Stage 6: BDS Formulation Development

 

  2.3.1. With material generated from Stage 5 Purification Process Development, Pfenex shall screen and evaluate at a minimum [*] buffer systems that are compatible with [*].

 

  2.3.1.1. Components/pH in the buffer systems should be suitable for human use and may include stabilizing excipients.

 

  2.3.1.2. Pfenex will measure compatibility of the buffer systems using SEC-HPLC and/or other stability indicating assays.

 

  2.3.2. Pfenex shall confirm the selected buffer systems to monitor quality changes of [*].

 

  2.3.3. Pfenex shall perform a short-term stability monitoring of selected, suitable buffer systems(s) to monitor quality changes of [*] and/or other stability indicating assays.

 

  2.3.3.1. Short term stability monitoring shall include the following temperature and time points:

 

Stress

  

Conditions

  

Time Point(s)

Temperature    [*]    [*]

 

  2.3.3.2. [*].

 

  2.3.4. Upon SAIC’s request, Pfenex shall provide [*] in the selected buffer system and concentration to SAIC for further testing

 

  2.3.5. Pfenex shall issue a final report. The report shall include an executive summary, detailed description of methods including system suitability controls, list of all raw materials and their source, results, conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and all raw data in PDF format.

 

  2.4. Stage 7: Product Specific Analytical Method Development

 

  2.4.1. Pfenex shall develop product specific in-process and final product analytical methods and provide standard operating procedures (SOPs) for each method.

Please Note: Method qualification may be performed as optional.

 

 

Page 4 of 10


  2.4.2. Pfenex shall establish acceptance criteria and specifications in consultation with SAIC, where applicable, that will be the basis for release and stability monitoring. The specifications shall be appropriate for a Phase 1 clinical product.

 

  2.4.3. For in-process testing of low purity fermentation and purification samples, the testing shall include: [*] analysis.

 

  2.4.4. For release testing of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include: [*]

 

  2.4.5. For characterization of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include: [*]

 

  2.4.6. Pfenex shall recommend and submit the developed analytical and characterization testing, including procedures, protocols, and their results, to SAIC for review and approval.

 

  2.4.7. (Optional) Analytical method qualification shall be performed on methods developed.

 

  2.4.7.1. Qualification protocols and report template shall be issued for review and approval

 

  2.4.7.2. Qualification report shall be issued and include data and summary tables.

 

  2.5. Stage 8: Engineering Run

 

  2.5.1. Pfenex shall perform a complete engineering run at the [*] scale to ensure reproducibility of previously drafted procedures.

 

  2.5.2. Pfenex shall develop master batch production records (BPRs) for the engineering run that covers all of upstream and downstream process, and identifies where the in-process tests occur and what volume is removed for testing. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

  2.5.3. Pfenex shall submit the completed BPRs to SAIC upon the completion of the engineering run.

 

  2.5.4. Pfenex shall execute the release and characterization testing as accomplished in Stage 7 for the engineering run material.

 

  2.5.5. Pfenex shall set aside aliquots for the stability program described below, and ship the remaining [*] from the engineering run to a SAIC designated facility in aliquots to be determined at a later timepoint.

 

  2.5.6. (Optional) Pfenex may perform additional engineering run(s) if required by SAIC

 

  2.5.6.1. Pfenex shall develop master batch production records (BPRs) for the engineering run that covers all of upstream and downstream process, and identifies where the in-process tests occur and what volume is removed for testing. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

  2.6. Stage 9: Stability Program

 

  2.6.1. Pfenex shall conduct a non-GMP stability monitoring of the [*]. Pfenex shall submit the stability monitoring plans for the engineering run to SAIC for review and approval.

 

 

Page 5 of 10


  2.6.2. The stability of purified [*] from the engineering run will be evaluated for stability at conditions [*].

 

Method/Test

–70°C, 5°C, 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH), 40°C/75% RH

   Initial
Testing

(T=0)
   1 mo    2 mo    3 mo
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X   
[*]    X    X    X   
[*]    X          X

 

  2.6.3. Stability monitoring assessment shall include: [*]

 

  2.6.4. A stability report shall be submitted to SAIC at each stability timepoint and include, at minimum, assays utilized with associated SOP, test results in table format, conclusion, trending data, and copies of raw data.

 

  2.7. Stage 10: Process Training and Transfer

 

  2.7.1. Pfenex shall train SAIC’s cGMP contract manufacture organization (CMO) on the manufacturing process and shall transfer the BPRs (master and completed) and analytical method SOPs.

 

  2.7.2. As part of the process training and transfer Pfenex shall conduct at least one successful training run.

 

  2.7.3. The process yield from the process training run shall be within acceptable scientific variation from the engineering run performed in Stage 8 .

 

  2.7.4. The process training run shall demonstrate within acceptable scientific variation reproducibility as compared to Stage 8, in all up- and down-stream processes including growth rate in fermentation, quantity and quality of Rh5 in lysate, in primary recovery, in each process step, and in final product.

 

  2.7.5. Pfenex shall provide to SAIC and to SAIC designated CMO the RCB and a full process transfer package with all information necessary for the transfer of the manufacturing process.

 

 

Page 6 of 10


  2.7.6. The full process transfer package shall include the following items:

 

  2.7.6.1. Bill of materials and suggested suppliers

 

  2.7.6.2. Detailed fermentation and purification process procedures (master BPRs)

 

  2.7.6.3. Listing of instruments/equipment

 

  2.7.6.4. Detailed testing procedures (SOPs)

 

  2.7.6.5. Technical specification for the bulk drug substance

 

  2.7.6.6. Health/Safety/Environment assessment of all materials and process

 

  2.7.6.7. Detailed characterization of purified protein/buffer and intermediates

 

  2.7.6.8. Stability testing plan and final report

 

  2.7.6.8.1. Research cell bank growth parameters and technical information

 

  2.7.6.8.2. Construct expression information and test results

 

  2.7.7. The process transfer and associated training records for the transfer to the clinical CMO shall be well documented and be provided to SAIC in the final report.

 

  2.8. CMC Support

 

  2.8.1. Pfenex shall provide support in reviewing CMC sections and documents related to IND submission including details of the cloning and development of the expression strain [*].

 

3. Quality Requirements

In addition to the Quality Requirements stated in the SOW, Pfenex shall execute a Quality Management Plan suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10).

 

  3.1. Pfenex shall provide a scientific, technical, and administrative infrastructure to ensure quality control of all process development and technical transfer activities.

 

  3.2. The quality management plan shall include use of any materials, instruments/equipment, methods, procedures utilized in the process development and technical transfer.

 

  3.3. At a minimum, Pfenex shall ensure:

 

  3.3.1. Facilities in which SAIC’s materials are maintained in a safe and secure manner and allow limited access.

 

  3.3.2. Personnel have the necessary education and training in all procedures relevant to work assignments; training and qualifications are verified by leadership of Pfenex.

 

  3.3.3. SOPs will be used to document policies and procedures. SOPs will be version controlled and approved by key personnel.

 

  3.3.4. An effective tracking/tracing system or procedure is in place for all materials and equipment used in this contract.

 

  3.3.5. Equipment calibration and maintenance are performed as required and are documented.

 

 

Page 7 of 10


  3.4. The Quality Management Plan shall govern Pfenex’s commitment to quality and ensure that procedures addressing the following requirements are in place.

 

  3.4.1. SOPs

 

  3.4.2. Document/version control

 

  3.4.3. Equipment maintenance and repair

 

  3.4.4. Training: adherence of staff to required schedules

 

  3.4.5. Data management

 

  3.4.6. Record management system

 

  3.4.7. Safety plan

 

  3.4.8. Asset tracking and management

 

  3.4.9. Building and facility monitoring

 

  3.4.10. Adherence to Federal or other applicable regulatory requirements appropriate for work on this contract

 

  3.4.11. Operational deviations and failures will be investigated through root cause analysis, which will be documented.

 

  3.5. Cold/frozen and controlled temperature storage chambers have continuous monitors with alarms or are monitored at least every 4 hours by security staff. Any deviations will be immediately reported to Pfenex staff.

 

  3.6. Effective cold chain management practices are in place for the handling of materials, products and samples.

 

  3.7. Investigation are initiated upon incident discovery (excursion from written procedure, policy, or protocol). Upon request, copies results of investigations are submitted to SAIC for review.

 

  3.8. SAIC may schedule in-plant and other visits at Pfenex to audit quality of activities conducted in this contract.

 

4. Record Management Requirements

Pfenex shall maintain a record management system suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10, Quality Management Plan).

 

  4.1. Pfenex shall have a record management system that permits detailed records to be made concurrently with the performances of each process development activity.

 

  4.2. Records and documents shall be created and maintained in a manner that allows version control, handling steps, tests, retests, investigations, data, and results.

 

  4.3. Record and document security systems shall be adequate to ensure confidentiality and proprietary information. Confidential or proprietary information shall be restricted to staff with a need for access and inspectors from regulatory agencies. Records shall be readily accessible for inspection by authorized personnel from SAIC.

 

  4.4. Records and documents shall be maintained for a minimum of 5 years after the completion of process development and technical transfer. SAIC shall be contacted for disposal or transfer instructions at the end of a records storage period or at the end of the subcontract POP.

 

 

Page 8 of 10


  4.5. Electronic records shall be backed up daily on a separate server or network. Weekly backups shall be stored on an appropriate media, e.g., CD, tape, and stored off-site.

 

  4.6. Corrections or changes in a record shall be made in accordance with a quality monitoring procedures suitable for managing process development and technical transfer.

 

  4.7. Unless alternate agreements are made, all raw data and laboratory notebooks related to this subcontract shall be made available to SAIC upon request.

 

5. Table 1. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Technical    [*] from process development    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
2    Technical    [*] from engineering run    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
3    Technical    Unused reagents provided by SAIC    Within 2 weeks of SAIC request    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers
4    Technical    Optimized fermentation procedure and protocols    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
5    Technical    Selected primary recovery method    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
6    Technical    Purification process procedures and protocols    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
7    Technical    Recommended analytical and characterization testing    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
8    Technical    Master BPRs for the engineering run    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document

 

 

Page 9 of 10


Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

9    Technical    Master BPRs for the second engineering run, etc    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document
10    Technical    Completed BPRs for the engineering run    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
11    Technical    Completed BPRs for the second engineering run, etc    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
12    Technical    Stability monitoring plans for engineering run(s)    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document
13    Technical    stability reports    3 week following each indicated time point    PDF or Word document
14    Technical    Full Process transfer package    4 weeks following completion of engineering run    PDF or Word document
15    Reporting    Biweekly Meeting and minutes    Meeting as scheduled, minutes within a week of the meeting    Telecom
16    Reporting    Monthly Reports    Due by the 8 th of each month during the performance of work efforts    PDF or Word document
17    Reporting    CMC Support    Final: 3 weeks after receipt of SAIC CMC sections provided for review    Draft: Word document

 

* Days = calendar days

 

 

Page 10 of 10


7A PRICE SHEET for Subcontract P010022290

May 24, 2012

Pricing is based upon commercial rates and is inclusive of costs for supplies, materials (except as noted) and reports.

 

Stage 7A Activity

   Payment Terms
(50% upfront/50%

issuance of final
report)
     Estimated
Labor
(hours)
   Estimated
Materials
Costs
   Estimated
Timescales

2.1.1 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    [*]    3 weeks

2.1.2 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    [*]    2 weeks

2.1.3 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    [*]    5 weeks

2.1.4 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    n/a    1 week

2.1.5-2.1.8 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    n/a    3 weeks

2.1.9 [*]

   $ [*]       [*]    n/a    2 weeks

 

 

Attachment 2 P010022290 Mod 13    Page 1 of 1


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 13

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego,

CA 92121

   SUBCONTRACT #:    P010022290
  

 

MODIFICATION #:

  

 

13

  

 

DPAS RATING:

  

 

Not Rated

  

 

TYPE:

  

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE

  

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

 

  •    Modification Value:

  

 

$238,336.00

  

 

FUNDED:

  

 

$4,391,303.01

  

 

Ceiling VALUE:

  

 

$4,851,152.75

The purpose of this modification is to increase the ceiling value and funding value by $238,336.00 for additional work as stated below.

Effective date of this modification is June 15, 2012.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $4,612,816.75 BY $238,336.00 TO $4,851,152.75 . The total funded amount is increased FROM $4,152,967.01 BY $238,336.00 TO $4,391,303.01 .

Statement of Work entitled “Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pf enex Expression Technology TM And Process Manufacturing Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services, dated May 24, 2012 Subcontract Modification 13” is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 as additional work and is attachment 1 to this modification 13.

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $4,851,152.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No.P010022290 is $4,391,303.01 including profit.

Each Stage 7A Activity will commence upon request of SAIC representative in writing only. Payments will be made in accordance with Article 1.4 of this subcontract.

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment 1: Statement of Work and Schedule dated May 24, 2012, Mod 13.

 

  2. Attachment 2: 7A Price Sheet

 

  3. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications -12 dated 2/6/12, 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C: (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on data shown.

 

PFENEX INC     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
/S/ Patrick Lucy     /s/ Carol Frishman

 

   

 

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:   Patrick Lucy   Date 6/20/12     Name:   Carol Frishman   Date 6/20/12
 

 

     

 

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:   Vice President of Business Development       Title:   Subcontracts Administrator  
 

 

     

 


LOGO

 

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pf enex Expression Technology TM

And Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 24, 012

Subcontract Modification 13

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the production of additional filtered lysates, and purified [*] expressed in Pf enex Expression Technology TM . As part of this support, Pfenex shall be required to provide summary reports related to the development and manufacturing process, other documentation as required in the deliverables, bacterial cell lysates and reagent-[*] protein under specifications defined in Stage 7. Pfenex shall provide antigens, and reports and other documentation related to the development and manufacturing process, as required in the deliverables (Table 1). Milestones in this subcontract modification include:

Table 1. Milestones for CSP

 

Antigen

  

Milestones

  

Timeline

rCSP    Stage 7A : [*]    7-10 weeks, followed by Report in 2 weeks

SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  1.1.1. Background literature/references relating to [*].

 

  1.1.2. Additional [*] and control [*], if required.

 

  1.1.3. Shipping instructions for filtered lysates and purified [*]

 

2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. Stage 7A: Provide improvements to [*] purification process for manufacture at large-scale (pilot) scale and provide rCSP purified material to SAIC’s Repository designate

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall investigate thawed lysate precipitation using centrifugation of thawed lysate to remove precipitation.

 

  2.1.2. Pfenex shall develop [*] to test for reduction of host cell protein levels to [*]. Note: SAIC shall decide on approval of Activity 2.1.3 pursuant to results from Activity 2.1.2.

 

  2.1.3. Pfenex shall incorporate a third chromatography step to reduce host cell protein levels to[*], pursuant to results from Activity 2.1.2.

 

  2.1.4. Pfenex shall perform buffer development to define acceptable deviation thresholds on key buffer formulations to better understand variability from preparation to preparation, and confirm buffers are robust, i.e. will meet process specifications from lot to lot.


LOGO

 

 

  2.1.5. Pfenex shall incorporate final buffer formulation from Stage 5A Preformulation Development of [*] Drug Substance and confirm at large-scale purification.

 

  2.1.6. Pfenex shall perform up to [*] scale fermentations to generate cell paste to support large-scale purification efforts. Targeted expression titer ranges shall be [*].

 

  2.1.6.1 Whole broth samples will be analyzed for titer by [*].

 

  2.1.7. Pfenex shall place in-process samples from the large-scale purification (Activity 2.1.5) on a short stability study to characterize hold times. The final [*] will be incorporated into Stage 8 Stability Program.

 

  2.1.8. Pfenex shall ship the remaining purified [*] to SAIC’s repository designate.

 

  2.1.9. Pfenex shall issue a final report of Stage 7A efforts.

 

  2.1.9.1 Pfenex shall refine master BPRs for the large-scale (pilot) development work that cover all downstream process and identified where procedures are modified, if any. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

3. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Project Management    Final Project Schedule    To be submitted within 1 week of kickoff meeting; schedule to be baselined within 3 weeks of award    1 electronic file, Preferably .mmp format
2    Meeting Requirement    Meeting Agenda    1 day prior to regular meetings, 3 days prior to kickoff    1 electronic Word document or email
3    Meeting Requirement    Meeting Summaries    7 days after meetings    1 electronic Word document
4    Technical Requirement    7A Milestone Report   

Draft: 2 weeks following completion of procedure

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  

Draft: Word Document

Final: Signed PDF

5    Technical Requirement    Antigen deliverables    2 weeks following completion of requirement    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers

 

* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

-2-


LOGO

 

7A PRICE SHEET for Subcontract P010022290

May 24, 2012

Pricing is based upon commercial rates and is inclusive of costs for supplies, materials (except as noted) and reports.

 

Stage 7A Activity

   Payment Terms
(50% upfront/
50% issuance of
final report)
     Estimated Labor
(hours)
   Estimated
Materials Costs
     Estimated
Timescales

2.1.1 Precipitation Issues

   $ 34,560       120      n/a       3 weeks

2.1.2 HCP method development

   $ 14,824       48    $ 1,150 (ELISA kit)       2 weeks

2.1.3 HCP Reduction by Chromatography

   $ 86,400       300    $ 17,250 (resins)       5 weeks

2.1.4 Buffer Development

   $ 13,824       48      n/a       1 week

2.1.5-2.1.8 Large-scale (Pilot) demonstration

   $ 77,208       216      n/a       3 weeks

2.1.9 Final Report

   $ 11,520       40      n/a       2 weeks


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 14

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   SUBCONTRACT #:   P010022290

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

 

 

MODIFICATION #:

 

 

14

 

 

DPAS RATING:

 

 

Not Rated

 

 

TYPE:

 

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE

 

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

 

 

•     Modification Value:

 

 

        $1,086,563.00

 

 

FUNDED:

 

 

$5,477,866.01

 

 

Ceiling VALUE:

 

 

$5,937,715.75

The purpose of this modification is to increase the ceiling value and funding value for additional work as stated below.

Effective date of this modification is July 31, 2012.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $4,851,152.75 BY $1,086,563.00 TO $5,937,715.75 . The total funded amount is increased FROM $4,391,303.01 BY $1,086,563.00 TO $5,477,866.01 .

Statement of Work entitled “ Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ And Process Manufacturing Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services June 22, 2012 Subcontract Modification ” is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 as additional work and is attachment 1 to this modification 14.

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $5,937,715.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $5,477,866.01 including profit.

This Milestone Activity will commence upon request of SAIC representative in writing only. Payments for this modification 14 will be made in accordance with the schedule as outlined below.

 

Milestone

   Invoicing    Amount  

Milestone 1: Technology Transfer (including CMO Upfront Payments)

   Due upon execution of the
contract modification
   $ 864,209.00   

Project Management Storage & Shipping

   Due upon Initiation of GMP
manufacturing run
   $ 222,354.00   
     

 

 

 

Total for modification 14 Activity

      $ 1,086,563.00   
     

 

 

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS:

 

  1. SAIC is responsible for all regulatory and quality issues related to Mod 14/cGMP Manufacturing.

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

 

  2. In the event SAIC shall be required to recall the Product because such SAIC Product may violate local, state or federal laws or regulations, or the laws or regulations of any applicable foreign government or agency, or does not conform to the Specifications, or in the event that SAIC elects to institute a voluntary recall, withdrawal, field alert or similar action (collectively a “Recall”), SAIC shall be responsible for coordinating such Recall. SAIC shall promptly notify Pfenex if the SAIC Product is the subject of a Recall and provide Pfenex with a copy of all documents relating to such Recall. Pfenex shall reasonably cooperate with Client in connection with any Recall and shall cause any of its Subcontractors to do the same, at SAIC’s expense. SAIC shall be responsible for all of the costs and expenses of such Recall except to the extent caused by a Limited Latent Defect in which case Pfenex shall cause the CMO to reimburse SAIC to that extent for its reasonable, direct and documented out of pocket expenses, up to an aggregate limit of $100,000 for all such Recall(s).

 

  3. If SAIC terminates Mod 14 then all unavoidable termination fees/costs incurred by Pfenex shall be reimbursed by SAIC.

 

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated June 22, 2012, Mod 14.

 

  2. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications -13 dated 6/15/12, 12 dated 2/6/12, 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C: (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Carol Frishman

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:   Patrick Lucy   August 2, 2012     Name:   Carol Frishman   8/2/12
 

 

     

 

(Type or Print)   Date     (Type or Print)   Date
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

 

   

 

 

 

Page 2 of 2


STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™

And Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

June 22, 2012

Subcontract Modification

 

1. Background

The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, Division of Microbiology and Infectious Diseases (DMID), directed Science Applications International Corporation [Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services Program, prime contract NO1-A1-05421] to develop early-phase malaria vaccines. SAIC provides project and quality management as well as regulatory support for DMID’s malaria vaccine development efforts. Under subcontract agreement (P010022290) with SAIC, Pfenex has developed a [*]. Currently, Pfenex has reached “Stage 9: Process Training and Transfer” which will facilitate the cGMP manufacture, release, and stability monitoring drug substance (DS) for use in Phase 1 clinical trials at a third party contract manufacture organization (CMO). As part of the Stage 9 agreement, Pfenex will coordinate with the CMO to perform the follow activities:

 

    Pfenex shall train the Pfenex-selected CMO manufacturing and QC staff, as necessary, using the information in the Pfenex technology transfer package.

 

    SAIC shall provide Pfenex selected CMO the working cell bank vials and WCB growth parameters and technical information

 

    Pfenex shall provide Pfenex selected CMO a full process transfer package with all information necessary for the successful transfer of the manufacturing process operable and reproducible at a minimum of [*] fermentation scale and shall include, but is not limited to, the following items:

 

    Bill of materials and suggested suppliers

 

    Detailed fermentation and purification process procedures (master BPRs)

 

    Listing of instruments/equipment

 

    Detailed testing procedures (SOPs)

 

    Technical specification for the bulk drug substance (BDS or DS)

 

    Health/Safety/Environment assessment of all materials and process

 

    Detailed characterization of purified protein/buffer and intermediates

 

    Construct expression information and test results

 

    The process transfer and associated training records of CMO personnel for the transfer to the CMO shall be well documented and be provided to SAIC in the final report.


To further the successful transfer and manufacture of the [*] from Pfenex to the CMO, SAIC herein requests Pfenex to identify and subcontract a cGMP qualified CMO to perform the DS manufacture and release of [*], produced by production strain [*] for use in Phase 1 clinical trials.

 

2. Period of Performance

The period of performance (POP) for this effort is upon approval of the change of scope through September 2014.

 

3. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all necessary services, qualified personnel, and travel as needed to conduct the CMO subcontract technical management & coordination, cGMP manufacture and release of [*].

 

4. Technical Requirement

Pfenex Project Management and SAIC shall create a Project Coordination Team (PCT) that shall provide scientific, technical, and administrative oversight to ensure the efficient planning, initiation, implementation, and management of all activities carried out for the execution of Pfenex’s subcontract with the CMO. Details of the roles and responsibilities of the SAIC and Pfenex team members are described in detail in Section 5, Project Management ). Pfenex shall provide necessary ad hoc support to the CMO to ensure the success of all technical requirement activities. Upon SAIC’s request, Pfenex shall arrange for SAIC’s visit and audit at the CMO for monitoring tech transfer, engineering run(s) and GMP production activities, as well as other any other Quality Assurance functions (see Section 6, Quality for more details).

The technical requirement include the following milestones:

Milestone 1: Technical transfer

Milestone 2: Engineering runs (Optional)

Milestone 3: GMP manufacture (Optional)

Milestone 4: Testing and release of [*] at CMO (Optional)

Milestone 5: Regulatory support (Optional)

 

  4.1 Milestone 1: Technical transfer

 

  4.1.1 Beyond the agreed upon tech transfer activities to be undertaken under the existing Stage 9 agreement, Pfenex shall provide management and coordinating activities, between SAIC, Pfenex and the selected CMO, for the suitable scale [*] fermentation, process, and analytical methods transfer at the CMO.

 

  4.1.1.1 The PCT (Project Coordination Team) shall ensure that all updates, changes, decisions, findings, and study reports at the CMO site are directly transferred to Pfenex and SAIC within 48 hours of receipt or notification. SAIC shall be responsible for approval.

 

  4.1.2 The PCT shall provide all necessary documents for approval of transfer analytical methods, fermentation, and purification process of rCSP to the selected CMO at 5 L-scale.

 

-2-


  4.1.3 The tech transfer runs shall generate sufficient interim non-GMP reference material to be used in the analysis of the engineering run(s).

 

  4.1.3.1 The interim reference standard (IRS) must pass the following tests: [*].

 

TESTS

  

SPECIFICATIONS

Appearance    [*]       [*]
Identification    A.    [*]    [*]
   B.    [*]    [*]
Protein content    [*]       [*]
Purity    A.    [*]    [*]
   B.    [*]    [*]
   C.    [*]    [*]

Structural

characterization (for information only)

   A.    [*]    [*]
   B.    [*]    [*]
Safety    A.    [*]    [*]
   B.    [*]    [*]
   C.    [*]    [*]
   D.    [*]    [*]
Potency    [*]       [*]

 

* Target specifications may be revised prior to the GMP run

 

  4.1.3.2 The IRS shall be aliquoted into up to [*]. (Note: assuming > [*] concentration)

 

  4.1.3.3 The IRS shall be placed on a 3-month stability program as outlined in the table below.

 

Method/Test

  

Initial

Testing

(T=0)

  

1 month

  

2 month

  

3 month

[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X         
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X
[*]    X    X    X    X

 

-3-


  4.1.4 The PCT shall provide SAIC QAD all reports documenting the success of the transfer of analytical methods, fermentation, and purification to Pfenex-selected CMO, including all materials, SOPs, and raw data generated in the transfer.

 

  4.1.4.1 PCT shall provide sufficient supporting evidence of the success of the transfer to SAIC QAD for approval.

 

  4.1.4.2 PCT shall receive the go/no go decision from SAIC QAD before moving forward to the engineering runs.

 

  4.2 Milestone 2: Engineering runs (Optional)

 

  4.2.1 PCT shall provide management and coordinating activities, between SAIC, Pfenex and the selected CMO, for all engineering run activities

 

  4.2.1.1 PCT shall ensure that all updates, changes, decisions, findings, and study reports at the CMO site are directly transferred to SAIC within 48 hours of receipt or notification

 

  4.2.2 The PCT shall provide all reports documenting the success of the engineering runs, including all materials, SOPs, and raw data generated in the transfer to Pfenex and SAIC QAD. SAIC QAD is responsible for approval.

 

  4.2.3 Up to two successful [*] runs shall be performed that will be of sufficient quality to be utilized in GLP toxicity studies.

 

  4.2.3.1 Unused cell paste from successful [*] fermentation runs shall be aliquoted into [*] batch sizes and stored in -80°C at Pfenex CMO, under agreed upon monitoring conditions.

 

  4.2.3.2 One successful [*]-scale purification run shall be performed with each [*] fermentation run. Note: current process flow diagram of [*]-scale purification run is provided for budgetary purposes (Exhibit 1).

 

  4.2.3.3 Potency data is not necessary BEFORE proceeding to second engineering run or GMP run. A decision will be submitted to SAIC QAD for approval based on the process and analytical data.

 

  4.2.4 The engineering run(s) shall generate interim sufficient quantity of non-GMP reference material to be used in future testing of GMP manufactured lots of [*].

 

  4.2.4.1 The reference standard must pass the assays designated as release and characterization tests as specified by the PCT for the GMP BDS lot.

 

  4.2.4.2 The reference standard shall be aliquoted in up to [*] and stored frozen at [*]. (Note: assuming concentration of [*])

 

  4.2.4.3 The reference standard shall be placed on a 12-month stability program with real-time storage, accelerated conditions, and freeze/thaw cycles as outlined in the table below.

 

-4-


  4.2.4.4 The stability tests to be performed at a minimum for all temperatures and conditions will be: [*].

 

Time Point

  

CSP Reference Standard Storage Temperature

  

£ -65°C

  

5°C±3°C

  

40°C±2°C/

70%±5% RH*

0 (lot release)    X      
1 Month    X    X    X
2 Month    X    X    X
3 Month    X    X    X
6 Month    X    X    X
9 Month    X      
12 Month    X      
1 Cycle Freeze/Thaw    X      
2 Cycle Freeze/Thaw    X      
3 Cycle Freeze/Thaw    X      

 

* RH, relative humidity

 

  4.2.5 PCT shall provide sufficient supporting evidence of the success of the engineering runs to SAIC QAD, i.e., completed BPRs and testing results, for approval

 

  4.2.6 PCT shall receive the go/no go decision from SAIC QAD before moving forward to the GMP manufacturing.

 

  4.3 Milestone 3: GMP manufacture of DS (Optional)

 

  4.3.1 If the second engineering run is successful and is performed with GMP-compliant documentation and quality, then that material shall be utilized as the deliverable for this milestone. CMO must address and resolve issues identified by SAIC QAD in quality audit report prior to commencement of GMP production of BDS.

 

  4.3.2 PCT shall provide management and coordinating activities, between SAIC, Pfenex and the selected CMO, for GMP run activities.

 

  4.3.2.1 Upon SAIC’s request, Pfenex shall facilitate/arrange for SAIC QAD and/or other SAIC representatives, at SAIC’s expense, to conduct audits at the Pfenex-selected CMO to ensure all cGMP activities and associated internal quality assurance (QA) and quality control (QC) review are compliant with U.S. Code of Federal Regulations Parts 210, 211, 600, and 610 and ICH Guidance on Quality of Biotechnological Products.

 

  4.3.2.2 PCT shall ensure that all updates, changes, decisions, findings, and study reports at the CMO site are directly transferred to SAIC QAD within 48 hours of receipt or notification.

 

-5-


  4.3.3 The master batch production records (MPRs) for the [*] cGMP run shall be provided to the PCT for review and approval.

 

  4.3.4 At a minimum, one successful [*] GMP fermentation run shall be performed using the rPfCSP WCB.

 

  4.3.4.1 Unused GMP cell paste will be aliquoted into 10 L batches in single-use closed bags, and will be stored at the Pfenex selected CMO facility in temperature monitored GMP storage locations (-80°C) under agreed upon monitoring conditions. Temperature monitoring records will be provided by Pfenex to SAIC upon request. SAIC will review shipping records to verify cold chain is maintained.

 

  4.3.5 Pfenex CMO shall perform successful [*]-scale purification(s) and provide 5 to 10 grams of purified GMP-grade CSP meeting the agreed upon specifications to SAIC or SAIC designated location.

 

  4.3.5.1 Interim bulk materials generated in each purification cycle must meet interim release specification to allow pooling to produce final bulk drug substance material.

 

  4.3.5.2 Interim release testing will include, but is not limited to the following, [*].

 

  4.3.6 Following PCT provided guidance, the drug substance (DS) shall be dispensed in aliquots suitable for long-term storage, release testing, and stability monitoring.

 

  4.3.6.1 SAIC aliquot sizes and container closures are:

 

    [*]

 

    Stability Samples: Vial component figuration to be determined (Note: [*])

 

  4.3.6.2 PCT to approve bottle specifications and labels in advance of the fills. (Stability monitoring of GMP Bulk DS will be determined at a later stage and scope of work will be handled as a contract modification.)

 

  4.3.7 CMO will ship Bulk drug substance samples to SAIC Designee using pre-approved, qualified shipping vendors, under the agreed upon shipping configuration

 

  4.3.8 The completed BPR shall be internally reviewed by the Pfenex CMO and then submitted to PCT and SAIC QAD for review.

 

  4.4 Milestone 4: Testing and release of [* ] DS at CMO (Optional)

 

  4.4.1 All analytical methods to be used at the CMO for release testing shall be qualified, based on mutual agreement within the PCT and SAIC QAD.

 

-6-


  4.4.2 The CoA, including a list of analytical methods and specifications as well as results shall be generated based upon an agreed upon testing plan.

 

  4.4.3 The cGMP [*] DS shall be shipped to an SAIC-designated facility.

 

  4.4.3.1 The CMO shall ensure the shipment will be at the required temperatures using a qualified shipping configuration for dry ice shipments with temperature monitoring. SAIC will be responsible for the review and approval of material following shipping.

 

  4.4.3.2 A material safety data sheet shall be prepared by Pfenex PCT and included in the shipment; duplicates of documents shall be provided to PCT and SAIC QAD.

 

  4.4.4 Any remaining development- and manufacture-related materials, such as cell bank, unpurified lysate, and in-process product, shall be shipped to SAIC’s repository upon SAIC’s request.

 

  4.4.5 PCT shall provide management and coordinating activities, between SAIC, Pfenex and the selected CMO, for release testing activities

 

  4.4.5.1 PCT shall ensure that all updates, changes, decisions, findings, and study reports at the CMO site are directly transferred to SAIC QAD within 48 hours of receipt or notification.

 

  4.5 Milestone 5: Regulatory support (Optional)

 

  4.5.1 The PCT shall transfer from the CMO to Pfenex and SAIC QAD all supporting material for the submission of an IND application by providing Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Control documentation (21CFR312.23) required by U.S. regulatory authorities. The supporting materials shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  4.5.1.1 A detailed description of all production materials, including their derivation and the analytical methodology used to characterize and release these materials.

 

  4.5.1.2 A list of all raw materials, including source and methods to qualify their suitability for further manufacture. All animal-derived raw materials will be specifically identified, including details of country of origin.

 

  4.5.1.3 Analytical method development and /or qualification reports.

 

  4.5.1.4 A detailed description of the production process, including test sample points for intermediate materials and the DS.

 

  4.5.1.5 The DS labels including draft and final.

 

  4.5.1.6 Master and executed BPRs.

 

-7-


  4.5.1.7 Protocol (draft and final) for release testing of production materials and release of lots of DS, including descriptions of analytical methods and target specifications.

 

  4.5.1.8 CoAs for production materials and the DS; a detailed DS lot production report.

 

  4.5.1.9 Stability testing protocol (draft and final) for interim reference materials.

 

  4.5.1.10 Out-of-specification (draft and final) investigational reports.

 

  4.5.1.11 Control documentation for changes in analytical or manufacturing methods.

 

  4.5.1.12 Letter of cross-reference for Pfenex’s CMO Drug Master File.

 

5. Project Management

 

  5.1 Pfenex shall appoint a Project Manager who shall provide effective communications with SAIC’s PM and Subcontract Administrator in order to properly execute the manufacture of rPfCSP DS at the CMO. SAIC shall provide an equivalent PM who will coordinate the decisions with Pfenex that can affect scope, cost and schedule for work including testing, performed at the CMO.

 

  5.2 SAIC and Pfenex Project Management shall create a Project Coordination Team (PCT) that shall provide quality, scientific, technical, and administrative oversight to ensure the efficient planning, initiation, implementation, and management of all activities carried out for the execution of Pfenex’s subcontract with the CMO.

 

  5.2.1 The PCT is responsible for: (1) monitoring the CMO’s technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and recommending to the SAIC Subcontracts Administrator changes in requirements; (2) interpreting the SOW and any other technical performance requirements; (3) performing technical evaluation as required; (4) review invoices against technical work performed (5) performing technical inspections and acceptances required by this subcontract; and (6) assisting in the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance.

 

  5.3 SAIC and Pfenex PMs shall be responsible for:

 

  5.3.1 Facilitate and coordinate the activities the PCT Team members

 

  5.3.2 Project management and communications

 

  5.3.3 Tracking, monitoring, and reporting on status and progress

 

  5.3.4 Establishing and maintaining a risk register

 

  5.3.5 Provide tracking and verification of expenditures

 

-8-


  5.3.6 Recommending modifications to project requirements and time lines, including projects undertaken by third-tier subcontractors

 

  5.3.7 Providing all deliverables according to the Reporting Requirements and Subcontract Deliverables sections of an agreed upon SOW to the CMO

 

  5.3.8 Scheduling and monitoring of all tests and/or work

 

  5.3.9 Collection and reporting of results

 

  5.4 Any changes in the SOW, POP, delivery schedule, costs incurred during the performance of this subcontract, or terms and conditions for the CMO shall be approved by the SAIC PM and Subcontracts Administrator prior to execution.

 

  5.5 The PCT, through Pfenex Project Management, shall direct the CMO to maintain an accurate inventory and package and transfer all remaining reagents purchased or provided through this subcontract to SAIC or a designated repository. The inventory shall be provided as part of a monthly report. The materials, if applicable, will be transferred in a manner sufficient to preserve their respective cold chains. SAIC will determine who is responsible for making this shipment and method used to maintain cold chain.

 

6. Quality

SAIC is contractually responsible for assuring that the CMO maintains a Quality System that ensures compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) to ensure the product has the necessary safety, purity, identity and other quality attributes that are suitable for its intended use and that these efforts can be duplicated by an independent laboratory based solely on the documentation provided from CMO.

The PCT shall be responsible for the development and demonstration of suitability of contracted deliverables as well as providing reports and managing this project in a manner that meets scientific expectations of traceability and control.

The SAIC Quality Assurance Director (QAD) will verify that all CMO quality systems are in place and maintained prior to the execution of the sub-contracted GMP-related work effort and shall have access to all systems and documentation utilized for completion of this effort. All quality issues at the CMO shall be addressed prior to the execution of GMP-related work. Additionally, the SAIC QAD has the authority for review and final sign-off for acceptance of deliverables. The SAIC QAD has direct communication with the CMO’s QA/QC counterparts. As required, communications may be formal and include official responses to SAIC QAD audit reports, responses to deviations and associated investigation resolution documentation, or informal emails, teleconferences, and face-to-meetings.

SAIC shall perform an award audit of the Pfenex selected CMO to determine its adequacy, assessing the materials, systems, equipment, facilities and equipment to be utilized in the performance of product transfer, the engineering run and the cGMP manufacturing of the DS. Following the audit, SAIC shall provide a written report with stated findings and concerns to both CMO and Pfenex. SAIC shall verify remedial actions are completed by the CMO before GMP-contracted activities are initiated. The CMO shall complete follow-up to issues or concerns

 

-9-


raised during quality audits as appropriate. SAIC is responsible for providing final approval of CAPA’s. SAIC QAD will provide on-going quality monitoring and oversight during the execution of sub-contracted activities. SAIC expects to have a person in the plant, as needed, to provide appropriate quality oversight.

 

7. Reporting Requirement

The PCT is responsible for monitoring quality, technical performance and budgetary updates and advising the (SAIC and Pfenex) subcontract administrator(s) on programmatic requirements. Further, they are responsible for coordinating these requirements with the USG Project and Contract Officers. Therefore, all communications and reports (technical and financial) from the CMO shall be sent directly to all PCT members (SAIC and Pfenex PMs) simultaneously in order allow unfettered access to all information that impacts technical and financial performance and decision making.

 

8. Subcontract Deliverables

Table 1 summarizes documents and other deliverables due to SAIC at the indicated time points.

 

Deliverable

 

Requirement

 

Item

 

Date

 

Form

1   Technical   Reports (technology transfer and engineering runs)  

Draft: 3 weeks following completion of transfer run

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  PDF or Word document
2   Technical   Remaining non-GMP [*] product (technology transfer and engineering runs) including cell paste interim reference material, and lysates   Within a week of completion   Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor in each container
3   Technical   cGMP master BPRs  

Draft: 4 weeks before initiation

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  PDF or Word document
4   Technical   Completed rCSP cGMP BPRs  

Draft: 3 weeks following completion of 100 L cGMP run

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  PDF or Word document

 

-10-


Deliverable

 

Requirement

 

Item

 

Date

 

Form

5   Technical   [*] along with associated raw data  

Draft: 3 weeks following completion of cGMP rPfCSP DS release testing

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  PDF or Word document
6   Technical   [*]   Within a week of completion   Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
7   Technical   Remaining cGMP unpurified cell paste and or lysate   Maintain GMP chain   Stored at Pfenex CMO in proper GMP storage conditions
8   Technical   Interim reports and a final stability report for the [*] stability monitoring  

Draft: 3 weeks following completion of each time point

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

  PDF or Word document
9   Reporting   Biweekly meeting and minutes   Meeting as scheduled, minutes within a week of the meeting   Teleconference
10   Reporting   Monthly reports, including technical progress, and budgeting updates   Due by the 15th of each month during the performance of work efforts   PDF or Word document
11   Technical   Regulatory support documents  

Draft: 3 weeks following completion of all activities

 

Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments

 

Draft: Word document

Final: Signed Pdf

12   Reporting   Inventory Tracking Report, including banked production materials, reagents, held intermediates and Drug Substance   Due by the 15th of each month during the performance of work efforts   PDF or Word document

 

-11-


Exhibit 1 of SOW

Pfenex Inc. Confidential

 

# Step and Parameters

The process flow sheet is based on purifying 5 L fermentation and projected downstream process after development

 

In-Process Testing

    
   Fermentation (Pseudomonas fluorescens)      
  

Inoculum - batch

Seed broth volume

Fermentation time

  

 

0 6 L

~24 h

  
   Fermentation 2    i   
1   

Production - high density fed-batch

Production broth volume

Fermentation time

Expression Level

  

 

 

10 L

~48 h

4 g/L                     3-4 g/L

  
   Cell Paste by batch centrifugation      
2   

Production - high density fed-batch

Broth aliquot volume

Relative Centrifugation Force

Centrifugation Temperature

Centrifugation Time

  

 

 

1 L, cpy = 10

15900 × g

4°C

60 min

  
   Cell Reconstruction    i    Hold (-80°C)
3   

Feed

Paste Mass

Cycles Needed

Equipment

Mix Time

Dilution Buffer

Dilution buffer amount

Total volume upon dilution

Step Time

Step yield

  

Frozen (-80°C, Paste from step 3a

2.8 kg (equivalent to 5L broth)

2

Batch mixer

0.5 – 1 hr

20mM tris, 2M area

11.2 L approximate

14 L approximate

~1 hr

100%

  


In-Process Testing

    
4    Cell Lysis    i      2C g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Equipment

Flush buffer

Flush buffer amount

Homogenization parameter

Lysate temperature

 

Number of passes

Lysis time

Step yield

  

14 L approximate from step 3

Niro Soayi

2M urea, 20mM Tris, pH 8.2

As needed

TBD (critical parameter)

Codec to < 12°C with heat exchanger at outlet)

1 pass

1.4 hr approximate (at ~ 0 L/hr)

100%

  

20% cell lysate: pH, Cond

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

5    Dilution of 20% lysate to 10% solids 2C g (per cycle)
  

Feed

Feed volume

Equipment

Dilution buffer

Dilution buffer amount

Total volume upon dilution

Pump rate

Mix time

Step yield

  

Lysate from step 4

14 L

6C L single use bag Sartorius Stedim

2M urea, 20mM tris, PH 8

14 L approximate

28 L approximate

8 L/min

> 10 min

100%

  

10% cell lysate: pH, Cond

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

6    Disk-Stack Centrifugation    i      2C g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Feed volume

Feed Temp

Equipment

G-force

Flow rate

  

10% lysate from step 5

28 L

15 – 26 °C

Westfalia SC -6

15,000 g

0.3 L/mh

   Centrate turbidity (HACH NTU as well as Althea equipment measurement)
   Q/ S    8.10E-10 m/s   
  

Backpressure

Discharge Interval

Discharge Volume

Centrate Temp

 

Step Time

Step yield

  

75-82 psi

20 min

0.7 L

<20°C, cooled by heat exchanger on the outlet

1.6 hrs

88%

  
7    Depth Filtration    i      16 g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Feed volume

Equipment

Manufacturer

Part #

  

Centrate from Step 6

24.64 L

Millistak+XOHC Depth Filter

Millipore

MXOHC05=S1

  

Depth Filter Equilibration:

pH, cond

 

-2-


In-Process Testing

    
  

Quantity

Filter Area

Filter Loading

Flowrate

Step time

Step yield

  

1

0.22 m2

112 L/m 2

33 – 50 LM-I 0.12 – 0.18 l/min

1 hr, run in parallel with centrugation

95%

  
8    Sterile Filtration    i      17 g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Feed volume

Equipment

Manufacturer

Part #

Quantity

Filter Area

Filter Loading

Flowrate

Step Time

Step yield

  

Filtrate from Step 7, processed in-line

24.64 L

Sartobran P (0.45/0.2um)

Sartorius

5.235307H9-OO-V

1

0.20 m2

123 L/m2

36-54 LMH 0.12-0.18 L/min

N/A run in parallel with step 7

100%

  

Primary Recovery Filtrate: pH, cond

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

9    Freezing of CSP clarified cell culture    i            17 g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Feed Volume

Equipment

Manufacturer

Part #

Quantity

Step Time

Step Yield

  

Filtrate from Step 8

24.64 L

Sartorius Stedim Bags

Sartorious

Celsius FFT 2L, Celsius FFT 12L

4 of each part#

48-72hrs Specs TBD

100%

  
10    Thawing and filtration of CSP clarified cell culture    i            17 g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Thaw volume

Equipment

Filter

Part #

Quantity

Filter Area

Filter Loading

Flowrate

Thaw Time

Filtration Time

Step time

Step yield

  

Filtrate from Step 8

24 L

Water Bath @ 25°C

TBD

TBD

1

TBD       m2

TBD       L/m2

TBD       LMH

< 4 hrs

TBD

< 5 hrs

97%

  

Thawed Filtrate: pH, cond

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

 

-3-


In-Process Testing

    
11    Primary Capture    i            16 g (per cycle)   
  

Feed

Feed Volume

Resin

 

Resin Amount

Equipment

Mode

Capacity

Flow rate

Bed height

Residence time

Loading Ratio

Equilibration/wash buffer

Washes

Elution buffer

Elution

Product elution volume

Strip

Clean, sanitize

Cycles Needed

Process time

Step yield

Step yield (vol)

  

Filtrate from step 10

24 L approximate

Fracotgel TMAE HiCap (M), an ion exchange resin

5.2 L approximate

20 cm column + 6 mm BioProcess skid

Bind and elute

~3 g/L resin estimated

150 cm/H          47.1 L/h

16.6 cm

7 min

4.6 L of Feed per L of Resin

20mM Tris, 2M Urea, pH 6.1

5 CV

20mM Tris, 2M Urea, 75 mM NaCL, pH 8.1

3.5 CV with higher NaCL

3 CV estimated

High salt g caustic

Common industry practice

1

5.4 hrs approximate

80% estimated

15.7 L approximate

  

TMAE Eluate pH, Cond, osmo (?, as a way to validate adj. pri HCT load)

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

12    xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx    i            16 g (per cycle)   
  

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

  

 

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

  

 

Elution Immediately Processed to Step 13

13    Ceramic HA Chromatography    i            13 g   
  

Feed

Feed Volume

Resin

Resin Amount

Equipment

Mode

Capacity

Flow rate

Bed height

Residence time

  

Filtrate from step 12

15.7 L approximate

Ceramic Hydroxyapetite

5.2 L approximate

20 cm column + 6 mm Bio Process skid

Bind and clute

3 c/L resin estimated

1511 cm/h        4/1 L/h

16.6 cm

7 min

  

CHT Load: pH, cond, osmo (as way to validate adjustments)

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

 

 

 

Eluate: pH, cond, endotoxin

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

 

-4-


In-Process Testing

    
  

Loading Ratio

Equiliberation/Wash 1 buffer

 

Wash 1

Wash 2 Buffer

 

Wash 2

Elution

Product elution volume

Strip

Clean, Sanitize

Process time

Step yield

Step yield (vol)

  

3.00 L u/Feed per L of Resin

1mM phosphate, 50mM HEPES, 2 M urea, 75mM Nacl, pH 7.5

10 CV

4mM phosphate, 50 mM HEPES, 2M urea, 75mM NaCL, pH

5 CV

3.5 CV win 50 mM NaPO4

3 CV estimated

0.5M NaPO4

Common industry practice

5.6 hrs practice

90% estimated

16 L approximate

  
14    Sterile Filtration    i            11.6 g   
  

Feed

Filter

 

Filter capacity

Step Time

Step Yield

  

Filtrate from step 13

Sartobran 0/15/0.2-um sterilizing grace filter, 500 cm2

313 L/m2 loading

0.5 hrs

99%

  

 

5235307H7-OO0A

(Sartorius Stedim)

-500 cm2 filter

15    Mild Reduction of CSP    i            11.4 g   
  

Feed

Feed volume

Reductant

 

Reductant Concentration

Reductant Volume

Final Colume, HA Eluate +

Reductant Concentration

Equipment

Temperature

Reduction Time

Agitator

Agitator Rate

Filter

Par. #

Quantity

Filter Area

Filter Loading

Flowrate

Step time

Step Yield

  

HA Eluate from step 14

16 L

DIthiothreitol crystals U.T. Baker #JT-F780-2)

10 mM

0.0314 L          (-HA Eluate Volume/499

15.68 L

20 m m

50_ disposable sted m bag

15-25 LC

12-1X rrs

Recirculation on with Perstatic Pump

15-25% (v/vi per minute)

Sartobran P (0 45/0 2urm)

5235307H7—OO-V

 

0.05 m2

X1X 1/m2

1-2 L/min

12 – 10 hrs

99%

  

 

Pre-Reduction: A280, SEC, RR

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

 

(Sartorius Stedim) -500 cm2 filter

 

Post-Reduction: a280, SEC,
RP, endotoxin

Retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

 

-5-


In-Process Testing

    
16    TFF (Concentration and Buffer Exchange)    i            11.9 g Many parameters yet to be optimized
  

Feed

Feed Volume

Membrane

Membrane Loading

Number of membranes

Equipment

 

Pumprate

 

Exchange into

Diafiltration

Diafiltration buffer

Clean and sanitize

Ultrafiltration time

Retentate volume

Step time

Step yield

  

Filtrate from step 1C

15.7 L approximate

16 m2, 6 k/a regenerated cellulose

11.3 g/m2

2

Peristatic pumas cassete holders pressure sensors

324 | MH (1 per m2 per min)

5.4 L/min/m2

TED

6 fold

144 L approximate

Industry practice

Hrs approximate

14 L approximate

5.0 hrs, including prep and clearing

90%

  

 

Equilibration: pH, (endotoxin?)

 

 

[                    ]

-Pellicon 2, C-screen UF cassette

 

Retentate: A280, retain for SDS-PAGE/CGE

17    Sterile filtration and bulk fill    i            10.2 g   
  

Feed

Filter

Filter Area

Filter Capacity

Step Time

Step yield

  

Retentate from step 16

Wilpak 2000 22um sterilizing grade

OV m2

14 L/m2 loading

30 min

99%

  

All BDS release testing as outlined in documentation

 

MPVL2GCA3 )EMD Millipore)

- Millipak 200, 0.2 um

1000 cm2

      Grams per 6L cycle 10.1 g   

 

-6-


LOGO

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 15

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   SUBCONTRACT #:   P010022290

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

 

 

MODIFICATION #:

 

 

15

 

 

DPAS RATING:

 

 

Not Rated

 

 

TYPE:

 

 

FIRM FIXED PRICE

 

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

 

 

•      Modification Value:

 

 

        $311,000.00

 

 

FUNDED:

 

 

$5,788,866.01

 

 

Ceiling VALUE:

 

 

$6,248,715.75

The purpose of this modification is to increase the ceiling value and funding value for additional work as stated below.

Effective date of this modification is August 17, 2012.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $5,937,715.75 BY $311,000.00 TO $8,248,715.75 . The total funded amount is increased FROM $5,477,866.01 BY $311,000.00 TO $5,788,866.01 .

Statement of Work entitled “ Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ And Process Manufacturing Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services May 4, 2012 Subcontract Modification ” is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 as additional work and is attachment 1 to this modification 15.

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $6,248,715.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $5,788,866.01 including profit.

This Milestone Activity will commence upon request of SAIC representative in writing only. Payments for this modification 15 will be made in accordance with the schedule as outlined below.

 

Milestone

  

Payment

  

Amount

   

Duration

[*] (Antigen 1) Milestone 2B

   50% upon
commencement
     [*   Approximately nine (9) weeks
   50% upon delivery of
report
     [*  

[*] (Antigen 2) Milestone 28

   50% upon
commencement
     [*   Approximately seven (7) weeks
   50% upon delivery of
report
     [*  

[*] (Antigen 2) Milestone 2C

   50% upon
commencement
     [*   Approximately two (2) weeks
   50% upon delivery of
report
     [*  

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated May 4 2012, Mod 15.

 

  2. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications -14 dated 6/22/2012, 13 dated 6/15/12, 12 dated 2/6/12, 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part Ill — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C: (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Carol Frishman

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy                                         date 8/31/12

    Name:  

Carol Frishman                                     date 8/31/12

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

 

 

Page 2 of 2


STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pf enex Expression Technology TM

And Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 4, 2012

Subcontract Modification

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the proof-of-principle evaluation of expressing full-length and functional [*], suitable for use with [*] in combination vaccines, utilizing Pf enex Expression Technology TM . Pfenex shall provide antigens, and reports and other documentation related to the development and manufacturing process, as required in the deliverables (Table 1). Milestones in this subcontract modification include:

Table 1. Milestones for CELTOS/TRAP

 

Antigen

  

Milestones

[*]

(Antigen 1)

   Milestone 2B : [*] protein from 1 selected [*]
[*]

(Antigen 2)

  

Milestone 2B : Provide additional purification development to support Milestone 2A ([*] produced [*] expression strains to SAIC)

 

Milestone 2C (OPTION) : Endotoxin Reduction Development

 

1. SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

  1.1. Background literature/references relating to [*].

 

  1.2. Suitable reference materials and sera relating to [*] if available.

 

2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. Milestone 2B [*] to SAIC

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall screen different wash conditions on HIC column as well as TMAE HiCap, for separation of endotoxin from target varying factors such as pH, detergents, solvents, heat treatment, etc

 

  2.1.2. Pfenex shall confirm endotoxin reduction results observed in 2.1.1 and conduct small scale chromatography runs using conditions identified in 2.1.1.

 

  2.1.3. Pfenex shall perform additional fermentation runs in a 1L-scale high-cell density bioreactor as needed to support purification of CelTOS from [*].

 

  2.1.4. Pfenex shall purify up to [*] protein ([*] purity by SDS-CGE) from strain [*] with acceptable endotoxin levels ([*]).


  2.1.5. Pfenex shall analyze the final purified protein and the filtered lysate using analytical methods including [*].

 

  2.1.6. If the quality and purity of purified protein is deemed acceptable by SAIC for R&D non-clinical studies, Pfenex shall ship the resulting purified [*] protein ( ³ 10 mg) to SAIC.

Note: Pfenex will complete the activities as described and shall assume no risk in the ability to deliver the 10 mg of [*] protein. The completion of the activities described shall suffice in meeting the deliverable and will be deemed acceptable to issue an invoice for the final 50% of the price.

 

  2.1.7. Pfenex shall issue a final report of purification efforts.

 

  2.1.8. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results and conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

  2.2. Milestone 2B ( [*] ): Provide additional purification development to support Milestone 2A ( [*] protein from 3 selected [*] clones respectively to SAIC)

Note : As part of Milestone 2A: Pfenex shall perform additional resin screening to identify chromatography media for primary capture and secondary capture of TRAP. Pfenex shall perform additional fermentation runs in 1L-scale high-cell density bioreactor to support purification of [*] protein

 

  2.2.1. Pfenex shall conduct small scale chromatography runs using conditions identified in Milestone 2A and purify up to 10 mg of purified [*] protein from strains [*] with acceptable endotoxin levels ([*]).

Note : Pfenex will complete the activities as described and shall assume no risk in the ability to deliver the [*] of [*] protein. The completion of the activities described shall suffice in meeting the deliverable and will be deemed acceptable to issue an invoice for the final 50% of the price described in this contract modification and the final 50% of the price described in Contract Modification 6 Antigen 2 Milestone 2A.

 

  2.3. Milestone 2C ( [*] ): Pfenex shall screen different wash conditions on selected chromatography media, for separation of endotoxin from target varying factors such as pH, detergents, solvents, heat treatment, etc

 

  2.3.1. Pfenex shall confirm endotoxin reduction results observed in 3.2.2 and conduct small scale chromatography runs using conditions identified in 3.2.2.

 

  2.3.2. Pfenex shall analyze the final purified proteins and the filtered lysate using analytical methods including [*]

 

  2.3.2.1  

 

  2.3.3. If the quality and purity of purified protein is deemed acceptable by SAIC for R&D non-clinical studies, Pfenex shall ship the resulting purified [*] protein (>10 mg) from 3 selected [*] clones to SAIC.

 

-2-


Note : Pfenex will complete the activities as described and shall assume no risk in the ability to deliver the [*] of [*]. The completion of the activities described shall suffice in meeting the deliverable and will be deemed acceptable to issue an invoice for the final 50% of the price described in this contract modification and the final 50% of the price described in Contract Modification 6 Antigen 2 Milestone 2A.

 

  2.3.4. Pfenex shall issue a final report of purification efforts.

 

  2.3.5. Report shall include an executive summary, brief description of methods, results and conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and raw data in PDF format.

 

3. Quality Requirements

 

  3.1. Pfenex shall maintain a Quality System that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control. Pfenex shall be responsible for the development and demonstration of suitability of contracted deliverables as well as providing reports and managing this project in a manner that meets scientific expectations of traceability, reliability and control ensuring that the filtered whole cell lysate or periplasmic release extract and cell free broth produced and analyzed in the developed process and assays have the quality, and identity they purport.

 

4. Meeting and Conference Requirements

Unless an alternative directive is provided; meeting, conference, and audit support shall include the following:

 

  4.1. Pfenex shall schedule a kickoff meeting via teleconference with SAIC within 7 days of award. The agenda shall be provided by Pfenex in advance. The purpose of the kickoff meeting is formal introduction of key staff and project management, technical and contractual discussions, and initial action items required to initiate contract work.

 

  4.2. Pfenex shall participate in biweekly meetings and/or teleconferences with SAIC. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings to discuss the technical (e.g., assay designs and critical reagents), quality, schedule, regulatory, and contractual aspects of the program and site visits to Pfenex’s facilities. All visits to Pfenex’s facility shall be prearranged. Pfenex shall be responsible for preparing meeting agendas and summaries. Meeting minutes shall be captured by Pfenex and are due to SAIC within 7 days after the completion of a biweekly teleconference.

 

  4.3. Pfenex also shall be available for ad hoc support (e.g., phone calls and e-mails) to SAIC as required for project communications.

 

5. Reporting Requirements

 

  5.1. Monthly Technical and Business Progress Report: A monthly TPR shall be submitted to the SAIC management point of contact by the eighth of each month during subcontract POP.

 

  5.1.1. The TPR shall cover the work accomplished as well as issues and proposed resolutions that occur during each reporting period.

 

  5.1.2. Each TPR also shall contain an updated monthly project management schedule to indicate work completed and any change in schedule. Deliverables shall be incorporated into the schedule.

 

-3-


  5.2. Reports should include an updated inventory log, and a notice of any temperature deviations of equipment storing SAIC material. The report shall also document any changes made to methods and procedures utilized for the cloning and expression efforts.

 

  5.2.1. Report shall include invoicing information for work performed during each reporting period and anticipated work activities.

 

  5.3. Documentation to Support an IND or Amendment: Data generated under this subcontract may be incorporated into an FDA submission. Pfenex shall provide a list of relevant SOPs or other control, development and testing documents as requested.

 

6. Subcontract Deliverables

 

  Table 2 summarizes documents and other deliverables due to SAIC at the indicated timelines.

Table 2. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Project Management    Final Project Schedule    To be submitted within 1 week of kickoff meeting; schedule to be baselined within 3 weeks of award    1 electronic file, Preferably .mmp format
2    Meeting Requirement    Meeting Agenda    1 day prior to regular meetings, 3 days prior to kickoff    1 electronic Word document or email
3    Meeting Requirement    Meeting Summaries    7 days after meetings    1 electronic Word document
4    Technical Requirement    Milestone Reports [If Funded]    Draft: 2 weeks following completion of procedure Final: 2 weeks after receipt of SAIC comments    Draft: Word Document Final: Signed PDF
5    Technical Requirement    Antigen deliverables    2 weeks following completion of requirement.    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers

 

* Days = Calendar days; SAIC shall provide comment within 1 week.

 

-4-


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 16

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   

SUBCONTRACT #:

 

   P010022290

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

  

MODIFICATION #:

 

   16
  

DPAS RATING:

 

   Not Rated
   TYPE:    FIRM FIXED PRICE
  

 

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

 

•   Modification Value:            $-217,854.00***

  

 

FUNDED:

  

 

$5,571,012.01

   Ceiling VALUE:    $6,253,215.75

The purpose of this modification is to correct the funding amount and add additional services in support of pre-clinical development.

Effective date of this modification is September 21, 2012.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $6,248,715.75 BY $4,500.00 TO $6,253,215.75 . The total funded amount is decreased FROM $5,788,866.01 BY $217,854.00 TO $5,571,012.01 . The ceiling value remains $6,253,215.75 .

Statement of Work entitled “ Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in P f ēnex Expression Technology™ And Process Manufacturing Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services September 14, 2012 Subcontract Modification 16 ” is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 as additional work and is attachment 1 to this modification 16.

 

*** Funding is corrected as listed below:

Mod 14 funding corrected from $1,086,563.00 to $864,209.00 (less $222,354.00)

 

Mod 15

   $ 311,000.00   

Mod 16 for SOW 9/14/12

   + $ 4,500.00   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,179,709.00   

Funding at Mod 13

   + $ 4,391.303.01   
  

 

 

 

Total amount funded all Mods

   $ 5,571,012.01   

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $6,253,215.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $5,571,012.01 including profit.

This Activity will commence upon request of SAIC representative in writing only. Payments for this modification 16 will be made in accordance with the schedule as outlined below.

Payment of $4,500.00 due upon the initiation of testing of the vials.

Delivery of Modification 16 is approximately two weeks from commencement.

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE — is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated September 14, 2012.

 

  2. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications — 16 dated September 14, 2012, 15 dated May 4 2012, 14 dated 6/22/2012, 13 dated 6/15/12, 12 dated 2/6/12, 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III — FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C: (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Carol Frishman

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy                                             date 9/28/12

    Name:  

Carol Frishman                                         date 9/28/12

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

 

 

Page 2 of 2


LOGO

September 14, 2012

Carol C. Frishman

Subcontracts Administrator

Health Solutions Business Unit

Science Applications International Corporation

5202 Presidents Court, Suite 110

Frederick, MD 21703

Dear Ms. Frishman,

Please find enclosed Pfenex Inc.’s contract modification proposal for additional services in support of pre-clinical development of the circumsporozoite protein (CSP). The specific activities are described in the statement of work below. This scope of work will be Contract Modification 16 to Subcontract #P010022290 related to SAIC Prime Contract # N01-AI-05421. If all options are exercised the total Firm Fixed Price of this program in accordance with Statement of Work enclosed is $4,500 inclusive of materials.

This proposal is valid for 120 days from today’s date.

We look forward to continuing to work with you on this program.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Patrick Lucy
Patrick Lucy
Vice President of Business Development
Pfenex Inc.
301 Newbury Street PMB #251
Danvers, MA 01923
Tel. (978) 887-4971
PKL@pfenex.com

 

-1-


LOGO

STATEMENT OF WORK

Evaluation of Malaria CSP Expression in Pf enex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

September 14, 2012

Subcontract Modification 16

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, facilities, and travel not otherwise provided under the terms of this agreement as needed for the preparation of vials containing diluent that will be used in support of pre-clinical studies.

 

2. Technical Requirements

 

  2.1. Pfenex will prepare vials containing meeting the following requirements:

 

  2.1.1 Number: [*]

 

  2.1.2 Formulation: [*]

 

  2.1.3 Fill Volume: [*]

 

  2.1.4 Vial Type: [*]

 

  2.1.5 Container Closure: Screw cap

 

  2.1.6 Label Description: Name (rCSP Dilution Buffer), Date, Manufacturer, Formulation, Expiration Date

 

  2.1.7 Storage conditions: Following the completion of the filling and labeling exercise the vials will be stored at -80° C prior to shipment. In transit the vials will be shipped on dry ice.

 

  2.1.8 SAIC will provide detailed shipping instructions when they would like the vials shipped to a designated location.

 

  2.1.9 Specification: A Certificate of Analysis shall be provided and will include the following test results: pH, conductivity, osmolality and endotoxin (LAL) test results.

 

3. Cost Proposal

The pricing for the proposal shall be based upon commercial rates and is inclusive of costs for supplies and materials. The pricing is broken down as follows:

Total Price - $[*]

Payment Terms – 100% due upon the initiation of testing of the vials.

Time-scale – Approximately two (2) weeks from commencement.

 

-2-


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 17

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:   

SUBCONTRACT #:

 

   P010022290

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

  

MODIFICATION #:

 

   17
  

DPAS RATING:

 

   Not Rated
  

TYPE:

 

   FIRM FIXED PRICE
  

COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

•   Modification Value:            $0

 

   FUNDED:    $5,571,012.01
   Ceiling VALUE:    $6,253,215.75

The purpose of this modification is to correct the Milestone Chart as shown on Modification 14 to read as shown below.

Effective date of this modification is October 9, 2012.

 

Milestone

  

Invoicing

   Amount  

Milestone 1: CMO Initiation

  

Due upon execution of the contract modification,

   $ 293.831.06   

Milestone 1a: Technology Transfer

  

Due upon execution of Tech Transfer

   $ 570,377.94   

Project Management Storage & Shipping

  

Due upon Initiation of GMP manufacturing run

   $ 222,354.00   
     

 

 

 

Total for modification 14 Activity

      $ 1,086,563.00   
     

 

 

 

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATION INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

/s/ Patrick Lucy

   

/s/ Carol Frishman

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy                                        date 9/20/12

    Name:  

Carol Frishman                                date 9/20/12

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Manager

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 18

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

  

SUBCONTRACT #:

 

   P010022290
  

MODIFICATION #:

 

   18
  

DPAS RATING:

 

   Not Rated
  

TYPE:

 

   FIRM FIXED PRICE
  

COMMERCIAL ITEMS

 

   (GOVERNMENT)

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

•   Modification Value:            $590,522.25

 

  

FUNDED:

 

   $6,161,534.26
   Ceiling VALUE:    $6,253,215.75

The purpose of this modification is to add incremental funding as shown below. (This is an increase in funding only and is not for additional scope of work).

Effective date of this modification is May 21, 2013.

The total funded amount is increased FROM $5,571,012.01 BY $590,522.25 TO $6,161,534.26 . The ceiling value remains $6,253,215.75 .

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $6,253,215.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $6,161,534.26 including profit.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

s/s Patrick Lucy

   

s/s Carol Frishman

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy                                                 date

    Name:  

Carol Frishman                                                 date

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Administrator

 

 

Page 1 of 1


LOGO

 

SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT P010022290 Modification 19

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA

92121

  

SUBCONTRACT #:

 

   P010022290
  

MODIFICATION #:        19

 

  

DPAS RATING:

 

   Not Rated
  

TYPE:

 

   FIRM FIXED
  

PRICE COMMERCIAL ITEMS (GOVERNMENT)

 

Period of Performance:

 

Sep 11, 2009 thru Sep 21, 2014

  

•    Modification Value:

 

   $2,155,708.00
   TOTAL FUNDED:        $7,437,162.26
   Ceiling VALUE:    $8,408,923.75

The purpose of this modification is to increase the ceiling value and funding value for additional work as stated below.

Effective date of this modification is September 30, 2013.

As a result of this modification, the total ceiling value is increased FROM $ 6,253,215.75 BY $2,155,708.00 TO $8,408,923.75 . The total funded amount is increased FROM $6,161,534.26 BY $1,275,628.00 TO $7,437,162.26.

Statement of Work entitled “Evaluation of [*] Antigen Expression in Pfēnex Expression Technology™ and Process Manufacturing” and dated May 20, 2013 is herein incorporated into and made part of Subcontract No. P010022290 as additional work and is attachment 1 to this modification 19.

1.0 PRICE is modified to read as follows: The total not-to-exceed Ceiling Value of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $8,408,923.75 including profit. This subcontract is incrementally funded for work to be performed through September 21, 2014. The total FUNDING of Subcontract No. P010022290 is $7,437,162.26 , including profit.

This Milestone Activity will commence upon request of SAIC representative in writing only. Payments for this modification 19 will be made in accordance with the schedule as outlined below.

It is understood Payment terms are 50% upon commencement of task and 50% upon acceptance of task draft final report which includes results of a successful engineering run. A successful engineering run is defined as pilot scale execution of bench-scale process that does not experience any operator error and/or mechanical error that impacts the successful completion of the run. The product quality from the engineering run needs to be comparable to that of the smaller scale runs and suitable for pre-clinical testing. Master batch records, along with process and analytical data will be outlined in the final Stage 8 report.

The estimated pricing for this proposal is inclusive of costs for labor, supplies, materials and reports.

 

Stage

   Estimated
Timescale
   Price  

Stage 4: Fermentation Development

   8 weeks    $ 200,200   

Stage 5: Purification Development

   20 weeks    $ 652,960   

Stage 5 materials & service fees

      $ 160,000   

Stage 6: BDS Formulation Development

   4 weeks    $ 103,796   

Stage 7: Product-Specific Analytical Method SOP Development

   20 weeks    $ 237,468   

 

 

Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

Stage

   Estimated
Timescale
   Price  

Stage 7 materials & service fees

      $ 25,000   

Stage 8: Engineering Run (ER)

   4 Weeks

Assumes using
materials purchased
in Stage 5.

   $ 221,760 per ER   

Stage 9: Stability Study for material from Stage 8: Engineering Run

   16 weeks    $ 263,648   

Stage 10: Process Transfer and Training

   8 weeks    $ 260,876   

CMC Support

   3 weeks    $ 30,000   
     

 

 

 

Total Price:

      $ 2,155,708   
     

 

 

 

17.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE – is modified to read as follows:

The documents listed below are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Subcontract, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

  1. Attachment I: Statement of Work and Schedule dated May 20, 2013, Mod 19.

 

  2. Statements of Work and Schedules as follows:

Modifications -15 dated 5/4/12, 14 dated 6/22/12, 13 dated 6/15/12, 12 dated 2/6/12, 6 dated 6/1/11, 5 dated 1/1/11, 4 dated 11/15/10, 2 dated 5/4/10 and original dated 5/11/11 respectively.

 

  3. Schedule A: Specific Terms and Conditions Form 9-932-072 (Rev. 9/25/06).

 

  4. Schedule B: U.S. Government Terms and Conditions, Part III – FAR Clauses Form 9-932-082 (Rev. 07/25/07).

 

  5. Attachment C: (Enclosure 2; (Rev. 4/2009) Property Administration Requirements For Subcontractors With An Adequate System Or Requisite Internal Controls.

All other Subcontract terms and conditions remain unchanged.

In witness whereof, the duly authorized representatives of Buyer and Seller have executed this Subcontract Modification on the dates shown.

 

PFENEX INC.     SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

 

   

 

(Signature)     (Signature)
Name:  

Patrick Lucy                                                 date

    Name:  

Carol Frishman                                                 date

(Type or Print)     (Type or Print)
Title:  

Vice President of Business Development

    Title:  

Subcontracts Administrator

 

 

Page 2 of 2


Statement of Work

Evaluation of [* ] Malaria Antigen Expression in Pf ēnex Expression Technology™

and Process Manufacturing

Malaria Vaccine Production and Support Services

May 20, 2013

Subcontract Modification

 

1. Scope of Work

Independently and not as an agent of SAIC, Pfenex shall furnish all of the necessary services, qualified personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities for the full development of a manufacturing process for the [*] clone using Pf ēnex Expression Technology™ and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated cGMP manufacturing facility with processing capabilities and equipment compatible with the upstream and downstream process developed by Pfenex. The process shall be suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] scale and follow-on purification, upon transfer. As part of this project, Pfenex is required to provide related meeting support, reports, and deliverables as listed in Table 1 .

 

  1.1. SAIC will provide the following information and materials:

 

    Background literature/references relating to Rh5.

 

    Additional [*], if required.

 

    Shipping instructions for [*] and other materials.

 

2. Technical Requirements

As a follow-on to the successful production, testing, and selection of a [*] line under the original subcontract and Mod 12 which was composed of: (i)-Evaluation of Rh5 expression (Stage 1), (ii)-Fermentation assessment of Rh5 (Stage 2), (iii)-Rh5 purification (Stage 2A/Mod 12) and (iv)-Preparation and characterization of [*] (RCB) (Stage 3); SAIC now requires Pfenex to develop a manufacturing process suitable for a scale up, at a minimum, of a [*] scale and follow-on purification for the SAIC selected clone [*] and technical transfer of the process to a SAIC designated cGMP manufacturing facility with processing capabilities and equipment compatible with the upstream and downstream process developed by Pfenex.

 

  2.1. Stage 4: Fermentation Optimization of cell line [*]

 

  2.1.1. Pfenex shall apply computer-aided, statistically-based design of experiments (DoE) to examine fermentation parameters for [*] expression. Design and execute 2-level fractional factorial experiments to screen up to five (5) factors (e.g. pH and temperature) for [*] expression in an 8-unit multiplex 1L bioreactor system.

Please Note : Appropriate samples for yield determination and analysis will be collected throughout the fermentation runs.

 

Page 1 of 10


  2.1.2. Perform the appropriate analysis on selected pre- and post-induction samples taken from the fermentations.

 

  2.1.3. Use JMP statistics software to analyze the data. Based on the conclusions, design a confirmation round of experiments up to a total of 32-40 X 1L fermentations.

 

  2.1.4. Evaluate Rh5 titer and quality on selected samples utilizing ELISA and western blot analysis development from Stage 7 Product Specific Analytical Method Development .

 

  2.1.5. The optimized fermentation condition shall be confirmed in up to three rounds at 3 X 20L scale per round.

 

  2.1.6. The optimized fermentation shall produce material which can be subsequently purified to meet product quality and safety specifications required for human use when produced under cGMP conditions.

 

  2.1.7. A technical study report shall be issued following the completion of the work.

 

  2.1.7.1. Pfenex shall submit the optimized fermentation procedure/protocol to SAIC for review and approval.

 

  2.1.7.2. Document shall also contain, at a minimum, in process parameters examined, rational for parameters selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

  2.2. Stage 5: Purification Process Development

 

  2.2.1. Pfenex shall develop a cGMP ready downstream purification process.

 

  2.2.2. Pfenex shall perform up to six rounds of [*] working volume) fermentation runs to supply cell paste for the experiments outlined in this stage of work.

 

  2.2.3. Pfenex shall develop a downstream purification process based on lessons learned from Stage 2A (Rh5 research-grade purification strategy).

 

  2.2.4. Pfenex shall design and execute a fractional factorial design to optimize protein release and purity [*].

 

  2.2.5. Pfenex shall evaluate efficiency (throughput, purity, recovery) of bulk separation of [*].

 

  2.2.6. Pfenex shall develop centrifugation, clarification, and filter train that will permit the material containing Rh5 [*].

 

  2.2.7. Pfenex shall analyze samples taken throughout the primary recovery development for Rh5 yield and purity.

 

  2.2.8. Pfenex shall utilize the process intermediat e from 2.2.7 to design and execute a resin screen (microtiter plate scale) for the primary capture chromatography step. Up to [*] resins will be screened for the best conditions for capacity. The best two resins will be screened in a second round using up to [*] to determine selectivity.

 

  2.2.9. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.8 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin

 

Page 2 of 10


  2.2.10. The primary column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.9 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.11. Pfenex shall utilize the elution pool from 2.2.10 to design and execute a resin screen for the second chromatography step. Up to [*] will be screened for the best capacity and selectivity. The best resin will be screened in a second round using up to [*] for efficiency and selectivity.

 

  2.2.12. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.11 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin.

 

  2.2.13. The second column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.12 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.14. Pfenex shall utilize the elution pool from 2.2.13 to design and execute a resin screen for the polishing chromatography step. Up to [*] will be screened for the best capacity and selectivity. The best resin will be screened in a second round using up to [*] for efficiency and selectivity.

 

  2.2.15. Pfenex shall compare screening leads from 2.2.14 using test gradients and method scouting at small scale and rank performance with an emphasis on determining operating parameters (e.g., capacity, resolution, and yield) for protein with that resin.

 

  2.2.16. The polishing column resin and associated conditions selected from 2.2.12 will be optimized further for chromatography scale up and implemented at pilot scale.

 

  2.2.17. Purified Rh5 from 2.2.16 will be buffer exchanged into the final drug substance buffer determined in Stage 6 using tangential flow filtration (TFF). TFF parameters will be optimized to minimize processing time while maintaining product quality.

 

  2.2.18. For each downstream unit operation, Pfenex shall conduct hold studies to determine process intermediate stability.

 

  2.2.19. Pfenex shall perform analysis during development that may include [*].

 

  2.2.20. Pfenex shall perform a pilot scale integrated purification run to confirm scale-up parameters and overall process performance.

 

  2.2.20.1. Pfenex shall collect and analyze intermediate samples taken during the integrated run for protein yield, purity and contaminant profile.

 

  2.2.20.2. Pfenex shall provide purified Rh5 produced from the integrated run to SAIC or its designee.

 

  2.2.20.3. Pfenex shall perform analysis of integrated run final material that may include [*].

 

Page 3 of 10


  2.2.21. Pfenex shall submit the developed purification process procedures and protocols to SAIC for review and approval before moving forward to engineering run ( Stage 8 ).

 

  2.2.21.1. Document shall also contain, at a minimum, processes examined, rational for processes selected, and copies of the raw data.

 

  2.2.22. Pfenex shall ship purified Rh5 generated during development to a SAIC designated facility; however, Pfenex may retain all or a portion of the material produced for subsequent studies.

 

  2.3. Stage 6: BDS Formulation Development

 

  2.3.1. With material generated from Stage 5 Purification Process Development, Pfenex shall screen and evaluate at a minimum [*] that are compatible with Rh5.

 

  2.3.1.1. Components/pH in the buffer systems should be suitable for human use and may include stabilizing excipients.

 

  2.3.1.2. Pfenex will measure compatibility of the buffer systems using SEC-HPLC and/or other stability indicating assays.

 

  2.3.2. Pfenex shall confirm the selected buffer systems to monitor quality changes of rRh5 using SEC-HPLC and SDS-PAGE.

 

  2.3.3. Pfenex shall perform a short-term stability monitoring of selected, suitable buffer systems(s) to monitor quality changes of Rh5 using SEC-HPLC and/or other stability indicating assays.

 

  2.3.3.1. Short term stability monitoring shall include the following temperature and time points:

 

Stress

  

Conditions

  

Time Point(s)

Temperature    -70°C; 5°C; 25°C; 40C    Day 0, 1, 2

 

  2.3.3.2. Repeated freeze/thaw stress in 3-cycles.

 

  2.3.4. Upon SAIC’s request, Pfenex shall provide Rh5 in the selected buffer system and concentration to SAIC for further testing

 

  2.3.5. Pfenex shall issue a final report. The report shall include an executive summary, detailed description of methods including system suitability controls, list of all raw materials and their source, results, conclusions, inventory of reagents provided by SAIC, and all raw data in PDF format.

 

  2.4. Stage 7: Product Specific Analytical Method Development

 

  2.4.1. Pfenex shall develop product specific in-process and final product analytical methods and provide standard operating procedures (SOPs) for each method.

Please Note: Method qualification may be performed as optional.

 

  2.4.2. Pfenex shall establish acceptance criteria and specifications in consultation with SAIC, where applicable, that will be the basis for release and stability monitoring. The specifications shall be appropriate for a Phase 1 clinical product.

 

Page 4 of 10


  2.4.3. For in-process testing of low purity fermentation and purification samples, the testing shall include: [*].

 

  2.4.4. For release testing of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include: [*], endotoxin, and suitable process specific assays such as detection of impurities.

 

  2.4.5. For characterization of bulk drug substance, the testing shall include: [*].

 

  2.4.6. Pfenex shall recommend and submit the developed analytical and characterization testing, including procedures, protocols, and their results, to SAIC for review and approval.

 

  2.4.7. (Optional) Analytical method qualification shall be performed on methods developed.

 

  2.4.7.1. Qualification protocols and report template shall be issued for review and approval

 

  2.4.7.2. Qualification report shall be issued and include data and summary tables.

 

  2.5. Stage 8: Engineering Run

 

  2.5.1. Pfenex shall perform a complete engineering run at the 20 L (10 L w/v) scale to ensure reproducibility of previously drafted procedures.

 

  2.5.2. Pfenex shall develop master batch production records (BPRs) for the engineering run that covers all of upstream and downstream process, and identifies where the in-process tests occur and what volume is removed for testing. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

  2.5.3. Pfenex shall submit the completed BPRs to SAIC upon the completion of the engineering run.

 

  2.5.4. Pfenex shall execute the release and characterization testing as accomplished in Stage 7 for the engineering run material.

 

  2.5.5. Pfenex shall set aside aliquots for the stability program described below, and ship the remaining purified Rh5 from the engineering run to a SAIC designated facility in aliquots to be determined at a later timepoint.

 

  2.5.6. (Optional) Pfenex may perform additional engineering run(s) if required by SAIC

 

  2.5.6.1. Pfenex shall develop master batch production records (BPRs) for the engineering run that covers all of upstream and downstream process, and identifies where the in-process tests occur and what volume is removed for testing. SAIC will be provided copies of the master BPRs for review and approval prior to use.

 

  2.6. Stage 9: Stability Program

 

  2.6.1. Pfenex shall conduct a non-GMP stability monitoring of the purified Rh5. Pfenex shall submit the stability monitoring plans for the engineering run to SAIC for review and approval.

 

Page 5 of 10


  2.6.2. The stability of purified Rh5 from the engineering run shall be evaluated for stability at conditions of -70°C, 2°C–8°C, 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH), and 40°C/75% RH at month-0, 1,2, and 3. Note: T=0 initial testing is covered in Stage 8: Engineering Run.

 

Method/Test

-70°C, 5°C, 25°C/60% relative humidity (RH), 40°C/75% RH

   Initial
Testing
(T=0)
   1 mo    2 mo    3 mo

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X    X

[*]

   X    X    X   

[*]

   X    X    X   

[*]

   X          X

 

  2.6.3. Stability monitoring assessment shall include: pH, SDS-PAGE/CGE, RP-HPLC, SE-HPLC, peptide mapping by mass spectrometry, intact mass, capillary isoelectricfocusing (CIEF), circular dichroism, Intrinsic fluorescence.

 

  2.6.4. A stability report shall be submitted to SAIC at each stability timepoint and include, at minimum, assays utilized with associated SOP, test results in table format, conclusion, trending data, and copies of raw data.

 

  2.7. Stage 10: Process Training and Transfer

 

  2.7.1. Pfenex shall train SAIC’s cGMP contract manufacture organization (CMO) on the manufacturing process and shall transfer the BPRs (master and completed) and analytical method SOPs.

 

  2.7.2. As part of the process training and transfer Pfenex shall conduct at least one successful training run.

 

  2.7.3. The process yield from the process training run shall be within acceptable scientific variation from the engineering run performed in Stage 8 .

 

  2.7.4. The process training run shall demonstrate within acceptable scientific variation reproducibility as compared to Stage 8 , in all up- and down-stream processes including: growth rate in fermentation, quantity and quality of Rh5 in lysate, in primary recovery, in each process step, and in final product.

 

Page 6 of 10


  2.7.5. Pfenex shall provide to SAIC and to SAIC designated CMO the RCB and a full process transfer package with all information necessary for the transfer of the manufacturing process.

 

  2.7.6. The full process transfer package shall include the following items:

 

  2.7.6.1. Bill of materials and suggested suppliers

 

  2.7.6.2. Detailed fermentation and purification process procedures (master BPRs)

 

  2.7.6.3. Listing of instruments/equipment

 

  2.7.6.4. Detailed testing procedures (SOPs)

 

  2.7.6.5. Technical specification for the bulk drug substance

 

  2.7.6.6. Health/Safety/Environment assessment of all materials and process

 

  2.7.6.7. Detailed characterization of purified protein/buffer and intermediates

 

  2.7.6.8. Stability testing plan and final report

 

  2.7.6.8.1. Research cell bank growth parameters and technical information

 

  2.7.6.8.2. Construct expression information and test results

 

  2.7.7. The process transfer and associated training records for the transfer to the clinical CMO shall be well documented and be provided to SAIC in the final report.

 

  2.8. CMC Support

 

  2.8.1. Pfenex shall provide support in reviewing CMC sections and documents related to IND submission including details of the cloning and development of the expression strain CS672-3057.

 

3. Quality Requirements

In addition to the Quality Requirements stated in the SOW, Pfenex shall execute a Quality Management Plan suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10).

 

  3.1. Pfenex shall provide a scientific, technical, and administrative infrastructure to ensure quality control of all process development and technical transfer activities.

 

  3.2. The quality management plan shall include use of any materials, instruments/equipment, methods, procedures utilized in the process development and technical transfer.

 

  3.3. At a minimum, Pfenex shall ensure:

 

  3.3.1. Facilities in which SAIC’s materials are maintained in a safe and secure manner and allow limited access.

 

  3.3.2. Personnel have the necessary education and training in all procedures relevant to work assignments; training and qualifications are verified by leadership of Pfenex.

 

Page 7 of 10


  3.3.3. SOPs will be used to document policies and procedures. SOPs will be version controlled and approved by key personnel.

 

  3.3.4. An effective tracking/tracing system or procedure is in place for all materials and equipment used in this contract.

 

  3.3.5. Equipment calibration and maintenance are performed as required and are documented.

 

  3.4. The Quality Management Plan shall govern Pfenex’s commitment to quality and ensure that procedures addressing the following requirements are in place.

 

  3.4.1. SOPs

 

  3.4.2. Document/version control

 

  3.4.3. Equipment maintenance and repair

 

  3.4.4. Training: adherence of staff to required schedules

 

  3.4.5. Data management

 

  3.4.6. Record management system

 

  3.4.7. Safety plan

 

  3.4.8. Asset tracking and management

 

  3.4.9. Building and facility monitoring

 

  3.4.10. Adherence to Federal or other applicable regulatory requirements appropriate for work on this contract

 

  3.4.11. Operational deviations and failures will be investigated through root cause analysis, which will be documented.

 

  3.5. Cold/frozen and controlled temperature storage chambers have continuous monitors with alarms or are monitored at least every 4 hours by security staff. Any deviations will be immediately reported to Pfenex staff.

 

  3.6. Effective cold chain management practices are in place for the handling of materials, products and samples.

 

  3.7. Investigation are initiated upon incident discovery (excursion from written procedure, policy, or protocol). Upon request, copies results of investigations are submitted to SAIC for review.

 

  3.8. SAIC may schedule in-plant and other visits at Pfenex to audit quality of activities conducted in this contract.

 

4. Record Management Requirements

Pfenex shall maintain a record management system suitable for process development and technical transfer (see Section 10, Quality Management Plan).

 

  4.1. Pfenex shall have a record management system that permits detailed records to be made concurrently with the performances of each process development activity.

 

  4.2. Records and documents shall be created and maintained in a manner that allows version control, handling steps, tests, retests, investigations, data, and results.

 

  4.3. Record and document security systems shall be adequate to ensure confidentiality and privacy of proprietary information. Confidential or proprietary information shall be restricted to staff with a need for access and inspectors from regulatory agencies. Records shall be readily accessible for inspection by authorized personnel from SAIC.

 

Page 8 of 10


  4.4. Records and documents shall be maintained for a minimum of 5 years after the completion of process development and technical transfer. SAIC shall be contacted for disposal or transfer instructions at the end of a records storage period or at the end of the subcontract POP.

 

  4.5. Electronic records shall be backed up daily on a separate server or network. Weekly backups shall be stored on an appropriate media, e.g., CD, tape, and stored off-site.

 

  4.6. Corrections or changes in a record shall be made in accordance with a quality monitoring procedures suitable for managing process development and technical transfer.

 

  4.7. Unless alternate agreements are made, all raw data and laboratory notebooks related to this subcontract shall be made available to SAIC upon request.

Table 1. Deliverables to SAIC

 

Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

1    Technical    Purified Rh5 from process development    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
2    Technical    Purified Rh5 from engineering run    Within a week of completion    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers with a temperature monitor
3    Technical    Unused reagents provided by SAIC    Within 2 weeks of SAIC request    Sent to SAIC designee in proper shipping containers
4    Technical    Optimized fermentation procedure and protocols    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
5    Technical    Selected primary recovery method    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
6    Technical    Purification process procedures and protocols    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
7    Technical    Recommended analytical and characterization testing    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
8    Technical    Master BPRs for the engineering run    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document

 

Page 9 of 10


Deliverable

  

Requirement

  

Item

  

Date*

  

Form

9    Technical    Master BPRs for the second engineering run, etc    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document
10    Technical    Completed BPRs for the engineering run    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
11    Technical    Completed BPRs for the second engineering run, etc    Within 3 week of completion    PDF or Word document
12    Technical    Stability monitoring plans for engineering run(s)    2 weeks prior to initiation    PDF or Word document
13    Technical    stability reports    3 week following each indicated time point    PDF or Word document
14    Technical    Full Process transfer package    4 weeks following completion of engineering run    PDF or Word document
15    Reporting    Biweekly Meeting and minutes    Meeting as scheduled, minutes within a week of the meeting    Telecom
16    Reporting    Monthly Reports    Due by the 8 th of each month during the performance of work efforts    PDF or Word document
17    Reporting    CMC Support    Final: 3 weeks after receipt of SAIC CMC sections provided for review    Draft: Word Document

 

* Days = Calendar days

 

Page 10 of 10


LOGO

October 29, 2013

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

 

Attention: Patrick Lucy, Vice President of Business Development and Marketing

 

Subject: Modification No. 20

 

Reference: (a) SAIC Subcontract P010022290

Dear Mr. Lucy :

In 2012, SAIC, Inc. announced plans to separate into two independent, publicly-traded companies. This separation was approved by the SAIC Board of Directors and will occur on 28 September 2013. The legacy company (SAIC, Inc.) will operate under the name Leidos, Inc., and will continue to use the original Home Office CAGE Code and DUNS Number.

Therefore, this unilateral modification, effective 28 September 2013, to Reference (a) Subcontract is issued to amend “Science Applications International Corporation” (SAIC) to “Leidos, Inc.”. All references in the Reference (a) Subcontract to “SAIC” are hereby amended to “Leidos.”

 

Sincerely,

s/s Carol Frishman

Carol Frishman
Subcontracts Administrator | Leidox, Inc.
Phone: 240-529-0438
Carol.c.frishman @ leidos.com

 

 

Page 1 of 1

The information transmitted is intended only for the person or entity to which it is addressed and may contain confidential and/or

privileged material. If you received this in error, please contact the sender and delete the material from any computer.

Exhibit 10.13

 

AWARD/CONTRACT      

1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER

UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)

  u       

RATING

     N/A

 

PAGE    OF

PAGES

                1   65

2. CONTRACT  (Proc. Inst. Ident.)  NO.

HHSO100201000045C

     

3. EFFECTIVE DATE

See Block 20C (below)

 

4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT NO.

OS37265

5. ISSUED BY     CODE         6 ADMINISTERED BY  (If other than Item 6)     CODE          

Office of Acquisition Management Contracts and Grants (AMCG)

DHHS, Contracts Division

330 Independence Ave., S.W. Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

 

  See Block 5            

7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No. street, county, state and ZIP Code)

 

Pfenex Biopharmaceuticals.

Incorporated 5501 Oberlin Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

 

8. DELIVERY

    See Schedule

             

9/ DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT

 N/A

             
             
              10. SUBMIT INVOICES   ITEM
CODE DUNS No. 013603710               FACILITY CODE           ADDRESS SHOWN IN:  

 

See Section G

11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR       CODE     N/A   12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY   CODE    N/A
                 

 

    See Block 5

 

                  See Block 5

13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION: N/A

     ¨   10 U.S.C. 2304(c)(    )                                          ¨   41 U.S.C. 253(c)(    )

 

14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA

Object Class 25106

CAN#1990087 75-1011-0140        FY10            10,088,986

15A. ITEM NO.   15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES     15C. UNIT PRICE         15D. AMOUNT          15E. UNIT PRICE     15F. AMOUNT

 Title: Development of rPA Expression Technology

 Performance Period. July 30, 2010 through December 12, 2011

 Contract Type: COST PLUS FIXED FEE

 BARDA-BAA-09-100-SOL-0010

 

FY 2010

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

Option 5

  $

$

$

$

$

$

10,088,986

  1,590,218

  1,025,164

  4,289,230

  1,084,229

  737,812

  

  

  

  

  

  

       
                                                                                              15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT         u   10,088,986
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
( ü )   SEC   DESCRIPTION   PAGE(S)   ( ü )   SEC  

DESCRIPTION

  PAGE(S)  
PART I - THE SCHEDULE   PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
x   A   SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM   1   x   I   CONTRACT CLAUSES     23
x   B   SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICE/COST   3   PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
x   C   DESCRIPTION / SPECS  WORK STATEMENT   7   x   J   LIST OF ATTACHMENTS   29
x   D   PACKAGING AND MARKING   11   PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
x   E   INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE   11   ¨   K   REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS  
x   F   DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE   11              
x   G   CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA   14   ¨   L   INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS    
x   H   SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS   17   ¨   M   EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD    
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE

17. x CONTRACTOR’S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT (Contractor is required to sign this document and return 2  copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b) the solicitation, it any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)

 

  18. ¨ AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document) Your offer on Solicitation Number                                          , including the additions or changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets. This award consummates the contract which consists of the following documents: (a) the Government’s solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract No further contractual document is necessary.

19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)

 

    BERTRAND LIANG, MD, MBA, CEO

 

20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER

 

    MICHAEL A. YOUNKINS AMCG, ASPR, OS, DHHS

19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR

 

                         /s/ Bertrand C. Liang                    

 

 19C. DATE SIGNED

 

      7/27/2010

 

20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

BY                     /s/ Michael A. Younkins                    

 

20C. DATE SIGNED

 

7/30/2010

(Signature of person authorized to sign)          

                  (Signature of Contracting  Officer)

 

       
NSN 7540-01-152-8069   28-107  

STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)

PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE   Computer Generated  

Prescribed by GSA

   

FAR (48 CFR) 53.214(a)

 

1


CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I — THE SCHEDULE

     3   

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

     3   

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

     7   

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

     11   

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

     11   

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

     11   

SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

     14   

SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

     17   

PART II — CONTRACT CLAUSES

     23   

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

     23   

PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

     29   

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

     29   

PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

     30   

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

     30   

 

2


PART I- THE SCHEDULE

PART B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

The purpose of the contract is to further develop a strain and process to manufacture recombinant protective antigen (rPA) for use in anthrax vaccine development using a microbial system.

ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST AND FIXED FEE

 

  a. The total estimated cost of the base period of performance contract is $[*].

 

  b. The total fixed fee for the base period of performance contract is $[*]. The fixed fee shall be paid in installments based on the percentage of completion of work, as determined by the Contracting Officer, and subject to the withholding provisions of the clauses ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT and FIXED FEE referenced in the General Clause Listing in Part II, ARTICLE 1.1 of this contract. Payment of fixed fee shall not be made in less than monthly increments.

 

  c. The total amount of the contract, represented by the sum of the total estimated cost plus fixed fee is $[*].

 

  d. It is estimated that the amount currently allotted will cover performance of the contract through December 12, 2011.

 

CLIN

   Base Period   

Supplies/Services

   Quantity
(Units)
   Cost     Fixed Fee     Total Estimated
Cost Plus Fixed
Fee
 
0001    07/30/2010-

12/12/2011

  

[*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 

ARTICLE B.3. OPTION PRICES

 

  a. Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to the option clause referenced in ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST PLUS FIXED FEE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT, the contract consists only of the Base Period specified in the Statement of Work as defined in SECTIONS C and F, for the price set forth in ARTICLE B.2. of the contract.

 

  b. Pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-7 (Options for Increased Quantity -Separately Priced Line Item), the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform the Option Period(s) specified in the Statement of Work as defined in SECTIONS C and F of this contract. If the Government exercises this/these option(s), notice must be given before the expiration date of the contract. Specific information regarding the time frame for this notice is set forth in the OPTION CLAUSE Article in SECTION H of this contract. The estimated cost of the contract will be increased as set forth below:

OPTIONS

CLIN 1001 [*].

CLIN 2001 [*].

 

3


CLIN

   Option Period   

Supplies/Services

   Quantity
(Units)
   Cost      Fixed
Fee
     Estimated
Cost
 
1001    12/13/2011-

04/11/2013

  

Stage 2b: [*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   
1002    04/12/2013-

09/17/2014

  

Stage, 2c: [*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   
2001    12/13/2011-

06/02/2013

  

Stage 3a: [*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   
2002    06/03/2013-

06/01/2014

  

Stage 3b: [*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   
2003    06/02/2014-

07/06/2015

  

Stage 3c: [*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   

ARTICLE B.4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS

a. Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

Notwithstanding the clauses, ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT, and FIXED FEE, incorporated in this contract, unless authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer, the costs of the following items or activities shall be unallowable as direct costs:

 

  1. Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

 

  2. Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

 

  3 Purchase or lease of any item of general purpose office furniture or office equipment regardless of dollar value. (General purpose equipment is defined as any items of personal property which are usable for purposes other than research, such as office equipment and furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);

 

  4. Travel to attend general scientific meetings;

 

  5. Unapproved foreign travel —Subject to the procedure specified under subparagraph b.2. below;

 

  6. Consultant costs;

 

  7. Subcontracts;

 

  8. Patient care costs;

 

  9. Accountable Government property (defined as both real and personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and a life expectancy of more than two years) and “sensitive items” (defined and listed in the Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property), regardless of acquisition value.

 

  10. Printing Costs (as defined in the Government Printing and Binding Regulations).

 

  11. Light Refreshment and Meal Expenditures

Requests to use contract funds to provide light refreshments and/or meals to either federal or nonfederal employees must be submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative (COTR), with a copy to

 

4


the Contracting Officer, at least six (6) weeks in advance of the event. The request shall contain the following information: (a) name, date, and location of the event at which the light refreshments and/or meals will be provided; (b) a brief description of the purpose of the event; (c) a cost breakdown of the estimated light refreshment and/or meal costs; (d) the number of nonfederal and federal attendees receiving light refreshments and/or meals; and (e) if the event will be held somewhere other than a government facility, provide an explanation of why the event is not being held at a government facility.

b. Travel Costs

1. Domestic Travel

 

  a. Total expenditures for domestic travel (transportation, lodging, subsistence, and incidental expenses) incurred in direct performance of this contract shall not exceed [*] during the base period (07/30/2010-12/12/2011) without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

  b. Subject to the annual dollar limitation specified under B.4.b.1.a. above the Contractor shall invoice and be reimbursed for all travel costs in accordance with OMB Circular A-122 - “Cost Principles for Nonprofit Organizations.”

2. Foreign Travel

Requests for foreign travel must be submitted at least six weeks in advance and shall contain the following: (a) meeting(s) and place(s) to be visited, with costs and dates; (b) name(s) and title(s) of Contractor personnel to travel and their functions in the contract project; (c) contract purposes to be served by the travel; (d) how travel of Contractor personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the contract project, or will otherwise justify the expenditure of BARDA contract funds; (e) how such advantages justify the costs for travel and absence from the project of more than one person if such are suggested; and (f) what additional functions may be performed by the travelers to accomplish other purposes of the contract and thus further benefit the project.

ARTICLE B.5. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS

a. Security Plan - Reserved

b. The Contractor agrees to provide data generated from this contract to the Contracting Officer upon request either in the form of an email attachment or via delivery to a secured Government eRoom.

c. Invoices - Cost and Personnel Reporting, and Variances from the Negotiated Budget

The Contractor agrees to provide a detailed breakdown on invoices of the following cost categories (as applicable):

 

  1. Direct Labor - List individuals by name, title/position, hourly/annual rate, level of effort, and amount claimed.

 

  2. Fringe Benefits - Cite rate and amount

 

  3. Overhead - Cite rate and amount

 

  4. Materials & Supplies - Include detailed breakdown when unit price is over [*].

 

  5. Travel - Identify travelers, dates, destination, purpose of trip, and amount. Cite COA, if appropriate. List separately, domestic travel, general scientific meeting travel, and foreign travel.

 

  6. Consultant Fees - Identify individuals and amounts.

 

  7. Subcontracts - Attach subcontractor invoice(s).

 

  8. Equipment - Cite authorization and amount

 

  9. G&A - Cite rate and amount.

 

  10. Total Cost

 

  11. Fixed Fee

 

  12. Total CPFF

 

5


Monthly invoices must include the cumulative total expenses to date, adjusted (as applicable) to show any amounts suspended by the Government.

d. Reserved

e. Confidential Treatment of Sensitive Information

The Contractor shall guarantee strict confidentiality of the information/data that it is provided by the Government during the performance of the contract. The Government has determined that the information/data that the Contractor will be provided during the performance of the contract is of a sensitive nature.

Disclosure of the information/data, in whole or in part, by the Contractor can only be made after the Contractor receives prior written approval from the Contracting Officer. Whenever the Contractor is uncertain with regard to the proper handling of information/data under the contract, the Contractor shall obtain a written determination from the Contracting Officer.

f. Equipment

All Equipment purchases must receive prior written consent of the Contracting Officer. Upon review of quotes and supporting documentation the Contracting Officer may provide written consent for the equipment purchases.

g. Site Visits and Inspections

At the discretion of the USG and independent of activities conducted the Contractor, with ten (10) business days notice to the contractor, the USG reserves the right to conduct site visits and inspections on an as needed basis, including collection of product samples and intermediates held by the contractor, or subcontractor. In case of subcontractor visits and inspections that are independent of activities conducted by the Contractor, the USG shall demonstrate cause for such visit and/or inspection. These visits shall be coordinated through the Prime Contractor. Under time-sensitive or critical situations, the USG reserves the right to suspend the 10 day notice to the Contractor. The areas included under the site visit could include, but are not limited to: security, regulatory and quality systems, and cGMP/GLP/GCP compliance.

h. Establishment of Indirect Cost Rates

In accordance with AMCG internal review at P f enex Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., letter dated June 18, 2010; the Contractor may bill indirect costs at the following rates:

Fringe Benefit Rate [*]

Overhead Rate [*]

The Government is not obligated to pay any additional amount over the above billing rates until such time that DCAA negotiates revised rates. In the event that the DCAA negotiated final indirect cost rates are less than the billing rates, the Government’s obligation shall be reduced to conform to the lower rates.

 

6


SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK

Independently and not as an agent of the Government, the Contractor shall furnish all the necessary services, qualified personnel, material, equipment, and facilities not otherwise provided by the Government as needed to perform the Statement of Work dated June 24, 2010 set forth in SECTION J-List of Attachments, attached hereto and made a part of the contract.

ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Technical Reports

In addition to those reports required by the other terms of this contract, the Contractors shall prepare and submit the following reports in the manner state below and in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract.

1. Monthly Progress Report

This report shall include a description of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full month of performance plus any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar month.

The Contractor shall submit a Monthly Progress Report on or before the 15th calendar day following the last day of each reporting period and shall include the following:

A cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor’s name, address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address; and the date of submission;

SECTION I - An introduction covering the purpose and scope of the contract effort;

SECTION II - PROGRESS

SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS-A description of overall progress;

SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE-A description of all meetings, conference calls, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management issues (e.g. evaluating, and managing subcontractor performance);

SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS-For each activity, document the results of work completed and cost incurred during the period covered in relation to proposed progress, effort and budget. The report shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved and preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the contract. The report shall include a description of problems encountered and proposed corrective action; differences between planned and actual progress, why the differences have occurred and what corrective actions are planned; preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project;

SECTION II Part D; PROPOSED WORK-A summary of work proposed for the next reporting period and preprints/reprints of papers and abstracts.

A Monthly Progress Report will not be required in the same month that the Quarterly or Annual Technical Progress Report is submitted.

2. Quarterly Progress Report

This report shall include a description of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full quarter of performance plus any fractional part of the initial quarter. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar quarter.

The Contractor shall submit a Quarterly Progress Report on or before the 15 th calendar day following the last day of each reporting period and shall include the following:

A cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor’s name, address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address; and the date of submission;

SECTION I - An introduction covering the purpose and scope of the contract effort;

SECTION II - PROGRESS

 

7


SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS-A description of overall progress;

SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE-A description of all meetings, conference calls, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management issues (e.g. evaluating, and managing subcontractor performance);

SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS-For each activity, document the results of work completed and cost incurred during the period covered in relation to proposed progress, effort and budget. The report shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved and preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the contract. The report shall include a description of problems encountered and proposed corrective action; differences between planned and actual progress, why the differences have occurred and what corrective actions are planned; preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project;

SECTION II Part D; PROPOSED WORK- A summary of work proposed for the next reporting period; and preprints/reprints of papers, abstracts and a current GANTT chart. A Quarterly Progress Report will not be required in the same month that the Annual Progress Report is submitted.

a. Draft Final Technical Progress Report and Final Technical Progress Report

These reports are to include a summation of the work performed and results obtained for the entire contract period of performance. This report shall be in sufficient detail to describe comprehensively the results achieved. The Draft Final Report and Final Report shall be submitted in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of the contract. The Draft Final Technical Progress Report shall be submitted one hundred twenty (120) calendar days before completion date of the contract and the Revised Final Technical Progress Report shall be submitted at sixty (60) calendar days before the completion date of the contract. The report shall conform to the following format:

(1) Cover page to include the contract number, contract title, performance period covered, Contractor’s name and address, telephone number, fax number, e-mail address and submission date;

(2 ) SECTION I: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-Summarize the purpose and scope of the contract effort including a summary of the major accomplishments relative to the specific activities set forth in the Statement of Work.

(3) SECTION II: RESULTS-A detailed description of the work performed, the results obtained, and the impact of the results on the scientific and/or public health community, including a listing of all manuscripts (published and in preparation) and abstracts presented during the entire period of performance, and a summary of all inventions.

Draft Final Technical Progress Report : The Contractor is required to submit the Draft Final Technical Progress Report to the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative and Contracting Officer. This report is due 120 calendar days before the completion date of the contract. The Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative and Contracting Officer will review the Draft Final Technical Progress Report and provide the Contractor with comments within 45 calendar days after receipt.

Final Technical Progress Report : The Contractor will deliver the final version of the Final Technical Progress Report on or before the completion date of the contract.

b. Summary of Salient Results

The Contractor shall submit, with the Final Technical Progress Report, a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract.

c. Audit Reports

Within thirty (30) calendar days of an audit related to conformance to FDA regulations and guidance, including adherence to GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines, the Contractor shall provide copies of the audit report and a plan for addressing areas of nonconformance to FDA regulations and guidance for GLP, GMP or GCP guidelines as identified in the final audit report.

 

8


d. Clinical Trial Protocols

BARDA has a responsibility to ensure that mechanisms and procedures are in place to protect the safety of participants in BARDA-funded clinical trials. Therefore, as described in the NIAID Clinical Terms of Award ( http://www.niaid.nih.gov/ncn/pdf/clinterm.pdf ), the Contractor shall develop a protocol for each clinical trial and submit all protocols and protocol amendments for approval by the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative. Important information regarding performing human subjects research is available at http://www3.niaid.nih.gov/healthscience/clinicalstudies/ .

Any updates to technical reports are to be addressed in the Monthly, Quarterly and Annual Progress Reports. The Contractor shall advise the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative or designee in writing and via electronic communication in a timely manner of any issues potentially affecting contract performance.

e. Other Reports/Deliverables

(1) Copies of FDA Correspondence and Meeting Summaries

(a) For any formal meeting with the FDA, the contractor shall forward initial draft minutes and subsequently final meeting minutes appropriately formatted within thirty (30) calendar days of the FDA meeting to the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.

(b) The contractor shall forward the final draft minutes of any informal meeting with the FDA to BARDA.

(c) The contractor shall forward the dates and times of any meeting with the FDA to BARDA at least 30 days prior to the meeting and make arrangements for appropriate BARDA staff to attend FDA meetings.

(d) The contractor shall provide BARDA the opportunity to review and comment upon any documents to be submitted to the FDA. The contractor shall provide BARDA with five (5) business days in which to review and provide comments back to the contractor.

(2) Technology Transfer

Technology packages developed under the contract that include complete protocols and critical reagents developed and/or improved with contract funding must be submitted at the request of the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative. See FAR clause 52.227-11 (Patent Rights-Ownership by the Contractor).

(3) Institutional Biosafety Approval

The Contractor shall provide documentation of materials submitted for Institutional Biosafety Committee Review and documentation of approval of experiments at the request of the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.

(4) Study/Experiment/Test Plans

The contractor shall submit all study/experiment/test plans, designs, and protocols upon request by the COTR .

(5) Data

The contractor shall provide raw data or specific analysis of data generated with contract funding at the request of the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative. See FAR clause 52.227-14 (Rights in Data-General).

(6) Meeting Minutes

The Contractor shall provide an electronic copy of conference call meeting minutes/summaries to the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative, Contracting Officer and Contracting Specialist within seven (7) calendar days after the conference call is held.

 

9


(7) Audits/Site Visits

AMCG/BARDA Audits

The United States Government (USG) reserves the right to conduct an audit of the Contractor with 48 hours notice. The USG reserves the right to accompany the Contractor on routine and for-cause site-visits/audits of subcontractors. At the discretion of the USG and independent of testing conducted by the Contractor, AMCG/BARDA reserves the right to conduct site visits/audits and collect samples of product held by the Contractor and subcontractors.

ARTICLE C.3. SUBJECT INVENTION REPORTING REQUIREMENT

All reports and documentation required by FAR Clause 52.227-11, including, but not limited to, the invention disclosure report, the confirmatory license, and the Government support certification, shall be directed to the Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources Branch, OPERA, NIH, 6705 Rockledge Drive, Room 2207, MSC 7987, Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7987 (Telephone: 301-435-1986). In addition, one copy of an annual utilization report, and a copy of the final invention statement, shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer. The final invention statement (see FAR 27.303(b)(2)(ii)) shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer on the expiration date of the contract. See also FAR clause 52.227-11 (Patent Rights-Ownership by the Contractor).

Reports and documentation submitted to the Contracting Officer shall be sent to the following address:

Contracting Officer

Michael Younkins

Office of Acquisitions Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG)

330 Independence Avenue, S.W.

Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

If no invention is disclosed or no activity has occurred on a previously disclosed invention during the applicable reporting period, a negative report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the address listed above.

To assist contractors in complying with invention reporting requirements of the clause, “Interagency Edison,” an electronic invention reporting system has been developed. Use of Interagency Edison is encouraged as it streamlines the reporting process and greatly reduces paperwork. Access to the system is through a secure interactive Web site to ensure that all information submitted is protected. Interagency Edison and information relating to the capabilities of the system can be obtained from the Web ( http://www.iedison.gov ), or by contacting the Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources Branch, OPERA, NIH.

ARTICLE C.4. TWICE MONTHLY CONFERENCE CALLS

A conference call between the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative and the principal investigator shall occur bi-monthly or as directed by the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative. During this call the principal investigator will discuss the activities during the reporting period, any problems that have arisen and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full month of performance plus any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar month. The principal investigator may choose to include other key personnel on the conference call to give detailed updates on specific projects or this may be requested by the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.

ARTICLE C.5. PROJECT MEETINGS

The Contractor shall participate in Project Meetings to coordinate the performance of the contract, as requested by the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative. These meetings may include face-to-face meetings with BARDA/AMCG in Washington, D.C. and at work sites of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings of the Contractor (and subcontractors invited by the Contractor) to discuss study designs, site visits to the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s facilities, and meetings with the

 

10


Contractor and HHS officials to discuss the technical, regulatory, and ethical aspects of the program. The Contractor must provide data, reports, and presentations to groups of outside experts and USG personnel as required by the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative in order to facilitate review of contract activities.

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

All deliverables required under this contract shall be packaged, marked and shipped in accordance with Government specifications. At a minimum, all deliverables shall be marked with the contract number and Contractor name. The Contractor shall guarantee that all required materials shall be delivered in immediate usable and acceptable condition.

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

1. The Contracting Officer or the duly authorized representative will perform inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

2. For the purpose of this SECTION, the designated Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative is the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer.

3. Inspection and acceptance will be performed at:

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA)/ Office of Acquisition

Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG)

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Room G644

Washington, D.C. 20201

4. The contract incorporates the following clause by reference with the same force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make its full text available.

FAR Clause 52.246-8, Inspection of Research and Development - Cost-Reimbursement

(May 2001). (Note: Work is deemed acceptable 90 days after delivery.)

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

ARTICLE F.1. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

a. The base period of performance of this contract shall be from July 30, 2010 through December 12, 2011.

b. If the Government exercises its options pursuant to the OPTION CLAUSE Article in Section H of the contract the period of performance will be increased as listed below:

 

CLIN

   Option Period   

Supplies/Services

   Quantity
(Units)
   Cost     Fixed
Fee
    Estimated
Cost
 
1001    12/13/2011-

04/11/2013

  

Stage 2b: [*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 
1002    04/12/2013-

09/17/2014

  

Stage 2c: [*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 
2001    12/13/2011-

06/02/2013

  

Stage 3a: [*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 
2002    06/03/2013-

06/01/2014

  

Stage 3b: [*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 
2003    06/02/2014-

07/06/2015

  

Stage 3c: [*]

   1 Job      [ *]      [ *]      [ *] 

 

11


ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERIES

Successful performance of the final contract shall be deemed to occur upon performance of the work described in the Statement of Work Article in SECTION C of this contract and upon delivery and acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized representative, of the following items in accordance with the stated delivery schedule:

a. The items specified below as described in the REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Article in SECTION C of this contract will be required to be delivered F.O.B. Destination as set forth in FAR 52.247-35, F.O.B. DESTINATION, WITHIN CONSIGNEES PREMISES (APRIL 1984), and in accordance with and by the date(s) specified below and any specifications stated in SECTION D, PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this contract.

 

Item

 

Description

  

Quantity

  

Addresses

  

Delivery Schedule

Technical Progress Reports

1)   Monthly Progress Report    2 electronic   

CO: (1) electronic copy

 

COTR: One (1) electronic

   The 15 th calendar day of each month following the first full month of the contract award. The Monthly Progress Report will not be required on months when an Annual or Quarterly Progress Report is due.
2)   Quarterly Progress Report    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    15 th calendar day of the month following the end of each 3 month performance period. The Quarterly Progress Report will not be required on months when an Annual Progress Report is due.
4)   Draft Final Technical Progress Report    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    120 calendar days before the completion date of the contract
5)   Final Technical Progress Report    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    On or before the expiration date of the contract
6)   Summary of Salient Results    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    On or before the expiration date of the contract

Other Technical Reports

7)   Audit Reports    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    Within 30 Calendar days of the audit
8)   RCB Characterization Report    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    Within 30 Calendar days of completing RCB Characterization
9)   MCB/WCB Characterization Report    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    Within 30 Calendar days of completing MCB/WCB Characterization
10)   Stage milestone reports (and addendums)    2 electronic    Same as CO and COTR above    60 calendar days before the completion of the milestone (or option period)

 

12


Other Reports

11)

  FDA Correspondence and Meeting Summaries    1 electronic    Same as COTR    Within 30 calendar days of receiving correspondence or meeting with the FDA

12)

  Invention Report Annual Utilization Report    2 electronic   

1 electronic to OPERA.

 

CO: 1 electronic

   Due on or before the 30m of the month following each anniversary date of the contract.

13)

  Final Invention Report    2 electronic   

1 electronic to OPERA.

1 CO: 1 electronic

   Due on or before the completion date of the contract.

b. The above items shall be addressed and delivered to: Contracting Officer’s address:

 

Contracting Officer’s address:

    

AMCG

330 Independence Avenue, S.W.

Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative’s address:     

BARDA

330 Independence Avenue, S.W.

Room G644

Washington, D.C. 20201

See G.1. for e-mail address

BARDA Security Specialist  

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

Office of Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures

409 3 rd Street, S.W. Suite 320

Washington, DC 20201

E-mail: james.graham@hhs.gov

Address for the Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources Branch (EITRB), Office of Biodefense Research Affairs:
 

OPERA

NIH

6705 Rockledge Drive

Room 1040-A

MSC 7980

Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7980

ARTICLE F.3. CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, FAR 52.252-2 (FEBRUARY 1998)

The contract incorporates the following clause(s) by reference, with the same force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make its full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this address: httb://www.acouisition.gov/comp/far/index.html

 

13


FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:

52.242-15, Stop Work Order (August 1989) with Alternate I (April 1984).

SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

ARTICLE G.1. CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE (COTR)

The following Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative (COTR) will represent the Government for the purpose of this contract:

Brian Dattilo, Ph.D.

Contracting Officer Technical Representative

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA)

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

Department of Health and Human Services

Mailing Address:

330 Independence Avenue, SW, Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

(202) 260-0462 (Office)

Brian.Dattilo@hhs.gov

Alternate COTR:

Jonathan Seals

Acting Director Strategic Science and Technology Division

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA)

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

Department of Health and Human Services

Mailing Address:

330 Independence Avenue, SW, Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

(202)2260-1010 (Office)

Jonathan.Seals@hhs.gov

The COTR is responsible for: (1) monitoring the Contractor’s technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and recommending to the Contracting Officer changes in requirements; (2) interpreting the statement of work and any other technical performance requirements; (3) performing technical evaluation as required; (4) performing technical inspections and acceptances required by this contract; and (5) assisting in the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance.

The Government may unilaterally change its COTR designation.

 

14


ARTICLE G.2. CONTRACTING OFFICER

 

a. The Contracting Officer (CO) is the only individual who can legally commit the Government to the expenditure of public funds. No person other than the Contracting Officer can make any changes to the terms, conditions, general provisions or other stipulations of this contract.

 

b. The Contracting Officer is the only person with authority to act as agent of the Government under this contract. Only the Contracting Officer has authority to: (1) direct or negotiate any changes in the statement of work; (2) modify or extend the period of performance; (3) change the delivery schedule; (4) authorize reimbursement to the Contractor for any costs incurred during the performance of this contract; or (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this contract.

 

c. No information, other than that which may be contained in an authorized modification to this contract duly issued by the Contracting Officer, shall be considered grounds for deviation from this contract. The Government may unilaterally change its CO designation

ARTICLE G.3. KEY PERSONNEL, HHSAR 352.270-5 (January 2006)

The key personnel specified in this contract are considered to be essential to work performance. At least 30 days prior to diverting any of the specified individuals to other programs or contracts (or as soon as possible, if an individual must be replaced, for example, as a result of leaving the employ of the Contractor), the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer and shall submit comprehensive justification for the diversion or replacement request (including proposed substitutions for key personnel) to permit evaluation by the Government of the impact on performance under this contract. The Contractor shall not divert or otherwise replace any key personnel without the written consent of the Contracting Officer. The Government may modify the contract to add or delete key personnel at the request of the Contractor or Government.

(End of Clause)

The following individual is considered to be essential to the work being performed hereunder:

 

Name

  

Title

   Principal Investigator
   Deputy PI & Fermentation
   Administrative Contact

[*]

   Analytical Biochemistry
   Downstream Processing
   Molecular Biology
   LBERI Animal Studies Principal Investigator

ARTICLE G.4. INVOICE SUBMISSION

The Contractor shall submit one electronic copy of the contract invoices to the address shown below:

 

DHHS/OS/ASPR/AMCG    DHHS/OS/ASPR/AMCG
Attn: Contracting Officer    Attn: Contract Specialist
330 Independence Ave., S.W.    Email: Jeannett.Jackman@hhs.gov
Room G640   
Washington, D.C. 20201   
E-mail: Michael.Younkins@ahhs.gov   

ARTICLE G.5. CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

 

  a. Financial reports on the attached Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions for completing this form, which accompany the form, in an original and one electronic copy, not later than the 30th working day after the close of the reporting period. The line entries for subdivisions of work and elements of cost (expenditure categories) which shall be reported within the total contract are discussed in paragraph e., below. Subsequent changes and/or additions in the line entries shall be made in writing.

 

  b. Unless otherwise stated in that part of the instructions for completing this form, entitled “ PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS ,” all columns A through J, shall be completed for each report submitted.

 

15


  c. The first financial report shall cover the period consisting of the first full three calendar months following the date of the contract, in addition to any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, reports will be on a quarterly basis.

 

  d. The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs contained in one or more interim financial reports. This clause does not supersede the record retention requirements in FAR Part 4.7.

 

  e. The listing of expenditure categories to be reported is incorporated within the Attachment entitled, “Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract,” located in SECTION J and made a part of this contract.

 

  f. The Government may unilaterally revise the “Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract” to reflect the allotment of additional funds.

ARTICLE G.6. INDIRECT COST RATES

a. In accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) (48 CFR Chapter 1) Clause 52.216-7 (d)(2), Allowable Cost and Payment incorporated by reference in this contract in PART II, SECTION I, the cognizant Contracting Officer representative responsible for negotiating provisional and/or final indirect cost rates is identified as follows:

Mr. Andrew Sandberg

AMCG

330 Independence Ave., S.W.

Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

b. These rates are hereby incorporated without further action of the Contracting Officer.

ARTICLE G.7. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

 

  a. In addition to the requirements of the clause, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, incorporated in SECTION I of this contract, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of HHS Publication, “Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property,” which is incorporated into this contract by reference. This document can be accessed at:

htto://www.hhs.gov/oamp/policies/contractors guide for control of gov property.pdf

Among other issues, this publication provides a summary of the Contractor’s responsibilities regarding purchasing authorizations and inventory and reporting requirements under the contract.

 

  b. Notwithstanding the provisions outlined in the HHS Publication, “Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property,” which is incorporated in this contract in paragraph a. above, the Contractor shall use the form entitled, “Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property” for submitting summary reports required under this contract, as directed by the Contracting Officer or his/her designee. This form is included as an attachment in SECTION J of this contract.

 

  c. Title will vest in the Government for equipment purchased as a direct cost.

ARTICLE G.8. POST AWARD EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE

 

  a. Contractor Performance Evaluations

Interim and final evaluations of Contractor performance will be prepared on this contract in accordance with FAR Subpart 42.15. The final performance evaluation will be prepared at the time of completion of work. In addition to the final evaluation, an interim evaluation shall be submitted December 31, 2011.

Interim and final evaluations will be provided to the Contractor as soon as practicable after completion of the evaluation. The Contractor will be permitted thirty days to review the document and to submit additional information or a rebutting statement. If agreement cannot be reached between the parties, the matter will be referred to an individual one level above the Contracting Officer whose decision will be final.

 

16


Copies of the evaluations, Contractor responses, and review comments, if any, will be retained as part of the contract file, and may be used to support future award decisions.

 

  b. Electronic Access to Contractor Performance Evaluations

Contractors that have Internet capability may access evaluations through a secure Web site for review and comment by completing the registration form that can be obtained at the following address: http://oamp.od.nih.gov/OD/CPS/cps.asp

The registration process requires the Contractor to identify an individual that will serve as a primary contact and who will be authorized access to the evaluation for review and comment. In addition, the Contractor will be required to identify an alternate contact who will be responsible for notifying the cognizant contracting official in the event the primary contact is unavailable to process the evaluation within the required 30-day time frame.

SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE H.1. PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS, HHSAR 352.270-4 (January 2006)

a. The Contractor agrees that the rights and welfare of human subjects involved in research under this contract shall be protected in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and with the Contractor’s current Assurance of Compliance on file with the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP), Office of Public Health and Science (OPHS). The Contractor further agrees to provide certification at least annually that the Institutional Review Board has reviewed and approved the procedures, which involve human subjects in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and the Assurance of Compliance.

b. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for the performance of all work and services involving the use of human subjects under this contract and shall ensure that work is conducted in a proper manner and as safely as is feasible. The parties hereto agree that the Contractor retains the right to control and direct the performance of all work under this contract. Nothing in this contract shall be deemed to constitute the Contractor or any subcontractor, agent or employee of the Contractor, or any other person, organization, institution, or group of any kind whatsoever, as the agent or employee of the Government. The Contractor agrees that it has entered into this contract and will discharge its obligations, duties, and undertakings and the work pursuant thereto, whether requiring professional judgment or otherwise, as an independent contractor without imputing liability on the part of the Government for the acts of the Contractor or its employees.

c. If at any time during the performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with the OHRP, OPHS, ASH, that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and/or standards stated in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. Notice of the suspension may be communicated by telephone and confirmed in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer’s written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, in consultation with OHRP, OPHS, ASH, terminate this contract in a whole or in part, and the Contractor’s name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Health and Human Services Human Subject Assurances.

(End of clause)

ARTICLE H.2. HUMAN MATERIALS (ASSURANCE OF OHRP COMPLIANCE)

The acquisition and supply of all human specimen material (including fetal material) used under this contract shall be obtained by the Contractor in full compliance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and the provisions of the Uniform Anatomical Gift Act in the United States, and no undue inducements, monetary or otherwise, will be offered to any person to influence their donation of human material.

The Contractor shall provide written documentation that all human materials obtained as a result of research involving human subjects conducted under this contract, by collaborating sites, or by subcontractors identified under this contract, were obtained with prior approval by the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP) of an Assurance to comply with the requirements of 45 CFR 46 to protect human research subjects. This restriction applies to all collaborating sites without OHRP-approved Assurances, whether domestic or foreign, and compliance must be ensured by the Contractor.

 

17


Provision by the Contractor to the Contracting Officer of a properly completed “Protection of Human Subjects Assurance ldentification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption”, Form OMB No. 0990-0263(formerly Optional Form 310), certifying IRB review and approval of the protocol from which the human materials were obtained constitutes the written documentation required. The human subject certification can be met by submission of a self designated form provided that it contains the information required by the “Protection of Human Subjects Assurance Identification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption”, Form OMB No. 0990-0263(formerly Optional Form 310).

ARTICLE H.3. RESEARCH INVOLVING HUMAN FETAL TISSUE

All research involving human fetal tissue shall be conducted in accordance with the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 289g-1 and 289g-2. Implementing regulations and guidance for conducting research on human fetal tissue may be found at 45 CFR 46, Subpart B and http://grants1.nih.gov/grants/quide/notice-files/not93-235.html and any subsequent revisions to this NIH Guide to Grants and Contracts (“Guide”) Notice.

The Contractor shall make available, for audit by the Secretary, HHS, the physician statements and informed consents required by 42 USC 289g-1(b) and (c), or ensure HHS access to those records, if maintained by an entity other than the Contractor.

ARTICLE H.4. NEEDLE EXCHANGE

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to carry out any program of distributing sterile needles or syringes for the hypodermic injection of any illegal drug.

ARTICLE H.5. CARE OF LIVE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, HHSAR 352.270-5(b) (October 2009)

a. Before undertaking performance of any contract involving animal related activities, the Contractor shall register with the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States in accordance with 7 U.S.C. 2136 and 9 CFR 2.25 through 2.28. The Contractor shall furnish evidence of the registration to the Contracting Officer.

b. The Contractor shall acquire vertebrate animals used in research from a dealer licensed by the Secretary of Agriculture under 7 U.S.C. 2133 and 9 CFR 2.1 through 2.11, or from a source that is exempt from licensing under those sections.

c. The Contractor agrees that the care and use of any live vertebrate animals used or intended for use in the performance of this contract will conform with the PHS Policy on Humane Care of Use of Laboratory Animals, the current Animal Welfare Assurance, the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals prepared by the Institute of Laboratory Animal Resources and the pertinent laws and regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture (see 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq . and 9 CFR Subchapter A, Parts 1 - 4). In case of conflict between standards, the more stringent standard shall be used.

d. If at any time during performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), National Institutes of Health (NIH), that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and/or standards stated in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. Notice of the suspension may be communicated by telephone and confirmed in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer’s written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, in consultation with OLAW, NIH, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor’s name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved PHS Animal Welfare Assurances.

Note: The Contractor may request registration of its facility and a current listing of licensed dealers from the Regional Office of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), USDA, for the region in which its research facility is located. The location of the appropriate APHIS Regional Office, as well as information concerning this program may be obtained by contacting the Animal Care Staff, USDA/APHIS, 4700 River Road, Riverdale, Maryland 20737.

(End of Clause)

ARTICLE H.6. ANIMAL WELFARE

All research involving live, vertebrate animals shall be conducted in accordance with the Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. This policy may be accessed at: http://grants1.nih.qov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm.

 

18


ARTICLE H.7. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL WHO WORK WITH NONHUMAN RIMATES

All Contractor personnel who work with nonhuman primates or enter rooms or areas containing nonhuman primates shall comply with the procedures set forth in NIH Policy Manual 3044-2, entitled, “Protection of NIH Personnel Who Work with Nonhuman Primates,” located at the following URL:

http/www1.od.nih.gov/oma/manualchapters/intramura1/3044-2/

ARTICLE H.8. IDENTIFICATION AND DISPOSITION OF DATA

The Contractor will be required to provide certain data generated under this contract to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). DHHS reserves the right to review any other data determined by DHHS to be relevant to this contract. The contractor shall keep copies of all data required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) relevant to this contract for the time specified by the FDA.

ARTICLE H.9. INFORMATION ON COMPLIANCE WITH ANIMAL CARE REQUIREMENTS

Registration with the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture (USDA) is required to use regulated species of animals for biomedical purposes. USDA is responsible for the enforcement of the Animal Welfare Act (7 U.S.C. 2131 et. seq.), http //www.nal. usda.gov/awic/legislat/awa.htm .

The Public Health Service (PHS) Policy is administered by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW) http://qrants2.nih.qov/qrants/olaw/olaw.htm . An essential requirement of the PHS Policy http://qrants2.nih.qov/qrants/olaw/references/phspol.htm is that every institution using live vertebrate animals must obtain an approved assurance from OLAW before they can receive funding from any component of the U. S. Public Health Service.

The PHS Policy requires that Assured institutions base their programs of animal care and use on the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals http://www.nap.edu/readinqroom/books/labrats/ and that they comply with the regulations (9 CFR, Subchapter A) http://www.nal.usda.gov/awic/leqislat/usdalegl.htm issued by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) under the Animal Welfare Act. The Guide may differ from USDA regulations in some respects. Compliance with the USDA regulations is an absolute requirement of this Policy.

The Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC) http://www.aaalac.orq is a professional organization that inspects and evaluates programs of animal care for institutions at their request. Those that meet the high standards are given the Accredited status. As of the 2002 revision of the PHS Policy, the only accrediting body recognized by PHS is the AAALAC. While AAALAC Accreditation is not required to conduct biomedical research, it is highly desirable. AAALAC uses the Guide as their primary evaluation tool. They also use the Guide for the Care and Use of Agricultural Animals in Agricultural Research and Teaching . It is published by the Federated of Animal Science Societies http://www.fass.org .

ARTICLE H.10. APPROVAL OF REQUIRED ASSURANCE BY OLAW

Under governing regulations, federal funds which are administered by the Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) shall not be expended by the contractor for research involving live vertebrate animals, nor shall live vertebrate animals be involved in research activities by the contractor under this award unless a satisfactory assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 is submitted within 30 days of the date of this award and approved by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW). Each performance site (if any) must also assure compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 with the following restriction: Only activities which do not directly involve live vertebrate animals (i.e. are clearly severable and independent from those activities that do involve live vertebrate animals) may be conducted by the contractor or individual performance sites pending OLAW approval of their respective assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28. Additional information regarding OLAW may be obtained via the Internet at http.//qrants2.nih.gov/qrants/olaw/references/phspol.htm

 

19


ARTICLE H.11. REGISTRATION WITH THE SELECT AGENT PROGRAM FOR WORK INVOLVING THE POSSESSION, USE, AND/OR TRANSFER OF SELECT BIOLOGICAL AGENTS OR TOXINS

Work involving select biological agents or toxins shall not be conducted under this contract until the contractor and any affected subcontractor(s) are granted a certificate of registration or are authorized to work with the applicable select agents.

For prime or subcontract awards to domestic institutions who possess, use, and/or transfer Select Agents under this contract, the institution must complete registration with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) or the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Services (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), as applicable, before performing work involving Select Agents, in accordance with 42 CFR 73. No Government funds can be used for work involving Select Agents, as defined in 42 CFR 73, if the final registration certificate is denied.

For prime or subcontract awards to foreign institutions who possess, use, and/or transfer Select Agents under this contract, the institution must provide information satisfactory to the Government that a process equivalent to that described in 42 CFR 73 ( http://www.cdc.gov/od/sap/docs/42cfr73.pdf ) for U.S. institutions is in place and will be administered on behalf of all Select Agent work sponsored by these funds before using these funds for any work directly involving the Select Agents. The contractor must provide information addressing the following key elements appropriate for the foreign institution: safety, security, training, procedures for ensuring that only approved/appropriate individuals have access to the Select Agents, and any applicable laws, regulations and policies equivalent to 42 CFR 73 . The Government will assess the policies and procedures for comparability to the U.S. requirements described in 42 CFR Part 73 . When requested by the contracting officer, the contractor shall provide key information delineating any laws, regulations, policies, and procedures applicable to the foreign institution for the safe and secure possession, use, and transfer of Select Agents. This includes summaries of safety, security, and training plans, and applicable laws, regulations, and policies. For the purpose of security risk assessments, the contractor must provide the names of all individuals at the foreign institution who will have access to the Select Agents and procedures for ensuring that only approved and appropriate individuals have access to Select Agents under the contract.

Listings of HHS select agents and toxins, biologic agents and toxins, and overlap agents or toxins as well as information about the registration process, can be obtained on the Select Agent Program Web site at http://www.cdc.qov/od/sa

ARTICLE H.12. EXPORT CONTROL NOTIFICATION

Offerors are responsible for ensuring compliance with all export control laws and regulations that maybe applicable to the export of and foreign access to their proposed technologies. Offerors may consult with the Department of State with any questions regarding the International Traffic in Arms Regulation (ITAR) (22 CRF Parts 120-130) and /or the Department of Commerce regarding the Export Administration Regulations (15 CRF Parts 730-774).

ARTICLE H.13. OPTION CLAUSE

Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to the Option Clause set forth in SECTION I, ARTICLE 1.1., the contract will consist only of the base period and/or any option period of the Statement of Work as defined in Sections C and F of the contract. Pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-9, Option to Extend the Term of the Contract, the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the contractor to perform additional options set forth in the Statement of Work and also defined in Sections C and F of the contract. If the Government exercises this option, notice must be given at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of this contract and the estimated cost plus fixed fee of the contract will be increased as set forth in the ESTIMATED COST PLUS FIXED FEE price of the contract as noted in Article B.3 in SECTION B of this contract.

ARTICLE H.14. REPORTING MATTERS INVOLVING FRAUD, WASTE AND ABUSE

Anyone who becomes aware of the existence or apparent existence of fraud, waste and abuse in AMCG funded programs is encouraged to report such matters to the HHS Inspector General’s Office in writing or on the Inspector General’s Hotline. The toll free number is 1-800-HHS-TIPS (1-800-447-8477). All telephone calls will be handled confidentially. The e-mail address is Htipsa@os.dhhs.gov and the mailing address is:

Office of Inspector General

Department of Health and Human Services

TIPS HOTLINE

P.O. Box 23489

Washington, D.C. 20026

 

20


ARTICLE H.15. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTOR INVOLVEMENT WITH TERRORIST ACTVITIES

The Contractor acknowledges that U.S. Executive Orders and Laws, including but not limited to E.O. 13224 and P.L. 107-56, prohibit transactions with, and the provision of resources and support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. It is the legal responsibility of the Contractor to ensure compliance with these Executive Orders and Laws. This clause must be included in all subcontracts issued under this contract.

ARTICLE H.16 CONFLICT OF INTEREST

a. The Contractor warrants that to the best of its knowledge and belief except as otherwise disclosed, no actual or apparent organizational, financial or employee conflict of interest exists as defined below:

(i) a situation in which the nature of work under a Government contract and a Contractor’s organization and any of its affiliate organizations or their successors in interest (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Contractor”), financial, contractual or other interests are such that the appearance of the Contractor’s objectivity in performing the contract work may be impaired, may otherwise result in a biased work product, or may result in the contractor being given an unfair competitive advantage; or

(ii) a financial interest or relationship, professional or otherwise, of an employee, subcontractor employee, or consultant (hereinafter referred to as “employee”) with an entity that may actually impair or have the appearance of impairing the objectivity of the employee in performing the contract work, or

(iii) an employee has had, currently has, or is reasonably expected to have, official responsibilities with an outside organization, or some other financial interest or business affiliation, such that a reasonable person with knowledge of the relevant facts might question the employee’s objectivity/impartiality in performing the contract.

(iv) For purposes of paragraphs a(i) - (a)(iii), the financial interests and business affiliations of the employee’s spouse, minor children, and business partners are imputed to the employee.

Prior to commencement of any work, the Contractor agrees to notify the Contracting Officer promptly that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no actual or potential conflict of interest exists or to identify to the Contracting Officer any actual or potential conflict of interest the firm may have. In emergency situations, however, work may begin but notification shall be made within five (5) working days. The Contractor agrees that if an actual or potential organizational, financial or employee conflict of interest is identified during performance, the Contractor shall promptly make a full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer. This disclosure shall include a description of actions, which the Contractor has taken or proposes to take, after consultation with the Contracting Officer, to avoid, mitigate, or neutralize the actual or potential conflict of interest. The Contractor shall continue performance until notified by the Contracting Officer of any contrary action to be taken. Remedies include termination of this contract for convenience, in whole or in part, if the Contracting Officer deems such termination necessary to avoid an organizational, financial or employee conflict of interest. If the Contractor was aware of a potential organizational, financial or employee conflict of interest prior to award or discovered an actual or potential conflict after award and did not disclose it or misrepresented relevant information to the Contracting Officer, the Government may terminate the contract for default, debar the Contractor from Government contracting, or pursue such other remedies as may be permitted by law or this contract.

ARTICLE H.17. PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF APPROPRIATED FUNDS FOR LOBBYING ACTIVITIES AND HHSAR 352.203-70 ANTI-LOBBYING (Jan 2006)

The Contractor is hereby notified of the restrictions on the use of Department of Health and Human Service’s funding for lobbying of Federal, State and Local legislative bodies.

 

21


Section 1352 of Title 31, United Stated Code (Public Law 101-121, effective 12/23/89), among other things, prohibits a recipient (and their subcontractors) of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement from using appropriated funds (other than profits from a federal contract) to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions; the awarding of any Federal contract; the making of any Federal grant; the making of any Federal loan; the entering into of any cooperative agreement; or the modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. For additional information of prohibitions against lobbying activities, see FAR Subpart 3.8 and FAR Clause 52.203-12.

In addition, as set forth in HHSAR 352.270-10 “Anti-Lobbying” (January 2006), the current Department of Health and Human Services Appropriations Act provides that no part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall be used, other than for normal and recognized executive-legislative relationships, for publicity or propaganda purposes, for the preparation, distribution, or use of any kit, pamphlet, booklet, publication, radio, television, or video presentation designed to support, or defeat legislation pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature except in presentation to the Congress, or any State or Local legislative body itself.

The current Department of Health and Human Services Appropriations Act also provides that no part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall be used to pay the salary or expenses of any contract or grant recipient, or agent acting for such recipient, related to any activity designed to influence legislation or appropriations pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature.

(End of Clause)

 

22


PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

ARTICLE 1.1. General Clauses for a Cost-Reimbursement Research and Development Contract

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this address: http://www.arnet.gov/far/.

a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

 

FAR

CLAUSE NO.

  

DATE

  

TITLE

52.202-1    Jul 2004    Definitions (Over $100,000)
52.203-3    Apr 1984    Gratuities (Over $100,000)
52.203-5    Apr 1984    Covenant Against Contingent Fees (Over $100,000)
52.203-6    Sep 2006    Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government (Over $100,000)
52.203-7    Jul 1995    Anti-Kickback Procedures (Over $100,000)
52.203-8    Jan 1997    Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity (Over $100,000)
52.203-10    Jan 1997    Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or Improper Activity (Over $100,000)
52.203-12    Sep 2007    Limitation on Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions (Over $100,000)
52.203-13    Apr 2010    Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct
52.203-14    Dec 2007    Display of Hotline Poster(s)
52.204-4    Aug 2000    Printed or Copied Double-Sided on Recycled Paper (Over $100,000)
52.204-7    Apr 2008    Central Contractor Registration
52.209-6    Sep 2006    Protecting the Government’s Interests When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment (Over $30,000)
52.212-4    Mar 2009    Contract Terms and Conditions-Commercial Items
52.215-2    Mar 2009    Audit and Records - Negotiation [Note: Applies to ALL contracts funded in whole or in part with Recovery Act funds, regardless of dollar value, AND contracts over $100,000 funded exclusively with non-Recovery Act funds.]
52.215-8    Oct 1997    Order of Precedence - Uniform Contract Format
52.215-10    Oct 1997    Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data (Over $650,000)
52.215-12    Oct 1997    Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data (Over $650,000)
52.215-14    Oct 1997    Integrity of Unit Prices (Over $100,000)
52.215-15    Oct 2004    Pension Adjustments and Asset Reversions
52.215-18    Jul 2005    Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) other than Pensions
52.215-19    Oct 1997    Notification of Ownership Changes
52.215-21    Oct 1997    Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data - Modifications
52.216-7    Dec 2002    Allowable Cost and Payment
52.216-8    Mar 1997    Fixed Fee
52.217-9    Mar 2000    Option to Extend the Term of the Contract
52.219-8    May 2004    Utilization of Small Business Concerns (Over $100,000)
52.219-9    Apr 2008    Small Business Subcontracting Plan (Over $550,000, $1,000,000 for Construction)
52.219-16    Jan 1999    Liquidated Damages - Subcontracting Plan (Over $550,000, $1,000,000 for Construction)
52.222-1    Jun 2003    Convict Labor
52.222-21    Feb 1999    Prohibition of Segregated Facilities
52.222-26    Mar 2007    Equal Opportunity
52.222-35    Sep 2006    Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (Over $100,000)
52.222-36    Jun 1998    Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities
52.222-37    Sep 2006    Employment Reports on Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (Over $100,000)

 

23


FAR

CLAUSE NO.

  

DATE

  

TITLE

52.222-39    Dec 2004    Notification of Employee Rights Concerning Payment of Union Dues or Fees.
52.222-50    Feb 2009    Combating Trafficking in Persons
52.222-54    May 2001    Drug-Free Workplace
52.223-14    Aug 2003    Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (Over $100,000)
52.225-1    Feb 2009    Buy American Act - Supplies
52.225-13    Jun 2008    Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases
52.227-1    Dec 2007    Authorization and Consent, Alternate I (Apr 1984)
52.227-2    Dec 2007    Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent and Copyright Infringement
52.227-11    Dec 2007    Patent Rights - Ownership by the Contractor (Note: In accordance with FAR 27.303(b)(2), paragraph (e) is modified to include the requirements in FAR 27.303(b)(2)(i) through (iv). The frequency of reporting in (i) is annual.
52.227-14    Dec 2007    Data Rights Alt II
52.229-3    Apr 2003    Federal, State and Local Taxes
52.232-9    Apr 1984    Limitation on Withholding of Payments
52.232-17    Oct 2008    Interest (Over $100,000)
52.232-20    Apr 1984    Limitation of Cost
52.232-23    Jan 1986    Assignment of Claims
52.232-25    Oct 2008    Prompt Payment, Alternate I (Feb 2002)
52.232-33    Oct 2003    Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer - Central Contractor Registration
52.233-1    Jul 2002    Disputes
52.233-3    Aug 1996    Protest After Award, Alternate I (Jun 1985)
52.233-4    Oct 2004    Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim
52.242-1    Apr 1984    Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs
52.242-3    May 2001    Penalties for Unallowable Costs (Over $650,000)
52.242-4    Jan 1997    Certification of Final Indirect Costs
52.242-13    Jul 1995    Bankruptcy (Over $100,000)
52.243-2    Aug 1987    Changes - Cost Reimbursement, Alternate V (Apr 1984)
52.244-2    Jun 2007    Subcontracts, Alternate I (June 2007)
52.244-5    Dec 1996    Competition in Subcontracting (Over $100,000)
52.244-6    Apr 2010    Subcontracts for Commercial Items
52.245-1    Jun 2007    Government Property
52.245-9    Jun 2007    Use and Charges
52.246-23    Feb 1997    Limitation of Liability (Over $100,000)
52.249-6    May 2004    Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)
52.249-14    Apr 1984    Excusable Delays
52.253-1    Jan 1991    Computer Generated Forms

b. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

 

HHSAR

CLAUSE NO.

  

DATE

  

TITLE

352.202-1    Jan 2006    Definitions - with Alternate paragraph (h) (Jan 2006)
352.216-70    Jan 2006    Additional Cost Principles
352.224-70    Jan 2006    Privacy Act
352.228-7    Dec 1991    Insurance - Liability to Third Persons
352.242-73    Jan 2006    Withholding of Contract Payments
352.233-71    Jan 2006    Litigation and Claims
352.242-74    Apr 1984    Final Decisions on Audit Findings
352.242-70    Jan 2006    Key Personnel
352.227-70    Jan 2006    Publications and Publicity
352.203-70    Jan 2006    Anti-Lobbying (Over $100,000)

[End of GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT-Rev. 03/2009].

 

24


ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTION OF CLAUSES

(Reserved)

ARTICLE I.3. Additional Contract Clauses

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect, as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

1. FAR Clause 52.215-17, Waiver of Facilities Capital Cost of Money (October 1997).

2. FAR Clause 52.219-25, Small Disadvantaged Business Participation Program–Disadvantaged Status and Reporting (April 2008).

3. FAR Clause 52.227-16, Additional Data Requirements (June 1987).

b. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

3. HHSAR Clause 352.223-70, Safety and Health (January 2006).

4. HHSAR Clause 352.224-70, Privacy Act (January 2006).

3. HHSAR Clause 352.201-70, Paperwork Reduction Ac t (January 2006).

4. HHSAR Clause 352.270-4, Protection of Human Subjects (January 2006)

ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT

This contract incorporates the following clauses in full text.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

 

  a. FAR Clause 52.219-28, Post-Award Small Business Program Representation (April 2009).

(a) Definitions As used in this clause—

Long-term contract means a contract of more than five years in duration, including options. However, the term does not include contracts that exceed five years in duration because the period of performance has been extended for a cumulative period not to exceed six months under the clause at 52.217-8, Option to Extend Services, or other appropriate authority.

Small business concern means a concern, including its affiliates that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (c) of this clause. Such a concern is “not dominant in its field of operation” when it does not exercise a controlling or major influence on a national basis in a kind of business activity in which a number of business concerns are primarily engaged. In determining whether dominance exists, consideration shall be given to all appropriate factors, including volume of business, number of employees, financial resources, competitive status or position, ownership or control of materials, processes, patents, license agreements, facilities, sales territory, and nature of business activity.

 

25


(b) If the Contractor represented that it was a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor shall represent its size status according to paragraph (e) of this clause or, if applicable, paragraph (g) of this clause, upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition that does not require a novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(3) For long-term contracts—

(i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and (ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter.

(c) The Contractor shall represent its size status in accordance with the size standard in effect at the time of this representation that corresponds to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code assigned to this contract. The small business size standard corresponding to this NAICS code can be found at http://www.sba.govicontractingopportunities/officials/size/index.html

(d) The small business size standard for a Contractor providing a product which it does not manufacture itself, for a contract other than a construction or service contract, is 500 employees.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this clause, the Contractor shall make the representation required by paragraph (b) of this clause by validating or updating all its representations in the Online Representations and Certifications Application and its data in the Central Contractor Registration, as necessary, to ensure that they reflect the Contractor’s current status. The Contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing within the timeframes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause that the data have been validated or updated, and provide the date of the validation or update.

(f) If the Contractor represented that it was other than a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor may, but is not required to, take the actions required by paragraphs (e) or (g) of this clause.

(g) If the Contractor does not have representations and certifications in ORCA, or does not have a representation in ORCA for the NAICS code applicable to this contract, the Contractor is required to complete the following representation and submit it to the Contracting Office, along with the contract number and the date on which the representation was completed:

The Contractor represents that it [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern under NAICS Code assigned to contract number.

[Contractor to sign and date and insert authorized signer’s name and title].

(End of clause)

b. FAR Clause 52.222-39, Notification Of Employee Rights Concerning Payment Of Union Dues Or Fees (December 2004)

(a) Definition . As used in this clause —

United States means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Wake Island.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this clause, during the term of this contract, the Contractor shall post a notice, in the form of a poster, informing employees of their rights concerning union membership and payment of union dues and fees, in conspicuous places in and about all its plants and offices, including all

 

26


places where notices to employees are customarily posted. The notice shall include the following information (except that the information pertaining to National Labor Relations Board shall not be included in notices posted in the plants or offices of carriers subject to the Railway Labor Act, as amended (45 U.S.C. 151-188)).

Notice to Employees

Under Federal law, employees cannot be required to join a union or maintain membership in a union in order to retain their jobs. Under certain conditions, the law permits a union and an employer to enter into a union-security agreement requiring employees to pay uniform periodic dues and initiation fees. However, employees who are not union members can object to the use of their payments for certain purposes and can only be required to pay their share of union costs relating to collective bargaining, contract administration, and grievance adjustment.

If you do not want to pay that portion of dues or fees used to support activities not related to collective bargaining, contract administration, or grievance adjustment, you are entitled to an appropriate reduction in your payment. If you believe that you have been required to pay dues or fees used in part to support activities not related to collective bargaining, contract administration, or grievance adjustment, you may be entitled to a refund and to an appropriate reduction in future payments.

For further information concerning your rights, you may wish to contact the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) either at one of its Regional offices or at the following address or toll free number:

National Labor Relations Board

Division of Information

1099 14th Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20570

1-866-667-6572

1-866-316-6572 (TTY)

To locate the nearest NLRB office, see NLRB’s website at http://www.nlrb.gov .

(c) The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order 13201 of February 17, 2001, and related implementing regulations at 29 CFR part 470, and orders of the Secretary of Labor.

(d) In the event that the Contractor does not comply with any of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), or (g), the Secretary may direct that this contract be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and declare the Contractor ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures at 29 CFR part 470, Subpart B - Compliance Evaluations, Complaint Investigations and Enforcement Procedures. Such other sanctions or remedies may be imposed as are provided by 29 CFR part 470, which implements Executive Order 13201, or as are otherwise provided by law.

(e) The requirement to post the employee notice in paragraph (b) does not apply to—

(1) Contractors and subcontractors that employ fewer than 15 persons;

(2) Contractor establishments or construction work sites where no union has been formally recognized by the Contractor or certified as the exclusive bargaining representative of the Contractor’s employees;

(3) Contractor establishments or construction work sites located in a jurisdiction named in the definition of the United States in which the law of that jurisdiction forbids enforcement of union-security agreements;

 

27


(4) Contractor facilities where upon the written request of the Contractor, the Department of Labor Deputy Assistant Secretary for Labor-Management Programs has waived the posting requirements with respect to any of the Contractor’s facilities if the Deputy Assistant Secretary finds that the Contractor has demonstrated that—

(i) The facility is in all respects separate and distinct from activities of the Contractor related to the performance of a contract; and

(ii) Such a waiver will not interfere with or impede the effectuation of the Executive order; or

(5) Work outside the United States that does not involve the recruitment or employment of workers within the United States.

(f) The Department of Labor publishes the official employee notice in two variations; one for contractors covered by the Railway Labor Act and a second for all other contractors. The Contractor shall—

(1) Obtain the required employee notice poster from the Division of Interpretations and Standards, Office of Labor-Management Standards, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW, Room N-5605, Washington, DC 2021, or from any field office of the Department’s Office of Labor-Management Standards or Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs;

(2) Download a copy of the poster from the Office of Labor-Management Standards website at http://www.olms.dol.gov ; or

(3) Reproduce and use exact duplicate copies of the Department of Labor’s official poster.

(g) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order that exceeds the simplified acquisition threshold, entered into in connection with this contract, unless exempted by the Department of Labor Deputy Assistant Secretary for Labor-Management Programs on account of special circumstances in the national interest under authority of 29 CFR 470.3(c). For indefinite quantity subcontracts, the Contractor shall include the substance of this clause if the value of orders in any calendar year of the subcontract is expected to exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. Pursuant to 29 CFR part 470, Subpart B - Compliance Evaluations, Complaint Investigations and Enforcement Procedures, the Secretary of Labor may direct the Contractor to take such action in the enforcement of these regulations, including the imposition of sanctions for noncompliance with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order. If the Contractor becomes involved in litigation with a subcontractor or vendor, or is threatened with such involvement, as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States, through the Secretary of Labor, to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.

(End of Clause)

 

28


PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

The following documents are attached and incorporated in this contract:

 

1. Statement of Work

Statement of Work, dated June 24, 2010, 32 pages

 

2. Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for BARDA Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts,

Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for BARDA Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts, 4 pages.

 

3. Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, 1 page

 

4. Instructions for Completing Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, 3 pages

 

5. Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property (Not Attached)

Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property, dated 3/2008, 1 page. Located at: http://rcb.cancer.gov/rcb-internet/forms/Govt-Owned-Prop.pdf

Sections C - J of the contract

Attachment 1, Statement of Work, dated June 24, 2010

Attachment 2, Invoice/Financing Request Instructions for BARDA Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts

Attachment 3, Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract

Attachment 4, Instructions for Completing Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract

Attachment 5, Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property, dated 3/2008

 

29


PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this contract:

 

1. Annual Representations and Certifications completed and located at the Online Representations and Certifications Application (ORCA) website.

 

2. Representations & Certifications dated January 12, 2010

 

3. Animal Welfare Assurance Number: LBERI - A3083-01

END of the SCHEDULE

(CONTRACT)

 

30


Attachment 1

Statement of Work for the Development of rPA using P f enex Expression Technology

[*]

 

31


ATTACHMENT 2

INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING

INSTRUCTIONS FOR BARDA COST-REIMBURSEMENT CONTRACTS

Format : Payment requests shall be submitted on the Contractor’s self-generated form in the manner and format prescribed herein and as illustrated in the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. Standard Form 1034, Public Voucher for Purchases and Services Other Than Personal, may be used in lieu of the Contractor’s self-generated form provided it contains all of the information shown on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. DO NOT include a cover letter with the payment request.

Number of Copies : Payment requests shall be submitted in the quantity specified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

Frequency : Payment requests shall not be submitted more frequently than once every two weeks in accordance with the Allowable Cost and Payment Clause incorporated into this contract. Small business concerns may submit invoices/financing requests more frequently than every two weeks when authorized by the Contracting Officer.

Cost Incurrence Period : Costs incurred must be within the contract performance period or covered by precontract cost provisions.

Billing of Costs Incurred : If billed costs include (1) costs of a prior billing period, but not previously billed, or (2) costs incurred during the contract period and claimed after the contract period has expired, the Contractor shall site the amount(s) and month(s) in which it incurred such costs.

Contractor’s Fiscal Year : Payment requests shall be prepared in such a manner that the Government can identify costs claimed with the Contractor’s fiscal year.

Currency : All BARDA contracts are expressed in United States dollars. When the Government pays in a currency other than United States dollars, billings shall be expressed, and payment by the Government shall be made, in that other currency at amounts coincident with actual costs incurred. Currency fluctuations may not be a basis of gain or loss to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the above, the total of all invoices paid under this contract may not exceed the United States dollars authorized.

Costs Requiring Prior Approval : Costs requiring the Contracting Officer’s approval, which are not set forth in an Advance Understanding in the contract, shall be identified and reference the Contracting Officer’s Authorization (COA) Number. In addition, the Contractor shall show any cost set forth in an Advance Understanding as a separate line item on the payment request.

Invoice/Financing Request Identification : Each payment request shall be identified as either:

 

(a) Interim Invoice/Contract Financing Request : These are interim payment requests submitted during the contract performance period.

 

(b) Completion Invoice : The completion invoice shall be submitted promptly upon completion of the work, but no later than one year from the contract completion date, or within 120 days after settlement of the final indirect cost rates covering the year in which the contract is physically complete (whichever date is later). The Contractor shall submit the completion invoice when all costs have been assigned to the contract and it completes all performance provisions.

 

(c) Final Invoice : A final invoice may be required after the amounts owed have been settled between the Government and the Contractor (e.g., resolution of all suspensions and audit exceptions).

Preparation and Itemization of the Invoice/Financing Request : The Contractor shall furnish the information set forth in the instructions below. The instructions are keyed to the entries on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request.

 

(a) Designated Billing Office Name and Address : Enter the designated billing office name and address, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(b)

Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number : Show the Contractor’s name and address exactly as they appear in the contract, along with the name, title, phone number, and e-mail address of the person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in the case of payment by method other than Electronic Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent. Provide the Contractor’s Vendor Identification Number (VIN), and Data

 

1


  Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number or DUNS+4. The DUNS number must identify the Contractor’s name and address exactly as stated on the face page of the contract. When an approved assignment has been made by the Contractor, or a different payee has been designated, provide the same information for the payee as is required for the Contractor (i.e., name, address, point of contact, VIN, and DUNS).

 

(c) Invoice/Financing Request Number : Insert the appropriate serial number of the payment request.

 

(d) Date Invoice/Financing Request Prepared : Insert the date the payment request is prepared.

 

(e) Contract Number and Order Number (if applicable) : Insert the contract number and order number (if applicable).

 

(f) Effective Date : Insert the effective date of the contract or if billing under an order, the effective date of the order.

 

(g) Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order : Insert the total estimated cost of the contract, exclusive of fixed-fee. If billing under an order, insert the total estimated cost of the order, exclusive of fixed-fee. For incrementally funded contracts/orders, enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment.

 

(h) Total Fixed-Fee : Insert the total fixed-fee (where applicable). For incrementally funded contracts/orders, enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment.

 

(i) Two-Way/Three-Way Match : Identify whether payment is to be made using a two-way or three-way match. To determine required payment method, refer to the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(j) Office of Acquisitions : Insert the name of the Office of Acquisitions, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(k) Central Point of Distribution : Insert the Central Point of Distribution, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(I) Billing Period : Insert the beginning and ending dates (month, day, and year) of the period in which costs were incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

(m) Amount Billed - Current Period : Insert the amount claimed for the current billing period by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(n) Amount Billed - Cumulative : Insert the cumulative amounts claimed by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(o) Direct Costs : Insert the major cost elements. For each element, consider the application of the paragraph entitled “Costs Requiring Prior Approval” on page 1 of these instructions.

 

  (1) Direct Labor : Include salaries and wages paid (or accrued) for direct performance of the contract.

For Level of Effort contracts only, the Contractor shall provide the following information on a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request:

 

    hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category (as specified in the Level of Effort Article in Section F of the contract) for the current billing period, and

 

    hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category from contract inception through the current billing period. (NOTE: The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide additional breakdown for direct labor, such as position title, employee name, and salary or hourly rate.)

 

  (2) Fringe Benefits : List any fringe benefits applicable to direct labor and billed as a direct cost. Do not include in this category fringe benefits that are included in indirect costs.

 

  (3) Accountable Personal Property : Include permanent research equipment and general purpose equipment having a unit acquisition cost of $1,000 or more, with a life expectancy of more than two years, and sensitive property regardless of cost (see the HHS Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property ). Show permanent research equipment separate from general purpose equipment.

 

2


On a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request, list each item for which reimbursement is requested. An asterisk (*) shall precede the item if the equipment is below the $1,000 approval level. Include reference to the following (as applicable):

 

    item number for the specific piece of equipment listed in the Property Schedule, and

 

    COA number, if the equipment is not covered by the Property Schedule.

The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide further itemization of property having specific limitations set forth in the contract.

 

  (4) Materials and Supplies : Include equipment with unit costs of less than $1,000 or an expected service life of two years or less, and consumable material and supplies regardless of amount.

 

  (5) Premium Pay : List remuneration in excess of the basic hourly rate.

 

  (6) Consultant Fee : List fees paid to consultants. Identify consultant by name or category as set forth in the contract or COA, as well as the effort (i.e., number of hours, days, etc.) and rate billed.

 

  (7) Travel : Include domestic and foreign travel. Foreign travel is travel outside of Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions. However, for an organization located outside Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions, foreign travel means travel outside that country. Foreign travel must be billed separately from domestic travel.

 

  (8) Subcontract Costs : List subcontractor(s) by name and amount billed.

 

  (9) Other : List all other direct costs in total unless exceeding $1,000 in amount. If over $1,000, list cost elements and dollar amounts separately. If the contract contains restrictions on any cost element, that cost element must be listed separately.

 

(p) Cost of Money (COM) : Cite the COM factor and base in effect during the time the cost was incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

(q) Indirect Costs : Identify the indirect cost base (IDC), indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.

 

(r) Fixed-Fee : Cite the formula or method of computation for fixed-fee, if applicable. The fixed-fee must be claimed as provided for by the contract.

 

(s) Total Amounts Claimed : Insert the total amounts claimed for the current and cumulative periods.

 

(t) Adjustments : Include amounts conceded by the Contractor, outstanding suspensions, and/or disapprovals subject to appeal.

 

(u) Grand Totals

 

(v) Certification of Salary Rate Limitation : If required by the contract (see Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule), the Contractor shall include the following certification at the bottom of the payment request:

“I hereby certify that the salaries billed in this payment request are in compliance with the Salary Rate Limitation Provisions in Section H of the contract.”

The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs claimed on one or more interim payment requests.

FINANCIAL REPORTING INSTRUCTIONS:

These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the sample invoice/financing request.

 

3


Column A - Expenditure Category : Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.

Column B - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Negotiated : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to for each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column C - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Actual : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column D - Amount Billed - Current : Enter amounts billed during the current period. Column E - Amount Billed - Cumulative: Enter the cumulative amounts to date.

Column F - Cost at Completion : Enter data only when the Contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column G - Contract Amount : Enter the costs agreed to for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column H - Variance (Over or Under) : Show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column F) and negotiated costs (Column G) when entries have been made in Column F. This column need not be filled in when Column F is blank. When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column F by Column G, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.

Modifications : Any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report should be listed in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures Not Negotiated : An expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the Contractor in performance of its contract) should be listed in the appropriate cost category and all columns filled in, except for G. Column H will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under H above.

 

4


SAMPLE INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

 

(a)    Designated Billing Office Name and Address:

 

DHHS/OS/ASPR/BARDA

Attn: Contracting Officer

330 Independence Ave., S.W.

Room G644

Washington, D.C. 20201

 

(b)    Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number:

 

ABC CORPORATION

100 Main Street

Anywhere, USA Zip Code

 

Name, Title, Phone Number, and E-mail Address of person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in the case of payment by method other than Electronic Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent.

 

VIN:

DUNS or DUNS+4:

  

(c)    Invoice/Financing Request No.:

 

(d)    Date Invoice Prepared:

 

(e)    Contract No. and Order No. (if applicable):                     

 

(f)     Effective Date:

 

(g)    Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order:

 

(h)    Total Fixed-Fee (if applicable):

 

(i)      ¨ Two-Way Match:

 

          ¨ Three-Way Match:

 

(j)     Office of Acquisitions:

 

(k)    Central Point of Distribution:

(l)     This invoice/financing request represents reimbursable costs for the period from              to             

 

     Cumulative Percentage of
Effort/Hrs.
   Amount Billed    Cost at
Completion
F
   Contract
Amount
G
   Variance
H

Expenditure Category* A

   Negotiated
B
   Actual
C
   (m)
Current
D
   (n)
Cumulative
E
        

(o) Direct Costs:

                    

(1) Direct Labor

                    

(2) Fringe Benefits

                    

(3) Accountable Property

                    

(4) Materials & Supplies

                    

(5) Premium Pay

                    

(6) Consultant Fees

                    

(7) Travel

                    

(8) Subcontracts

                    

(9) Other

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Direct Costs

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(p) Cost of Money

                    

(q) Indirect Costs

                    

(r) Fixed Fee

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(s) Total Amount Claimed

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(t) Adjustments

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(u) Grand Totals

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

I certify that all payments are for appropriate purposes and in accordance with the contract.

 

 

 

   

 

 
  (Name of Official)     (Title)  

 

* Attach details as specified in the contract

 

5


ATTACHMENT 3

 

FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL

PROJECT/CONTRACT

 

Note: Complete this Form in Accordance with Accompanying Instructions.

  Project Task:   Contract No.:   Date of Report:  

0990-0134

0990-0131

  Reporting Period:   Contractor Name and Address:    

 

Expenditure Category

  

 

Percentage of
Effort/Hours

   Cumulative
Incurred Cost
at End of
Prior
Period
   Incurred
Cost-
Current
Period
   Cumulative
Cost to Date
(D + E)
   Estimated
Cost to
Complete
   Estimated
Cost at
Completion
(F + G)
   Negotiated
Contract
Amount
   Variance
(Over
or Under)

(I-H)
   Negotiated    Actual                     

A

  

B

  

C

  

D

  

E

  

F

  

G

  

H

  

I

  

J

                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          


ATTACHMENT 4

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING

“FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECT/CONTRACT”

GENERAL INFORMATION

Purpose . This Quarterly Financial Report is designed to: (1) provide a management tool for use by be BARDA in monitoring le application of financial and personnel resources to the BARDA contracts; (2) provide contractors with financial and personnel management data which is usable in their management processes; (3) promptly indicate potential areas of contract underruns or overruns by making possible comparisons of actual performance and projections with prior estimates on individual elements of cost and personnel; and (4) obtain contractor’s analyses of cause and effect of significant variations between actual and prior estimates of financial and personnel performance.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Scope . The specific cost and personnel elements to be reported shall be established by mutual agreement prior to award The Government may require the contractor to provide detailed documentation to support any element(s) on one or more financial reports.

Number of Copies and Mailing Address . An original and two (2) copies of the report(s) shall be sent to the contracting officer at the address shown on the face page of the contract, no later than 30 working days after the end of the period reported. However, the contract may provide for one of the copies to be sent directly to the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.

REPORTING STATISTICS

A modification which extends the period of performance of an existing contract will not require reporting on a separate quarterly report, except where it is determined by the contracting officer that separate reporting is necessary. Furthermore, when incrementally funded contracts are involved, each separate allotment is not considered a separate contract entity (only a funding action). Therefore, the statistics under incrementally funded contracts should be reported cumulatively from the inception of the contract through completion.

Definitions and Instructions for Completing the Quarterly Report . For the purpose of establishing expenditure categories Column A, the following definitions and instructions will be utilized. Each contract will specify the categories to be reported.

 

(1) Key Personnel. Include key personnel regardless of annual salary rates. All such individuals should be listed by names and job titles on a separate line including those whose salary is not directly charged to the contract but whose effort is directly associated with the contract. The listing must be kept up to date.

 

(2) Personnel—Other. List as one amount unless otherwise required by the contract.

 

(3) Fringe Benefits. Include allowances and services provided by the contractor to employees as compensation in addition to regular salaries and wages. If a fringe benefit rate(s) has been established, identify the base, rate, and amount billed for each category. If a rate has not been established, the various fringe benefit costs may be required to be shown separately. Fringe benefits which are included in the indirect cost rate should not be shown here.

 

(4) Accountable Personal Property. Include nonexpendable personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and with an expected useful life of two or more years, and sensitive items regardless of cost. Form HHS 565, “Report of Accountable Property,” must accompany the contractor’s public voucher (SF 1034/SF 1035) or this report if not previously submitted. See “Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property.”

 

(5) Supplies. Include the cost of supplies and material and equipment charged directly to the contract, but excludes the cost of nonexpendable equipment as defined in (4) above.

 

(6) Inpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while occupying a bed in a patient care setting. It normally includes both routine and ancillary costs.

 

(7) Outpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while not occupying a bed. It normally includes ancillary costs only.

 

(8) Travel. Include all direct costs of travel, including transportation, subsistence and miscellaneous expenses. Travel for staff and consultants shall be shown separately. Identify foreign and domestic travel separately. If required by the contract, the following information shall be submitted: (i) Name of traveler and purpose of trip; (ii) Place of departure, destination and return, including time and dates; and (iii) total cost of trip.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 4

 

(9) Consultant Fee. Include fees paid to consultant(s). Identify each consultant with effort expended, billing rate, and amount billed.

 

(10) Premium Pay. Include the amount of salaries and wages over and above the basic rate of pay. 1) Subcontracts. List each subcontract by name and amount billed.

 

(12) Other Costs. Include any expenditure categories for which the Government does not require individual line item reporting. It may include some of the above categories.

 

(13) Overhead/Indirect Costs. Identify the cost base, indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.

 

(14) General and Administrative Expense. Cite the rate and the base. In the case of nonprofit organizations, this item will usually be included in the indirect cost.

 

(15) Fee. Cite the fee earned, if any.

 

(16) Total Costs to the Government .

PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS

These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the Quarterly Report.

Column A—Expenditure Category . Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.

Column B—Percentage of Effort/Hours Negotiated . Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to during contract negotiations for each labor category listed in Column A.

Column C—Percentage of Effort/Hours-Actual . Enter the cumulative percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or group of employees listed in Column A.

Column D—Cumulative Incurred Cost at End of Prior Period . Enter the cumulative incurred costs up to the end of the prior reporting period. This column will be blank at the time of the submission of the initial report.

Column E—Incurred Cost-Current Period . Enter the costs which were incurred during the current period. Column F—Cumulative Incurred Cost to Date. Enter the combined total of Columns D and E.

Column G—Estimated Cost to Complete . Make entries only when the contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column H—Estimated Costs at Completion . Complete only if an entry is made in Column G.

Column I—Negotiated Contract Amount . Enter in this column the costs agreed to during contract negotiations for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column J—Variance (Over or Under) . Complete only if an entry is made in Column H. When entries have been made in Column H, this column should show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column H) and negotiated costs (Column I). When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column J by Column I, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.

Modifications. List any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures Not Negotiated . List any expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the contractor in performance of its contract) in the appropriate cost category and complete all columns except for I. llumn J will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under J above.

 

2


AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT

  1 CONTRACT ID CODE  

PAGE OF PAGES

1            |             35

2 AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO

 

0007

 

3 EFFECTIVE DATE

 

See Block 16C

  4 REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQ NO   5 Project No ( if applicable)
6 ISSUED BY                                 CODE   HHS/OS/ASPR/BARDA       7 ADMINISTERED BY  (If other than item 6)  CODE      ASPR-BARDA02

 

HHS/OS/ASPR/BARDA

330 Independence Ave., S.W.

Room 640-G

Washington DC 20201

 

     

 

ASPR - BARDA

330 Independence Ave, SW, Rm G640

Washington DC 20201

 

8 NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No, street, county, State and ZIP Code)

 

FENEX BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 1358378

FENEX BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

5501 OBERLINE DR

SAN DIEGO CA 921211718

 

 

X  

  9A AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO
         

9B DATED (SEE ITEM 11)

 

    X    

10A MODIFICATION OF CNTRACT/ORDER NO

HHS0100201000045C

 

CODE             1358378   FACILITY CODE        

10B DATED ( SEE ITEM 13)

 

07/30/2010

11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS

¨  

 

The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and  date specified for receipt of Offers     ¨  is extended     ¨  is not extended

Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as amended, by one of the following methods: (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning                      copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted, or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.

12   ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA ( if required)
See Schedule
13. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS. IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
 
CHECK ONE   A.   THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO ( Specify authority) THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO IN ITEM 10A
 
    B.   THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as changes in paying office, appropriation date, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43 103(b)
 
    C.   THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF
 
    D.   OTHER ( Specify type of modification and authority)
 
    Mutual agreement of parties (FAR 43.103(a) (3) )
E. IMPORTANT:                     Contractor                              x is not                             ¨   is required to sign this document and return 0 copies to the issuing office

14 DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible)

 

Tax ID Number:        27-1356759

DUNS Number:        013603710

 

The purpose of this modification is to:

 

1. Extend Option 1 (CLIN 00002) for a term of 4/15/12 - 10/31/13;

 

2. Update SOW;

 

3. Administrative update to COA requirement;

 

4. Update Key Personnel; and

 

5. Update Transfer of Government Property.

 

Continued …

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed. remains unchanged end in full force and effect

15A NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)

 

Charles H. Squires, V.P. Discovery

 

16A NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)

 

MATTHEW A. MCCORD

15b CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR

 

  15C DATE SIGNED   16b UNITED STATES OF AMERICA   16c DATE SIGNED
/s/ Charles H. Squires                           4/24/13   /s/ Matthew A. McCord                               4/25/13

 

        

STANDARD FORM 30 (REV. 10-83)

Prescribed by GSA

FAR (48 CFR) 53 243


CONTINUATION SHEET      

REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED

 

HHS0100201000045C/0007

 

PAGE

2

     

OF

35

NAME OF OFFEROR OR CONTRACTOR

FENEX BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 1358378

                   

ITEM NO.

(A)

 

SUPPLIES/SERVICES

(B)

 

QUANTITY    

(C)    

 

UNIT

(D)

 

UNIT PRICE    

(E)    

 

AMOUNT

(F)

   

Period of Performance: 07/30/2010 to 04/30/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                       
NSN 7540-01-152-8067         OPTIONAL FORM 336 (4-86)
        Sponsored by GSA
        FAR (48 CFR) 53/110


SUMMARY OF CHANGES

Beginning with the effective date of this modification, the below portions of the contract between the Government and Contractor now reads:

 

  1) Mutual Agreement to Revise Statement of Work within the Scope of the Contract

UNDER SECTION J — LIST OF ATTACHMENTS, 1. STATEMENT OF WORK will be changed as follows:

1. Statement of Work

Statement of Work, Dated April 23, 2013 (27 Pages).

 

  2) No Cost Extension

Period of performance dates for the option periods are adjusted in the contract and now reads as follows:

 

a. UNDER SECTION B— SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS, ARTICLE B.3 INVOICE OPTION PRICES, shall be changed to the following:

 

CLIN

   Option Period   

Supplies/Services

   Quantity    Cost      Fixed
Fee
     Estimated  
0002    04/15/2012 -

10/31/2013

  

[*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   
0003    01/1/2013 -
12/31/2013
  

[*]

   1 Job      [*]         [*]         [*]   

 

b. UNDER SECTION F — DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE, ARTICLE F.1 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE, shall be changed to the following:

a. The base period of performance of this contract shall be from July 30, 2010 through October 31, 2013.

b. If the Government exercises its options pursuant to the OPTION CLAUSE Article in Section H of the contract. The period of performance will be increased as defined in SECTION B of this contract.

 

  3) Update to Requirements for Pre-Authorization of Contracting Officer

UNDER SECTION B— SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS ARTICLE B.4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS


a. Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided:

[…]

7. Subcontracts:

Prior written consent from the Contracting Officer in the form of Contracting Officer Authorization (COA) is required for any subcontract that:

 

    is of the cost-reimbursement type*;

 

    is Fixed-Price and exceeds $150,000.

 

* Note: Consulting services are treated as subcontracts and subject to the ‘consent to subcontract’ provisions set forth in this Article.

[…]

 

  4) Update to Key Personnel

UNDER SECTION G — CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA, ARTICLE G.3 KEY PERSONNEL, shall be changed to the following:

 

Name

  

Title

Carrie Schneider, Ph. D.    Principal Investigator
Chuck Squires, Ph. D.    Deputy Principal Investigator

 

  5) Transfer of Accountability of Government Property

ARTICLE G.9 TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTABILITY OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, shall be added to SECTION G — CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA, as follows:

ARTICLE G.9. TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTABILITY OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

 

  a. Accountability of government property listed in this Article is hereby transferred in full from this contract (i.e. Contract No. HHS0100201000045C) to contract number HHSN272201200033C and contract number HHSN2722010000221.

The listing of property, vendor name, and date of transfer are detailed as follows:

 

  1. Government Property transferred: 1 gram rPA of Lot 563-264
    Date of Transfer: March 2013
    Contractor / U.S. Govt. Contract Number : Glide (NIAID Contract #: HHSN272201200033C)


  2. Government Property transferred: 1 mL at 10 mg/mL of Lot EP563-317
    Date of Transfer: September 2012
    Contractor / U.S. Govt. Contract Number: Immunovaccine (NIAID Contract #: HH5N2722010000221)

 

  b. Pursuant to FAR 45.106, Transferring Accountability, an equivalent contract modification was made will be executed for the contracts controlling the gaining office’s activities. The property detailed in this Article shall now be considered Government-furnished property under Contract Number HS0100201000045C, with title vesting to the Department of Health & Human Services.

 

  c. This property is subject to the requirements of FAR 52.245-1, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, in addition to the requirements set forth in this contract in ARTICLE G.7. GOVERNMMENT PROPERTY.

 

  d. This transfer does not affect the total obligated dollar amount to this contract. The total contract dollar amount of this contract is unchanged.

(End of Summary of Changes)


Attachment 1

[*]

Exhibit 10.14

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 1, 2012, by and between PFENEX INC,, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

RECITALS

Borrower has requested that Bank extend or continue credit to Borrower as described below, and Bank has agreed to provide such credit to Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Bank and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CREDIT TERMS

SECTION 1.1. LINE OF CREDIT.

(a) Line of Credit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank hereby agrees to make advances to Borrower from time to time up to and including April 2, 2015, not to exceed at any time the aggregate principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) (“Line of Credit”), the proceeds of which shall be used to finance Borrower’s working capital requirements. Borrower’s obligation to repay advances under the Line of Credit shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated as of May 1, 2012 (“Line of Credit Note”), all terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

(b) Borrowing and Repayment . Borrower may from time to time during the term of the Line of Credit borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions contained herein or in the Line of Credit Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit shall not at any time exceed the maximum principal amount available thereunder, as set forth above.

SECTION 1.2. INTEREST/FEES.

(a) Interest . The outstanding principal balance of each credit subject hereto shall bear Interest at the rate of interest set forth in each promissory note or other instrument or document executed in connection therewith.

(b) Computation and Payment . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable at the times and place set forth in each promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

SECTION 1.3. COLLATERAL.

As security for all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank subject hereto, Borrower hereby grants to Bank security interests of first priority in all Borrower’s funds deposited in Borrower’s Money Market Account #4124115106. All of the foregoing shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of such security agreements, financing statements, deeds or mortgages, and other documents as Bank shall reasonably require, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all charges, costs and expenses (to include fees paid to third parties and all allocated costs of Bank personnel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with any of the foregoing security, including without limitation, filing and recording fees and costs of appraisals, audits and title insurance.


ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Bank, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect until the full and final payment, and satisfaction and discharge, of all obligations of Borrower to Bank subject to this Agreement.

SECTION 2.1. LEGAL STATUS. Borrower is a corporation, duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and is qualified or licensed to do business (and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, if applicable) in all jurisdictions in which such qualification or licensing is required or in which the failure to so qualify or to be so licensed could have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

SECTION 2.2. AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY. This Agreement and each promissory note, contract, instrument and other document required hereby or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank in connection herewith (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) have been duly authorized, and upon their execution and delivery in accordance with the provisions hereof will constitute legal, valid and binding agreements and obligations of Borrower or the party which executes the same, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

SECTION 2.3. NO VIOLATION. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of each of the Loan Documents do not violate any provision of any law or regulation, or contravene any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of Borrower, or result in any breach of or default under any contract, obligation, indenture or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound.

SECTION 2.4. LITIGATION. There are no pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge threatened, actions, claims, investigations, suits or proceedings by or before any governmental authority, arbitrator, court or administrative agency which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operation of Borrower other than those disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof.

SECTION 2.5. CORRECTNESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT. The annual financial statement of Borrower dated December 31, 2010, and all interim financial statements delivered to Bank since said date, true copies of which have been delivered by Borrower to Bank prior to the date hereof, (a) are complete and correct and present fairly the financial condition of Borrower, (b) disclose all liabilities of Borrower that are required to be reflected or reserved against under generally accepted accounting principles, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, and (c) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Since the dates of such financial statements there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, nor has Borrower mortgaged, pledged, granted a security interest in or otherwise encumbered any of its assets or properties except in favor of Bank or as otherwise permitted by Bank in writing.

SECTION 2.6. INCOME TAX RETURNS. Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax payable with respect to any year.

SECTION 2.7. NO SUBORDINATION. There is no agreement, indenture, contract or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound that requires the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations subject to this Agreement to any other obligation of Borrower.

SECTION 2.8. PERMITS, FRANCHISES. Borrower possesses, and will hereafter possess, all permits, consents, approvals, franchises and licenses required and rights to all trademarks, trade names, patents, and fictitious names, if any, necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged in compliance with applicable law.

 

-2-


SECTION 2.9. ERISA. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended or recodified from time to time (“ERISA”); Borrower has not violated any provision of any defined employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to by Borrower (each, a “Plan”); no Reportable Event as defined in ERISA has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan initiated by Borrower; Borrower has met its minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan; and each Plan will be able to fulfill its benefit obligations as they come due in accordance with the Plan documents and under generally accepted accounting principles.

SECTION 2.10. OTHER OBLIGATIONS. Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, Instrument or obligation.

SECTION 2.11. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except as disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof, Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal or state environmental, hazardous waste, health and safety statutes, and any rules or regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which govern or affect any of Borrower’s operations and/or properties, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act, as any of the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. None of the operations of Borrower is the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action involving a material expenditure is needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment. Borrower has no material contingent liability in connection with any release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS

SECTION 3.1. CONDITIONS OF INITIAL EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to extend any credit contemplated by this Agreement Is subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

(a) Approval of Bank Counsel . All legal matters incidental to the extension of credit by Bank shall be satisfactory to Bank’s counsel.

(b) Documentation . Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following, duty executed:

 

  (i) This Agreement and each promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

 

  (ii) Corporate Resolution: Borrowing.

 

  (iii) Certificate of Incumbency.

 

  (iv) Security Agreement: Specific Rights to Payment.

 

  (v) Such other documents as Bank may require under any other Section of this Agreement.

(c) Financial Condition . There shall have been no material adverse change, as determined by Bank, in the financial condition or business of Borrower, nor any material decline, as determined by Bank, in the market value of any collateral required hereunder or a substantial or material portion of the assets of Borrower.

(d) Insurance . Borrower shall have delivered to Bank evidence of insurance coverage on all Borrower’s property, in form, substance, amounts, covering risks and issued by companies satisfactory to Bank, and where required by Bank, with loss payable endorsements in favor of Bank.

 

-3-


SECTION 3.2. CONDITIONS OF EACH EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to make each extension of credit requested by Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Compliance . The representations and warranties contained herein and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true on and as of the date of the signing of this Agreement and on the date of each extension of credit by Bank pursuant hereto, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each such date, and on each such date, no Event of Default as defined herein, and no condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist.

(b) Documentation . Bank shall have received all additional documents which may be required in connection with such extension of credit.

ARTICLE IV

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower covenants that so long as Bank remains committed to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto, or any liabilities (whether direct or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated) of Borrower to Bank under any of the Loan Documents remain outstanding, and until payment in full of all obligations of Borrower subject hereto, Borrower shall, unless Bank otherwise consents in writing:

SECTION 4.1. PUNCTUAL PAYMENTS. Punctually pay all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities due under any of the Loan Documents at the times and place and in the manner specified therein.

SECTION 4.2. ACCOUNTING RECORDS. Maintain adequate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and permit any representative of Bank, at any reasonable time, to inspect, audit and examine such books and records, to make copies of the same, and to inspect the properties of Borrower.

SECTION 4.3. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Provide to Bank all of the following, in form and detail satisfactory to Bank:

(a) not later than 90 days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, a compiled financial statement of Borrower, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows;

(b) not later than 45 days after and as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a financial statement of Borrower, prepared by Borrower, to include balance sheet and income statement;

(c) from time to time such other information as Bank may reasonably request.

SECTION 4.4. COMPLIANCE. Preserve and maintain all licenses, permits, governmental approvals, rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the conduct of its business; and comply with the provisions of all documents pursuant to which Borrower is organized and/or which govern Borrower’s continued existence and with the requirements of all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to Borrower and/or its business.

SECTION 4.5. INSURANCE. Maintain and keep in force, for each business in which Borrower is engaged, insurance of the types and in amounts customarily carried in similar lines of business, including but

 

-4-


not limited to fire, extended coverage, public liability, flood, property damage and workers’ compensation, with all such insurance carried with companies and in amounts satisfactory to Bank, and deliver to Bank from time to time at Bank’s request schedules setting forth all insurance then in effect.

SECTION 4.6. FACILITIES. Keep all properties useful or necessary to Borrower’s business in good repair and condition, and from time to time make necessary repairs, renewals and replacements thereto so that such properties shall be fully and efficiently preserved and maintained.

SECTION 4.7. TAXES AND OTHER LIABILITIES. Pay and discharge when due any and all indebtedness, obligations, assessments and taxes, both real or personal, including without limitation federal and state income taxes and state and local property taxes and assessments, except (a) such as Borrower may in good faith contest or as to which a bona fide dispute may arise, and (b) for which Borrower has made provision, to Bank’s satisfaction, for eventual payment thereof in the event Borrower is obligated to make such payment.

SECTION 4.8. LITIGATION. Promptly give notice in writing to Bank of any litigation pending or threatened against Borrower.

SECTION 4.9. NOTICE TO BANK. Promptly (but in no event more than five (5) days after the occurrence of each such event or matter) give written notice to Bank in reasonable detail of: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, or any condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default; (b) any change in the name or the organizational structure of Borrower; (c) the occurrence and nature of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, each as defined in ERISA, or any funding deficiency with respect to any Plan; or (d) any termination or cancellation of any insurance policy which Borrower is required to maintain, or any uninsured or partially uninsured loss through liability or property damage, or through fire, theft or any other cause affecting Borrower’s property.

ARTICLE V

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower further covenants that so long as Bank remains committed to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto, or any liabilities (whether direct or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated) of Borrower to Bank under any of the Loan Documents remain outstanding, and until payment in full of all obligations of Borrower subject hereto, Borrower will not without Bank’s prior written consent:

SECTION 5.1. USE OF FUNDS. Use any of the proceeds of any credit extended hereunder except for the purposes stated in Article I hereof.

SECTION 5.2. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Make any additional investment in fixed assets in any fiscal year.

SECTION 5.3. LEASE EXPENDITURES. Incur operating lease expense in any fiscal year.

SECTION 5.4. OTHER INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any indebtedness or liabilities resulting from borrowings, loans or advances, whether secured or unsecured, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, joint or several, except (a) the liabilities of Borrower to Bank, and (b) any other liabilities of Borrower existing as of, and disclosed to Bank prior to, the date hereof.

SECTION 5.5. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, TRANSFER OF ASSETS. Merge into or consolidate with any other entity; make any substantial change in the nature of Borrower’s business as conducted as of the date hereof; acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity; nor sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial or material portion of Borrower’s assets except in the ordinary course of its business.

 

-5-


SECTION 5.6. GUARANTIES. Guarantee or become liable in any way as surety, endorser (other than as endorser of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business), accommodation endorser or otherwise for, nor pledge or hypothecate any assets of Borrower as security for, any liabilities or obligations of any other person or entity, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank.

SECTION 5.7. LOANS, ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS. Make any loans or advances to or investments in any person or entity, except any of the foregoing existing as of, and disclosed to Bank prior to, the date hereof.

SECTION 5.8. DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS. Declare or pay any dividend or distribution either in cash, stock or any other property on Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding, nor redeem, retire, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding.

SECTION 5.9. PLEDGE OF ASSETS. Mortgage, pledge, grant or permit to exist a security interest in, or lien upon, all or any portion of Borrower’s assets now owned or hereafter acquired, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank or which is existing as of, and disclosed to Bank in writing prior to, the date hereof.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.1. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents.

(b) Any financial statement or certificate furnished to Bank in connection with, or any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when furnished or made.

(c) Any default in the performance of or compliance with any obligation, agreement or other provision contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than those specifically described as an “Event of Default” in this section 6.1), and with respect to any such default that by its nature can be cured, such default shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days from the earlier of (1) the date an executive officer of Borrower learns of such default, or (2) the date written notice thereof is given by Bank to Borrower.

(d) Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation, or any defined event of default, under the terms of any contract, instrument or document (other than any of the Loan Documents) pursuant to which Borrower, any guarantor hereunder or any general partner or joint venturer in Borrower if a partnership or joint venture (with each such guarantor, general partner and/or joint venturer referred to herein as a “Third Party Obligor”) has incurred any debt or other liability to any person or entity, including Bank; provided however, that any cure period applicable thereto has expired, and in the case of a default or defined event of default to a person or entity other than Bank or an affiliate of Bank, (1) such indebtedness is in excess of $50,000.00, individually or in the aggregate for all such defaults by Borrower and each Third Party Obligor combined, and (2) such default or defined event of default is not being contested in good faith by Borrower or such Third Party Obligor, as the case may be, or, if being so contested, they have not made provision to Bank’s reasonable satisfaction for payment thereof in the event they were to lose such contest.

(e) Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall become insolvent, or shall suffer or consent to or apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of itself or any of its property, or shall generally fail to pay its debts as they become due, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or seeking reorganization, in order to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Reform Act, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended or recodified from time to time

 

-6-


(“Bankruptcy Code”), or under any state or federal law granting relief to debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect; or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file an answer admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of any involuntary petition; or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or an order for relief shall be entered against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor by any court of competent Jurisdiction under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors.

(f) The filing of a notice of judgment lien against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; or the recording of any abstract of judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor in any county in which Borrower or such Third Party Obligor has an interest in real property; or the service of a notice of levy and/or of a writ of attachment or execution, or other like process, against the assets of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; or the entry of a judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; provided, however, that such judgments, liens, levies, writs, executions and other process involve debts of or claims against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor in excess of $50,000.00, individually or in the aggregate for all such judgments, liens, levies, writs, executions and other process combined, and within thirty (20 days after the creation thereof, or at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which any assets could be lawfully sold in satisfaction thereof, such debt or claim is not satisfied or stayed pending appeal and insured against in a manner satisfactory to Bank; or any involuntary petition or proceeding pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors is filed or commenced against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor.

(g) There shall exist or occur any event or condition that Bank in good faith believes impairs, or is substantially likely to impair, the prospect of payment or performance by Borrower, any Third Party Obligor, or the general partner of either if such entity is a partnership, of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents, and such event or condition is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of Bank within thirty (30) days after Bank gives Borrower written notice thereof.

(h) The death or incapacity of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor if an individual. The dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor if a corporation, partnership, joint venture or other type of entity; or Borrower or any such Third Party Obligor, or any of its directors, stockholders or members, shall take action seeking to effect the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or such Third Party Obligor.

(i) Any change in control of Borrower or any entity or combination of entities that directly or indirectly control Borrower, with “control” defined as ownership of an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock, members’ equity or other ownership interest (other than a limited partnership interest).

SECTION 6.2. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default: (a) all indebtedness of Borrower under each of the Loan Documents, any term thereof to the contrary notwithstanding, shall at Bank’s option and without notice become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; (b) the obligation, if any, of Bank to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents shall immediately cease and terminate; and (c) Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under each of the Loan Documents, or accorded by law, including without limitation the right to resort to any or all security for any credit subject hereto and to exercise any or all of the rights of a beneficiary or secured party pursuant to applicable law. All rights, powers and remedies of Bank may be exercised at any time by Bank and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, are cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law or equity.

 

-7-


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.1. NO WAIVER. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy under any of the Loan Documents shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any breach of or default under any of the Loan Documents must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in such writing.

SECTION 7.2. NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands which any party is required or may desire to give to any other party under any provision of this Agreement must be in writing delivered to each party at the following address:

 

BORROWER:    PFENEX INC.
   10790 Roselle Street
   San Diego, CA 92121
BANK:    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   San Diego RCBO
   401 B Street, Suite 2201
   San Diego, CA 92101

or to such other address as any party may designate by written notice to all other parties. Each such notice, request and demand shall be deemed given or made as follows: (a) if sent by hand delivery, upon delivery; (b) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid; and (c) if sent by telecopy, upon receipt.

SECTION 7.3. COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES. Borrower shall pay to Bank within twenty (20) days of written demand by Bank (which demand shall include a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts which are the subject thereof) the full amount of all reasonable payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (excluding allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the preparation of any amendments and waivers to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) the enforcement of Bank’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to Bank under any of the Loan Documents, and (c) the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to any of the Loan Documents, Including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Borrower or any other party to any of the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the prevailing party in any action to enforce this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party in such action all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

SECTION 7.4. SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer its interests or rights hereunder without Bank’s prior written consent. Bank reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s rights and benefits under each of the Loan Documents. In connection therewith, Bank may disclose all documents and information which Bank now has or may hereafter acquire relating to any credit subject hereto, Borrower or its business, or any collateral required hereunder.

SECTION 7.5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Bank with respect to each credit subject hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, communications, discussions and correspondence concerning the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by each party hereto.

 

-8-


SECTION 7.6. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES, This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be a third party beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents to which it is not a party.

SECTION 7.7. TIME. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Agreement and each other of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 7.8. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.9. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 7.10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

SECTION 7.11. ARBITRATION.

(a) Arbitration . The parties hereto agree, upon demand by any party, to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise in any way arising out of or relating to (i) any credit subject hereto, or any of the Loan Documents, and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination; or (ii) requests for additional credit.

(b) Governing Rules . Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a location in California selected by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”); (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in any of the documents between the parties; and (iii) be conducted by the AAA, or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon, in accordance with the AAA’s commercial dispute resolution procedures, unless the claim or counterclaim is at least $1,000,000.00 exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA’s optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes to be referred to herein, as applicable, as the “Rules”). If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and the Rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a demand by any other party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling arbitration of any dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by any party that is a bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 U.S.C. §91 or any similar applicable state law.

(c) No Waiver of Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure . The arbitration requirement does not limit the right of any party to (i) foreclose against real or personal property collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of any party to submit any dispute to arbitration or reference hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph.

 

-9-


(d) Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers . Any arbitration proceeding in which the amount in controversy is $5,000,000.00 or less will be decided by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not render an award of greater than $5,000,000.00. Any dispute in which the amount in controversy exceeds $5,000,000.00 shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the State of California or a neutral retired judge of the state or federal judiciary of California, in either case with a minimum of ten years experience in the substantive law applicable to the subject matter of the dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue Is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes in accordance with the substantive law of California and may grant any remedy or relief that a court of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The arbitrator shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as the arbitrator deems necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the California Rules of Civil Procedure or other applicable law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

(e) Discovery . In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the dispute being arbitrated and must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

(f) Class Proceedings and Consolidations . No party hereto shall be entitled to join or consolidate disputes by or against others in any arbitration, except parties who have executed any Loan Document, or to include in any arbitration any dispute as a representative or member of a class, or to act in any arbitration in the interest of the general public or in a private attorney general capacity.

(g) Payment Of Arbitration Costs And Fees . The arbitrator shall award all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding.

(h) Real Property Collateral; Judicial Reference . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to arbitration if the dispute concerns indebtedness secured directly or indirectly, In whole or in part, by any real property unless (i) the holder of the mortgage, lien or security interest specifically elects in writing to proceed with the arbitration, or (Ii) all parties to the arbitration waive any rights or benefits that might accrue to them by virtue of the single action rule statute of California, thereby agreeing that all indebtedness and obligations of the parties, and all mortgages, liens and security interests securing such indebtedness and obligations, shall remain fully valid and enforceable. If any such dispute is not submitted to arbitration, the dispute shall be referred to a referee in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq., and this general reference agreement is intended to be specifically enforceable in accordance with said Section 638. A referee with the qualifications required herein for arbitrators shall be selected pursuant to the AAA’s selection procedures. Judgment upon the decision rendered by a referee shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.

(i) Miscellaneous . To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or

 

-10-


results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a party required in the ordinary course of its business or by applicable law or regulation. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the parties potentially applies to a dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the Loan Documents or the subject matter of the dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive termination, amendment or expiration of any of the Loan Documents or any relationship between the parties.

(j) Small Claims Court . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party retains the right to pursue in Small Claims Court any dispute within that court’s jurisdiction. Further, this arbitration provision shall apply only to disputes in which either party seeks to recover an amount of money (excluding attorneys’ fees and costs) that exceeds the jurisdictional limit of the Small Claims Court.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

PFENEX INC.     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

    By:  

/s/ Linda K. Schneider

Title:   CEO      

Linda K. Schneider,

Relationship Manager

 

-11-


WELLS FARGO    CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY

 

TO: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”)

The undersigned, Betrand Liang, Secretary of PFENEX INC ., a corporation created and existing under the laws of Delaware , hereby certifies to Bank that: (a) the following named persons are duly elected officers of this corporation and presently hold the titles specified below; (b) said officers are authorized to act on behalf of this Corporation in transactions with Bank; and (c) the signature opposite each officer’s name is his or her true signature:

 

TITLE    NAME   SIGNATURE
Chief Executive Officer    Betrand Liang  

/s/ Betrand Liang

The undersigned further certifies that if any of the above-named officers change, or if, at any time, any of said officers are no longer authorized to act on behalf of this corporation in transactions with Bank, this corporation shall immediately provide to Bank a new Certificate of Incumbency. Bank is hereby authorized to rely on this Certificate of Incumbency until a new Certificate of Incumbency certified by the Secretary of this corporation is received by Bank.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and if required by Bank affixed the corporate seal of said corporation, as of May 17, 2012.

 

/s/ Betrand Liang

Secretary

(SEAL)


WELLS FARGO    CORPORATE RESOLUTION: BORROWING

 

TO: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”)

RESOLVED: That this corporation, PFENEX INC. , proposes to obtain credit from time to time, or has obtained credit, from Bank.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers (use titles only):

Chief Executive Officer

of this corporation be and they are hereby authorized and empowered for and on behalf of and in the name of this corporation and as its corporate act and deed:

(a) To borrow money from Bank and to assume any liabilities of any other person or entity to Bank, in such form and on such terms and conditions as shall be agreed upon by those authorized above and Bank, and to sign and deliver to Bank such promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness for money borrowed or advanced and/or for indebtedness assumed as Bank shall require; such promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness may provide that advances be requested by telephone communication and by any officer, employee or agent of this corporation so long as the advances are deposited into any deposit account of this corporation with Bank; this corporation shall be bound to Bank by, and Bank may rely upon, any communication or act, including telephone communications, purporting to be done by any officer, employee or agent of this corporation provided that Bank believes, in good faith, that the same is done by such person.

(b) To contract for the issuance by Bank of letters of credit, to discount with Bank notes, acceptances and evidences of indebtedness payable to or due this corporation, to endorse the same and execute such contracts and instruments for repayment thereof to Bank as Bank shall require, and to enter into any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge or other similar transaction or arrangement with or through Bank.

(c) To mortgage, encumber, pledge, convey, grant, assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of this corporation’s real or personal property for the purpose of securing the payment of any of the promissory notes, contracts, instruments and other evidences of indebtedness authorized hereby, and to execute and deliver to Bank such deeds of trust, mortgages, pledge agreements, security agreements and/or other related documents as Bank shall require.

(d) To perform all acts and to execute and deliver all documents described above and all other contracts and instruments which Bank deems necessary or convenient to accomplish the purposes of this resolution and/or to perfect or continue the rights, remedies and security interests to be given to Bank pursuant hereto, including without limitation, any modifications, renewals and/or extensions of any of this corporation’s obligations to Bank, however evidenced; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all sums borrowed and credits established pursuant to this resolution shall not at any time exceed the sum of $1,500,000.00 outstanding and unpaid.

Loans made pursuant to a special resolution and loans made by offices of Bank other than the office to which this resolution is delivered shall be in addition to foregoing limitation.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the authority hereby conferred is in addition to that conferred by any other resolution heretofore or hereafter delivered by this corporation to Bank and shall continue in full force and effect until Bank shall have received notice in writing, certified by the Secretary of this corporation, of the revocation hereof by a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this corporation. Any such revocation shall be effective only as to credit which is extended or committed by Bank, or actions which are taken by this corporation pursuant to the resolutions contained herein, subsequent to Bank’s receipt of such notice. The authority hereby conferred shall be deemed retroactive, and any and all acts authorized herein which were performed prior to the passage of this resolution are hereby approved and ratified.

SEE FOLLOWING PAGE FOR CERTIFICATION


CERTIFICATION

I, Betrand Liang, Secretary of PFENEX INC. , a corporation created and existing under the laws of Delaware , do hereby certify and declare that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the resolutions duly passed and adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation, by written consent of all Directors of said corporation or at a meeting of said Board duly and regularly called, noticed and held on May 17, 2012, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors was present and voted in favor of said resolutions; that said resolutions are now in full force and effect; that there is no provision in the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of said corporation, or any shareholder agreement, limiting the power of the Board of Directors of said corporation to pass the foregoing resolutions and that such resolutions are in conformity with the provisions of such Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws; and that no approval by the shareholders of, or of the outstanding shares of, said corporation is required with respect to the matters which are the subject of the foregoing resolutions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and if required by Bank affixed the corporate seal of said corporation, as of May 17, 2012

 

/s/ Betrand Liang, Secretary

(SEAL)


FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 24, 2013, by and between PFENEX INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Borrower is currently indebted to Bank pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 1, 2012, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have agreed to certain changes in the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement to reflect said changes.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1. The following is hereby added to the Credit Agreement as Section 1.1.1.:

“SECTION 1.1.1. LINE OF CREDIT A.

(a) Line of Credit A . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank hereby agrees to make advances to Borrower from time to time up to and including April 2, 2015, not to exceed at any time the aggregate principal amount of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000.00) (“Line of Credit A”), the proceeds of which shall be used to finance Borrower’s working capital requirements. Borrower’s obligation to repay advances under the Line of Credit A shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated as of May 1, 2013 (“Line of Credit Note A”), all terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

(b) Borrowing and Repayment . Borrower may from time to time during the term of the Line of Credit A borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions contained herein or in the Line of Credit Note A; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit A shall not at any time exceed the maximum principal amount available thereunder, as set forth above.”

 

-1-


2. Section 1.3. is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefor:

“SECTION 1.3. COLLATERAL.

As security for all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Line of Credit, Borrower shall grant to Bank security interests of first priority in all Borrower’s funds deposited in Borrower’s Money Market Account #*.

As security for all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Line of Credit A, Borrower shall grant to Bank security interests of first priority in all Borrower’s securities account # 3BA05753 held with Wells Fargo Institutional Securities, LLC.

All of the foregoing shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of such security agreements, financing statements, deeds or mortgages, and other documents as Bank shall reasonably require, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all charges, costs and expenses (to include fees paid to third parties and all allocated costs of Bank personnel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with any of the foregoing security, including without limitation, filing and recording fees and costs of appraisals, audits and title insurance.”

3. Section 3.1. (b) is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted thereof:

“(b) Documentation. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following, duly executed:

(i) This Agreement and each promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

(ii) Corporate Resolution: Borrowing.

(iii) Certificate of Incumbency.

(iv) Security Agreement: Specific Rights to Payment.

(v) Security Agreement (Financial Assets).

(vi) Statement of Purpose (Reg. U).

(vii) Securities Account Control Agreement.

(viii) Such other documents as Bank may require under any other Section of this Agreement.”

4. Section 4.3. (a) and (b) are hereby deleted in their entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

“(a) not later than each July 15 after and as of the end of each fiscal year, an audited financial statement of Borrower, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows;

(b) not later than 90 days after and as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a financial statement of Borrower, prepared by Borrower, to include balance sheet and income statement;”

 

-2-


5. The following is hereby added to the Credit Agreement as Section 6.1. (aa):

“(aa) The “Margin Value of the Collateral” set forth in the Security Agreement (Financial Assets) executed by Borrower and delivered to Bank in connection herewith at any time is less than the required amount and Borrower fails to restore such value to the required amount within the period of time specified in said Security Agreement (Financial Assets).”

6. Except as specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement remain in full force and effect, without waiver or modification. All terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Amendment. This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be read together, as one document.

7. Borrower hereby remakes all representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and reaffirms all covenants set forth therein. Borrower further certifies that as of the date of this Amendment there exists no Event of Default as defined in the Credit Agreement, nor any condition, act or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute any such Event of Default.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

PFENEX INC.     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

    By:  

/s/ Linda K. Schneider

  Betrand Liang, Chief Executive Officer       Linda K. Schneider,
        Relationship Manager

 

-3-


 

LOGO

April 2, 2014

Linda Schneider

Senior Relationship Manager

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

San Diego RCB

401 B Street, Suite 2201

San Diego, CA 92101

 

RE: Status of Covenants in regards to revolving line of credit agreement

Dear Linda:

This letter is to confirm the current status of compliance by Pfenex Inc. (“Pfenex”) with the Affirmative and Negative Covenants contained within the Credit Agreement between Pfenex and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), dated May 1, 2012 (the “Agreement”).

Currently Pfenex is in compliance with all Affirmative and Negative Covenants contained within the Agreement except as specified below:

 

  1) Pfenex is currently out of compliance in regards to its 2012 audit report (the “2012 Audit Report”), but Pfenex and Wells Fargo agree that if Pfenex provides the 2012 Audit Report and the 2013 audit report to Wells Fargo on or before May 15, 2014 it will be in compliance with this covenant;

 

  2) Pfenex has made capital expenditures in the approximate amounts and in the specified periods listed below, which were not pre-approved by Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo is now aware of these capital expenditures and approves of these capital purchases and Wells Fargo agrees that Pfenex is now in compliance with this covenant

 

Period

   Amount     

May 1, 2012 – December 31, 2012

   $310 thousand   

January 1, 2013 – January 31, 2013

   $115 thousand   

January 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014

budget

   $50 thousand   

 

  3) Pfenex has entered into a copier lease that was not pre-approved by Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo is now aware of these leases and approves of these leases and Wells Fargo agrees that Pfenex is now in compliance with this covenant. The relevant information surrounding this copier lease is as follows:

 

a.    Lessor:    Canon Financial Services, Inc.
b.    Equipment:    Canon IRC Advance 2030 copier
c.    Signed:    6.12.2012
d.    First payment due:    7.23.2012
e.    Term:    60 months
f.    Payment/mo:    $140
g.    Total obligation:    $8,400
h.    Purchase price:    $5,360


One further point to clarify is that there is an affirmative covenant requiring Wells Fargo’s prior approval before Pfenex repurchases any of its shares of stock. Pfenex is in the process of repurchasing shares of its stock but this repurchase is required by its Articles of Incorporation. Pfenex’s Articles of Incorporation had been provided to Wells Fargo prior to entering into the Agreement and therefore Pfenex understood that this acted as an approval of this future repurchase of its stock. However, Pfenex is willing to agree to a threshold wherein if exceeded, Wells Fargo’s prior approval is obtained. The cumulative threshold for the repurchase of common stock is set at $500,000.

If Wells Fargo is in agreement with the compliance status of the covenants contained within the Agreement please have an authorized representative of Wells Fargo sign in the space provided below. Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions.

Sincerely,

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

Bertrand C. Liang, M.D., M.B.A.

Chief Executive Officer

Pfenex Inc.

Acknowledged and Agreed:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

/s/ Linda Schneider

Name: Linda Schneider

Title: Vice President and Relationship Manager


WAIVER OF NEGATIVE COVENANT AND EVENT OF DEFAULT

THIS WAIVER OF NEGATIVE COVENANT AND EVENT OF DEFAULT (the “ Waiver ”) is given as of May 2, 2014, in favor of Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“ Wells Fargo ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed such terms in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and Wells Fargo are parties to that certain credit agreement dated as of May 1, 2012, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Company and Wells Fargo;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Credit Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, declare or pay any dividend or distribution either in cash, stock or any other property;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, any change of control of the Company or any entity or combination of entities that directly or indirectly control the Company may constitute an Event of Default;

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an initial public offering of its common stock (an “ IPO ”);

WHEREAS, Section (C)4(c) of Article FOURTH of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation dated December 1, 2009, as amended, (the “ A&R Certificate ”) provides that upon the conversion of the Company’s preferred stock to common stock in connection with an IPO, all accrued but unpaid dividends shall be due and payable (i) in shares of common stock at the fair market value in effect at the time of the conversion, or (ii) in cash, as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company intends to issue shares of its common stock to satisfy all accrued and unpaid dividends upon the conversion of the preferred stock to common stock;

WHEREAS, Wells Fargo has agreed to consent to the issuance of shares of common stock to satisfy the payment of these accrued and unpaid dividends and waive the covenant that Company obtain the prior written consent of Wells Fargo with respect to such dividends; and

WHEREAS, Wells Fargo has further agreed to waive any Event of Default under Section 6.1(i) arising out of or related to the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Waiver of Covenant . Wells Fargo hereby waives the negative covenant set forth in Section 5.8 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Company’s obligation to obtain the prior written consent of Wells Fargo for the issuance of the Company’s common stock in connection with the IPO in satisfaction of all accrued and unpaid dividends.


2. Consent to Payment of Accrued and Unpaid Dividends . Wells Fargo hereby consents to the issuance of common stock in satisfaction of all accrued but unpaid dividends in connection with the Company’s IPO.

3. Waiver of Event of Default . Wells Fargo hereby waives any Event of Default under Section 6.1(i) of the Credit Agreement arising out of or related to the IPO.

4. Miscellaneous . Except as set forth herein, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Waiver may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Waiver to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

WELLS FARGO:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NA.

By:   /s/ Linda Schneider
Name:  Linda Schneider
Title:    Vice President

Agreed and acknowledged:

 

 

COMPANY:

 

PFENEX INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Bertrand Liang
Name:  Bertrand Liang
Title:    Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.15

 

   SECURITY AGREEMENT
WELLS FARGO    SPECIFIC RIGHTS TO PAYMENT

1. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, the undersigned PFENEX INC., or any of them (“Debtor”), hereby grants and transfers to WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”) a security interest in the following accounts, deposit accounts, chattel paper (whether electronic or tangible), instruments, promissory notes, documents, general intangibles, payment intangibles, software, letter of credit rights, health-care insurance receivables and other rights to payment (collectively called “Collateral”):

All funds, including both principal and Interest, deposited to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association Money Market Account #*, opened on 03/21/12 , In the initial amount of $1,500,000.00.

and all renewals thereof, including all securities, guaranties, warranties, indemnity agreements, insurance policies, supporting obligations and other agreements pertaining to the same or the property described therein, together with whatever is receivable or received when any of the Collateral or proceeds thereof are sold, collected, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including without limitation, all rights to payment, including returned premiums, with respect to any insurance relating to any of the foregoing, and all rights to payment with respect to any claim or cause of action affecting or relating to any of the foregoing (hereinafter called “Proceeds”).

2. OBLIGATIONS SECURED. The obligations secured hereby are the payment and performance of: (a) all present and future Indebtedness of Debtor to Bank; (b) all obligations of Debtor and rights of Bank under this Agreement; and (c) all present and future obligations of Debtor to Bank of other kinds. The word “Indebtedness” is used herein in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of Debtor, or any of them, heretofore, now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, including under any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge, deposit, treasury management or other similar transaction or arrangement, and whether Debtor may be liable individually or jointly, or whether recovery upon such Indebtedness may be or hereafter becomes unenforceable.

3. TERMINATION. This Agreement will terminate upon the performance of all obligations of Debtor to Bank, including without limitation, the payment of all Indebtedness of Debtor to Bank, and the termination of all commitments of Bank to extend credit to Debtor, existing at the time Bank receives written notice from Debtor of the termination of this Agreement.

4. OBLIGATIONS OF BANK. Bank has no obligation to make any loans hereunder. Any money received by Bank in respect of the Collateral may be deposited, at Bank’s option, into a non-interest bearing account over which Debtor shall have no control, and the same shall, for all purposes, be deemed Collateral hereunder.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Debtor represents and warrants to Bank that: (a) Debtor’s legal name is exactly as set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and all of Debtor’s organizational documents or agreements delivered to Bank are complete and accurate in every respect; (b) Debtor is the owner and has possession or control of the Collateral and Proceeds; (c) Debtor has the exclusive right to grant a security interest in the Collateral and Proceeds; (d) all Collateral and Proceeds are genuine, free from liens, adverse claims, setoffs, default, prepayment, defenses and conditions precedent of any kind or character, except the lien created hereby or as otherwise agreed to by Bank, or heretofore disclosed by Debtor to Bank, in writing; (e) all statements contained herein and, where applicable, in the Collateral are true and complete in all material respects; (f) no financing statement covering any of the Collateral or Proceeds, and naming any secured party other than Bank, is on file in any public office; (g) all persons appearing to be obligated on Collateral and Proceeds have authority and capacity to contract and are bound as they appear to be; (h) all property subject to chattel paper has been properly registered and filed in


compliance with law and to perfect the interest of Debtor in such property; and (i) all Collateral and Proceeds comply with all applicable laws concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, including where applicable Federal Reserve Regulation Z and any State consumer credit laws.

6. COVENANTS OF DEBTOR,

6.1 Debtor Agrees in general: (a) to pay Indebtedness secured hereby when due; (b) to indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands, liabilities and expenses of every kind caused by property subject hereto; (c) to permit Bank to exercise its powers; (d) to execute and deliver such documents as Bank deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the security interests contemplated hereby; (e) riot to change its name, and as applicable, its chief executive office, its principal residence or the jurisdiction in which it is organized and/or registered without giving Bank prior written notice thereof; (f) not to change the places where Debtor keeps any Collateral or Debtor’s records concerning the Collateral and Proceeds without giving Bank prior written notice of the address to which Debtor is moving same; and (g) to cooperate with Bank in perfecting all security interests granted herein and in obtaining such agreements from third parties as Bank deems necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.

6.2 Debtor agrees with regard to the Collateral and Proceeds, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing: (a) that Bank is authorized to file financing statements in the name of Debtor to perfect Bank’s security interest in Collateral and Proceeds; (b) where applicable, to insure the Collateral with Bank named as loss payee, in form, substance and amounts, under agreements, against risks and liabilities, and with insurance companies satisfactory to Bank; (c) not to permit any security interest in or lien on the Collateral or Proceeds, except in favor of Bank; (d) not to sell, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, nor permit the transfer by operation of law of, any of the Collateral or Proceeds or any interest therein, nor withdraw any funds from any deposit account pledged to Bank hereunder; (e) to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, complete and accurate records regarding all Collateral and Proceeds, and to permit Bank to inspect the same and make copies thereof at any reasonable time; (f) if requested by Bank, to receive and use reasonable diligence to collect Proceeds, in trust and as the property of Bank, and to immediately endorse as appropriate and deliver such Proceeds to Bank daily in the exact form in which they are received together with a collection report in form satisfactory to Bank; (g) not to commingle Collateral or Proceeds, or collections thereunder, with other property; (h) in the event Bank elects to receive payments of Collateral or Proceeds hereunder, to pay all expenses incurred by Bank in connection therewith, including expenses of accounting, correspondence, collection efforts, reporting to account or contract debtors, filing, recording, record keeping and expenses incidental thereto; and (i) to provide any service and do any other acts which may be necessary to keep all Collateral and Proceeds free and clear of all defenses, rights of offset and counterclaims.

7. POWERS OF BANK. Debtor appoints Bank its true attorney-in-fact to perform any of the following powers, which are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until termination of this Agreement and may be exercised from time to time by Bank’s officers and employees, or any of them, if an Event of Default exists: (a) to perform any obligation of Debtor hereunder in Debtor’s name or otherwise; (b) to give notice to account debtors or others of Bank’s rights in the Collateral and Proceeds, to enforce or forebear from enforcing the same and make extension or modification agreements with respect thereto; (c) to release persons liable on Collateral or Proceeds and to give receipts and acquittances and compromise disputes in connection therewith; (d) to release or substitute security; (e) to resort to security in any order; (f) to prepare, execute, file, record or deliver notes, assignments, schedules, designation statements, financing statements, continuation statements, termination statements, statements of assignment, applications for registration or like papers to perfect, preserve or release Bank’s interest in the Collateral and Proceeds; (g) to receive, open and read mail addressed to Debtor; (h) to take cash, instruments for the payment of money and other property to which Bank is entitled; (i) to verify facts concerning the Collateral and Proceeds by inquiry of obligors thereon, or otherwise, in its own name or a fictitious name; (j) to endorse, collect, deliver and receive payment under instruments for the payment of money constituting or relating to Proceeds; (k) to prepare, adjust, execute, deliver and receive payment under insurance claims, and to collect and receive payment of and endorse any

 

-2-


instrument in payment of loss or returned premiums or any other insurance refund or return, and to apply such amounts received by Bank, at Bank’s sole option, toward repayment of the Indebtedness; (I) to exercise all rights, powers and remedies which Debtor would have, but for this Agreement, with respect to all Collateral and Proceeds subject hereto; (m) to make withdrawals from and to close deposit accounts or other accounts with any financial institution, wherever located, into which Proceeds may have been deposited, and to apply funds so withdrawn to payment of the Indebtedness; (n) to preserve or release the interest evidenced by chattel paper to which Bank is entitled hereunder and to endorse and deliver any evidence of title incidental thereto; and (o) to do all acts and things and execute all documents in the name of Debtor or otherwise, deemed by Bank as necessary, proper and convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of its rights hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may exercise the powers described in the following above-listed subdivisions of this paragraph 7, regardless of whether an Event of Default exists: (b) as it relates to giving notice of Bank’s rights; (f); and (h) as it relates to the preservation or perfection of Bank’s rights hereunder; provided however that nothing herein is Intended to prevent Bank from exercising powers granted to it by Debtor under any other loan document, agreement relating to the Securities Account or other agreement with Debtor.

8. PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS, TAXES, CHARGES, LIENS AND ASSESSMENTS. Debtor agrees to pay, prior to delinquency, all insurance premiums, taxes, charges, liens and assessments against the Collateral and Proceeds, and upon the failure of Debtor to do so, Bank at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Any such payments made by Bank shall be obligations of Debtor to Bank, due and payable immediately upon demand, together with interest at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be secured by the Collateral and Proceeds, subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement.

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement: (a) any defined event of default under any contract or instrument evidencing any Indebtedness secured hereby, including without limitation any loan agreement relating to or executed in connection with any Indebtedness secured hereby; (b) any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under any control, custodial or other similar agreement in effect among Bank, Debtor and intermediary relating to the Collateral, and such default is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto; (c) any representation or warranty made by Debtor herein shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when made; (d) Debtor shall fail to observe or perform any obligation or agreement contained herein and such failure is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto; and (e) any impairment of the rights of Bank in any Collateral or Proceeds, or any attachment or like levy on any Collateral or Proceeds, and such impairment, attachment or levy is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto.

10. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (which is not cured within any applicable cure period), Bank shall have the right to declare immediately due and payable all or any Indebtedness secured hereby and to terminate any commitments to make loans or otherwise extend credit to Debtor. Bank shall have all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies granted to a secured party upon default under the California Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise provided by law, including without limitation, the right (a) to contact all persons obligated to Debtor on any Collateral or Proceeds and to instruct such persons to deliver all Collateral and/or Proceeds directly to Bank, and (b) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any or all Collateral. All rights, powers, privileges and remedies of Bank shall be cumulative. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any default hereunder, or any such waiver of any provisions or conditions hereof, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in writing. It is agreed that public or private sales or other dispositions, for cash or on credit, to a wholesaler or retailer or investor, or user of property of the types subject to this Agreement, or public auctions, are all commercially reasonable since differences In the prices generally realized in the different kinds of dispositions are ordinarily offset by the differences in the costs and credit risks of such dispositions,

 

-3-


While an Event of Default exists: (a) Debtor will deliver to Bank from time to time, as requested by Bank, current lists of all Collateral and Proceeds; (b) Debtor will not dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds except on terms approved by Bank; (c) Bank may, at any time and at Bank’s sole option, liquidate any time deposits pledged to Bank hereunder and apply the Proceeds thereof to payment of the indebtedness, whether or not said time deposits have matured and notwithstanding the fact that such liquidation may give rise to penalties for early withdrawal of funds; and (d) at Bank’s request, Debtor will assemble and deliver all Collateral and Proceeds, and books and records pertaining thereto, to Bank at a reasonably convenient place designated by Bank. Debtor further agrees that Bank shall have no obligation to process or prepare any Collateral for sale or other disposition.

11. DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL AND PROCEEDS; TRANSFER OF INDEBTEDNESS. In disposing of Collateral hereunder, Bank may disclaim all warranties of title, possession, quiet enjoyment and the like. Any proceeds of any disposition of any Collateral or Proceeds, or any part thereof, may be applied by Bank to the payment of expenses incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the balance of such proceeds may be applied by Bank toward the payment of the Indebtedness in such order of application as Bank may from time to time elect. Upon the transfer of all or any part of the Indebtedness, Bank may transfer all or any part of the Collateral or Proceeds and shall be fully discharged thereafter from all liability and responsibility with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred, and the transferee shall be vested with all rights and powers of Bank hereunder with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred; but with respect to any Collateral or Proceeds not so transferred Bank shall retain all rights, powers, privileges and remedies herein given.

12. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. Until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full and all commitments by Bank to extend credit to Debtor have been terminated, the power of sale or other disposition and all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies granted to Bank hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Bank at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that the indebtedness or any part thereof may have become barred by any statute of limitations, or that the personal liability of Debtor may have ceased, unless such liability shall have ceased due to the payment in full of all Indebtedness secured hereunder.

13. MISCELLANEOUS. When there is more than one Debtor named herein: (a) the word “Debtor” shall mean all or any one or more of them as the context requires; (b) the obligations of each Debtor hereunder are joint and several; and (c) until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, no Debtor shall have any right of subrogation or contribution, and each Debtor hereby waives any benefit of or right to participate in any of the Collateral or Proceeds or any other security now or hereafter held by Bank. Debtor hereby waives any right to require Bank to (I) proceed against Debtor or any other person, (ii) marshal assets or proceed against or exhaust any security from Debtor or any other person, (iii) perform any obligation of Debtor with respect to any Collateral or Proceeds, and (d) make any presentment or demand, or give any notice of nonpayment or nonperformance, protest, notice of protest or notice of dishonor hereunder or in connection with any Collateral or Proceeds. Debtor further waives any right to direct the application of payments or security for any Indebtedness of Debtor or indebtedness of customers of Debtor.

14. NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands required under this Agreement must be in writing, addressed to Bank at the address specified in any other loan documents entered into between Debtor and Bank and to Debtor at the address of its chief executive office (or principal residence, if applicable) specified below or to such other address as any party may designate by written notice to each other party, and shall be deemed to have been given or made as follows: (a) if personally delivered, upon delivery; (b) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or 3 days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid; and (c) if sent by telecopy, upon receipt.

15. COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES. Debtor shall pay to Bank within twenty (20) days of written demand by Bank (which demand shall include a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts which are the subject thereof) the full amount of all reasonable payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (excluding allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), expended or

 

-4-


incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the perfection and preservation of the Collateral or Bank’s interest therein, and (b) the realization, enforcement and exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy conferred by this Agreement, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Debtor or in any way affecting any of the Collateral or Bank’s ability to exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect thereto. All of the foregoing shall be paid by Debtor with interest from the date of demand until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to Bank’s Prime Rate in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the prevailing party in any action to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party in such action all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

16. SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNS; AMENDMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties, and may be amended or modified only in writing signed by Bank and Debtor.

17. OBLIGATIONS OF MARRIED PERSONS. Any married person who signs this Agreement as Debtor hereby expressly agrees that recourse may be had against his or her separate property for all his or her Indebtedness to Bank secured by the Collateral and Proceeds under this Agreement.

18. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

Debtor warrants that Debtor is an organization registered under the laws of Delaware.

Debtor warrants that its chief executive office (or principal residence, if applicable) is located at the following address: 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of May 1, 2012 .

 

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Bertrand Liang

Title:  

CEO

 

-5-


WELLS FARGO    DISBURSEMENT ORDER

 

DATE:    May 1, 2012
OFFICE:    San Diego Reg Comml Bkg Ofc, 401 B Street, Suite #2201, San Diego, CA 92101

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, is hereby authorized to pay the proceeds of the credit accommodation to the undersigned granted in the principal amount of $1,500,000.00 to the order of:

 

     

DDA

     Total:       $ N/A   
     

 

 

 

Account Number:

     Amount:       $             

Account Name:

     

Account Number:

     Amount:       $            

Account Name:

     
     

WIRE

     Total:       $ N/A   
     

 

 

 

Destination Bank

     

ABA Number:

     Amount:       $            

Bank Name:

     

Bank Address:

     

Bank City:

   Bank State:    Bank Zip:      

Beneficiary/Customer Account Name:

        

Beneficiary/Customer Account Number:

        

Remitter’s Text:

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

     

FEES

     Total:       $ N/A   
     

 

 

 

Fee:

     Amount:       $            

Fee:

     Amount:       $            

 


              

CASHIER’S CHECK

              Total:       $  N/A   
              

 

 

 

Payable To:

     Amount:       $            

Send To:

  

Name:

           
  

Address:

           
  

City:

   State:    Zip:      
              

OTHER

              Total:       $ N/A   
              

 

 

 

Type:

     Amount:       $            

Type:

     Amount:       $            

 

PFENEX INC.
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

  Betrand Liang, Chief Executive Officer

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.16

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

 

$1,500,000.00    San Diego, California
   May 1, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned PFENEX INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”) at its San Diego RCBO, 401 B Street, Suite 2201, San Diego, California 92101, or at such other place as the holder hereof may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00), or so much thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding, with interest thereon, to be computed on each advance from the date of its disbursement as set forth herein.

DEFINITIONS:

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth after each, and any other term defined in this Note shall have the meaning set forth at the place defined:

(a) “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in California are authorized or required by law to close.

(b) “Fixed Rate Term” means a period commencing on a Business Day and continuing for one (1), three (3) or six (6) months, as designated by Borrower, during which all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR; provided however, that no Fixed Rate Term may be selected for a principal amount less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); and provided further, that no Fixed Rate Term shall extend beyond the scheduled maturity date hereof. If any Fixed Rate Term would end on a day which is not a Business Day, then such Fixed Rate Term shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

(c) “LIBOR” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole 1/8 of 1%) and determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

LIBOR =   

Base LIBOR

  
   100% - LIBOR Reserve Percentage   

(i) “Base LIBOR” means the rate per annum for United States dollar deposits quoted by Bank (A) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to LIBOR, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate, with the understanding that such rate is quoted by Bank for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference thereto, on the first day of a Fixed Rate Term for delivery of funds on said date for a period of time approximately equal to the number of days in such Fixed Rate Term and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applies , or (B) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate in effect from time to time for overnight delivery of funds in amounts approximately equal to the principal amount of such loans. Borrower understands and agrees that Bank may base its quotation of the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate upon such offers or other market indicators of the Inter-Bank Market as Bank in its discretion deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the rate offered for U.S. dollar deposits on the London Inter-Bank Market.

(ii) “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended), adjusted by Bank for expected changes in such reserve percentage during the applicable term of this Note.

(d) “Overnight LIBOR” means at any time the rate of interest equal to LIBOR then in effect for an overnight period.


INTEREST:

(a) Interest . The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) either (i) at a fluctuating rate per annum determined by Bank to be two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) above the Overnight LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time, or (ii) at a fixed rate per annum determined by Bank to be two percent (2.00%) above LIBOR in effect on the first day of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. When interest is determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, each change in the interest rate shall become effective each Business Day that the Bank determines that the Overnight LIBOR Rate has changed. Bank is hereby authorized to note the date, principal amount and interest rate applicable thereto and any payments made thereon on Bank’s books and records (either manually or by electronic entry) and/or on any schedule attached to this Note, which notations shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information noted.

(b) Selection of Interest Rate Options . At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, it may be continued by Borrower at the end of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto so that all or a portion thereof bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate or to LIBOR for a new Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, Borrower may at any time convert all or a portion thereof so that it bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR for a Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At such time as Borrower requests an advance hereunder or wishes to select an interest rate determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate or a Fixed Rate Term for all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof, and at the end of each Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall give Bank notice specifying: (i) the interest rate option selected by Borrower; (ii) the principal amount subject thereto; and (iii) for each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, the length of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. Any such notice may be given by telephone (or such other electronic method as Bank may permit) so long as, with respect to each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, (A) if requested by Bank, Borrower provides to Bank written confirmation thereof not later than three (3) Business Days after such notice is given, and (B) such notice is given to Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. on the first day of the Fixed Rate Term, or at a later time during any Business Day if Bank, at its sole option but without obligation to do so, accepts Borrower’s notice and quotes a fixed rate to Borrower. If Borrower does not immediately accept a fixed rate when quoted by Bank, the quoted rate shall expire and any subsequent LIBOR request from Borrower shall be subject to a redetermination by Bank of the applicable fixed rate. If no specific designation of interest is made at the time any advance is requested hereunder or at the end of any Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall be deemed to have made an Overnight LIBOR Rate interest selection for such advance or the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applied.

(c) Taxes and Regulatory Costs . Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand, in addition to any other amounts due or to become due hereunder, any and all (i) withholdings, interest equalization taxes, stamp taxes or other taxes (except income and franchise taxes) imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR, and (ii) future, supplemental, emergency or other changes in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage, assessment rates imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or similar requirements or costs imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority or resulting from compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR to the extent they are not included in the calculation of LIBOR. In determining which of the foregoing are attributable to any LIBOR option available to Borrower hereunder, any reasonable allocation made by Bank among its operations shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower.

(d) Payment of Interest . Interest accrued on this Note shall be payable on the first day of each month, commencing June 1, 2012.

(e) Default Interest . From and after the maturity date of this Note, or such earlier date as all principal owing hereunder becomes due and payable by acceleration or otherwise, or at Bank’s option upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest at an increased rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) equal to four percent (4%) above the rate of interest from time to time applicable to this Note.

 

-2-


BORROWING AND REPAYMENT:

(a) Borrowing and Repayment . Borrower may from time to time during the term of this Note borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions of this Note and of any document executed in connection with or governing this Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under this Note shall not at any time exceed the principal amount stated above. The unpaid principal balance of this obligation at any time shall be the total amounts advanced hereunder by the holder hereof less the amount of principal payments made hereon by or for Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon from time to time by the holder. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable in full on April 2, 2015.

(b) Advances . Advances hereunder, to the total amount of the principal sum stated above, may be made by the holder at the oral or written request of (i) Betrand Liang or Patricia Lady, any one acting alone, who are authorized to request advances and direct the disposition of any advances until written notice of the revocation of such authority is received by the holder at the office designated above, or (ii) any person, with respect to advances deposited to the credit of any deposit account of Borrower, which advances, when so deposited, shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to or for the benefit of Borrower regardless of the fact that persons other than those authorized to request advances may have authority to draw against such account. The holder shall have no obligation to determine whether any person requesting an advance is or has been authorized by Borrower.

(c) Application of Payments . Each payment made on this Note shall be credited first, to any interest then due and second, to the outstanding principal balance hereof. All payments credited to principal shall be applied first, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, if any, and second, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, with such payments applied to the oldest Fixed Rate Term first.

PREPAYMENT:

(a) Overnight LIBOR Rate . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate at any time, in any amount and without penalty.

(b) LIBOR . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR at any time and in the minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); provided however, that if the outstanding principal balance of such portion of this Note is less than said amount, the minimum prepayment amount shall be the entire outstanding principal balance thereof. In consideration of Bank providing this prepayment option to Borrower, or if any such portion of this Note shall become due and payable at any time prior to the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto by acceleration or otherwise, Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand a fee which is the sum of the discounted monthly differences for each month from the month of prepayment through the month in which such Fixed Rate Term matures, calculated as follows for each such month:

(i) Determine the amount of interest which would have accrued each month on the amount prepaid at the interest rate applicable to such amount had it remained outstanding until the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto.

 

-3-


(ii) Subtract from the amount determined in (1) above the amount of interest which would have accrued for the same month on the amount prepaid for the remaining term of such Fixed Rate Term at LIBOR in effect on the date of prepayment for new loans made for such term and in a principal amount equal to the amount prepaid.

(iii) If the result obtained in (ii) for any month is greater than zero, discount that difference by LIBOR used in (ii) above.

Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of such amount may result in Bank incurring additional costs, expenses and/or liabilities, and that it is difficult to ascertain the full extent of such costs, expenses and/or liabilities. Borrower, therefore, agrees to pay the above-described prepayment fee and agrees that said amount represents a reasonable estimate of the prepayment costs, expenses and/or liabilities of Bank. If Borrower fails to pay any prepayment fee when due, the amount of such prepayment fee shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate per annum two percent (2.00%) above the Overnight LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed).

EVENTS OF DEFAULT:

This Note is made pursuant to and is subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 1, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under this Note, or any defined event of default under the Credit Agreement, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note.

MISCELLANEOUS:

(a) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (which is not cured within any applicable cure period), the holder of this Note, at the holder’s option, may declare all sums of principal and interest outstanding hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, notice of nonperformance, notice of protest, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower, and the obligation, if any, of the holder to extend any further credit hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate. Borrower shall pay to the holder within twenty (20) days of written demand by the holder (which demand shall include a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts which are the subject thereof) the full amount of all reasonable payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (excluding allocated costs of the holder’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by the holder in connection with the enforcement of the holder’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to the holder under this Note, and the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to this Note, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Borrower. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the prevailing party in any action to enforce this Note shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party in such action all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

(b) Obligations Joint and Several . Should more than one person or entity sign this Note as a Borrower, the obligations of each such Borrower shall be joint and several.

(c) Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

PFENEX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bertrand Liang

Title:  

CEO

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.17

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Financial Assets)

This Security Agreement (“Agreement”) to be effective as of June 24, 2013.

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST . For valuable consideration, the undersigned PFENEX INC ., OF any of them (“Debtor”), hereby grants and transfers to WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association having Commercial Banking offices at 401 B. Street, Suite 2201, San Diego, CA 92101 (“Bank”), a security interest in: (a) Debtor’s account no.(s): 3BA05753 maintained at Wells Fargo Institutional Securities, LLC (whether held in Debtor’s name or as a Bank collateral account for the benefit of Debtor), any sub-account thereunder or consolidated therewith, and all replacements or substitutions therefor, including any account resulting from a renumbering or other administrative re-identification thereof (such accounts each and collectively being, the “Securities Account”, and the parties at which the Securities Accounts are maintained each and collectively being, the “Intermediary”), (b) all financial assets credited to the Securities Account (including, without limitation, any interests or shares in hedge funds and any pending subscription or redemption amounts relating thereto (each, a “Hedge Fund”)), (c) all security entitlements with respect to the financial assets credited to the Securities Account, and (d) any and all other investment property or assets maintained or recorded in the Securities Account, (with all the foregoing collectively defined as “Collateral”), together with whatever is receivable or received when any of the Collateral or proceeds thereof are sold, collected, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including without limitation, (i) all rights to payment, including returned premiums, with respect to any insurance relating to any of the foregoing, (ii) all rights to payment with respect to any claim or cause of action affecting or relating to any of the foregoing, and (iii) all stock rights, rights to subscribe, stock splits, liquidating dividends, cash dividends, dividends paid in stock, new securities or other property of any kind which Debtor is or may hereafter be entitled to receive on account of any securities pledged hereunder, including without limitation, stock received by Debtor due to stock splits or dividends paid in stock or sums paid upon or in respect of any securities pledged hereunder upon the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer thereof (hereinafter called “Proceeds”). Except as otherwise expressly permitted herein, in the event Debtor receives any such Proceeds, Debtor will hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of Bank and will immediately deliver all such Proceeds to Bank in the exact form received, with the endorsement of Debtor if necessary and/or appropriate undated stock powers duly executed in blank, to be held by Bank as part of the Collateral, subject to all terms hereof As used herein, the terms “security entitlement,” “financial asset” and “investment property” shall have the respective meanings set forth in the California Uniform Commercial Code.

OBLIGATIONS SECURED . The obligations secured hereby are the payment and performance of: (a) all present and future Indebtedness under, relating to, or in connection with, that certain Revolving Line of Credit Note dated June 24, 2013, in the principal amount of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000.00) , executed by PFENEX INC ., or any of them (“Obligor”) to Bank and all extensions, renewals or modifications thereof, and restatements or substitutions therefor; and (b) all obligations of Debtor and rights of Bank under this Agreement. The word “Indebtedness” is used herein in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities heretofore, now or hereafter made, incurred or created,

 

-1-


whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, including under any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge, deposit, treasury management or other similar transaction or arrangement, and whether liable individually or jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such Indebtedness may be or hereafter becomes unenforceable.

EXCLUSIONS FROM COLLATERAL . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms “Collateral” and “Proceeds” do not include, and Bank disclaims a security interest in, all Collective Investment Funds now or hereafter maintained in the Securities Account. “Collective Investment Funds” means collective investment funds as described in 12 CFR 9.18 and includes, without limitation, common trust funds maintained by Bank for the exclusive use of its fiduciary clients. In addition, Bank may, at its sole discretion and at any time upon written notice to Debtor, release Bank’s security interest in any WF Securities in the Collateral or Proceeds and exclude WF Securities from the determination of value requirements to which the Collateral is subject to hereunder. Such release, if any, shall not relieve Debtor from the obligation to satisfy any value requirement set forth herein. As used herein, “WF Securities” means stock, securities or obligations of Wells Fargo & Company or of any affiliate thereof (as the term affiliate is defined in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 USC 371(c), as amended from time to time).

COLLATERAL VALUE PROVISIONS .

(a) Value Requirements . The Margin Value of the Collateral shall at all times exceed Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000.00) . Whenever applicable, the credit limits of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board (12 U.S.C. § 221 et seq) shall also be satisfied as prescribed therein. Such of the Collateral as is necessary to satisfy any other value requirement imposed by Bank shall not be eligible to satisfy value requirements herein.

(b) Maintenance of Value . If at any time the value requirements herein are not satisfied Debtor shall, within three (3) business days, take all remedial action necessary to restore the value requirements to satisfied status. Remedial action may include the following in any combination or amount: (i) delivery of additional Collateral acceptable to Bank; (ii) substitution of assets providing little or no support to value requirements for assets providing greater support; (iii) payoff of the Indebtedness (or if applicable, reduction thereof); and/or (iv) conversion of assets to cash for any of the foregoing purposes.

(c) Breach of Value Requirements . Bank shall be under no obligation to permit advances when value requirements are not satisfied (or should an advance be permitted would not then be satisfied). Failure to satisfy value requirements within the time specified constitutes an Event of Default, and Bank may immediately, at its sole option, accelerate the Indebtedness and pursue any and all rights and remedies available to Bank under and subject to the terms of this Agreement or as may otherwise be available at law, equity, or both.

(d) Excess Collateral . Unless an Event of Default occurs, Collateral in excess of the value requirements is available for withdrawal by Debtor, free and clear of Bank’s lien thereon, at Debtor’s discretion. Bank shall be afforded such reasonable time, information and cooperation as may be necessary to accommodate Debtor requests for withdrawal of excess Collateral. Under no

 

-2-


circumstances shall any Intermediary be authorized to release Collateral, or allow withdrawal(s) of excess Collateral, without the express written consent of an authorized employee of Bank from its applicable credit department.

(e) Trading of Collateral Permitted . Unless an Event of Default occurs, and provided all value requirements would continue satisfied after such activity, Debtor, or any party authorized by Debtor to act with respect to the Collateral, may receive payments of interest and/or cash dividends earned on the Collateral in the Securities Account, and may trade Collateral in the Securities Account. Without Bank’s prior written consent, and except as permitted by the preceding sentence or section (d) above, neither Debtor nor any party other than Bank may withdraw or receive distribution(s) of any of the Collateral from the Securities Account.

(f) Rule 144/145 Collateral . As to any Collateral that may be subject to the provisions of SEC Rule 144 or Rule 145, Debtor will not sell or otherwise transfer shares of securities of the issuer thereof (whether or not such shares are Collateral) without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent shall be given in Bank’s sole discretion.

(g) Hedge Fund Collateral . As to any Collateral that may be a Hedge Fund credited, maintained or recorded in the Securities Account, Debtor acknowledges and agrees such Hedge Fund is Collateral subject to the terms of this Agreement whether or not the Hedge Fund issuer’s books and records reflect same and whether or not Bank has agreed the Hedge Fund may contribute to value requirements set forth herein.

(h) Determination of Value; Collateral Eligibility; Definitions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Collateral subject to assignment, pledge or other consent requirements of any third party, shall not be considered eligible for purposes of determining Debtor’s satisfaction of value requirements herein unless and until such required consent(s) shall have been furnished to Bank. In addition, the following apply for all purposes in determining Debtor’s satisfaction of the value requirements:

Brokered Certificates of Deposit ” or “Brokered CD’s” means an FDIC-insured certificate of deposit of any financial institution other than Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. obtained from or through the mediation or assistance of Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, or the Investment & Financial Services Group of Wells Fargo Bank and held in the Account.

Commercial Paper ” means fixed rate debt instruments of domestic corporations rated A2 or higher by Standard & Poor’s and Prime 2 or higher by Moody’s. Floating rate commercial paper and commercial paper of non-US corporations are not included in the term in this context.

Corporate Bonds ” means bonds of domestic corporations which are not convertible to equity and which are rated BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s. Bonds of non-US corporations are not included in the term in this context. “Short Term” Corporate Bonds are those with 5 years or less remaining until date of maturity; all others are “Longer Term”. “Convertible Corporate Bonds” are Corporate Bonds convertible to equity securities of the issuer and which are rated A or higher by Standard & Poor’s.

 

-3-


Equities ” means: (1) common stock of domestic corporations and, except in the case of Small and Micro Cap Equities, American depository receipts (“ADR’s”), which, as to all of the foregoing, have a value greater than or equal to $10.00 per share, trade on a National Securities Exchange, and have done so for at least one year after initial settlement of the public offering of such securities; and (2) preferred stock of domestic corporations (or their affiliated trusts and entities) so long as the common stock of such issuers qualify as “Equities” (and despite that such preferred stock would not otherwise qualify as “Equities” due to market capitalization or initial public offering date). Equity securities of value less than $10.00 per share, newly issued, trading on OTC, Pink Sheets or regional exchanges only, unregistered, unlisted or delisted, or not publicly traded entities, and put or call options, rights or warrants, managed futures, auction rate preferred stock, and exchange funds, hedge funds, and other private equity or investment groups are not included in the term in this context. Otherwise qualifying restricted and control securities are included within the meaning of “Equities”, but only to the extent such securities can be converted to cash by Bank in three days or less in accordance with SEC Rules 144 or 145 should an Event of Default occur. “Large Cap” Equities are those of an issuer having a market capitalization greater than $10 billion; “Mid Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $2 billion but no more than $10 billion; “Small Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $1 billion but no more than $2 billion; and “Micro Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $250 million but no more than $1 billion.

Exchange Traded Fund ” or “ ETF ” means a security of an investment company formed under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which trades on a National Securities Exchange, whose investments track an index, commodity or basket of assets, having greater than $100,000,000.00 in total assets under management and a minimum fair market value greater than or equal to $4.00 per share except in the case of Money Market ETF’s which shall have a minimum fair market value greater than or equal to $1.00, and except that leveraged ETF’s and inverse or “bear market” ETF’s are not included in the term in this context. ETF investment objective distinctions, as well as the factors that will exclude them from eligibility in this context, shall be identical to that applied in the case of Mutual Funds.

Fair Market Value ” or “ FMV ” means, as to any Collateral that is uncertificated, the per share or per unit closing sale price quoted or reported at the close of the immediately preceding business day in the Securities Account, and, as to any Collateral that is certificated, the per share or per unit closing sale price quoted or reported at the close of the immediately preceding business day were such share or unit held in uncertificated form in a securities account at Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC. (or in either case if not available, such other customary publication of securities closing sale prices as Bank may reasonably elect to reference) multiplied by the number of shares or units of like Collateral. The aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral is the total of all such Fair Market Values so determined plus the amount of cash Collateral. If Fair Market Value cannot be determined by the foregoing procedure, then Fair Market Value shall- be determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, by reference to the notional amount of such assets or to public information and procedures that may otherwise then be available. All cash and other value references are to currency denominated in dollars of the United States of America.

 

-4-


Margin Value ” means the Fair Market Value of the Collateral multiplied by the applicable percentage set forth in the following table:

 

Collateral Type

   % of FMV  

Cash and cash equivalents (in the Securities Account)

     95

Wells Fargo Deposits (in the Securities Account or otherwise directly pledged)

     100

Brokered Certificates of Deposit

     85

Commercial Paper

     80

US Government Obligations — Short Term

     90

US Government Obligations — Longer Term

     80

Corporate & Municipal Bonds — Short Term

     80

Corporate & Municipal Bonds — Longer Term

     70

Corporate Bonds — Convertible

     50 % * 

Equities — Common — ADR’s & Large Cap

     75 % * 

Equities — Common — ADR’s & Mid Cap

     65 % * 

Equities — Common — Small & Micro Cap

     55 % * 

Equities — Preferred — Large, Mid, Small & Micro Cap

     70 % * 

Mutual Funds — Money Market

     95

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond — US Government (Short Term)

     90 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond —US Government (General and Longer Term

     80 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond — Corporate & Municipal (Short Term)

     80 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond — Corporate & Municipal (Longer Term)

     70 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond — High Yield

     60 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Bond — Global & International

     55 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Equity — Large Cap, S&P Index, Equity Income, Balanced

     75 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Equity — Multi & Mid Cap

     65 % * 

Mutual Funds/ETF’s — Equity — Small Cap, Specialty, Sector, Global & International

     55 % * 

Master Limited Partnerships

     55 % * 

Real Estate Investment Trusts

     55 % * 

Unit Investment Trusts

     55 % * 

Wells Fargo Market Linked Certificates of Deposit

     70 % *† 

Wells Fargo Market Linked Notes

     70 % *t 
     0

 

* However, if Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board applies then the lesser of the percentage stated or 50% shall be the percentage applied for these assets.
In the case of these asset types, the stated percentage is applied to FMV and the resulting amount may not exceed the notional amount.

Master Limited Partnerships ” or “ MLP ” means limited partner equity interests in limited partnerships with a market capitalization greater than $250 million and which trade on a National Securities Exchange, and have done so for at least one year after initial settlement of the public offering of such securities, if the unit value (or per share price) therein is greater than or equal to $10.00. Limited partner interests of value less than $10.00 per unit, newly issued, trading on OTC, Pink Sheets or regional exchanges only, unregistered, unlisted or de-listed, or not publicly traded, and general partner interests of any kind are not included in the term in this context.

Municipal Bonds ” means bonds of state, city, county, municipality and other public entities rated BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s and BBB- or higher by Moody’s. “Short Term” Municipal Bonds are those with 5 years or less remaining until date of maturity; all others are “Longer Term”.

 

-5-


Mutual Funds ” means investment companies regulated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, except those regulated under Sections 4 and 26, that invest primarily in money markets securities (“Money Market”), short or longer term US government taxable or tax exempt bonds (“US Government”), short or longer term taxable corporate bonds (“Corporate”), short or longer term, insured and single state municipal bonds (“Municipal”), bonds that seek higher returns to compense increased risk of investing in lower rated issuers (“High Yield”), equities of US issuers in particular market capitalization segments (Large Cap, Mid Cap, “Multi Cap” and Small Cap), bonds and/or equities of non-US issuers (“International”) or worldwide including the US issuers (“Global”), or invest by designs to track the performance of the S&P 500 index (“S&P Index”), to provide both current income and growth potential (“Equity Income”), for balanced or allocated portfolios of securities (“Balanced”), for particular sectors of the economy (“Sector”) or for particular specialized traits associated with their investments made (Specialty”), and which have greater than $100,000,000.00 in total assets under management and a minimum fair market value greater than or equal to $4.00 per share except in the case of Money Market Mutual Funds which shall have a minimum fair market value greater than or equal to $1.00. Leveraged mutual funds and inverse or “bear market” mutual funds, non-networked funds, funds organized under the laws of, and/or operated from within, countries other than the United States of America, and face-amount certificate and management companies are not included in the term in this context.

National Securities Exchange ” means those securities exchanges registered with the Securities Exchange Commission from time to time as national securities exchanges in accordance with Section 6 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Real Estate Investment Trusts ” or “ REIT ” means real estate investment trust equity interests with a market capitalization greater than $250 million and which trade on a National Securities Exchange, and have done so for at least one year after initial settlement of the public offering of such securities, if the unit value (or per share price) therein is greater than or equal to $10.00. Real estate investment trust interests of value less than $10.00 per unit, newly issued, trading on OTC, Pink Sheets or regional exchanges only, unregistered, unlisted or de-listed, or not publicly traded, and general partner interests of any kind are not included in the term in this context. “Large Cap” REITs are those of an issuer having a market capitalization greater than $10 billion; “Mid Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $2 billion but no more than $10 billion; “Small Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $1 billion but no more than $2 billion; and “Micro Cap” are those with a market capitalization greater than $250 million but no more than $1 billion.

Unit Investment Trusts ” or “ UIT ” means investment companies regulated primarily under Sections 4 and 26 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are invested primarily in municipal securities or securities of domestic corporations and which have greater than $100,000,000.00 in total assets under management arid a fair market value greater than or equal to $4.00 per share. Leveraged and inverse or “bear market” funds, non-networked funds, funds invested primarily in private equity, private placements, limited partnership interests, or venture capital enterprise, funds organized under the laws of, and/or operated from within, countries other than the United States of America, and face-amount certificate and management companies are not included in the term in this context.

 

-6-


US Government Obligations ” means US Treasury Bills, US Treasury Bonds and Notes, US Government Zero Coupon Bonds, Government National Mortgage Association fixed income securities and U.S. Government sponsored enterprise (Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Farm Credit Banks, and Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation) fixed income securities, “Short Term” US Government Obligations are those with 5 years or less remaining until date of maturity; all others are “Longer Term”.

Wells Fargo Market Linked Certificates of Deposit or “ WFMLCD ” means a FDIC insured and CUSIP numbered certificates of deposit issued by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. which provide at maturity the return of the entire original deposit amount and an interest payment based on performance of a specified market measure during the term thereof, which may be liquidated at any time without penalty or fee, which are not subject to any lock up periods, and which have no more than 96 months remaining until maturity. Market linked certificates of deposit not FDIC insured, lacking a CUSIP number, of issuers other than Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., returning only some portion of the original deposit amount, or subject to liquidation fees or penalties or lock up periods of any kind, are not included in the term in this context.

Wells Fargo Market Linked Notes or “ WFMLN ” means CUSIP numbered notes issued by Wells Fargo & Company which provide at maturity the return of the entire original principal amount and an interest payment based on performance of a specified market measure during the term thereof, which may be liquidated at any time without penalty or fee, which are not subject to any lock up periods, and which have no more than 96 months remaining until maturity. Market linked notes lacking a CUSIP number, of issuers other than Wells Fargo & Company, returning only a portion of the original principal amount, or subject to liquidation fees or penalties or lock up periods of any kind, are not included in the term in this context.

Wells Fargo Deposits ” means acceptable certificates of deposit and savings accounts of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in the Securities Account or otherwise directly pledged as collateral for the Indebtedness. Wells Fargo Command accounts, 7-day CD’s, callable CD’s, demand deposit, money market and uninsured deposit accounts of any kind, brokered and market linked certificates of deposit, and deposits or accounts of any other financial institution are not included in the term in this context.

CONTINUING AGREEMENT; REVOCATION; OBLIGATION UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS . This is a continuing agreement and all rights, powers and remedies hereunder shall apply to all past, present and future Indebtedness of each of the Obligors to Bank, including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue the Indebtedness, increase or decrease it, or from time to time create new Indebtedness after all or any prior Indebtedness has been satisfied, and notwithstanding the death, incapacity, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of any of the Obligors or Debtor or any other event or proceeding affecting any of the Obligors or Debtor. As to any of Debtor that are not also an Obligor, this Agreement shall not apply to any new Indebtedness created after actual receipt by Bank of written notice of its revocation as to such new Indebtedness; provided however, that loans or advances made by Bank to any of the Obligors after revocation under commitments existing prior to receipt by Bank of such revocation, and extensions, renewals or modifications, of any kind, of Indebtedness incurred by any of the Obligors or

 

-7-


committed by Bank prior to receipt by Bank of such revocation, shall not be considered new Indebtedness. Any such notice must be sent to Bank by registered U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to its office set forth above, or at such other address as Bank shall from time to time designate. The obligations of Debtor hereunder shall be in addition to any obligations of Debtor under any other grants or pledges of security for any liabilities or obligations of any of the Obligors or any other person heretofore or hereafter given to Bank unless said other grants or pledges of security are expressly modified or revoked in writing; and this Agreement shall not, unless expressly herein provided, affect or invalidate any such other grants or pledges of security.

OBLIGATIONS JOINT AND SEVERAL; SEPARATE ACTIONS; WAIVER OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS; REINSTATEMENT OF LIABILITY . The obligations hereunder are joint and several and independent of the obligations of Obligors, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Debtor whether action is brought against any of the Obligors or any other person, or whether any of the Obligors or any other person is joined in any such action or actions. Debtor acknowledges that this Agreement is absolute and unconditional, there are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement, and this Agreement is in full force and effect and is binding on Debtor as of the date written below, regardless of whether Bank obtains collateral or any guaranties from others or takes any other action contemplated by Debtor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Debtor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and Debtor agrees that any payment of any Indebtedness or other act which shall toll any statute of limitations applicable thereto shall similarly operate to toll such statute of limitations applicable to Debtor’s liability hereunder. The liability of Debtor hereunder shall be reinstated and revived and the rights of Bank shall continue if and to the extent that for any reason any amount at any time paid on account of any Indebtedness secured hereby is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by Bank, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, all as though such amount had not been paid. The determination as to whether any amount so paid must be rescinded or restored shall be made by Bank in its sole discretion; provided however, that if Bank chooses to contest any such matter at the request of Debtor, Debtor agrees to indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel to the extent permissible), expended or incurred by Bank in connection therewith, including without limitation, in any litigation with respect thereto.

OBLIGATIONS OF BANK . Any money received by Bank in respect of the Collateral may be deposited, at Bank’s option, into a non-interest bearing account over which Debtor shall have no control, and the same shall, for all purposes, be deemed Collateral hereunder. Bank shall have no duty to take any steps necessary to preserve the rights of Debtor against prior parties, or to initiate any action to protect against the possibility of a decline in the market value of the Collateral or Proceeds. Bank shall not be obligated to take any actions with respect to the Collateral or Proceeds requested by Debtor unless such request is made in writing and Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that the requested action would not unreasonably jeopardize the value of the Collateral and Proceeds as security for the Indebtedness.

 

-8-


REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

(a) Debtor represents and warrants to Bank that:- (i) Debtor’s legal name is exactly as set forth on the first page and Debtor’s signature line of this Agreement, and all of Debtor’s organizational documents or agreements delivered to Bank are complete and accurate in every respect and Debtor is registered as an organization in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction set forth therein; (ii) Debtor’s chief executive office (or personal residence, if applicable) is located at the address appearing next to Debtor’s signature line of this Agreement; (iii) Debtor is the owner of the Collateral and Proceeds; (iv) Debtor has the exclusive right to grant a security interest in the Collateral and Proceeds; (v) all Collateral and Proceeds are genuine, free from liens, adverse claims, setoffs, default, prepayment, defenses and conditions precedent of any kind or character, except the lien created hereby or as otherwise agreed to by Bank, or heretofore disclosed by Debtor to Bank, in writing; (vi) all statements contained herein and, where applicable, in the Collateral, are true and complete in all material respects; (vii) no financing statement or control agreement covering any of the Collateral or Proceeds, and naming any secured party other than Bank, exists or is on file in any public office or remains in effect; (viii) no person or entity, other than Debtor, Bank and Intermediary, has any interest in or control over the Collateral; and (ix) specifically with respect to Collateral and Proceeds consisting of investment securities, instruments, chattel paper, documents, contracts, insurance policies or any like property, all persons appearing to be obligated thereon have authority and capacity to contract and are bound as they appear to be, and the same comply with applicable laws concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution.

(b) Each of Debtor who are not also the Obligor, further represent and warrant to Bank that: (i) the Collateral pledged hereunder is so pledged at Obligors’ request; (ii) Bank has made no representation to Debtor as to the creditworthiness of any of the Obligors; and (iii) Debtor has established adequate means of obtaining from each of the Obligors on a continuing basis financial and other information pertaining to Obligors’ financial condition. Debtor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events or circumstances which might in any way affect Debtor’s risks hereunder, and Debtor further agrees that Bank shall have no obligation to disclose to Debtor any information or material about any of the Obligors which is acquired by Bank in any manner,.

COVENANTS OF DEBTOR .

(a) Debtor agrees in general: (i) to indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands, liabilities and expenses of every kind caused by property subject hereto; (ii) to permit Bank to exercise its powers; (iii) to execute and deliver such documents as Bank deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the security interests contemplated hereby; (iv) not to change Debtor’s name, and as applicable, its chief executive office, its principal residence or the jurisdiction in which it is organized and/or registered without giving Bank prior written notice thereof; (v) not to change the places where Debtor keeps any of the Collateral or Debtor’s records concerning the Collateral and Proceeds without giving Bank prior written notice of the address to which Debtor is moving same ; and (vi) to cooperate with Bank in perfecting all security interests granted herein and in obtaining such agreements from third parties as Bank deems necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.

 

-9-


(b) Debtor agrees with regard to the Collateral and Proceeds, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing: (i) that Bank is authorized to file financing statements in the name of Debtor to perfect Bank’s security interest in Collateral and Proceeds; (ii) not to permit any security interest in or lien on the Collateral or Proceeds, except in favor of Bank and except liens in favor of Intermediary to the extent expressly permitted by Bank in writing; (iii) not to hypothecate or permit the transfer by operation of law of any of the Collateral or Proceeds or any interest therein; (iv) to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, complete and accurate records regarding all Collateral and Proceeds, and to permit Bank to inspect the same and make copies thereof at any reasonable time; (v) if requested by Bank, to receive and use reasonable diligence to collect Proceeds, in trust and as the property of Bank, and to immediately endorse as appropriate and deliver such Proceeds to Bank daily in the exact form in which they are received together with a collection report in form satisfactory to Bank; (vi) in the event Bank elects to receive payments of Collateral or Proceeds hereunder, to pay all expenses incurred by Bank in connection therewith, including expenses of accounting, correspondence, collection efforts, reporting to account or contract debtors, filing, recording, record keeping and expenses incidental thereto; (vii) to provide any service and do any other acts which may be necessary to keep all Collateral and Proceeds free and clear of all defenses, rights of offset and counterclaims; and (viii) if the Collateral or Proceeds consists of securities and so long as no Event of Default exists, to vote said securities and to give consents, waivers and ratifications with respect thereto, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would impair Bank’s interest in the Collateral and Proceeds or be inconsistent with or violate any provisions of this Agreement. Debtor further agrees that any party now or at any time hereafter authorized by Debtor to advise or otherwise act with respect to the Securities Account shall be subject to all terms and conditions contained herein and in any control, custodial or other similar agreement at any time in effect among Bank, Debtor and Intermediary relating to the Collateral.

POWERS OF BANK . Debtor appoints Bank its true attorney in fact to perform any of the following powers, which are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until termination of this Agreement and may be exercised from time to time by Bank’s officers and employees, or any of them, if an Event of Default exists: (a) to perform any obligation of Debtor hereunder in Debtor’s name or otherwise; (b) to notify any person obligated on any security, instrument or other document subject to this Agreement of Bank’s rights hereunder; (c) to collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, interest, principal or other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral or Proceeds; (d) to enter into any extension, modification, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any other agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral or Proceeds, and in connection therewith to deposit or surrender control of the Collateral and Proceeds, to accept other property in exchange for the Collateral and Proceeds, and to do and perform such acts and things as Bank may deem proper, with any money or property received in exchange for the Collateral or Proceeds, at Bank’s option, to be applied to the Indebtedness or held by Bank under this Agreement; (e) to make any compromise or settlement Bank deems desirable or proper in respect of the Collateral and Proceeds; (f) to insure, process and preserve the Collateral and Proceeds; (g) to exercise all rights, powers and remedies which Debtor would have, but for this Agreement, with respect to all Collateral and Proceeds subject hereto; and (h) to do all acts and things and execute all documents in the name of Debtor or otherwise, deemed by Bank as necessary, proper at convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of its rights hereunder. To effect the purposes of this Agreement or otherwise upon instructions of Debtor, Bank may cause any Collateral

 

-10-


and/or Proceeds to be transferred to Bank’s name or the name of Bank’s nominee, If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any or all Collateral and/or Proceeds consisting of securities may be registered, without notice, in the name of Bank or its nominee, and thereafter Bank or its nominee may exercise, without notice, all voting and corporate rights at any meeting of the shareholders of the issuer thereof, any and all rights of conversion, exchange or subscription, or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Collateral and/or Proceeds, all as if it were the absolute owner thereof. The foregoing shall include, without limitation, the right of Bank or its nominee to exchange, at its discretion, any and all Collateral and/or Proceeds upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof, or upon the exercise by the issuer thereof or Bank of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any shares of the Collateral and/or Proceeds, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Collateral and/or Proceeds with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agent upon such terms and conditions as Bank may determine. All of the foregoing rights, privileges or options may be exercised without liability on the part of Bank or its nominee except to account for property actually received by Bank. Bank shall have no duty to exercise any of the foregoing, or any other rights, privileges or options with respect to the Collateral or Proceeds and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may exercise the powers described in the following above-listed subdivisions of this paragraph,’ regardless of whether an Event of Default exists: (b) as it relates to giving notice of Bank’s rights; (f); and (h) as it relates to the preservation or perfection of Bank’s rights hereunder; provided however that nothing herein is intended to prevent Bank from exercising powers granted to it by Debtor under any other loan document, agreement relating to the Securities Account or other agreement with Debtor.

DEBTOR’S WAIVERS .

(a) Debtor waives any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any of the Obligors or any other person; (ii) marshal assets or proceed against or exhaust any security held from any of the Obligors or any other person; (iii) give notice of the terms, time and place of any public or private sale or other disposition of personal property security held from any of the Obligors or any other person; (iv) take any other action or pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power; (v) make any presentment or demand for performance, or any notices of any kind, including without limitation, any notice of nonpayment or nonperformance, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of intention to accelerate or notice of acceleration hereunder or in connection with any obligations or evidences of indebtedness held by Bank as security for or which constitute in whole or in part the Indebtedness guaranteed or secured hereunder, or in connection with the creation of new or additional Indebtedness; or (vi) to set off against the Indebtedness the fair value of any real or personal property given as collateral for the Indebtedness.

(b) Debtor waives any defense to its obligations hereunder based upon or arising by reason of: (i) any disability or other defense of any of the Obligors or any other person; (ii) the cessation or limitation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness of any of the Obligors or any other person; (iii) any lack of authority of any officer, director, partner, agent or any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of the Obligors which is a corporation, partnership or other type of entity, or any defect in the formation of any such Obligor; (iv) the application by any of the Obligors of the proceeds of any Indebtedness for purposes other

 

-11-


than the purposes represented by Obligors to, or intended or understood by, Bank or Debtor; (v) any act or omission by Bank which directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge of any of the Obligors or any portion of the Indebtedness by operation of law or otherwise, or which in any way impairs or suspends any rights or remedies of Bank against any of the Obligors; (vi) any impairment of the value of any interest in the Collateral or Proceeds, or any other security for the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, including without limitation, the failure to obtain or maintain perfection or recordation of any interest in any such security, the release of any such security without substitution, and/or the failure to preserve the value of, or to comply with applicable law in disposing of, any such security; (vii) any modification of the Indebtedness, in any form whatsoever, including any modification made after revocation hereof to any Indebtedness incurred prior to such revocation, and including without limitation the renewal, extension, acceleration or other change in time for payment of, or other change in the terms of, the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon; or (viii) any requirement that a party to this Agreement give any notice of acceptance of this Agreement. Until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, Debtor shall have no right of subrogation, and Debtor waives any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may hereafter have against any of the Obligors or any other person, and waives any benefit of, or any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Debtor further waives all rights and defenses Debtor may have arising out of (A) any election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such as a non judicial foreclosure with respect to any security for any portion of the Indebtedness, destroys Debtor’s rights of subrogation or Debtor’s rights to proceed against any of the Obligors for reimbursement, or (B) any loss of rights Debtor may suffer by reason of any rights, powers or remedies of any of the Obligors in connection with any anti-deficiency laws or any other laws limiting, qualifying or discharging Obligors’ Indebtedness, whether by operation of Sections 726, 580a or 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure as from time to time amended, or otherwise, including any rights Debtor may have to a Section 580 fair market value hearing to determine the size of a deficiency credit with respect to any deficiency following any foreclosure sale or other disposition of any real property security for any portion of the Indebtedness.

AUTHORIZATIONS TO BANK . Debtor authorizes Bank either before or after revocation hereof, without notice to or demand on Debtor, and without affecting Debtor’s liability hereunder, from time to time to: (a) alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of, the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon; (b) take and hold security, other than the Collateral and Proceeds, for the payment of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate or release the Collateral and Proceeds, or any part thereof, or any such other security; (c) apply the Collateral and Proceeds or such other security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, a non-judicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement, mortgage or deed of trust, as Bank in its discretion may determine; (d) release or substitute any one or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Indebtedness, or any portion thereof, or any other party thereto; and (e) apply payments received by Bank from any of the Obligors to any Indebtedness of any of the Obligors to Bank, in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion, whether or not such Indebtedness is covered by this Agreement, and Debtor hereby waives any provision of law regarding application of payments which specifies otherwise. Bank may without notice assign this Agreement in whole or in part.

 

-12-


PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS, TAXES, CHARGES, LIENS AND ASSESSMENTS . Debtor agrees to pay, prior to delinquency, all insurance premiums, taxes, charges, liens and assessments against the Collateral and Proceeds, and upon the failure of Debtor to do so, Bank at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Any such payments made by Bank shall be obligations of Debtor to Bank, due and payable immediately upon demand, together with interest at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall be secured by the Collateral and Proceeds, subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement: (a) any defined event of default under any contract or instrument evidencing any Indebtedness secured hereby, including without limitation any loan agreement relating to or executed in connection with any Indebtedness secured hereby; (b) any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under any control, custodial or other similar agreement in effect among Bank, Debtor and Intermediary relating to the Collateral, and such default is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto; (c) any representation or warranty made by Debtor herein shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when made; (d) Debtor shall fail to observe or perform any obligation or agreement contained herein and such failure is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto; and (e) any impairment of any rights of Bank in any Collateral or Proceeds, or any attachment or like levy on any Collateral or Proceeds, and such impairment, attachment or levy is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto.

REMEDIES . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (which is not cured within any cure period applicable thereto), Bank shall have and may exercise without demand any and all rights, powers, privileges and remedies granted to a secured party upon default under the California Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise provided by law, including without limitation, the right (a) to contact Intermediary and to instruct Intermediary to deliver all Collateral and/or Proceeds directly to Bank, and (b) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any or all Collateral and to give such withdrawal and/or redemption notices as may be required with respect to any of the Collateral. All rights, powers, privileges and remedies of Bank shall be cumulative. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any default hereunder, or any such waiver of any provisions or conditions hereof, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in writing. It is agreed that public or private sales or other disposition, for cash or on credit, to a wholesaler or retailer or investor, or user of property of the types subject to this Agreement, or public auctions, are all commercially reasonable since differences in the prices generally realized in the different kinds of dispositions are ordinarily offset by the differences in the costs and credit risks of such dispositions. While an Event of Default exists: (a) Debtor will not dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds except on terms approved by Bank; (b) Bank may appropriate the Collateral and apply all Proceeds toward repayment of the Indebtedness in such order as Bank may from time to time elect; (c) Bank may take any action with respect to the Collateral contemplated by any control, custodial or other similar agreement then in effect among Bank, Debtor and Intermediary; and (d) at Bank’s request, Debtor will assemble and deliver all Collateral, and

 

-13-


books and records pertaining to the Collateral or Proceeds to Bank at a reasonably convenient place designated by Bank. For any Collateral or Proceeds consisting of securities, Bank shall be under no obligation to delay a sale or other disposition of any portion thereof for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under any applicable state or federal law, even if the issuer thereof would agree to do so. Debtor further agrees that Bank shall have no obligation to process or prepare any Collateral for sale or other disposition.

DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL AND PROCEEDS; TRANSFER OF INDEBTEDNESS . In disposing of Collateral hereunder, Bank may disclaim all warranties of title, possession, quiet enjoyment and the like. Any proceeds of any disposition of any Collateral or Proceeds, or any part thereof, may be applied by Bank to the payment of expenses incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the balance of such proceeds may be applied by Bank toward the payment of the Indebtedness in such order of application as Bank may from time to time elect. Upon the transfer of all or any part of the Indebtedness, Bank may transfer all or any part of the Collateral or Proceeds and shall be fully discharged thereafter from all liability and responsibility with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred, and the transferee shall be vested with all rights and powers of Bank hereunder with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred; but with respect to any Collateral or Proceeds not so transferred, Bank shall retain all rights, powers, privileges and remedies herein given.

NOTICES . All notices, requests and demands required under this Agreement must be in writing, addressed to Bank at the address specified above and to Debtor at the address of its chief executive office (or principal residence, if applicable) specified below or to such other address as any party may designate by written notice to each other party, and shall be deemed to have been given or made as follows: (a) if personally delivered, upon delivery; (b) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid; and (c) if sent by telecopy, upon receipt.

COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES . Debtor shall pay to Bank within twenty (20) days of written demand by Bank (which demand shall include a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts which are the subject thereof) the full amount of all reasonable payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys’ fees (excluding allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the perfection and preservation of the Collateral or Bank’s interest therein, and (b) the realization, enforcement and exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy conferred by this Agreement, whether or not suit is brought or foreclosure is commenced, and if suit is brought whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Debtor or in any way affecting any of the Collateral or Bank’s ability to exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect thereto. All of the foregoing shall be paid by Debtor with interest from the date of demand until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the greater of ten percent (10%) or the Prime rate in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the prevailing party in any action to enforce this Agreement shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party in such action all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

 

-14-


SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided however, that Debtor may not assign or transfer any of its interests or rights hereunder without Bank’s prior written consent. Debtor acknowledges that Bank has the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, any Indebtedness of Obligors to Bank and any obligations with respect thereto, including this Agreement. In connection therewith, Bank may disclose all documents and information which Bank now has or hereafter acquires relating to Debtor and/or this Agreement, whether furnished by Obligors, Debtor or otherwise. Debtor further agrees that Bank may disclose such documents and information to Obligors.

AMENDMENT . This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by Bank and Debtor.

APPLICATION OF SINGULAR AND PLURAL . In all cases where there is but a single Obligor, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require; and when there is more than one Obligor named herein or when this Agreement is executed by more than one Debtor, the word “Obligors” and the word “Debtor” respectively shall mean all or any one or more of them as the context requires. If Obligor is a signator of this Agreement, the word “Obligor” includes “Debtor”, and the word “Debtor” includes “Obligor”, as the context may require.

SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

ARBITRATION .

(a) Arbitration . The parties hereto agree, upon demand by any party, whether made before the institution of a judicial proceeding or not more than 60 days after service of a complaint, third party complaint, cross-claim, counterclaim or any answer thereto or any amendment to any of the above, to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement and its negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination. In the event of a court ordered arbitration, the party requesting arbitration shall be responsible for timely filing the demand for arbitration and paying the appropriate filing fee within 30 days of the abatement order or the time specified by the court. Failure to timely file the demand for arbitration as ordered by the court will result in that party’s right to demand arbitration being automatically terminated.

 

-15-


(b) Governing Rules . Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a location in California selected by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”); (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in any of the documents between the parties; and (iii) be conducted by the AAA, or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon, in accordance with the AAA’s commercial dispute resolution procedures, unless the claim or counterclaim is at least $1,000,000.00 exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA’s optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes to be referred to herein, as applicable, as the “Rules”). If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and the Rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a demand by any other party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling arbitration of any dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by any party that is a bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 U.S.C. §91 or any similar applicable state law.

(c) No Waiver of Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure . The arbitration requirement does not limit the right of any party to (i) foreclose against real or personal property collateral (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of any party to submit any dispute to arbitration or reference hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii), and (iii) of this paragraph.

(d) Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers . Any arbitration proceeding in which the amount in controversy is $5,000,000.00 or less will be decided by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not render an award of greater than $5,000,000.00. Any dispute in which the amount in controversy exceeds $5,000,000.00 shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the State of California or a neutral retired judge of the state or federal judiciary of California and in either case, with a minimum of ten years experience in the substantive law applicable to the subject matter of the dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes in accordance with the substantive law of California and may grant any remedy or relief that a court of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The arbitrator shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as the arbitrator deems necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the California Rules of Civil Procedure or other applicable

 

-16-


law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

(e) Discovery . In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the dispute being arbitrated and must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

(f) Class Proceedings and Consolidations . No party hereto shall be entitled to join or consolidate disputes by or against others in any arbitration, except parties who have executed this Agreement or any other contract, instrument or document relating to any Indebtedness, or to include in any arbitration any dispute as a representative or member of a class, or to act in any arbitration in the interest of the general public or in a private attorney general capacity.

(g) Payment of Arbitration Costs and Fees . The arbitrator shall award all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding.

(h) Real Property Collateral; Judicial Reference . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to arbitration if the dispute concerns indebtedness secured directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by any real property unless (i) the holder of the mortgage, lien or security interest specifically elects in writing to proceed with the arbitration, or (ii) all parties to the arbitration waive any rights or benefits that might accrue to them by virtue of the single action rule statute of California, thereby agreeing that all indebtedness and obligations of the parties, and all mortgages, liens and security interests securing such indebtedness and obligations, shall remain fully valid and enforceable. If any such dispute is not submitted to arbitration, the dispute shall be referred to a referee in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq., and this general reference agreement is intended to be specifically enforceable in accordance with said Section 638. A referee with the qualifications required herein for arbitrators shall be selected pursuant to the AAA’s selection procedures. Judgment upon the decision rendered by a referee shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.

(i) Miscellaneous . To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a party required in the ordinary course of its business or by applicable law or regulation. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the parties potentially applies to a dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the documents between the parties or the subject matter of the dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive termination, amendment or expiration of any of the documents or any relationship between the parties.

(j) Small Claims Court . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party retains the right to pursue in Small Claims Court any dispute within that court’s jurisdiction. Further, this arbitration provision shall apply only to disputes in which either party seeks to recover an amount of money (excluding attorneys’ fees and costs) that exceeds the jurisdictional limit of the Small Claims Court.

 

-17-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PFENEX, INC.,
a DE corporation
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

  Betrand Liang,
  Chief Executive Officer
Address:
10790 Roselle Street
San Diego, CA 92121
Fax No.: 858.352.4339

 

-18-


AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT SPECIFIC RIGHTS TO PAYMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT SPECIFIC RIGHTS TO PAYMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 24, 2013, by and between PFENEX INC. (“Debtor), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Debtor executed and delivered to Bank that certain Security Agreement Specific Rights to Payment dated as of April 2, 2012 (the “Security Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Debtor and Bank have agreed to certain changes in the terms and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement and have agreed to amend the Security Agreement to reflect said changes;

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Security Agreement shall be amended as follows:

In paragraph 2, the first sentence is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

“The obligations secured hereby are the payment and performance of: (a) all present and future Indebtedness of Debtor to Bank under, relating to, or in connection with, that certain Revolving Line of Credit Note dated May 1, 2012, in the principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00), executed by Debtor in favor of Bank, and all extensions, renewals or modifications thereof, and restatements or substitutions therefor; and (b) all obligations of Debtor and rights of Bank under this Agreement.”

Except as specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect, without waiver or modification.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

PFENEX, INC.     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

    By:  

/s/ Linda K. Schneider

  Betrand Liang, Chief Executive Officer       Linda K. Schneider, Relationship Manager

 

-1-

Exhibit 10.18

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

 

$2,400,000.00    San Diego, California
   June 24, 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned PFENEX INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”) at its office at 401 B. St., Suite 2201, San Diego, California 92101, or at such other place as the holder hereof may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000.00), or so much thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding, with interest thereon, to be computed on each advance from the date of its disbursement as set forth herein.

DEFINITIONS:

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth after each, and any other term defined in this Note shall have the meaning set forth at the place defined:

(a) “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in California are authorized or required by law to close.

(b) “Fixed Rate Term” means a period commencing on a Business Day and continuing for one (1), three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) months, as designated by Borrower, during which all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR; provided however, that no Fixed Rate Term may be selected for a principal amount less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); and provided further, that no Fixed Rate Term shall extend beyond the scheduled maturity date hereof. If any Fixed Rate Term would end on a day which is not a Business Day, then such Fixed Rate Term shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

(c) “LIBOR” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole 1/8 of 1%) and determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

LIBOR =   

Base LIBOR

  
   100% - LIBOR Reserve Percentage   

(i) “Base LIBOR” means the rate per annum for United States dollar deposits quoted by Bank (A) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to LIBOR, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate, with the understanding that such rate is quoted by Bank for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference thereto, on the first day of a Fixed Rate Term for delivery of funds on said date for a period of time approximately equal to the number of days in such Fixed Rate Term and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applies , or (B) for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate in effect from time to time for overnight delivery of funds in

 

-1-


amounts approximately equal to the principal amount of such loans. Borrower understands and agrees that Bank may base its quotation of the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate upon such offers or other market indicators of the Inter-Bank Market as Bank in its discretion deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the rate offered for U.S. dollar deposits on the London Inter-Bank Market.

(ii) “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined In Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended), adjusted by Bank for expected changes in such reserve percentage during the applicable term of this Note,

(d) “Overnight LIBOR” means at any time the rate of interest equal to LIBOR then in effect for an overnight period.

INTEREST:

(a) Interest . The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) either (i) at a fluctuating rate per annum determined by Bank to be two and one quarter percent (2.25%) above the Overnight LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time, or (ii) at a fixed rate per annum determined by Bank to be two percent (2.0%) above LIBOR in effect on the first day of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. When interest is determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, each change in the interest rate shall become effective each Business Day that the Bank determines that the Overnight LIBOR Rate has changed. Bank is hereby authorized to note the date, principal amount and interest rate applicable thereto and any payments made thereon on Bank’s books and records (either manually or by electronic entry) and/or on any schedule attached to this Note, which notations shall be prima fade evidence of the accuracy of the information noted.

(b) Selection of Interest Rate Options . At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, it may be continued by Borrower at the end of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto so that all or a portion thereof bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate or to LIBOR for a new Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, Borrower may at any time convert all or a portion thereof so that it bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR for a Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At such time as Borrower requests an advance hereunder or wishes to select an interest rate determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate or a Fixed Rate Term for all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof, and at the end of each Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall give Bank notice specifying: (i) the interest rate option selected by Borrower; (ii) the principal amount subject thereto; and (iii) for each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, the length of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. Any such notice may be given by telephone (or such other electronic method as Bank may permit) so long as, with respect to each LIBOR selection for a Fixed Rate Term, (A) if requested by Bank, Borrower provides to Bank written confirmation thereof not later than

 

-2-


three (3) Business Days after such notice is given, and (B) such notice is given to Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. on the first day of the Fixed Rate Term, or at a later time during any Business Day if Bank, at its sole option but without obligation to do so, accepts Borrower’s notice and quotes a fixed rate to Borrower. If Borrower does not immediately accept a fixed rate when quoted by Bank, the quoted rate shall expire and any subsequent LIBOR request from Borrower shall be subject to a redetermination by Bank of the applicable fixed rate. If no specific designation of interest is made at the time any advance is requested hereunder or at the end of any Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall be deemed to have made an Overnight LIBOR Rate interest selection for such advance or the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applied.

(c) Taxes and Regulatory Costs . Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand, in addition to any other amounts due or to become due hereunder, any and all (I) withholdings, interest equalization taxes, stamp taxes or other taxes (except income and franchise taxes) imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR, and (ii) future, supplemental, emergency or other changes in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage, assessment rates imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or similar requirements or costs imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority or resulting from compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR to the extent they are not included in the calculation of LIBOR. In determining which of the foregoing are attributable to any LIBOR option available to Borrower hereunder, any reasonable allocation made by Bank among its operations shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower.

(d) Payment of Interest . Interest accrued on this Note shall be payable on the first day of each month, commencing July 1, 2013.

(e) Default Interest . From and after the maturity date of this Note, or such earlier date as all principal owing hereunder becomes due and payable by acceleration or otherwise, or at Bank’s option upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest at an increased rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) equal to four percent (4%) above the rate of interest from time to time applicable to this Note.

BORROWING AND REPAYMENT:

(a) Borrowing and Repayment . Borrower may from time to time during the term of this Note borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions of this Note and of any document executed in connection with or governing this Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under this Note shall not at any time exceed the principal amount stated above. The unpaid principal balance of this obligation at any time shall be the total amounts advanced hereunder by the holder hereof less the amount of principal payments made hereon by or for Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon from time to time by the holder. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable in full on April 2, 2015.

 

-3-


(b) Advances . Advances hereunder, to the total amount of the principal sum stated above, may be made by the holder at the oral or written request of (i) Betrand Liang, Henry Talbot or Patricia Lady, any one acting alone, who are authorized to request advances and direct the disposition of any advances until written notice of the revocation of such authority is received by the holder at the office designated above, or (ii) any person, with respect to advances deposited to the credit of any deposit account of Borrower, which advances, when so deposited, shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to or for the benefit of Borrower regardless of the fact that persons other than those authorized to request advances may have authority to draw against such account. The holder shall have no obligation to determine whether any person requesting an advance is or has been authorized by Borrower.

(c) Application of Payments . Each payment made on this Note shall be credited first, to any interest then due and second, to the outstanding principal balance hereof. All payments credited to principal shall be applied first, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate, if any, and second, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, with such payments applied to the oldest Fixed Rate Term first.

PREPAYMENT:

(a) Overnight LIBOR Rate . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Overnight LIBOR Rate at any time, in any amount and without penalty.

(b) LIBOR . Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR at any time and in the minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); provided however, that if the outstanding principal balance of such portion of this Note is less than said amount, the minimum prepayment amount shall be the entire outstanding principal balance thereof. In consideration of Bank providing this prepayment option to Borrower, or if any such portion of this Note shall become due and payable at any time prior to the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto by acceleration or otherwise, Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand a fee which is the sum of the discounted monthly differences for each month from the month of prepayment through the month in which such Fixed Rate Term matures, calculated as follows for each such month:

(i) Determine the amount of interest which would have accrued each month on the amount prepaid at the interest rate applicable to such amount had it remained outstanding until the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto.

 

-4-


(ii) Subtract from the amount determined in (I) above the amount of interest which would have accrued for the same month on the amount prepaid for the remaining term of such Fixed Rate Term at LIBOR in effect on the date of prepayment for new loans made for such term and in a principal amount equal to the amount prepaid.

(iii) If the result obtained in (ii) for any month is greater than zero, discount that difference by LIBOR used in (ii) above.

Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of such amount may result in Bank incurring additional costs, expenses and/or liabilities, and that It is difficult to ascertain the full extent of such costs, expenses and/or liabilities. Borrower, therefore, agrees to pay the above-described prepayment fee and agrees that said amount represents a reasonable estimate of the prepayment costs, expenses and/or liabilities of Bank. If Borrower fails to pay any prepayment fee when due, the amount of such prepayment fee shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate per annum two percent (2.0%) above the Overnight LIBOR Rate in effect from time to time (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed).

EVENTS OF DEFAULT:

This Note is made pursuant to and is subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 1, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under this Note, or any defined event of default under the Credit Agreement, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note.

MISCELLANEOUS:

(a) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (which is not cured within any applicable cure period), the holder of this Note, at the holder’s option, may declare all sums of principal and interest outstanding hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, notice of nonperformance, notice of protest, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower, and the obligation, if any, of the holder to extend any further credit hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate. Borrower shall pay to the holder within twenty (20) days of written demand by the holder (which demand shall include a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts which are the subject thereof) the full amount of all reasonable payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (excluding allocated costs of the holder’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by the holder in connection with the enforcement of the holder’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to the holder under this Note, and the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to this Note, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Borrower. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the prevailing party in any action to enforce this Note shall be entitled to recover

 

-5-


from the non-prevailing party in such action all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, expended or incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

(b) Obligations Joint and Several . Should more than one person or entity sign this Note as a Borrower, the obligations of each such Borrower shall be joint and several.

(c) Governing Law . This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

PFENEX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bertrand Liang

  Betrand Liang, Chief Executive Officer

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.19

SECURITIES ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

(3rd Party - Trading Permitted)

THIS SECURITIES ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 24, 2013, by and among PFENEX INC. (“Customer”), WELLS FARGO INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES, LLC (“Intermediary”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Secured Party”).

RECITALS

A. Customer maintains account no(s). 3BA05753 and may now or hereafter maintain sub-accounts thereunder or consolidated therewith (the “Securities Account”) with Intermediary pursuant to an agreement between Intermediary and Customer (the “Account Agreement”), and Customer has granted to Secured Party a security interest in the Securities Account and all financial assets and other property now or at any time hereafter held in the Securities Account.

B. Secured Party, Customer and Intermediary have agreed to enter into this Agreement to perfect Secured Party’s security interests in the Collateral, as defined below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual covenants and promises, the parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. As used herein:

(a) the term “Collateral” shall mean: (i) the Securities Account; (ii) all financial assets credited to the Securities Account; (iii) all security entitlements with respect to the financial assets credited to the Securities Account; (iv) any and all other investment property or assets maintained or recorded in the Securities Account; and (v) all replacements or substitutions for, and proceeds of the sale or other disposition of, any of the foregoing, including without limitation, cash proceeds; and

(b) the terms “investment property,” “entitlement order,” “financial asset” and “security entitlement” shall have the respective meanings set forth in the California Uniform Commercial Code. The parties hereby expressly agree that all property, including without limitation, cash, certificates of deposit and mutual funds, at any time held in the Securities Account is to be treated as a “financial asset.”

2. AGREEMENT FOR CONTROL. Intermediary is authorized by Customer and agrees to comply with all entitlement orders originated by Secured Party with respect to the Securities Account, and all other requests or instructions from Secured Party regarding disposition and/or delivery of the Collateral, without further consent or direction from Customer or any other party.

3. CUSTOMER’S RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL.

(a) Until Intermediary is notified otherwise by Secured Party: (i) Customer, or any party authorized by Customer to act with respect to the Securities Account, may give trading instructions

 

-1-


to Intermediary with respect to Collateral in the Securities Account; and (ii) Intermediary may distribute to Customer or any other party in accordance with Customer’s directions that portion of the Collateral which consists of interest and/or cash dividends earned on financial assets maintained in the Securities Account.

(b) Without Secured Party’s prior written consent, except to the extent permitted by the preceding paragraph: (i) neither Customer nor any party other than Secured Party may withdraw any Collateral from the Securities Account; and (ii) Intermediary will not comply with any entitlement order or request to withdraw any Collateral from the Securities Account given by any party other than Secured Party.

(c) Upon receipt of either written or oral notice from Secured Party: (i) Intermediary shall promptly cease complying with entitlement orders and other instructions concerning the Collateral, including the Securities Account, from all parties other than Secured Party; and (ii) Intermediary shall not make any further distributions of any Collateral to any party other than Secured Party, nor permit any further voluntary changes in the financial assets.

4. CUSTOMER’S DUTIES AND RISKS WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL.

(a) Notwithstanding any investment policy statements, investment objectives or other applicable investment guidelines and management responsibilities that may be set forth in any agreement between Customer and Intermediary or Secured Party, neither Intermediary nor Secured Party shall have any duty or obligation whatsoever to monitor asset quality, asset allocation, diversity, composition, value, returns, restrictions or other characteristics of the Collateral to ensure Customer’s compliance with any value requirements or other obligations set forth in the Security Agreement. Customer remains solely responsible for satisfying any and all value requirements that may pertain to the Collateral at such time and in such manner as may be required . Customer recognizes some Collateral may contribute more effectively to Customer’s value requirements than other Collateral and that some Collateral may be ineligible for purposes of satisfying any such value requirements.

(b) Customer remains solely responsible for notifying Intermediary of any change of circumstance impacting Customer’s investment objectives, and in the event of such changes in circumstances, Customer shall affirmatively request that Intermediary change Customer’s investment guidelines, policy statements, and investment objectives to reflect Customer’s current investment objectives.

(c) Customer agrees that (i) the investment value of the Collateral is not guaranteed and the Collateral may lose investment value, (ii) Customer alone is responsible for all market risk to the Collateral, (iii) neither Intermediary nor Secured Party have guaranteed the investment value of the Securities Account shall at any time hereafter, equal or exceed Customer’s value requirement, and (iv) fluctuations in investment value of the Collateral may result in a Customer need to suddenly and promptly take action to maintain value requirements binding upon Customer .

 

-2-


5. INTERMEDIARY’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Intermediary represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

(a) The Securities Account is maintained with Intermediary solely in Customer’s name.

(b) Intermediary has no knowledge of any claim to, security interest in or lien upon any of the Collateral, except: (i) the security interests in favor of Secured Party; and (ii) Intermediary’s liens securing fees and charges, or payment for open trade commitments, as described in the last paragraph of this Section.

(c) Any claim to, security interest in or lien upon any of the Collateral which Intermediary now has or at any time hereafter acquires shall be junior and subordinate to the security interests of Secured Party in the Collateral, except for Intermediary’s liens securing: (i) fees and charges owed by Customer with respect to the operation of the Securities Account; and (ii) payment owed to Intermediary for open trade commitments for purchases in and for the Securities Account.

6. AGREEMENTS OF INTERMEDIARY AND CUSTOMER. Intermediary and Customer agree that:

(a) Intermediary shall flag its books, records and systems to reflect Secured Party’s security interests in the Collateral, and shall provide notice thereof to any party making inquiry as to Customer’s accounts with Intermediary to whom or which Intermediary is legally required or permitted to provide information.

(b) Upon request, Intermediary shall send copies of all statements relating to the Securities Account simultaneously to Customer and Secured Party.

(c) Intermediary shall promptly notify Secured Party if any other party asserts any claim to, security interest in or lien upon any of the Collateral, and Intermediary shall not enter into any control, custodial or other similar agreement with any other party that would create or acknowledge the existence of any such other claim, security interest or lien.

(d) Without Secured Party’s prior written consent, Intermediary and Customer shall not amend or modify the Account Agreement, other than: (i) amendments to reflect ordinary and reasonable changes in Intermediary’s fees and charges for handling the Securities Account; and (ii) operational changes initiated by Intermediary as long as they do not alter any of Secured Party’s rights hereunder.

(e) Neither Intermediary nor Customer shall terminate the Account Agreement without giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Secured Party.

7. INDEMNIFICATION; LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. Customer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Intermediary, its officers, directors, employees and agents, against claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Intermediary’s compliance with any instructions from Customer or Secured Party with respect to the Collateral, unless such claims, liabilities or expenses are caused by Intermediary’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Secured Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Intermediary, its officers,

 

-3-


directors, employees and agents, against claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Intermediary’s compliance with any instructions from Secured Party with respect to the Collateral, unless such claims, liabilities or expenses are caused by Intermediary’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Intermediary will not be liable to Customer or Secured Party for any claims, liabilities, or expenses arising out of or relating to its performance under this Agreement other than those that result directly from its acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct, and in no event will Intermediary be liable for any punitive, special, indirect, or consequential damages, including without limitation, lost profits.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) This Agreement shall not create any obligation or duty of Intermediary except as expressly set forth herein.

(b) As to the matters specifically the subject of this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Account Agreement or any other agreement between Intermediary and Customer, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

(c) All notices, requests and demands which any party is required or may desire to give to any other party under any provision of this Agreement must be in writing (unless otherwise specifically provided) and delivered to each party at the address or facsimile number set forth below its signature, or to such other address or facsimile number as any party may designate by written notice to all other parties. Each such notice, request and demand shall be deemed given or made as follows: (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon delivery; (ii) if sent by facsimile, upon receipt; and (iii) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid.

(d) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided however, that Intermediary may not assign its obligations hereunder without Secured Party’s prior written consent. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by all parties hereto.

(e) This Agreement shall terminate upon: (i) Intermediary’s receipt of written notice from Secured Party expressly stating that Secured Party no longer claims any security interest in the Collateral; or (ii) termination of the Account Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof and Intermediary’s delivery of all Collateral to Secured Party or its designee in accordance with Secured Party’s written instructions.

(f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(g) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

INTERMEDIARY:     SECURED PARTY:
WELLS FARGO INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES, LLC     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Pat Kedrowski

    By:  

/s/ Linda K. Schneider

Name:  

Pat Kedrowski

      Linda K. Schneider,
Title:  

Operations Officer

      Relationship Manager
Address:     Address:

608 2nd Ave So Ste 500

    401 B. Street, Suite 2201

Mpls, MN 55402

    San Diego, CA 92101
FAX No:  

855-838-5722

    FAX No:  

 

CUSTOMER:      
PFENEX, INC.      
By:  

/s/ Betrand Liang

     
  Betrand Liang,      
  Chief Executive Officer      
Address:        
10790 Roselle Street      
Sand Diego, CA 92121      
FAX No:  

858.352.4339

     

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.25

 

LOGO


CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I - THE SCHEDULE

     5   

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

     5   

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

     5   

ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST - OPTION

     5   

ARTICLE B.3. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS

     13   

ARTICLE B.4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS

     15   

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

     18   

ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK

     18   

ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     18   

ARTICLE C.3. INVENTION REPORTING REQUIREMENT

     23   

SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

     24   

SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

     25   

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

     26   

ARTICLE F.1. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

     26   

ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERIES

     26   

ARTICLE F.3. CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, FAR 52.252-2 (FEBRUARY 1998)

     31   

SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

     32   

ARTICLE G.1. CONTRACTING OFFICER’S REPRESENTATIVE (COR)

     32   

ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL, HHSAR 352.242-70 (January 2006)

     32   

ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION/CONTRACT FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

     33   

ARTICLE G.4. INDIRECT COST RATES

     34   

ARTICLE G.5. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

     34   

ARTICLE G.6. POST AWARD EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE

     35   

SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

     36   

ARTICLE H.1. PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS, HHSAR 352.270-4(b) (January 2006)

     36   

ARTICLE H.2. DATA AND SAFETY MONITORING IN CLINICAL TRIALS

     36   

ARTICLE H.3. REGISTRATION AND RESULTS REPORTING FOR APPLICABLE CLINICAL TRIALS IN CLINICALTRIALS.GOV

     37   

ARTICLE H.4. HUMAN MATERIALS

     37   

ARTICLE H.5. HUMAN MATERIALS (ASSURANCE OF OHRP COMPLIANCE)

     37   

ARTICLE H.6. RESEARCH INVOLVING RECOMBINANT DNA MOLECULES (Including Human Gene Transfer Research)

     38   

ARTICLE H.7. NIH POLICY ON ENHANCING PUBLIC ACCESS TO ARCHIVED PUBLICATIONS RESULTING FROM NIH-FUNDED RESEARCH

     38   

ARTICLE H.8. NEEDLE DISTRIBUTION

     39   

ARTICLE H.9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FEDERAL FUNDING

     39   

ARTICLE H.10. RESTRICTION ON ABORTIONS

     39   

ARTICLE H.11. CONTINUED BAN ON FUNDING OF HUMAN EMBRYO RESEARCH

     39   

ARTICLE H.12. DISSEMINATION OF FALSE OR DELIBERATELY MISLEADING INFORMATION

     39   

 

-2-


ARTICLE H.13. ARTICLE H.13. PRIVACY ACT, HHSAR 352.224-70 (January 2006)

     39   

ARTICLE H.14. CARE OF LIVE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, HHSAR 352.270-5(b) (October 2009)

     40   

ARTICLE H.15. ANIMAL WELFARE

     40   

ARTICLE H.16. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL WHO WORK WITH NONHUMAN PRIMATES

     41   

ARTICLE H.17. OMB CLEARANCE

     41   

ARTICLE H.18. OPTION PROVISION

     41   

ARTICLE H.19. INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY

     41   

ARTICLE H.20. ELECTRONIC AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ACCESSIBILITY, HHSAR 352.239-73(b) (January 2010)

     48   

ARTICLE H.21. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION

     48   

ARTICLE H.22. INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING INVESTIGATOR FINANCIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     49   

ARTICLE H.23. PUBLICATION AND PUBLICITY

     51   

ARTICLE H.24. REPORTING MATTERS INVOLVING FRAUD, WASTE AND ABUSE

     51   

ARTICLE H.25. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     52   

ARTICLE H.26. OBTAINING AND DISSEMINATING BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH RESOURCES

     52   

ARTICLE H.27. SHARING RESEARCH DATA

     52   

ARTICLE H.28. POSSESSION USE AND TRANSFER OF SELECT BIOLOGICAL AGENTS OR TOXINS

     53   

ARTICLE H.29. HIGHLY PATHOGENIC AGENTS

     54   

ARTICLE H.30. HOTEL AND MOTEL FIRE SAFETY ACT OF 1990 (P.L. 101-391)

     54   

ARTICLE H.31. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTOR INVOLVEMENT WITH TERRORIST ACTIVITIES

     54   

ARTICLE H.32. USE OF FUNDS FOR CONFERENCES, MEETINGS AND FOOD

     54   

ARTICLE H.33. USE OF FUNDS FOR PROMOTIONAL ITEMS

     55   

PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES

     56   

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

     56   

ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT

     56   

ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTION OF CLAUSES

     59   

ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CLAUSES

     59   

ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT

     61   

PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

     63   

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

     63   

1.   Statement of Work

     63   

2.   Invoice/Financing Request and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts, NIH(RC)-4

     63   

3.   Inclusion Table

     63   

4.   Privacy Act System of Records, Number Privacy Act System of Records, Number 09-25-0200

     63   

5.   Safety and Health

     63   

6.   Research Patient Care Costs

     63   

 

-3-


7.   Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, SF-LLL

     63   

8.   Roster of Employees Requiring Suitability Investigations

     63   

9.   Employee Separation Checklist

     63   

PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

     64   

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

     64   

1.   Annual Representations and Certifications

     64   

2.   Human Subjects Assurance Identification Number

     64   

3.   Animal Welfare Assurance Number

     64   

 

-4-


PART I - THE SCHEDULE

SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

This contract will support the advanced development of candidate vaccine components and technologies that accelerate the immune response for use in post-event settings following the intentional release of the NIAID Category A Priority Pathogen Bacillus anthracis or in response to naturally occurring outbreaks of infectious diseases caused by NIAID Category A Priority Pathogen B. anthracis.

ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST - OPTION

 

  a. The estimated cost of the Base Period of this contract is $[*].

 

  b. The fixed fee for the Base Period of this contract is $[*]. Payment shall be subject to the withholding provisions of the clauses ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT and FIXED FEE referenced in the General Clause Listing in Part II, ARTICLE I.1. of this contract.

 

  c. The total estimated amount of the contract, represented by the sum of the estimated cost plus the fixed fee for the Base Period is $[*].

 

  d. If the Government exercises its option pursuant to the OPTION PROVISION Article in SECTION H of this contract, the Government’s total estimated contract amount represented by the sum of the estimated cost plus the fixed fee will be increased as follows:

[*]

 

-5-


ARTICLE B.3. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS

Other provisions of this contract notwithstanding, approval of the following items within the limits set forth is hereby granted without further authorization from the Contracting Officer.

 

  a. Subcontract

 

  1. To negotiate subcontract agreement with Althea Technologies for an amount not to exceed as follows:

 

    Option 3: $[*]

 

    Option 5: $[*]

 

    Option 7: $[*]

 

    Option 13: $[*]

Award of the subcontract shall not proceed without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer upon review of the supporting documentation required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.

 

  2. To negotiate subcontract agreement with Cato Research Ltd. for an amount not to exceed as follows:

 

    Option 3: $[*]

 

    Option 5: $[*]

 

    Option 7: $[*]

 

    Option 8: $[*]

 

    Option 9: $[*]

 

    Option 10: $[*]

 

    Option 11: $[*]

 

    Option 12: $[*]

 

    Option 13: $[*]

Award of the subcontract shall not proceed without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer upon review of the supporting documentation required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.

 

  3. To negotiate subcontract agreement with Glide Pharmaceutical Technologies Limited for an amount not to exceed as follows:

 

    Base Period: $[*]

 

-6-


    Option 1: $[*]

 

    Option 3: $[*]

 

    Option 4: $[*]

 

    Option 5: $[*]

Award of the subcontract shall not proceed without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer upon review of the supporting documentation required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.

 

  4. To negotiate subcontract agreement with Lovelace Biomedical and Environmental Research Institute for an amount not to exceed as follows:

 

    Option 2: $[*]

 

    Option 6: $[*]

 

    Option 7: $[*]

 

    Option 9: $[*]

 

    Option 10: $[*]

 

    Option 11: $[*]

Award of the subcontract shall not proceed without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer upon review of the supporting documentation required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.

 

  5. To negotiate subcontract agreement with Quintiles Inc for an amount not to exceed as follows:

 

    Option 13: $[*]

Award of the subcontract shall not proceed without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer upon review of the supporting documentation required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract shall be provided to the Contracting Officer.

 

  b. Contract Number Designation

On all correspondence submitted under this contract, the Contractor agrees to clearly identify the two contract numbers that appear on the face page of the contract as follows:

Contract No. HHSN272201200033C

 

  c. Advance Copies of Press Releases

The contractor agrees to accurately and factually represent the work conducted under this contract in all press releases. In accordance with NIH Manual Chapter 1754, misrepresenting contract results or releasing information that is injurious to the integrity of NIH may be construed as improper conduct.

 

-7-


The complete text of NIH Manual Chapter 1754 can be found at: http://www1.od.nih.gov/oma/manualchapters/management/1754/

Press releases shall be considered to include the public release of information to any medium, excluding peer-reviewed scientific publications. The contractor shall ensure that the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) has received an advance copy of any press release related to this contract not less than four (4) working days prior to the issuance of the press release.

 

  d. Indirect Costs

 

  1. The Contractor may bill indirect costs at temporary billing rates as follows:

Fringe Benefits = [*]% of Direct Labor

Overhead = [*]% of Total Direct Costs

These temporary rates may be utilized until such time as indirect cost rates have been established, provided, that the Contractor’s indirect cost proposal is submitted to the cognizant office responsible for negotiating indirect costs no later than three (3) months after the effective date of this contract. If the indirect cost proposal is not submitted by that time, any temporary indirect costs billed after this due date will be suspended until such time as the indirect cost proposal is submitted.

 

  2. The final amount reimbursable for indirect costs shall not exceed the following rates. Once indirect costs rates have been established, these ceilings may be renegotiated between the Contractor and the Contracting Officer and the ceilings lifted:

Fringe Benefits: [*]%

Overhead: [*]%

The Government is not obligated to pay any additional amount should the negotiated indirect cost rates exceed these ceiling rates. In the event that the negotiated indirect cost rates are less than these ceiling rates, the Government’s obligation shall be reduced to conform to the lower rate.

Any costs over and above this costs ceiling shall not be reimbursed under any other Government contract, grant, or cooperative agreement. The Contractor shall complete all work in accordance with the Statement of Work, terms and conditions of this contract.

ARTICLE B.4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS

 

  a. Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

Notwithstanding the clauses, ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT, and FIXED FEE, incorporated in this contract, unless authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer, the costs of the following items or activities shall be unallowable as direct costs:

 

  1. Conferences and Meetings

 

  2. Food for Meals, Light Refreshments, and Beverages

 

  3. Promotional Items [includes, but is not limited to: clothing and commemorative items such as pens, mugs/cups, folders/folios, lanyards, and conference bags that are sometimes provided to visitors, employees, grantees, or conference attendees .]

 

  4. Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

 

-8-


  5. Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

 

  6. Purchase or lease of any item of general purpose office furniture or office equipment regardless of dollar value. (General purpose equipment is defined as any items of personal property which are usable for purposes other than research, such as office equipment and furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);

 

  7. Travel to attend general scientific meetings;

 

  8. Foreign travel;

 

  9. Consultant costs;

 

  10. Subcontracts;

 

  11. Patient care costs;

 

  12. Accountable Government Property (defined as non-expendable personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and “sensitive items” (defined as items of personal property (supplies and equipment that are highly desirable and easily converted to person use), regardless of acquisition value.

 

  b. Travel Costs

 

  1. Domestic Travel

Total expenditures for domestic travel (transportation, lodging, subsistence, and incidental expenses) incurred in direct performance of this contract shall not exceed the following amounts for the base period and any option (if exercised) without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer:

 

    Base Period: $[*]

 

    Option 1: $[*]

 

    Option 2: $[*]

 

    Option 3: $[*]

 

    Option 4: $[*]

 

    Option 5: $[*]

 

    Option 6: $[*]

 

    Option 7: $[*]

 

    Option 8: $[*]

 

    Option 9: $[*]

 

    Option 10: $[*]

 

    Option 11: $[*]

 

-9-


    Option 12: $[*]

 

    Option 13: $[*]

 

  2. The Contractor shall invoice and be reimbursed for all travel costs in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR) 31.2 - Contracts with Commercial Organizations, Subsection 31.205-46, Travel Costs.

 

-10-


SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK

 

  a. Independently and not as an agent of the Government, the Contractor shall furnish all the necessary services, qualified personnel, material, equipment, and facilities, not otherwise provided by the Government as needed to perform the Statement of Work, dated September 24, 2012, set forth in SECTION J-List of Attachments, attached hereto and made a part of this contract.

 

  b. Privacy Act System of Records Number 09-25-0200 is applicable to this contract and shall be used in any design, development, or operation work to be performed under the resultant contract. Disposition of records shall be in accordance with SECTION C of the contract, and by direction of the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR).

ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

All reports required herein shall be submitted in electronic format. In addition, one hardcopy of each report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer.

All electronic reports submitted shall be compliant with Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Additional information about testing documents for Section 508 compliance, including specific checklists, by application, can be found at: http://www.hhs.gov/web/508/index.html under “Helpful Resources.”

All paper/hardcopy documents/reports submitted under this contract shall be printed or copied, double-sided, on at least 30 percent post consumer fiber paper, whenever practicable, in accordance with FAR 4.302(b).

 

  a. Technical Reports

In addition to those reports required by the other terms of this contract, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following reports in the manner stated below and in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract:

[ Note: Beginning May 25, 2008, the Contractor shall include, in any technical progress report submitted, the applicable PubMed Central (PMC) or NIH Manuscript Submission reference number when citing publications that arise from its NIH funded research .]

 

  1. Monthly Progress Report

This report shall include a description of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full month of performance plus any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar month.

The first report shall be due October 15, 2012. Thereafter, reports shall be due on or before the 15th Calendar day following each reporting period.

 

  2. Annual Progress Report

This report shall include a summation of the results of the entire contract work for the period covered. An annual report will not be required for the period when the Final Report is due. A Monthly Report shall not be submitted when an Annual Report is due.

 

-11-


The first report shall cover the period September 27, 2012 through September 26, 2013 of this contract and shall be due on/before 30 days after the Anniversary Date of the Contract.

The Annual Progress Report shall describe the results of work accomplished during the reporting period in relation to the overall approved Product Development Plan, and each key objective and milestone. Each task section should include a summary paragraph of accomplishments and technical issues/problems encountered for the reporting period. Annual Progress Reports shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved, preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis, and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project for each milestone. In addition, requests and approvals to conduct human trials, and Inclusion Enrollment Report forms, when appropriate, shall be included. The current status of each task level shall be displayed on an updated Gantt chart as a component of the Annual Progress Report. Also included shall be a current task linked budget.

 

  3. Annual Technical Progress Report for Clinical Research Study Populations

The Contractor shall submit information about the inclusion of women and members of minority groups and their subpopulations for each study being performed under this contract. The Contractor shall submit this information in the format indicated in the attachment entitled, “Inclusion Enrollment Report,” which is set forth in SECTION J of this contract. The Contractor also shall use this format, modified to indicate that it is a final report, for reporting purposes in the final report.

The Contractor shall submit the report in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract. In addition, the NIH Policy and Guidelines on the Inclusion of Women and Minorities as Subjects in Clinical Research, Amended, October, 2001 applies. If this contract is for Phase III clinical trials, see II.B of these guidelines. The Guidelines may be found at the following website:

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/funding/women_min/guidelines_amended_10_2001.htm

Include a description of the plans to conduct analyses, as appropriate, by sex/gender and/or racial/ ethnic groups in the clinical trial protocol as approved by the IRB, and provide a description of the progress in the conduct of these analyses, as appropriate, in the annual progress report and the final report. If the analysis reveals no subset differences, a brief statement to that effect, indicating the subsets analyzed, will suffice. The Government strongly encourages inclusion of the results of subset analysis in all publication submissions. In the final report, the Contractor shall include all final analyses of the data on sex/gender and race/ethnicity.

 

  4. Final Report

This report is to include a summation of the work performed and results obtained for the entire contract period of performance. This report shall be in sufficient detail to describe comprehensively the results achieved. The Final Report shall be submitted in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract. A Monthly and an Annual report will not be required for the period when the Final Report is due.

The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with one electronic copy of the Final Report in draft form (in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract 30 Calendar days prior to the expiration date of this contract.) The Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) will review the draft report and provide the Contracting Officer with comments within 15 Calendar days after receipt. The Final Report shall be corrected by the Contractor, if necessary and the final version delivered as specified in the above paragraph.

 

-12-


  5. Summary of Salient Results

The Contractor shall submit, with the Final Report, a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract.

 

  6. Report on Select Agents or Toxins and/or Highly Pathogenic Agents

For work involving the possession, use, or transfer of a Select Agent or Toxin and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent , the following information shall also be included in each Annual Progress Report:

 

  1. Any changes in the use of the Select Agent or Toxin including initiation of “restricted experiments,” and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent, that have resulted in a change in the required biocontainment level, and any resultant change in location, if applicable, as determined by the IBC or equivalent body or institutional biosafety official.

 

  2. If work with a new or additional Select Agent or Toxin and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent will be conducted in the upcoming reporting period, provide:

 

  a. A list of each new or additional Select Agent or Toxin and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent that will be studied;

 

  b. A brief description of the work that will be done with each new or additional Select Agent or Toxin and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent and whether or not the work is a Select Agent or Toxin restricted experiment as defined in the Select Agents Regulation 42 CFR Part 73, Section 13.b ( http://www.selectagents.gov/Regulations.html ) or listed on the U.S. National Select Agents Registry restricted experiments website ( http://www.selectagents.gov/Select%20Agents%20and%20Toxins%20Restricted%20Experiments.html );

 

  c. The name and location for each biocontainment resource/facility, including the name of the organization that operates the facility, and the biocontainment level at which the work will be conducted, with documentation of approval by your IBC or equivalent body or institutional biosafety official. It must be noted if the work is being done in a new location or different location.

 

  d. For work with Select Agents performed in the U.S. provide documentation of registration status of all domestic organizations where Select Agent(s) will be used. For work with Select Agents performed in a non-U.S. country prior NIAID approval is required.

If the IBC or equivalent body or institutional biosafety official has determined, for example, by conducting a risk assessment, that the work that has been performed or is planned to be performed under this contract may be conducted at a biocontainment safety level that is lower than BSL3, a statement to that affect shall be included in each Annual Progress Report.

If no work involving a Select Agent or Toxin and/or a Highly Pathogenic Agent has been performed or is planned to be performed under this contract, a statement to that affect shall be included in each Annual Progress Report.

 

-13-


  b. Other Reports/Deliverables

 

  1. Information Security and Physical Access Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall submit the following reports as required by the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract. Note: Each report listed below includes a reference to the appropriate subparagraph of this article.

 

  a. Roster of Employees Requiring Suitability Investigations

The Contractor shall submit a roster, by name, position, e-mail address, phone number and responsibility, of all staff (including subcontractor staff) working under the contract who will develop, have the ability to access, or host and/or maintain a Federal information system(s). The roster shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), with a copy to the Contracting Officer, within 14 calendar days of the effective date of the contract. (Reference subparagraph A.e. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

  b. IT Security Plan (IT-SP)

In accordance with HHSAR Clause 352.239-72, Security Requirements For Federal Information Technology Resources, the contractor shall submit the IT-SP within thirty (30) days after contract award. The IT-SP shall be consistent with, and further detail the approach to, IT security contained in the Contractor’s bid or proposal that resulted in the award of this contract. The IT-SP shall describe the processes and procedures that the Contractor will follow to ensure appropriate security of IT resources that are developed, processed, or used under this contract. If the IT-SP only applies to a portion of the contract, the Contractor shall specify those parts of the contract to which the IT-SP applies.

The Contractor shall review and update the IT-SP in accordance with NIST SP 800-53A, Guide for Assessing the Security Controls in Federal Information Systems and Organizations, on an annual basis.

(Reference subparagraph D.c.1. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

  c. IT Risk Assessment (IT-RA)

In accordance with HHSAR Clause 352.239-72, Security Requirements For Federal Information Technology Resources, the contractor shall submit the IT-RA within thirty (30) days after contract award. The IT-RA shall be consistent, in form and content, with NIST SP 800-30, Risk Management Guide for Information Technology Systems, and any additions or augmentations described in the HHS-OCIO Information Systems Security and Privacy Policy.

The Contractor shall update the IT-RA on an annual basis.

(Reference subparagraph D.c.2. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

-14-


  d. FIPS 199 Assessment

In accordance with HHSAR Clause 352.239-72, Security Requirements For Federal Information Technology Resources, the Contractor shall submit a FIPS 199 Assessment within thirty (30) days after contract award. The FIPS 199 Assessment shall be consistent with the cited NIST standard.

(Reference subparagraph D.c.3. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.

 

  e. IT Security Certification and Accreditation (IT-SC&A)

In accordance with HHSAR Clause 352.239-72, Security Requirements For Federal Information Technology Resources, the Contractor shall submit written proof to the Contracting Officer that an IT-SC&A was performed within three (3) months after contract award.

The Contractor shall perform an annual security control assessment and provide to the Contracting Officer verification that the IT-SC&A remains valid.

(Reference subparagraph D.c.4. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

  f. Reporting of New and Departing Employees

The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and Contracting Officer within five working days of staffing changes for positions that require suitability determinations as follows:

 

  a. New Employees who have or will have access to HHS Information systems or data : Provide the name, position title, e-mail address, and phone number of the new employee. Provide the name, position title and suitability level held by the former incumbent. If the employee is filling a new position, provide a description of the position and the Government will determine the appropriate security level.

 

  b. Departing Employees : 1) Provide the name, position title, and security clearance level held by or pending for the individual; and 2) Perform and document the actions identified in the “Employee Separation Checklist”, attached in Section J, ATTACHMENTS of this contract, when a Contractor/Subcontractor employee terminates work under this contract. All documentation shall be made available to the COR and/or Contracting Officer upon request.

(Reference subparagraph E.2.a-c. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

  g. Contractor - Employee Non-Disclosure Agreement(s) The contractor shall complete and submit a signed and witnessed “Commitment to Protect Non-Public Information - Contractor Agreement” form for each contractor and subcontractor employee who may have access to non-public Department information under this contract. This form is located at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/Nondisclosure.pdf .

(Reference subparagraph E.3.d. of the INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY Article in SECTION H of this contract.)

 

-15-


  2. Section 508 Annual Report

The contractor shall submit an annual Section 508 report in accordance with the schedule set forth in the ELECTRONIC AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ACCESSIBILITY Article in SECTION H of this contract. The Section 508 Report Template and Instructions for completing the report are available at: http://www.hhs.gov/od under “Vendor Information and Documents.”

ARTICLE C.3. INVENTION REPORTING REQUIREMENT

All reports and documentation required by FAR Clause 52.227-11, Patent Rights-Ownership by the Contractor including, but not limited to, the invention disclosure report, the confirmatory license, and the Government support certification, shall be directed to the Division of Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources (DEITR), OPERA, OER, NIH, 6705 Rockledge Drive, Suite 310, MSC 7980, Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7980 (Telephone: 301-435-1986). In addition, one copy of an annual utilization report, and a copy of the final invention statement, shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer. The final invention statement (see FAR 27.303(b)(2)(ii)) shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer on the expiration date of the contract.

The annual utilization report shall be submitted in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract. The final invention statement (see FAR 27.303(b)(2)(ii)) shall be submitted on the expiration date of the contract. All reports shall be sent to the following address:

Contracting Officer

National Institutes of Health

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases

DEA, Office of Acquisitions

6700B Rockledge Dr., Room 3214

Bethesda, Maryland 20892-7612

If no invention is disclosed or no activity has occurred on a previously disclosed invention during the applicable reporting period, a negative report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the address listed above.

To assist contractors in complying with invention reporting requirements of the clause, the NIH has developed “Interagency Edison,” an electronic invention reporting system. Use of Interagency Edison is encouraged as it streamlines the reporting process and greatly reduces paperwork. Access to the system is through a secure interactive Web site to ensure that all information submitted is protected. Interagency Edison and information relating to the capabilities of the system can be obtained from the Web ( http://www.iedison.gov), or by contacting the Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources Branch, OPERA, NIH.

 

-16-


SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

All deliverables required under this contract shall be packaged, marked and shipped in accordance with Government specifications. At a minimum, all deliverables shall be marked with the contract number and Contractor name. The Contractor shall guarantee that all required materials shall be delivered in immediate usable and acceptable condition.

 

-17-


SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

 

  a. The Contracting Officer or the duly authorized representative will perform inspection and acceptance of materials and services to be provided.

 

  b. For the purpose of this SECTION, The Contracting Officer’s Representative is the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer.

 

  c. Inspection and acceptance will be performed at:

National Institutes of Health

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases

Division of Microbiology and Infectious Diseases

6610 Rockledge Drive, MSC 6603

Bethesda, Maryland 20892-6603

Acceptance may be presumed unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Contracting Officer or the duly authorized representative within 30 days of receipt.

 

  d. This contract incorporates the following clause by reference, with the same force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make its full text available.

FAR Clause 52.246-3, Inspection of Supplies - Cost-Reimbursement (May 2001).

FAR Clause 52.246-8, Inspection of Research and Development - Cost-Reimbursement (May 2001).

 

-18-


SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

ARTICLE F.1. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

 

  a. The period of performance of this contract shall be from September 27, 2012 through November 30, 2013.

 

  b. If the Government exercises its option(s) pursuant to the OPTION PROVISION Article in Section H of this contract, the period of performance will be increased as listed below:

 

Option    Option Period
Option 1    7 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 2    9 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 3    13 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 4    11 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 5    9 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 6    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 7    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 8    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 9    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 10    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 11    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 12    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option
Option 13    12 Months beginning with the effective date of the Option

ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERIES

Satisfactory performance of the final contract shall be deemed to occur upon performance of the work described in the Statement of Work Article in SECTION C of this contract and upon delivery and acceptance by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized representative, of the following items in accordance with the stated delivery schedule:

 

  a. The items specified below as described in the REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Article in SECTION C of this contract will be required to be delivered F.o.b. Destination as set forth in FAR 52.247-35, F.o.b. DESTINATION, WITHIN CONSIGNEES PREMISES (APRIL 1984), and in accordance with and by the date(s) specified below [and any specifications stated in SECTION D, PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this contract]:

 

Item    Description    Quantity    Delivery Schedule
(1)    Monthly Progress Report   

1 hard copy to COR

1 electronic copy to COR and CO

   The first report is due on/ before October 15, 2012. Thereafter, each report is due on/before the 15th of the month following each reporting period. Monthly Progress Reports are not required when an Annual Progress Report or Final Report is due.

 

-19-


Item    Description    Quantity    Delivery Schedule
(2)    Annual Technical Progress Report for Clinical Research Study Populations   

1 hard copy to COR 1 hard copy to NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee

1 electronic copy to COR, CO, and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee

   Each report is due on/ before the 30th of the month following each anniversary date of the contract.
(3)    DRAFT Final Report   

1 hard copy to COR

1 electronic copy to COR and CO

   A Draft Final Report shall be provided approximately 30 calendar days before the conclusion of each option period and shall cover all Milestones within that option. The option Periods are defined in the Additional options and related tasks table. COR’s comments are due to the Contractor within 15 calendars days after receipt.
(4)    Final Report and
Summary of Salient Results
  

1 hard copy to COR

1 electronic copy to COR and CO

   A Final Report shall be provided on/before the completion date of the conclusion of each option period and shall cover all tasks within that option. The option periods are defined in the Additional options and related tasks table.

 

  b. Other Reports and Deliverables (Delivery Schedule)

 

  Item        Deliverables    Recipient    Delivery Schedule
1.    Product Development Plan    1 electronic copy to COR and CO   

The initial plan is due 30 calendar days following the effective date of the contract.

 

Updated plans annually on/before the 30 th of the month following each anniversary date of the contract or as required by the COR prior to the initiation of major product development activities or as necessary in support of contract modifications.

2.    Clinical and Regulatory Development Plan    1 electronic copy to COR, CO, and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    A Clinical and Regulatory Development Plan shall be provided within 30 calendar days of contract award and modified as needed during the term of the contract based on data and regulatory meetings.

 

-20-


  Item        Deliverables    Recipient    Delivery Schedule
3.    Quality Systems Agreements    1 electronic copy to COR    Within 30 calendar days of the effective date of contract/ subcontract award and prior to initiation of any major product development activities.
4.    All Assay Development, Qualification and    1 electronic copy to COR    Draft plans or protocols, as appropriate, 21 days prior to implementation. Draft reports within 60 days after
     Validation Plans, Protocols, and Reports         completion of laboratory phase. Final reports within 7 days after incorporation of NIAID comments and release by QA.
5.    Draft and Final Batch Records for each production process    1 electronic copy to COR    Draft records 21 days prior to implementation. Final records within 7 days of release by QA.
6.    Certificates of Analysis for non cGMP and cGMP products    1 electronic copy to COR    Within 7 days of release by QA.
7.    Stability Reports for non cGMP and cGMP product    1 electronic copy to COR    In accordance with FDA and ICH guidelines.
8.    Shipping Validation Reports    1 electronic copy to COR    For shipment of cGMP, Clinical materials and Critical Reagents.
9.    Animal, and other non clinical study designs, protocols and reports:    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee   

Draft study designs and protocols for approval prior to ordering animals. Draft Protocols at least 21 days prior to protocol initiation.

 

Final protocols 7 days prior to protocol initiation.

 

Draft Unaudited Reports within 6 weeks of termination of the last animal on protocol, 12 weeks if full histopathology is required.

 

Final reports within 7 days of incorporation of NIAID comments and release by QA.

10.    Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls (CMC) information    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    At least 21 days prior to submission to FDA.
11.    Raw data and/or specific analyses of data generated by this contract    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    Within 30 calendar days of the request.
12.    Internal Audit Reports: As needed to evaluate compliance with FDA required cGMP, GLP and GCP standards    1 electronic copy to COR, CO, and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    Within 30 calendar days of each audit.
13.    Audits by FDA involving contractor or subcontractor materials, facilities or operations related to this contract    1 electronic copy to COR, CO, and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    Notification within 7 calendar days of each audit. Reports within 7 calendar days of receipt of each audit from the FDA.

 

-21-


  Item        Deliverables    Recipient    Delivery Schedule
14.    FDA Pre IND Meeting Materials and Minutes    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee   

-Pre IND Meeting materials. Within 14 calendar days prior to submission to FDA.

 

-Pre IND Meeting Minutes. Within 7 calendar days after each meeting.

15.    Clinical Trial Protocols, Amendments, and Supporting Documents (draft, revisions and final)    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee    In accordance with to timelines or specified by DMID clinical operation guidelines.
16.    FDA IND Submissions and Meeting Minutes    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs Designee   

-IND materials: At least 21 calendar days prior to submission to FDA.

 

-IND Meeting minutes: Within 7 calendar days after each meeting.

17.    SAE Reports    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs designee    In accordance with to timelines or specified by DMID clinical operation guidelines.
18.    FDA Correspondence and Meeting Summaries    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs designee   

-Within 5 business days after receipt from the FDA.

 

-For correspondence to the FDA, within 5 business days prior to submission.

 

-Meeting Minutes: Within 5 business days after each meeting.

19.    Draft and Final Clinical Study Reports    1 electronic copy to COR and NIAID Regulatory Affairs designee    Prior to regulatory submission to the FDA and as requested or as available
20.    Other clinical reports (for example, IND annual reports, NIH Clinical Population Reports, SMC Reports, Clinical Trial Monitoring Plan, Data Management Plan, Safety Oversight Plan, Quality Management Plan, and Clinical Monitoring Reports)    1 electronic copy to COR    Submit according to timelines or specified by NIAID-DMID clinical operation guidelines.
21.    Contract Initiation Meeting, Annual Contract Review Meetings, and Additional Contract Meetings, Reports and Minutes.    1 electronic copy to COR and CO    Within 21 calendar days of each meeting.

 

-22-


  Item        Deliverables    Recipient    Delivery Schedule
22.    Publications and Presentations    1 electronic to COR   

-For manuscripts, within 30 calendar days in advance of submission.

 

-For abstracts and oral presentations, within 10 calendar days in advance of submission.

23.    Annual Utilization Report    1 electronic to CO    Due on/before the 30th of the month following the anniversary date of the contract.
24.    Final Invention Statement    1 electronic to CO    Due on/before completion date of the contract.
25.    All reports and Documentation including the invention disclosure report, the confirmatory license, and the government support certification    1 electronic to OPERA    As required by FAR Clause 52.227-11.
26.    All deliverables noted on the SOW    1 electronic to COR and CO    Upon completion of each task.

 

  c. Copies of the Reports shall be sent to the following addresses:
Recipient    Address
NIAID Contract Officer Representative (COR)   

Patrick Sanz, Ph.D.

Vaccines and other Biological Products Development Section Office of Biodefense Research Affairs (OBRA)

DMID/NIAID/NIH

6610 Rockledge Drive, Room 3716

Bethesda, MD 20892

Tel: 301-402-2148

Fax: 301-480-1263

sanzp@niaid.nih.gov

 

NIAID Contracting Officer   

National Institutes of Health, DHHS

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Division of Extramural Activities, OA 6700-B

Rockledge Drive, Room 3214, MSC 7612 Bethesda, MD 20892-7612

 

NIAID Office of Policy for Extramural Research Administration (OPERA)   

National Institutes of Health

Office of Policy for Extramural Research Administration (OPERA)

Extramural Inventions and Technology Resources Branch 6705 Rockledge Drive, Room 1040-A, MSC 7980 Bethesda, MD 20892-7980

 

 

-23-


ARTICLE F.3. CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, FAR 52.252-2 (FEBRUARY 1998)

This contract incorporates the following clause(s) by reference, with the same force and effect as if it were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make its full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this address: http://www.acquisition.gov/comp/far/index.html

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:

52.242-15, Stop Work Order (August 1989) with Alternate I (April 1984).

 

-24-


SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

ARTICLE G.1. CONTRACTING OFFICER’S REPRESENTATIVE (COR)

The following Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) will represent the Government for the purpose of this contract:

Patrick Sanz, Ph.D.

Contracting Officer’s Representative

Vaccines and other Biological Products Development Section Office of Biodefense Research Affairs

(OBRA)/DMID/

NIAID/NIH/HHS

6700-B Rockledge Drive, Room 3716

Bethesda, MD 20892

The COR is responsible for: (1) monitoring the Contractor’s technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and recommending to the Contracting Officer changes in requirements; (2) interpreting the statement of work and any other technical performance requirements; (3) performing technical evaluation as required; (4) performing technical inspections and acceptances required by this contract; and (5) assisting in the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance.

The Contracting Officer is the only person with authority to act as agent of the Government under this contract. Only the Contracting Officer has authority to: (1) direct or negotiate any changes in the statement of work; (2) modify or extend the period of performance; (3) change the delivery schedule; (4) authorize reimbursement to the Contractor for any costs incurred during the performance of this contract; or (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this contract.

The Government may unilaterally change its COR designation.

ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL, HHSAR 352.242-70 (January 2006)

The key personnel specified in this contract are considered to be essential to work performance. At least 30 days prior to diverting any of the specified individuals to other programs or contracts (or as soon as possible, if an individual must be replaced, for example, as a result of leaving the employ of the Contractor), the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer and shall submit comprehensive justification for the diversion or replacement request (including proposed substitutions for key personnel) to permit evaluation by the Government of the impact on performance under this contract. The Contractor shall not divert or otherwise replace any key personnel without the written consent of the Contracting Officer. The Government may modify the contract to add or delete key personnel at the request of the Contractor or Government.

(End of Clause)

The following individuals are considered to be essential to the work being performed hereunder:

 

Name    Title
Dr. Charles H. Squires    Principal Investigator
Dr. Bert Liang    Clinician focused on pre-clinical and clinical studies
Dr. Lawrence Chew    Director Fermentation and Vaccine Development
Dr. Jeff Allen Biochemistry    Director Downstream Processing (DSP) and Analytical
Andy Hooper    Project Manager
Ron Cantwell    Project Control Manager

 

-25-


ARTICLE G.3. INVOICE SUBMISSION/CONTRACT FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

 

  a. Invoice/Financing Request Instructions and Contract Financial Reporting for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts NIH(RC)-4 are attached and made part of this contract. The Contractor shall follow the attached instructions and submission procedures specified below to meet the requirements of a “proper invoice” pursuant to FAR Subpart 32.9, Prompt Payment.

 

  1. Payment requests shall be submitted to the offices identified below. Do not submit supporting documentation (e.g., receipts, time sheets, vendor invoices, etc.) with your payment request unless specified elsewhere in the contract or requested by the Contracting Officer .

 

  a. The original invoice shall be submitted to the following designated billing office :

National Institutes of Health

Office of Financial Management

Commercial Accounts

2115 East Jefferson Street, Room 4B-432, MSC 8500

Bethesda, MD 20892-8500

 

  b. One copy of the invoice shall be submitted to the following approving official via e-mail at :

E-mail: NIAIDOAInvoices@niaid.nih.gov

The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the payment request to the approving official instead of a paper copy. The payment request shall be transmitted as an attachment via e-mail to the address listed above in one of the following formats: MSWord, MS Excel, or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). Only one payment request shall be submitted per e-mail and the subject line of the e-mail shall include the Contractor’s name, contract number, and unique invoice number.

[ Note: The original payment request must still be submitted in hard copy and mailed to the designated billing office to meet the requirements of a “proper invoice.” ]

 

  2. In addition to the requirements specified in FAR 32.905 for a proper invoice, the Contractor shall include the following information on the face page of all payment requests:

 

  a. Name of the Office of Acquisitions. The Office of Acquisitions for this contract is NIAID .

 

  b. Central Point of Distribution. For the purpose of this contract, the Central Point of Distribution is NIAIDOA Invoices .

 

  c. Federal Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN). If the Contractor does not have a valid TIN, it shall identify the Vendor Identification Number (VIN) on the payment request. The VIN is the number that appears after the Contractor’s name on the face page of the contract. [ Note: A VIN is assigned to new contracts awarded on or after June 4, 2007, and any existing contract modified to include the VIN number .] If the Contractor has neither a TIN, DUNS, or VIN, contact the Contracting Officer.

 

-26-


  d. DUNS or DUNS+4 Number. The DUNS number must identify the Contractor’s name and address exactly as stated in the contract and as registered in the Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database. If the Contractor does not have a valid DUNS number, it shall identify the Vendor Identification Number (VIN) on the payment request. The VIN is the number that appears after the Contractor’s name on the face page of the contract. [ Note: A VIN is assigned to new contracts awarded on or after June 4, 2007, and any existing contract modified to include the VIN number .] If the Contractor has neither a TIN, DUNS, or VIN, contact the Contracting Officer.

 

  e. Invoice Matching Option. This contract requires a two-way match.

 

  f. Unique Invoice Number. Each payment request must be identified by a unique invoice number, which can only be used one time regardless of the number of contracts or orders held by an organization.

 

  g. PRISM/NBS Line Item Number and associated PRISM/NBS Line Item Period of Performance.

 

  b. Inquiries regarding payment of invoices shall be directed to the designated billing office, (301) 496-6452.

 

  c. The Contractor shall include the following certification on every invoice for reimbursable costs incurred with Fiscal Year funds subject to HHSAR Clause 352.231-70, Salary Rate Limitation in SECTION I of this contract. For billing purposes, certified invoices are required for the billing period during which the applicable Fiscal Year funds were initially charged through the final billing period utilizing the applicable Fiscal Year funds:

“I hereby certify that the salaries charged in this invoice are in compliance with HHSAR Clause 352.231-70, Salary Rate Limitation in SECTION I of the above referenced contract.”

ARTICLE G.4. INDIRECT COST RATES

In accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) (48 CFR Chapter 1) Clause 52.216-7 (d)(2), Allowable Cost and Payment incorporated by reference in this contract in PART II, SECTION I, the cognizant Contracting Officer representative responsible for negotiating provisional and/or final indirect cost rates is identified as follows:

Director, Division of Financial Advisory Services

Office of Acquisition Management and Policy

National Institutes of Health

6011 EXECUTIVE BLVD, ROOM 549C, MSC-7663

BETHESDA MD 20892-7663

These rates are hereby incorporated without further action of the Contracting Officer.

ARTICLE G.5. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

 

  a. In addition to the requirements of the clause, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, incorporated in SECTION I of this contract, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of HHS Publication, “HHS Contracting Guide for Contract of Government Property,” which is incorporated into this contract by reference. This document can be accessed at:

http://www.hhs.gov/hhsmanuals/logisticsmanual/Appendix Q_HHS Contracting Guide.pdf .

Among other issues, this publication provides a summary of the Contractor’s responsibilities regarding purchasing authorizations and inventory and reporting requirements under the contract.

 

-27-


Requests for information regarding property under this contract should be directed to the following office:

Division of Personal Property Services, NIH

6011 Building, Suite 637

6011 EXECUTIVE BLVD MSC 7670 BETHESDA MD 20892-7670

(301) 496-5711

 

  b. Notwithstanding the provisions outlined in the HHS Publication, “HHS Contracting Guide for Contract of Government Property,” which is incorporated in this contract in paragraph a. above, the Contractor shall use the form entitled, “Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property” for submitting summary reports required under this contract, as directed by the Contracting Officer or his/her designee. This form is included as an attachment in SECTION J of this contract.

ARTICLE G.6. POST AWARD EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE

 

  a. Contractor Performance Evaluations

Interim and final evaluations of Contractor performance will be prepared on this contract in accordance with FAR Subpart 42.15. The final performance evaluation will be prepared at the time of completion of work.

Interim and final evaluations will be provided to the Contractor as soon as practicable after completion of the evaluation. The Contractor will be permitted thirty days to review the document and to submit additional information or a rebutting statement. If agreement cannot be reached between the parties, the matter will be referred to an individual one level above the Contracting Officer, whose decision will be final.

Copies of the evaluations, Contractor responses, and review comments, if any, will be retained as part of the contract file, and may be used to support future award decisions.

 

  b. Electronic Access to Contractor Performance Evaluations

Contractors may access evaluations through a secure Web site for review and comment at the following address:

http://www.cpars.gov

 

-28-


SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE H.1. PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS, HHSAR 352.270-4(b) (January 2006)

 

  a. The Contractor agrees that the rights and welfare of human subjects involved in research under this contract shall be protected in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and with the Contractor’s current Assurance of Compliance on file with the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP), Department of Health and Human Services. The Contractor further agrees to provide certification at least annually that the Institutional Review Board has reviewed and approved the procedures, which involve human subjects in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and the Assurance of Compliance.

 

  b. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for the performance of all work and services involving the use of human subjects under this contract and shall ensure that work is conducted in a proper manner and as safely as is feasible. The parties hereto agree that the Contractor retains the right to control and direct the performance of all work under this contract. The Contractor shall not deem anything in this contract to constitute the Contractor or any subcontractor, agent or employee of the Contractor, or any other person, organization, institution, or group of any kind whatsoever, as the agent or employee of the Government. The Contractor agrees that it has entered into this contract and will discharge its obligations, duties, and undertakings and the work pursuant thereto, whether requiring professional judgment or otherwise, as an independent contractor without imputing liability on the part of the Government for the acts of the Contractor or its employees.

 

  c. If at any time during the performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with OHRP that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and/or standards stated in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. The Contracting Officer may communicate the notice of suspension by telephone with confirmation in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer’s written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, after consultation with OHRP, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor’s name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Human Subject Assurances.

(End of clause)

ARTICLE H.2. DATA AND SAFETY MONITORING IN CLINICAL TRIALS

The Contractor is directed to the full text of the NIH Policy regarding Data and Safety Monitoring and Reporting of Adverse Events, which may be found at the following web sites:

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/not98-084.html

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/not99-107.html

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/NOT-OD-00-038.html

The Contractor must comply with the NIH Policy cited in these NIH Announcements and any other data and safety monitoring requirements found elsewhere in this contract.

Data and Safety Monitoring shall be performed in accordance with the approved Data and Safety Monitoring Plan.

The Data and Safety Monitoring Board shall be established and approved prior to beginning the conduct of the clinical trial.

 

-29-


ARTICLE H.3. REGISTRATION AND RESULTS REPORTING FOR APPLICABLE CLINICAL TRIALS IN CLINICALTRIALS.GOV

The Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 (FDAAA) at:

http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-

bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=110_cong_public_laws&docid=f:publ085.110.pdf , Title VIII, expands the National Institutes of Health’s (NIH’s) clinical trials registry and results database known as ClinicalTrials.gov and imposes new requirements that apply to specified “applicable clinical trials,” including those supported in whole or in part by NIH funds. FDAAA requires:

 

    the registration of certain “applicable clinical trials” (see Definitions at:
     http://grants.nih.gov/ClinicalTrials fdaaa/ definitions.htm ) in ClinicalTrials.gov no later than 21 days after the first subject is enrolled; and
    the reporting of summary results information (including adverse events) no later than 1 year after the completion date (See Definitions at link above) for registered applicable clinical trials involving drugs that are approved under section 505 of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) or licensed under section 351 of the PHS Act, biologics, or of devices that are cleared under section 510k of FDCA.

In addition, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), with the trial registration number (NCT number), once the registration is accomplished. This notification may be included in the Technical Progress Report covering the period in which registration occurred, or as a stand alone notification.

The IND Sponsor will be determined after contract award, the “Responsible Party” for the purposes of compliance with FDAAA which includes registration (and results reporting, if required) of applicable clinical trial(s) performed under this contract in the Government database, ClinicalTrials.gov ( http://www.ClinicalTrials.gov ).

Additional information is available at: http://prsinfo.clinicaltrials.gov .

ARTICLE H.4. HUMAN MATERIALS

The acquisition and supply of all human specimen material (including fetal material) used under this contract shall be obtained by the Contractor in full compliance with applicable State and Local laws and the provisions of the Uniform Anatomical Gift Act in the United States, and no undue inducements, monetary or otherwise, will be offered to any person to influence their donation of human material.

ARTICLE H.5. HUMAN MATERIALS (ASSURANCE OF OHRP COMPLIANCE)

The acquisition and supply of all human specimen material (including fetal material) used under this contract shall be obtained by the Contractor in full compliance with applicable State and Local laws and the provisions of the Uniform Anatomical Gift Act in the United States, and no undue inducements, monetary or otherwise, will be offered to any person to influence their donation of human material.

The Contractor shall provide written documentation that all human materials obtained as a result of research involving human subjects conducted under this contract, by collaborating sites, or by subcontractors identified under this contract, were obtained with prior approval by the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP) of an Assurance to comply with the requirements of 45 CFR 46 to protect human research subjects. This restriction applies to all collaborating sites without OHRP-approved Assurances, whether domestic or foreign, and compliance must be ensured by the Contractor.

 

-30-


Provision by the Contractor to the Contracting Officer of a properly completed “Protection of Human Subjects Assurance Identification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption”, Form OMB No. 0990-0263(formerly Optional Form 310), certifying IRB review and approval of the protocol from which the human materials were obtained constitutes the written documentation required. The human subject certification can be met by submission of a self designated form, provided that it contains the information required by the “Protection of Human Subjects Assurance Identification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption”, Form OMB No. 0990-0263(formerly Optional Form 310).

ARTICLE H.6. RESEARCH INVOLVING RECOMBINANT DNA MOLECULES (Including Human Gene Transfer Research)

All research involving recombinant DNA molecules that is conducted at or sponsored by an entity that receives any support for recombinant DNA research from NIH shall be conducted in accordance with the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules (NIH Guidelines) (See http://oba.od.nih.gov/rdna/ nih_guidelines_oba.html ). The NIH Guidelines stipulate biosafety and containment measures for recombinant DNA research and delineate points to consider in the development and conduct of human gene transfer clinical trials, including ethical principles and safety reporting requirements (See Appendix M of the Guidelines). More information about compliance with the NIH Guidelines can be found in a set of Frequently Asked Questions at: http://oba.od.nih.gov/rdna_ibc/ibc_faq.html .

The NIH Guidelines apply to both basic and clinical research studies. Prior to beginning any clinical trials involving the transfer of recombinant DNA to humans, the trial must be registered with the NIH OBA and reviewed by the NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RAC). If this contract involves new protocols that contain unique and/or novel issues, the RAC may recommend that the protocol also be discussed by the RAC in a public forum. Approval of the Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) and the Institutional Review Board (IRB) are necessary before the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and Contracting Officer may approve the protocol prior to the start of the research. The IBC approval may not occur before the NIH RAC has concluded its review of the protocol.

Failure to comply with the NIH Guidelines may result in suspension, limitation, or termination of the contract for any work related to recombinant DNA research or a requirement for Contracting Officer prior approval of any or all recombinant DNA projects under this contract. This includes the requirements of the Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) (See http://oba.od.nih.gov/rdna_ibc/ibc.html ).

As specified in Appendix M-1-C-4 of the NIH Guidelines , any serious adverse event that that is both unexpected and associated with the use of the gene transfer product (i.e., there is reasonable possibility that the event may have been caused by the use of the product) must be reported to the NIH OBA and IBC within 15 days, or within 7 days if the event was life-threatening or resulted in a death. A copy of the report must also be filed with the COR and Contracting Officer (See http://oba.od.nih.gov/oba/rac/guidelines_02/APPENDIX_M.htm ). Such reports must also be submitted within their mandated time frames to the IRB, Food and Drug Administration, and, if applicable, the HHS Office for Human Research Protections.

ARTICLE H.7. NIH POLICY ON ENHANCING PUBLIC ACCESS TO ARCHIVED PUBLICATIONS RESULTING FROM NIH-FUNDED RESEARCH

NIH-funded investigators shall submit to the NIH National Library of Medicine’s (NLM) PubMed Central (PMC) an electronic version of the author’s final manuscript, upon acceptance for publication, resulting from research supported in whole or in part with direct costs from NIH. NIH defines the author’s final manuscript as the final version accepted for journal publication, and includes all modifications from the publishing peer review process. The PMC archive will preserve permanently these manuscripts for use by the public, health care providers, educators, scientists, and NIH. The Policy directs electronic submissions to the NIH/NLM/PMC: http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov .

 

-31-


Additional information is available at http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/NOT-OD-08-033.html .

ARTICLE H.8. NEEDLE DISTRIBUTION

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to carry out any program of distributing sterile needles or syringes for the hypodermic injection of any illegal drug.

ARTICLE H.9. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FEDERAL FUNDING

The Contractor shall clearly state, when issuing statements, press releases, requests for proposals, bid solicitations and other documents describing projects or programs funded in whole or in part with Federal money: (1) the percentage of the total costs of the program or project which will be financed with Federal money; (2) the dollar amount of Federal funds for the project or program; and (3) the percentage and dollar amount of the total costs of the project or program that will be financed by nongovernmental sources.

ARTICLE H.10. RESTRICTION ON ABORTIONS

The Contractor shall not use contract funds for any abortion.

ARTICLE H.11. CONTINUED BAN ON FUNDING OF HUMAN EMBRYO RESEARCH

The Contractor shall not use contract funds for (1) the creation of a human embryo or embryos for research purposes; or (2) research in which a human embryo or embryos are destroyed, discarded, or knowingly subjected to risk of injury or death greater than that allowed for research on fetuses in utero under 45 CFR 46.204(b) and Section 498(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 289g(b)). The term “human embryo or embryos” includes any organism, not protected as a human subject under 45 CFR 46 as of the date of the enactment of this Act, that is derived by fertilization, parthenogenesis, cloning, or any other means from one or more human gametes or human diploid cells.

Additionally, in accordance with a March 4, 1997 Presidential Memorandum, Federal funds may not be used for cloning of human beings.

ARTICLE H.12. DISSEMINATION OF FALSE OR DELIBERATELY MISLEADING INFORMATION

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to disseminate information that is deliberately false or misleading.

ARTICLE H.13. ARTICLE H.13. PRIVACY ACT, HHSAR 352.224-70 (January 2006)

This contract requires the Contractor to perform one or more of the following: (a) Design; (b) develop; or (c) operate a Federal agency system of records to accomplish an agency function in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (Act) (5 U.S.C. 552a(m)(1)) and applicable agency regulations. The term “system of records” means a group of any records under the control of any agency from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual. Violations of the Act by the Contractor and/or its employees may result in the imposition of criminal penalties (5 U.S.C. 552a(i)). The Contractor shall ensure that each of its employees knows the prescribed rules of conduct and that each employee is aware that he/she is subject to criminal penalties for violation of the Act to the same extent as Department of Health and Human Services employees. These provisions also apply to all subcontracts the Contractor awards under this contract which require the design, development or operation of the designated system(s) of records [5 U.S.C. 552a(m)(1)]. The contract work statement: (a) identifies the system(s) of records and the design, development, or operation work the Contractor is to perform; and (b) specifies the disposition to be made of such records upon completion of contract performance.

 

-32-


(End of clause)

45 CFR Part 5b contains additional information which includes the rules of conduct and other Privacy Act requirements and can be found at: http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_06/45cfr5b_06.html .

The Privacy Act System of Records applicable to this project is Number 09-25-0200. This document is incorporated into this contract as an Attachment in SECTION J of this contract. This document is also available at: http://oma.od.nih.gov/ms/privacy/pa-files/read02systems.htm .

ARTICLE H.14. CARE OF LIVE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, HHSAR 352.270-5(b) (October 2009)

 

  a. Before undertaking performance of any contract involving animal-related activities where the species is regulated by USDA, the Contractor shall register with the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States in accordance with 7 U.S.C. 2136 and 9 CFR sections 2.25 through 2.28. The Contractor shall furnish evidence of the registration to the Contracting Officer.

 

  b. The Contractor shall acquire vertebrate animals used in research from a dealer licensed by the Secretary of Agriculture under 7 U.S.C. 2133 and 9 CFR Sections 2.1-2.11, or from a source that is exempt from licensing under those sections.

 

  c. The Contractor agrees that the care, use and intended use of any live vertebrate animals in the performance of this contract shall conform with the Public Health Service (PHS) Policy on Humane Care of Use of Laboratory Animals (PHS Policy), the current Animal Welfare Assurance (Assurance), the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy Press, Washington, DC) and the pertinent laws and regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture (see 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq. and 9 CFR Subchapter A, Parts 1-4). In case of conflict between standards, the more stringent standard shall govern.

 

  d. If at any time during performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), National Institutes of Health (NIH), that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and standards stated in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. Notice of the suspension may be communicated by telephone and confirmed in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer’s written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, in consultation with OLAW, NIH, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor’s name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Assurances.

 

       Note : The Contractor may request registration of its facility and a current listing of licensed dealers from the Regional Office of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), USDA, for the region in which its research facility is located. The location of the appropriate APHIS Regional Office, as well as information concerning this program may be obtained by contacting the Animal Care Staff, USDA/APHIS, 4700 River Road, Riverdale, Maryland 20737 (E-mail: ace@aphis.usda.gov ; Web site: ( http://www.aphis.usda.gov/animal_welfare ).

(End of Clause)

ARTICLE H.15. ANIMAL WELFARE

All research involving live, vertebrate animals shall be conducted in accordance with the Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (PHS Policy). The PHS Policy can be accessed at: http://grants1.nih.gov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm

 

-33-


In addition, the research involving live vertebrate animals shall be conducted in accordance with the description set forth in the Vertebrate Animal Section (VAS) of the contractor’s technical proposal, as modified in the Final Proposal Revision (FPR), dated 09/24/2012, which is incorporated by reference.

ARTICLE H.16. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL WHO WORK WITH NONHUMAN PRIMATES

All Contractor personnel who work with nonhuman primates or enter rooms or areas containing nonhuman primates shall comply with the procedures set forth in NIH Policy Manual 3044-2, entitled, “Protection of NIH Personnel Who Work with Nonhuman Primates,” located at the following URL:

http://oma.od.nih.gov/manualchapters/intramural/3044-2/

ARTICLE H.17. OMB CLEARANCE

In accordance with HHSAR 352.201-70, Paperwork Reduction Act, the Contractor shall not proceed with surveys or interviews until such time as Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Clearance for conducting interviews has been obtained by the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and the Contracting Officer has issued written approval to proceed.

ARTICLE H.18. OPTION PROVISION

Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to the Option Clause set forth in ARTICLE I.3., the contract will consist only of the Base Period of the Statement of Work as defined in Sections C and F of the contract. Pursuant to

FAR Clause 52.217-7, Option for Increased Quantity-Separately Priced Line Item set forth in ARTICLE I.3. of this contract, the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform additional options set forth in the Statement of Work and also defined in Sections C and F of the contract. If the Government exercises this option, notice must be given at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of this contract, and the estimated cost plus fixed fee of the contract will be increased as set forth in the ESTIMATED COST Article in SECTION B of this contract.

ARTICLE H.19. INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL ACCESS SECURITY

 

  A. Standard for Security Configurations, HHSAR 352.239-70 , (January 2010)

 

  a. The Contractor shall configure its computers that contain HHS data with the applicable Federal Desktop Core Configuration (FDCC) (see http://nvd.nist.gov/fdcc/index.cfm ) and ensure that its computers have and maintain the latest operating system patch level and anti-virus software level.

 

       Note : FDCC is applicable to all computing systems using Windows XPTM and Windows VistaTM, including desktops and laptops - regardless of function - but not including servers.

 

  b. The Contractor shall apply approved security configurations to information technology (IT) that is used to process information on behalf of HHS. The following security configuration requirements apply: FDCC

 

  c.

The Contractor shall ensure IT applications operated on behalf of HHS are fully functional and operate correctly on systems configured in accordance with the above configuration requirements. The Contractor shall use Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP)-validated tools with FDCC Scanner capability to ensure its products operate correctly with

 

-34-


FDCC configurations and do not alter FDCC settings - see http://nvd.nist.gov/validation.cfm . The Contractor shall test applicable product versions with all relevant and current updates and patches installed. The Contractor shall ensure currently supported versions of information technology products met the latest FDCC major version and subsequent major versions.

 

  d. The Contractor shall ensure IT applications designed for end users run in the standard user context without requiring elevated administrative privileges.

 

  e. The Contractor shall ensure hardware and software installation, operation, maintenance, update, and patching will not alter the configuration settings or requirements specified above.

 

  f. The Contractor shall (1) include Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 201-compliant (http//csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips201-1/FIPS-201-1-chng1.pdf) , Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12 (HSPD-12) card readers with the purchase of servers, desktops, and laptops; and (2) comply with FAR Subpart 4.13, Personal Identity Verification.

 

  g. The Contractor shall ensure that its subcontractors (at all tiers) which perform work under this contract comply with the requirements contained in this clause.

 

  B. Security Requirements For Federal Information Technology Resources, HHSAR 352.239-72 , (January 2010)

 

  a. Applicability . This clause applies whether the entire contract or order (hereafter “contract”), or portion thereof, includes information technology resources or services in which the Contractor has physical or logical (electronic) access to, or operates a Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) system containing, information that directly supports HHS’ mission. The term “information technology (IT)”, as used in this clause, includes computers, ancillary equipment (including imaging peripherals, input, output, and storage devices necessary for security and surveillance), peripheral equipment designed to be controlled by the central processing unit of a computer, software, firmware and similar procedures, services (including support services) and related resources. This clause does not apply to national security systems as defined in FISMA.

 

  b. Contractor responsibilities . The Contractor is responsible for the following:

 

  1. Protecting Federal information and Federal information systems in order to ensure their -

 

  a. Integrity, which means guarding against improper information modification or destruction, and includes ensuring information non-repudiation and authenticity;

 

  b. Confidentiality, which means preserving authorized restrictions on access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary information; and

 

  c. Availability, which means ensuring timely and reliable access to and use of information.

 

  2. Providing security of any Contractor systems, and information contained therein, connected to an HHS network or operated by the Contractor, regardless of location, on behalf of HHS.

 

-35-


  3. Adopting, and implementing, at a minimum, the policies, procedures, controls and standards of the HHS Information Security Program to ensure the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of Federal information and Federal information systems for which the Contractor is responsible under this contract or to which it may otherwise have access under this contract. The HHS Information Security Program is outlined in the HHS Information Security Program Policy, which is available on the HHS Office of the Chief Information Officer’s (OCIO) Web site.

 

  c. Contractor security deliverables . In accordance with the timeframes specified, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following security documents to the Contracting Officer for review, comment, and acceptance:

 

  1. IT Security Plan (IT-SP) - due within 30 days after contract award. The IT-SP shall be consistent with, and further detail the approach to, IT security contained in the Contractor’s bid or proposal that resulted in the award of this contract. The IT-SP shall describe the processes and procedures that the Contractor will follow to ensure appropriate security of IT resources that are developed, processed, or used under this contract. If the IT-SP only applies to a portion of the contract, the Contractor shall specify those parts of the contract to which the IT-SP applies.

 

  a. The Contractor’s IT-SP shall comply with applicable Federal laws that include, but are not limited to, the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) of 2002 (Title III of the E-Government Act of 2002, Public Law 107-347), and the following Federal and HHS policies and procedures:

 

  i. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, Management of Federal Information Resources, Appendix III, Security of Federal Automation Information Resources.

 

  ii. National Institutes of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication (SP) 800-18, Guide for Developing Security Plans for Information Systems, in form and content, and with any pertinent contract Statement of Work/Performance Work Statement (SOW/ PWS) requirements. The IT-SP shall identify and document appropriate IT security controls consistent with the sensitivity of the information and the requirements of Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 200, Recommend Security Controls for Federal Information Systems. The Contractor shall review and update the IT-SP in accordance with NIST SP 800-26, Security Self-Assessment Guide for Information Technology Systems and FIPS 200, on an annual basis.

 

  iii. HHS-OCIO Information Systems Security and Privacy Policy.

 

  2. IT Risk Assessment (IT-RA) - due within 30 days after contract award. The IT-RA shall be consistent, in form and content, with NIST SP 800-30, Risk Management Guide for Information Technology Systems, and any additions or augmentations described in the HHS-OCIO Information Systems Security and Privacy Policy. After resolution of any comments provided by the Government on the draft IT-RA, the Contracting Officer shall accept the IT-RA and incorporate the Contractor’s final version into the contract for Contractor implementation and maintenance. The Contractor shall update the IT-RA on an annual basis.

 

-36-


  3. FIPS 199 Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems Assessment (FIPS 199 Assessment) – due within 30 days after contract award. The FIPS 199 Assessment shall be consistent with the cited NIST standard. After resolution of any comments by the Government on the draft FIPS 199 Assessment, the Contracting Officer shall accept the FIPS 199 Assessment and incorporate the Contractor’s final version into the contract.

 

  4. IT Security Certification and Accreditation (IT-SC&A) - due within 3 months after contract award. The Contractor shall submit written proof to the Contracting Officer that an IT-SC&A was performed for applicable information systems - see paragraph (a) of this clause. The Contractor shall perform the IT-SC&A in accordance with the HHS Chief Information Security Officer’s Certification and Accreditation Checklist; NIST SP 800-37, Guide for the Security, Certification and Accreditation of Federal Information Systems; and NIST 800-53, Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems. An authorized senior management official shall sign the draft IT-SC&A and provided it to the Contracting Officer for review, comment, and acceptance.

 

  a. After resolution of any comments provided by the Government on the draft IT SC&A, the Contracting Officer shall accept the IT-SC&A and incorporate the Contractor’s final version into the contract as a compliance requirement.

 

  b. The Contractor shall also perform an annual security control assessment and provide to the Contracting Officer verification that the IT-SC&A remains valid. Evidence of a valid system accreditation includes written results of:

 

  i. Annual testing of the system contingency plan; and

 

  ii. The performance of security control testing and evaluation.

 

  d. Personal identity verification . The Contractor shall identify its employees with access to systems operated by the Contractor for HHS or connected to HHS systems and networks. The Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) shall identify, for those identified employees, position sensitivity levels that are commensurate with the responsibilities and risks associated with their assigned positions. The Contractor shall comply with the HSPD-12 requirements contained in “HHS-Controlled Facilities and Information Systems Security” requirements specified in the SOW/PWS of this contract.

 

  e. Contractor and subcontractor employee training . The Contractor shall ensure that its employees, and those of its subcontractors, performing under this contract complete HHS-furnished initial and refresher security and privacy education and awareness training before being granted access to systems operated by the Contractor on behalf of HHS or access to HHS systems and networks. The Contractor shall provide documentation to the COR evidencing that Contractor employees have completed the required training.

 

  f. Government access for IT inspection . The Contractor shall afford the Government access to the Contractor’s and subcontractors’ facilities, installations, operations, documentation, databases, and personnel used in performance of this contract to the extent required to carry out a program of IT inspection (to include vulnerability testing), investigation, and audit to safeguard against threats and hazards to the integrity, confidentiality, and availability, of HHS data or to the protection of information systems operated on behalf of HHS.

 

-37-


  g. Subcontracts . The Contractor shall incorporate the substance of this clause in all subcontracts that require protection of Federal information and Federal information systems as described in paragraph (a) of this clause, including those subcontracts that -

 

  a. Have physical or electronic access to HHS’ computer systems, networks, or IT infrastructure; or

 

  b. Use information systems to generate, store, process, or exchange data with HHS or on behalf of HHS, regardless of whether the data resides on a HHS or the Contractor’s information system.

 

  h. Contractor employment notice . The Contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer when an employee either begins or terminates employment (or is no longer assigned to the HHS project under this contract), if that employee has, or had, access to HHS information systems or data.

 

  i. Document information . The Contractor shall contact the Contracting Officer for any documents, information, or forms necessary to comply with the requirements of this clause.

 

  j. Contractor responsibilities upon physical completion of the contract . The Contractor shall return all HHS information and IT resources provided to the Contractor during contract performance and certify that all HHS information has been purged from Contractor-owned systems used in contract performance.

 

  k. Failure to comply . Failure on the part of the Contractor or its subcontractors to comply with the terms of this clause shall be grounds for the Contracting Officer to terminate this contract.

(End of Clause)

Note : The NIST Special Publication SP-800-26 cited in subparagraph c.1.a.(ii) of this clause has been superseded by NIST SP 800-53A, “Guide for Assessing the Security Controls in Federal Information Systems and Organizations” for use for the assessment of security control effectiveness. See http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsSPs.html to access NIST Special Publications (800 Series).

 

  C. Additional NIH Requirements

 

  1. SECURITY CATEGORIZATION OF FEDERAL INFORMATION AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS (FIPS 199 Assessment)

 

  a. Information Type:

 

  [  ] Administrative, Management and Support Information:

 

  [X] Mission Based Information:

 

  b. Security Categories and Levels:

 

Confidentiality Level:    [X] Low    [  ] Moderate    [  ] High
Integrity Level:    [  ] Low    [X] Moderate    [  ] High
Availability Level:    [X] Low    [  ] Moderate    [  ] High
Overall Level:    [  ] Low    [X] Moderate    [  ] High

 

-38-


  c. In accordance with HHSAR Clause 352.239-72, the contractor shall submit a FIPS 199 Assessment within 30 days after contract award. Any differences between the contractor’s assessment and the information contained herein, will be resolved, and if required, the contract will be modified to incorporate the final FIPS 199 Assessment.

 

  2. INFORMATION SECURITY TRAINING

In addition to any training covered under paragraph (e) of HHSAR 352.239-72, the contractor shall comply with the below training:

 

  a. Mandatory Training

 

  i. All Contractor employees having access to (1) Federal information or a Federal information system or (2) sensitive data/information as defined at HHSAR 304.1300(a) (4), shall complete the NIH Computer Security Awareness Training course at http://irtsectraining.nih.gov/ before performing any work under this contract. Thereafter, Contractor employees having access to the information identified above shall complete an annual NIH-specified refresher course during the life of this contract. The Contractor shall also ensure subcontractor compliance with this training requirement.

 

  ii. The Contractor shall maintain a listing by name and title of each Contractor/Subcontractor employee working on this contract and having access of the kind in paragraph 1.a(1) above, who has completed the NIH required training. Any additional security training completed by the Contractor/Subcontractor staff shall be included on this listing. The list shall be provided to the COR and/or Contracting Officer upon request.

 

  b. Role-based Training

HHS requires role-based training when responsibilities associated with a given role or position, could, upon execution, have the potential to adversely impact the security posture of one or more HHS systems. Read further guidance at Secure One HHS Memorandum on Role-Based Training Requirement .

For additional information see the following: http://ocio.nih.gov/security/security-communicating.htm#RoleBased .

The Contractor shall maintain a list of all information security training completed by each contractor/subcontractor employee working under this contract. The list shall be provided to the COR and/or Contracting Officer upon request.

 

  c. Rules of Behavior

The Contractor shall ensure that all employees, including subcontractor employees, comply with the NIH Information Technology General Rules of Behavior ( http://ocio.nih.gov/security/nihitrob.html ), which are contained in the NIH Information Security Awareness Training Course http://irtsectraining.nih.gov .

 

  3. PERSONNEL SECURITY RESPONSIBILITIES

In addition to any personnel security responsibilities covered under HHSAR 352.239-72, the contractor shall comply with the below personnel security responsibilities:

 

-39-


  a. In accordance with Paragraph (h) of HHSAR 352.239-72, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting officer and the COR within five working days before a new employee assumes a position that requires access to HHS information systems or data, or when an employee with such access stops working on this contract. The Government will initiate a background investigation on new employees assuming a position that requires access to HHS information systems or data, and will stop pending background investigations for employees that no longer work under the contract or no longer have such access.

 

  b. New contractor employees who have or will have access to HHS information systems or data: The Contractor shall provide the COR with the name, position title, e-mail address, and phone number of all new contract employees working under the contract and provide the name, position title and position sensitivity level held by the former incumbent. If an employee is filling a new position, the Contractor shall provide a position description and the Government will determine the appropriate position sensitivity level.

 

  c. Departing contractor employees : The Contractor shall provide the COR with the name, position title, and position sensitivity level held by or pending for departing employees. The Contractor shall perform and document the actions identified in the Contractor Employee Separation Checklist ( http://ocio.nih.gov/nihsecurity/Emp-sep-checklist.pdf ) when a Contractor/ subcontractor employee terminates work under this contract. All documentation shall be made available to the COR upon request.

 

  d. Commitment to Protect Non-Public Departmental Information and Data .

 

     The Contractor, and any subcontractors performing under this contract, shall not release, publish, or disclose non-public Departmental information to unauthorized personnel, and shall protect such information in accordance with provisions of the following laws and any other pertinent laws and regulations governing the confidentiality of such information:

 

  18 U.S.C. 641 (Criminal Code: Public Money, Property or Records)
  18 U.S.C. 1905 (Criminal Code: Disclosure of Confidential Information)
  Public Law 96-511 (Paperwork Reduction Act)

 

     Each employee, including subcontractors, having access to non-public Department information under this acquisition shall complete the “Commitment to Protect Non-Public Information - Contractor Employee Agreement” located at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/Nondisclosure.pdf .
     A copy of each signed and witnessed Non-Disclosure agreement shall be submitted to the Project Officer/COR prior to performing any work under this acquisition.

 

  4. LOSS AND/OR DISCLOSURE OF PERSONALLY IDENTIFIABLE INFORMATION (PII) - NOTIFICATION OF DATA BREACH

 

     The Contractor shall report all suspected or confirmed incidents involving the loss and/or disclosure of PII in electronic or physical form. Notification shall be made to the NIH Incident Response Team (IRT) via email ( IRT@mail.nih.gov ) within one hour of discovering the incident. The Contractor shall follow up with IRT by completing and submitting one of the applicable two forms below within three (3) work days of incident discovery:

 

           NIH PII Spillage Report at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/PII Spillage Report.doc
           NIH Lost or Stolen Assets Report at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/Lost or Stolen.doc

 

-40-


ARTICLE H.20. ELECTRONIC AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ACCESSIBILITY, HHSAR 352.239-73(b) (January 2010)

 

  a. Pursuant to Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d), as amended by the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, all electronic and information technology (EIT) products and services developed, acquired, maintained, or used under this contract/order must comply with the “Electronic and Information Technology Accessibility Provisions” set forth by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (also referred to as the “Access Board”) in 36 CFR part 1194. Information about Section 508 provisions is available at http://www.section508.gov/ . The complete text of Section 508 Final provisions can be accessed at http://www.access-board.gov/sec508/provisions.htm .

 

  b. The Section 508 standards applicable to this contract/order are identified in the Statement of Work. The contractor must provide a written Section 508 conformance certification due at the end of each contract/ order exceeding $100,000 when the contract/order duration is one year or less. If it is determined by the Government that EIT products and services provided by the Contractor do not conform to the described accessibility standards in the Product Assessment Template, remediation of the products or services to the level of conformance specified in the Contractor’s Product Assessment Template will be the responsibility of the Contractor at its own expense.

 

  c. In the event of a modification(s) to this contract/order, which adds new EIT products or services or revises the type of, or specifications for, products or services the Contractor is to provide, including EIT deliverables such as electronic documents and reports, the Contracting Officer may require that the contractor submit a completed HHS Section 508 Product Assessment Template to assist the Government in determining that the EIT products or services support Section 508 accessibility standards. Instructions for documenting accessibility via the HHS Section 508 Product Assessment Template may be found under Section 508 policy on the HHS Office on Disability Web site ( http://www.hhs.gov/od/ ).

 

     [(End of HHSAR 352.239-73(b)]

 

  d. Prior to the Contracting Officer exercising an option for a subsequent performance period/additional quantity or adding funding for a subsequent performance period under this contract, as applicable, the Contractor must provide a Section 508 Annual Report to the Contracting Officer and Project Officer. Unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer in writing, the Contractor shall provide the cited report in accordance with the following schedule. Instructions for completing the report are available in the Section 508 policy on the HHS Office on Disability Web site under the heading Vendor Information and Documents. The Contractor’s failure to submit a timely and properly completed report may jeopardize the Contracting Officer’s exercising an option or adding funding, as applicable.

Schedule for Contractor Submission of Section 508 Annual Report:

[End of HHSAR 352.239-73(c)]

ARTICLE H.21. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION

 

  a. Confidential information, as used in this article, means information or data of a personal nature about an individual, or proprietary information or data submitted by or pertaining to an institution or organization.

 

-41-


  b. The Contracting Officer and the Contractor may, by mutual consent, identify elsewhere in this contract specific information and/or categories of information which the Government will furnish to the Contractor or that the Contractor is expected to generate which is confidential. Similarly, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may, by mutual consent, identify such confidential information from time to time during the performance of the contract. Failure to agree will be settled pursuant to the “Disputes” clause.

 

  c. If it is established elsewhere in this contract that information to be utilized under this contract, or a portion thereof, is subject to the Privacy Act, the Contractor will follow the rules and procedures of disclosure set forth in the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and implementing regulations and policies, with respect to systems of records determined to be subject to the Privacy Act.

 

  d. Confidential information, as defined in paragraph (a) of this article, shall not be disclosed without the prior written consent of the individual, institution, or organization.

 

  e. Whenever the Contractor is uncertain with regard to the proper handling of material under the contract, or if the material in question is subject to the Privacy Act or is confidential information subject to the provisions of this article, the Contractor should obtain a written determination from the Contracting Officer prior to any release, disclosure, dissemination, or publication.

 

  f. Contracting Officer determinations will reflect the result of internal coordination with appropriate program and legal officials.

 

  g. The provisions of paragraph (d) of this article shall not apply to conflicting or overlapping provisions in other Federal, State or local laws.

ARTICLE H.22. INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING INVESTIGATOR FINANCIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Institution (includes any contractor, public or private, excluding a Federal agency) shall comply with the requirements of 45 CFR Part 94, Responsible Prospective Contractors, which promotes objectivity in research by establishing standards to ensure that Investigators (defined as the project director or principal Investigator and any other person, regardless of title or position, who is responsible for the design, conduct, or reporting of research funded under NIH contracts, or proposed for such funding, which may include, for example, collaborators or consultants) will not be biased by any Investigator financial conflicts of interest. 45 CFR Part 94 is available at the following Web site: http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&rgn=div5&view=text&node=45:1.0.1.1.52&idno=45

As required by 45 CFR Part 94, the Institution shall, at a minimum:

 

  a. Maintain an up-to-date, written, enforceable policy on financial conflicts of interest that complies with 45 CFR Part 94, inform each Investigator of the policy, the Investigator’s reporting responsibilities regarding disclosure of significant financial interests, and the applicable regulation, and make such policy available via a publicly accessible Web site, or if none currently exist, available to any requestor within five business days of a request. A significant financial interest means a financial interest consisting of one or more of the following interests of the Investigator (and those of the Investigator’s spouse and dependent children) that reasonably appears to be related to the Investigator’s institutional responsibilities:

 

  1. With regard to any publicly traded entity, a significant financial interest exists if the value of any remuneration received from the entity in the twelve months preceding the disclosure and the value of any equity interest in the entity as of the date of disclosure, when aggregated, exceeds $5,000. Included are payments and equity interests;

 

-42-


  2. With regard to any non-publicly traded entity, a significant financial interest exists if the value of any remuneration received from the entity in the twelve months preceding the disclosure, when aggregated, exceeds $5,000, or when the Investigator (or the Investigator’s spouse or dependent children) holds any equity interest; or

 

  3. Intellectual property rights and interests, upon receipt of income related to such rights and interest.

Significant financial interests do not include the following:

 

  1. Income from seminars, lectures, or teaching, and service on advisory or review panels for government agencies, Institutions of higher education, academic teaching hospitals, medical centers, or research institutes with an Institution of higher learning; and

 

  2. Income from investment vehicles, such as mutual funds and retirement accounts, as long as the Investigator does not directly control the investment decisions made in these vehicles.

 

  b. Require each Investigator to complete training regarding the Institution’s financial conflicts of interest policy prior to engaging in research related to any NIH-funded contract and at least every four years. The Institution must take reasonable steps [see Part 94.4(c)] to ensure that investigators working as collaborators, consultants or subcontractors comply with the regulations.

 

  c. Designate an official(s) to solicit and review disclosures of significant financial interests from each Investigator who is planning to participate in, or is participating in, the NIH-funded research.

 

  d. Require that each Investigator who is planning to participate in the NIH-funded research disclose to the Institution’s designated official(s) the Investigator’s significant financial interest (and those of the Investigator’s spouse and dependent children) no later than the date of submission of the Institution’s proposal for NIH-funded research. Require that each Investigator who is participating in the NIH-funded research to submit an updated disclosure of significant financial interests at least annually, in accordance with the specific time period prescribed by the Institution during the period of the award as well as within thirty days of discovering or acquiring a new significant financial interest.

 

  e. Provide guidelines consistent with the regulations for the designated official(s) to determine whether an Investigator’s significant financial interest is related to NIH-funded research and, if so related, whether the significant financial interest is a financial conflict of interest. An Investigator’s significant financial interest is related to NIH-funded research when the Institution, thorough its designated official(s), reasonably determines that the significant financial interest: Could be affected by the NIH-funded research; or is in an entity whose financial interest could be affected by the research. A financial conflict of interest exists when the Institution, through its designated official(s), reasonably determines that the significant financial interest could directly and significantly affect the design, conduct, or reporting of the NIH-funded research.

 

  f. Take such actions as necessary to manage financial conflicts of interest, including any financial conflicts of a subcontractor Investigator. Management of an identified financial conflict of interest requires development and implementation of a management plan and, if necessary, a retrospective review and mitigation report pursuant to Part 94.5(a).

 

  g. Provide initial and ongoing FCIO reports to the Contracting Officer pursuant to Part 94.5(b).

 

  h. Maintain records relating to all Investigator disclosures of financial interests and the Institution’s review of, and response to, such disclosures, and all actions under the Institution’s policy or retrospective review, if applicable, for at least 3 years from the date of final payment or, where applicable, for the other time periods specified in 48 CFR Part 4, subpart 4.7, Contract Records Retention.

 

-43-


  i. Establish adequate enforcement mechanisms and provide for employee sanctions or other administrative actions to ensure Investigator compliance as appropriate.

 

  j. Complete the certification in Section K - Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Offerors titled “Certification of Institutional Policy on Financial Conflicts of Interest”.

If the failure of an Institution to comply with an Institution’s financial conflicts of interest policy or a financial conflict of interest management plan appears to have biased the design, conduct, or reporting of the NIH-funded research, the Institution must promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the corrective action taken or to be taken. The Contracting Officer will consider the situation and, as necessary, take appropriate action or refer the matter to the Institution for further action, which may include directions to the Institution on how to maintain appropriate objectivity in the NIH-funded research project.

The Contracting Officer and/or HHS may inquire at any time before, during, or after award into any Investigator disclosure of financial interests, and the Institution’s review of, and response to, such disclosure, regardless of whether the disclosure resulted in the Institution’s determination of a financial conflict of interests. The Contracting Officer may require submission of the records or review them on site. On the basis of this review of records or other information that may be available, the Contracting Officer may decide that a particular financial conflict of interest will bias the objectivity of the NIH-funded research to such an extent that further corrective action is needed or that the Institution has not managed the financial conflict of interest in accordance with Part 94.6(b). The issuance of a Stop Work Order by the Contracting Officer may be necessary until the matter is resolved.

If the Contracting Officer determines that NIH-funded clinical research, whose purpose is to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of a drug, medical device, or treatment, has been designed, conducted, or reported by an Investigator with a financial conflict of interest that was managed or reported by the Institution, the shall require the Investigator involved to disclose the financial conflict of interest in each public presentation of the results of the research and to request an addendum to previously published presentations.

ARTICLE H.23. PUBLICATION AND PUBLICITY

In addition to the requirements set forth in HHSAR Clause 352.227-70, Publications and Publicity incorporated by reference in SECTION I of this contract, the Contractor shall acknowledge the support of the National Institutes of Health whenever publicizing the work under this contract in any media by including an acknowledgment substantially as follows:

“This project has been funded in whole or in part with Federal funds from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, under Contract No. HHSN272201200033C”

ARTICLE H.24. REPORTING MATTERS INVOLVING FRAUD, WASTE AND ABUSE

Anyone who becomes aware of the existence or apparent existence of fraud, waste and abuse in NIH funded programs is encouraged to report such matters to the HHS Inspector General’s Office in writing or on the Inspector General’s Hotline. The toll free number is 1-800-HHS-TIPS (1-800-447-8477) . All telephone calls will be handled confidentially. The e-mail address is Htips@os.dhhs.gov and the mailing address is:

Office of Inspector General

Department of Health and Human Services

TIPS HOTLINE

P.O. Box 23489

Washington, D.C. 20026

 

-44-


ARTICLE H.25. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

In accordance with FAR 39.106, Information Technology acquired under this contract must be Year 2000 compliant as set forth in the following clause(s):

 

  1. Service Involving the Use of Information Technology
     YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE--SERVICE INVOLVING THE USE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The Contractor agrees that each item of hardware, software, and firmware used under this contract shall be able to accurately process date data (including, but not limited to, calculating, comparing and sequencing) from, into and between the twentieth and twenty-first centuries and the Year 1999 and the Year 2000 and leap year calculations.

(End of Clause)

ARTICLE H.26. OBTAINING AND DISSEMINATING BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH RESOURCES

Unique research resources arising from NIH-funded research are to be shared with the scientific research community. NIH provides guidance, entitled, “Principles and Guidelines for Recipients of NIH Research Grants and Contracts on Obtaining and Disseminating Biomedical Research Resources: Final Notice,” (Federal Register Notice, December 23, 1999 [64 FR 72090]), concerning the appropriate terms for disseminating and acquiring these research resources. This guidance, found at: http://ott.od.nih.gov/pdfs/64FR72090.pdf is intended to help contractors ensure that the conditions they impose and accept on the transfer of research tools will facilitate further biomedical research, consistent with the requirements of the Bayh-Dole Act and NIH funding policy.

Note: For the purposes of this Article, the terms, “research tools”, “research materials”, and “research resources” are used interchangeably and have the same meaning.

 

  a. Sharing of Model Organisms for Biomedical Research

The plan for sharing model organisms submitted by the Contractor is acceptable. The Contractor agrees to adhere to its plan and shall request prior approval of the Contracting Officer for any changes in its plan.

ARTICLE H.27. SHARING RESEARCH DATA

The data sharing plan submitted by the Contractor is acceptable. The Contractor agrees to adhere to its plan and shall request prior approval of the Contracting Officer for any changes in its plan.

The NIH endorses the sharing of final research data to serve health. this contract is expected to generate research data that must be shared with the public and other researchers. NIH’s data sharing policy may be found at the following Web site:

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/NOT-OD-03-032.html

NIH recognizes that data sharing may be complicated or limited, in some cases, by institutional policies, local IRB rules, as well as local, state and Federal laws and regulations, including the Privacy Rule (see HHS-published documentation on the Privacy Rule at http://www.hhs.gov/ocr/ ). The rights and privacy of people who participate in NIH-funded research must be protected at all times; thus, data intended for broader use should be free of identifiers that would permit linkages to individual research participants and variables that could lead to deductive disclosure of the identity of individual subjects.

 

-45-


ARTICLE H.28. POSSESSION USE AND TRANSFER OF SELECT BIOLOGICAL AGENTS OR TOXINS

The work being conducted under this contract may involve the possession, use, or transfer of a select agent or toxin. The contractor shall not conduct work involving a Select Agent or Toxin under this contract until it and any associated subcontractor(s) comply with the following:

For prime or subcontract awards to domestic institutions that possess, use, and/or transfer a Select Agent or Toxin under this contract, the institution must comply with the provisions of 42 CFR part 73, 7 CFR part 331, and/or 9 CFR part 121 ( http://www.selectagents.gov/Regulations.html ) as required, before using NIH funds for work involving a Select Agent or Toxin. No NIH funds can be used for research involving a Select Agent or Toxin at a domestic institution without a valid registration certificate.

For prime or subcontract awards to foreign institutions that possess, use, and/or transfer a Select Agent or Toxin, before using NIH funds for any work directly involving a Select Agent or Toxin, the foreign institution must provide information satisfactory to the NIAID that safety, security, and training standards equivalent to those described in 42 CFR part 73, 7 CFR part 331, and/or 9 CFR part 121 are in place and will be administered on behalf of all Select Agent or Toxin work supported by these funds. The process for making this determination includes a site visit to the foreign laboratory facility by an NIAID representative. During this visit, the foreign institution must provide the following information: concise summaries of safety, security, and training plans; names of individuals at the foreign institution who will have access to the Select Agent or Toxin and procedures for ensuring that only approved and appropriate individuals, in accordance with institution procedures, will have access to the Select Agents or Toxins under the contract; and copies of or links to any applicable laws, regulations, policies, and procedures applicable to that institution for the safe and secure possession, use, and/ or transfer of select agents. Site visits to foreign laboratories are conducted every three years after the initial review. No NIH funds can be used for work involving a Select Agent or Toxin at a foreign institution without written approval from the Contracting Officer.

Prior to conducting a restricted experiment with a Select Agent or Toxin under this contract or any associated subcontract, the contractor must discuss the experiment with the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and request and obtain written approval from the Contracting Officer. Domestic institutions must submit to the Contracting Officer written approval from the CDC to perform the proposed restricted experiment. Foreign institutions require review by a NIAID representative. The prime contractor must contact the COR and the NIAID Office of International Extramural Activities (OIEA) at mailto:niaidforeignawards@niaid.nih.gov for guidance on the process used by NIAID to review proposed restricted experiments. The NIAID website provides an overview of the review process at http://funding.niaid.nih.gov/researchfunding/sci/biod/pages/saconproc.aspx . The Contracting Officer will notify the prime contractor when the process is complete. No NIH funds can be used for a restricted experiment with a Select Agent or Toxin at either a domestic or foreign institution without written approval from the Contracting Officer.

Listings of HHS and USDA select agents and toxins, and overlap select agents or toxins as well as information about the registration process for domestic institutions, are available on the Select Agent Program Web site at http://www.selectagents.gov/ and http://www.selectagents.gov/Select%20Agents%20and%20Toxins%20List.html .

For foreign institutions, see the NIAID Select Agent Award information:

( http://funding.niaid.nih.gov/researchfunding/sci/biod/pages/default.aspx ).

 

-46-


ARTICLE H.29. HIGHLY PATHOGENIC AGENTS

The work being conducted under this contract may involve a Highly Pathogenic Agent (HPA) . The NIAID defines an HPA as a pathogen that, under any circumstances, warrants a biocontainment safety level of BSL3 or higher according to either:

 

  1. The current edition of the CDC/NIH Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (BMBL) (http://www.cdc.gov/OD/ohs/biosfty/bmbl5/bmbl5toc.htm) ;

 

  2. The Contractor’s Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) or equivalent body; or

 

  3. The Contractor’s appropriate designated institutional biosafety official.

If there is ambiguity in the BMBL guidelines and/or there is disagreement among the BMBL, an IBC or equivalent body, or institutional biosafety official, the highest recommended containment level must be used.

ARTICLE H.30. HOTEL AND MOTEL FIRE SAFETY ACT OF 1990 (P.L. 101-391)

Pursuant to Public Law 101-391, no Federal funds may be used to sponsor or fund in whole or in part a meeting, convention, conference or training seminar that is conducted in, or that otherwise uses the rooms, facilities, or services of a place of public accommodation that do not meet the requirements of the fire prevention and control guidelines as described in the Public Law. This restriction applies to public accommodations both foreign and domestic.

Public accommodations that meet the requirements can be accessed at: http://www.usfa.fema.gov/hotel/index.htm .

ARTICLE H.31. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTOR INVOLVEMENT WITH TERRORIST ACTIVITIES

The Contractor acknowledges that U.S. Executive Orders and Laws, including but not limited to E.O. 13224 and P.L. 107-56, prohibit transactions with, and the provision of resources and support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. It is the legal responsibility of the Contractor to ensure compliance with these Executive Orders and Laws. This clause must be included in all subcontracts issued under this contract.

ARTICLE H.32. USE OF FUNDS FOR CONFERENCES, MEETINGS AND FOOD

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to conduct meetings or conferences without prior written Contracting Officer approval.

In addition, the use of contract funds to purchase food for meals, light refreshments, or beverages is expressly prohibited.

 

-47-


The following conferences and/or meetings have been approved by the Contracting Officer and are hereby authorized under this contract:

 

Conference or

Meeting Title

  

Conference or

Meeting Location

   Federal/
NonFederal Space
  

Date of

Conference

  

Not to Exceed

Estimate Cost

         

[    ] Federal

[    ] NonFederal

         
         

[    ] Federal

[    ] NonFederal

         
         

[    ] Federal

[    ] NonFederal

         
         

[    ] Federal

[    ] NonFederal

         

ARTICLE H.33. USE OF FUNDS FOR PROMOTIONAL ITEMS

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to purchase promotional items. Promotional items include, but are not limited to: clothing and commemorative items such as pens, mugs/cups, folders/folios, lanyards, and conference bags that are sometimes provided to visitors, employees, grantees, or conference attendees. This includes items or tokens given to individuals as these are considered personal gifts for which contract funds may not be expended.

 

-48-


PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically as follows: FAR Clauses at: https://www.acquisition.gov/far/ . HHSAR Clauses at: http://www.hhs.gov/policies/hhsar/subpart352.html .

 

  a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

 

FAR
CLAUSE NO.      

 

  

DATE

 

    

TITLE

 

52.202-1

 

  

Jan 2012

 

    

Definitions (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.203-3

 

   Apr 1984      Gratuities (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

52.203-5

 

   Apr 1984      Covenant Against Contingent Fees (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)
52.203-6    Sep 2006     

Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.203-7    Oct 2010     

Anti-Kickback Procedures (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.203-8    Jan 1997     

Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.203-10    Jan 1997     

Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or Improper Activity (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.203-12    Oct 2010     

Limitation on Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions (Over $150,000)

 

52.204-4    May 2011     

Printed or Copied Double-Sided on Postconsumer Fiber Content Paper (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.204-7    Aug 2012     

Central Contractor Registration

 

52.204-10    Aug 2012     

Reporting Executive Compensation and First-Tier Subcontract Awards ($25,000 or more)

 

52.209-6    Dec 2010     

Protecting the Government’s Interests When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment (Over $30,000)

 

52.215-2    Oct 2010     

Audit and Records - Negotiation [Note: Applies to ALL contracts funded in whole or in part with Recovery Act funds, regardless of dollar value, AND contracts over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold funded exclusively with non-Recovery Act funds.]

 

52.215-8    Oct 1997     

Order of Precedence - Uniform Contract Format

 

52.215-10    Aug 2011     

Price Reduction for Defective Certified Cost or Pricing Data (Over $700,000)

 

52.215-12    Oct 2010     

Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data (Over $700,000)

 

52.215-14    Oct 2010     

Integrity of Unit Prices (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.215-15    Oct 2010      Pension Adjustments and Asset Reversions (Over $700,000)

 

-49-


FAR
CLAUSE NO.      

 

  

DATE

 

    

TITLE

 

52.215-18    Jul 2005     

Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) other than Pensions

 

52.215-19    Oct 1997     

Notification of Ownership Changes

 

52.215-21    Oct 2010     

Requirements for Certified Cost or Pricing Data and Data Other Than Certified Cost or Pricing Data - Modifications

 

52.215-23    Oct 2009     

Limitations on Pass-Through Charges (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.216-7    Jun 2011     

Allowable Cost and Payment

 

52.216-8    Jun 2011     

Fixed Fee

 

52.219-8    Jan 2011     

Utilization of Small Business Concerns (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.219-9    Jan 2011     

Small Business Subcontracting Plan (Over $650,000, $1.5 million for Construction)

 

52.219-16    Jan 1999     

Liquidated Damages - Subcontracting Plan (Over $650,000, $1.5 million for Construction)

 

52.222-2    Jul 1990     

Payment for Overtime Premium (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold) (Note: The dollar amount in paragraph (a) of this clause is $0 unless otherwise specified in the contract.)

 

52.222-3    Jun 2003     

Convict Labor

 

52.222-21    Feb 1999     

Prohibition of Segregated Facilities

 

52.222-26    Mar 2007     

Equal Opportunity

 

52.222-35    Sep 2010     

Equal Opportunity for Veterans ($100,000 or more)

 

52.222-36    Oct 2010     

Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities

 

52.222-37    Sep 2010     

Employment Reports on Veterans ($100,000 or more)

 

52.222-40    Dec 2010     

Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.222-50    Feb 2009     

Combating Trafficking in Persons

 

52.222-54    Jul 2012     

Employment Eligibility Verification (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.223-6    May 2001     

Drug-Free Workplace

 

52.223-18    Aug 2011     

Encouraging Contractor Policies to Ban Text Messaging While Driving

 

52.225-1    Feb 2009     

Buy American Act - Supplies

 

52.225-13    Jun 2008     

Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases

 

52.227-1    Dec 2007     

Authorization and Consent, Alternate I (Apr 1984)

 

52.227-2    Dec 2007     

Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent and Copyright Infringement

 

52.227-11    Dec 2007     

Patent Rights - Ownership by the Contractor (Note: In accordance with FAR 27.303(b)(2), paragraph (e) is modified to include the requirements in FAR 27.303(b)(2)(i) through (iv). The frequency of reporting in (i) is annual.

 

52.227-14    Dec 2007     

Rights in Data - General

 

52.232-9    Apr 1984     

Limitation on Withholding of Payments

 

52.232-17    Oct 2010     

Interest (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.232-20    Apr 1984     

Limitation of Cost

 

52.232-23    Jan 1986      Assignment of Claims    

 

-50-


FAR
CLAUSE NO.      

 

  

DATE

 

    

TITLE

 

52.232-25    Oct 2008     

Prompt Payment, Alternate I (Feb 2002)

 

52.232-33    Oct 2003     

Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer--Central Contractor Registration

 

52.233-1    Jul 2002     

Disputes

 

52.233-3    Aug 1996     

Protest After Award, Alternate I (Jun 1985)

 

52.233-4    Oct 2004     

Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim

 

52.242-1    Apr 1984     

Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs

 

52.242-3    May 2001     

Penalties for Unallowable Costs (Over $700,000)

 

52.242-4    Jan 1997     

Certification of Final Indirect Costs

 

52.242-13    Jul 1995     

Bankruptcy (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.243-2    Aug 1987     

Changes - Cost Reimbursement, Alternate V (Apr 1984)

 

52.244-2    Oct 2010     

Subcontracts (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold), Alternate I (June 2007)

 

52.244-5    Dec 1996     

Competition in Subcontracting (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.244-6    Dec 2010     

Subcontracts for Commercial Items

 

52.245-1    Apr 2012     

Government Property

 

52.245-9    Apr 2012     

Use and Charges

 

52.246-23    Feb 1997     

Limitation of Liability (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)

 

52.249-6    May 2004     

Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)

 

52.249-14    Apr 1984     

Excusable Delays

 

52.253-1    Jan 1991      Computer Generated Forms

 

  b. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

 

HHSAR
CLAUSE NO.      

 

  

DATE

 

    

TITLE

 

352.202-1    Jan 2006     

Definitions - with Alternate paragraph (h) (Jan 2006)

 

352.203-70    Mar 2012     

Anti-Lobbying

 

352.216-70    Jan 2006     

Additional Cost Principles

 

352.222-70    Jan 2010     

Contractor Cooperation in Equal Employment Opportunity Investigations

 

352.227-70    Jan 2006     

Publications and Publicity

 

352.228-7    Dec 1991     

Insurance - Liability to Third Persons

 

352.233-71    Jan 2006     

Litigation and Claims

 

352.242-70    Jan 2006     

Key Personnel

 

352.242-73    Jan 2006     

Withholding of Contract Payments

 

352.242-74    Apr 1984      Final Decisions on Audit Findings

[End of GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A NEGOTIATED COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT- Rev. 08/2012].

 

-51-


ARTICLE I.2. AUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTION OF CLAUSES

ARTICLE I.1. of this SECTION is hereby modified as follows:

 

  a. Alternate I , (December 1991), of FAR Clause 52.233-1, Disputes (December 1998) is added.

ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CLAUSES

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect, as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

 

  a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

 

  1. FAR Clause 52.203-13, Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct (April 2010).

 

  2. FAR Clause 52.203-14, Display of Hotline Poster(s) (December 2007).

“....(3) Any required posters may be obtained as follows:

 

   

Poster(s)

 

  

Obtain From”

 

    
 

 

HHS Contractor Code of Ethics and

Business Conduct Poster

 

  

 

     http://oig.hhs.gov/fraud/report-         

     fraud/OIG_Hotline_Poster.pdf         

 

  

 

  3. FAR Clause 52.215-17, Waiver of Facilities Capital Cost of Money (October 1997).

 

  4. FAR Clause 52.217-7, Option for Increased Quantity - Separately Priced Line Item (March 1989).

“....The Contracting Officer may exercise the option by written notice to the Contractor within 60 days before the contract expires or prior to the exercise of the options.”

 

  5. FAR Clause 52.219-4, Notice of Price Evaluation Preference for HUBZone Small Business Concerns (January 2011).

“(c) Waiver of evaluation preference.....

[  ] Offeror elects to waive the evaluation preference.”

 

  6. FAR Clause 52.219-28, Post-Award Small Business Program Rerepresentation (April 2012).

 

  7. FAR Clause 52.224-1, Privacy Act Notification (April 1984).

 

  8. FAR Clause 52.224-2, Privacy Act (April 1984).

 

  9. Alternate II (December 2007), FAR Clause 52.227-14, Rights in Data--General (December 2007).

Additional purposes for which the limited rights data may be used are:

(i) Use (except for manufacture) by support service contractors.

(ii) Evaluation by nongovernment evaluators.

(iii) Use (except for manufacture) by other contractors participating in the Government’s program of which the specific contract is a part.

 

-52-


  10. Alternate V (December 2007), FAR Clause 52.227-14, Rights in Data--General (December 2007).

 

  11. FAR Clause 52.227-16, Additional Data Requirements (June 1987).

 

  12. FAR Clause 52.227-17, Rights in Data--Special Works (December 2007).

 

  13. FAR Clause 52.230-2, Cost Accounting Standards (May 2012).

 

  14. FAR Clause 52.230-6, Administration of Cost Accounting Standards (June 2010).

 

  15. FAR Clause 52.232-18, Availability of Funds (April 1984).

 

  16. FAR Clause 52.239-1, Privacy or Security Safeguards (August 1996).

 

  17. FAR Clause 52.247-63, Preference for U.S. Flag Air Carriers (June 2003).

 

  18. FAR Clause 52.247-68, Report of Shipment (REPSHIP) (February 2006).

 

  19. FAR Clause 52.251-1, Government Supply Sources (April 2012).

 

  b. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

 

  1. HHSAR Clause 352.201-70, Paperwork Reduction Act (January 2006).

 

  2. HHSAR Clause 352.223-70, Safety and Health (January 2006).

 

  3. HHSAR Clause 352.231-70, Salary Rate Limitation (March 2012).

Note: P.L. 112-74 sets forth the Salary Rate Limitation at the Executive Level II Rate, effective December 23, 2011.

See the following Web site for Executive Schedule rates of pay: http://www.opm.gov/oca/ .

(For current year rates, click on Salaries and Wages/Executive Schedule/Rates of Pay for the Executive Schedule. For prior year rates, click on Salaries and Wages/select Another Year at the top of the page/Executive Schedule/Rates of Pay for the Executive Schedule. Rates are effective January 1 of each calendar year unless otherwise noted.)

 

  4. HHSAR Clause 352.270-1, Accessibility of Meetings, Conferences and Seminars to Persons with Disabilities (January 2001).

 

  c. NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH) RESEARCH CONTRACTING (RC) CLAUSES:

The following clauses are attached and made a part of this contract:

 

  1. NIH(RC)-11, Research Patient Care Costs (4/1/84).

 

-53-


ARTICLE I.4. ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT

This contract incorporates the following clauses in full text.

 

  a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

 

  1. FAR Clause 52.209-9, Updates of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters (February 2012)

(a) The Contractor shall update the information in the Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS) on a semi-annual basis, throughout the life of the contract, by posting the required information in the Central Contractor Registration database at https://www.acquisition.gov .

(b) As required by section 3010 of the Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2010 (Pub. L. 111-212), all information posted in FAPIIS on or after April 15, 2011, except past performance reviews, will be publicly available. FAPIIS consists of two segments--

(1) The non-public segment, into which Government officials and the Contractor post information, which can only be viewed by--

(i) Government personnel and authorized users performing business on behalf of the Government; or

(ii) The Contractor, when viewing data on itself; and

(2) The publicly-available segment, to which all data in the non-public segment of FAPIIS is automatically transferred after a waiting period of 14 calendar days, except for--

(i) Past performance reviews required by subpart 42.15;

(ii) Information that was entered prior to April 15, 2011; or

(iii) Information that is withdrawn during the 14-calendar-day waiting period by the Government official who posted it in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this clause.

(c) The Contractor will receive notification when the Government posts new information to the Contractor’s record.

(1) If the Contractor asserts in writing within 7 calendar days, to the Government official who posted the information, that some of the information posted to the non-public segment of FAPIIS is covered by a disclosure exemption under the Freedom of Information Act, the Government official who posted the information must within 7 calendar days remove the posting from FAPIIS and resolve the issue in accordance with agency Freedom of Information procedures, prior to reposting the releasable information. The contractor must cite 52.209-9 and request removal within 7 calendar days of the posting to FAPIIS.

(2) The Contractor will also have an opportunity to post comments regarding information that has been posted by the Government. The comments will be retained as long as the associated information is retained, i.e., for a total period of 6 years. Contractor comments will remain a part of the record unless the Contractor revises them.

 

-54-


(3) As required by section 3010 of Pub. L. 111-212, all information posted in FAPIIS on or after April 15, 2011, except past performance reviews, will be publicly available.

(d) Public requests for system information posted prior to April 15, 2011, will be handled under Freedom of Information Act procedures, including, where appropriate, procedures promulgated under E.O. 12600.

(End of clause)

 

-55-


PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

The following documents are attached and incorporated in this contract:

 

1. Statement of Work

Statement of Work, dated September 24, 2012, 13 pages.

 

2. Invoice/Financing Request and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts, NIH(RC)-4

Invoice/Financing Request and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for NIH Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts, NIH(RC)-4, (8/12), 6 pages.

 

3. Inclusion Table

Inclusion Table (Formerly Annual Technical Progress Report Format for Each Study), April, 1998, 1 page. Located at: http://grants.nih.gov/grants/funding/women min/InclusionOldForm.pdf

 

4. Privacy Act System of Records, Number Privacy Act System of Records, Number 09-25-0200

 

5. Safety and Health

Safety and Health, HHSAR Clause 352.223-70, (1/06), 1 page.

 

6. Research Patient Care Costs

Research Patient Care Costs, NIH(RC)-11, 4/1/84, 1 page.

 

7. Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, SF-LLL

Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, SF-LLL, dated 7/97, 2 pages

 

8. Roster of Employees Requiring Suitability Investigations

Roster of Employees Requiring Suitability Investigations, 1 page. Excel file located at:

http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/ Suitability-roster.xls

 

9. Employee Separation Checklist

Employee Separation Checklist, 1 page. Fillable PDF format located at: http://ocio.nih.gov/nihsecurity/Emp-sep-checklist.pdf

 

-56-


PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this contract:

 

  1. Annual Representations and Certifications completed and located in the Online Representations and Certifications Application (ORCA) at The System for Acquisition Management (SAM) website ( http://www.sam.gov ). [This includes the changes identified in paragraph (b) of the FAR provision 52.204-8, Annual Representations and Certifications, contained in the Contractor’s proposal.]

 

  2. Human Subjects Assurance Identification Number: FWA00004217.

Quintiles, Inc. FWA# 00003974

 

  3. Animal Welfare Assurance Number: A3083-01

END of the SCHEDULE

(CONTRACT)

 

-57-


STATEMENT OF WORK

Base Period

[*]


INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NIH COST-REIMBURSEMENT CONTRACTS, NIH(RC)-4

Format : Submit payment requests on the Contractor’s self-generated form in the manner and format prescribed herein and as illustrated in the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. Standard Form 1034, Public Voucher for Purchases and Services Other Than Personal, may be used in lieu of the Contractor’s self-generated form provided it contains all of the information shown on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. DO NOT include a cover letter with the payment request.

Number of Copies : Submit payment requests in the quantity specified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

Frequency : Payment requests shall not be submitted more frequently than once every two weeks in accordance with the Allowable Cost and Payment Clause incorporated into this contract. Small business concerns may submit invoices/financing requests more frequently than every two weeks when authorized by the Contracting Office.

Cost Incurrence Period : Costs incurred must be within the contract performance period or covered by precontract cost provisions.

Billing of Costs Incurred : If billed costs include (1) costs of a prior billing period, but not previously billed, or (2) costs incurred during the contract period and claimed after the contract period has expired, the Contractor shall cite the amount(s) and month(s) in which the costs were incurred.

Contractor’s Fiscal Year : Prepare payment requests in such a manner that the Government can identify costs claimed with the Contractor’s fiscal year.

Currency : All NIH contracts are expressed in United States dollars. When the Government pays in a currency other than United States dollars, billings shall be expressed, and payment by the Government shall be made, in that other currency at amounts coincident with actual costs incurred. Currency fluctuations may not be a basis of gain or loss to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the above, the total of all invoices paid under this contract shall not exceed the United States dollars authorized.

Costs Requiring Prior Approval : Identify and reference the Contracting Officer’s Authorization (COA) Number for costs requiring the Contracting Officer’s approval, which are not set forth in an Advance Understanding in the contract. In addition, the Contractor shall show any cost set forth in an Advance Understanding as a separate entry under the appropriate expenditure category on the payment request.

Invoice/Financing Request Identification : Identify each payment as either:

 

(a) Interim Invoice/Contract Financing Request : These are interim payment requests submitted during the contract performance period.

 

(b) Completion Invoice : Submit the completion invoice promptly upon completion of the work, but no later than one year from the contract completion date, or within 120 days after settlement of the final indirect cost rates covering the year in which the contract is physically complete (whichever date is later). The Contractor shall submit the completion invoice when all costs have been assigned to the contract and all performance provisions have been completed.

 

(c) Final Invoice : A final invoice may be required after the amounts owed have been settled between the Government and the Contractor (e.g., resolution of all suspensions and audit

 

NIH(RC)-4    
Rev. 8/2012   1   Attachment 2


Preparation and Itemization of the Invoice/Financing Request : The Contractor shall furnish the information set forth in the instructions below. The instructions are keyed to the entries on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. All information must be legible or the invoice will be considered improper and returned to the Contractor.

 

(a) Designated Billing Office Name and Address : Enter the designated billing office name and address, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(b) Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, TIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number : Show the Contractor’s name and address exactly as they appear in the contract. Any invoice identified as improper will be sent to this address. Also include the name, title, phone number, and email address of the Point of Contact in case of questions. If the remittance name differs from the legal business name, both names must appear on the invoice. Provide the Contractor’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) or DUNS+4 number. The DUNS number must identify the Contractor’s name and address exactly as stated in the contract, and as registered in the Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database.

When an approved assignment of claims has been executed, the Contractor shall provide the same information for the assignee as is required for the Contractor (i.e., name, address, point of contact, TIN, and DUNS number), with the remittance information clearly identified as such.

 

(c) Invoice/Financing Request Number : Identify each payment request by a unique invoice number, which can only be used one time regardless of the number of contracts or orders held by an organization. For example, if a contractor has already submitted invoice number 05 on one of its contracts or orders, it cannot use that same invoice number on any other contract or order. Payment requests with duplicate invoice numbers will be considered improper and returned to the contractor.

The NIH does not prescribe a particular numbering format but suggests using a job or account number for each contract and order followed by a sequential invoice number (example: 8675309-05). Invoice numbers are limited to 30 characters. There are no restrictions on the use of special characters, such as colons, dashes, forward slashes, or parentheses.

If all or part of an invoice is suspended and the contractor chooses to reclaim those costs on a supplemental invoice, the contractor may use the same unique invoice number followed by an alpha character, such as “R” for revised (example: 8675309-05R).

 

(d) Date Invoice/Financing Request Prepared : Insert the date the payment request is prepared.

 

(e) Contract Number and Order Number (if applicable) : Insert the contract number and order number (if applicable).

 

(f) Contract Title : Insert the contract title exactly as it appears on the cover page of the contract.

 

(g) Current Contract Period of Performance : Insert the contract start date/effective date through the current completion date of the contract.

 

(h) Effective Date : Insert the effective date of the contract or if billing under an order, the effective date of the order.

 

(i) Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order : Insert the total estimated cost of the contract, exclusive of fixed-fee. If billing under an order, insert the total estimated cost of the order, exclusive of fixed-fee. For contracts/orders with options or incremental funding provisions, enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment.

 

NIH(RC)-4    
Rev. 8/2012   2   Attachment 2


(j) Total Fixed-Fee : Insert the total fixed-fee (where applicable). For contracts/orders with options or incremental funding provisions, enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment (where applicable).

 

(k) Two-Way/Three-Way Match : Identify whether payment is to be made using a two-way or three-way match. To determine required payment method, refer to the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(l) Office of Acquisitions : Insert the name of the Office of Acquisitions, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(m) Central Point of Distribution : Insert the Central Point of Distribution, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(n) Billing Period : Insert the beginning and ending dates (month, day, and year) of the period in which costs were incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

(o) Amount Billed - Current Period : Insert the amount claimed for the current billing period by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(p) Amount Billed - Cumulative : Insert the cumulative amounts claimed by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(q) Direct Costs : Insert the major cost elements. For each element, consider the application of the paragraph entitled “Costs Requiring Prior Approval” on page 1 of these instructions.

 

  1) Direct Labor : Include salaries and wages paid (or accrued) for direct performance of the contract.

 

     For Level of Effort contracts only, the Contractor shall provide the following information on a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request:

 

  - hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category (as specified in the Level of Effort Article in Section F of the Contract Schedule) for the current billing period, and

 

  - hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category from contract inception through the current billing period. (NOTE: The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide additional breakdown for direct labor, such as position title, employee name, and salary or hourly rate.)

 

  2) Fringe Benefits : List any fringe benefits applicable to direct labor and billed as a direct cost. Cite the rate(s) used to calculate fringe benefit costs, if applicable.

 

  3) Accountable Personal Property : Include permanent research equipment and general purpose equipment having a unit acquisition cost of $1,000 or more, with a life expectancy of more than two years, and sensitive property regardless of cost (see the HHS Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property ). Show permanent research equipment separate from general purpose equipment.

 

NIH(RC)-4    
Rev. 8/2012   3   Attachment 2


On a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request, list each item for which reimbursement is requested. Precede the item with an asterisk (*) if the equipment is below the $1,000 approval level. Include reference to the following (as applicable):

 

  - item number for the specific piece of equipment listed in the Property Schedule, and Contracting Officer Authorization (COA) number, if the equipment is not covered by the Property Schedule.

The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide further itemization of property having specific limitations set forth in the contract.

 

  4) Materials and Supplies : Include equipment with unit costs of less than $1,000 or an expected service life of two years or less, and consumable material and supplies regardless of amount.

 

  5) Premium Pay : List remuneration in excess of the basic hourly rate.

 

  6) Consultant Fee : List fees paid to consultants. Identify consultant by name or category as set forth in the contract or COA, as well as the effort (i.e., number of hours, days, etc.) and rate billed.

 

  7) Travel : Include domestic and foreign travel. Foreign travel is travel outside of Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions. However, for an organization located outside Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions, foreign travel means travel outside that country. Foreign travel must be billed separately from domestic travel.

 

  8) Subcontract Costs : List subcontractor(s) by name and amount billed.

 

  9) Other : List all other direct costs in total unless exceeding $1,000 in amount. If over $1,000, list cost elements and dollar amounts separately. If the contract contains restrictions on any cost element, that cost element must be listed separately.

 

  (r) Cost of Money (COM) : Cite the COM factor and base in effect during the time the cost was incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

  (s) Indirect Costs : Identify the indirect cost base (IDC), indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.

 

  (t) Fixed-Fee : Cite the formula or method of computation for fixed-fee, if applicable. The fixed-fee must be claimed as provided for by the contract.

 

  (u) Total Amounts Claimed : Insert the total amounts claimed for the current and cumulative periods.

 

  (v) Adjustments : Include amounts conceded by the Contractor, outstanding suspensions, and/or disapprovals subject to appeal.

 

  (w) Grand Totals

Certification of Salary Rate Limitation : If required by the contract (see Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule), the Contractor shall include the following certification at the bottom of the payment request:

“I certify that all payments requested are for appropriate purposes and in accordance with the contract and the salaries billed are in compliance with the Salary Rate Limitation Provisions in Section I of the contract.”

 

NIH(RC)-4    
Rev. 8/2012   4   Attachment 2


The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs claimed on one or more interim payment requests.

FINANCIAL REPORTING INSTRUCTIONS:

These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the sample invoice/financing request.

Column A - Expenditure Category : Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.

Column B - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Negotiated : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to for each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column C - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Actual : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column D - Amount Billed - Current : Enter amounts billed during the current period.

Column E - Amount Billed - Cumulative : Enter the cumulative amounts to date.

Column F - Cost at Completion : Enter data only when the Contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column G - Contract Amount : Enter the costs agreed to for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column H - Variance (Over or Under) : Show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column F) and negotiated costs (Column G) when entries have been made in Column F. This column need not be filled in when Column F is blank. When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column F by Column G, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.

Modifications : List all new modification(s) (not previously reported) in the amount negotiated for an item in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures Not Negotiated : An expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the Contractor in performance of its contract) should be listed in the appropriate cost category and all columns filled in, except for G. Column H will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under H above.

 

NIH(RC)-4    
Rev. 8/2012   5   Attachment 2


 

LOGO


INCLUSION TABLE

This report format should NOT be used for data collection from study participants.

 

Principal Investigator/Project Director

    

(Last, First, Middle)

  

 

Grant Number (if known) :

    

 

STUDY TITLE :

    

 

Total Enrollment:                                                                                                    Protocol Number:                                                                                         
      

American
Indian or
Alaskan
Native

 

  

Asian or
Pacific
Islander

 

  

Black, not

of Hispanic
Origin

 

  

Hispanic

 

  

White, not

of Hispanic
Origin

 

  

Other or
Unknown

 

  

Total

 

         

Female

 

                                  
         

Male

 

                                  
         

Unknown

 

                                  
         

Total

 

                                  

Attachment 3


ATTACHMENT 4 – PRIVACY ACT SYSTEM OF RECORDS, NUMBER

09-25-0200

 

HHSN272201200033C   Page 1   Attachment 4


Safety and Health, HHSAR 352.223-70 (January 2006)

 

(a) To help ensure the protection of the life and health of all persons, and to help prevent damage to property, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations applicable to the work being performed under this contract. These laws are implemented or enforced by the Environmental Protection Agency, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and other regulatory/enforcement agencies at the Federal, State, and local levels.

 

  (1) In addition, the Contractor shall comply with the following regulations when developing and implementing health and safety operating procedures and practices for both personnel and facilities involving the use or handling of hazardous materials and the conduct of research, development, or test projects:

 

  (ii) 29 CFR 1910.1030, Bloodborne pathogens; 29 CFR 1910.1450, Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories; and other applicable occupational health and safety standards issued by OSHA and included in 29 CFR Part 1910. These regulations are available at: http://www.osha.gov .

 

  (ii) Nuclear Regulatory Commission Standards and Regulations, pursuant to the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5801 et seq.). The Contractor may obtain copies from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555¬0001.

 

  (2) The following Government guidelines are recommended for developing and implementing health and safety operating procedures and practices for both personnel and facilities:

 

  (i) Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, CDC. This publication is available at http://www.cdc.gov/OD/ohs/biosfty/bmbl4/bmbl4toc.htm .

 

  (ii) Prudent Practices for Safety in Laboratories (1995), National Research Council, National Academy Press, 500 Fifth Street, NW., Lockbox 285, Washington, DC 20055 (ISBN 0-309-05229-7). This publication is available at http://www.nap.edu/catalog/4911.html .

 

(b) Further, the Contractor shall take or cause to be taken additional safety measures as the Contracting Officer, in conjunction with the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative or other appropriate officials, determines to be reasonably necessary. If compliance with these additional safety measures results in an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for performance of any part of work under this contract, the Contracting Officer will make an equitable adjustment in accordance with the applicable “Changes” clause set forth in this contract.

 

(c) The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of, and promptly report to the Contracting Officer, all accidents or incidents resulting in the exposure of persons to toxic substances, hazardous materials or hazardous operations; the injury or death of any person; or damage to property incidental to work performed under the contract and all violations for which the Contractor has been cited by any Federal, State or local regulatory/enforcement agency. The report shall include a copy of the notice of violation and the findings of any inquiry or inspection, and an analysis addressing the impact these violations may have on the work remaining to be performed. The report shall also state the required action(s), if any, to be taken to correct any violation(s) noted by the Federal, State or local regulatory/enforcement agency and the time frame allowed by the agency to accomplish the necessary corrective action.

 

(d)

If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply with the Federal, State or local regulatory/enforcement agency’s directive(s) regarding any violation(s) and prescribed corrective action(s), the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action (as approved by the Federal, State or local regulatory/enforcement agencies) has been taken and documented to the

 

Safety and Health, HHSAR 352.223-70 (January 2006)   Page 1 of 2


 

Contracting Officer. No part of the time lost due to any stop work order shall be subject to a claim for extension of time or costs or damages by the Contractor.

 

(e) The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause in each subcontract involving toxic substances, hazardous materials, or hazardous operations. The Contractor is responsible for the compliance of its subcontractors with the provisions of this clause.

(End of clause)

 

Safety and Health, HHSAR 352.223-70 (January 2006)   Page 2 of 2


RESEARCH PATIENT CARE COSTS -- NIH(RC)-11

 

(a) Research patient care costs are the costs of routine and ancillary services provided to patients participating in research programs described in this contract.

 

(b) Patient care costs shall be computed in a manner consistent with the principles and procedures used by the Medicare Program for determining the part of Medicare reimbursement based on reasonable costs. The Diagnostic Related Group (DRG) prospective reimbursement method used to determine the remaining portion of Medicare reimbursement shall not be used to determine patient care costs. Patient care rates or amounts shall be established by the Secretary of HHS or his duly authorized representative.

 

(c) Prior to submitting an invoice for patient care costs under this contract, the contractor must make every reasonable effort to obtain third party payment, where third party payors (including Government agencies) are authorized or are under a legal obligation to pay all or a portion of the charges incurred under this contract for patient care.

 

(d) The contractor must maintain adequate procedures to identify those research patients participating in this contract who are eligible for third party reimbursement.

 

(e) Only those charges not recoverable from third party payors or patients and which are consistent with the terms and conditions of the contract are chargeable to this contract.

 

NIH(RC)-11, Research Patient Care Costs   
4/1/84    Page 1 of 1


LOGO


INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES

This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee of prime Federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for influencing of attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Use the SF-LLL-A Continuation Sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.

 

1.

Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the outcome of a covered Federal action.

 

2.

Identify the status of the covered Federal action.

 

3.

Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a follow-up report caused by a material change to the information previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.

 

4.

Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be, a prime or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1st tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.

 

5.

If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks “Subawardee,” then enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known.

 

6.

Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.

 

7.

Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan commitments.

 

8.

Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1 (e.g., Request for Proposal (RFP) number, Invitation for Bid (IFB) number, grant announcement number, the contract, grant, or loan award number, the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency). Include prefixes, e.g., “RFP-DE-90-001.”

 

9.

For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5.

 

10.   (a)

Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure of 1995 engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federal action.

 

  (b)

Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10(a); Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).

 

Disclosure of Lobbying Activities     ATTACHMENT 7
SF-LLL   2  


11. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title and telephone number.

 

According to the Paperwork Reduction Act, as amended, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB Control Number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is OMB 0348¬0046. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0348-0046), Washington, D.C. 20503.

 

Disclosure of Lobbying Activities     ATTACHMENT 7
SF-LLL   3  


DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES

CONTINUATION SHEET

Approved by OMB

0348-0046

     Reporting Entity:                                                                                                        Page                  of                 

 

 

 

Authorized for Local Reproduction

Standard Form--LLL-A

Disclosure of Lobbying Activities             ATTACHMENT 7

SF-LLL

 

HHSN272201200033C   Page 1   Attachment 8


ATTACHMENT 8 – COMMITMENT TO PROTECT NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

Located at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/Nondisclosure.pdf

 

HHSN272201200033C   Page 1   Attachment 9


ATTACHMENT 9– ROSTER OF EMPLOYEES REQUIRING SUITABILITY INVESTIGATIONS

Located at: http://ocio.nih.gov/docs/public/Suitability-roster.xls

 

HHSN272201200033C   Page 1   Attachment 9


 

LOGO

   National Institutes of Health (NIH)
Phone: 301-496-0612    National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID)
Fax: 301-402-0972    Office of Acquisitions, DEA
http://www.niaid.nih.gov/    6700B Rockledge Drive, Room 3214
   Bethesda, MD 20892-7612

April 8, 2013

Transmitted via email to:

pkl@pfenex.com        

Mr. Patrick Lucy

Pfenex, Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

Subject: Contract No.: HHSN272201200033C

Modification No.: 01

Dear Mr. Lucy,

We are enclosing an executed copy of the subject modification for your retention. If you have any questions regarding the administration of this contract, please contact me at (301) 451-2569 or by email at welshmi@mail.nih.gov .

Sincerely,

/s/ Michael Welsh

Michael Welsh

Contracting Officer Representative

Microbiology and Infectious Diseases

Research Contracts Branch-B


 

LOGO


 

 

HHS-556


 

Contract No:

HHSN272201200033C

 

  

 

Modification No: 01

  

 

Page 2 of 2

ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL (HIISAR 352.242-70 (January 2006) is hereby modified to update key personnel as follows:

 

                         Name                            Title
Dr. Carrie Schneider    Principal Investigator
Dr. Chuck Squires                            Deputy Principle Investigator
Dr. Bert Liang    Clinician focused on pre-clinical and clinical studies
Dr. Jeff Allen Biochemistry    Director Downstream Processing (DSP) and Analytical Biochemistry
Lei Lei Sengchanthalangsy    Project Manager
Ron Cantwell    Project Control Manager

ARTICLE 11.32. USE OF FUNDS FOR CONFERENCES, MEETINGS, AND FOOD is hereby modified as follows:

The Contractor shall not use contract funds ( direct or indirect ) to conduct meetings or conferences without prior written Contracting Officer approval.

In addition, the use of contract funds to purchase food for meals, light refreshments, or beverages is expressly prohibited.

The following conferences and/or meetings have been approved by the Contracting Officer and are hereby authorized under this contract:

 

Conference or

Meeting Title

  

Conference or

Meeting Location

   Federal/
NonFederal Space
  

Date of

Conference

  

Not to Exceed

Estimate Cost

         

[  ] Federal

[  ] NonFederal

         
         

[  ] Federal

[  ] NonFederal

         
         

[  ] Federal

[  ] NonFederal

         
         

[  ] Federal

[  ] NonFederal

         

ARTICLE I.1. GENERAL CLAUSES FOR A COST-REIMBURSEMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT is hereby modified to incorporate the following FAR clause, which replaces FAR 52.204-7:

 

FAR

CLAUSE NO.

   DATE    TITLE
52.204-13                    Dec 2012                Central Contractor Registration Maintenance

 

HHS-556


 

LOGO

 

 

Phone: 301-496-0612

Fax: 301-402-0972

http://www.niaid.nih.gov/

  

National Institutes of Health (NIH)

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID)

Office of Acquisitions, DEA

6700B Rockledge Drive, Room 3214

Bethesda, MD 20892-7612

November 27, 2013

Transmitted via email to:

cbrady@pfenex.com     

Cassidy Brady

Senior Manager of Marketing and Business Development

Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

Subject: Contract No.: HHSN272201200033C

Modification No.: 02

Dear Ms. Brady,

We are enclosing an executed copy of the subject modification for your retention. If you have any questions regarding the administration of this contract, please contact me at (301) 451-2569 or by email at welshmimail.nih.gov .

Sincerely,

/s/ Michael P. Welsh

Michael P. Welsh

Contracting Officer

Microbiology and Infectious Diseases

Research Contracts Branch-B


 

LOGO


 

Contract No:

HHSN272201200033C

 

  

 

Modification No: 02

  

 

Page 2 of 4

The period of performance listed on the face page of the contract (SF-26) in Block 15A is changed as follows: “09/27/2012 — 10/31/2014”

ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST — OPTION , the Base Period chart under paragraph f., is hereby modified as follows:

 

    Task Number        Task Description    Deliverable        Percentage                Fees        
              Base Period              
1.1.1.2   

[*]

  

Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW

  

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.1.4   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.1.5   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.2.1   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.2.3   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.2.4   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.4.1   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.4.3   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

1.1.4.4   

[*]

   Upon Completion of the task as described in the SOW   

[*]

  

[*]

Total Base Period                  

[*]

ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS , the first paragraph and paragraph a.2 are hereby modified as follows, respectively:

All reports required herein shall be submitted in a secure electronic format. The Contractor shall make CDs of the reports available upon the request of the Contracting Officer.

a.2. Annual Progress Report

This report shall include a summation of the results of the entire contract work for the period covered and incorporate a yearly updated assay development plan. An Annual Report will not be required in the same year when the Final Report for the entire contract is due. A Monthly Report shall not be submitted when an Annual Report is due.

 

HHS-556


 

Contract No:

HHSN272201200033C

 

  

 

Modification No: 02

  

 

Page 3 of 4

ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERIES , paragraph b., is hereby modified to add the following sentence before the chart:

b. Other Reports and Deliverables (Delivery Schedule) — An item is considered “Delivered” when such item has been reviewed, modified as needed and accepted by NIAID.

ARTICLE G.2. KEY PERSONNEL (HHSAR 352.242-70 (January 2006) is hereby modified to update key personnel as follows:

 

                         Name                            Title
Dr. Carrie Schneider    Principal Investigator
Dr. Chuck Squires    Deputy Principle Investigator
Dr. Bert Liang    Clinician focused on pre-clinical and clinical studies
Dr. Jeff Allen Biochemistry    Director Downstream Processing (DSP) and Analytical Biochemistry
Cassidy Brady    Project Manager
Ron Cantwell    Project Control Manager

ARTICLE G.5. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY , paragraph a., is revised to change the Division name and contract information as follows:

Division of Logistic Services, NIH

Property Management Branch

6011 Building, Suite 639

6011 EXECUTIVE BLVD MSC 7670

BETHESDA MD 20892-7670

nihcontractproperty@nih.gov

ARTICLE G.7. PROVIDING ACCELERATED PAYMENT TO SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTORS, 52.232-99 (DEVIATION) (August 2013) is hereby incorporated as follows:

This clause implements the temporary policy provided by OMB Policy Memorandum M-12-16, Providing Prompt Payment to Small Business Subcontractors, dated July 11, 2012, and the extension to that policy provided by OMB Policy Memorandum M-13-15, Extension of Policy to Provide Accelerated Payment to Small Business Subcontractors, dated July 11, 2013.

  a. Upon receipt of accelerated payments from the Government, the contractor is required to make accelerated payments to small business subcontractors to the maximum extent practicable after receipt of a proper invoice and all proper documentation from the small business subcontractor.
  b. Include the substance of this article, including this paragraph (b), in all subcontracts with small business concerns.
  c. The acceleration of payments under this clause does not provide any new rights under the Prompt Payment Act.

 

HHS-556


 

Contract No:

HHSN272201200033C

 

  

 

Modification No: 02

  

 

Page 4 of 4

ARTICLE H.18. OPTION PROVISION is hereby modified as follows:

Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to the Option Clause set forth in SECTION I. , the contract will consist only of the Base Period of the Statement of Work as defined in Sections C and F of the contract. Pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-7, Option for Increased Quantity-Separately Priced Line Item set forth in SECTION I. of this contract, the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform additional options set forth in the Statement of Work and also defined in Sections C and F of the contract. If the Government exercises this option, notice must be given at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of this contract, and the estimated cost plus fixed fee of the contract will be increased as set forth in the ESTIMATED COST Article in SECTION B of this contract.

 

HHS-556


STATEMENT OF WORK

Base Period

[*]

Exhibit 10.26

 

LOGO

December 10, 2009

Charles Squires

15547 Hidden Valley Dr.

Poway, CA 92064

Dear Chuck:

On behalf of Pfēnex , I am pleased to offer you the position of Head of Discovery & External Alliances at our San Diego site effective January 1, 2010. You will report directly to me. This offer letter and your employment are subject to the terms and conditions of this letter.

The following outlines the specific terms of our offer:

 

Salary:    In this position, you will earn a starting monthly salary of $13,334, which is equivalent to $160,008 on an annualized basis, subject to applicable tax withholding. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy.
Benefits:   

•   Medical Plan

  

•   Dental Plan

  

•   Vision Plan

  

•   Vacation – 20 days

  

•   Holidays – 10 holidays set by the Company

  

•   Life and AD&D insurance in the amount of one time your annual salary

  

•   Voluntary Life and AD&D

  

•   Short and long-term disability coverage

  

•   401(k) Plan including employer matching contribution

This offer and your employment are contingent upon the following:

 

    Your execution and delivery of the Pfēnex Employment, Non-Disclosure and Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

    Your provision of documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States in accordance with federal I-9 requirements. Such documentation must be furnished to the Company within three (3) business days of your start date or your employment may be terminated

 

    Your adherence to the Company’s standards of professionalism, loyalty, integrity, honesty, reliability and respect for all, and all other applicable policies of the Company. Please note that the Company is an equal opportunity employer. The Company does not permit, and will not tolerate, the unlawful discrimination or harassment of any employees, consultants, or related third parties on the basis of sex, race, color, religion, age, national origin or ancestry, marital status, veteran status, mental or physical disability or medical condition, or any other status protected by applicable law.

Pfēnex 5501 Oberlin Drive San Diego, CA 92121 (858) 352-4400 Fax: (858) 352-4602


Charles Squires

Page 2

December 10, 2009

 

    Your acceptance of employment with the Company on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without cause and without further obligation or liability notwithstanding any information contained herein. You also acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to modify or amend the terms of your employment at any time for any reason. Your at-will employment status shall remain in effect for the duration of your employment and may only be modified in an express written agreement signed by the President of the Company.

 

    Your successful completion of a background and reference check and/or a pre-employment drug screen (if so requested by the Company).

This letter, together with the agreements referenced in it, constitutes the entire agreement with respect to your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the President.

To indicate your acceptance of the offer and the terms and conditions set forth in this letter, please sign and date each of the two enclosed copies of this letter, and return one copy to me in the enclosed envelope marked confidential, saving the other copy for your records.

I am delighted to make this offer to you and look forward to your joining us here at Pfēnex .

Sincerely,

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

Bertrand C. Liang

Chief Executive Officer

Foregoing terms and conditions hereby accepted:

 

Signed

 

/s/ Charles Squires

Date

  12/10/09


PFENEX, INC.

AMENDMENT TO CHARLES SQUIRES OFFER LETTER

This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Charles Squires (the “ Employee ”) and Pfenex, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” and together with the Employee hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”) on January 7, 2010.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Parties entered into an offer of employment, dated December 10, 2009 (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and Employee desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement in order to provide Employee with certain benefits payable if his employment with the Company is terminated.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Termination Benefits . The Agreement is hereby amended and a new provision is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

Termination Benefits:    If the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates your employment with the Company as a result of death or Disability (as defined below), then, provided you (or in the case of your death or mental capacity, your authorized representative) sign and do not revoke a general release of claims agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Release”) and subject to the restrictions under the “Release Requirements” in Appendix A, you will be entitled to receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to your salary as then in effect, for three (3) months from the date of such termination, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures;
   If prior to a Change of Control (as defined below) or after the twelve (12) month period following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates your employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, provided you sign and do not revoke the Release and subject to the restrictions under the “Release Requirements” in Appendix A, you will be entitled to receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to your salary as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.


   If, within the twelve (12) month period following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) terminates your employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, provided you sign and do not revoke the Release and subject to the restrictions under the “Release Requirements” in Appendix A, you will be entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to your salary as then in effect, for six (6) months from the date of such termination, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures and (ii) if you elect continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for you and/or your eligible dependents within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA, monthly reimbursements for the COBRA premiums, less the portion of the premium that a similarly situated active employee would be required to pay, for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to your termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of six (6) months from your last date of employment with the Company, or (B) the date upon which you and/or your eligible dependents become covered under similar plans, or (C) the date upon which you and/or your eligible dependents are no longer eligible to receive continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. COBRA reimbursements shall be made by the Company to you consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy.”

2. Cause Definition . The Agreement is hereby amended and a new provision is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

Cause:    For purposes of this letter, “Cause” shall mean: (i) your failure to perform your assigned duties or responsibilities as a service provider (other than a failure resulting from your disability) after notice thereof from the Company describing your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities; (ii) your engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) your violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) your breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between you and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) you being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.”

3. Disability Definition . The Agreement is hereby amended and a new provision is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

Disability:    For purposes of this letter, “Disability” shall occur upon rendering of a written termination notice by the board of directors of the Company

 

-2-


   after you have been unable to perform the essential functions of your job for ninety (90) or more consecutive days, or more than one hundred (180) days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, with or without reasonable accommodation, by reason of any physical or mental illness or injury. For purposes of this definition, you agree to make yourself available and to cooperate in any reasonable examination by a reputable independent physician retained by the Company.”

4. Good Reason Definition . The Agreement is hereby amended and a new provision is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

Good Reason:    For purposes of this letter, “Good Reason” means your resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without your written consent: (i) the assignment to you of any duties, or the reduction of your duties, either of which results in a material diminution of your position or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, or the removal of you from such position and responsibilities; provided , however , that a reduction in position or responsibilities solely by virtue of a Change of Control shall not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) of your salary in any one year, other than in connection with a reduction which similarly impacts similarly situated employees of the Company; (iii) the relocation of you to a facility that is more than fifty (50) miles from your current location; (iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this letter by any successor; and (v) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this letter or any agreement between the Company and you. You will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice within sixty (60) days of the event that you believe constitutes “Good Reason” specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.”

5. Change of Control Definition . The Agreement is hereby amended and a new provision is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

Change of Control:    For purposes of this letter, a “Change of Control” means either: (i) a transaction or series of transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is transferred to a single person or group of affiliated persons (other than an equity financing transaction approved by the stockholder of the Company pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation); (ii) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers or consolidations) with or into any entity, which results in the holders of the voting securities

 

-3-


   of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto holding immediately thereafter less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iii) a sale, exclusive license, transfer or other conveyance (or series of sales, exclusive licenses, transfers or other conveyances) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party.”

6. Section 409A and Release Requirement . The Agreement is hereby amended and the following new Appendix A is hereby added to the Agreement as follows:

Appendix A

To the extent any severance payments will be made under your offer letter, such severance payments will be delayed as necessary pursuant to (i) the Release Requirements and (ii) the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”), each as outlined below.

Release Requirement

The receipt of any severance pursuant to your offer letter is subject to you signing and not revoking the Release; provided that such Release is effective within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment or such shorter period specified in the Release (the “Release Deadline”). No severance will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. If the Release is not effective by the Release Deadline, you forfeit your right to any severance or similar payment under your offer letter subject to you executing and not revoking a Release. In the event your termination of employment occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which your termination of employment occurs, then any severance that would be considered Deferred Payments (as defined below) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination of employment occurs, or such later time as required by (i) the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit, (ii) the date the Release becomes effective, or (iii) clause (i) of Section 409A of this Appendix A .

Section 409A

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in your offer letter, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to your offer letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to you, if any, pursuant to your offer letter that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

-4-


(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under your offer letter that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following your separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by section (iii) below. Except as required by section (iii) below, any installment payments that would have been made to you during the sixty (60) day period immediately following your separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to you on the sixtieth (60th) day following your separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in your offer letter.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in your offer letter or this Appendix A, if you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of your termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following your separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of your separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of our death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under your offer letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under your offer letter that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under your offer letter that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and you agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to your offer letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A.

7. Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof

 

-5-


9. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives.

10. Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth above.

 

COMPANY   PFENEX, INC.
 

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

  By:  

Bertrand C. Liang

  Title:  

CEO

EMPLOYEE   CHARLES SQUIRES
 

/s/ Charles Squires

 

-7-

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PFENEX INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Pfenex Limited    United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Pfenex Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated May 2, 2014, related to our audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each the years then ended, which appears in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in this Registration Statement.

/s/ HASKELL & WHITE LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

San Diego, California

June 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT TO SERVE AS DIRECTOR

I understand that the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Pfenex Inc. (the “Company”) contemplates appointing me to the Board.

I hereby agree that if I am appointed to the Board, I will serve as a member of the Board until my successor is elected and qualified or until my earlier resignation or removal.

The Company is contemplating filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. I hereby consent to being named as a member of the board of directors of the Company in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

This consent is subject to any subsequent written revocation of this consent that I may deliver to the Secretary of the Company or the Chairman of the Board.

 

/s/ William Rohn

Signature

William Rohn

Printed Name

4/28/14

Date

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT TO SERVE AS DIRECTOR

I understand that the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Pfenex Inc. (the “Company”) contemplates appointing me to the Board.

I hereby agree that if I am appointed to the Board, I will serve as a member of the Board until my successor is elected and qualified or until my earlier resignation or removal.

The Company is contemplating filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. I hereby consent to being named as a member of the board of directors of the Company in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

This consent is subject to any subsequent written revocation of this consent that I may deliver to the Secretary of the Company or the Chairman of the Board.

 

/s/ Philip Schneider

Signature

Philip Schneider

Printed Name

4/27/14

Date